2.5-4 Remote Control System Geamot 40m For Diesel Engines

2.
5/4
-
VESSEL
012
:E
i
1-111
o·
:E:::l
;5~
ClI-
:=!:IZ:
UJen
I-UJ
enz
>--
enC!l
...JZ
oUJ
a:...J
I- UJ
Zen
oUJ
()O
UJa:
1-0
Ou.
:=!:
UJ
a:
VOL. 4
WA~TSILA
Wartsila ltalia S.p.A.
REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

GEAMOT40M
FOR DIESEL ENGINES
7RTA72U-B
HULL: 012
VOL. 4
Wiirtsilii ltalia S.p.A.

Bagnoli della Rosandra .334- 34018 San Dorligo della Valle- Trieste - ltalia
Tel. +39 040 31 95 000 - Telefax +39 040 82 73 71 -Telex 460274 GMI
WARTSILA ltalia S.p.A. si riserva il diritto di adottare in qualsiasi momento variazioni al progetto e di non essere
obbligata a introdurre anche ai motori costruiti in precedenza le nuove realizzazioni dei componenti.
Descrizioni, illustrazioni e dati caratteristici contenuti nel presents manuals non sono impegnativi, e possono quindi
variare qualora le circostanze lo richiedano.
WARTSILA ltalia S. p. A. reserves the right to make any changes that may be necessary in the design without being
compelled to modify accordingly earlier constructions.
Descriptions, figures and technical data contained in this manual are not binding, and may be changed whenever
deemed necessary.
L'approntamento e Ia consegna del presents documento sono stati effettuati dalla

Wirtsllii ltalla S.p.A.
This book is written and delivered by

Wiirtsllii ltalla S.p.A.
P1SAM
U Electronics
Member of the EuroMarine Group
Geamot40M
Propulsion Control System
Documentation Overview
Aker MTW · HN 010-013.

xxxx TEU Container Vessel
Working Drawings
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH

Behringstraf!e 120
·,/ D-22763Hamburg
-
0 " ® STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.127 680.UVZ • Version 1.0 • 25.06.01 • KOW0106251.STG • Page 1/9
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
~ Electronics
MTW - HN 0 10-0 13
Working Drawings
Purpose
This document describes the project documentation of the
"Propulsion Control System Geamot 40M"
for MTW- HN 010-013.
ship's propulsion plants with fixed pitch propellers (FPP)
and WNS-DENIS-6 engines, manufactured by:
Propulsion Control System Geamot 40M

consist of subsystems:
Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS40M

Telegraph Order Printer TOP 40M
Engine Speed Governor ESG 40M
Engine Safety System ESS 40M
Engine Telegraph System ETS 40M
Speed Indicating System SIS 40M
Document-Versions
Version 1.0 from 25.06.01, Kowalk, MSA2
Document created
Abbreviations
S: Standard documentation (common for all projects)
B: Basic documentation (basic for projects)
P: Project documentation (valid for GMT I MTW- HN 010-013)
This manual is copyrighted and all rights are reserved. This document may not, in
whole or in part, be copied, photocopied, translated, or reduced to any electronic
medium or machine readable form without prior consent, in writing, from STN
ATLAS Marine Electronics company. The information in this manual is subject to
change without notice.
<il STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .127 680.UVZ • Version 1.0 • 25.06.01 • KOW0106251 .STG • Page 2/9
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
I MTW- HN 010-013
Working Drawings ~ Electronics
Contents
Purpose ....................................................................................................................................... 2
Document-Versions ................................................................................................................... 2
1 General Propulsion Control System, PCS Geamot 40M ..................................... .4
2 Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS40M ............................................................... 5
3 Engine Speed Governor, ESG 40M ...................................................................... 7
4 Engine Safety System, ESS40M ........................................................................... 8
( I
I
5 Engine Telegraph System, ETS 40M ..................................................................... 9
\
--~/
6 Speed Indicating System, SIS 40M ...................................................................... 9
€> STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.127 680.UVZ • Version 1.0 • 25.06.01 • KOW0106251.STG • Page 3/9
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
MTW- HN 010-013
Working Drawings
lr!.a Electronics
1 General Propulsion Control System, PCS Geamot 40M
The PROPULSION CONTROL SYSTEM PCS

consist of the following sub systems:
Telegraph Order Printer TOP 40M (part of BMS40M)
Engine Speed Governor ESG40M
Speed Indicating System SIS 40M (part of ESS 40M)
Propulsion Control System, PCS Geamot 40M

- General Documentation
Dist Item Project Documentation Part Doc. No. Vers Date Doc Sign Page
Key
p Technical Specification PCS 271.127 680.TS Vl.l 15.01.01 Jeb0101151 - VI 01-21
4.stg
p ESG 271.127 672.TS 10.10.00 WtiOIOI.asp
Technical Specification 01-07
B Configuration PCS PCS 271.127 680.USP D 26.03.01 01
s Leaf let I Short Descript. PCS 271.161 384.KB
s Short- Type Manual WH PCS

s Short- Type Manual-ECR PCS
s List of Reference PCS
s Type ApprovaJCertificate PCS II 241-97 HH 01.12.97 01-02

s Type ApprovaJCertificate ESG 14 750-99 HH 11.11.99 01
B Dispatch List res 271 127 680.TS
B Questionnaire res 271.127 680 .TD 1.0 15.01.01

p List of Gen. Components PCS 271.127 680 .LOC 1.0 15.01.01 Jeb0101153.stg 01-n
B List of Spare Parts PCS 271.127 680 .EL 1.0 15.01.01 JebO I 0 1155.stg 01-03
s Power Consuption PCS 271.141 88l.TDM 1.1 21.12.00 Jeb 1123l.stg 01-03
s Table of Modules PCS 271.141 88l.HBT 1.4 15.12.00 Jeb 1030 l.stg 01-04
s Installation Manual PCS 271.141 881.TSF 1.2 02.12.98 Jeb 12061.stg 01-15
® STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .127 680.UVZ • Version 1.0 • 25.06.01 • KOW0106251 .STG • Page 4/9
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
MTW- HN 010-013
2 Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS40M

includ. Telegraph Order Printer, TOP 40M
- Installation I Wiring Drawings, BMS40M I TOP 40M, DENIS-6
Dist Item Project Documentation Part Doc. No. Vers. Date Doc Sign Page
Key
p Part List Geamot 40M PCS 271.127 680.ST 01
p Part List PCS Cabinet PCS 271.127 684.ST 01-03
s Supply Diagram BMS 271.151 185.USP 26.03.98 01-03

p Cable Diagram BMS 271.127 68l.LP 13.06.01 01
p Circuit-/Connect.Diagram BMS 271.127 68l.STR 13.06.01 01-27
p Retrofit Kit Modules BMS 271.127 68l.NA W 01-13
p Part List BMS BMS 271.127 68l.ST 01-02
p Part List BMS Mount.Piate BMS 271.151 758.ST 10.07.00 01-09
s Panel Connection BAT 410 PCS 271.150 180.USP 05.11.96 01

s Panel Connection BAT 411 PCS 271.150 184.USP 04.12.96 01
p Circuit-/ Connect.Diagram BMS 271.127 685.STR 24.01.01 01-04
p PartList ECR-Panel 408 BMS 271.127 685.ST 24.01.01 01-09
p Part List ECR-Panel 409 BMS 271.127 686.ST 24.01.01 01-03

p BMS 271.127 687.ST 24.01.01 01-12
Part List LC-Panel ER
- Layout -1 Arrangement Drawings, BMS40M I TOP 40M, DENIS-6
Dist Ite Documentation Part Doc. No. Ver Date Doc Sign Page
Key m s.
p PCS Cabinet PCS 271.127 684.GZ 01-02
s Bridge Panel BAT410.E BMS 271.150 174.GZ B 04.11.97 01

s ECRPanel BAT 41l.D BMS 271.150 189.GZ B 04.11.97 01
p PCS Console Arrangement PCS 271. 127 680.AZ 23.01.00
p ECR MAN Ctrl. Panel 408 BMS 271 127 685.GZ 23.01.01 01
p ECR MAN Ctrl. Panel 409 BMS 27l.I27 686.GZ 23.01.01 01
p LC-Panel ER BMS 271.127 687.GZ 23.01.01 01-02
s LC Cabinet 2- 107.239 266 Sulzer 01
s Printe Outline DRU 2500 TOP 271.148 582.TD A 14.09.98 01-02
s Printer Module TOP 271.138 227.GZ B 05.09.96 01
® STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.127 680.UVZ • Version 1.0 • 25.06.01 • KOW0106251.STG • Page 5/9
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
MTW- HN 010-013
Working Drawings
~ Electronics
-Technical Manual, BMS 40M I TOP 40M DENIS-6

Dirt Ite Project Documentation Part Doc. No. Vers. Date Doc Sign Page
Key m
s 1-8 Tecchnical Manual BMS 271.151 185.BGE 1.3 29.01.01

s I - System Description BMS 271.151 185.BGE 1.2 29.01.01
s 2 -Function Description BMS 271.151 185.BGE 1.2 29.01.01
s 3 - Operating Instruction BMS 271.151 185.BGE 1.3 29.01.01
s 4 -Description Components BMS 271.151 185.BGE 1.2 29.01.01
s 5 - Mainten./ Troub.Shooting BMS 271.151 185.BGE 1.3 29.01.01
s 6 -Adjustment Instruction BMS 271.151 185.BGE 1.2 29.01.01
8 Parametertable BMS 271.151 185.TD 1.2 29.01.01 BMSPAR.PDF 01-

p - MTW- HN 010 271.127 681.TDI 01-30
0.6 I 0.01.01
p - MTW- HN Oil 271.127 681.TD2 01-
p - MTW- HN 012 271.127 681.TD3 01-
p - MTW- HN013 271.127 681.TD4 01-
s Telegraph Order Printer TOP 271.151 190.BGE 1.3 16.12.98 COMDOC.WP 01-03
-Test Manual I Reports, BMS40M I TOP 40M DENIS-6

Dirt Ite Project Documentation Part Doc. No. Vers. Date Doc Sign Page
Key m
s -Test Specificat. DENIS-6 BMS 271.161 385.TSF 1.1 01.02.01 BMSTST6.PDF 01-45
-FAT; COM; HAT; SAT
«> STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .127 680.UVZ • Version 1.0 • 25.06.01 • KOW0106251 .STG • Page 619
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
MTW- HN 010-013
3. Engine Speed Governor, ESG 40M

- Installation I Wiring Drawings, ESG 40M
Dist. Ite Project Documentation Part Doc. No. Ver Date Doc Sign Page
Key m s
s Configuration ESG 40M ESG 271.141 883.USP 23.11.98 01
s InterfaceDiagramm ESG 271.151 186.SZ 02.08.99 01
p Cable Diagram ESG 271.127 672.LP 26.03.01 01

p Circuit-/ Connect.Diagram ESG 271.127 672.STR A 13.06.01 01-16
p Retrofit Kit Modules ESG 271.127 672.NA W 10.11.00 01-06
p Part List ESG ESG 271.127 672.ST A 26.03.01 01-02
p Part List Control Cabinet ESG 271.127 673.ST A 02.04.01 01-11
- Installation I Layout -1 Arrangement Draings, ESG 40M

Dist Ite Documentation Part Doc. No. Vers Date Doc Sign Page
Key m
p Control Cabinet ESG 27I.l27 673.GZ A 15.11.00 01
s ESG Panel BAT 41I.G ESG 27I.I50 182.GZ 09.12.97 01
s Manual Control Lever ESG A065 100 20xxx 03.12.96 01
s Transformer size 7 ESG 271.153 688.MB A 04.12.97 01
s Actuator Size 7 ESG 271.153 125.MB 14.07.99 01
s Lever 200 ESG 271.1 18 330.EZ 11.10.00 01
s Lever 200 kpl. ESG 271.118 335.EZ 11.10.00 01
s Lever 202 ESG 271.118 333.EZ 11.10.00 01
s Lever 200 kpl. ESG 271.118 337.EZ 11.10.00 01
Junction Box Actuator
"' s RPM Pick-up, Outline PCS 271.148 903.TD 06.11.96 01
s Distribution Box Pick-up's PCS 271.148 887.MB 15.10.96 01
s Speed Sensors PCS 271.149 259.EV 30.09.96 01
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
~ Electronics
\1TW - HN 0 10-0 13
Working Drawings
-Technical Manual, ESG 40M

Key m s.
s 1-8 Technical Manual ESG 271.161 386.BGE 1.0 07.11.00

s I - System Description 271.161 386.8GE 1.0 07.11.00
s 2 - Function Description 271.161 386.BGE 1.0 07.11.00
s 3 -Operating Instruction 271.161 386.BGE 1.0 07.11.00
s 4 - Description Components 271.161 863.BGE 1.0 07.11.00
s 5 - Mainten ./ Troub.Shooting 271.161 386.BGE 1.0 07.11.00
s 6 - Adjustment Instruction 271.161 386.BGE 1.0 07.11.00
s -Anal. Amplifier 60WKS 10/97
s - Assembly/Instaii.Commis.
8 Parametertable ESG 271.161 386.TDE 1.0 07.11.00 ESGPAR.PDF 01-

p - MTW-HN 010 271.127 672.TDI 16 07.04.00 01-31
p - MTW-HNOII 271.127 672.TD2
p - MTW-HN 012 271.127 672.TD3
p - MTW-HN 013 271.127 672.TD4
-Test Manual I Reports, ESG 40M
Dist Ite Project Documentation Part Doc. No. Vers Date Doc Sign Page
s - Test Specification ESG 271.161 386.TSF 1.0 15.11.00 ESGTST.PDF 01-36

s -Commission. Instruction ESG 271.176 500.IBH 1.0 13.02.01 COMINS-WNS. 01-37
WPD
® STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .127 680.UVZ • Version 1.0 • 25.06.01 • KOW01 06251 .STG • Page 8 / 9
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
MTW - HN 010-0 13
Working Drawings U Electronics
()
4. Engine Safety System, ESS40M
- Installation I Wiring Drawings, ESS40M
Key m s
s Config./Supply Diagram ESS 271.151 187.USP 26.03.98 01-02

p Cable Diagram ESS 271.127 682 .LP 13.06.01 01
p Circuit-/ Connect.Diagram ESS 271.127 682.STR 13.06.01 01-20
p Retrofit Kit Modules ESS 271.127 682.NA W 01-06
p Part List ESS ESS 271.127 682.ST 01
p Part List ESS Mount.Plate ESS 271.151 759.ST 8 11.01.00 01-07
- Layout -/ Arrangement Drawings, ESS40M
c> Dist.
Key
s
Ite
m
Project Documentation
ECRPanel 8AT41l.E
Part
ESS
Doc. No.
271.150 179.GZ
Ver
s.
A
Date
27.08.97
Doc Sign Pag
01
- Technical Manual, ESS40M

Dist. Ite Project Documentation Part Doc. No. Vers. Date Doc Sign Page
Key m
s 1-8 Technical Manual ESS 271.151 187.8GE 1.1 03.02.98

s 1 - System Description ESS 271.151 187.8GE 1.1 03.02.98
s 2 -Function Description ESS 271.151 187.8GE 1.1 03.02.98
s 3 -Operating Instruction ESS 271.151 187.8GE 1.1 03.02.98
s 4 -Description Components ESS 271.151 187.8GE 1.0 15.08.97
s 5 - Mainten./ Troub.Shooting ESS 271.151 187.8GE 1.0 15.08.97
s 6 -Adjustment Instruction ESS 271.151 187.8GE 1.1 03.02.98
8 Parametertable ESS 271.151 187.8GE 1.0 15.08.97 ESSPAR.PDF 01

p -MTW-HNOIO 271.127 682.TDI ]] 16.03.00 01-42
p - MTW-HN Oil 271.127 682.TD2
p -MTW-HNOI2 271.127 682.TD3
p -MTW-HNOI3 271.127 682.TD4
0 - Test Manual/ Reports, ESS40M

Dist Ite Project Documentation Part Doc. No. Vers. Date Doc Sign Page
Key m
s - Test Specification 8MS 271.161 387.TSF 1.4 08.02.01 ESSTST.PDF 01-30

-FAT; COM; HAT; SAT
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
~ Electronics
MTW- HN 010-013
Working Drawings
Memberofthe EuroMarine Group
5. Engine Telegraph System, ETS 40M

- Installation I Wiring Drawings, ETS 40M
Dist. Item Project Documentation Part Doc. No. Vers Date Doc Sign Page
Key
s Configuration, Part List ETS 271.127 683.ST 24.0J.24 OJ
p Cable Diagram ETS 271.127 683.LP J3.06.0J OJ

p Circuit-/Connect.Diagram ETS 271.127 683.STR 03.04.0J OJ-09
- Layout -1 Arrangement Drawings, ETS 40M

Dist Item Documentation Size Doc. No. Vers Date Type Page
Key
B EOT - Bridge ETS A067.2-Bridge 23.J0.98 OJ
B EOT-ECR ETS A067. ECR 30.04.98 OJ
B EOT-Wing ETS A067. Wings 23.J0.98 01
B Reset.Monitor Receiver ER ETS A067.5xxx 16.12.98 01
B MT-Bus Controller ETS A067 EOT Syst. 30.04.98 01
-Technical Manual, ETS 40M

Key
s User Manual ETS Type A067 D

- Function I Structure
- lnstallationCommission
-Operation Troubleshoot
- Maintenance I Repair
-Technical Data
6. Speed Indicating System, SIS 40M

- Installation I Wiring Drawings, SIS 40M
Key
Cable Diagram SIS F See 271.127 682.LP 01
Circuit-/Connect.Diagram SIS G See 271.127 682.STR 0 1-20
Instruments see
List of Component Layout
® STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .127 680.UVZ • Version 1.0 • 25.06.01 • KOW0106251.STG • Page 10/9
r;1SAM
U Electronics
Technical Specification
Aker MTW Werft

NB 010-013
"<!"
(')
z
0
.:.:.
Q5
§
~--,-, -~
- ;:l
'·:::::~
'-5
(J)

Project No. 2213981
MSA2
.\/ '
'' STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • Behringstra~e 120 • D-22763 Hamburg
271.127680.TS Jeb0101151_V14.aspV1.4 21.03.01 Page1 of21
Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010-013
Propusion Control System
U Electronics
--. Project No. 2213981
Contents
0 BASIC REQUIREMENTS ................. .. ....... ................................................................ 3.

0.1 Environmental Conditions ...... ....... ... ............... ............. ... .. ... ............ ............ .. ..... 3.
0.2 Shock and Vibration .. ................. .. .... .. ..... ... ... ............ ......... .. .... ... ... ... ... .. ........... ..3.
0.3 Electromagnetic Compatibility ........ .. .. ..... ... ... ... .......... ... .... ............... .... ........ ... .... 3.
0.4 Lettering ... .... .... .......................... ......... ...... .......... .... .......................... .. .... ..... ... .... 3 ..
0.5 Quality Control ............. ..... ........... .. .... .... .. ... .. .. .. .... .. ..... .. .......................... ........... 3..
0.6 Technical Documentation ... .. ......... .... ... ...... ... .. .. ......... .. ....... ... ... .... .. .. .. ... ....... ..... .4.
0.7 Works and Supplies by Others ...................... ...... ... ........ .. ..... .. ... .... ..................... 4.
0.8 Certificate .. .. .. .......... .... ............ .. ... ... .... .......... ..... ............. .................. .. ... ......... .... 4..
0.9 Date Change over in the Year 1999/2000 .......... .... ...... .. .. .... ....... .... ... ... ... .. ....... 4
1 AUTOMATIC PROPULSION CONTROL SYSTEM GEAMOT 40 M .. .... ........... ...... .. .5
1.1 BRIDGE MANOEUVRING SYSTEM BMS 40 M ...... .. .... ....... .. ... ...... .. ... ....... .... .. .5
1.2 ENGINE TELEGRAPH SYSTEM ............... .... ... .... ............... .... ....... .... ... .. .... ......12
1.3 ENGINE SAFETY SYSTEM ESS 40 M ........... ... ....... .......... ... ... .. ........... .... ....... 14
1.4 TELEGRAPH ORDER PRINTER. ....... .. ..................... ........ ....... .. ... ... ....... .. .... ....1.7
1.5 SPEED INDICATING SYSTEM RPM .. ... .. .. .... .......... .. ..... .... ... .... ....................... 18
2 SPARE PARTS .... .... .... ... ............. ... ....... .... ... ... .... .. .... ............ .. ... ............. ..... ... ....... 20
3 COMMISSIONING I SEA TRIAL ................. .......... ................. ... ... ... .... .............. .. .. .. 2.1
8TN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • BehringstraBe 120 • D-22763 Hamburg

271.127 680.TS Jeb0101151_V14.aspV1.4 21 .03.01 Page 2 of 21
Aker MTW Werft r;]SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
0 BASIC REQUIREMENTS
The equipment specified herein and subject of the STN ATLAS Marine Electronics
proposal complies with the rules of Germanischer Lloyd GL (class notation AUT)
and shall be manufactured to meer the following basic requirements.
0.1 Environmental Conditions
The equipment shall perform statisfactory under ambient conditions as specified:
control room temperature 45°C

machinery temperature 55°C
relative humidity <99%
(with surface moisture)
0.2 Shock and Vibration
When hard mounted, the electronic equipments meet shock and vibration levels
according classification rules (GL).
0.3 Electromagnetic Compatibility
The equipment have been type tested to meet the requirements of electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC) according classification rules (GL). Cable laying requirements
ace. to STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Installation Manual to be noted.
0.4 Lettering
Panels of the offered equipment will be inscribed in English language.

All electrical designations of devices, terminal rows etc. are according standard DIN
symboles.
0.5 Quality Control
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics will carry out a quality control for all hardware
components which will be manufactured in STN ATLAS Marine Electronics-factory
and as far as possible for all sub-contractors in their factories.
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics systems and components will be manufactured

according to the ISO 9001 Quality Assurance Standards.
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • BehringstraBe 120 • D-22763 Hamburg

271.127 680.TS Jeb0101151_V14.aspV1.4 21.03.01 Page 3 of 21
Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010 - 013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
0.6 Technical Documentation
The technical documentation provides the necessary information on function and

methods of operation as well as instructions for operation , maintenance and
repairs.
0. 7 Works and Supplies by Others
Works and supplies furnished by others are as follows:
Installation of the system

Supply of services (electrical supply)
Providing of foundations
0.8 Certificate
The equipment will be supplied with the dollowing certificates:
classification society type test certificate GL (copy)

works test certificate The equipment will be supplied with the dollowing
0.9 Date Change over in the Year 1999/2000
We confirm the conformity of the automation systems of STN ATLAS Marine

Electronics with the following rules:
No value or change current date will cause any interruption or unintended

change of or operation .
Date based functionality behaves consistently for all dates prior to, during and
after the year 2000
All interfacing, storage, data entry, processing, display and outputting

functions represent the year 2000 correctly.
The years 2000, 2004 ect. are correctly recognised as leap years.
The date can not influence a safety-relevant control process or a distress or

alarm message.

271 .127680.TS Jeb0101151_V14.aspV1.4 21 .03.01 Page4of 21
Aker MTW Werft r;1SAM'
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
1 AUTOMATIC PROPULSION CONTROL SYSTEM GEAMOT 40 M
1.1 BRIDGE MANOEUVRING SYSTEM BMS 40 M
Purpose of the Bridge Manoeuvring System is to control the ship's propulsion plant
directly from the bridge without the necessity of manual intervention by engine
room personal.
Remote control for reversible main engine SULZER I RTA Series
Type- NSD 7 RTA 72 UB according to DENIS-6 specification
With self-sufficient electronic governor system acting onto a fixed pitch propeller
With following functions:
stepless speed setting by telegraph /lever from wheelhouse respect. ECR
automatic start and stop
automatic start manoeuvre with a maximum of 3 start attempts and start

monitoring
(with alarm to the alarm and monitoring system)
2 different limiting speeds for starting air shut assuring minimum starting
air consumption (if necessary)
automatic running-up programm with different times
critical speed ranges passed through at maximum rate
automatic reversing
emergency manoeuvre program
bad weather limitation
manual speed limitation from operating panel in bridge console
increase of speed set values in case of difficult start conditions, e.g.

consideration of ship· s speed when starting in reverse
0' STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • BehringstraBe 120 • D-22763 Hamburg
Aker MlW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
automatic start manoeuvre incl. slow turning with air, when engine had
been stopped for more than an adjustable time
automatic speed reduction by external signal from an independent safetly

device
start precention in cases of predetermined criteria , e.g. turning gear

engaged, emergency stop
speed measurement by pick-ups mounted to the flywheel
integrated overload limitation
pre- and post- lubrication of cylinders can be initiated from bridge by

illuminated pushbutton (time limited)
interface to external cylinder lubrication system ace. to DENIS-6
electronic variable injection timing (VIT)

including fuel quality seeting (FQS), to ensure best firing pressure even if
the engine is below rated load
test mode allows electrical positioning of VIT actuator piston from governor
operating panel when engine at stand-still
automatic, remote manual ECR and local manual auxiliary blower control
(ABC)
extension for manual remote control from ECR (not provided in DENIS-6
specification) including back up control function
two voltage-free contact outputs at limit value exceeding of fuel rack

position for external set value switch-over of the cross head lub oil stand-by
pump control (closed contact at< 4,5)
Sea Mode I Manoeuvre Mode selection from bridge panel
system self-monitoring including vital periphery units

,: • "-'!.
Aker MTW Werft ~SAM

Nbs. 010- 013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
easy commissioning and parameter adjustment which are kept in

EEPROMs
serial interface for data transfer to monitoring and control system Geamar
120 ISL (display via Operator Workstations)
c;
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • Behringstra&e 120 • D-22763 Hamburg

Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
BMS Hardware System Architecture
The Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS consists of following HW modules:
• Central Processing I Memory Unit ZSM

• Serial Interface Extensions SEM (operation and process)
• Speed Sensing Module DZM
• Input I Output module 10M
Afore mentioned modules are houses in a control cabinet jointly used with the HW
modules of the Engine Safety System ESS 40 M. The Electronic Governor System EGS
40 M is connected by interfacing to the BMS system bus (MIC 40 M-Bus).
BMS Software System Architecture
The user software modules of Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS run under following HW
modules (Processors):
• Central Prossing unit ZSM

• Intelligent Speed Sensing Module DZM
The Central Processing Unit covers user software modules for operation and insication
as well as interfaces to other systems. The Intelligent Speed Snsing Module contains all
user software modules for process control.
Operation
The bridge operating panel BAT 41 0 E incorporates all control and indicating elements
for propulsion control from the bridge; with the exception of the engine order telegraph I
lever.
The ECR operating panel BAT 411 D (using basically the same HW) contains essential
control and indicating elements used in ECR and is extended by the Manual Control
Panel located at ER.
Setting of system and engine specific parameters can be carried out during actual
commisioning in system dialog via operating panel BAT 410/411 or by means of a
software tool running on a PC I notebook under MS Windows.
Power supply: 24 V DC (to be limited to 28 V max.)

271.127680.TS Jeb0101151_V14.aspV1.4 21 .03.01 Page8of 21
. '-.
' . ·._,· . ,....._
Aker MTW Werft

Nbs. 010- 013
P1SAM
U Electronics
Project No. 2213g81
Scope of delivery
1 [CR003, CR004] Control Cabinet Geamot 40 M equipped with

modules for BMS and ESS,
for mounting in ECR,
Cabinet Dimensions (HxWxD) = 2000 x 1000 x 400 mm
1 [BR002] Bridge control and indicating panel, BAT 410 E

for Propulsion Control System PCS
Dimensions (HxWxD) = 144 x 88 x 72 mm
Incl. [BR006] Buzzer for wrong way alarm
1 [ER001] ECR control and indicating panel, BAT 411 D

Potentiometers PW 620 for engine order telegraph of wheelhouse I ECR (refer to

EOT system)
1 [ER001] Local control panel (IP54) housing following equipment ace. to DENIS-6
requirements
+ Control position indicaton lamps

+ Emerg. Stop I shutdown operating elements
+ Aux. Blowers control
+ EOT repeater
+ Space for manoeuring instructions NSD
Futher equipment will not be housed by the local control panel (Mech. RPM
indicator available at engine side.)
3 [BR006, CR011, ER002] Horn for wrong way alarm

tow for Bridge I ECR console mounting
one for mounting at local control cabinet, by engine maker
2 [BR004, CR007] Start air press. indicators 4-20mA

Bridge g6 x g6, scale goo; 0-40 bar, illuminated 24V
scale /letter = black I yellow
ECR g6 x g6, scale goo; 0-40 bar, scale /letter= white I black
2 Start air pressure indicators 4-20mA
0 STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • BehringstraBe 120 • D-22763 Hamburg

271.127 680.TS Jeb0101151_V14.aspV1.4 21.03.01 Page g of 21
Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electron ic~
Member of the EuroMarine GrouJ:.
Project No. 2213gs1
Bridge Wings 144 x 144, scale goo; 0-40 bar, illuminated 24V
1 [CR008] Charge air press. indicator 4-20mA

ECR 96 x g5, scale goo; 0-3,2 bar, scale /letter= white I black
1 [CRoog] Douple indicator 2 x 4-20mA

ECR 96 x g6, scala high; 100%, scale /letter= white I black
- Ruel rack position
-MAN set point
1 [CR009] Fuel rack position indicator 4-20mA

ECR 96 x 96 mm , scale goo; 0-10, scale /letter= white I black
1 Fuel rack position indicator 4-20mA

Bridge 96 x g5 mm , scale 90°; 0-10, , illuminated 24V
2 [CR01 0) TC speed indicator 4-20mA

ECR g5 x 96 mm, scale goo ; 0-15 T-rpm , scale /letter= white I black
1 ECR Manual Control Panel , for ECR console mounting

including cable 2 m and connection module
1 ECR Manual/ Blower Control Panel, for ECR console mounting

including cable 2 m and connection module
Dimensions (HxWxD) =144 x 144 x 150 mm
1 Instruction plate for bridge
1 ECR Manual Control Lever
1 Dimmer for Bridge console mounting
Further transmitters, switches and sensors are not included in the STN ATLAS Marine
Electronics scope of delivery.
Devices for manual operation from local engine side and local control cabinet to be provi-
ded by engine maker.

271 .127 680.TS Jeb0101151_V14.aspV1.4 21 .03.01 Page 10 of 21
ACAD
CJ)
-i PROPULSION CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE TELEGRAPH SYSTEM
z Wings EOT ELECTRONIC GOVERNOR INDICATING SYSTEM ENGINE SAFETY SYSTEM SPEED INDICATING SYSTEM A
>
-i
PS SB W /H BRIDGE MANOEUVRING SYSTEM W/HCffi. W/H w;,g,nll Wil1gs
>
CJ)
LOAD
INOCATOR
TELEffiADH ORDER PRINTER Bt>.T410.E
START AIR PRESS.
Will WINGS
PS
lpc. lpc. ,IPS/ISB IPS/ISB
3:: (f)
D)
:::!. EMG.STOP
:::l
(!)
BRIDGE WfH WINGS
PS SB
m
-
(!)
0
0:::l
c:;·
I I
EMu.
STOP
REV.
COUNTER
1/1
G')
3
C"
:I:
•
Ill
(!)
::r ECR
:::!.
N :::l
....... cc
0
w iil
0
-
1/1
~
(!)
...a.
N
0
LOCAL
•
c
CONTROL
PANEL
'U
Ill
-N WRONG
(Q
1\)
""--
ENGINE WAY
CD en ROOM
w
::I:
a D)
3
NSD
7 RTA 72 U-8
N C" *Not included in SAM scope of supply DENIS-6
.......
..,c "'Not included in this quotation
cc PRCPULSION DIESEL NOTOR
PROPULSION [ONTROL
SYSTEM Geamot 40M
ns.tro11: :satnl.fo1:
Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
1.2 ENGINE TELEGRAPH SYSTEM
For stepless order transmission regarding ship·s speed and direction from the
bridge to the ECR resp. engine room .
In manual modes the commands are transmitted by means of the wheelhouse
transmitter and the acknowledgement is carried out at the receiver in the ECR resp.
engine room .
The following orders are provided:
stop
dead slow, slow, half, full , nav. full , (max. ahead)
dead slow, slow, half, full , (max. astern)
The order transmitter for automatic control is integrated into the wheelhouse
engine order telegraph .
A wrong way alarm is provided for manual operation from the ECR and local control
position. Visual and audible alarm is initiated as long as the direction requested by
the bridge EOT (voltage-free contact at bridge EOT) does not correspond to the
actual direction of shaft speed (voltage-free contact at shaft speed indication
device).
In addition to the EOT system a sub-telegraph function is provided with following

divisions:
Finished with engine

Stand-by
At sea
displayed on the BMS operating panels BAT 410 E I D on the bridge and in ECR.
Power supply: 24VDC

Aker MTW Werft r;1SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
Scope of delivery
1 [BR001] EOT transmitter

with integrated potentiometer PW 620/2 k n for autom.
remote control from bridge, with scale illumination,
integrated dimmer, integrated buzzer, notch in stop position
and adjustable friction device
including drive motor for electrical shaft connection
for mounting in bridge console
Dimersions (HxW) = 324 x 192 mm
2 EOT wing levers

Including electrical shaft connection for mounting in bridge wing consoles
Dimersions (HxW) =190 x 130 mm
1 [CR001] EOT receiver, reply type

with integrated potentiometer PW 620/2 k n for autom.
remote control from ECR,
with integrated buzzer, notch in all order position
and adjustable friction device
for mounting in ECR console
Dimensions (HxW) = 288 x 192 mm
1 Acknowledgeable repeater
flush mounting type for fitting in local control panel
() 1 Bus controller
for mounting in ECR console
Dimensions (HxW) = 210 x 125 x 100 mm
1 [ER003] Telegraph bell 150 mm diameter

for mounting at local control cabinet or in machinery room

271.127680.TS Jeb0101151_V14.aspV1.4 21.03.01 Page 13of 21
Aker MTW Werft r;] SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
1.3 ENGINE SAFETY SYSTEM ESS 40 M
The engine safety system is independent of the main engine remote control for
automatic and manual shutdown as well as emergency shutdown or automatic
power reduction to protect the propulsion system against critical operation
conditions with following functions for the main engine:
5 emergency stop channels (Bridge, Wings, ECR and ER)

35 shutdown I slowdown channels
time delays possible
visual alarm indication
monitoring of line break for emergency sensors and emergency stop
valves
potentialfree output channels
Shutdown will be reset by taking the active control lever (according to selected
control mode) back to Stop I Zero position. Therefore, in all control modes the
engine can be restarted out of stop position of control lever.
ESS Hardware system Architecture
The Engine Safety System ESS is made up of several HW modules thus ensuring
an easy modification of the system :
• Speed Sensing Module DZM

• Input I Output Modules IOM
(Covering a.m. shutdown I slowdown channel configuration)
• Serial Interface Extension SEM
• Filter Module FIM
Afore modules are housed in a control cabinet jointly used with the HW modules of
the Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS.
A serial data link is provided to the Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS. In case of
speed sensing faults in one system (ESS respect BMS) the other system serves as
redundancy. The speed sensing system includes an overspeed switch function
separate from the overspeed switch in BMS (redundancy overspeed switch).

Aker MlW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010- 013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
Operation
The ESS operating panel BAT 411 E in ECR incorporates all control and indicating
elements for safe man engine operation. Essential ESS functions are integrated in the
PCS operating panel BAP 41 0 E located at the bridge.
Sensors are to be provided as potentialfree contacts.
Power supply: 24 V DC

Aker MTW Werit ~SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Member of the EuroMa rine Group
Project No. 2213981
Scope of delivery
Control cabinet, Geamot 40 M (see item 1.1),

additionally equipped with:
1 Speed sensing module DZM 402
3 Input I output modules IOM 402
1 Filter module FIM 406
1 ECR control and indicating panel, BAT 411 E

=
Dimensions (HxWxD) 144 x 288 x 72 mm
3 EM ERG. STOP pushbuttons for console

mounting in W/H and bridge wings, illuminated when activated
2 CANCEL LIMITER pushbutton for console

mounting in bridge wings
iluminated when activated
2 Set line resistors (8,2 k Q) for line break monitoring purposes

271 .127 680.TS Jeb0101151_V14.aspV1.4 21.03.01 Page 16 of 21
Aker MlW Werft r;] SAM
Nbs. 010- 013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
0
1.4 TELEGRAPH ORDER PRINTER
for logging of wheelhouse commands ordered by the EOT- transmitter/bridge

(standard signals as specified in design specification) with date, time, actual shaft
speed as well as mode of control.
The corresponding hardware and software for control of the printer is integrated in
the bridge manoeuvring system BMS 40 M.
Actual time can be transferred via serial interface from the machinery monitoring
system Geamar 120 ISL (optional).
Anyway internal Software Clock can be used alternatively.
0 Scope of delivery
1 Telegraph Order Printer DRU 2500

for bridge console desktop mounting
Matrix printer, 300 cps
Power supply: 220 V I 50-60 Hz
1 Priner interface module DAM 401
.·'"·.

Aker MlW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
1.5 SPEED INDICATING SYSTEM RPM
Overspeed switch in Engine Safety System ESS as well as BMS are sensing
engine speed. The HW of both systems is connected such that a speed indication
system with redundant outputs for the instruments ± 10 V and automatic
changeover in case of fault is available.
Scope of delivery
1 Indicating instrument 192 x 192 mm , scale 240°, -120- +120 rpm

scale /letter= black I AH =yellow; AST =red , ahead right
for flush mounting at bridge ceiling casing ,
incl. lighting and for central dimming
1 Indicating instrument 144 x 144, scale 240°, -120- +120 rpm

scale /letter= black I AH =yellow; AST =red, ahead right
for installation in bridge console,
incl. lighting and for central dimming
2 Indication instruments ca . 170 x 170 mm , scale 240°, -120- +120 rpm

scale /letter = black I AH = yellow; AST = red ,
Attention: 1 x STB I AH = right and 1 x PT I AH = left
for wall mounting at the bridge wings , water proof , incl. lighting and built-in
dimmer
2 indication instruments 144 x 144 mm , scale 240°, -120- +120 rpm

scale I letter = black I AH = yellow; AST = red, ahead right
for bridge wing console mounting, incl. lighting and for central dimming,
type IP 56
1 Indicating instrument, 144 x 144, scale 240°, -120- +120 rpm

scale /letter = white I AH = black; AST = red, ahead right
for installation in ECR console
1 Indicating instrument, 144 x 144, scale 240°, -120- +120 rpm

scale /letter= white I AH = black; AST = red , ahead right
for installation in Chief Room

Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
1 [GROOS] Revolution counter, with 8 digits, powered
from speed sensing unit with mechanical
reset button, for mounting into ECR console

\_ --~·
Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010-013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
2 SPARE PARTS
Comprising of one set consumable spares.
Scope of delivery
1 [SP001] Set consumable spares for minimum one year service as:
lamps
fuses
relays
etc.

Aker MlW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010- 013
U Electronics
Project No. 2213981
3 COMMISSIONING I SEA TRIAL
For technical assistance/supervision during comm1ss1omng into service of the

automation system, we estimate a total time of 5 man-days in normal working time
(40,0 hours at 5 days per week without overtimes) at the shipyard.
This time presumes that the individual systems are completely installed, cabled and
connected as well as the cabling is already checked, so that the commissioning can
be carried out without any unnecessary loss of time or idle periods. Furthermore,
we presume that our engineer will get assistance by yard personnel during the
whole time of commissioning.
Additional working time during commissioning due to faults in the cabling, waiting-
and idle period times etc. as well as necessary overtimes have not been
considered.
For presence of one engineer during sea trials, we estimate additionally 2 days (12
hours per day).
Above times as well as daily allowances and travelling costs have been included.

~SAM
U Electronics
Technical Specification
Aker MTW Nbs. 010-017
Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M

Project No. 2212841
MSA1

WT1 01 01.asp 10.10.00 Page 1 of 7
Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010-017
Electric Governor System ESG 40M
U Electronics
Project No. 2212841
Contents
0 BASIC REQUIREMENTS ......................................... ...... .... ........ ........ ......... .... .......... 3.
0.1 Environmental Conditions ..... ...... ......... ....... .... ... ... ...................... ... ...... ..... .... ...... 3.
0.2 Shock and Vibration ........ .. ........... ... ................. .. .......... ..... ... .. .... ... .. ... ..... .. ... .. ... ..3.
0.3 Electromagnetic Compatibility .. .... ..... ........ .................... .. .... ........... .... ...... ... ........ 3.
0.4 Lettering ...................................... ..... .. ... ............ ...... ..... ... .... .. ... ..... .. ..... ...... .. ...... .3..
0.5 Quality Control ..... :............................... .. ... ...... ............. ........ ........... ..... .... .... .......3..
0.6 Technical Documentation ......... ... .. ........... ...... ... ....... ................... .... ..... ..... .... .... ..4.
0.7 Works and Supplies by Others ............. .... ...... ... .................. ..... ........ ................ .. .4.
0.8 Certificate ............ .... ................. ................................................... .. ........ ... ........ ...4 ..
0.9 Date Change over in the Year 1999/2000 ..... .. .. ................. .. .. .. .... ..... .... ........... .4
1 ELECTRONIC SPEED GOVERNOR ESG 40 M. ........ .. ....... .......... .. .... ......... ............. S
2 SHOP TEST AT ENGINE MAKER'S TEST BED... .. ..... .... .. ..... ... .... .. ............. ....... .. ...l
-··

WT10101 .asp 10.10.00 Page 2 of 7
Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010- 017
U Electronics
Project No. 2212841
0 BASIC REQUIREMENTS
The equipment specified herein and subject of the STN ATLAS Marine Electronics
proposal complies with the rules of Germanischer Lloyd GL and shall be
manufactured to meet the following basic requirements.
0.1 Environmental Conditions
The equipment shall perform statisfactory under ambient conditions as specified:
control room temperature 45°C

machinery temperature 55°C
--~ ... relative humidity <99%
0 (with surface moisture)
0.2 Shock and Vibration
When hard mounted, the electronic equipments meet shock and vibration levels
according classification rules (GL, etc.).
0.3 Electromagnetic Compatibility
The equipment have been type tested to meet the requirements of electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC) according classification rules (GL, etc.). Cable laying
requirements ace. to STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Installation Manual to be
noted.
l) 0.4 Lettering
Panels of the offered equipment will be inscribed in English language.

All electrical designations of devices, terminal rows etc. are according standard DIN
symboles.
0.5 Quality Control
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics will carry out a quality control for all hardware
components which will be manufactured in STN ATLAS Marine Electronics-factory
and as far as possible for all sub-contractors in their factories.
STN ATLAS Marine Electroni.cs systems and components will be manufactured

according to the ISO 9001 Quality Assurance Standards.

WT10101.asp 10.10.00 Page3of 7
Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010-017
U Electronics
Project No. 2212841
0.6 Technical Documentation

The technical documentation provides the necessary information on function and
methods of operation as well as instructions for operation, maintenance and
repairs.
0.7 Works and Supplies by Others
Works and supplies furnished by others are as follows :
Installation of the system

Supply of services (electrical supply)
0.8 Certificate
The equipment will be supplied with the following certificates:
classification society type test certificate GL (copy)

works test certificate The equipment will be supplied with the dollowing
0.9 Date Change over in the Year 1999/2000
We confirm the conformity of the automation systems of STN ATLAS Marine

Electronics with the following rules :
No value or change current date will cause any interruption or unintended

change of or operation.
Date based functionality behaves consistently for all dates prior to, during
and after the year 2000
All interfacing, storage, data entry, processing, display and outputting

functions represent the year 2000 correctly.
The years 2000, 2004 etc. are correctly recognised as leap years.
The date can not influence a safety-relevant control process or a distress

or alarm message.

WT10101 .asp 10.10.00 Page 4 of 7
' -~ ,1 ·._..
Aker MTW Werft f';1SAM

Nbs. 010-017
U Electronics
Project No. 2212841
1 ELECTRONIC SPEED GOVERNOR ESG 40 M
The Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40 M is an electronic governor for speed

control of a main diesel engine according to a setpoint signal given by a bridge
manoeuvring system I manual lever.
It is derived from the electronic diesel engine governor system EGS 2000 of
Lyngs0 Marine, using well proven components like actuator mechanic, servo motor
and power drive electronics.
The ESG 40 M comprises of the three main components
0 Control Unit
Power Unit EA 2000
Electro-Mechanical Actuator
The Governor I Power Unit Cabinet houses the power drive electronics together
with the computerized hardware modules for speed control and monitoring
functions.
The main parts of the actuator are built around a cycloid gear. A brushless electric
servo motor is driving the input shaft of the gear, an output lever is mounted onto
the gear output shaft for connection to the fuel rack linkage.
Actuator movement is controlled by the following three main control loops
actuator position governor

0 actuator adjusting rate governor
motor current control loop
The Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40 M will be provided for diesel engine type
NSD 7 RTA 72 U.
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • Behringstra~e 120 • D-22763 Hamburg

WT1 01 01.asp 10.10.00 Page 5 of 7
Aker MTW Werft ~SAM
Nbs. 010- 017
U Electronics
Project No. 2212841
Scope of delivery
1 Governor I Power Unit ESG 40 M size 7

wall-mounted cubicle IP 44 containing :
• Governor I Power Electronic

• Governor Control Panel
• Interface to Geamot 40 M and Terminal Boards

Power consumption
(ESG 40 total) =24 V DC ± 30% incl. ripple I max. 2,5A
=400 I 450 V AC 3-phase; 4,0 16,0 A cont I peak
1 Transformer Unit size 7
Dimensions (HxWxD) =31 0 x 480 x 350 mm
1 Actuator size 7 IP 54
Dimensions = 544 x 0 240 (max.)
1 Junction Box for Actuator

Dimensions (HxWxD) =160 x 160 x 90 mm
1 Set RPM pick-ups (2 pieces) to be mounted at the fly-wheel
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • !3ehringstraBe 120 • D-22763 Hamburg

WT10101 .asp 10.10.00 Page 6 of 7
\
-------,------.---------=-----.---- ""')-:-~
PROPULSION CONTROL SYSTEM

ENGINE TELEGRAPH SYSTEM ELECTRONIC GOVERNOR INDICATING SYSTEM ENGINE SAFETY SYSTEM SPEED INDICATING SYSTEM
Wings EOT
PS Sll W/11 BRIDGE MANOEUVRING SYSTEM W /II CEIL. WI H Wing wall Wings
1 pc. 1 pc. . I PS/ 1 SB I PS/ I SB
START AIR PRESS.
LOAD Will WINGS
INDICATOR BAT410.E PS SB
TELEGRAPH ORDER PRINTER
EMG.STOP
BRIDGE W/H WINGS
?p-···-·l
AM401 PS SB
. ~'--------.. I I
REV.
COUNTER
MANUAL CONTROL CANCELLIMT EMG.

Wings
ECR SUB PANEL BAT411.G A STOP
BAT411E
f
ESS 40 M
n
ECR
l
> Vl
Vl
~
8 Vl
c
UJ
"'c
UJ
UJ
c
UJ
LOCAL
UJ UJ UJ
0.. 0.. 0..
Vl Vl Vl CONTROL
UJ UJ UJ PANEL
2: 2: 2:
~
UJ
0
zUJ
0
z
UJ WRONG
ENGINE WAY
ROOM
NSD
7 RTA 72 U-B
* Not included in SAM scope of supply DENIS- 6
c. Not included in this quotation PROPULSION DIESEL MOTOR

~c-r~cn.~--'""~.--,~~~nM~.------------------------.or.~
15.01.01 Will dale 20.09.00
B 07.12.00 Will des1gn Ben elsdorf
PROPULSION CONTROL Aker MlW Nb. 010-013
D 26.03.01 Kowalk che<k SYSTEM Geamot 4 ~M
rev revision dale name norm res. from: subs! for
1
.-·: . ~ennantscl)cr LioQb
...... -
TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
1'\o. 11 241- 9i HH
This is to certify. t!1J: t!1·: l:lh!~r.;o:~~ p~oc!:;ct(s) bs.'r.J,·: b~c~ t~;:~-! i:-. ::~;~~:::~~
with t;,~ rd~'Jn: r~.;uirc::-.·:~.~; ot"t;,~ G~ T>p·: A;J;>rJ·,·:: S;.·s:c~..
CO:'IIPA!'iY STN ATL/..S Ele~lroni~: Grn!:>H
Behringslra!1e 1 20
D-22763 Hamburg
PROOLICT DESCRIPTIO~ Propulsio~ Control System
TYPE PCS GEAI,IOT 40 ~.1
Ei'\\'IRO:\i\!Ei'\TAL CATEGORY None
TECH.'\! CAL DATA I Bridge ~.lanoeuvring System 8,\IS .:;o U

R·\1'\G£ Of APPLICATIO.'\ Telegraph Order Printer TOP .:;o ~.1
·..._. Engine Sa~e:y System ESS <:0 ~,1
Speed Indicating System SIS <:0 bl
Engine Governor System EGS 2000
Engine Tele;rzph S1stem ETS <:O t.\
Customizing Tool D.',IS I DPS 2100 Vers:o~ 1.2 da:ed 31-03-1SS7

Software Structure and Data Descrip!~on G::A~.!OT <:0 ~,1
Version 1.2 dated 25-11-1995
Technical ~.lanual for the Manoeuvring S1stem BMS <:0 M PCS 271.1 ~ 1
882.BGE Version 1.2 dated 07-03-1997
Technical ~.lanual for t;-:e Engine S2~et>· S;:stem ESS <:0 M f;\3J • MC:
PCS 271.1<1 884.BG~ Version 1.2 dc\ed05-03-1997
TEST STAi'\0.-\RD Regulalio<Js for the Use of Com~ute~s c::1d Cor.1;:>uter Systs-:~~s
DOCUI'>!Ci'\TS Sofi'.·tare Ouestionaire a::co;ding to re ql..':re;oJen\ class 3 ·d::: ::: 02.10.9 7 _

SjJecifica:io~ for the safety functions c;nd So~.·:are requirer.:e;'l:;: -:a~e-::: 13.i~.£·-:
BMSST.\V?6 -dated 25.07 .97; ESSTST.\'I?o -da:ed 29.07. 97
Tests: 8!.. 9222 T 35~. T 363, T 422- STN ATLAS Ele:._tror-.i,·.
32316.027.9~. 33255.0~4.9~. 3732.233.93, 32.29.070.97, 2-52~.0i3.S 7- ES.".'
!1C01.-\R.KS Use of G~ lj•pe appro\'ed Ha~dware o;o1y.
TYPE APPRO\'AL SYi\!130L
: Hamburg
: 01.12.1997 ([)rrmnnis ch cr I.! orb
1 OF 2
).~- 6/-~\/
.. :............. ~···········./J..... .
Fik~o. 1.0.01 J. \'.'illb\1:~
\,)
This tcrtilic:ll~ is issued on the b;i; o:·-r:.~;;ub:i~~ f0: t:-:~ Pc:f.·~:-:"'..l::.:~ o~Typc Tc;:.s, PJ:: 0, Prc~eJ~re· .
.·. :. ·.: -..... :. .:·: :·
TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
I'\o. 11 241 -97 HH
1 hi; i; lv certify, 1:1J: r :~~ tmc!:r.:o:cc FO<!c:ct(s) bs.r.Jvc l:::~ t:st:d h ~:;:::~~. ~c
\\ ith ~~~ r~kn~: r :.:;uir:::~~n:J or the GL T) ?~ A;:?o'O'Ill S:,·s:: ;7: ,
Central Memory Module ZSM <:01 271.133 133

Relay and Input ~.1odule REM <:01 271.123 85~
Speedrelay Module DZM <:02 271.149 239 +redundant Engine speed signal
Printer Control Module DAM <:01 271.133 227
Valve Control Module VS~.I401 271.133 309
Input/Output ~.todule IOM 402 271.1 ~9 2~4
Control Module RM 401 271.138 278
Interface Extens. Module SEM 402 271.138 221
Filler Module FIM 405 271.133 ?43
Geamot Bridge P2nel B.t.. T 410 E
Geamot ECR Panel BAT 4i1 D 271.150189
ESS 40~18ridge Panel BAT <:10 F 271.150175
ESS 401\1 ECR P<Jnel BAT 411 E 271.150 179
GeamolVITPanel BAT411 F 271.150181
TYPE ,\PPRO\'AL SYr\IDOL \'A LID U~T!L: 30. I I .22.:'2
PLACE : Hamburg
D.-\TE : 01.12 .1997
®crmnnf.schcr I!o~b
PAGE 2 OF 2
' ~ / ") ,js..1~.·
v-
A....:.. .·.:..................1 ...
Fik 1\o. 18 .01 J. \'.'i:t~)l:rs
... · ·.
1
,c-:-- Type Approved Certificate Gerrnanischer Lloyd
i This is to certify, that the undernoted product(s) has/have been tested in accordance v1ith
~I I
the relevant requirements of the GL Type Approval System.
Certificate No. 14750·99HH

Company STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH
Behringstra~e 120
0·22763 Hamburg
Product Description Electronic Speed Governor
Type ESG 40 M
Environmental Category c
Technical Data I Control of engine shaft speed according to the commands of the remote control
Range of Application system Geamot 40 M or Geamot 90 C
System includes the following Geamic 40 M modules:

REM401, UNM401, RM401, ZSM401, BAT411.G(Panel)
Functionalities:
• Fuel rack limitation by engine speed (Torque limit)
• Fuel rack limitation by charge air pressure (Smoke limit)
• Manual fuel rack limitation (Chief limit)
• Exclusion of critical speed ranges
• Cylinder lubrication oil dosing (LOD) ·optional
• Variable injection time (VIT) ·optional
• Additional overs peed stop· optional
Software versions: WNSD VSO.xx MAN B&W V60xx
Test Standard Regulations for the Performance of Type Tests

Regulations for the Use of Computers and Computer Systems
Documents Approval drawings 990913.01.UVZ ·version 1.0
Software documentaton:
Qucstionaire according to requirement class 3
Remar!\s . Governor for the remote control system Geamot '40 M or Geamot 90 C
• Expiring date of 89922-94 HH (Geamic 40 M) to be observed
Valid until 2004-11-11
Page 1 of 1 Type Approval Symbol @

File No. 1.8.01
Hamburg, 1999-11·11
Germanischer Lloyd J. Wittburg M. Rinke!

.i
I
This cerUca~e Is Issued on the basis or 'Regula~on rcr L'le Performance oiType Tests. Part 0, Procedure'•
~SAM
U Electronics
,0
I
' )
Geamot40M
r General Component Layout

·--
Aker MTW · HN. 010 · 013

' 'j- xxxx TEU Container Vessel
\ .
List of General Component Layout

Automation Systems
Behringstraf1e 120
® STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.127 680.LOC • Version 1.0 • 15.01.01 • JEB0101153.STG • Page 1/
PCS Geamot 40M + ESG40M ~SAM
MTW- HN 010-013 U Electronics
General Component Layout Member of the EuroMarine Grou p
Purpose
This document is a list of general component layout of the

for AKER MTW - HN 010-013
ship propulsion plant with fixed pitch propellers (FPP)
and WNS- 7 RT A 72U engine
Document-Versions
Version 1.0 from 15.01.01, Jebens, MSA2
Document created
Contents
Purpose 2
1 Indicating System I Instruments
2 Revolution Counter
3 Pushbutton with cover
4 General
This manual is copyrighted and all rights are reserved. This document may not, in whole
or in part, be copied, photocopied, translated, or reduced to any electronic medium or
machine readable form without prior consent, in writing, from STN ATLAS Marine
Elektronics company. The information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
<il STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.127 680.LOC • Version 1.0 • 15.01 .01 • JEB0101153.STG • Page 2/
MTW- HN 010-013
General Component Layout
U Electronics
1 Pushbutton with cover
Equipment Location Sub System
- Emergency Stop W/H console ESS
- Emergency Stop ECR ESS
,--,~./
I I
\,_~· ® STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.127 680.LOC • Version 1.0 • 15.01.01 • JEB0101153.STG • Page 3/
MTW - HN 010-013 U Electronics
General Component Layout Member of the EuroMarine Gro up
2 Indicating System I Instruments
- Start air pressure indication ECR console, 96 x 96 BMS
- Fuel rack position indication ECR console, 96 x 96 BMS
-Engine Speed RPM WH, CE 192 X 192 SIS
ECR, CE 144 X 144 SIS
il STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .127 680.LOC • Version 1.0 • 15.01 .01 • JEB0101153.STG • Page 4 /
P\...''S Geamot 40M + ESG40M ~SAM
·· . MTW- HN 010-013 U Electronics
General Component Layout Member of the EuroMarine Group
3 Revolution Counter
- Revolution counter ECR console SIS
® STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.127 680.LOC • Version 1.0 • 15.01.01 • JEB0101153.STG • Page 5/
~SAM
U Electronics
Geamot40M
List of Spare Parts
()
AKER MTW • HN 010 · 013

xxxx TEU Container Vessel
List of Spare Parts
()

Automation Systems
Behringstraf!e 120
® STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.127 680.EL • Version 1.0 • 15.01.01 •JEB01 01155.STG • Page 1/ 3
PCS Gearnot 40M ~SAM
MTW- HN 010-013 U Electronics
List of Spare Parts Member of the EuroMarine Group
Purpose
This document describes the List of Spare Parts of:

AKER MTW- HN 010-013 of the
"Automation System" consist of:
- Propulsion Control System Geamot 40M
Document-Versions
Version 1.0 from 15.01.01, H. Jebens, MSA2
Document created
Contents
Purpose...................................................................................................................... 2
Propulsion Control System Geamot 40M ......................................................... 3
This manual is copyrighted and all rights are reserved. This document may not,
in whole or in part, be copied, photocopied, translated, or reduced to any
electronic medium or machine readable form without prior consent, in writing,
from STN ATLAS Marine Electronics 'company. The information in this manual
is subject to change without notice.
® STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .127 680.EL • Version 1.0 • 15.01 .01 •JEB0101155.STG • Page 2/3
PCS Geamot 40M r;1 SAM
"MTW- HN 010-013 U Electronics
List of Spare Parts Member of the EuroMarine Group
1. Propulsion Control System Geamot 40M

Consumable Spares
Pos. Bezeichnung Gerat ldent-Nr. Anzahl

ITEM DESIGNATION TYPE STOCK-NO. PIECE
1.1 Sicherung l,OA 5x25 273.369 736 10
Fuse I BMSIF2l;F23;F24
1.2 Sicherung 2,0A 5 X 25 273.369 769 10

Fuse I ESS/Fl2; Fl3; Fl4
1.3 Sicherung 4,0A 5 x25 273.369 785 10

Fuse I BMS/F31; F32
1.4 Sicherung 3,15 A 5 x20 271.158 817 10

Fuse I ZSM;DZM;DAM; 10M
1.5 Sicherung F 500 rnA 5 x20 271.115 747 10

Fuse I BAT/ Fl; F2; F3
1.6 Sicherung 1,0 A 8 X 8,5 271.159 227 5

Fuse I Powerdrive
1.7 Sicherung 2,5A 5 x20 273.841 809 5
Fuse I Powerdrive
1.8 Sicherung 15A 6,3 X 32 271.159 229 5

Fuse I Powerdrive I size 7
1.9 Multi-Chip-LED 24 V, lOrnA .•.•..... WS; T5WB 271.162 273 5

white I Manual Panel white
1.10 Relais RPE-IE2S/2W 271.133 414 I

Relays I BMS; ESG; ESS
1.11 Drehzahlaufnehrner 3RG 4014-0ABOO 271.136 855 I
Pick up I ESG; ESS
® STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.127 680.EL • Version 1.0 • 15.01.01 •JEB0101155.STG • Page 3/3
PlSAM
U Electronics
Geamot40M
Power Consumption
MBD I WNS Engines

Power Consumption

Automation Systems
•••~. < ••
Behringstra~e 120
® STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.141 881.TDM • Version 1.1 • 21.12.00 • JEB11231.STG• Page 1/3
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
Power Consumption U Electronics
Purpose
This document contains the power consumption of the

for ship propulsion plant with fixed pitch propellers (FPP)
and MBD - I WNS - engine
Document-Versions
Version 1.0 from 23.11.98, H. Jebens, MAAl
Document created
EGS 2000 added
Contents
Purpose ................................................................................................................. 2
1 General .............................................................................................................. 3
2 Total Power Consumption ............................................................................... 3
from STN ATLAS Marine Electronics company. The information in this manual
is subject to change without notice.
® STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .141881.TDM • Version 1.1 • 21 .12.00 • JEB11231 .STG• Page 2/3
PCS Geamot 40M ~SAM
Power Consumption U Electronics
1. General
The PROPULSION CONTROL SYSTEM Geamot 40M

consist of the following subsystems:
Telegraph Order Printer TOP 40M
Speed Indicating System SIS 40M
Electronic Governor System EGS 2000
2. Total Power Consuption Geamot 40M

The power consumption of the subsystems of Geamot 40M is:
No. Part-Description Type Ident-No. Supply

Voltage Total Power Fuse/
Break
min max A
A A
1 Bridge BMS40M 271. 24V,DC 10

Manoeuvring 3,1 5,1
System
MBD- MC I MC-C
NSD- DENIS-1/6
2 Telegraph Order TOP40M 220V,AC 0,08 0,18

Printer
3 Electronic Speed ESG40M 24V,DC 3,0 4,0 6

Governor I 440V, AC,3ph 2,5 4,0 10
Electronic 4,0 6,0 10
Governor System EGS2000 5,5 9,0 16
Size3
Sice 7
Size 14
4 Engine Safety ESS40M 24V,DC 10

System 2,1 3,1
MBD- MC I MC-C
NSD- DENIS-116
5 Engine Telegraph ETS40M

System 24V,DC 2,5 3,0 6
Incl Electr.Shaft
6 Speed Indicating SIS40M 24V,DC 0,3 0,6

System
Illumination Bridge
Power
Consumption 24V,DC 11,0 15,8
MBD- MC I MC-C
NSD- DENIS-1/6
Without ext. Horn
® STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.141 881.TDM • Version 1.1 • 21.12.00 • JEB11231.STG• Page 3/3
~SAM
U Electronics
Geamot 40M
Table of Modules
Geamic 40M
Table of Modules - PCS Geamot 40M

Automation Systems
BehringstraBe 120
® STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH •Modules-PCS•271.141 881.HBT•Version 1.4 • 15.12.00 • Jebi0301.STG • Page I of 4
r;"] SAM
PCS Geamot 40M U Electronics
-. Table of Modules
Geamic 40M
Purpose
This document contains the table of modules I hardware components for the use in,
"Propulsion Control Systems PCS Geamot 40M" consist of:
- Modules - PCS Geamot 40M,
Document-Version.
Version 1.0 from 30.10.96, Mr. Jebens, SBA1
Document created
Document modifications
Table supplemented with EGS2000
Contents
Purpose ...... ..... ... ............ ...... ......... ......... ..... ........... ........ ...................... ............... ........................ 2
Document-Version ........................................................ ...... ........... .......... .................................. 2
1. Modules - PCS Geamot 40M ........ .. ..................... ...... .............. ............... ... ........................ 3
ATLAS Marine Electronics company. The information in this manual is subject
to change without notice.
® STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH •Modules-PCS•271.1 4 1 881.HBT•Version 1.4 • 15.12.00 • Jebi030 1.STG • Page 2 of 4
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40M
Table ofModules
U Electronics
(
~\· Geamic40M
\_)
1. Modules PCS Geamot 40M
The Modules PCS Geamot 40M are the following:

No. Part-Description Type STN LM PCS BMS ESG ESS TOP
ldent-No. ldent-No. 40M 40M SIS
1 Central Memory Module ZSM401 271.138133 962.003.000 X X X
2 Relay and Input Module REM401 271.123 854 962.003.400 X X X
3 Speedrelay Module DZM401 271.138159 962.003.100
4 Speedrelay Module DZM402 271.149 289 962.003.110 X X X
Universal Module UNM401 271.153 683 X X
5 Printer Control Module DAM401 271.138 227 962.003.800 X X
6 Valve Control Module VSM401 271.138 309 962.003.900 X (x)
7 InpuUOutput Module 10M 401 271.138 225 962.003.300
8 InpuUOutput Module IOM402 271.149 244 962.004.700 X X X
9 Control Module RM401 271.138 278 962.003.500 X X X
10 Interface Extens. Module SEM402 271.138 221 962.003.200 X X X
11 Filter Module FIM405 271.138 243 962.004.100 X X X X
DC/DC Converter NEG403 271.132 284 X X
DC/DC Converter NEG432 271.129 983 X X
12 Interface Module IFM 401 271.138 445 962.003.600
0 13 Interface Module IFM402 271.138 448 962.003.700
14 Geamot Bridge Panel BAT410 E 271.150 174 962.006.500 X X
15 Geamot ECR Panel BAT411 D 271.150 189 962.006.600 X X
16 ESS 40M Bridge Panel BAT410 F 271.150 175 962.008.200 X X
17 ESS 40M ECR Panel BAT 411 E 271.150 179 962.006.700 X X
18 Geamot VIT Panel BAT411 F 271.150181 X X
19 Governor Panel BAT 411 G 271.150 182 X X
® STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH •Modules-PCS•271.141 88l.HBT•Version 1.4 • 15.12.00 • Jebl030I.STG • Page 3 of 4
r;1 SAM
PCS Geamot 40M U Electronics
Table of Modules Member of the EuroMarine Group
Geamic40M
No. Part-Description Type STN LM EGS

Ident-No. Ident-No. 2000
20 Stella Gamma CPU- 960.201.27 7 X

Module
21 Stella Gamma SIO 960.201.28 7 X

Module (Tacho,Control)
23 Stella Gamma SIO- 960.201.19 1 X

Module
(SIF,Controi,Tacho)
24 Stella Gamma DilDO- 960.201.29 1 X

Module
25 Stella Gamma DICB 960.201.21 4 X
26 Stella Gamma DOCB 960.201.22 5 X
27 Stella Gamma AICB 960.20 1.23 7 X
28 Stella Gamma EGS-CB 960.201.24 5 X
29 Stella Gamma BASIS-CB 960.201.25 2 X
30 Stella Gamma BASIS-CB 960.201.20 2 X
® STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • Modules-PCS• 271.141 881.HBT•Yersion 1.4 • 15.12.00 • Jebi0301.STG • Page 4 of 4
F]SAM
~ Electronics
~.
;
( )
\
~------
'
Geamot40M
Installation Manual
Hardware Geamic 40
Installation Manual

BehringstraBe 120
D-22763 Hamburg
---/
i
'.', __ .. '·-------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.141 881.HBM • Version 1.2 • 02.12.98 • JE812061.STG.wpd • Page 1/15
Geamot40 M ~SAM
~!a Electronics
Propulsion Control System Member of the EuroMarine Group
Installation Manual
Purpose
This manual contains information which must be noted during design , cabling and
installation of the equipment. Proper functioning of the system can be guaranteed only if
this information is observed. Please also observe the application regulations of the
classification societies.
This document does not substitue the production documents. The production documents
have always priority to this document.
Documents-Versions
This copy was printed on 06.Dezember 1996

Version 1.0 from 06.12.1996, Hr. Jebens, MAA1
Document created

Document sign

__ ....
Drawing on Page 15 added
ATLAS Elektronik company. The information in this manual is subject to change
without notice.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .141 881 .HBM • Version 1.2 • 02.12.98 • JEB12061 .STG .wpd • Page 2/15
Geamot40 M ~SAM
Propulsion Control System t.!./.j Electronics
Installation Manual
'
\
Contents
Purpose .......................................................... 2
1 CABLING ................................................ 5
1.1 General ................................................. . 5
1.2 Cable types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2 SCREENING ............................................. 5
·~·-,,
3 GROUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4 LAYING SIGNAL CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
5 BUSSYSTEMS ............................................ 7
6 SIGNAL CONNECTION AND CABELING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

6.1 Disturbance Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
6.2 Signal- and Supplygroups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
6.3 Signalcombination in one cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
6.4 Combination of Cables in Cabletrunks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
7 MEASURED-VALUE TRANSMITTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
8 24 V POWER SUPPLY .................................... 11

8.1 24 V Power Supply Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
8.2 24 V Supply of Binary Output's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
9 BATTERY ............................................... 12
'-;:>":
', ___,/ 1---------------------------------------------------------------------

©STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.141 881.HBM • Version 1.2 • 02.12.98 • JEB12061.STG.wpd • Page 3/15
~SAM
Geamot40 M
tr!.a Electronics
Installation Manual
10 INSTALLATION . . ...... .. .. ....... ...... . ................ 13

10.1 Ambient conditions I Installation location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
10.2 Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
10.3 BAT's 410 . ....... .. .. ........ . ... ......... .. ........ . ... 13
10.4 Printer DRU 2400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
11 RFI SUPPRESSION OF CONNECTED LOADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .141 881 .HBM • Version 1.2 • 02.12.98 • JEB12061 .STG.wpd • Page 4/15
Geamot40 M ~SAM
Propulsion Control System tr!l.t Electronics
\
Installation Manual
'
1 CABLING
1.1 General
No signals from external systems may be transmitted via cables used for sensors,
analogue outputs and peripheral devices.
Cables carrying signals such as 220 V ACI440 V AC should always be laid seperately.
,.. .......... A common cable may be used for signals and for control functions.
1.2 Cable types
Signal cables with twisted pairs and a common screen must be used,e.g. FMGCG.
The type of cable and the screening (e.g. seperate screen for each pair) must be
stipulated separately if more stringent requirement apply as regards interference
immunity.
Please note the information in the cable and connection diagrams.
2 SCREENING
Screened cables must be used for:
• binary inputs and outputs 24VDC
• analogue outputs ±1 OV I 0-20 rnA
• analogue inputs ±1 OV I 0-20 rnA I potentiometer
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.141 881.HBM • Version 1.2 • 02.12.98 • JEB12061.STG.wpd • Page 5/15
~SAM
Geamot40 M
~ Electronics
Propulsion Control System Member ot the EuroMarine Group
Installation Manual
• serial data transmission for:
Operating and indication panel BAT 41 0
Electronic Governor System
Engine Safety System
Telegraph Order Printer
Monitoring and Control System (Option)
The screen should be extended as fas as the terminals wherever possible.
3 GROUNDING
1. The cable screen is grounded at both ends of the cable by means of conical cable
entry glands in accordance with DIN 89280 and VG 88812 respectively.
2. The screen must be connected to screen bars provided for this on cabinets without
cable entry glands.
3. It is required to install an uninterrupted screen bar in front of all modules. The distance
of the unshielded cores between the end of the cable screen and the terminal should
not exceed 6- 8 em.
4. Screens for signal and bus cables must be laid and connected directly to the module
screen bares
5. If screens /cables are run via terminals once again inside the console/cabinet, then the
screen is to be connected to ground in front of and behind the terminal.
6. Unconnected excess cores of the screens I cables are to be cut short(*) to approx.
(30mm) in order to exclude a possible aerial effect of the lines.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .141 881 .HBM • Version 1.2 • 02.12.98 • JEB12061 .STG.wpd • Page 6 I 15
Geamot40 M ~SAM
..,.,.. Electronics
,...-.., Member of the EuroMarine Group
Installation Manual
()
7. NOTE: IN AREAS SUBJECT TO HIGH RF INTERFERENCE, IT MAY BE ADVISABLE
TO GROUND THE SCREEN AT THE SECOND END USING A CAPACITOR
(APPROX. 1.1 uF/400 V).
See drawing on page 15
4 LAYING SIGNAL CABLES
Ur-~,
• Power and signal cables must be laid seperately.
• Signal cables should not be laid in the vicinity of high voltages or high-current
devices.
• A clearance of 30 em must be observed from cables emitting interference.
• Avoid excessive cable lenghts.
5 BUSSYSTEMS
0 A screened cable must be laid for the connection between Modules SEM 402, ZSM 401,
DZM401/402 and BAT's
Preference should be given to cable FMGCG n x 2 x 0,75
The screen must be connected to the corresponding screen bar.
0~~---------------------------------------------
Geamot40 M ~SAM
~ Electronics
Installation Manual
6 SIGNAL CONNECTION AND CABELING
Input/Output signals and the power supply are divided into disturbance classes and
signalgroups to avoid RFI-problems.
6.1 Disturbance Classes
Definitions of disturbance classes
Class 1: low disturbance consumer
- this are consumers like small , RFI-suppresses with quenching diodes or Transzorb
diodes, relais <80mA;
single lamps <80mA
passive sensors
modules of the Geamic 40 system
Class 2: medium disturbance consumer
- this are consumers like small, RFI-supresses with quenching diodes or Transzorb
diodes, relais >80mA;
normal ohmic consumer
Class 3: high disturbance consumer
- all other consumerr
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 27 1.141 881.HBM • Version 1.2 • 02.12.98 • JEB12061 .STG.wpd • Page 8 / 15
Geamot40 M ~SAM
Propulsion Control System lt!.l.j Electronics
Installation Manual
6.2 Signal- and Supplygroups
Definition of Signal- and Supplygroups
GroupA : 220VAC
Group A 1: 220 VAC power supply with a maximum load of 16 A 220 V AC controllines
Group B : 24 V DC power supply with consumers of Class 1
Group B1: 24 V supply from the automation battery for the supply of consumers of class
1
Group B2: 24 V binary input signals for use with REM401/IOM 401/402 lied from the net
of group B 1 (without no additional filtering)
Group C 24 V DC power supply with consumers of class 2
Group C1: binary output signals of REM 401/IOM 401/402

external switches, which are used to switchover class 2 consumers (in case
of supply from group A 1 these signals are classified into group A 1)
Group C2: Supply of consumers of class 3
Group D Supply from the automation battery filtered via a FIM405
Group 01 supply of active analogue sensors, binary inputs or lamps
Group 02 binary input signals for REM 401/IOM 401/402 supplied from Class 01
Group 03 binary output signals of REM 401/IOM 401/402 supplied from class 01
(supply of inductive consumers from class 01 is not allowed)
Group 04 insensible analogue input signals at RM 401 (typically 4-20mA, 0-10 V,)
(HINT : inputs with an amplification in front of the ADC<=1 0)
,-~~(
lj,_©_S_T_N_A-TLA-S-M-ar-ine-E-Je-ct-ro-ni_cs_G_m_b_H-.-PC_S_•_2_7-1.1_4_18-8-1.-HB_M_•_V_e-rs-io-n-1.2_•_0_2-.12-.9-8_•_J-EB-1-20-61-.S-T-G-.w-pd_•_P-ag_e_9_/_15-
~SAM
Geamot40 M
~ Electronics
Installation Manual
Group 05 analogue outputs signals from the DZM 401/402
Group 06 seriel RS485 interfaces/connection between, SEM 402 ZSM 401, OEM
401/402 and Bat's
Signals T+IT- twisted pair, screened

Signals R+/R- twisted pair, screened
Signal Balance RGND: screened
The signals T+IT-, R+/R- and RGND can be screened seperately, but
all signals must comprise in one cable.
6.3 Signalcombination in one cable
The following rules must be observed in case of combining cables:
• aspects of safety of classification rules in combining signals of group A with any

other group
• signals of group A, B and C can be combined in one cable without any additional
measures
• signals of group 0 can be combined in screened, twisted pair cables. Related

signals (like+/- signals of an analogue sensors) must be used in twisted pairs and
comprise in erie cable. Seperate screens inside one cable must be used for
signals of group 06 (if there are more than one related signalgroups in one
cable, the screening of all signalsgroups with one screen is sufficient)
• signals of group D can be combined with signals of group Band C1 in one cable. In
this case the signals of group D must be screened against group Band C1.
This rules are containing the demand , that all inductive consumer, which
are supplied via a combined cable also includes signals of group 0
-- or switched via a module e.g. REM 401, IOM 401/402
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .141 881 .HBM • Version 1.2 • 02.12.98 • JEB12061 .STG.wpd • Page 10/15
·, .,_-.
Geamot40 M ~SAM
Propulsion Control System ~ Electronics
Installation Manual
must be RFT-suppressed.
6.4 Combination of Cables in Cabletrunks
Simular to the rules of chapter 6.3 these are also to observed for combining cables in
cabletrunks within cabinets. Exceptions are allowed for very short distances.
7 MEASURED-VALUE TRANSMITTERS
0 Contact-type transmitters
Use only floating contacts. Interference/noise voltage may not be switched.
20 rnA measuring transducers

Transducers with floating outputs must be used. Power infeed is provided from our
system. If not, an electrically isolated power infeed must be provided.
8 24 V POWER SUPPLY
A 24 V DC power infeed must be provided.
() Connection data: Rated voltage = 24

max. deviation = 18 .. 32 V
Residual ripple = <5%
The line cross-section must be selected so that the voltage drop at the cabinet terminals
does not exceed 1 V.
In the case of a grounded network, the negative terminal must be connected centrally to
ship's ground.
8.1 24 V Power Supply Modules

:.:-.--:
(}------------------------------------------
Geamot40 M ~SAM
~ Electronics
Installation Manual
The 24 V DC power supply of all modules is to be carried out via a Filtermodule FIM405.
In case of voluminous systems it is possible to connect modules in parallel. The total load
of the FIM405 should not exceed the maximum allowed load of this module.
If there are additional RIF requirements it is necesseray to install an additional FIM 403
Filtermodule.
8.2 24 V Supply of Binary Output's
The supply of binary output's (18 ... 32 V AC/DC) e.g. with the REM401 or IOM401/402
can be supplied with the unfiltered 24 V power Supply.
9 BATTERY
The battery must be adequately dimensioned to provide an emergency supply in the event
of mains failures of the approved duration. The rules for classing must be observed .
The safety and installation regulations must be observed during installation.
-·
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .141 881 .HBM • Version 1.2 • 02 .1 2.98 • JEB12061.STG.wpd • Page 12/15
Geamot40 M r;1SAM
Propulsion Control System ~ Electronics
.-..\ Member of the EuroMarine Group
Installation Manual
0
10 INSTALLATION
10.1 Ambient conditions /Installation location
Ensure that the operating and ambient conditions at the installation location do not exceed
the relevant values specified in the device descriptions.
Devices which are not placed into operation immediately must be protected against soiling
by means of a cover film. For a longterm storage of the equipment special conditions must
be agreed.
0 10.2 Control Unit
This is supplied as a cabinet with enclosure IP 54.
Do not install the control unit in the vicinity of devices generating heat.
The cabinet may not be covered with panels or panel-mounted.
An electrically conductive connection must be made from the cabinet to the hull.
The cables must be connected using terminals.
0 10.3 BAT•s 410
The units are supplied for console/cabinet installation.
10.4 Printer DRU 2400
The unit is supplied for desktop/benchtop installation.
Adequate space must be provided for the paper feed device and paper stacker.
.·· ·-~.
-~)
l~~-------------------------------------------------------
Geamot40 M ~SAM
~ Electronics
Installation Manual
11 RFI SUPPRESSION OF CONNECTED LOADS
Switched inductors, e.g. relays/valves, must be RFI-suppressed with quenching diodes or

Transzorb diodes in the case of DC voltage. Varistors must be used in the case of AC
voltage.
- © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .141 881.HBM • Version 1.2 • 02.12.98 • JEB12061 .STG.wpd • Page 141 15
/ --·--,, )'
\ '
~SAM ,.
Geamot 40 M U Electronics
Installation Manual
CD BASIC RULES roo SCREENING: Q)tEGENO:
(jJ) All CASING PARTS OF CABINETS, BOXES, CONSOLES ETC. HA'J: TO BE CONNECTED TxD = TRANSI.IIT DATA
1\Ul CONDUCTED: RxD = RECEIIJ: OA TA
· CONNECTED SURFACES HAVE TO BE METALLIC BRIGHT ~F NECESSARY CO'J:RED \liTH PETROLEUM JELLY)
· HF -STRANDED \\IRES HAIJ: TO BE AS SHOOT AS POSSI LE, MAX.IOcm rh CHASSIS CONNECTION
• IF NECESSARY TAKE RATCHED Y.HEELS (FOR EXAMPLE FOR SIDE WALLS, FLANGE PLATES ETC.)
lfl @ POTENTIAL EARTH
@ All CABLE SCREENS ON BOTH SIDES Of THE CABLE HAIJ: TO BE CONN ECTED 1\Ul CONDUCTED 0~
rh TO THE CHASSIS. ;r, 1\\ISIEO CORE PAIRS IN CABLES: .-J TillS TED CORE PAIRS
I+ 2, 3+4, 5+6, ... ,.--- UP TO TERI.IINALS/I.IOOULES
Q) THE CABLE SCREEN IS CONNECTED TO THE CHASSIS AT BOTH ENDS Of THE CABLE BY MEANS OF CONICAL
CABLE ENTRY GLANDS IN ACCOOOANCE \liTH DIN 89280 AND VG 88812 RESPECTIIJ:l Y.
@ THE SCREEN MUST BE COONECTED TO SCREEN BARS PR01,1DEO FOR THI S ON CABINETS/CONSOLES
1\HHDUT CABLE ENTRY GLANDS.
I.IOI..INTING \\IIHOUT CABLE ENTRY GLANDS:
{[]) IF SCREENS/CABLES ARE RUN \1A TERMINALS ONCE AGAIN INSIDE Til CONSOLE/CABINET, ~ -STR~D£0 SCREEN BAR (OlAsgs C!llNECfl!ll)
THE SCREEN HAS TO BE CONNECTED TO THE GROUND IN FRONT OF AND BEHIND THE til£ Will BNDQiG CtFS
IERI.IINAL, IF NOT SPECIFIED IN QRCUII DIAGRAM.
@UNCONNECTED EXCESS CORES OF CABLES HAVE TO BE CONNECTED TO THE CHASSIS,

IN OODER TO EXCLUDE A POSSIBLE AERIAL EFFECT OF THE LINES.
@ IN AREAS SUB•.W TO HIGH HF INTERFERENCE THE SCREEN HAS TO B E CONNECTED AT ONE SIDE TO
THE CHASSIS AND AT THE OTHER SIDE OF THE CABLE IT MAY BE ADVISABLE TO CONNECT THE SCREEN
TO A CAPACITOO {APPROX. l,luF /400V) FIRST AND THEN CDNNECTl TO THE CHASSIS.
CD I.IANUFACIURING INSTRUCTIONS: IVIISTED COO[ PAIRS

UP 10 TER~INAlS/IJOOUlES
@ I\IRING, IF NOT SPECIFIED 0,5mm I
@FILTERED VOLTAGE DC 24V HAS TO BE LA YEO FROM THE EXIT OF MAl NS FILTER MODULES {FIM ... )
TO FUNCTION I.!OOULES BEHIND THE MOUNTING PLATE.
@ 1\lRES OF DIFFERENT VOLTAGE SYSTEMS (DC 24V / AC 230V) HAIJ: T0 BE
SEPARATED Of SPACE:
- NOT PARALLEL TO OTHER VOLTAGE SYSTOJS
- USE SEPARA JED CABLE CONDUITS
· SPACE BET\I£EN DIFFERENT VOLTAGE SYSTEMS >IOcm
~ GRIWDViG OO.T All CABlES ~ARKED \\IIH (S)
~ SIRIPP£0 HERE. SCREEN CONNECTED ON THE SCREEN OAR
OIRECn Y IN fRONT Of THE TER~INAlS, SEE CIRCUIT OIAGR~
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.141 881.TSF • Version 1.2 • 02.12.98 • JEB12061.STG.wpd • Page 15/15
I~'\ '·i
\. / )
~--
a: • geaend~. • SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTfl,
+ Baugruppe COPYRIGHT RESERVED
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr. Benennung Sachnummer/Dokumentennummer,Hersteller
Fahranlage Geamot 40 M 271.127 680 ST
1 1 ST + 271127681 Bruckenfernsteuerung BMS 40 M 271.127 681

AKER MTW NB 010 FF
2 1ST + 271127682 Sicherheitsanlage ESS 40 M 271.127 682

AKER MTW NB 010 FF
3 1ST + 271127683 Maschinentelegraphenanlage ETS 40 M 271.127 683

AKER MTW NB 010 FF
4 1ST + 271127672 Elektronischer Drehzahlregler ESG 40M 271.127 672

AKER MTW NB 010 FF
5 1ST + 271127684 Steuerschrank Geamot 40 ·M 271.127 684

AKER MTW NB 010 FF
Mat.-Nr. 271127680
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronicu Fahranlage Geamot 40 M
Mu~nhur
Be arb 2001-01-24 Kowalk of lhu EurpMmino Group
Gepr. 2001-01-24 Dornbrack 271.127 680 ST I Blatt 1

Norm - - I von 1
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. I Ers. f. J Ers. d.
2001-02-1!
()
'--'-.
(\
r-'\ '·
'-<~
) 11
.;
~
( L/'
·-~
a: • geaendert SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr. Benennung Sachnummer /Dokumentennummer, Hersteller
Steuerschrank Geamot 40 M 271.127 684 ST
Steuerschrank Geamot 40 M 271.127 684 GZ
Bruckenfernsteuerung BMS 40 M 271.127 681 NAW
Bruckenfernsteuerung BMS 40 M 271.127 681 STR
Sicherheitsanlage ESS 40 M 271.127 682 NAW

Sicherheitsanlage ESS 40 M 271.127 682 STR
GERAETESCHILD 10 271.104 191 EZ
GERAETESCHILD 10 271.123 284 DV
1 1ST + 271141888 SCHALTSCHRANK 271.141 888

FERTIGUNG NACH ZUGEH. ZEICHNUNG GZ/BZ
2 1ST + 271151758 Montageplatte 271.151 758

WNS DENIS I+VI I STANDARD BMS 40M
2 1ST + 271151759 Montageplatte 271.151 759

WNS DENIS I+VI, STANDARD ESS 40M
30 1ST + 271137342 BESCHRIFTUNGSLEISTE 271.137 342

TEXT AUFTRAGSABHAENGIG, M.WARENZEICHEN
Mat.-Nr. 271127684
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marina Electronics Steuerschrank Geamot 40 M
Be arb 2001-01-24 Kowalk Mombor or tho EuroMurinu Group

Norm - - I von 3
Ind. · Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. I Ers. f. IErs. d.
2001-02-15
( \,
/'- )
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr , Benennung Sachnummer /Dokumentennummer, Hers teller
31 1ST 271104191 GERAETESCHILD 10 271.104 191

37X74, GERAETEGEBUNDENE EINTRAGUNGEN
- 1ST 271123284 GERAETESCHILD 10 271.123 284

37X74, GRUNDBEDRUCKUNG
33 2 ST 271305409 SCHUTZLEITERSCHILD DR 909 - BSFBOP-4

DURCHM.14,3MM SELBSTKL.
36 1ST 271115163 SCHALTPLANTASCHE 1092

DIN A4,KUNSTSTOFF
39 1ST 271863753 SCHUTZHUELLE 271.863 753

271.863753.TL#KLARSICHTFOLIE DIN A4
44 10 ST 271863605 FAECHERSCHEIBE A5,3-1.4310-MASZE DIN 6798
86 N.BEDARF KG 279620035 DECKANSTRICH,STRUKTUR 279.620 035

GEMAESZ AUFTRAG
90 1ST + 271140120 HF-VERBINDUNG 271.140 120
91 N.BEDARF M 273859991 LEI TUNG DIN 47726-H05V-K 1X0,5 sw

Mat .-Nr . 271127684
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Steuerschrank Geamot 40 M

MamlJer of the EuroMarine Group
Be arb 2001-01-24 Kowalk
Norm - - I von 3
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. I Ers. f. IErs . d.
2001 -02-15
(:] 0)
a: • geaenden · SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
·.
-
96 N.BEDARF M 271130942 STEUERLEITUNG JE-LIYCY 2X2X0,5
..
0,5X2X2/59
97 N.BEDARF KG 273197699 RUNDSEIL DIN 46438-6

..
9999 N.BEDARF ST 271105555 DIV. KLEINMATERIAL 271.105 555
MATERIAL NICHT NAEHER POSITIONIERT
'
Mat.-Nr. 271127684
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marino Eloctronico Steuerschrank Geamot 40 M
EuroM~:~rlno
Be arb 2001-01-24 Ko'Walk Mombor of tho Group

Norm - - I von 3
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. I Ers. f. IErs. d.
2001-02-15
C) _ ___!!_ _ __! _ ___!....___ _ c~ ·-'-
/ DC 2(V SUPPLY -
I
)
I
-FJ1~
I--Ej3-J
.I . 1--Ep-
I--Ej3-
-F20 t- -Ft,O t- -F30 t- F31
L L I> L I>
I>
C>
-'
DC ?IV/L20 /
VIT UNIT -F21

B
-A2041 VSM 401 lt
-A2002 IN/OUT MODULE REMOTE
-A2001 L--
v ' FIM 405 -A2040

FIM 405
FIllER
MODULE
FILTER
MODULE
DC 2(VIU1
DZM 402
SPEED RELAY
MODULE -® ~ m .:.
-' .....
-'
I
, nc (V/LZ1
BMS PROCESS AUT OI-l.
I
MANUAL
I
c
tOM 401 I -A2022 REM 401 REM 401
I -A2021
IN/OUT MODULE IN/OUT MODULE
-A2023
IN/OUT MODULE
-A20io
-F24 -F23 I OZM W2
m r r
SPEED RELAY
MODULE ~ ~ ~ - r=-
ov I_ 1Y.l
p
ov
I l2-
.
0
-
.....
u..
...._
::
...
....
u..
...._
::
....
-A20JO
AUTOMATIC /l20•
MANUAL
SENSOR
/l30•
/LJh
.....,
.....
u 0
ZSM 401 TABlEAtl /llh
= Cl CENTR.MEMORY
:r. MODULE
0
2
"'c
~D
u
u
u
1---
E
0"'
c
c
_g l I ~
~
>-
--'
n..
"-
=>
"'
_,
>-
0...
0...
:::>
"' I
~1301 ~
u -' -'
8,i
< -<
0"' "'"
cr z:
lii
0::
li
. -A2301 -A2300 '- L-- LJ '-
~L
BATt. 11 .0 1410. F. iJAI~ ~01
,, ECR
PANEL
i IJRIOGE
PIIIJEL
PRINTER
GTRLMOOULE
,~£------==}-=8"~~-T ~ ~ 0~0~~~9~1~J1 0N
·--- l2-
Bruc>cken ferns I euerung

'I
RR:~r.~:- f·I:MJOFUV SYSTEM
I J J t
_ _,__ _ _:.___ _ _ _ _1_ _ _ _ _
5 - - -· L ) .__ 8_ _
r\OI A1302 OPTION

BATG 10 .F
-A2300
OAIH01
-A2302
BAT410 .E
I I
].,
llRIDGE PMlEL BRIDGE PANEL
RS(85 RS(85 CENTRONICS RS(Il5 RS(85 RS(85

Q 0 Q Q Q Q
I I I I L_
r---'
I BMS PROCESS VIT UNIT
I ~-A~2~02~0--~0Z~M4~07
2--------, -A201, 5 SEM402 _ ~A2~0-~0~--~D~ZM-~7
r 02~------,
I PC -A2025 SEM402
I 1<- INTERFACE EXTENSION ~ODULE --) SPEED RELAY ~ODULE l r - INTERFACE EXTENSION ~ODULE --) SPEED RELAY ~ODULE
B
NOTEBOOK -X9 -X10 <-:xg
--)
-X10
1 '"~x9 -x1o f<-:x9 --)
-X10
RS(85
Q RS485 RS485 RS485 RS4B5 RS485 RS4B5 RS485 RS485 RS4B5 RS4B5 RS485 RS4B5 RS4B5 RS4B5 RS485 R$(85
llUS C llUS C BUS 0 BUS 0 BUS A BUS A BUS B BUS B llUS C BUS C llUS 0 llUS 0 BUS A BUS A BUS R BUS B
1
? Q 0 0 Q Q 0 Q ~-+-Q--~0------~Q~--~0--~
: Q 0 Q 0
I L ______ ,
L--------1--------~ L----1------------~------~--------~
r---'
ESS PROCESS BMS OPERATION
c
-A2025 SEM402 -A2020 DZM402 -A2031 SEIH02 -A2030 .----------------------,
ZSM401
l(- INTERFACE EXTENSION MODULE--) f<:- SPEED RELAY MODULE f- INTERFACE EXTENSION MODULE--'- CENTRAL MEMORY MODULE
I
I -X9 -XlO -X9 -X10
--)
'"=x9 -X1~ <-:xg -X10
--)
I
I
I RS485 RS(B5 R5(85 RS485 RS485 RS48S RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485 RS485
I BUS C BUS C BUS 0 BUS 0 BUS A BUS A BUS B BUS B BUS C BUS C BUS 0 BUS 0 BUS A BUS A BUS B BUS B
I
I _9_ 0 0 0 .!}_ 0 9 Q 0 0 0 0 Q
I
0 I
L
I
_______________________________ _ __ j•
I
I
.. II
,.,
z I
6
I
2
I
0
c I
g I
I
..
0
0
I
I
( c
I
r.
.g r--·r---, r·-· ·--, ~-r--. I
.
u
i 6 i i b
~ I i i
.
a
RS485 j HS485 j R5485 j RS485
!
D -A1301 l -A2303 iI PMCS i -A2301
0
BA T411 . E I BAT411 r ··· I 8AH11 .0 GOVERNOR
ECR PA.NEL
i ECR PANEL i _______ j i
L
i~!'!L~.£.~~-u ECR PANEL
·~'-"-"-"-"----l 1'1 NS CON ~ srN ATLAs

~Marino Ele<tronlul
Bruecl<·-- '- - ns teuerung
SYSTE"
leus CONNECliON -~~~~
.:.:.c 1 r::o~':l!o~--- ~~~!~er -~~ IJEI•V
I I 27 1.151 ts_~_:_':'~~
---,-.~-:-:··~:-::-.OJ
!:l,R'Dr,r:
ch .. - -· L. I \.. L .J . . 1~1
___L_-_-_-_-______!____- - ----_1.======_'·("j
'_/ ) :_________ ----'--- S I
8
--,
CAD -A2025 R.M ~ 01 -A2020 UZ!H02 SPEEil
CONTROL MOOULE SPEED RELAY MODULE SETPOINT
HONI TORING MONITORING
A SPEED INDICATION
1/P COIIVERTER SPEED SETPOINT
CH1
~ REDU~OAIH
SUPPLY
r-
[CH6 ENGINE U
- tm I L...-1 SPEED SIGNAL I

,'---' 1 "1:... -K8
~
;oo mox.10mA mox.!iOOOhm
>< t10V 4.. 20 rnA
-K3 I
0
AGND
B
-X2 7 8 -X11
1---
2 7 8 9
. 10
- 11 12 1J
-U1
\ o;: -1 41-
- L-----------------------~~~~1-
L2 • AUTOMAT! C
L31t
J ~
LJO• MANUAL
c
-K26
12 I"
11
-U2~.J 3
0;: 270R
12
-R3 -K25 lu -K25225\
11 21
2'
L2-
= I
, ___ ~ SCREEN BAR ··
~ SCREEN BAR
L--------------------------' 1------------------------------------t---
·
---t------------ ------------ -- ------------------------_1
0
.
M
"
5
- 2 -A2101
"'
c ECR SUB PANEL
~
:l"0
~ ~
E
0
c
~
rr-:-...:.:-...:.~--r-=-,j-:-...:.-:-...:.-:-..=-.:.::-...::-...:.-:-...:.-:-...:.-:-.:.::-...:...-:-...:...-:-...:...-:-_:.::-...:...-:-.:..::-...:...~tlf~il-"t~-=-...:...-:-_:::-...:...-:-...:...-:-...:...-:::::-...:...-:-...:...-:-...:...-:-•.:.::--=:-;...:...£-:-..:...-:-..:...-:-.:..::-l-,
c
~
.
u .•OJUSTE"""HE""'~r,...,or..,...·;,IH=reR=nA,.;.L~cooE sr 1rcH I
~
.a. IUTERNAL TERMINALS 2 AND 9 TO BE JUHPERED ··' ij
- .
~
3~6 056 5500
SPEED SETTING UNIT E/P CONVERlER j
!L-------------:------:---------------------------f~iGINI-iuiO'M _________________________________ ---J
~
D
0
L-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------_1
F I '
r-,-J----.--.-~~d~a~••'l"~6~o~J~gso---rl~W~NcS~C~O~NMFci~G~U~R~A~T~IOnNiH r;j'\'1 STN ,\TLAS Brueckenfernsteuerung E/P CONVERTER
~l1 -----+-+---lt;;d•~·;;•g;~tJ;=;.·~~·";;;';;;:;;--1·
~-j- r-hnl'"k flnrnhrnrl.f
Sulzer Danis I+VI ~~ M:Jrlnu r:r.,ctronlcs
BRIDGE MANOEUV.SYS TEll, ~11~1
I. r·
\._)/ ,~~----~--------~~------~--------~3~~
('')
~ 5 6
CAD --------- ··-·-·aR·I oGEcoNsoi"f" A2301 ·-----ECR. CONSOLE·-·-·-:-;~~---··

A2302 START START
BA T410. E
OPERATION ~~:~~T~o~ AIR MANUAL ECR A
OAM 401
_,
>-
"-
"-
:::;)
V)
_,
>-
a.
a.
:::;)
.::::: ::~~-----1---~------:NEL TERMINAL STRIP • 1-t~-.;.....--w
>
,I;' I
UJ
'-' 0
V)
>
-"' ...
Ct: ...
I_ _______ __.I. >"'

Ct:
UJ"'
UJ '-'
V) <
0 <->
a. c
'---
B B
PCS CABINET
c c
INTERFACE 1
ESS 40M CONTROL UNIT

CONTROL UNIT BMS 40M
INTERFACE 2
I______________________ _
' ----------------·-· __ _,
IGeorii---·------~
0
i PMCS 1 L ALARMS FNGCG
14x2x0 ,75
0
I
... ... ...
~
... ...
~
!l_____________
~ ~ ~
..,... PMCS 4 FNGCG ~
... ~
z INTERFACE I.
"'g ..."
0
"'g ..."
0
g ......" g ~
g -;; g" 0
"' "
~ ~
"'
~
-;; g"
~
"'g ..."
0
1'i :!..jJ: 2x2x0, 75

... ...
::0:
" ... ..."
::0:
::0:
X
X
"' ~ ..."
N L>
"'X -
0 "'gX M
0
g
X ~ X
0
~
...
"
!!
0
c
~0 lSI
u
u
Kobel mi I eineo lSI onder Kobelnumoer sind als Einzel-
0 kabel zu verlegen und die Schirmung erfolgl direkl oul
m
den Schirmschienen vor den Nodulen.
E
0
c
c CABLES MARKED II lH lSI ON !HE CABLE NUMBER HAVE 10 BE ~~ ~~
"II
E
0
~
LAID AS SEPERATE CABLES AND THE SCRENHING IS MOUNTED
I
m
~0.
ON THE SCREEN BAR DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF THE MODULES.
~i> o1C~r.~P'Sj f"AuxilTRY'l ["AuxilTRY'l LOCAL CONTROL I
(VI
I SWITCH •I BLOWER 1 I BLOWER 2 I I PANEL I
I
Querschni II der Yersorgung is I obhongig von der
~ Kabellonge zrischen Sleuerungsonlage und Bollerie- GEAR I -E21 I -E22 I -E25 l I
::
.0 Scholllafel unler 25• • 2x6M' bzr. 15-IOm • 2xl0mm'
I I
'------1 '----·-' '------'

I I I I
L-----~----J I
0
II RE GAUGE OF SUPPLY CABLE DEPENDS ON CABLE LENGHT BETYEEN I I
CONTROL UNIT AND BATIERY SIIICHBOARD ENGINE ROOM I
UP TO 25M • 1x61M1 1 AND 25-IOm • 2xi01M1 1
F ·---------·----------------------~~Ro·su~Li---------------------------·-·-· F
1--+---------11---+---~d~a!!:le~2:!.;4·:::..:o'~·o:.:..'---l Aker MTW STH ATLAS Marine Electronics Bri.ickenferns teuerung

-+..,.,.,==="'-=-==-t..,.,.-,:-:-f"""""--fd7e~si~.f.:K~o.:;wa~lk~----l Nb 010 f I M b f lh E 0 M0 . G
CABLE DIAGRAM
12'8~~N~AE~0!!!0~00:!.:3~2!!_01~7_j.!;!_13;!!:.06~.0~1~0~o~··-J!c<!.!h:!O!ec::!:k~O~ii!.!.rn~br~o~ck~-~.::..,------------r-.-.,-;-----------+:-:'-:-:m-:er::-o---•_"_'_ _""_'_'_""-IP Bridge M0 no euvring system
I
rev. revision date nome norm res. lrom: subsl. lor: BMS 40M 271.127 681.LP sheet
lolol
II. DIN 6771/leil 5
1..--------,..-___,_
CAD
. 1 3 . 5
Y--
A
CD BASIC RULES FOR SCREENING: CD LEGEND: A
@ ALL CASING PARTS OF CABINETS. BOXES, CONSOLES ETC. HAVE TO BE CONNECTED TxD = TRANSMIT DATA = (S)
WELL CONDUCTED: RxD = RECEIVE OAT A = (E)
- CONNECTED SURFACES HAVE TO BE METALLIC BRIGHT !IF NECESSARY COVERED WITH PETROLEUM JELLY)
- HF -STRANDED WIRES HAVE TO BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE, MAX.10cm rh CHASSIS CONNECTION
- IF NECESSARY TAKE RATCHED WHEELS (FOR EXAMPLE FOR SIDE WALLS FLANGE PLATES ETC.)
Lfl @ POTENTIAL EARTH
@ ALL CABLE SCREENS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE CABLE HAVE TO BE CONtiCTED WELL CONDUCTED r 'OR
rh TO THE CHASSIS. ;n TWISTED CORE PAIRS IN CABLES: ,.---..J TWISTED CORE PAIRS
1t 2. 3t4. 5 t6. .. . UP TO TERMINALS/MODULES B
@ THE CABLE SCREEN IS CONNECTED TO THE CHASSIS AT BOTH ENDS OF THE CABLE BY MEANS OF CONICAL
CABLE ENTRY GLANDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIN 89280 AND VG 88812 RESPECTIVELY.
(jJ) THE SCREEN MUST BE CONNECTED TO SCREEN BARS PROVIDED FOR THIS ON CABINETS/CONSOLES
WITHOUT CABLE ENTRY GLANDS.
@IF SCREENS/CABLES ARE RUN VIA TERMINALS ONCE AGAIN INSIDE THE CONSOLE/CABINET. MOUNTING WITHOUT CABLE ENTRY GLANDS:
THE SCREEN HAS TO BE CONNECTED TO THE GROUND IN FRONT OF AND BEHIND THE HF-STRANOEO SCREEN BAR (CHASSIS CONNECTION)
TERMINAL, IF NOT SPECIFIED IN CIRCUIT DIAGRAM. liRE WITH BINDING CLIPS
c c
@UNCONNECTED EXCESS CORES OF CABLES HAVE TO BE CONNECTED TO }jE CHASSIS,
IN ORDER TO EXCLUDE A POSSIBLE AERIAL EFFECT OF THE LINES.
@IN AREAS SUBJECT TO HIGH HF INTERFERENCE THE SC~EEN HAS TO flf CONNECTED AT ONE SIDE TO
THE CHASSIS AND AT THE OTHER SIDE OF THE CABLE IT MAY BE AD\lSABLE TO CONNECT THE SCREEN
TO A CAPACITOR (APPROX. 1,1uF/400V) FIRST AND THEN CONNECT If TO THE CHASSIS.
CD MANUFACTURING INS TRUC liONS:

0 0
TWISTED CORE PAIRS
t[1} WIRING, IF NOT SPECIFIED 0,5mm 2 UP TO TERMINALS/MODULES
.
M
z
qj) FILTERED VOLTAGE DC 24V HAS TO BE LAYED FROM THE EXIT OF MANS FILTER MODULES (FIM .. .l
15 TO FUNCTION MODULES BEHIND THE MOUNTING PLATE.
2
c"'
'0
@WIRES OF DIFFERENT VOLTAGE SYSTEMS (DC 24V I AC 230V) HAVE ID BE
~
u
SEPARATED OF SPACE:
u
- NOT PARALLEL TO OTHER VOLTAGE SYSTEMS
.
D
0c - USE SEPARATED CABLE CONDUITS

E E
c
- SPACE BETWEEN DIFFERENT VOLTAGE SYSTEMS >10cm
.2
u. il GROUNDING BOLT ALL CABLES 11TH lSI
~0.
!III STJIIIPEII IERE. SCREEN COllECTED OH Tl£ SCREEN BAR
. DIIECTLY It FRtlfT OF Tl£ TERMIW.S, SEE CfiCtiT DIAilfWL
.
~
~
.D
0
sheet
lolal
II. DIN 6??1/Teil 5 1 J
I..-----..-... )~'----,~
CAD r t
-- . . . - - - - - . - . . . - - . . - . I. - - .. . ----
--~~~---~~~;2-------- r.A:-::-;-:-:05~~------:":"~E~G~4·0~3-----------___,--------------------
.. . . . .. - . --- --- --· .
6
---------------------------·
I I
t- A2001 FIM405
I FILTER MODULE
OUTPUT OC/OC CONVERTER INPUT OUTPUTOCIOC CO~~;~
r-------~~·~24~V~~, OUTPUT INPUT OUTPUT
r-----~~O~V~j~~ r----+--~o~v~]~~-~~ ;;:;
~ H1 N
I~'
l-.3l. -' ;;:; -'
-F11 H1 .... N .._
H2 -F1 ...
> -'
.... ...
> 0
~ ~
-
0,5A 0,5A N
. >
0 ": >
0
z
C>
oc
>
0
N
1-
-X 1 1 8 9 10
c"
12 -X1
c
1 8 Ig I 10 11 12 X2Q5 2 -X 1 J 5 - X1 .;_.:E..oJ
I L21• 13 . 1
IH~w
26-
/ 14 1 L21 - 13 1
8 TABLEAU vHF-STRANDED WIRE 8
M
SENSOR
...
MANUAL
"' ..
AUTOMATIC
~ ~ ~ ~ SCREEN BAR
~
. ,..,
+ +
~ 2
1,5
2
"'-
r-------~~~--~--------------~4---------05
2 J
-X2 :1 TO
-X2:6 TO
-X2 :5 L2o
-X2 :9 L2-
""
-' ""
-'
-' · X2 :13 TO -X2 :13 L33•
- -F2 1 X2 6 L 2- t9 s -X2 :17 TO -X2:19 L31+ 1-
4A
•
1
E,
1
""" ~--------------~L~
- t27J
L2-
2
112 .1
- X2:20 TO
-X2 :28 TO
- X2 :21 LJ2•
-X2 :29 LJO•
j l 2 2 2 2 1 1 FOR SERVICE
c
'
I I
'F32 ~ -F31 r-fJl:=$,
t
Hpt~S
t
-F24 -F23 r-:A.ci30V___ I
v
c
I' I '
4A 1 4A 1 -F360A I> -F260A
1
I>
1
1A 2 2A 2 t
I-X20 L N PE
---~-F- - -
I'
j i - X1 1 2 MOUNTING PLATE HF sTRANOEO WIRE ~
=
i ------------------- F-- r----------f-- --------~-----Pes· CABIN(T------------ ~------------- -- - r-------- 1-
.~-----------------
~2•6
r ""' >nn ~ - --------------
'\NGCG ·- "0 ·- ·-·-·-·- --- ----·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-· -·-·-·-·-·-· f-• 1- - ~ - - - - - - -
~NGCG ~
0 ~Jxt , 5 N _. ~ "' ""
0
~FNGCG ' ;;
~19x2x0 , 75
~~F~NG~C~G~--------------------4--+------------~~*-"'~
~ ~24x2x0 ,75 AC 2JOV
z
SERVICE SUPPLY
- ~~BNI707''1F~NT,GC~G]S____________________~-4-------------J--!-__________jlkJ"'==tl~~~=============================t~
:~'•2•0.75 1-
c
1! >
---- -r-- 1- ---1
§ ....
N >
0
-=--~1-~
' - 1" 1 .;:::=-=,-1
2 J -l"J I 1-- ~
1-I'Jff'- 2 -- J ,
. '---: ~~--9_~' '---, ~--- ~_ci_!
0
1--
r t:..:.:-=-=~
0c DC 24 V SUPPLY pp 1 --- ~
ONLY TERMINALS NOUNIEO ON RAIL '
c
2u
DISTRIBUTION T (-··t.--, . -----t>---1 r----J-..' ----~ DOUBLE TERMINAL
Ooppelslockklemme
E
. -XI 1 ' :xr 1 2 '

r--------.
0
Q.
-A2301 -A2302
! -A2300 !
BA T411 . 0
I DAM401 I -X2,-XJ
- • YARD SUPPLY
Verdrohlung 0,5 mm' sofern nichl onders ongegeben

OPERATION AND
INDICATION PANEL
BAT410 . E
OPERATION AND
INDICATION PANEL
'
I PRINTER CONTROL
j MODULE
t
1
j ~ . "-
IJRING 0,5 mm ' IF HOI OiliER SPECIFICAIION I__~ CR _CON~OL~ _ _I I_~_IDG~~O-N SO~E _ j_ _ B~ I D~E _ _j F
dole 24 .01 .01 I =ANU4
Aker MTW STN ATlAS Morine Eltelronlcs Bruckenfernsleuerung
8 MAE0 0003 2013 05 03 01
desog. Kowolk
Oar check OOrnbrock Nb 010 If Nrmbor of lhr EuroNorinr Group SUPPLY DC 24V •UHU
Bridge Monoeu .. ·'-- System sheet ?
~TiiiN
rev ision
uti 5
dole nome norm res from 271.151 185 S sl. lor: 26 ,03,98 " I, by
BMS 40M 1271 .127 681STR 27 tolol
I l
I J
T 4 I 5 6 I 7 I
I. 0/ ·. .:....1_ _._1_ _ _ ..::...2_ _ ___.1_ _ _ .::..../~:,\~j\. . ,.· i I I 5 C! )_ _..::,.6_ _ _ _.1___. .7._ _ _ _1..__--20) _ ____,:-~
CAD
- .----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PGS GAB I NET PROCESS OPERATION
-A2026 -A2025 -A2020 DZM402 -A2021 -A2022 -A2023 -A2024 -A2031 -A2030 ZSM401 A
f<:~ 4~) f<:~M492,) {~ INPUT SPEED RELAY MODULE -> -{~M492,) f<:~M4~) f!M4~) ~M4~) f<:~M492,) {~ INPUT CENTRAL MEMORY MODULE
-X9 -X10 -X9 -XIO -X9 3,15A •24V/L22 -X10 -X9 -X10 -X9 -X10 -X9 -X10 -X9 -X10 -X9 -X10 -X9 3,15A t24V/L33
-->
-X10
SERIAL ::; -F
1
~ ::; > ::; > ::; > SERIAL ::; -FI I ::; > ::; >
>
~
- CONTROL INTERFACE ~ ;:; ~ ~ 0

RGND ~ 0
~ 0
INPUT DIGITAL DIGITAL DIGITAL INTERFACE ~ ;:; ~ 0
RGND ~ 0
N
• 0
>
-
MODULE EX TENS I ON t I, I, ,I, I, OUTPUT IN/OUT IN/OUT IN/OUT EX TENS I ON I I, I, 111 I, I I, I,
MODULE -X1 1 2 -X2 1 2 -X~~ 5 -X163 6~ -X2 63 6~ MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE -X1 1 2 -X2 61 62 -X1 ~5 -X163 6~ -X2 63 6'
1,5\,
2
B 1,5 -.. B
12.1 L 2 1t '- ,
~
~----------------+IF-STRANDED WIRE---------------...
12.7
L21-
>="'-----,¥-----' '/ SCREEN BAR '\~
- f-
c '---------------------------------------~------------------------------------------------------ c
= - ,··-
0 0
.."'
z
0
- !! r-
"'c
~0
u
u
0
~
E 0c
E
c
.2
~
0
li
~
- ..~ f-
0
l--l-----~l--+-.f!'d:!!a~t•-¥.:2.:.:
4
·~o1~.o~1---l Aker MTW STN ATLAS Morine Electronics BrUckenfernsleuerung =AN04
desio. Kowolk SUPPLY ·-'~. DC 24 V
1--1-----~1---+-F.~~::..:;:.::'-:---l Nb 010 ff Member of the EuroMorine Group
I:-:-+----:-.----J~~-f-----fc:!!h~ec:::;k~D~or.!!:nb~r~ac~k--j--:-7---:::;-:-;;~~;;-r:::;::-;-;:=-;;;-;;:;-;;-;;---t:::::-::-:::--------l
B ·d M . S I
rl ge 0 no eU Vf Jn Q yS effi
1----- tUIW:
sheet ]
rev. revision dale nome norm res. from: 271.151 185.STR subsl. for: 26.03.98 rep!. by· BMS 40M 271.127 681.S I R a lolal
L_!t. DIN 6771/Teil 5 1 2 1 J I I I I I
1..-----~' , ~1----~~------~2______~1_______3~-- I I 5 1 I I ).--~
CAD
- r·· ---------------------------
PCS CABINET
r--~:"":"""1 .-~~----.......-----------.:..P:.:.::;ROCESS -S1
-A2026 - A2025 SEM402 - X12 - A2020 OZM402
<~ 4t;!, i-<-
-X9 -XlO -X9
~INT£RFACE
~ MODULEEXTENSION - XB I:J' :6'1
Rd ~85 H>-0 o 1 ~ ~ RS~.4~.5 _; ; ; - f-<79
SPEED RELAY MODULE
l-~ ol
9 ~
ADDRESS · 1
RS 485 BUS C ~ ;; - X8 ~ ~ RS 485 BUS A RS 485 BUS B
~~ ~~ ~
- Xl
2
- CONTROL RS 422 1-o o-ol a:: oc a:: a:: C)
~~
C) a:: a:: C)
INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT 1-
. .
C)
§1 §1 z z -X12
~to; ~ I. ~ ~t-; ~
' o-
o- ' :z
<!> ''
.....
.
..... <!> o- ..... <!> ''
o- o-
:z
<!>
~
MODULE 0::0:: 5 ' • oc ' a:: ' a:: ' oc OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT
-X1Q1Q2 QJ -X2 1 2
0 0 0
J -X 1 4 5
0 0 0
6 d 08 - X2 4 5
0 0
7
0 0
8 -X2 6 7
0 0 0
8 -X1 QI1Q12 Q1J -X 2
00
11 12
0
13 MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE
NtLJ B
~~~--
- -
FROM ESS 211.121 6B2 .STRtJ.2 fO BMS OPERA liON .

15 2
c L---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------·c
-
0 0
0
~
M 0
z M
i5 -:=
- .'? '
::0:
0 -
0
c ....
;; <!>
§ V)
E
.
0
0c
UJ
M
M
,_a:' E
.
c "1
_g
u ...
N
e ..."'
-
.
0.
>
N
~
D
-
0
t-+------t---t--fd::"o"-'le'-+'2;,;:4..:::0~1.i!-o1:....__---1 Ak er MTW STN ATLAS llorlnt Eleclronlcs Bruck en! erns teuerung
rr--r~~n,v~~~~~~-fd~e~sl~g.f.K~o~wo71~k~--4 BUS CON NEG TION tUKI
C MAEOOOOJ2014 26.03 01 Oor check Oornbrock Nb 010 f f Nrmbrr or lhr EuroNorinr Group Bridge Monoeuvrinn System
rev
~fi)IN~
ision dote nome norm
••~,~5f-~,~~~~~~~~2~----~~~~~~~J~ res from: nust 185.5 osl. lor 26.03.98 ··~1. by ' BMS 40M j271 .127 681STR Ishee! 4
I 27 lolol
I I I ·· 7
I I ~
(-) ()
i: 1 I 2 I J 0 \ '
I 4 I 5 ~~~ l _ _-2,6_ _ _ _.....1_ _ _ _..!..7_ _ _ __.1_ _ _'-----'. f' ___:-1
~~cscTBi~f-·-----------------------·--~rnATioo·-------·-------------------·-·
-A2031 SEM402 -A2030 ZSM401
-<--
-X9
[UJ-X1l INTERFACE EXTEHS ION
NODULE R~ 4!5 1-o-o 0 I
-X8 f! •1
~
:
6 RS 485 -X10
_, ";; Cf>TRAL I<NORY I<OUL ~
-SI
--)
-X10
A
RS 485 BUS C
""""
;::;. ;:;
I
-XB
o-ol
3 6
~-XI
2
~ ~
'7 '"; RS 485 BUS A
ADDRESS: 3
RS 485 BUS B -------------------
BRIDGE
- ~~ ~ ~~ ~ '-;- '"; i
RS 422 0
'T ~ 5
RS/.22 BUS D
'-;- '"; ffi
·'T
""t;
~
a: a:
~;.; ~
-X1 ~6 .!
Cl
fcfJI
~ -X2
a: a:
~;.; ~ ~;.; ~
Cl a: a: Cl
~
ld.dJ
a: a:
~;.; ~
Cl
-A2300
DAM401
-s2
~
X1 1 2
- . Q. Q-
3 -X2 1 2
Q- 0 0 0
3 -X1 4 5 ""5
0 0 0
7 8
0 0
-X2 4 5
0 0 0 0
7
0
8
y y
Q8 6 7
0 0 0
8 -X1 11 12 1J
I I C
-X2 11 12
I I C
13
PRINTER CONTROL ~
MODULE ADDRESS: 1
B Jjld ~~ SCREEN BAR

Nti(~ ,,..,
~~~---:..I ~~---;.-,I 6
CENTRONICS
-X1 6 7
FROM BMS PROCESS / 4 ,5
- L-----------------------------------------·----------- 1-·f----------1----·J 1 ), 5m
V-W231~J --:::D
I-
.---A2_3_1_0-+--..CREEN BAR
c ~~F~NG~C~G~--------------------------;~-------~~~~~~~ c
~2x2xo.1s ORDER
~~F~NG~CG~~------------------------t---------t~-i-----~~~~~~1r
~2x2x0.75 PRINTER
I_ _____________ • 1-· t--'
= ~~F~N~GC~G~-------------------------_,r---------i-t-r------i-t--t--------------~~~~t-~~
~4x2x0,75
SCREEN-BAR·- • 1--- ----- ·- --1-·--------------ScREENiii"- 1-· 1--·
0
L..c----, l. -c::::) 0
I
I I
-1X1 4 5 6 1 "•C1X2 4 5 6 1 11 8 9 10
I:: --·D- I::··-tl- -(-·:::~

~
- ~~---~~:::D
0
c
1.--i'-- -- -"'
-.---- -J..'
'ij
0
1 4 5 -A x1 4 5 6 -ill 1 s 9
"" "':::.:
(..)
-A230t a: a: Cl
2302 0:::0::: c 0:::: a:: 0
0 0... .... .... :z ............. z ............ z
>-' >- "' t-;"t;~ t-;"~~
E
"
0c N
,.;
• a:
E
N
c ....
-XJ ~~~F -X~ ~~~F
.2 a: ITJON mON
u t-
Ul
-XJ-OFF -X 4 -OFF
~"
ai
"'"' ADRESS: 4 ADRESS: 5

. "'"t " -x2P'P; I I II I:~: 1:~: II II
- "
~
~
:::; BA T411. 0
-X2 . . .
BAT410 .E
8 OPERAT~N OPERATION
INDICATION PANEL INDICATION PANEL
F
I__~CR _CON:OL~_JI_ ____________ BR ~DGE_ CO~SOL_E_____________ F
l-+-----f--+--fd~a~'·::-r.2;:.4.7.:o7.t.D:-:.1---I Aker MTW STN ATLAS Morlnt EloctrCINcs Brlickenfernsteuerung BUS CONNECTION ~:~~~w*'tJ:<-------I
4
1-+-----1--+-f.d:;:•::;sia:!:. fnK~ow::iai::lk:.::::;:---J Nb 01 0 If Member o.r lhe EuroNarine Group Bridge Manoeuvring System
~.-
••~.~-r-ev~is~io-n-~d~o~le~-no~m-e~~~:~:~k~D~or~nb~r~oc~k-~~re=s.~l~ro~m:~2..
717..15"1t.18~5.SUTDR~su~b~sl.fl~or~:2ffi6.WOJ~.9~8--t,~ep~ll.hby~::------i BMS 40M 1271.127 681.STR sheet 5
a lolol
I II. DIN 6771/Teil 5 I 2 I 3 I 4 I I I 7 I
'-r-------.-..:. I l I I ~~---~
CAD ·rcsCAB~Er-·--------------------------------~o~ss·--------------------------------- - --------l
1----
- A2020
EK 0005 EK 0001 EK 0006 EK 0002
DZM402 SPEED RELAY MODULE . ........ ·· i
. . . I
EK 003 EK 0004
~~w~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I
I
- I'-=-' '-=-'J _F!j ~ '-'-'-'J ~ ov

I
I
I
E----
\I
OVIL21-
•24VIL21• -53
B
- X3 1 2 J 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
- c ------
::: ::: ~ SCREEN BAR
~---------- ------------ -·-----------------------------------------------------------------

c
= I-
~FNGCG '"l ~ ~
~4x2x0 .75
lSI
0 0
~
M
z
0
- !?
0
c
~
c-- --- t-;:J. ,J;""' --- -- -D
~ r· 1-· ~- ~-----------~:.. ·- 1-·-
u
.
0
0
7 8 9 -E20
JUNCTION BOX
10 11 nJ
c E
c
'1
:z ""
~ ..
0
0:
'-"
<C
_,
UJ
::>
_,
~0. a) a) a)
~ TYPE : . . .. ... .
- ~ SENSOR TO TEETH
D sT 510Jc ST 5104C
0 FACE SHALL
PICK UP PICK UP BE 5 .. 6 mm
I_ ________ENG~NE _ROO_M_ ______ __
F
dole 24 .01.01 =AN04
Aker MTW STH ATLAS Morini E1tc1ronlcs Bruckenfernsleuerung
C j.("Cnnnn12014
deSHl . Kowolk
Nb 010 If Member of lhe EuroNorine Group
ENGINE SPEED I .'..QRQJ.
lb OJ 01 06r check OiJrnbrock Bridge Monoeuvr
~1--'-" ystem
I itlli~
on
5 1
dote noma norm
2
res from 271.151 185 SIR lor· lb 03.98 rt I. by BMS 40M 1271 .127 681 .STR sheel..fl.
2_7 lolol
I J I I 5
' fi I I
I , I s
() ---~6~----~~------~?
.._,~ ·~ _______ ~I~~J~----~~
~--------~--------~--------~---------
-~-CAB~u-·--------------------------------PROCE~---------------------------------------------
A -A2020 DZM402 SPEED RELAY MODULE SPEED A

SETPDINT
SPEED INDICA TIDN
- t~"I
....____
REDUNDANT ENGINE
SPEED SIGNAL
..,__ -K8
mox.10mA mox.5000hm
t10V t10V t10V 110V AGND 4.. 20 rnA
B ______________ ,_~----------~--~------~r-~--------~~~r---r-------~~------+-~ B
-X4 1 2
-··· J' b'-• I I 5' !6_ I I I ?' !8_ 9' 1~ 1! 1~ b:
f-.-- -AlOlO/-X 4:g 271.127 682.STRI5.7
- -AlOlO/-X 4:lO 271.127 682.STRI5.7 -
'-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c c
=-
0 0
..
M
z
0
- ~
I-
"'c
~0
u
u
.
0
0
E c E
c
.2
.
u
~a.
- ~
.
~ -
"
0
'" LOAD RESISTANCE BETWEEN 1,8K TO 6,0K ! F
l-+--------~l---+---f!d?o~le4::2""''·.::..01:;::.0"'-1-----I Aker MTW STN ATLAS Morine Electronics BrUckenfernsteuerung L =_M~U4

des1g. Kowolk Q Q ff SPEED INDICATION •ORO:
~==~====~~====~=~~=~===~c~h~ec~k~O~ii~rn~b~ro~ck[:::~..:..N:;.b:...,...:..:..1-==~-=-;-;;;--r=-;--;::::-::=:-;;;;-----t::He::7mb-:er::::o-l_h_e_Eu_ro-Ho-rin_•_ r_ou-lp Bridge Mano euvring sysI em
1 6
sheel 7
rev. revision dole nome norm res. from: 271.151 185.STR subsl. lor: 26.03.98 re~l. by: BMS 40M 271.127 681.STR lolol
I II. DIN 6?71/Teil 5 1 2 1 J I 4 I I I I
I I I 6
} __ ~
CAD r·-------·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·1
- • PCS CABINET PROCESS I
!I - A2020 DZM402 SPEED RELAY MODULE I

.
j
•
WATCHDOG
(NC)
SPARE
.....
Bt.4S
FAILURE
t.4ANUAL CONTROL
FOR EGS
REI-40TE
.....
GOVERNOR
STOP
LIMIT
SWITCH 2
L I 1-41 T
SWITCH 3
!I
I (NCI •
• -K9 -K7 -K1 -K2 -KJ - K4 - K5 I
m, ·
-K6
-
, _.:~. ~ ~~~, .. b.. ~. • ~, ~. B
.----L_oc_A.,L 1 REt.lOTE
~ 124 r-
- 22_
-K22
-X2 27 97 21 -X2 26 L321•
I_ _____ ---
-------------- ------------ r---r--- -------------- -----------··1-·- --------------...J
19 3
~~f~MG~C~G~----~~-~~----------~~---~~
~Ux2x0,75
c
~ fMGCG "1 "l
~r.2~4.~2~.o~.7~s------~----+-------------------~l-----r----------~~~~
-~ -Xl. 16
0::>
o-z
20
= ~~ -s11 r--
1-t+---v-
ANUAL CONTROL PANEL119 23
-A2103 -X 1 18 {!._
0
0
~~f~MG~C~G~------~----+-------------------~1-----r------------~~~
~4x2x0 .75
~
~~f~MG?C~G~------~----f-------------------~~--~--------------f---~~~------~~------------t-----------------~4t--~~-
~7x2x0 ,75
~2 ~r.f~MG~C~G~------~----f-------------------~~--~--------------f---~--------;-----------~
~~
- ~Ux2x0,75
-
"'c r·=: ~--= ·=--=:=:=:=:=:=. --- =:=:-·-:..:_-:-_ ---~.:....--:.:....--: -· ---- -------- :-~:=.:.=::= ===~
~ 43
-E25 I' - -Xl . 4 I
- X4 1 - XJ 1 - AO 152 -Xb J -x:>. J -Xl s 6 -XL 6 -X L -XL 4
~
.
b0'-~-±4-4_
0
•24V DEM401 •24V
0 ,, MANUAL LOCAL ·24 v CH4 •24V
c
c
!! NP 310160
"" MP 150110
_;L::...;T-<t9 .3
E
- A3011 REM401
.
u
0 -A30 11 -54
:;, REM401
-A0162 OV/L - / 9.3
- ~ DEM401
~ ESG 40M
D
0
1----·--- -~~~~--~e_a~~~~~~-S~----- I_ ___E_LECI~~OV~RNO_R__ LOCAL CONTROL BOX , ESG 40 M j
I.-.---------.------------ _§_C_R__ - - - - - - - . - . - - - - - - __ ..J 1_ __ ENG_INE_ RO~t~.J ~~==EC~==_i F
t--t---------~----+---t.::d':"ot"':e:*24:".o":'1:7-
.o..:.1____-i Aker MTW :AN04
des1o. Kowolk
STN ATLAS Nome Electronics Bri.ickenfernsteuerung DIGITAL OUTPUTS •UIW .
lno~r-::'N';";AE';;'0-;:-;00;-;:0-:;cJ2;-;:0::-:17;-l-:-:;ll~0:-:6.0;-:-1+.o""'o,-r-f"c7"he:.:.lc!'fk~ObO"
. r'-'Onb""ra-c.,...k-----1 Nb 0 10 f f Member ol th• EuroMorin• GroUf1 Bridge ManaeU\'";nn System sheet 8
SIOn dote nome norm res from· 271.151 1B5ST ;1. lor: 26.03 .98 repl. by
----:-
BMS 40M
6 _......___ I 271 .127 681STR I 27 total
I J I I I
r.
CAD
~-~1___ . . _ 1_ _ _ ___._2_ _ _ _ . . _ 1_ _ _ ....:3:_(.==.___:) '_: _____ : ______ ~ _____ _: _____ ~ j -_-_---"6'-_-_-_-_-__.'._. -_-_-_-_-_---=-:-_-_-_-_-___..__ '-_-Q) ~_-_____::1
r~Pes ·---------------------------
CABINET
r--
-A2021 IOM402 INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE
A A
AUTOMATIC MANUAL ECR REMOTE REMOTE CONTROL
SELECTED SELECTED CONTROL REQUEST
- r1i
J~
-
~~~n -X2 1
'
-XI 1
o24V
B B
ESS ~OM 14
A'!~
-X2 26 9 4
!.:..._
~271.127
11 !.:..._
682.STRI(.7 ~
11 -~11 EOT REMOTE
/8.6 1321+
24 I WRONG WAY 24
I -121
H
-121
I I
~71.127 681.STR/16.5 ~ 8.5 ~ GOVERNOR LOCAL

12.~ 114 12.6 L2- LZ- 110.4
- -
A~/27.3
-K21
/8.6 j_J2 I
9.6 11 L32 I
/10 ti IRONG lAY -K219. -K23 9 . -K22 9.-X2 22
LJ21 -X2 20 LJ21 .llo.~ _,____EM_E_~_G._C~O>~-OT-~0--L-()1~-. ~ 8 • '-.!:_ .LII-1.-7_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-'_~-.-41----4
--~-2.-2-_L_J_I_I_-+-
_"""1~::---o...::~ ~~0.;!_.- .J
c
'--------------------------~':.;!... -~-----
~FNGCG ~ :::
">. CQ "l c
~24x2x0,75
---- ---r------ECRCONS-OL( _____ --- - 1----------- -- --- - ------ LT 110.6

=- OV/L- t10.6
-lU 1
3 -A2103 2 -XI4l6 5
-X2 3 :1 I
MANUAL CONTROL PANEL t--1-""1"'---'1;.._--f~--1--=-LT~ t13.3
·-'
:S:<
0:::> I-- L -A2101
,....
t-Z
0 :::>< 15 -H1 17 D
- -------------- -lt
<:>: 1 3 7
~H- ~ ~ '----l--~--+--I~O.!.V~/L:..-~,13.3
... -511 MANUAL MANUAL CONTROL PANEL
-
z"'
B L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-· - - - - -- - - - -- - - - -
!!
g' ~ FMGCG <"2 -t. "1. ...._ cq_
-
~ ~}!1~4~x2~xo~.~75~-------------------~~--------~~----~~-------------~~~~
8g ~,,F~MG~C~G~~--------------------~---------1------~--------------~~~---~~~~~~
~19x2x0,75
i--------------------------- --------------------r-----------------
~
0c
c
-XI. 21 -E25 -Xl_ f"
I
2·----,
-E 10
-X2 47 -!11 23 19 20 1-- E
-~ I
I -X2 46 - - - - _____ _.I
u&
~c. I -57 E---\-

23
* 48 E---t-
13
; ;-• 2•-•-•1
-
• m
~
I /8.6 J-T
I
124
-X2 45 LT 127.5 -54 .!..:__ '- \ --- --~~-_j
&
~ I -H13 , ....
~-r
"0 I
I /8.6 ..PV /L- OV IL- 127.5 LOCAL CONTROL BOX '--

PS 5001
i ENGINE ROOM
F
~+-----l--+-fd:;:a=:'"~2·::;::;;·;..:.---l Aker 2 4 01 0 1
MTWf f
----------------·----------------------------------------------
STN ATLAS Marine Beclronlcs Bruckenfernsteuerung =ANUZ
141HA
F
des1g. Kowolk DIGITAL INPUTS 1UKU.

t:~~:::~~~~:::~~;~:~;~~tc~h*e~c~ktD~ti~m~b~r~o;ck~:::~~N~b~0=1~0~~~~~~~~~~-~M=~~b~~=__~•_E_u_~M_a_~_._~_~-IP Bridge Manoeuvring System
01
shoal Q
rev. revision dale noma norm res. lrcm: 271.151 185.STR (subs!. lor: 26.03.98 repl. by: BMS 40M 1271.127 681.STR V lolol
[___!1. DIN 6771/loil 5 1 2 1 3 I 4 I I I 7 I
1..----....--IJ 1 I 2 I J I I 4 I 5 I --~6_ _ _ __,__ _ __..;.._ _ _ __.__ _ )~--~
CAD
t--- ~,------------------------------------------------------------------------
PCS CAB I NET
I PROCESS ---------------------1 I
- A2021 I OM402 INPUT /OUTPUT MODULE I A
LOCAL LEVERS SPARE TURNING GEAR SPARE

REMOTE ENABLE DISENGAGED
- -
J m~"M""
6
~~i~t:
.~v X~2~5-~~'t=====~---------~6-~f.=====~---------~7-'t=====~------------06
-x 1 5 6 1
8
12;t_'
-K24
- 10.5 11
ENGAGED
L2- L2-
r\i; ,2,'2'
f3.r
t9 .e /16 .5
-K2t. Q /9 ' l32•
AI
I.--------- ------------------------------- ....f~ e -;.L:.=.J.!.:lt:.__-_-_x_.. ,2::>-~-7.-._+_--_.::.;L3::.:1~·-~ ·''11'6 -6--~ ~1~9~~::.:._ 2.:_- _:.:: ~!12.._- --------- - - - __ J c
= f-
~FNGCG ~ ~
~24x2x0 , 75
0
~FNGCG
~19x2 x0,75
'"l ... ~ ~
0
~
M
z
r: - - - - ------------------------------------r--- --
·- -·t-·-·-·-·-·-•-·-·-·-·-·-·-•-•-•-•-•-·- •- I
-
6
g._, JuNcil~N Box
1
!_ __________ -----------------------------r---
!! ! 5 6 8 g : J ,26 ,0, 102!
0
c .J r-·- -------------------- f-
~ i t9 s ~V!1+121 J .-----,
E
.
0
~
0
c
c
.2
r· ~s-----6--7-
I.-..·~!!..._ r,.... 8"':
,J
'~
I
- Xl 14 12 II
1
I /:9~5~J~T~;=+.;~;====t~F====;~;=F.LiT~/22~8
[16 I -Xl 39 40
~T
.2
+--1---+u--f-'... 127 .J
E---r-
14
I o--\-
-
1i I
!zs soo4c zs sooJc 'ZSsoosc z~sc j .iI -H8 ,r;-

,....
-S 18 ,17
,.... -S18 ~
I -SJ -SS - S10 -S1 3 • OV/L- t27 .J -
'I LOCAL sTOP FUEL I j -A21 01 MANUAL CONTROL PANEL
I MANOEUV . ENGINE ROOM •
I_ ___L:~-~~~~-----·-------------·-----·-----·-·-~
j--·------~~~~ONS_OLE ________ _ F
dale 24 .01 .01
Aker MTW STH ATLAS Norlnt Eltclronlcs Bruckenfernsleuerung • ANU4
dOSIQ. Kowolk
Nb 010 ff Member ol lht EuroNorint Group
DIGITAL INPUTS I • JIW
6 MAEOOOOJ201J 05.03.01 oar check ODrnbr ock Bridge Monoeu• _,__ Syslem sheet
rev sion dote nome norm rts from 171.151 185 Sl sl . lor : 26 03 .98 real. by BMS 40M 1271 .127 681 .STR
~lOiN'-; .,, 5 I 2 )
I alai
I I 4
I 5 6
I 7
I
r. 5
()
CAD
f--- PCS CABINET PROCESS
~-~A~20~2~1--------------------------------------~IO~M~40~2~1N~P~U~T/~O~UT~P~UT~MO~D~U~LE~------------------------------------~
A
(OPTION) (OPTION)
REVERSING ENGINE PLANT CTRL AIR START AIR SPARE SPARE CANCEL
WRONG OVERLOAD INTERLOCK PRESSURE PRESSURE .. ... . .. . . .. LIMIT
POSITION ......... ....... . . WINGS
- WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK -
__
2
~l~~1 ----~4~-~-~~~--WI~R~-~-~B~RE_A_K~+~~~~~-~-~+R~-~~~BR~E-AK--~~~~CH:_~Rr~-~~B~R-EA-K--~~--+ICH--~;1R~-~~:REA~I~C*1 ----~+~--~~CH_:_~~~-"-B~RE_A_K~+-~--+-~--~r-~--r-~--~r-+-~~
~CH"~ mCHt5~ ~,.::'(;'("'
B ":'X 1x4 1 ' 2 ' J '\ 4 ' ~li rl_x4 " 5 ,,
" ' 7 8 B
-XJ. 1 2 J 4 , V -X3 5 6 7 8
+24V 24
- X2 21
1-
110.7 L32+
I_________ r---r-----------------------------------------------------------------.:'!!.~-- -- -- :2-~-----.J

c ~FNGG ~ ~ ~ ~
c
~r,~9.~2--.o~.7~s--~r--+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~~*-
~FNGCG "' cq
---BRiDGE-------- -- -- --
~19x2x0.75 -~
=- ffii'lTD6E1'0NsaCf·----- -- .... --1! I-

I
I I··I
I •I
I I·
0
I -
'--- . ._ __ - -----1---- -- ..-- N M -..#
.J 0
.. 'ESS1D1'r.FSNG~CG~----;---t-----------------------------------------------------------------------------~---+~r-t--r------~~*-~~~~~~~~
~7x2x0,75
~ ~Y,F~HG~CG~~--~--t-----------------------------------------------------------------------------t---~~~~~~~*-~~~
0
~7x2x0,75 !
E
"'
-~
E
0
---- -----------------1
r-·-·- g · - io------------1
.
u
u
0
0c
j_~~- -· -~~~o~~:_ _____ J,
E
r-·--- g · - io-: --1 ·--- -- - r-- --1
· - - - - !-· - -
E
.
c
'I -E 11 I I
---- --I
.2
u I I
I I
..
I I
.
~n
o--r-
!E--·-~ -':-{~ i !E---\-- -\-{~ i
- ~ I .__ ~ I ~ .___ -
.
.D
0
.___ j -S1005
I
! j -S1006 !
I
PS 5011C
141HB j~ON~OLE__!!~~~~! j~ON~OL~_!!~~~~!
F '------- EN~~~~o_o~------ I_______________________ J
I
l-;----------+---l---f:d~at:;•:-t.;: 24 0 1 01
:o:·7,·:;:-:----l Aker MTW BrUckenferns teuerung STN AnAS Marine Electronics =ANIJ4
1-:-+.,..,.,==.,..,..,..4:':"':":.,.,-f.,.,..-f:d~es:::,:;ia!'f. ~Ka;.::w~al:::.,k-.---i Nb 010 ff
Member of lhe EuroMorine Group B .d M . S I DIGITAL INPUTS +UKIJJ
~c~~N~A~~~o~oo~J~20~1~4~~~·~1~01~0~ti~r~c~~~~~o~ti~m~~~a~~~--~~~~~~~~~~~~--~~~--~-----l fl ge onoeuvr1ng ys em ~oot BMS 40M 271 127 681 STR
~.~a~~~·.u~.~.~.:~~~~s~}o~~~~d~a~le~n~a~m~e~n~or~m~~"-------C'r"s~.l~ro~m:~27~1.~15~11~~~-S~TR~s~ub~s~l.~lor~:r26~.0J~.9~B----7'~ep~ll.~by~::____,-----~~.~---------r-------~---~----,----L~~--~~~~,-~~~--~-L~2;~1 a~la~l
1
I. \ . 1 I 2 I 3 ' I
L 4 I 5 I : 6 I 7 I ,
CAD r· ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ·--------------------------- ----
- 'PCS CABINET PROCESS
-A2021 IOM402 INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE A
A START FUEL ZERO ORDER START AHEAD START ASTERN REVERSING REVERSING
VALVE MANOEUVRE /SLOI VALVE AHEAD VALVE ASTERN VALVE
STOP VALVE TURNING VALVE ....... . .. . . . . . ..
liRE BREAK WIRE BREAK fiRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK
.,....-., .,....-.,
't
r-::1
't 't 't 't 't f¥1 f¥1 -

r-::1
- fYt1 f¥ OA3 f¥1 DA4

fi;1 OA5 DAO
DA1 I::!!:J DA2
~ t!::l ~ ~ t!::l
6
f ~~ f ~~ f ~~ f ~~ f ~~ f ~~
6
- X5!1 2 3 4 -X5 5 6 7 8
I L20• /1] 1
6 5
- 2 9 10 13 17 18 121 22 125 26
r-
- X' 1 14
12 .6 L2 - L2 - 113.1
20 19
. ---·-· -----~~-------- ~-'~ ------·-·-
3 - Xi 28 ~;. _______ J
----~1~ r---
- X4 4 8 7 2BLJO• t1J .2
c
---------- ~ ~~~
----- -·- 1 '~..! c
~FNGCG "'
~ ':!. ~ ~ ~
~2lxlx0 . 7S
~----------
-XI 27
---- ·-· r----- --- ·-· 1 - · - · - -------- -- -· ----- -------------...
29 26 36 25
I
= I -A2103z I -
I t-0: Ot-
o:wa..«cr
MANUAL CONTROL PANEL I
I
I
~u-ow<
t-V)t-l:t-
6 12 4 2
I I
"'.:""""""
I "I"1 ~sll-ll- -- ------ r-- 1--- ----- 1-- - ----- I
~s~
I I
0
I
I
I I l11l I I I I 13 I I I· I I I LJO• I /13 . 1. I D
I
I
I I
..
M
z
I_ ____ECR_ CO~SOL_E_ ___
r--- --------- -·- ------------- 1-·-·- -------------------1
6 :: ~
- 2
'ESGJoO' FNGCG
~?.2x0,7S I-
0
c ~
~
~
~NGCG
~0 "t "1 "l.
~ ~
-{
~
.
0
~24x1 . :..._·-·-·-·-
r-·-------
• -E10
-·- ------------
z'(jj"- r...--------
204 iii" 712~
----- ·-:rrr.--- 13 r-·- ---
--- ------·-· ---
i7i5" 7-oa-·-::r:lo·- io9·- i,--;,=.,·1
__ J f-+t1J .J I
___I'I
E
0c IJUN~I.!_O_N_jQ~.
r--- --------- --- ·X4 . 8 -XJ 8 JUNCTION BOX
'--- r--- ~1·_:-~lT~~ --- E
c
~.
e
. ·r
r-·-------
11
IJUN~!._O_N_jQ~.
rr·- r...--------
29 j6"- lj;~
__ J
r--- ---------
1-·-
r-·-
I
j()"" j;;-·- j5~j
'--- r-·- . .J.U.NC TJON _BOX. --- ·-·II.
.
0.
~
-A3012 I
VSM401
ct! ~ ~ ~
- :: I I
r-
.0
0
ZV 701JC IZV)CX 7017C
ESG 40M ZV 7015C ZV 7016C I•
!_ ___________________________ ELECTR .
ENGINE ROOM 1JOHC 126HC
I___SPE~~~OVE_RNO~-- 1JOHD ENG INE ROOM 1JOHE I
F
~----------------------! F
dole 24 .01 .01
desoo. Kowolk Aker MTW STN ATLAS 1kmt Eltelronlcs BrUckenfernsleuerung DIGITAL OUTPUTS
=ANU4
•ORO
~
··· ···oono11 13.06 .01 oar check OOrnbrock Nb 010 ff Nomber of lho EuroMorino Group
Bridge Manoeu System Ishee! 12
BMS 40M 271 .127 681 STR
I ~N
1ision
e1l 5 1
dole name norm
7
r•s . from·
I
171.15 I 185 S
1
lSI. for : 16 03.98
I l
••pl. by
I < • , .I 27 lolo1
I
.;''1
.
3(:)
...>.. L1 ! 5
())
'
6 . . . Q
--
CAD
-
\,
r· ·---------------------------- ---------------------------·
PROCESS ---------------------------- ---
-A2021 IOM402 INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE
A CANCEL GOVERNOR OIL PRESS START CUT REMOTE TAKE SPARE SPARE A
LIMITATION SHUTDOWN OFF VALVE OVER VALVE .. .. ..... .........
... . ... .. .........
t
/HEAVY START SUPPRESS. VALVE SLOW TURNING ... ······
WIR~REAK
'''~'''" '''~"'"
WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK
- '1t__ DA7
tYl
~ '1t__ DAI ~
fYl
'1t__ DAII
fY.1
~
'1t__ DA10 ~
'1t__ DA11 ~ DA12
"'f;;i"'"
~ f.-
r r r
IL..:.;.. 1.__
r ~~ r ~~
IL.::..
8
f ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ B
-X6 1 2 3 4 -X6bs 6 7 8
/12.8 l20 t L20 • 116.4 I L31• /16.6
-X4 31 32 34-X4 33 BLOWER OFF -X4

~9-A2022/-X7: 5
- /19.1
/19 6 f.-
112.5 L30• 116.5 ~36
L2-
1 28
1- -X4 ~ 21 ::X2 29 -X4 ~9 37 ::x4 £
~3--------~5------
--- ~---------- --;;; --- ~ ----------------
29
1.---------------~- ~: ________
c c
l.------,. FNGCG ~
~24x2x0,75
--- --·---------- --- -- --------------- 1-
-Xl 16 V/L- -Xl 18 19 -X1 28
,, ,_ _____
= /9,5 /19.7 z
~a: o ....
O:::UIG..<O::
-A2103 f.-
-S11 <t-OUJ<
E---1,.-- - 1- b
t-U'H-J:t-
VJ<VJ-<VJ 10
I. ~ SLOW TURNING IIIII
'h,'''lll
L--
0 19.5 nLT /19.7

-S12
t12.6 L30•
9 I
0
-A2101
..
"'
z
-X1 17 -X2 7
MANUAL CONTROL PANEL MANUAL CONTROL PANEL
ECR CONSOLE
-
15
0
:~FNGCG
_!; ~4x2x0,75
--~ -·----------1----- -- --------------- f.-
~~FMGCG ~ ;:!
§ ~1x2x0,15 ~
CD
o ~NGCG ~
"'
~ ~
!0 ~24x1.5
E c
c j-:'X'tfn·-·1-·-;1;·5 ~-----+-~ r:=;-4, ·-~rr;--=-·--E;o-·juN~-TI;N -~,-::lion-! B6x E
~2 -·-::.::=::=::=::=.:.-=.::: -.-=.-~--J I
0
.
TI I -X4 4 -XJ 1 -X5 1 'I L f - - -
-
~0.
.l: i Ii j_-E1_1_~UN~~~~~:_-~-- ~-' i
2
~
.
.Q
0 l -A3012 VSM401 il ~ ~ i -
I iI zv 7014C zv 7001C !
F L~~~~OM -~~CT~;_~!!EY_E~VE~NOR_J L--2~~-----....§~~~~0M -----~A____ J F
dale 24.01.01 Aker MTW STH ATLAS lklrlne Eloclronlcs =AN04
de SiD. Kawalk BrUckenfernsteuerung DIGITAL OUTPUTS tOR03
0 loiAE000032017 13.06.01 Diir check Oi:irnbrack Nb 010 If Member of lhe EuraNarlne Group
Bridge Manoeuvring System sheel
rev. revision dole name norm res. from: 271.151 185.STR lsubsl. far: 26.03.98 repl. by: BMS 40M 1271.127 681.STR 127 lolal
L II. DIN 6171/Tei! 5 1 2 I 3 I I T
' 5 6 T 7 I R I
1.~--~4( 1~1----~'------~2~----~'------~3___ I I I I
CAD -- --------------------------- ---------------------------·

- PCS CAB I NET ,------------------------:::-:-:-:-::-PPRtll:O~CE~S~S~""';';';;'~;:-----------------------,
-A2026 RM 401 CONTROL MODULE
MONITORING SPARE STARTING AIR SPARE

SPEEO SETPOINT . .. PRESSURE ........
CHt CH2 CH3 CH4

r- ...-- r- -
- I-
I
..
~'
1 1 1
...
><
N
...
M
...
~
' ~
X
~
'
8 0 0 ~ 8
-X1 3 4 5 6 7 8
- 122
L26- 1-
L26• -XJ 2 1
03~-----<>3
12 2 o--------Q
~ 1
1-- ,I--
SCREEN BAR r( - - - -
!. _____________________________________________ ~---------------------------------------------~ c
c
6MS106~F~NG~tG~-----------------------r--+----~~~~
~4xh0 ,15
~~F~NG~tG~----------------------------------------~~-+------1--+-----~~~N~
~'x2x0,75
~r.F~NG~tG~-------------------------------~~~-~~
~7x2x0 .75
=- -
0 0
~
~~F~NG~t~G~--------------------------~-+----~~+------4-~--~1----r~----------,_-+------~~~
~7x2x0 , 75 OJ ~
OJ
~ ~7x2x0
~ ~~F~NG~tG~------------------------------------~h--+--------1--+---------+--r-----r~-~r-t------~~~
,15
- 0 ::::?. ,--- ?. 1-
c
~0 1--t-=::....~ -::_-: ~- ~:....-
l --·-·-'·1
·~ri;T" i2"1j! ·,~rf;;- i2"1j
u
u
.
0
0
__ ; ___ .,
c L.r...._
,....... I.'I L.r..._
,....- I E
g I
.
u 1.
'I
r-
.& tl
I
~0.
I. y / I
I
'I
- ~
I
I· I I-
.Q
WING 'I WING '
-~qNsO_L~.J j -~qNsO_L~_j
0
t YARO SUPPLY ~ONS~LE _!!_~~~j ~ONS~LE _!!_~G_?~J F
dote 24 .01 .01 =AN04

d851Q. Kowotk
Aker MTW STN ATLAS !Iorint EIKironlcs Bruckenfernsteuerung
ANALOG INPUT
c lotAEOOOOJ2014 16.03.01 Oor Nb 010 tt Member of the EuroMarine Group J •OROJ
check Oi:irnbrock Bridge Manoel'""inn System BMS 40M 1271 .127 sheet 1L
~.!..!!;,. 1ision
.,, 5 1
dote nome norm res . from. 271.151 t85 .' ~st . lor: 16.03.98 re I. by 681 .STR 2: to tot
L_!t DIN 2
I 3
I 4
I 5 6 I 7 I 8 I
I.
C).
-· ( I I I 5 --~6------~~------~7______~1~·~)6~---~
()
CAD PCS CABINET PROCESS
A OPTION A
CONTROL LEVER CONTROL LEVER EI>IERGENCY SUPPLY CONTROL SUPPLY CONTROL
ECR BRIDGE EOT ORDER LEVER BRIDGE LEVER ECR
CHI
CH5 CHII CH7 CHI
r- r- -
- I ] -:;;
a::
1-
>
0
1 1 1 + 1
...>;:
U"J
...
"" ...
..... ...>;:
00
lo
~~ ~ ~
X X
' ' fo
B
-X2 2 J 4 5 6 -X3 I 2 !J 4 6 7
B
C -----: =~ SCREEN BAR C--- --: =>---J

- 1-
I______ - _.....,__
-_-_-=_::::_:::.:.....:_::.::.:. _____
. -tl--··-·--+---t---.-+--. ------·-·-·-·-·-·---·-·-·-·-·-------·---'
c c
=- ~FNGCO <"l. ~
"'
-
~2•2•0.75
'liiiSTo6' FMGCG <"l.

"'
~
~2x2x0.75
0 D
...
M
z
B
- 0
c
~0
u
u
0
0"c
E
c
.2
u
0"
a
- ~ -
"0
.D
0
F F
l--l------l---l---fd:::'a"':te'-t.':2...,4."'o''f.'·o"-'---t Aker MTW STN ATLAS lkrlne Eleclronlcs BrUckenfernsteuerung =ANU4

t--lf------t---11--td:;:•-::•i~g. t;;K~ow:=::o;:::tk'::;-:--1 Nb 010 ff Member ol the EuroMarine Group Bri'd u . S l ANALOG. INPUT EOT tUt!U.
sheet
t••~v~.~~~~r~ev;is~io~n=~=t:;da;};te;::::j~na;m;e]~;:;;~Ek[D=or~nb=r=oc=k====!Lre~sJ.l~ro;m:}2?}7t].ts[t]t6[[5.~Sr:[R=~·u~b~st.Jr~orq:2[6.~03~.91:6====tr~eoitt.1bYL··=====;::::1..~.-_::-g-e__~a_n_o_e_u_v,rl_n_g_y_s_e_m-:--L_:_BM..:...:;S 1•0M I 271.12 7 681. STR
1 15
I 11 nuJ t:.??t/Tnil 1; , ? I 'l J. I " 1 F:. ?
2: lola!
I
-------------- - - - - - -- ·- - - - - - - - - -
- - - PROCESS - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - -
CAD ' ' CABINET I i }----
t---
A2026 RM 401 CONTROL MODULE
A A
.. ... .. . .. MONITORING MONITOR lNG MONITORING MONITORING POWER SUPPLY
.. . ...... . . .. ..... .
. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . VIT UNIT AUTOMATIC MANUAL SENSOR ME CHAN
.. . . . .. . ..... . ... SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY GOVERNOR
CH1 CH2 CHI AK585
m ,,®
1--
-
m ,, ~ 00 00 00 ,,~ 00
8
-X4 ~~
,,
2 J
,,
4
'
5
,,
6
~
7 8 9 10
'T~-~KJ -KJ
-X2 7
r18 8
- 122 L2•
;:;·,,t -
-K2~
12 t4 22 !24 21K J
2
!t3.4
1.20· 16 5\ 11 -K20
16.5 2124 Yi''"LJJ'"·•"""·'
22
c 119 6 c
1t05 L2-
-K20 Q At
113 e .l-31•
LJ1+ -X2 18 119 L31• 119.6
=- 1--
'--·---------------------------------------·-·-------·--- ~~----- I-•
--------------------------
~FNGCG ~ :::;,
~21x2x0 , 75
0 0
~
M
z
a
--j 2 -
s"'
"u~
u
.
0 -----·-
-A2103 -xl.
-------- ----1 7 •
:r,
E
0c E
. ..J
c :1<(
.2 o:>
>-Z
~ ""'
e
." ~H---v· 10
-511
- :
D
~
-
0
MANUAL CONTROL PANEL
I_ ____ _!~~~ON S_OL E ______ F

F
dale 24.01.01 Aker MTW STH ATLAS llorlnt Eltclronlcs Bruckenfernsl euerung
: AN02
Kowolk
d8SIQ . MONITORING SUPPLY •ORC
Nb 010 If Nember ol the EuroNorin r Group
Bridge Manoeuvring System
.
check Oi:irnbrock sheet 16
rev . revision dale nome norm res. from: 171.151 185.STR subsl. lor: 16.0].98 rtDi. bY BMS 40M 1271 .127 681.STR I 27 to lot
l_!t. OIN 6771/Teil 5 I 2
I J
I 4 I 5
I 6
I 7
I ~
1..-----.-4
c),
CAD .-------------------------·---------------------·------------------------------------------------.
•PCS CABINET PROCESS ~ ~
A
-A2022 (OPTION) (OPTION) REM40 1 0 I GIT AL I NPUTIOUTPUT MODULE .11 ·C A
SG MUST NOT MAINTAIN EMERGENCY AUTOMATIC EXTERNAL MAIN LUB. 0 I L SAFETY ~
t3: '::::~
.......
BE STOPPED ACTUAL SPEED SHUTDOWN SLOWDOWN ELECTR. GOVERNOR BEAR. 0 I L PRESS. LOW SYSTEM OFF t5: tl;l
ACTIVATED NO FAULT PRESS. LOW :liE ti=
ctn CH2 CH3 CH5 CH11 Cfl7 CHI
:o:• :'!::ii
Eo: e"'
t~ t~
~~ ~~
B
' ' '
'!'
'R
'
7
'
I~ B
"'>;'
.... "'
X
....'
"'>;'
"'
....
'!'!
<D
>;'
....
~ M M M
CJ
CJ CJ CJ
~ ~ <' <
'
"' ~
~
a: ~ "'a:::::
"
.;
::::
t- a: 0:
VI t- t- t-
c .,r< VI VI VI
c
.,r< r< .,
N
"' "'t... "'"' "'

"
N
~
t....
~
C....
~
I·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·---cw---·---·~---·-·-·....,·-·-·-·-·-· ~ ~ ~ :::
0 0
..,
~
z
0
~
c<>
~0
u
u
0
~
E
ac
E
c
.2
;:;
~
~0.
"~
.~
<>
0
F F
4 01 0 1
1--+------1---+--~d!!.!:a~te~2.::.·;l!.~·!.!.---1 Aker MTW STN ATLAS llorlne EII!Cironlcs BrUckenfernsteuerung
DIGITAL INPUTS
~~------------~---4--~~d~es~i~.~K;a~wa~l~k~----4N 010 ff
l--1-------------~---1--~l.!:c~he:.!c~k~O~ii!.!rn!!!b!:.!ra!!:c:!!.k____.+-:..:..:b:...,...::...:...:~,.,..,....,.,..,...,..,.,,-,r-:--:-.,--:-:-="'~----+-Me...,mb_e,...r 01 1
_ _ _he_E_u_ro_Mo_rin_e_G_ro_up-l Bridge Mono euv ring system
rev.
II
revision
OIN 6??1/TPil fl
dale name norm res. from: 211.151 185.STR subsl. lor: 26.03.98 re l. b : BMS 40M 271.127 681.STR
I I I I I L
•PCSCABlNET _____________________ _
CAD
f-
-A2022 REM401 DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE
A
FUSE EOT BRIDGE EOT ECR ELEC TR SHAFT SPARE FORWARD RETARD MINUTE
NONITORING IN STOP IN STOP ETS NO FAULT CLOCK CLOCK PULS
. . . . .. . . ... . . . .. ····· .
CHI CH10 CH11
- f4t
~
~~
,, ~ ,, ~ ,, m ~ l!h ,,
~
'
-
Xlx4 1 2 J ~~ ~X4 5 6 7
T- X] 1 2 J 1
- xJ 5
8 •24V I •2 4v 8
L_
~MODE
. ~~~ 11 4
- K22
9 7 11
I__________________ -- ·------ 1--- - - - - - - · - · - - - - - - · - - - - - - - · - · - - - - - · - - - - - · - · - - - - - - - · - - - - - - - - - · - - -
=-
~FNGCG ~ ~
-
~r,1~9x~2x~0~.7~S----------------~--~
~r,F~NG~CG~------------------;---~------~~~~~*----------------~~--~~~
-..:::::...:.:. 4x1x0 , 7S
0 0
~
M
z
i5
- !!
-
<>
c
"§ ---
.-rvr ~---
_ , .. , 24 25 •
-- .--- -----·-·---·---r---
,,.-:,1<-r ,i- iJ~
--
;-m- j1-- 12•1
0 I_ __ ;....... r--J ' --- -· r--J I-- • 24v'
~
0c
----.!1
c
ft!- E
-XJ 5 6
2
u
~
e
-
.
0.
t
~
\
..___
\
..___
i-
D
0 , BRIDGE ECR mtBUS
I TELEGRAPH TEL EGRAPH CONTROLLER
'1 BRIDGE CONSOLE
-------- l_ ________ _i~':_C~NS9LE -------- F
~=4==~=======~===4===~d~ol~e~~24Q.o~t~o1[===~~A7k~e~r~M~T~W~-----------------,~T~H~AT~A~N«~-=B~--~-----------------------r----------------------~-.,A~NLUr-4--------~
t-+----------+----t----t:d~es~;'gH. ~Ko~w~ol~k:-::------1 S l S lnl eetrO!Ks BrLie ken Ierns teuerung DIGITAL INPUTS r:m uwru~
J------l
check Oornbrock Nb 010 f f Member of lhe EuroNorine Group Bridge Monoeuvr'nn c: ys !em 1heel
~
~1 . OIN
>n
5 ,
dole nome norm res. from: 271.151 18S.STR for: 26.03.98 repl. by BMS 4OM I 271 .12 7 681 .STR 18
lolol
67
I 2 I J I 4 I 5 6 I 7 I
r. I I 3~
/~
) I
'
I I 5 ("J )-~6 _ _ _.....1..-_ ____!.7_ _ _ --l,.__ciQ~,__::-l
CAD ---
~..--- PCS CABINET PROCESS
~1
-A2022 REM401 DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE
AUX. BLOWER 1 AUX. BLOWER 1 AUX. BLOWER 2 AUX. BLOWER 2 AUX. BLOWER 3 AUX. BLOWER 3 MANUAL FOR SUPPRESSION "
PRESELECT OFF PRESELECT OFF PRESELECT OFF TAKE OVER VALVE EOT ALARM
- t2V
~
0 m m ! ~ m
~-K7
c~
~
~
'le
OY
0 c
1
~~~~~l~\' ~8lo
AC 250V11500VA
-
P'
DC J2V/6A
..., '"¢-K1 -K8
.~~If -X6
-X5
:J
I 2
Dr1 y ~
B
I I I I I I -X4:39
- /16.6 ~
/13.6
/16.? >L3 1•
1-
-X2 16 15 15 14 _14 113 19

- - · - - - f----1-- - - - - - - - - - - - - ------------------------- - - - - - - - - 1-·- - - - - - - - - - - -
c c
~~N~G~CG~--~--~M~-~~------~~----~~--~~
~10x1.5
~~N~GC~G~--------~~--------~-----4---+---~M--~~------~~~-----~~-~~
~IOxi.S
= 1-
~~F~N~GC~G~-------b--~------~------4---+----4---+--------r------+--~-------------------------------~~~~--~~~~
~24x2x0.75
D
~~F~N~GC~G~-------b--~------~------4---+----4---+--------r------+--~--------------------------------~---+----------~~~-~~
~4x2K0,75
D
.....
z
15
- 1-
0
c
~
,. ..,.,.+.,,........-+,.,-4..,_...,..j.,....,
. .. -- --------l---·1---- !'fl/'6IJj- j,--1
0
u
u
0
~
· - · - - · - · - - · - · 1-·- · - · 1-·- · - · - · - · - · -
r·'rr··l;t-·--·~rs-·-16 i7: r·'iJ· -·1-·-·-·-·-·---·-·-·-·
fr,·-·-·- 15----16 i7:
-X1 20
1321 ~22-X2
23 a I__ --!U:::.J
E 0c
I I , !lL E
! i!
I I
c
.2
u
+ CY7031C CY7041C It + CY7031C CY7041C it i ~l"f\-~'
24 rXJ 29• 630-
~
~0. 1 I 117
.____ I 1 .____ I
I I
I I LT ~
- •t
~
I
I JSS036C i I i JSS036C
/13.3
/13.3 ov /L-
,..._,
"
1-
""
1
I -E21 I -E22 1
-A2101 m!BUS
j_ ____ _!~~-LOW§~~-----~ j_ ____ _!~~-LOW§~2______!
0
MANUAL CONTROL PANEL CONTROLLER

F '------------·-----·-·----~N_G~~~qoM ·-·-·---------------·---·I·-------~CR_CON_SOL~---·-' F
l-+----------11----t---.fld~a!!:l•~2 :!.:
4 01 0 1
·~~·..!..-----1 Aker MTW STN ATLAS Marine Eleclronles Brlickenfernsleuerung =AN04
1--1----------~--~--~d~e~sin~-~K~aw~a~lk____~ 10 ff Member of lhe EuroMorine Group B 'd M . S I DIGITAL OUTPUTS tORI
Nb 0
l-+----------ll-.,...-4---.flc:.!!h~ec~k~O~iir.!!!nb:!!..ra~c~k---ll--:-~=.,-;:~-::--r-:-...,-,----;=-:"""""'----t:-:-:":""':"------------l r I Qe OnO eUVr1 ng yS em sheet 1Q
rev. revision
~1. DIN 6771/Teil 5
dale name norm res. from: 271.151 185.STR
T
<ubsl. for: 26.03.98
I
reol. bv: BMS 40M 271.127 681.STR 27 lolol
1 2 J 4 I I I I
'-~~---~
CAD ,....P'c.. vA8iNf1-----------------------
5 6 I.____ :I
PROCESS
-A2023 REM40 1 DIGITAL INPUT /OUTPUT MODULE
NANUAL SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
SLOWDOWN
CH1 CH2 CH5
' '
8 8
L-------------------------·-·------------------------------------------------------------------
c c
0
0
..,
~
z
i5
!!
0
c
~
su
E
.
0
0
c
c
~
.
u
e
0.
l-+-----+---+-~d!!Jo.!.!t•~2:_:4~
. o.!.•·o!!.:'!....,_----l Aker MTW STN ATLAS Norlnt Eleelronlcs Bruckenfern sleuerung
1-+-----+---+-~d~e~SI~.~K~o~wo~lk~~-~
check Oornbrock Nb 010 ff N•mb•r of tho EuroNorln• Group Bridge MonoeU''";,.,,., Syslem
rev .
[__jt. OIN I il 5
date noma norm res. from: 271.151 185.SI 271 .127 681 .STR
5
'
( \ (
'
'-....._.,I
I
. '·._.l 5 6
' '
CAD
~
----------------------------·
PCS CABINET
----------------------------
PROCESS
--------------------------- ----.
..
a\
0
~
~
-A2023 REM401 DIGITAL INPUT /OUTPUT MODULE

A
g>o:
~0
-~e:
~
·~;t A
FUSE SPARE SPARE SPARE BOTH HP OIL AUX BLOWER 1 AUX. BLOWER 2 AUX. BLOWER 3 a.~
~~
MONITORING .. ... . .. . . . .... ... .......... PUMPS RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING RUNNING
"'~
~~ .
~w
~~
~
~"'
..
""'
m
:s~
fij ]:
~
- ~
li
~
m ·~
00 II
fit II
,,
~
... 'a'
~ '
II
~
00 II
-;.:;
fit II
00 II ."'
=--
Q;~
.oz
"'"'
~~
.. w ~~
1-
~~
~
>;'I~ h-x4 1 2 3 4
]~x45 6 7 8
'
B +24 v -XJ 1 2 3 4
+24V .:xT 5 6 7 8
B
'---
-
-------------------------------------------------- -- ------- -- ------- -- -------------------~ -
c c
= 1-
~FNGCG
"'
~
~7x2x0,75
(,.----... NGCG ~
N
~10x1,5
0 ~NGCG ~
D
~10x1,5 "'
...z..,
Ci
- 2
"'c
~0
•..:...-:-..:.: 1---: ~-=-.:...-...:..-:-...:.. 1---
11" ~-:-..:.-=.:
12
:=: 1---
;;-- ~-- 1--------------
12
I-
u
u
.
0
0c
'l
I
E
c
.!! l-
l
L-
'l
L--
E
0. JS5031C JS5031C
~a.
.
- ~
~
I-
Jl
0 HP OIL PUMPS -E21 -E22
I
L~~~C~_9~AR- --------- I---------
AUX .BLOWER 1 AUX. BLOWER 2
F
1_---------------- EN~~- RO~~---------------~ F
dole 24.01.01
Aker MTW STN ATLAS Morine Eleclronlcs Bruckenfernsteuerung DIGITAL INPUTS
=AN04
des1n. Kowolk
Nb 010 If Member of the EuroNarine Uroup ,QROJ
check DOrnbrock Bridge Manoeuvring System
I
rev.
"
revision
n1kl t:..??i 1T ... a ~::. . dole name norm
"
res. from: 271.151 185.5 TR
-
subsl. for: 26.03.98 repl. by BMS 40M 1271.127 681.STR sheet ? t
I 27 lolol
1.,------,-( ~----~------~~------~------~)--~,
6
f--
CAD ··-----------------------·-··
PCS CABINET
PROCESS
-A2023 REM401 DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE OPTION A
FINISH WITH ANY BLOWER CANCEL PART LOAD AUTOM . CONTROL BOTH HP PUMPS BOTH HP PUMPS TRANSFER TO
ENGINE FAILURE LINITATION FOR EGS REQUESTED REQUESTED DIESEL GENERATOR
c~
-
m ~ ~ m
'~ -K6
1l' fti=J·K7 ~ ov
I-
'*c?·K5
-X8~~1
-x71 J1J
y
) '
y 0
At
DC
c
~g~~~l~l''t"8~o
2~0V/1~00Vl
J2VIU
B
- I-
c ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,_ __ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c
~r.F~MG~CG~~------------------~~~~~------~~~-~~--------~m~~~
~llxh0 , 75
=- ~r.M~GC~Go----------------------+--+---------4---~--------+-~~--------------------~~
~5xl , 5
~-~~--------~~~-~~ -
0 0
...
M
z
0
- 2 -
"'c
~
~
u
.
0 -----------·- -------------------- -----------------
r·---------·- -· -------·- ------- -- --~ ·--- --------- --- ---
r- ----------- --~
E 0
c j - X4 1-xJ ·
1
-xs 6-X? 6 -xs 1 ~xT 7
! 1 I
E
c
.m 1 I I
.2
.
u
I
I ,,
•24V
'
• 24V
,,
I
I i i
e • MP 151090 NP 150200 NP 150210 I •
0.
I ··· ·· ·· ·· ·· .. · I I
- ~
1
D
I• -A0161 DEM401 -A0152 DEM401 1
1
1
HP OIL PUMPS 1' I-
0
j PMCS 1 Geomor 120 ISL I '1 SWITCH GEAR '
--------------------------------------· _________________ j
F ~------------------------~~-----------------------'-------~~~~~0-~---- F
t=~==~=======t===~~==~d~o~t·=~ oo.
2I4.~01~.oi1:::~~A~k~e~r~"~T~W~-----------------,c=~~~~~~~~~------------------~-----------------------~~-
1'1 STH ATLAS Nome Eltclronlcs Bruckenfernsteuerung DIGITAL OUTPUTS -~..,n,~~--------~
t---':'-?ioM~·Rw{l·,~r----------1
lno--t~NA;c:En;oo;;;o:n.oJ;-:;2:n.01;o7-t.1:::-lD;:-;6~D=-11~o-::-o,--f~:!!'~.!!:~l!:-k~~~~~~n~C!!!'~a-c~k----1 Nb 010 If M•mbtr or th• EIKoMorin• Group Bridge Monoev ... :~~ System
I
Ishee! i2
~ dsion dole nome norm res. lrom. 271.1S1185! ost. lor:2601.98 root.bv BMS 40M 1271 .127 681 .STR I 27 total
l_! I DIN eol 5 I 2 1 J j 4 1 5 5 1 7 1 8
r.C),.>,
CAD ~""pc~
/2!
cA'BiNEy----------------------... _
~6--~~~~~C),·--- .....,.. ~
-----------·--------------- z
PROCESS (OPTION) :!: ~
~ 0:"'
c:>
-A2024 REM40 1 DIGITAL INPUT /OUTPUT MODULE .;ff ·ii~
SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE ~ ~~ A
t;~~
t/;l
t"'
CHt CH2 CH3 CH5 CHI _. ~»
~E •:z:
~~
·:g: t~
llz
.. w ~~
"'"'
a
6
6
7
~~ a
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
c c
D D
...
M
z
5
!!
"'c
~0
u
u
.
D
0c
E E
c
.2
.
u
~
".
..
l:
Jl
0
F F
DIGITAL INPUTS
271.127 681.STR
l_!t. DIN 6771/Teil 5 J
1..------..----\ 5 6
CAD ---------------------------
PCS CABINET
-A20 24 REM401
FUSE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
NON ITORING
CHI CH10 CH11 CH12 CH13 CH14 CH15 CH18
'-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~
c c
0
0
~
M
z
6
2
0
c
.;;
§
.
0
0c
c
~
u
.
e
:"
:
D
0
~~----~r--r~~~mm---,~~~-------------.~~~~~~--~-------------.-----------------.-=~----~F
l---lf-----+--l-~d:!.!!o.!.!le~2.!.4.~0!.;!1.o!..!.t_ __j Aker "TW STN AT A
f-+----__;1--+-~d~•.!!•'~·~K~ow!!:.!o!!.!lk!....,._--J 1
~ L s Morine Eltelronics BrUckenfernsteuerung
check Oiirnbrock Nb 010 ff Ntmbor of lh• EuroNorin• Group Bridge Monoeuvrinn System
rev .
L_!l OIN
ision
•it 5
dole nome norm res from: 211.151 185 s
271127 681 .STR
0
PCS CABINET
-----------------·----~-----· -----.
~11·
PROCESS !OPTION!
-A2024 OPTION
REM401 DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE
SEA f.40DE START REPEATED IN CRITICAL ALARf.4 START PRINTER STAND BY
FAILURE START SPEED RANGE SUPRESSION BLOCKED FAILURE
o c 1
~ ~
m m ! m ij I
Schollltlslung 1
CONTACT LOAD
~
f-
•2 v ~ ov
AC 250Y/1500YA
Oe J2Y/6A
~-K1 'l$-KJ
B
.~'\,~~
-x51 Jo21 [:(
3 4 [11 [11 -XB
-X71,
11:~~ 2 [11 B
~NG WAY
- I ~~~ ,,4 1-
-K25
27.4 11
1---------------------·1--- -------------------------- --1----------------- - - ------1---

c c
~~F~NG~C~G~------------------~~~~~*------------------------------------~~~~~~*---------------------~~*-~~~------~~*---~~
0
~14x2x0.75 ~
=-
0 0
...
M
z
i3
- ..
!l
c
~0
u
u - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r---
r·------1---f--------------------------- --1--------
- - - - - - - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- 1---
-- ------ --- ~----
---1
.
0
0 i -X8 8 -X7 8 -X2 1 -XI 1

- ---- - ---
-X2 2 -XI 6 -X8 5 -X7 5 •
E c E
c
t24Y tHY tHY tHY I
~
0
0 I
0 "'
MP 150220 "'
MP 150230 "'
MP 152,0 MP 150180 "' I
I
a I
0 ····•···• ••. .•. . . . . . . .••.. . • .. ... . I.
- ~ 1 -A0152 DEM401 .· -A0161 DEM401 -A0152 DEM401 j
::
.t:l
0
'1 PMCS 1 Geomor 120 I SL o
-------------------------------------------------------------------------1 ECR
F ------------------------------------------------------------------------·-· =AN04
F
l-+------------4-----lf--lld~oll!l•~::..:·~~·.!.-----1 24 0 1 0 1
Aker MTW STN ATLAS Norm EleclroOO:s BrUckenfernsleuerung
1,--1-------------l-.,....,..,...,..,....11.,..,..-t!d~e.!!:siO::I:.I.~Ko~w!!!o!:llk....,..__--l
Nb 010 ff M b 0 I lh E M . G DIGITAL OUTPUTS tORO:
0 HAE000032011 13.06.01 Otir check Diirnbrock •m " • uro '""' roup Bridge Manoeuvring Sys !em
~••-v~.~~ ••~vi~sio~n~~~do~le~~no~m-o~n~o~rm~~~~--~,.~,_T-fro=m~:2~71~.15~17.18~5.~ST~R~su~b,~l.'-lo=r:~26~.0~3.~98~--+=,e7t~by~. ---------1
shoal 75
BMS 40M 1271.127 681.STR r2T lolol
J II. DIN 6771/Toil 5 I I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I fi I I
,·~---..,
1..-------..4
CAD ...-------------------------
i -------------------------- ---------------------------
6
.I r-
_A~2~10~,------------MANUAL
PRESELECT
CONTROL PANEL
AUX. BLOWER t
RUN STOP PRESELECT
AUX. BLOWER 2
RUN STOP SPARE
SPARE
SPARE SPARE
•
- -
14
.fl .? 14 , , X2 112
E--- ~-
E---r-----
13 -St.
E---
-55
f-
11
E---
-510
~
11
E--- ~ - - - - - - -
" - 51< f"' -515 11
-X2 18 -X1 o u -X2 19 17 -X1 47 46 -X2 31 -X1 50 -X2 21 33 38 37 23 27 41 40

6
h 6
L~~~L!_____ ECR_ CO~SOL_E_ ____ - - - - --- r--- _____________________..... ______ _
FNoco <-t ...,_ -{. "1 <Q
-~- ----------- -·-- LT 121 .J
_--'_;;..;.._~
BNI 411 10x2xD ,75
r------------ -------- r·-

LOCAL CONTROL BOX
-·-·- -- ---
-~J . 12 10
------- --- 18
r---
16
--------------------
24
-----·--
n
-:~~: •--=-= -
-57 33 13
r - -
510
~'~ L~ 2
58
•--~ 13
___
-512
~'~ t~'
L~ 2
66
E--
515 21 c
~--~---r-X--;----+--r----+_~XI.i~60~-+---;----T---~---r--~--T---~~~~r---+---;-------X-,--~---+-------_vX(~26~8~
4 2 6
X2 59
t:*- 57 l 3 -t:X94 10
X2
~ 61
63
l - 5 f,X4 12
-X2
:-* 65
67
11
-XJ 5 6 7
~
7 8
)----<
8 11
)----<
11 12 9 25 25
H
13
>-----<
13 14
)----<
14 17
~
17 16 15 26 26
H
~19 ~20 dl-. 23 24 21 27
o--o
27
8NI Ill
FNGCG ...,_ ....
4x2x0 , 75
0 NGCG ~
<"'j 0
BNI 110
1Dx1,5
.
~
z
BNI 111
NGCG
10x1, 5
i5
2
0
c
;;
l;
.
u
u
0
I"T1o--4---;- ;;- ;;-·1 :- 1e- fj-9·----- n·- 2j- 20 i1"1 ; ;a·- 19 _____ r:z·- z j - iO il"l
0c
I_ ___ --r------.1·1
• JB ~ • •
I I . E
c . I
~ ;:{;;--7-- j----~! i I
.
.
I
1.~---- _____ j! i
..
~0.
>
I
.
I j
.
I
~
.0
0
I
'1
_____________________
-E 21
AUX . BLOWER 1
•
_,1
,
-E22
j_______ ~'f.:_~L0~~-2______ _j
F
rev . 1ision
l_!t DIN .,, 5
,--, ~~,
( ') ("~\
)
r. "~ j (
'
.t
1 I I i I 4 _l_ 5 --- J
: --~---"'-----=-------'---\ - --') ~-___:!
6
CAD
t-----
MTbus CONTROLER MANUAl CONTROL PANEL A

AHEAD ASTERN -A2101
110.7 OV IL-
,,
- -X3 23
\
25 24
' -H17 '2fl
0
~U1 -
L-~:----+----~--1 /10.7 ~
-X2 10 28 29 30
126.7 ~
-1X6 28 30 29
/10,6~
•
-
I~ I~
L--r------------f-------------
~~F~MG~C~G~------~~-----*~------~~-----------------it.
~24x2x0,75 I~ I~
r·-TI 23---- 24·----- i;------------:~ris-·----9------1

• 14 c
I. /9.5~ 25.7~ ~1 •j
.
I
I
24 I -K25
L2-
--I
~
21 A2 I
i
=
'
/2 6
I___ r----- -------------------------------- . PCS CAB I NET -X2 25 ,

...J
r-
~\IF~MG~C;G~------~~~-----~~--------------------------------------------~~~
~19x2x0,75
D
.---------------------------------------r--------
1r- 15 ~-----~----·:fla-·-·mN-cTioN"B'ox·----..,... ~-~
D
~
z i j__ ---- ------ '-------------------------- __j
•
- ~; ~4x2x0,75
~~F~MG~CG~~--~~--~~----~--------~------------------------------------~
I :<~>
~
§ 'Ir·- 15-----r.::------
18 20 ""'
17 "I rx2 05_1__~~5~s--~-~~u~_22
0
' E11 >-- • -E25
'-- t----- -- . ...J ·~. ._f L..:t
~
0
c
E
fl0s5~o--t-fl--~554______
c
.2
u~
Lj- 't --=L"-<T
19 _
5
~ LOCAL CTRL _BOX
">
~
-X1 17 OV /L- 19 _
- : ZS 5022W ZS 5023W
AHEAO ASTERN
6
"
0
LOCAL MANOEUVRE MAX 1 A L

F ~----~EVE~------------ENG_INE_ Roq~---------------------- F
l--t-----------t----t---+d~o-:=te::-t;;2-:'4_:::o1:;;:.o:-:-1____--t Aker MTW STN ATLAS Morine Eleclronlcs BrUckenfernsleuerung

'--+7,7;=:;-;;-:;-:;;;-;-;--l-o7:;;-:;-;;-;f;;-;;:-fd:i:e=:sl:tg_ fnK~ow:':o21k'::i;------j Nb 010 f f Member of the EuroHarine Group B 'd - - S I WRONG WAY ALARM 4
~:;;;.oARN.,._
u0 ,...._----t
~'c~~M~AE:_!!0_!!!00:!,!!0C:!_32!_!0!1_14L_~2~6.0~3.:!!_.0!_j1~Dil~'r--fc~h~ec~kp:D~iir:!)_nb!!!:r_!!!OC~k----r.::::.::~..-;;:;-;;..-c;ri)r.;:;::;;-;;;;;:-c;T.;'iiiii----f;;;;t'h;:-----------i rl Qe I~11 0 nO eUVrl nQ YS em
J
rev, revision
IL DIN 6771/Teil 5 1
dole nome norm
2
res. from: 271.151 185.STR
I 3
subs!. for: 26.0).98
I
rept by:
I
BMS 40M 1271.127 681.STR sheet 27
total
I
r---(--, :-.-----.,-----~----..-,--------,3; ..---, ---~~----4----...-,----5----( ' - - - 6 - - - - . . - , - - - - 1 - - - - - . , - - - -- --.-----,
Ac"ko >-( i __ ·" !__!.__ __:___ _ I_ .J...__ _..:___ _ --o
). ~- -- '!
-
A
X27 X28
EPROM OFFSET
X29
MOOULE ADDRESS • \6
X15 JUHPER S
riUHPERTil JUHPER 8 8 1/2 X PAGING JUHPER 8 8
I 112 I I PROGRAM
112
X
RUN 1---t-l•l-l
-I- OFFSET 11DDDD WRITE
ENABLED 11 2 X
DOWNLOAD 213 X 213 OFFSET I D PROTECTED 213 X
51
~ NODULE ADDRESS
Hl 114 HS
Ill• 0 0 0 ...~··.. ITil X15 ~ l:l 0 ~

..
D
-UA PROGRAM
•ll 0
=~~ ~~ ~~ LJ @)
X1D1 0 0 0
1-
,~. • o • •JI @) -UE BMS 40M @)
0191
.... 51 +UE T1 ~
04
1<---
02 "
0
X28
_"""',..., ....
• •
lm:J ••
......
c~-UE=======~:~:
M
0
/
0192
.. GG .••.
0193
~
X9
+UE
T2 GNO
83 1
014
r 016
"'
0
~
"'
0
015
~
X1D
-
RELAY DISABLE TERMINATION BUS A TERMINATION BUS B PICK UP OV ON X3: \5

X26 X11 X12 X19 X20 X21
JUHPER I M ON OFF ON OFF JUHPER 8 INT. EXT. SOLDERED (PERMANENT WIRED I
1- JUHPER 0 0 K\ AND K7 CONNECTED
112 X FROH WATCHDOG IS 0
JUHPER M 0
112 X NPN JUHPER M
0
0
213 FROH DC 24 VSUPPLY 112 X 112 X 213 PNP 112 X

3/4 X 3/4 X
F
dal• Dl.Dl.DI
d•sign Kowalk
Aker MTW STH ATLAS &Iarine Electronics BrUckenfernsteuerung DZM402
,AN04
Nb 010 ff IIIIN>tr of tho Euro&101lno Group I oOROl
A HAEOOOOl2014 26.0101 Dar <heck Dornbrach
rn. revision dal• name norm res. from'
I
lsubst. for'
I
repl. by: -A2020
I 271.127 681.NA W ~
1 2 l 4 I 5 6 I 1 I_ 8
--
I I I
.---.;' •_________1~------~~------~~------~l--: I I
J
ACAO
-
- f-
;:==: ~ --v-- ~ ~ --v-- --v-- --v--

.. @ liS H6
.::. 00 0 @ :••:
....
...~ .~ X90
o o X10
~
Fl
••
f-
- - '----- -- '------ - ....
••
ii[JDDDDDDD
••
It
01 0)
• 'I
'--:::':
U11 I
DE 1 1 3 I S 6 7 8 9 10 11 17 1l 11 15 16
HtiCD 0 CD CD CD CD <D 01 H21CD
oooooouo
CD CD CD CD CD Q) 01
oooooooo
@ STATUS INDICATION
l£0 ON SENSOR IS CLOSED
f-
SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE BREAKAGE MONITORING

X11 X12 X13 X14
tEtE tEtE tEtE tEtE rn B3 tE

r----"'TX-.:2..,0 X21 X22 X23 X24 X25 X26 X27 X28 X29 X30 X31
~JU~~ER l ~
JUMPER M JUMPER X JUMPER X JUMPER X
1/2 X 112 X 112 X 112 X
INTERNAL
{ 3/4 X 3/4 X 3H X 3/4 X OA 1 2 3 4 S 6 1 8 9 10 11 11
EXTERNAL 1/l 113 2/l 2/l
DE 1- 4 DE S- 8 DE 9- 12 DE 13 -16
f- -
r
d•l• 01.01.01
I dt\iqn Ko1Hih Aker MTW STH ATLAS lhrlne Electronic• BrUckenfernsteuerung IOH401
·ORO)
Nb 010 ff Uombtf ol tho EutaUwlno Croup
..!
I
rni\ion d•l• n1mr
<ht<k
norm
Oornbr,uh
ru. tro111: ~~~sub~ll~
. l~or:~------~lf~pll~
Bridge H=>nn""Vring System
. b~Y'----.-----~~----
s
-A1011 I 271.127 681.N
-----:b---l--.,--,--..1.-7::-----=::...;_;_:.:.::,.l;_:,_~
- I 1 I 1 I I
(
\
\
i(
_,~- -, -~-,_1
\ ~ w__./" \
'--~'I'. -,- '; I, }•
l l 4 5 6 1
' --.')
ACAD
1-
-=>
:z: 8
~
0:
,_
C)
z Vl
I-I I C)
:>:: ......
-'
1-
..._. =>
Vl C>
C>
~ :>::
=
,--
.. HS H6
..
......
,---
@ 00 1 @ ......
E 1E @
E 01
cg;F,
02 03
n~
r r ......
STATUS INDICATION X10 II" •
l-
I~IX9
.... .---r-
~
n I I
OS
I
06
LED ON
I rI RELA YENERGIZED I
us I E U6 I ~
1-
Cl~
~
~
z
r U1 I u2
sTATUS INDICATioN
Ik u3 If u4 I~~ lCD 0 m© m®CD ®IDA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
.--------. X15 .----

f~
c
Xtt
,rn
LED ON SENSOR IS CLOSED
X12
,rn
X13
,rn·
X14
,rn
3m
2
,
0
0
2° 2° 20 20 Kl Kl K3 K4 KS K6 K7 K8
H~
Jo Jo Jo )o
40 40 40. 40 1-
DE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DE 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 @ @
>
~
m~wmmm®ro~ m~wmmm®ro~ L____j L___j L___j L___j I___) I___) L__
~
X1 I<Sl (S) (S) (S) <S'> <S'> (S) (S)I X31(S) (S) <S'J (S) (S) CSl (S) (S)I X s I<S'J <S'J (S) (S) CSl CSl (S) (S)I X 71(S) <S'J <S'J (S) (S) (S) (S) (S)I
§<S'J CSl (S) (S) (S) ~ <S'J <S'J~<S'J <S'J <S'J <S'J <S'J <S'J <S'J <SJj x6 j<SJ <S> <S> <S'J <S'J <SJ <SJ CSlj xaj(S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) <SJ <SJ
1- 1-
SENSOR SUPPLY
RELAY DISABLE
X11 X12 X13 X14 X15
JUHP£R ~ .-IJU-HP-,ERlr->R:-11 I JUMPER I gI JUHPERI 8I JUHPERfl
~ ~
112 X 112
IHTERHAL { ~ WAHHOOG
~ ~
3/4 X 3/4 213 0( lW SUPPLY
EXTERNAL 213 213 213 ~
\-- DEl- DE4 DE5- 0[8 0[9-0[12 DEll- DE16 1-
I
l
dalr 01.02.01
1 I
-1 Aker MTW STH ATLAS Marine Elecl!onics I oANOI
I I I I dr~iqn I Kovalh
Nb 010 rr llon-l>tr of lht £urololt1klt Group
Bruckenfernsteuerung REH~Ol
_j oOROl . . • I
RrirlnP M:mnPnvrinn ~vdpm A 1n11 1 ?711?7 ~R1 tJ AW
l
I l J I 4 s I 6 I 1 I )
ACAD
-
A A
-
:z'
"
"'
0
~
,_
~
C> ~
t:: ~
:z V'l
- C>
:E
~
--'
1-
~ ~
Vl 0
~ C>
u.. :>:
........
..-'--'- .- ....
B @HS H6
~ If f ........ B
..........
00 02 03
I @ 01
I @
0F1
..........
......
STATUS INDICATION X10
1- LED ON (RELAY ENERGIZED I
... 1-
Qx9
f 04
I ~ OS lr
I
06
I r us
I r U6
I ~
~
(
z
~
f
r X11
Ul
I
U2
STATUS INDICATION
lk
X12 X13
U3
lr U4
X14
_ ~
DA 1 2
I<D <V Q) <f>
) 4 s
<$>
6 7
® d5 ®I
8
,.----
X15
)rn
,.----
('
,il
2
,m ,m ,m
0
~
1 0
c 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0
c
) 0
K1 K2 K) K4 KS K6 K7 K8
- .2 4 0 4
) 0
0 4
) 0
0
)
4
0
0 I
0
:.. DE 1 2 ) 4 s 6 7 8 DE 9 10 11 12 13 14 IS 16 @ @
~
H1 IC15 Q) Q) © ~ ® G) ®I H2 1(1) Q) 05 (f) ~ ® Q) ®I '---- '---- - '---- '---- '---- '---- '----
n
0 I
0 Xl I<Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sll X31<S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S)I XSICS) <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <S)I X71(S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S)I 0
X2 (S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)<S) X 4 <S) (S} (S} <S) <S) <S) <S) <S)j X6 <S)<S)<S)<S)<S)<S)<S)(S) X8 j<S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) (S}l
1--
'-- i-
SENSOR SUPPLY
R[LAY OISAGLE
X11 X12 X13 X14 X15
(
JUHP(R M IUNP£R M JUHP£R 8 JUHP£R 8 JUHP£R 8
112 X 112 X 112 X 112 X
~
X WATCIIOOG
IHI(RHAL {
)/4 X )/4 X )/4 X )/4 X 21) OC 24 VSUPPLY I
1- -
(Xl(RHAL 2/) 2/) 21) 21)
- 0(1- 0(4 O£S • 0£8 0(! -0(11 om. 0£16 ~·
f f
l d>1r 02 02.01
llker HTW I ' AH04
- l drStqn Kov>1k
10 ((
STH ATLAS Marine Electronlca
llttrbo< ol lho Ewollwl-lo Croup
BrUckenfernsteuerung fl[M401
l . .OROJ
- . .. ···-
l
•hie 1\,,..
<hrck
--
nnr m
DornbrJ<k
rt\ fro•n l•ub1l. lor. ,,~ 1 by
Bridge Mi 'ring System -AZOH
I 271.127 681.N ~1
-
/--. ...
(' ./
:( /
' __ ,f
: i -~1
\
I I 2 I J . T ~ I 5 6. T 1 T
')
, ___ . )·
ACAD
1-
A A
\.!) 0
~ ~
cr ~
0 ~
~ ~
:z Vl
"-- 0
:>:: ~
_, r--
...... ::::>
V> 0
::::> 0
u... :>::
;;=;
........ @H5
;:=
......
r Ir r ......
B 8
I I
H6
00 02 03 @ 01 @
........ ......
>-- ..
....
0f1 STATUS INDICA liON
LED ON I RELAY ENERGIZED I
XIO
..
.... "--
~ X9
t 04
I t 05
ItI 06
It us
It U6
I= ~
I
t lr ~
~
8 U1 U2 lk U3 U4 DA 1 2 3 5 6
0;====
1 B
(
!
0
I STATUS INDICATION
LEO ON SENSOR IS CLOSED
.---- .---- ;=
H3 lCD 0 Q)= @ ® (1) ®I
=- .----- X15
.---- (
~ X11 X12 X13 X14 2 D

3rn
~
1 D
c 2 D 2 D 2 0 2 0
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 Kl KB
c
31m J0
1m 31m J1m
"-- 0 0
4 0 4 0 ~
0
0 ~
0
0 r--
DE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DE 9 10 11 12 1J 14 15 16 @ @
®I
~
~
H1 lCD cv CD © <2) @ <D ®I H2 11 <V CD © <2) @ (j) L..__ L..__ - L__ ' - ' - '-
.0
C>
0 XI I<Sl (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) !Sll X31(S) <S) (S) (S) (S) <S) (S) (S)I XSI<S) <S) (S) <Sl (S) <Sl (S) (S)I X71(S) (S) (S) <Sl <Sl <Sl (S) (S)I 0
X2 (S)(S)(S)<S)<S)(S)(S)(S) X4 ~ (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) <S)I X6 I& (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) <S) <Sl XB f<Sl (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S)l !
1-
1-
"--
SENSOR SUPPLY
RELAY DISABLE
X11 X12 X13 X14 X15
[
JUJ1P£R "l JUHP[R ~ JUHP£R ~ JUMPER ~ JUMPER 8 E
112 ,~ 1/2 X 1/2 X 112 X 112 X WAH1100G

INTERNAL {
]/4 X J/4 X J/4 2/)
~ X X OC24V SUPPLY
EXTERNAL 213 l/3 2/J 213
c-
on- on DES- 0£8 OE9- 0£12 DEll- 0£16 "--
I
f
T T I
dalr
I drsiqn_,_
01.02.01
Kowalk I
Aker MTW
Nb 010 ff
STH ATLAS Marine Electronic~
lolotrlltr of lht EuroUwlno GrO<Jp
I Bruckenfernsteuerung I R£M401 I
I
'ANOI
.oJioJ
T I I I check I
Oornbrach
BridQe HanoeuvrinQ System I -11?014 I 771177 681.NA W . ~I
r - - - r l{ '--------~~------~~------~~------~~-( I ) -----,
ACAD I
f--
r.
::<®
::
D,. ,. - ,. ,. - <® ::
~ 0
~
::
H
.••.
o o X9 X 10 o o
• 0 0 0
..
0 0
- 0 0
/ ••
0 • 1 0 0
•• i ••
'--'==- 04 '==
f
~
c
f.- 1-
~
~
HRMINA liON BUS 0

X12
TERHINA TION BUS C INT£RFAC£
EXTENSION OH Off
X11
H ~
xa
X7 JUHP[R
JUHP[R M
OH OFF
JUHP[R H
JUHP[R H ~ 112 X
1--"-'--11--"--t--1 } RS 485 112 X RS 4IS
- 112 X FIRS! 4/S X
-
)/4
- SECOND 112 X 2/J RS 411
)/4 X 21)
- - t---tl-1 } RS 411
S/6
I 01.01.01
Aker MTW srH ATLAS Warlne Eleclronlt• Bruckenfernsteuerung S£M401
·ORO!
ruition d.lft n.1ru

<htck
norm
OOrnbr.lc~
rn troll:
Nb 010 ff
IUb!t.lor'
~~~------~~~~--~----~--s------
llombt< ol tho [..,ollwlno Croup
rtP"I. ~ Bridge Manoeuvring System -A7015
-----~6--~--~,------~7------~,--~~
I 271.127 681.Nt
I ----~-------L------~------L---------~------1
,, >"'---..
( l
< __ ) ~ '
l
I
l ) '
- _ ..J. \ I \
1 2 l 3 l I l 5 y-~
' 6 I 1 I '-"-, ./)
ACAO
-
A A
1-
'•..
= .
......
....
..
1-
........
1-
...z
K1 K2 K3
( <;: ....
....
0 H2lCD <D <D (0 G)® CD ®l
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
f Nl
f
@D
U2
"
c
xs
1-
c HEASUniNG 1 [001 2/ffi\
0 1-
POINTS 31£.214~
~
"
0
~
3:
X
~
X
~
X
~
X
~
X
~
X
3:X
<X>
3::
X
3
Lf_ _u__ - - l I
2
3
,rn 2,rn ,rn
0
0 3
0
0
2
3
0
0 'ill
2
3
0
0
~ 1!1 ~ 1!1 ~ 1!1
3l2J,,_.....:.3-'=l2J"---"-'3l2J=o,___ _ __ 'ill
2
3
0
0
DE
H1
1 2
leD
3 4 5
<D <D
o o a
(0 G)
u o o a a
6
® CD ®l
1 8
0
1-
OEFAULI NEW
INPUTS OUTPUT RESISTOR VALUE VALUE
R46 33k k
[
XW1 XW2 XW3 XW4 xws XW6 XW7 XWB R41 220k fl }MIUM
POSITION
s
~~~~~~
JUHPER JUHPER 8 fl50 680k I k
R59 220k R
~.
20m II 112 1/2
} ACTUATOR
2/3 213 [160 220k R
• 10V
- OIAIUl[L 1 2 3 4 s 6 1 (64 - - 1-
1
d•l• 07.01.0 I Aker MTW ISTH ATLAS lhrlne Electronic•
BrUckenfernsteuerung RH 401
T -, -, ., dr~ign r Kow•lk I Nb 010 f f Utni>tr ol lho Eurollwklo Group r oOROJ
I T__:r____::r~~~~hJ_~~~~~·.h~-~~---·------..-.,-:._,-:,-__-----+1,-.,.,1. .,,....,.,-------j Bridge Manoeuvring System -A2026 r 271.127 681.NAW ~
( I I l I s I : 6 I 1 I '\
l I
r
ACAD
f--
EPROM OFFSET A
A
X29
o.!)
:z
iX
MODULE ADDRESS • 16
X15
X27
"'
"'
.
0
0
5!
X25
"'
"' "'
"'
X28
.0
C>
5!
JUHP[R 8_
~
>
"'
'-' z
C>
~
IJUHP[RI 8 ~ g ~ i :»
g
112
-I-
X PAGING
OFFSET I 10000
f-
o.!)
C>
C>
0
o.!)
:z
iX
:>::
~
'-'
I 112 I PROGRAH
JUHPER l j_ 118~ RAH/
JUHP[R 8 WRIT[
JUHP[R 1 1 2/3 Off S[I I 0
~ 112 X 1/2 1/2 X
~
C>
m
~
S1 RUN 51 1 ~ RAH ENABLED
4 zC> ~ llkRAN 2/3 X PRO THHO 2/ 3 X
:3: ;;;:>:: NODUlE ADDRESS DOWNlOAD 2/3 X
B
e H3 H4 HS
X27
.... @
co
.. 000@:B~~
r. ~~~
-UA
;! ~ ~ PR OGRAM X29
......
r:;=;
D @
rn1
J!r
X .... • • o 2 PCS
.-N ...fll. '\ 0 I t- rn 2
3 1-
f-
........ X15 Sl
-UE
T4 GND
~-- : l
0 3 1
....
..,..,....
+UE 02 f iTTINGAT OPllON HlEGRAPH ORDER PRIH1[R
><~
X9 X10
..
d
+UA ,._ "'0
....
"'0 ROH OJ
(
;1..
~
0
.... - UA
0
OJ
.... ClOCK UHII • OS1116£ (
r - UE tf
[J
I( • SOCK(!
~
~ -===- +UE
T1 I'.
lJ
]
t. L:J
>---
1-
• UR \ ....01 7 1 t-0 \ B \ ....0 \ 0 \ ....029
G p U4 04
t "
" " ~
[1~
>< N ~..
D
0 N - o o ,..,
G
~ .....,
G ®o
S2
e
@ ICJ?@ CD @I
H1
~ 016
t 0\\
t 0\ 5 I@ 0
- B
~"'
>(
f""\Nr-
N
1.0
·,
X2
~ <S> <S> <S> <SHSJ <S> <SHSl <SHSl <S> ~
(S) (S) (S) (S) <S)(S) (S) (S) <SHS) (S) (S) (S)j
IRESET I 0
X19~~~~~
.......
tJ ..,
U6
l:_f
I 0 \4
00
t
It
05
06
18
I
-
E
E
TEnMINA TION BUS A TERHINA TION BUS B TR ANSHI TTER

RELAY DISABLE
X11 X12 X19
X26 OH Off ON Off EXT. ov o14V
1- JUHPER
112 X fROH WATOIOOG
IUHPER
112
M
X
u
0
JUHP[R
112
K
u
0
X
IUHP[R
1/3
T JUHP£R
3/4
T IUHP[R
)/5
rr X
-
-- - -)/4- - - -)/4
-- r-- -1/4
--
2/l fROH 0( 1W SUPPlY X X S/6 4/6 X
f
. f
I d~l• 01.01.01
Aker MTW STH ATLAS lhrlne Eleclronlca ZSM401
•AH04
dr\il)n Kov~lh BrUckenfernsteuerung _l I .ORO!
Cht<k Ocirnbr~d, Nb 010 rr llombH ol tho EutoUwkolo Group
,_,hul 8
" rni\ ion d~l• R,J I'IIt nor111 rn. fro111. ••b•l. lor' rtpl. bf'
s
Bridge H;mnPuvring System -A10JO
I 27t 127 681.N · · · lllohl
I l I I 4 6 I 1 I
( I /'
---) { ,. I
( /-----.....,_
i----1~----~---~,----J _.l lr-~··
J
I I ~
l
5 I 6 7
~-
i)
ACAD
1-
I- -
0 0 0 0
v
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0
0 0 t 0 0
c-==. 04 c.-===.
I-
c
g ,_
"
0
~
j TERHINA TION BUS 0

X12
TERHINA TION BUS C INTERFACE
EXTENSION X11 ON OFF
0 xa
X7 ON OFF
JUMPER 8 0
JUHPER 18
JUHPER 8 JUHP[R 8
0 112 X
112 X RSm
X FIRST
0 } RS 485
I- 112 4/5 X 1-
112 X 213 Rsm
)/4 moHo 2-Q_
l/4 X - 1- } RS412
5/6
I- -
,__T-J--_ _ _ _ _T_I---1--1 /''' l ~~ ~k

1---1-------1---+--~"::J'q!::.n 1-~c".!ow~'"'----1
01 1
flker MTW
Nb 010 ff
STH ATLAS lhrlne Eleclronlca
Uembtr ollht EuroUarkio Group
BrOckenfernsteuerung SEH402 I '~~~~
'
--=-l----..-.. -...---1-'-.-.,"- ;;;; ~:~-j- ?_r_n_~~-·~k- -,.-,_.,...1"-'"-.·-·----::-_-::-_~1 ,-:,~,~;,1-:.~1-,'C:.,,-=._-=._-::-_-=._-=._-=._-=._-=._-=._t,:-:•Irttc..::.~;_1 ,,-=._-=._-=._-=._~-=._-=._-=._-=._-::-_-='L__B_r_id_g_e_M_a_n~oe_u_v_ri_ng_S_y_s_t_em_
0
__L._ _,..-A_2_oJ_l__ jj__ _ =-:.271.17.7 681. NAW ~
·r 1 1 H
l I I I I )
ACAD EPROM OFFSET
t--
X10 X11
JUHP[R 8
111 X PAGING
-1- OffS£T I 10000

JUHP£R j_ j_
113
rH:aW~
OFFS£11 0
MODULE AOORESS • 16
X6
112 x
PROT((T£0 113 X
S2
~
Q] HOOUl£ ADDRESS
H) H~ H5
000 0\.
1 1
.,. olo •UE o o 0000
® [;1~-,;m:; ~ 0 0 ~ EB I ]~®
lcr--~ X6 S2 ; X.1oill' o6 1~ ,-----.,.----,
~ ·~..
0
10
0 0
0 0
0 0 - UE : 1 .:•., l .-.
0
PRIH1£R
lt- X13
f " 'OF" '" 'Pf, 02
0GJo· , X13 o,rn JIJHP[R M M

PROGRAH
rn <!~GJ
) 0
111 X RUN
oQ ~•
113 X 00\INt.OAO
PRINTER TYPE
S3
J~, I<S> <SHSHS> <S> <S> <S)(SJ <S)(S> <S> <S> <S>I lS X) II
1 OKI 180
OKI S90
1 SEIKOSHA SPL 400 ~ rHJ X] I .............)' 0
·~ # <S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S>j Lo~n~·=·=··=·=·=·= · ~~
· ·=·=·=·:::::
TERMINATION BUS
X12
ON OFF
JIJHP£R 1 ~
111 X
A
Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M

- r-------, r-------, r-------,
AUTO BRIDGE START AIR: 27.2 BAR
IL ALARM
______ .JI IL ______
FIRE .JI IL FAULT
______ .JI
NO EVENTS I
•No ALARMS I
ODR: 91.3 SET: 79.2 ACT: 79.6 PALARM
LIST
[[!]]~
-
BRIDGE
CTRL EJl E:J] ~ ~ E:J] r=J] 'l::~·
p
MAINTE·
NANCE ~.~" IL '"" II
CONTR.
uuuuu EJ 0
...
,:~~=-
g
~ EJ
0
1~
r=J U EJ EJl G:l G

c
~ ·~::.·
c
7 STU -
.
G
- 0
CANCEL SEA
..
0
a. LIMIT MODE
BACK SIDE ADDRESS:4

- 1-
dale 02.02.01 Aker MTW I

design STN ATLAS ll1rlne Electronics BrUckenfernsteuerung BA T411.0 I ECR Panel
Kovalk I •ORO]
A HAE000032014 26.03.01 Dar (he(k Dornbrack Nb 010 ff Utmbor of tho EuroU11ilt Group
sheet 11
rev. revision
'------~---_L
date name norm ros. from' subst. for: repl. br
Bridge Manoeuvring System -A2301 I 271.127 681.NA W I n total
I _ _ ___:.l _ _ __lc____ ___:l:.___ _ _. l . __ _ __:4_ ·----· I. ~ · I 6 I I
6 )
' I 1 I J I 4 s I 1 I
ACAO
1-
n
A A
:~~tronlcs Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M

1-- ,------, ,------, ,------, I
f-
IL ALARM
______ .JI
I
I
L FIRE .JI
______ ____ __ .JI
lL FAULT
NO EVENTS I
• No ALARMS I
~~
B ORO: 91.3 SET: 79.2 ACT: 79.6
P"
ALARM B
LIST
~ ~ E:j E:j ~ ~ B
p p
- BRIDGE STATUS MAINTE· DIMMER/ 1-
CTRL . LIST NANCE CONTR.
u
~
;1.
I
~ EJ B 0~
~
B
) 1 ABC 3 GHI 4 JKL 5 MHO II POR
( 0 (
SLOW VIT SLOWD. SLOWD. SLOWD.
f
~
TURNING LOW NOx ACTIVE OVERR. RE SET
l
g
rEJ ~
c
vwx
0 G G
1-- 7 BTU 8 0 •pace +I·
-
0
CANCEL SEA STAND SHUTD. SHU TO. SHUTD.
a LIMIT MODE BY ACTIVE OVERR. RESET
~
0
0 0
I
BACK SIDE ADDRESS:S
1--
- 1--
POWER RS 485 R5 485 RELAY fiRE

I SUPPLY I SEG. H I SEG. R I I ALARH I -X2 -X3 -X4
PANEL ADDRESS TERH. TERH.
-X1
[
DD GIJ r~ 2 314151611 s1+ol11112 nT,411s}6T1118}9}oT21T2~l~2l em ·o· f9
Ill I 0~ ~ 0~ ~ 0~~~0 ~ 0~ ~~ON
0 O I I I I "T OFF
[
POWER RELAY FIRE

SUPPLY t 0 It I t ~ I t D I + ~ I • :0 Z
N<:X:D::OC":0:0Cl:O:OCl::0::0Cin
It Z + 0 t 0
ON<N<o)l-
X r
ALARH ~ ~ !::; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ SEG. M SEG. R
O.SAIF O.SA/F ~
< \ - -' t -zi o' - i'- i o
)1- '
V z N
' -' c o
z -'t -'1 o
z ~
< ~
< ::0~
z-o O.SA/F
0 V\ 0 0
n iii n n
- 1--
•
f
f
t d>lo 01.01.01
MTW
~
ALar STH ATLAS Marine Eleclronlca OA 14 10.[ I Orid9e Panel ' ANOI
I I I dfliqn I l B ruck e nf arn ~ • eu eru n g
- I .. T T chtck I
Kowolk
I rr llontor of 1ho Eurolhrlno Croup iiiu
- Oorn~rack 1
Bridge Har ing System
~~- 1 .... - . ............ rjll n/ hv· -Amz I 271.127 681.NA __._-~
\
f ~-~~ \ _.;,
2 I I 4 I s '-(' } 6 I 1 I
~~·f..
ACAD
A A
DIP SWITCH 1
OFF ON Scholler / Sill TCH (ff 00
1- 1-
1 -.=J 1- 1
2 -.=J 1- 2
INT£RNAUOOAL
CHARACT£R
SEE TABLE 2
B
TABLE 2 INTERN AUONAL CHARACTER 3 -.=J 1- J
B
f-
SIIITCH
U.S.A
FRANCE
1- 1
(fr
Off
1- 2
(ff
(ff
1- J
(ff
ON
4 c. 1- 4 EMULA TIOO I.IOOE
CHARACT£R SH
EPSOO
SET 1
IBM
SET 2
G:Rt.IANY
EN llANO
(ff
(ff
00
ON
(ff
00
5 -.=J 1- 5 (IN IBM MODE)
CHARACT£R TABLE ITALIC CRAPHIC
i-
c.
(IN EPSON I.IODE)
DENMARK 00 <rr (ff
Sill:DEN 00 (ff 00 6 1- 6 PACE lENGlH 11' 12'
~ ITALY 00 (1f
c.
i5 00 ...
( LF cooE smcnoo lF = LF ONLY lF=lf+CR (
~
c
0
SPAIN 00 00 00 7 1- 7 (IN tOM MODE)
OC~CJ COOE SELECTIOO VALID INVAliD
i 8 -.=J 1- 8
IN EPSON MODE)
CR COO[ SElECTION CR = CR ONLY CR=CR+LF
(IN IBM t.IODE)
c . -~
I- CR COO[ SHECTION AUTO rEED CR = CR +lf I- ·:~
(IN EPSON t.IODE)

I~
TABLE J SERIAL TRANSFER RA T£S DIP SWITCH 2
'-
c.
S\\HCH 2- 1 2- 2
n
0
9600 BPS 00 00 1 2- 1
0 4800 BPS (ff ON SERIAL 1/F
SEE TABLE J 0
TRANSFER RATES
24DD BPS
JOO BPS
00
(ff
(ff
(ff 2 .:=J 2 _. 2
I-
3 -.=J 2- J SERIAl PROTOCOl READY/BUSY X-00/X-(ff
i
I-'-
4 .:=J 2- 4 PARITY OIT USED NO PARITY \liTH PARITY
[
5 -.=J 2- 5 PARITY BIT t.IODE ODD PARITY EVEN PARITY
6 -.=J 2- 6 DATA LENG!H 8 BITS 7 BITS
f-
7 -.=J 2- 7 1/F t.IOOE PARAllEL SERIAL
f-
8 -.=J 2- 8 CSF uooc INVALID VAUD

I
t'
f F
d•l• 02.02.01
Aker MTW I
I design Kowalk STN ATLAS Uarlne Eleclronlc1 Bruckenfernsteuerung ORU2500 I Printer
Nb 010 ff I
r thrtk Dornbmk llonilt< ot tho Eurolhllno Group
'" -r rrvi\ion rl•l• n.1mr norm
--·
m.from: I •ub•t. for: rrpl. by:
I
-A2310 I ., 271.127 681.NAW
•heel ll
r I) lohl
' ~ I T 8
,...--.
--
T 2 T l I 4 I 5 : 6 1 I :
~' :
ACAO \ .; ~ ~' ).
1---
A A
X27 EPROM OFFSET
X28
c c
"' ~ X29 "'
<
0
MODULE ADDRESS • 16 "' :;! "'

~ :;!
- :z
c:J
X15
~
0
""
~
g JUMP£R 8
~
0
g: c
1!!;
-
> ~
~t::
._,:z
1JUMPER 1a1 JUMPER 1' T 1/2 X PAGING JUMPER K a
PROGRAM WRITE
c:J
o=
«>:>:: I 112 I I RUN 112 X -I- OFFSET 110000
ENABLED 112 X
0 ~~
0 DOWNLOAD 213 X 213 OFFSET I 0 PROTECTED 213 X
... """"'
3 !:::<X
._
Ou...S1
6
3:
o>-
::c
[2]
:z ..._.
~
NODULE ADDRESS 6
Hl H4 HS
....
'---- XIOI .....
r~; 0
• • ".]] ......
rr. 000
••
@)
...~ o ,, [[21
"W~~~
~., q,
S1
X15
-UE
+UE
T1
-UA
;![[;] E:_T®
~
>< •••
0~
J, 1<-
D
PROGRAM
ESS 40M
D2
J,
l:l@ . .... X28
.~-::
.--
.... I-
DtBt
...•...•
•• 018
I t
......••
LJ
~ / a "'
0
~
+UA
cI
z
a
(
.. ..
ID
0 0182
-UA
~
~ •• -UE ffiBB t
"" X29 ~~~
0"'
<>
0 ••
~t
OtBJ
w ~ T2 GNO ~
rn t
05
B80
0
c +UE 7
Ott
X9 XlO
~o ~"~ ol EJ
c
1- 1-
w +UA x21
[~~ f., "' ....f.,J.,J., •.J., ~ J

0
c. 014 016 015
w
w r
~
0
xu x12 ~ XlQ m Gsl/11 ffi ffi m ffi m"'miiM "' ffi m m mffi <il "'
~B
·o~.;.~· ~l·~~~~~
D D
m
-r-~ ~ X20
Kq @JJ
X26 U4 ;!.
~
-roo.
~,SIOI' @)D
0 0 0 @s2@)
m32
Para II I ~~ ~~ IRESETI
~B
D ~~®®~®~®®®®®®®®~
XI
~:. "~~~~~~~~tSJiSl~~~l
1-
PA
!~®®~~®®®®®®®® f---1
I [TI
II SI02
[®®®®(S)®®®®®®®~I
Node V
®®®®®~®®®®~®®®® II II
= X2 X4
E [
RELAY DISABLE TERMINATION BUS A TERMINA liON BUS B PICK UP OV ON X3: 15

X26 X11 X12 X19 X20 X21
JUMPER ~ ON OFF ON OFF JUHPER 8 INT. EXT. SOLDERED !PERMANENT WIRED)
u 0 K1 AND K7 CONNECTED
1- 112 X FROH WATCHDOG JUMPER
8 0
0
JUMPER ~ 0 112 X NPN JUMPER l 0
1-
FROM DC 24 V SUPPLY 112 X 112 X 213 PNP 112 X

213
3/4 X 3/4 X
F F
dale 02.02.01 Aker MTW 'AN04

STN ATLAS Yarlne Eleclronlcs Sicherheitssystem DZM402
design Kowalk
Nb 010 ff Ytfl'bor ol tho EuroM11Ino Group I .om
~I
A MACOOOOl2014 26.03.01 Dar !he<k Dornbrack Engine Safety System
rev. revision dale name norm res. from: subst. lor: " I. by: -A 1010 I 271.127 682.NA W
I 2 I l I 4 I s I 6 1 I s --
r---.-4' , _ _ _ _ _1...__ _ _...:..1_ _ _ __ll______:l:__:' I I I I 1 ----.
ACAO
1---
,.---- ..
.::. @00 0 N
0
@ ....::
..••• •
o o X10
-- ' - -
....
..
' - -
- -
04
If 03
U11 I
DE 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 q 10 11 12 1J 14 15 16
H11CD CD CD CD CD CD (J) ®I
uooooooo
H21CD CD CD CD CD CD (J) ®I
oouuuooo
c
STATUSINOICAIION
1- 0
~
@ LEO ON SENSOR IS CL OSEO
1-
1- 1-
X11 X12 X13 X14 ,__..;.X:.;2:.:;0 X21 X22 X23 X24 X25 X26 X27 X2B X29 X30 X31
INTERNAL
JUMPER
112
l
X
JUMPER
112
J
X
JUMPER
112
K
X
JUMPER
112
K
X :JU~~ER ~ [E[E[E[E[E[E[E[E~~~
{ l/4 X )/4 X DA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
-l/4
--
21)
X
-l/4
--
2/)
X
1---
213
EXTERNAL ..._2.;...;/l--L--J
DE 1-4 DE 5-8 DE 9-12 DE ll-16
I d•lt 01.01.01 /\k H T W ! -~--~'AN,Oic_ _ _ 1

- T.iToii ~k-- er STH ATLAS M•rlnt Electronic• Sicherheitssystem IOM402 oo
1-:--1----:----1-:7""-1--+~ch~te·!!..k+-.....!D~or!!!!nb!.!w~k-l--,-----
~ ,.,;.,on d•l• n•m• norm rn. ,,.,.,
Nb 010 ff
;I
.ub;I11}
.
E .1 ~ f0 •
r.;,,~:::::::jt..~oll.};b'~'':::~:::::::J.......,--:--"_9_n_e· " u_S_y_s_te_m___,___.,..·A_I_Ol_l__
llomb11 of lht Euroll11lno Group I
_:2:..;7_:,1:..;.1.::.2;_7_:6:...:8:.:2:.:.:.N..:.:..J
·OROJ
r
L . . _ _ I_
~ , 1 1 4 -, s b 1
----~-------L------~--------L---------~ -----
1
( )
2 I l 4 I s I 6 I l I
ACAD
1-
A '-"
:z 8
,_ A
iX ~
,_
0 ~
--'
z
0
~
Vl
~
:>:: --'
~ :::>
Vl 0
0
c- 1'2. :>:: 1-
.... @00
r== --.;r-
~ ~ ~~ r---v- ~ ~ ~ ~
....
rr==
• 0 0 @ • 0
B •• :g ..0
:::; g;: g;
0
"' •• B
E "'
....~0"
0 0 c c E c E • 0
•• 0 •
••
..
0 0 X10
0 •
•• - '----- '--- '---- '---- '----- '----- '----- '----

0 •
-
.••• ,• ••
r-
DLJDDDDDD
0 •
'==:::: f
04
I t 03
I 0
----=
'I
(
~
z
0
a t U9
It U10 11
STATUS INDICATION
U11 U12
I (
= LED ON I OUTPUT ACTIVE I o~
~ DE 1 2 4 5 6 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 DA 1 2 3 4 s 6 1 B 9 10 11 12 ~~
3
~
~ H11CD 0a CD G) ® C0 (J) ®I H21CD 0 CD G)® C0 (J) ®I ~ ~ CD 0 CD G) ® C0 (J) ®I H3 H4 CD 0 CD CDf~T~ ~
g u a o u o o u 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
,Jill:, '~'_,.1 ©Co'~
~ 21~1
c
1- a
~
@ STATUS INDICATION
0
2
'[:];]'
0 0 2 2
..,.., 2
0 0 0 0 2 2 0 00 2 1-
.
a ..-c-~ Ill 10
:;_ "00
r;p
NN NN NN NN
X1 X3 ><x ><>< ,_ ><>< ><>< . - N o 2
~
~ ~I<Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sll ~
..0 '"~
"'
=> => 5 ""5 "'
=>
o
£:: ~ s s s
0
I<Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <S)(S)(S)(SJI :! 5 '---- '--- '----~ ~- ~
01
N
>< 0
X2 >< >< X4 >< xs ~b
~~I (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S)I ~ ~I (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S)I ~ I(S) (S) (S) <S) (S) (S) <S) (S) I I(S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) <S) (S) I i.
1- 1-
X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X21 X22 X23 X24 X25 X26 X27 X28 X29 X30 X31
8 JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER 8 8
M
e3e3e3e3e3e3e3e3e3e3e3
JUMPER M !JUMPER
[
INTERNAL { ~
X 112 X 112 X 112 X I 112 [
J/4 X ]/4 X 3/4 X )/4 X DA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

EXTERNAL 2/3 2/3 213 2/3
DE 1-4 DE S-8 DE 9-12 DE 13-16
:-- 1-
F F
I
I
I d•'• I
I dPSiqn I Kovalk I
01.01.01 I Aker MTW
Nb 010 ff
STN ATLAS Uarlne
Utmbtf ol lho EutoUwklo Group
Elec!ronlc~ I Sicherheitssystem I IOM402 I
L
,AN04
.riM!
I I _I I chrck_L~':."~·~L
I I
Enoine Safety Svstem -A 1017 ?711?7 ,;R? Nll W .~
s I
ACAO
i ' I 2 I J I 4 I '
6 I 1
J
1----
8 A
A "'
;:;::;
~
0::
:=2 Vl
0 ~
:E ~
~ ::>
Vl Cl
- 2 0
:E f-
..
-;::=:-
•• HS H6
----v- ,......,.---- rv- ,--v- ,...,- ,--v- ----v- ,......,.---- ----v- ----v-
.• .•
;:::::::::
@oo 0 @ ••
8
..
••
•• ::; ~
0 N
N
E
..•• ..•• 8
.. ~~
~ OS "'
c E c E c
••
...• ...•
F1 X10
••
- ...• .•
•• - '---- '---- ' - - - '---- - ~
-
-
., .••,
DDDDDDDtJ t It I
04 OJ
== '=='
(
~
25
0 f
uq
It UIO IJ
5TA!US INDICATION
U11 U12
(
LEO ON I OUTPUT ACTIVE I o-

! DE 1 2 ) 4 5 6 7 8 q 10 11 12 1) 14 15 16 DA 1 2 ) 4 5 6 7 8 q 10 11 12 ~~
~~
HtiCD 00 CD CD <D CD CD ®I H21CD 00 CD CD <D CD CD ®I ~ ~ CD 0 CD CD <D CD CD ®I H3 H4 CD 0 CD CDr~ ~ ~
c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
~r"; lfuJ ' '[;];] '

H::~
c
@ 21~1 -
f- STATUS INDICATION 1[CJ1
0 0 2 2 2
~
L£0 ON SENSOR IS CLOSED 0 2oo2
.-N
2oo2
lt) co
0
.... co
0
.
0 M~
~ NN NN NN NN
XI X) >< >< >< >< ><>< ><><
0
~ ~I<S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S)I ~ ~

<0
g
~
5 5 5 5 "'5 g
0
I<S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S)I :!
'-'- '- .._.___)( - 0
x2 >< >< n >< xs ~6
~~i<S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) ~1 W~l~ (S) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~1 ~ 1~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~1 1~~~~~~~~1
f- ~
~~~~~~~~[g[g[g
[
JUMPER M JUMPER 8 JUMPER M JUMPER M jJUMPER M
INTERNAL {
112 X 112 X 112 X 112 X I 112 l
)/4 X J/4 X )/4 X J/4 X DA 1 2 ) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
EXTERNAL 2/J 2/J 2/J 2/J
DE 1-4 DE S-8 DE 9-12 DE 13-16
- . f-
F F
d•l• 02.02.01 I 'AN04
dniqn Kow•lh
Aker HTW STH ATLAS llarile Eltcltonica Sicherheitssystem IOH402
Nb 010 ff 11..-ber ol tho EuroUwtno Croup I oOROJ
chrch OOrnbr•<k
Engine c~r"~Y System
....!!. rnision
1
d•t• nJmt norm ru. front
I
lsubsl. for: rrpl. by:
s
-AI01J
I 271.127 682.N ~
I
- I I I I I
' 6 1
~"-------,~,-----~~---------~-----~--<: -i--~~------4~------~------~5-----c=:>-~----~6-------.-,----~7~-----.l----(~:-,--------~
A A
ra D~~
~~@) ~ @)~~
ro
ru
oo o a oo
o o X9 XlO o o
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
- 0 0 0 0
0
0 0
0
/ 1
0
0
0
0
0 0 t 0 0
~
'=== 04 =
( ~
f.
1!
" t--
~
~
TERHINA TION BUS 0

X12
TERHINA TION BUS C INTERFACE
EXTENSION ON OFF
X11 0 XB
X7 ON OFF
JUMPER K 0
JUMPER M
JUMPER M
JUMPER M ~ 112 X
1--"-==----!~t---1 } RS 485 112 X RS48S
- 112 X FIRST
112 X
4/S X
213 RS 412
3/4 SECOND
3/4 X 1213
- - l ' - t - - - t } RS 422
5/6
- -
d•l• 02.02.01 Aker MTW STN ATLAS Markle Electronic• Sicherheitssystem S£M402
dnigo Kovalk oOROJ
Nb 010 If lltrrllor of lht Eurollw..o Group
rn. re-.i\ion d•l• n~me
ch•ck
norm
OOrnbr~ck
rn.from: I subsl. for: rep!. by:
I s
Engine Safety System -A 1015
I 271.127 682.NAW r&
I I I l I 4 I 6 I I e
s I ,a
( I I 2 I J ., I 4 I 6 I 1
I~
ACAO
-
A A
r-
r! :t,~tronlcs Geamot Engine Safety System
, -------, ,-------, ,-------,
ESS 40M
c-
I I
:ALARM
L ______ _): I
L
FIRE
__ __ __ _jI
:L FAULT
______ _):
ENGINE SAFETY SYSTEM
)()()()( SYSTEM OK )()()()(
~~
8 u 8
ACT. RPM: 90.0 HOURS: 0000139 ALARM
LIST
-
u u ~ E:j E:j E:J ~ u G
0
MAINTE·
NANCE
~IMMER/
CONTR.
r-
uuuuu
J
~
z
0
B 0 B
( 0 4 JKL 5 MHO 0 POR
SLOWD.
! SLOWD.
ACTIVE
SLOWD.
OVERR. RESET
E] u u u u
~
c
c
t- -~ ••o• -
G G G
0 •I·
i SHUTD.
ACTIVE
SHUTD.
OVERR.
SHUTD.
RESET
~ '--
n
0
0 0
r- BACK SIDE ADDRESS: 4 -
POWER RS 48S RS 4BS RE LAY fiRE

I SUPPLy I SEG. M I SEG. R I I ALARM I -X2 -X3 -XI.
PANEL AODRE SS TERM. TERM.
[
-X1
rr rrrr rrrrrrr rr ~~~~~~~~~ .,.,~~ON
[
QD Lill[l 121 l 141 S 16 1 819 10 II 12 13 14 IS 16 11 16 19 20 21 22 2J 24 "0"
"I" 11
0 0 I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Off8[]
POWER RELAY fiRE
SUPPLY + n ~ + ~ + ~ + ~ Z n Z + 0 + 0 ~
ALARM
~<7
0 I • I
~~~~~o~~~~~~n
I I
o~<~<o~
7
1;; ~ ~ ~ ~ /';; ~ ~ SEG. M SEG. R
O,SA/f O,SA/f <~ > ' ' z ' ' z ' ' 2 ' ' z
~4~o~~oN~o~~o
~
< <~ ~
z~
~ O,SA/f
r-
0
n "'
Vi
0
n
0
n
r-
F . F
I d•l• 02.02.01
Aker HTW I ' AN04
I dniqn Kow•lk
STH ATLAS llarile Eleclronlc1 Sicherheitssystem BAT 411 f I ECR Panel
Nb 010 ff llombH ol tho futollwlno Croup I •ORO!
<hock OOrnbrad~~
c.!!!' rtwision
I
d•l• n~mt norm ru . from: subs I. for' ropl. by'
s
-AIJ OI
I 271.127 682.N... , ~I
2 I I 4 I 6 I 1 I
0
a: • geaenderf· SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
0. •
.
I
q
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Bruckenfernsteuerung BMS 40 M 271.127 681 ST
Bruckenfernsteuerung BMS 40 M 271.127 681 LP
Bruckenfernsteuerung BMS 40 M 271.127 681 NAW
Bruckenfernsteuerung BMS 40 M 271.127 681 STR
1 N.BEDARF ST + 271151758 Montageplatte 271.151 758

WNS DENIS I+VI 1 STANDARD BMS 40M
2 1ST 271105500 ALARMGEBER 02-810.001

24X36 1 10B55VAC/10B75VDC
3 1ST 271118395 Front rahmen 1 405 692

F. TICO 731
3 1ST 271159933 SUMMENZAEHLER 0731201

TICO 731.21 12-24VDC 1FRONTEINBAU
4 1ST 271159281 ADAPTERPLATTE 144X144 271.159 281

N.ZG. 910 018 243 I SCHWARZ*
- 014 KG 271136644 BLECH ELEKTR.VERZ. DIN 17163 1.0330-2
ST12 ZE-25
5 1ST + 271167622 Reserveteile Geamot 40M 271.167 622

*
Mat.-Nr. 271127681
Datllm _Nama STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Bruckenfernsteuerung BMS 40 M
Be arb 2001-01-24 Kowalk Mombor of tho EuroMarlno Group

B MAE000032017 2001-05-29 DOE Norm - - I von 2
NUR ZUR INFORMATION 2001-06-26

)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A2101 1ST + 271127685 Handsteuertableau BAP408 271.127 685

AKER MTW NB 010 FF
A2103 1ST + 271127686 Handsteuertableau BAP409 271.127 686

AKER MTW NB 010 FF
A2300 1ST + 271138227 STECKPLATTE DAM401 271.138 227

DRUCKER-ANPASS-MODUL
A2301 1ST 271150189 Tableau BAT411.D * 271.150 189

271.150 189TL#BMS 40M
A2302 1ST 271150174 Tableau BAT410.E * 271.150 174

271.150 174TL#BMS 40M
A2310 1ST 271148582 DRUCKER DRU 2500 271.148 582

271.148 582TL#RS422 I 220-240V, 50HZ
E25 1ST + 271127687 Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M 271.127 687
AKER MTW NB 010 FF
S1005 2 ST + 271118394 Notmanoverschalter 271.118 394

... IP67 UND SCHUTZKLAPPE
S1006
W2310 1ST 271153631 DRUCKERKABEL 0740-1

4,6M, 25POL.SUB-D PINS/CENTRONICS
Mat .-Nr. 271127681
Datum NamA STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Bruckenfernsteuerung BMS 40 M

Member of the EuroMarlne Group
Gepr. 2001-01-24 Dornbrack 271 . 127 681 ST I Blatt 2
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr . J Ers . f. IErs. d.
NUR ZUR INFORMATION 001 -06-26

Clz
0 /

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Montageplatte 271.151 758 ST
MONTAGE PLATTE 271.151 758 GZ

SCHILD 271.138 694 SEZ
2 1ST + 271138431 MONTAGEPLATTE,VORBEST 271.138 431

900X910MM
10 10 ST 271134138 SCHIRMANSCHLUSZKL. 160048
KLBUE3-8
10 10 ST 271134139 SCHIRMANSCHLUSZKL. 159281
KLBUE4-13,5
33 2 ST 271305409 SCHUTZLEITERSCHILD DR 909-BSF80P-4
Mat.-Nr. 271151758
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Montageplatte
Be arb 1999-01-27 Dornbrack Member of tha EuroMarlne Group
Gepr. 1999-01-27 Dornbrack

- -
271.151 758 ST I Blatt 1
D MAE000039004 2000-07-10 DOE Norm I von 9
2001-06-26
( )
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr . Benennung Sachnummer/Dokumentennummer, Hersteller
34 4 ST 271138694 SCHILD 271.138 694

18X37, "NUR FUER KABEL DC 24V"
91 1ST + 271140120 HF-VERBINDUNG 271.140 120
92 N.BEDARF M 273933580 STEUERLEITUNG LIYCY 3X0,75 GR

94 1ST + 271103027 VERBINDUNGSKABEL 271.103 027
DVK322 I SAT401-ZK 408/418
96 N.BEDARF M 271130942 STEUERLEITUNG JE-LIYCY 2X2X0,5

0,5X2X2/59

A2001 1ST + 271138243 STECKPLATTE FIM405 271.138 243

* NETZFILTER,18-32 V DC, 4 A, RC-SCHALTG.
A2020 1ST + 271149289 STECKPLATTE DZM402 271.149 289

* DREHZAHLMODUL
A2021 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

SCHRAUBENLOS B=6MM F.TS35
A2021 1ST + 271149244 STECKPLATTE IOM402 271.149 244

* INPUT-/ OUTPUT-MODUL
Mat. -Nr . 271151758

Be arb 1999-01-27 Dornbrack
D MAE000039004 2000-07-10 DOE Norm - - I von 9
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f . IErs. d.
)01 -06-26
-~
c~
a: • geaender.'
0 SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
C_),
'
c~/

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A2022 1 ST + 271123854 STECKPLATTE REM401 271.123 854

* RELAIS-EINGABE-MODUL
A2022 1 ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

A2023 1ST + 271123854 STECKPLATTE REM401 271.123 854


-
A2025 1ST + 271138221 STECKPLATTE SEM402 271.138 221
* SCHNITTSTELLEN-ERWEITERUNGS-MODUL
A2026 1ST + 271138278 STECKPLATTE RM 401 271.138 278

* REGLER-MODUL
~- ~
A2030 1ST * 271126513 UHRENBAUSTEIN DS1216E

SMART WATCH/ROM64/256K *MOS*
A2030 3 ST * 271134057 SPEICHER AM29F010-120JC

F-MEMORY, 128KX8BIT, PLCC
A2030 1ST + 271138133 STECKPLATTE ZSM401 271.138 133

* ZENTRAL-SPEICHER-MODUL
A2030 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

Mat.-Nr. 271151758
Msmbsr of tho EuroMarlne Group
2001-06-26
)
a: •
\
geaendert SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr . Benennung Sachnummer/Dokumentennummer,Hersteller
A2031 1ST + 271138221 STECKPLATTE SEM402 271.138 221

SCHNITTSTELLEN-ERWEITERUNGS-MODUL
*
A2050 1ST + 271129983 STECKPLATTE NEG432 271-129 983
* NETZGERAET-MODUL I +24V
A2051 1ST + 271132284 STECKPLATTE NEG403 271.132 284

* NETZGERAET-MODUL I +5V
F20 1ST * 271151487 SCHUTZSCHALTER 831 - 854-626

E81S C6-SB
F21 1ST * 272340242 SICHERUNGSKLEMME 282 - 126

5X25
F21 1ST * 273369785 SICHERUNGSEINSATZ DIN 41576-M4

5X25
F24 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

F24 1ST * 272340242 SICHERUNGSKLEMME 282-126

5X25
Mat.-Nr . 271151758
Ol!tllm NllmA STN ATLAS Marino Eloctronico Montageplatte

Member of the EuroMarlue Group
Bearb 1999-01-27 Dornbrack
Gepr . 1999-01-27 Dornbrack 271.151 758 ST I Blatt 4
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f . !Ers . d .
001-06-26
0
a: • geaender,,
+ Baugruppe
SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
COPYRIGHT RESERVED
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
F24 1 ST * 272340243 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 282-311
F24 1 ST * 273369.736 SICHERUNGSEINSATZ DIN 41576-M1
F30 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

F30 1ST * 271151487 SCHUTZSCHALTER 831-854-626

E81S C6-SB
...
F31 1ST * 27234 0242 SICHERUNGSKLEMME 282-126
5X25
F32 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116


5X25
F32 1ST * 272340243 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 282-311
Mat.-Nr. 271151758
.Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Montageplatte

Be arb 1999-01-27 Dornbrack Member of the EuroMarlna Group

2001-06-26
)
a: • geaender SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr. Benennung Sachnummer /Do kumentennummer, Hersteller
K20 1ST * 271133414 INTERFACE-BAUSTEIN 710763

RPE-1E2S/2W,1REL . 24VDC,2WECHSLER,LED

RPE - 1E2S/2W,1REL.24VDC,2WECHSLER,LED
K22 1ST * 271133414 INTERFACE - BAUSTEIN 710763

RPE - 1E2S/2W,1REL.24VDC,2WECHSLER,LED

RPE - 1E2S/2W,1REL . 24VDC,2WECHSLER,LED

RPE-1E2S/2W,1REL.24VDC,2WECHSLER,LED
K24 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116



W2022 1ST + 271123859 DATENKABEL DVK364 271 . 123 859

* 26POL. L=140MM
I
X1 1ST * 271130873 EINSTECKSCHILD 209-113
Mat .-Nr . 271151758
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Eleclronica Montageplatte

Member of the EuroMttrlne Group
Gepr. 1999 - 01 - 27 Dornbrack 271.151 758 ST I Blatt 6
D MAE000039004 2000 - 07-10 DOE Norm - - I von 9
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr . I Ers. f. IErs. d .
-001 -06-26
q I,
a: • geaender:, SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr. Benennung S achnummer /Do kumentennummer, Hersteller
X1 1 ST * 271130874 SCHUTZSTREIFEN 209-114

TRANSPARENT
X1 2 ST * 271134227 DURCHGANGSKLEMME 284-601

0,2-10MM2
X1 1ST * 271134228 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 284-316

2,5MM
X1 2 ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

X1 1ST * 271146208 SCHILDTRAEGER 249-119

FUER ENDKLAMMER 249-116/249-117
X2 11 ST * 271115945 QUERBRUECKER 280-402
X2 1ST * 271130874 SCHUTZSTREIFEN 209-114

TRANSPARENT

0,14-4MM2

2,5MM
Mat.-Nr. 271151758
Datum Name STN ATLAS Murine Eluctronics Montageplatte
Be arb 1999-01-27 Dornbrack Mombar of the EuroMarlne Group

D MAE000039004 2000-07-10 DOE Norm - - J von 9
2001-06-26
)
I
a: • geaender·, SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
X2 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

X2 1ST * 271146208 SCHILDTRAEGER 249 - 119

X3 1ST * 271130873 EINSTECKSCHILD 209 - 113

TRANSPARENT
X3 5 ST * 271134223 DURCHGANGSKLEMME 281 - 631

0,14-4MM2
X3 1ST * 271134229 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 281 - 312

2,5MM
X3 2 ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116


FUER ENDKLAMMER 249-116/249 - 117

TRANSPARENT
Mat.-Nr. 271151758
Datum NamP. STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Montageplatte

Member of the EuroMarina Group
Gepr . 1999 - 01-27 Dornbrack 271.151 758 ST I Blatt 8
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f. IErs . d.
>01-06-26
( \
,.,j
----)
-- (
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
X4 2 ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116


X4 9 ST * 271153782 BRUECKUNGSKAMM 281-482

2-FACH,ISOLIERT
X4 1ST * 271153784 BRUECKUNGSKAMM 281-483

3-FACH,ISOLIERT
X4 25 ST * 271153787 DIODENKLEMME 281-633/281-410

4ANSCHL./1DIODE
X4 1ST * 271153790 DRAHTKETTENBRUECKE 210-103

ISOLIERT, 50 ANSCHL. I SA, SCHWARZ
X20 2 ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

X20 1ST * 271219839 SCHUKO-STECKDOSE E1175

2POLIG 16A
Mat.-Nr. 271151758
Datum NamA STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Montageplatte
Member of tho EuroMarlne Group
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. I Ers. f. !Ers. d.
2001-06-26
Cl n
X
0 ~ ~--.. .JI
~ rn n
~ :;· ( \
+ 24 v 1 )---..,-1't----=:::;=-1,::::::=::E::::t--tr--+~----i
w"' ,- . .._f..::.;.\
~ ~
o-."0
< ~.
f--t-t-f--H ~ §"'
OV 2 >--~~~---------<>---~--1 ~ 1 21 ov
Chassis 3 )>----ill! ~'----E:.:.:.:r---< 22
lO
:;' + 24 v
c
• I 2 ~ 23 Fire-Horn
:u S/E- (A) 4
~ S/E• (A) 5 >-+-r-----,---i--,..........,-----i ~
~f---l v ._, 24 Fire-Lamp
~ RGNO (A) 6 >-+-h---+--,1--I~C_.,"'J---l -·

x r~- tl "' N
~;
:u S/E- (A) 7>-
~ S/E• (A) 8 >--
~ RGND (Al 9 >-----'
NC
0 )--
11 >--
12 )---
3 )--
:0 :0 :0
'l]
I
A4
ASI
A
Horn
NC 4 >--
5 )---
.\.
__ -1
..., ..., Tosto A1 - ---TosteA1

Toste A2 - Toste A2
Tosto A3 '------- - - Toste A3
._______---Taste A4
Taste A4
~ :z Tosto AS ' - - - - - - -- - - Tosto AS
Tosto A6 .___ _ _ - - - Taste A6
,....
I>
Taste Ai '-----.:--- - - Taste A7
I>
Tosto AB
~~
' - - - - - ---Toste AB
'\\ \\
... 0
~ 1
.-"1 .-"1 Toste A9 - Taste A9
"z
0
<
< ~ ~ Tosto AA
,____ _ _ - - Taste AA
~ ~ Tosto A8 '---------Taste AB r
rn
'~ ~ Toste AC '----------Taste A( Cl
~ ~. Toste AD ' - - - - - - - - Taste AD

._______- - - Toste AE
L/') ~ ~ Tosto AE Cl
'" ......, v ,____ _ _ --Taste AF
"'
~
Taste AF
!--?~E:t---;E_:::::+--?
,____ _ _ --Taste BO
CD
0 "
"0 ::r: Tas I o 80
:>
:u
p :J
;:>;;; \\ \\
Cl ;; "' ...,
-<0.0
Cf'...,
0 c
p :J
..., c. r-+"E!----l<E"~-1 TOS le 81 L------ - - T a s t e 81
~
o.Cf'
OJ I rt> _::::: Toste 82 r--- --Toste 82
'~ ~ ·~
CD;;)
J> p
n
c
n
Toste 83 - Toste 83
-i "
-~
::r +--+;:El--l<E;:~-+ Toste 84 ' - - - - - - - - T o s t o 84
1.0. c:
::r::> 1--?_:::::E:t--lE~+----i Tas to 8S ·~ - Tosto BS
~o.c
'~ ~ Toste 86 ,____ _ _ - - Tosto 86
~ _::::: Tosto 87 r--- - - - T o s t e 87
r-+~E!----l<E~~-1 Tas le 88 '----------Taste BB
L
\\ \\
..., "' Toste 89 - Tosto 89
+--+;:El--l<E;:~-+ Toste BA ,____ _ _ - - Taste BA
1--?_:::::E:t--lE_:::::+--i Tas I e BB .___ _ _ ---Toste 88

~ .::; Toste BC ' - - - - - ---Toste 8(
·~ ~ Tosto BD - Toste 80
,----------..,f--i'_:::::E:t---JE_:::::+--t Tas le BE ,____ _ _ --Toste BE
\\ \\
.,
p Tosto AC - Tosto AC
c I_:::::~ I Toste AD .___ _ _ - - - Taste AD
Vl
0 Toste AE ' - - - - - ---Taste A£
Toste 18 - Toste 18
CXl
+ II .___ _ _ - - - Taste 08
Tosto 08
0 ._______---Taste OD
Toste 09
c J> Taste OA '----------Tosto 09
Vl
-o p
.., Toste OC '----------Toste OA '··=--··-a} I
3 ' - - - - - - - - T a s t e 0(
r---------------j~ ~
"'ii ii"'
, Cl
.
.~ --·-··---~- -..
....
c
-n CD )>
X
0 ~- ".jl
l ~
~ rn n I I
CD -· ~
"Tl
::l •24V ~
:1
T~
I "Tl '----' w = ..
"'- 21 ov
~·
w"'
o--"0
~
r:.'
<
< ~.
~
22 •24V
"'
o<=
n::l
OV 2
T~ 0
n
T r :::
'--::;-'
~
"'- 23 Fire-Horn
24 Fire-Lamp
\0
Chassis 3 ) v
a'
111 "
;;
9-~
3
-z1
TX
;;:;) S/E- !AI 4
Vl "Tl
~ S/E+ !Al 5 .r ::0
CD
a= U'1 RGND !AI 6 rn
il RX
~- ~ ~ r.-:: -:-:-1
xr A REL I ;: ~
~~
S/E- (A) 7 >--
" ~3
;" "' ;;:;)
:' ~
Vl
~
CD
S/E• !Al 8 >-- ~_fu
RGND (A) 9
--~
U'1
I
~
" ~
A1
I;;-~
~ 0
0 0 0
~
"" "" "" .----- A2-
IA'f"
!;'
;;o
Vl
~
S/E- !Bl 10
S/E• !Bl 11
'
' ~~~ A4
A6
I~
:
~ CD
RGND !Bl 12 9- xL-:::.f
E. .
U'1 ' f-
xi~- ;l ~ ~ "'
~~
;;:;) S/E- !Bl 13 >--
Vl
~ S/E+ !Bl 14 >-- I
~
CD
U'1 RGND !Bl 15 - \
-
~ ~
Gt
~ 0 ~
0 0 0
"" "" "" Taste A1 ~ ~

Taste A1
Taste A2 ::: ~ --Taste A2
~ ~
~
~
...z
Ill
""" ~11
c,s
16
~)
)
Taste A3
Taste A4
Taste AS
~
:::
~
......
~
~
~
-- --Taste A3
Taste A4
Taste AS
-
l []~
Taste A6 --Taste A6
.
...
I>
I>
19 >--
20 Taste A7
Tash AS
::::
·;::-
~
~ --Taste AS
Taste A7
1---
. ~
Ill
\\ \\
'"
...'"::::
"'0
Taste A9
Taste AA
....
:::
::: ~
A
~
CD
,...,
0
-
w --- Taste A9
Taste AA
'--
,......
z
;:;
0
< N
""<
Taste AB
Taste AC
Taste AD
-;::-
~
~
~
-
- - - T a s t e AS
--Taste AD
Taste AC
,.,.,
0
:c
,.-:::>
-u
;-,
OJ
0 ~
Vl
;:;
n
A"
Taste AE
Taste AF
Taste 8D
v
::::
::::
~
~
~
-
-
- - - T a s t e AE
Taste AF
--Taste BD
"0
'<
0
VI
c
,...,~
0~
CD..,
c c:
n
""
::I
)>
;;o
c \\ \\ ~
0
A"CI.
-
tO'
cr
t'D
0 ;:; ....,
X ~;;;-
~~
/ --~l..,.,
~
Taste B, .... A
--Taste 81
~
OJ Taste 62
-;::- ~ --Taste 82
r:::
·._.)
'
l> Taste 83
v
~ --Taste 83
""
:::: ~
---l
-
Taste 84
Taste 85
Taste 86
:::
v
::::
~
~
~
-- --Taste 84
Taste 85
Taste 86
Taste 87 --Taste 87
Taste 88 ~ ~ ---TasteB8 I
\\ \\
Taste 89 - - T a s t e 89
Taste 8A ::: ~ - - - T a s t e 8A
Taste 8B ::::. ~ Taste 88
:::: ;:
-
Taste BC - - TasteBC
Taste BO :::: ~ Taste BO
Taste BE ~ ~ --Taste BE
\\ \\
"Tl
p
c
-
1.": -;-:-)
I r;: r;: I
Taste AC
Taste AD
~
~
::::
~
~
;: - --Taste AD
Taste AC
~_SL
V1
--
~
0 Taste AE - - - T a s t e AE
Taste 1B ::: ~ Taste 18
co + II ;;o ov. \\:o
.... 0
~
Taste DB
Taste 09
2: \\
::I
0
~
--Taste OD
Taste DB
c
--
I
1.": -;-:;--,
Vl
-o
)>
-
c..., I~ ~I
Taste OA
Taste OC
- ---TasteD9
Taste DA
~~ ~ .
3
t3L Taste OC
~~
'·
J
(~
'
---- ) 5
0. ',..
'
6 7
-
CAD r·· --------------------------- ---------------------------·-··
ECR CONSOLE --------------------------- -----... ./
A
-A2101 MANUAL CONTROL PANEL A
MANUAL SPARE EMERGENCY SPARE SLOW EMERGENCY SPARE WRONG SPARE TURNING SPARE SUPPLY
ECR ..... .... CONTROL ......... TURNING REMOTE ......... WAY .. ······· GEAR ......... . . . . . . . ..
.. . ...... . ........ ...... ... ......... MANUAL TAKE OVER ......... ....... .. ......... ENGAGED . ........
,,·.., ,, ,, ,, ,,·.., ,,·, ,,·, ,,·, ,,·, ,,·.., ,, ,,

• • • • • • • 0 •
- X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
-
.... ·-, .... ·-,
~ -H6 L~ -H7 L~ -511 L~ -H8 L~ -513 L~ -518 L~
r r
-H1 L~ -H2 l -512 L~ -H16 L~ -H17 L~ -H3 L~
B
- X1
r
XI
rXI
r
XI
fiXI fiXI fiXI fiXI
-XI
fi
XI
~
~
X1
r XI
8
-X2 ~
I
~
2 J
~
4 5 6
~
7
i' ~ 8
~
9 10
~i' -X2 ( 11 (
12
~
IJ 14
i' I
15 16
- I 2
~
C'j "1 ""{ _"1 <Q ... ~
"'
~ :: ~ ~ ;:! ~ ~ r-
50 pol.
..----
• - ------ r------- ------ ------ 1------- ------ ------ ------ -· ------ 1------- --·---- ----1
~ ~-
I •
c ' -X2 I ,_2 _______
J _24____________________
5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 IJ 14 15 16 I c
'---- .. ;.
------ ~13.5
------------- ------ -- ----------------------:-----'v /4.21 +2~
•
OV 12.6 LAMP TEST
12.1
SLOW TURN. WRONG WAY •
~------·----------~~~u~~:!!.:X.!_;~~-~~~~s~:~.--------·-------------------: :._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ l -
13 4 2
=
0 0
.
M
z
5
- 2 r-
"'
c
~0
u
u
.
D
0
E c E
c
.!1
.
u '•
~0.
"~.
- ~
.D
0
-
F F
Verdrohtung/WIRING O,Smm'
dole 24.01.01
Aker MTW STH AIDS Ncme Etactronlcs Hondsteuertobteau =AN04
deslg. Kowolk
Nb 010 ff Member of lhe EuroMarine Group -A2101 tUIWZ
check OOrnbrock Manual Control Panel sheel 1
rev. revision dole noma norm res. from: subs!. lor: reol. bv: BAP 408 271.127 685.STR . 4 lolol
I II. DIN 6771/Teil 5 I 2 I J I L I ~ I • q I
~------~' - ~~----~--------~2--------~-------3~---
CAD
t---
r-
I
------------------------------
ECR CONSOLE ---------------------------- ----1 I
I
I -A2101 MANUAL CONTROL PANEL I
I
I I
I
AUX . AUX . AUX . AUX . SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE WRONG I
I
I
BLOWER 1 BLOWER 1 BLOWER 2 BLOWER 2 . . ... . ... . . . . . . . .. . . ... .. . WAY I
I
RUN STOP RUN STOP . . ... .... -·· · · .... . .... . . . ····-· . ALARM
- ,,
·...,
X2 ,, X2
·..., r-
,, X2
·..., r-
,, ·..., r-
X2 , , X2 ,, X2 ,,
·...,
X2 ,,
·..., r-
X2
-
-S4 L~ -S5 L~ -S9 L ~ -S 10 L~ -S14
-2~
-S15 L ~ -S19 L~ -S20 L ~ lk-SU1
8
,....--XI
~
~XI ~X1
r r X1 X1
r: X1
EX1 ~ X1
-X 2
8
-X2 ~ :-17 ~ :-18 ~~

19
I~
20
~
21 22
~
23
~
24
~
25
.~~ ~
26 21 2s
1 29~3o
- ll
SO pol .
~ e'? ~ ~ ;::; ::::: ::; ;:; ~ ~ -
i---- - ------ ,_ ______ ------ ------ 1------------- --------------r----- --------:
I I
I -X2 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 i c
I______ ------------------------------------------------------
/16 ov
·-
'---- ·- -- -----
/1 .8 LAMP TEST 14 _2 116
WRONG WAY
=
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Verb i ndungen von -X 1 lU -X2 Fer I i gungson lei I
0 0
...
M
z
0
- ~
c<>
-
~
3Ll
E
.
0
0
c E
c
.2
.
u
-e
-
."..
>
~
.c
0
-
F
Verdrohlung/WIRING O,Smm'
r--r--------~~--;---Td~·~·o~2~'-~ot~.o~~----~Aker MTW STN AnAS 11amt Btclronlcs Hondsteuertobleou -A2101
I :AN04
r-1----------;----+---td~os~.ig~.-~Ko~w~a~lk~---4 tORI 1
chock Otirnbrack Nb 010 f f N•mb.,. of tht EuroNorin• Group Manual Control Ishee! 2
iion dolo nome norm
,, 5
res . from: .t. for: rtp1 by_ BAP 408 1271 .127 685 .STR I 4 !olaf
1 I I
CAD
(j
r··
n.
~------~~------~--------~5~-------
-------------------·-------·
---=-6_ _ _....__ ___;_7_ _ _. . _ _ _ \ . _ ) • _ _
(\
:-!
1---
SOC CONSOLE
A
-A2101 MANUAL CONTROL PANEL A
NOT INSTALL NOT INSTALL NOT INSTALL NOT INSTALL SLOW EMERGENCY NOT INSTALL NOT INSTALL NOT INSTALL NOT INSTALL
. .. . . . . . . • • • 0 • • • • • ......... ......... TURNING REMOTE ......... . ........ . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . .
- . . .. .. ... . ........ ...... ... ......... MANUAL TAKE OVER . ........ . ........ . ........ .... . . . . . 1--
-X1,~
~Jrr 2 3
~~
4
~ lf 1f
5 6 7 ~8 9
~~
10 11
~~
12
~~
-S~rt
13 14 15
1f
-Sll
16
~~
13
17
23
18
t
19 20
·~rr 1f sS!J -s~Jl -s:Jt
s12 13
21
23
22
~
23
;.
24 25 26
;. ~
27 28 29 30
;.
31 32 33
t ~
34 35
8
- I I
50 pol.
:-·------ -1---- ---r-··-- --- -- - f- - --- ----- ---1--·- --1---- -- - - - - ~- ,_. -- - - - ·--- ---1--·r--· - - - · - -----1
I I
c I -XI 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 I. c
1-----------------------------------------,~ ----------· __________________________________ ...:
1 1. 4 SLOW TURN. _
11 5
EMERG.
= ~------------·-·-·-·-·-·---·-·-·----------~~~u~~-v,!!~~~.;!}.~~~~~~!!!._ _____________________________.____ ..J 1--
0 D
..,...
z
0
- .
!l
-
c
~0
u
u
D
E 0"c
E
c
.!l
u
f"a.
- ~
~ 1--
.D
0
F F
Verdrohlung/WIRING 0,5rnm'
l--f-----------l---+---fd7!a~·~Kowolk
deslg.
1
;.:.·:::.:;;1.:..:.-----l 24 0 01
Aker MTWf STN ATLAS !lorN Electronics Hondsteuertobleou
-A2101 tOilO 2
~;:\'::::;;;;;::~~;;:4;;;tc~h~ec~k~otor'tn"'b~r';ac'ili,k:::~I-:N~b~0=1_0__f ------r.:::::::;-;:::---------+M=em~b~er:::-or_l_he_E_uro_M_ori_n•_o_ro-lup Manual Control Panel (sheel 3
rev. revision dote nome norm res. from: lsubsl. for: repl. by: BAP 408 1271.127 685.STR · ' lola!
I II. DIN 6771/Teil 5 1 2 I J I I I
6
-CAD r·· ·-·-----------------------·- ----------------------------

soc CONSOLE
-A2101 MANUAL CONTROL PANEL
SPARE LAMP TEST AUX . AUX . AUX . AUX . SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
BLOWER 1 BLOWER 1 BLOWER 2 BLOWER 2
- RUN STOP RUN STOP
~21f l.ltlf
6
S1~1,1~:1,1:: E--f--
S15 11 21
E--f--
S20 11 21
8
37 38 39 48 49 50
~ ~ ~
- I 1
50 pol
I l
50 pol .
..---·
'
I
-·- ·- ·- ---1-· f-·- · - -
·I
- - - - - - __ .,.. _____ -~..---------
'
I
---- - -·1--·- --~-- --·1-·!-- - · - - - · - · - - · r-- '-• - - -
. c
sol• -X2 31 n
I___________ ,_ __ -----------·----------.....: l___________________)_____________________________ _l'
' -X1 36 37 36 39 40 41 42 o 44 45 46 47 48 49 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 o 44 45 46 47 48 49 so
_
11 8
+24V
_
12 2
LAMP TEST
=- 1. _. _. _. -· _. _. -·-·-·-·-. _ ·-·-. _ ·-·- ~~~n~~~~~x~~ _-~:~~~s~~~~-- _ ·-· _. _. _. _. _. -· _. _. _. _. -·-·-. ___ . _. _. _. r-
0 0
....
z
i5
- 2
0
-
c
~0
E
.~
0
0c
E
c
~
u
~
~Q.
- ~
"
0
: -
t=Jt~=:=::-~r---,---~~~~~----r;~~~~------------------~~~~~~~ 71~--~--~~-------------,---------------------2V!er~d~r~oh~t~u~ng~/:W~IR~I~NG~0~.5~m~m~'~F
l-+-------+--l--¥d~o~te_g.H~.o~;!!.
· !-- - - l Aker MTW 1 01
STN AnAS M«lnt Beclronics Hondsteuertobleou - A2101 L =MID_4
l-+---------11---+--fd7e~slg~. I£K~ow!.!;o!!!:lk'--:----l Nb O1O f f •ORO
~m:""r <ion dote nome ~:~~k Oornbrock res. lrom: I. lor: :::b•~Yoftht EuroMorine Group Manual Control n-- -I BAP 408 j 271 .12 7 685.STR Lshee1 4
4 1o1ol
I ,'nJjN 6 I 5 1 2 I J I 4 I 5 6 I
I
( f -)
a: • geaenderf SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Handsteuertableau BAP408 271.127 685 ST
Handsteuertableau BAP408 271.127 685 GZ
Handsteuertableau BAP408 271.127 685 STR
GERAETESCHILD G2 271.104 184 EZ
GERAETESCHILD G2 271.159 147 DV
GERAETESCHILD G2 271.159 147 EZ II

't
1 1ST + 271162218 Frontplatte BTG410 271.162 218

BAP408 I GEAMOT
2 1ST + 271162219 Steckplatte BTF410 271.162 219

BAP408
3 1ST 271104184 GERAETESCHILD G2 271.104 184

9,6X40 ,GERAETEGEBUNDENE EINTRAGUNGEN
- 1ST 271159147 GERAETESCHILD G2 271.159 147

9,6X40 ,GRUNDBEDRUCKUNG
H1 1ST 271159873 LEUCHTVORSATZ 1.65124.451 I
H1 1ST 271159880 BLENDE 5.49077.014/1002

FARBLOS, (HOCH)
Mat.-Nr. 271127685
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Handsteuertableau BAP408
Bearb 2001-01-24 Kowalk Mombor or tho EuroMarlno Group
Gepr.
Norm
2001-01-24 Dornbrack
- -
271.127 685 ST
~--1
9
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. J Ers. f. !Ers. d.
2001-02-15
)
a: • geaenden SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
H1 1ST 271162239 LAMPENFASSUNG 1.712212.001
H1 1ST 271162273 LEUCHTDIODE 1511A35W3D

WH, T5WB, AC/DC 5/10MA, 24V
H2 1ST 271159873 LEUCHTVORSATZ 1.65124.451
H2 1ST 271159880 BLENDE 5.49077.014/1002

FARBLOS, (HOCH)

H3 1ST 271153831 BLENDE 5.49077.014/1306

ROT

H6 1ST 271159880 BLENDE 5.49077.014/1002

FARBLOS, (HOCH)
Mat .-Nr. 271127685
Datum NamA STN ATLAS Maline Electronic• Handsteuertableau BAP408

Member of tho EuroMarlna Group
Norm - - I von 9
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr . J Ers . f. JErs . d.
2001-02-15
'{
\
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

H7 1ST 271159880 BLENDE 5.49077.014/1002

FARBLOS, (HOCH)

H8 1ST 271153831 BLENDE 5.49077.014/1306

ROT

H16 1ST 271153831 BLENDE 5.49077.014/1306

ROT
Mat.-Nr. 271127685
Datum NllmA STN ATLAS Morine Eloctronics Handsteuertableau BAP408
Member or tho EuroMorlno Group
Norm - - I von 9
2001-02-15
),
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

H17 1ST 271153831 BLENDE 5.49077.014/1306

ROT

.
84 1ST 271153830 UNIV.SCHALTELEMENT 1.20123.015
TASTER M. LAMPENFASS./ 28
84 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTASTER 1.30070.501

OHNE BUND/BLENDE M.BEL.
84 1ST 271159879 BLENDE 5.49077.011/0526

GRUEN, SONDERFARBE/MAT.
84 1ST 271162273 LEUCHTDIODE 1511A35W3D

85 1ST 271153835 BLENDE 5.49077.011/1306 I

ROT
Mat .-Nr. 271127685
Datum N~mA STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Handsteuertableau BAP408

Member or the EuroMarlne Group
Norm - - I von 9
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. I Ers . f. IErs . d.
2001 -02-15
c)(
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
85 1 ST 271159875 SCHALTELEMENT 1.20123.014

20 MIT LAMPENFASSUNG
85 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTASTER 1.30070.501


WH, T5WB~ AC/DC 5/10MA, 24V

89 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTASTER 1.30070.501

89 1ST 271159879 BLENDE 5.49077.011/0526 ..


810 1ST 271153835 BLENDE 5.49077.011/1306

ROT
810 1ST 271159875 SCHALTELEMENT 1.20123.014

20 MIT LAMPENFASSUNG
810 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTASTER 1.30070.501

Mat.-Nr. 271127685
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Handsteuertableau BAP408
Be arb 2001-01-24 Kowalk Mambur of the EuroMarlne Group

Ind. Anderung Datum Name
Norm
Abt. MSA3
- -· Urspr. I Ers. f. IErs. d.
I von 9
2001-02-15
) '

7
I
1 2 3 4 5 6
Position Menge ME a Materiai -Nr . Benennung Sachnummer/Dokumentennummer,Hersteller
S10 1 ST 271162273 LEUCHTDIODE 1511A35W3D

WH, T5WB, AC/DC 5/10MA, 24V I
S11 1 ST 271153830 UNIV.SCHALTELEMENT 1.20123.015

TASTER M. LAMPENFASS./ 2S
S11 1ST 271153836 BLENDE 5.49077.011/1403

GELB
S11 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTASTER 1.30070.501

S11 1ST 271162273 LEUCHTDIODE 1511A35W3D

S12 1ST 271153830 UNIV.SCHALTELEMENT 1.20123.015

S12 1ST 271153836 BLENDE 5.49077.011/1403

GELB
812 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTASTER 1.30070.501

S12 1ST 271162273 LEUCHTDIODE 1511A35W3D i

S13 1ST 271153835 BLENDE 5.49077.011/1306

ROT
Mat.-Nr. 271127685
D"tum N"mA STN ATLAS Marino Eloctronica Handsteuertableau BAP408

Mombor or the EuroM6rlne Group
Be arb 2001-01-24 Ko'w alk
Norm - - I von 9
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f. IErs . d.
2001-02-15
()'·,.
·--- \
(J
a: • geaender·l SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
813 1ST 271159876 SCHALTELEMENT 1.20122.051

18+10 MIT LAMPENFASSUNG
813 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTASTER 1.30070.501



814 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTA8TER 1.30070.501

814 1ST 271159879 BLENDE 5.49077.011/0526

'"'
GRUEN, 80NDERFARBE/MAT.

815 1ST 271153835 BLENDE 5.49077.011/1306

ROT
i
815 1ST 271159875 8CHALTELEMENT 1.20123.014
20 MIT LAMPENFA8SUNG
815 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTASTER 1.30070.501

"
Mat.-Nr. 271127685
Datum NamA STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Handsteuertableau BAP408
Mombor ol tho EuroMarlno Group
Gepr. 2001-01-24 Dornbrack 271.127 685 ST l Blatt 7
Norm - - I von 9
2001-02-15
)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr . Benennung Sachnummer /Dokumentennummer, Hersteller

I
S18 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTASTER 1.30070.501

S18 1ST 271159879 BLENDE 5.49077.011/0526

GRUEN, SONDERFARBE/MAT. I


S19 1ST 271159877 DRUCKTASTER 1.30070.501

S19 1ST 271159879 BLENDE 5.49077.011/0526


S20 1ST 271153835 BLENDE 5.49077.011/1306

ROT
Mat .-Nr. 271127685
n .. tllm N"m" STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Handsteuertableau BAP408

Mombor of the EuroMarlne Group
Gepr.
Norm
- -
271.127 685 ST ~~-8
9
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr. I Ers. f. IErs. d .
W01-02-15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
820 1 8T 271159875 8CHALTELEMENT 1.20123.014

20 MIT LAMPENFA88UNG
820 1 8T 271159877 DRUCKTA8TER 1.30070.501

820 1 8T 271162273 LEUCHTDIODE 1511A35W3D

W1 1 8T 271162302 RUNDKABEL 2289094

FLK50/EZ-DR/200KONFEK 2M
W2 1 8T 271162302 RUNDKABEL 2289094

FLK50/EZ-DR/200KONFEK 2M
X1 1 8T 271162280 INTERFACEMODULE 2962612

UM45-FLK50
X2 1 8T 271162280 INTERFACEMODULE 2962612

UM45-FLK50
'
Mat.-Nr. 271127685
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronica Handsteuertableau BAP408
Mombor of lhe EuroMarlna Group
Gepr. 2001-01-24 Dornbrack 271.127 685 8T I Blatt 9
Norm - - I von 9
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. M8A3 Urspr. I Ers. f. lers. d.
2001-02-15
··...!...---1-------'~----1----.....=.3_\_-..__../=
'~)
! ~--------~---------L--------~5----------
C) 6
----~---------L--------~--------~---
C1 1~.------
:~
CAD
1--
A A
AU TOM. /MANUAL AUTOM.IMANUAL AUTOM./MANUAL SPARE MANUAL ECR AUTOM.IMANUAL EMERGENCY

SELECTED INDICATION SUPPLY SELECTED FOR ESS 40M SELECTED STOP
- FOR BMS 40M FOR BMS 40M FOR BMS 40M FOR GOVERNOR I-
.....
~i
-<:>:
1 r;-
I" 11r- 1?F 14
.---
24
...--
31
-
X2
8
~H---v---- -- E--y-Jr--- ..l
13 23
- 1- ~---:-{~
c.:__ X1 8
-S 11 2 10 12 18 20 -51001
-R1
f - 8K2
- I-
= I-
0 0
......
z
-
15
2 I
"""""'lo,----~--
-{\ 1 1 2 3 --- 4----~---
5 ~---1::---
6 1 -------
8 9 10---·~-:>:---
11 ~--
12 13 --- --- 14 ----1-.---~---
15 16 1? 18 ·-- --------
19 20 --~-
21 22 23 ,.________ ---1 24
0
c
~0
u
L-------------------·-------------------------------------------------------------------· I-
u
0
~
E ac OOUBLE TERMINAL OOUBLE TERN INAL E

c Doppel s lockk Iemme Doppe Is lockk leme
8u
~"0.
-X1
- "~ 1 -X2 2
~RN
~
~
" I-
.0
0
F F
1--+------------1~--+---~d~o!!"~!!..:.· ~~·..!..-----l
1 24 01 01
Aker MTW STN ATLAS lkrlne ElectriiNcs Handsleuerlableau
'--+--=="'--=---4-,..,.,...~,.,.--l!d!!:e.::!sTO::t.~K~ow~a:!!!lk~----1 Nb 010 ff N b f lh E N . G BMS 40M -A2103 I
~8~~N~AE~0~0~00~3~2~01~8~0~2~.0~4.0~1~0~a~·r~c~h~ec~k~O~or~n~br~o~ckL___~~~~~~~~~~~~~----+r~e--~•l.~b~
"' e uro """• roup 11 anual
em •r ....o----------~~~ Con lrol Panel
.
sheel
I
rev. revision dole nome norm res. from: 271.153 639.STR subsl. for: 26.03.98 ""' uy. BAP409 271.127 686.STR · . 2 lolol
II DIN 6171/Teil 5 1 ? 1 I I
• I
I I 5 6
CAD
>-----
START / START/ START START STOP GOVERNOR STOP SPARE SPARE SPARE RESET SHO
REVERSING REVERSING VALVE CUT OFF VALVE /MANUAL TO ESS 40N
AHEAD VALVE VALVE ESG 40N BY NANUAL
•2 V MANUAL
- 1--
Fl ~~
r----
21
Js I I I I
1 13 15 17 19
I1---------------------
I I I I I I I I I '' 1 I 1I II I I 1I I 1I I I I I 1 1 I I 1 1 I
-5 12 ----------1--- -----
6 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
B
- 1--
= I-
0 0
- •""":")('1 'i;------ i6------ i?·----- ir-·----- 29-- Jo·- j 2 - - - - - - - j1---~j--- 34------- J5-- ~--- ~r-· ~---~
I-
0
c
'0
:;
1.-----------·---·---·------------------------------------------------------------J
:l0
~
E 0c
c
~~
e
"
- ~
~ 1--
D
0
F
rl-=~==~=======~~===4===~d~a~t·~~2 I4 -~01U-0[1 ====~r7A~ke-r~M~T~W~------------------Ts=T~N~ATL~As~u~-~E1----,-------------------------,-----------------------~,r-------------~
kit eelt~s Hondsleuerlobleou BMS 40M -A2103 '
loa-1"-7.'NA-:;:E:::-aa::-:o~o"'n~o""'18:-l!-:-:o2:-::.oc:-,_-::-:o1-j.D"'o,....·r--¥~!!'~!!:~!ll~~~!!!~~!l:n~~~~l...ac..,.k----1 Nb 010 ff
,0
N""btr of
....
lhe EuroNorine Group Manual Control Dnnnt T
~- '"-'io7n--:_,_~da~le~~n~am!!!o~no~rm~--::------__l~re:!;.'· ..!!lr~om!!:..:!..!.21~1.1!!5l:!_!:!6l~9
.5 ;1. for 260J9a repl. by BAP 409 27112 7 686.STR sheet 7
2 total
I II. OIN E il5 1 2 T 3 I 4 I 5 6 I 7 I
0{
a: • geaenderi.
n SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
0., .:'

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Material-Nr. Benennung Sachnummer/Dokumentennummer,Hersteller
Handsteuertableau BAP409 271.127 686 ST
Handsteuertableau BAP409 271.127 686 GZ

Handsteuertableau BAP409 271.127 686 STR

1 1ST + 271162257 Frontplatte BTG412 271.162 257

BAP409 GEAMOT
I


7 100 M 273859991 LEI TUNG DIN 47726-H05V-K 1X0,5 sw

I
8 3M 273969824 SCHUTZSCHLAUCH EXPT30,SCHWARZ
GEFLOCHTEN,20B40 '
9999 1ST 271105555 DIV. KLEINMATERIAL 271.105 555

Mat.-Nr. 271127686
natum _Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronicu Handsteuertableau BAP409
Mombur of tho EuroMurlnu Group
Norm - - I von 3
2001-02-15
)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr . Benennung S achnummer /Dokumentennummer, Hers teller
R1 1ST 273643098 Widerstand SMA 0207S 8,2K 1% TK50

0,6W
S11 1ST 271162268 NOCKENSCHALTER CG8 A370-600FT2-F234-G251

6P/F"AUTO-MAN"
S12 1ST 271118424 Nockenschalter CH10 D-Z164*01FT2

6P, STA/AS/STOP/AH/STA
81001 2 8T 271119139 TA8T8CHALTELEMENT 704.910.3
81001 1ST 271153559 GLUEHLAMPE 700.000.2

BA9S, 24V, 1,2W
81001 1ST 271159158 8chutzklappe 704.925.0

BAUREIHE 04+14, PLOMBIERBAR
81001 1 8T 271159159 LEUCHTDRUCKTA8TE 704-062.2

RA8TFUNKTION
X1 1ST 271130870 END KLAMMER 249-117
X1 1ST 271130871 8CHILDTRAEGER 209-112
X1 1ST 271130873 EIN8TECK8CHILD 209-113 I

X1 1 8T 271130874 8CHUTZ8TREIFEN 209-114
TRANSPARENT
Mat.-Nr . 271127686
Datum N"mA STN ATLAS Marine Eleclronica Handsteuertableau BAP409

Mumber of tha EuroMarlne Oro up
Norm - - I von 3
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. M8A3 Urspr . I Ers. f. IErs . d.
2001-02-15
()
~-....__ -~ri
a: • geaendei'L
\
SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
n.
'-
'
~ '
I'.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Xl 40 ST 271134223 DURCHGANGSKLEMME 281-631

0,14-4MM2
X1 1ST 271134229 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 281-312

2,5MM
X1 1ST 272340222 TRAGSCHIENE 2934/2 GL

35X15MM 1,5MM DICK; GELOCHT
X2 1ST 271130870 ENDKLAMMER 249-117
X2 1ST 271130871 SCHILDTRAEGER 209-112
X2 1ST 271130873 EINSTECKSCHILD 209-113
X2 1ST 271130874 SCHUTZSTREIFEN 209-114

TRANSPARENT
X2 1ST 271153784 BRUECKUNGSKAMM 281-483

3-FACH,ISOLIERT
X2 3 ST 271153788 DIODENKLEMME 281-635/281-492

4ANSCHL./2DIODEN I
Mat.-Nr. 271127686
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronica Handsteuertableau BAP409
Be arb 2001-01-24 Kowalk Mombor uf the EuroMarine Group

Norm - - I von 3
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. I Ers. f. lErs. d.
2001-02-15
( )
I. 0 \
1 I 2 I 30
'
I 4 I 5 . i'
--------- 6 I 7 I (), /'
~
CAD
-
A A
BLOWER 1 BLOWER 2 SPARE
LAMP TEST PRESELECT RUNNING OFF PRESELECT RUNNING OFF PRESELECT RUNNING OFF
- ..-- - - r- r-
,, r-- - r-
XI
,_p p
,,X1 114 ,,X1 14
E---\-
34
E---\
14
--- --- ~~ E--- E---
_{
r- - - - - -
·-:t'"
-L ~ E--- ,_~2 E---' r - - - - - - -l ~
·-:
E--- r-
33 13 21 13 21 13 21
-57 -510 X2 -513 -511 X2 -514 -512 X2 -515
B B
c c
O,Smm 1 1 1,5m
=- l,·x;-s·8- ·1 rx;-6·2- ·1 r-·- "I -

L~~-----r----t-~r-~-t-H~---t~~--------;---~~-f~~1-~----1--4----------f---~---+'~X2~66 1
; · -'l(~---- · -- ·1 ! ! ~4 4 • ~- ~ ! ! n4 6 • r-- ~ ! I
! j ! 6o! ! lo !I I! 64! ! !I j 6aj
~ ~ I ~
8 12
0 I I' I, I . . . . . I fiw: I I I I fiw: I 0
j
I
1 'I ~X2 57 sgj j '-- 3 ~ !i :~X2 61 63jI j ..__ s
I
!I ~X2 65 ~67j
I I
.
..,
z L_ t=t: . ·I--·
7 _i _l
..... •-
)
--1-·'
I : 9
•- -- - - 1-· •- --!-·• •- -- - .. -·
II
I_ ___ .I
5
•"":ic~ [:_);,~_·--- 7----6 · - · - · - l,-·l;z·-·lg·i;o·25·-·- ;3-·-r,z----- 1?- 18-- ljs"16""2'6"-·- lg-·- 2o-·-·- 23 24___ 2i 22""'i7"1
- -
"'
c
~0
'---------------------------~-----------------------~------------------------~-·
"
."
0
0 DOUBLE TERN INAL

E c DOUBLE TERMINAL DOUBLE TERMINAL E
c
.!!
Deppe Is t ockk I emme Deppe Is t ockk I emme Doppel s tockk I emme
.
u
~a.
-X1,-X3(-E25)
- "~
::
.0 ~RN -
0
F F
l-+-----+---ll----f!d~a:..::le-e:..:·~1.~o:,._-~ 24 0
Aker 1
STN ATLAS !lame Bectrcncs Vor Or! Tableau
desio. Kowolk b 010MTWff Geamol 40M -E25
~;~~==~;~~;::~~~;:~;;~~c~h~ec~k~otor~nb~r~ac~k:::~~N=-~,..~7M<ro~~-=~~.----t.M=em~be"-r~of_lh_•_Eu_ro_M•_rin_•_Gr_o~-1Local Control Panel sheel
I
rev. revision
II. DIN 6771 'leil 5 1
dale name norm
2
res. from: 271.153
1
637.STR
3
subsl. for: 26.03.98
I 4
repl. by:
I
1271.127 687.STR J lolal
I I
r. I I I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6 I 7 I ).
CAD
f-
A A
EMERGENCY STOP OVERRIDE RESET SPARE SPARE SUPPLY LAMP EMERGENCY OVERRIDE RESET PRE -ALARM SHUTDOWN PRE- ALARM SLOWDOWN
SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN . . .. . .. .. .... .. . . . . TEST STOP SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN . . . .. . . SLOWDOWN ...
- 14
.--
24 34
....-- .----
14
.---
24
....--'"-"
14
....--
14
....--
14 ,, XI .---
14 ,,XI
·-~
,,·- XI ,,XI
....
,, XI
·- ....
,,XI
·_,~
,,·- XI
,_ ,,XI
ov /3 .1
-
-57.2 1- - H5·2~
~
E--v- r-- f- --\- E--v- r - - ...J

E--- ,-- E--- I'"" E--- I'""
~ E--- I'"" -51 L~ - 52L [l - 53 L~ -H1 L[l -H2 L~ -H4 L~
- 51 13 23 33 -52 13 23 -53 13 -55 13
-55 13 X2-57 13 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
~~ I
:~
·001 };f I:J ~ I
B ~ ~ :_ f-- - B
- 0..
~
..,., 1-
>-
~
C)
<..>
:z:
LU
~ "'
::>
~
""
LU
X
LU
c > ,..
~
~
,.. ~ c
"' C>
= 1-
/1.8 ~ :::: ~ ~ ~ ~ :::; ~ g; ~ ;:; ~ ::; ~ ~ ~ :::; ~ ~ ~ ~ ':::;, ~ ~ 13.1
0
~,2· lz-·-6- a-·w· u---~,- 16-·;s io"2i T4·-·i6 iS:
0
~ I~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
I
I
M I
z
~X2 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 ILT 13.1
-
0
!! I~ ;----~--- fr· ~-s-· ~o"-·- 7·- a·-·g-
_______ _2__ ;o·- li" ------1,.-,1
l i ___ lj-
18 3 14- 1s i6 17 7 II 15 19 23 21 1
0
~
~
'------------~- ----------------·- F-·-·-·---1 '--·- -------------------------· 1-
3u ov 13.5
.
0
0
E c
c E
2
~
e 0.
- ~ E--v--
~ 1-
"
0 Bei diesen Schallern isl die
Rast funk I ian zu akt iv ieren
F
F
dote 24.01.01 Aker MTW STN ATLAS llaml Electronics
de sin. Kowotk Vor Or! Tableau Geamot 40M -E25
~~ check Oornbrock Nb 010 ff Nmbt< ol the EuroNorine Group
Local Control n ....... _, f
L_!1.~L..
ision
I
dote nome norm
2
res . from: 271.1Sl 611.5
3
st. for: 26.0l.98 rtpl. by: 1271 .127 687 .STR ! sheet
to tot
DIN t il 5
T I 4 I 5 6 T 7 T J I
I I L I
~--~----~'---------L--------~5_________
c).; I
----~6~------~--------~--------L----
7 l o,./ --------.I
I--
SPARE SPARE SPARE REMOTE LAMP REI•IOTE LOCAL WRONG WAY -A0675 A
CONTROL TEST CONTROL CONTROL ALARM
12.8 ,.:O::..:V:.._____
-9'______,______,
..-- RE5ETABLE MONITOR RECEIVER
~r:-
, , X1 , , X1 , , X1 ,,X1 ,,X1 ,,X1
-
-, -- ·-:
E---'-
1'
·.., ·- ·-
-H7 h -55 ~ ~ -56 l ~ -54 2~-H13 L~-H14 1.::1 -
-54 13 ·57 23 CALL
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
ALARM
<r
w 0::
w c_,
>
0
UJ
"-
~ ""
C)
"-
+
-
C)
"-
I
w
:r:
V) < <0
8 B
-X1 1 21 22 -X2 11 12 Q13 1' 15
_l
:--- _l ---
• ---~..-----.. --- l
-
~ ~ "- ~ ~
/2.8>-------~----~----~------~~+---~--~----~----~----~r-------------~~----~~~~----~--~
:q -~ N ~ ;;; U'l ~ J:i ~ ~
= LIYCY r-
I,Sm 4x0,75
0
fi1na·lj:r-j,- 36-jii" ;:~ r't24i lj;;:"46 tra·-sa-152-s",- s61 0
. i ~ ~ ~! 4-=-1
f-1*: ~ f-1*: f-1*:

I
! c:: :::D
M
z
i5 t2.8 LT ~X2 29 33 37 !I r·- ---·-· t-·1 ~x2
I
'5 'g sJ r:·- -· --~ r·- -- -----~- ~ r---·-1-· r-·t.· -·

- .
c
~
I
'--------------1
31 35 39 !_ -X1
I ________
19 20 21 _,
1
!.____________ .
I
'1
'3 '7 51 55j_-X1_..22
..J.
12 .s
23 1
+o;..;v~-+__.
-1X5 1 2 3 ' 5 6 7 8 g I
-t-~ __: I_ ____ !:: _____ --!= -----------
0
0
0 ~---r- ----·----- ----·-·- -·-·1
.
0
0
I I
E c j I
I
E
i ~15
c
.!!
g -H16
~c.
I OUTSIOE I
- !.
oil
.D
0
i.~~~~~~L_!~N~- - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - '
F
F
l-+--------+---f---t:;d~al:7:":t:z'~·0::ft.o;:-:1'-----l Aker MTW STH ARAS llcmt Electronics Vor Orl Tableau
b 010 f f Geomot 40M -E25 ,r--.------1
l==~~====~~===~~~~=~=~=~c~he~c~k ~o;,~·r~nb~ro~cE:k:::~-::N~=.;;;r;-.,..<To'~::h.i-;::':-:J.iii'iiii"'""---t;M:;em:;-e;::r
desia. Kowolk b
: -"'-'h_e_Eu_r•_M•_rin_e_Gr_ou-tp L0col con I r ol pone I sheel 3
I
rev. revision dole
II. DIN 6771/Teil 5
nome norm
1
res. from: 271.153 637.STR subs!. lor: 26.03.98
? I '
reol. by:
I
271.127 687.STR· J lolol
0
a: • geaender. SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr. Benennung S achnummer /Dokumentennummer, Hersteller
Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M 271.127 687 ST
Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M 271.127 687 GZ
Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M 271.127 687 STR


FRONT PLATTE 271.161 473 EZ
1 1ST 271161473 FRONT PLATTE 271.161 473

VOR-ORT-TABLEAU
- 4,5 KG 271136643 BLECH ELEKTR.VERZ. DIN 17163 1.0330-3

ST12 ZE-25


7 85 M 273859991 LEI TUNG DIN 47726-H05V-K 1X0,5 sw
Mat.-Nr. 271127687
Datum _Name STN ATLAS Marine Eleclronicu Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
2001-01-24 Kowalk Mumbur olthu EuroMurlnu Group
Be arb
Norm - - I von 12
Ind. An de rung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. I Ers. f. IErs. d.
2001-02-15
a: • geaender, SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
+ Baugrupp e COPYRIGHT RESERVED
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 1, 5 M 273842872 SCHUTZSCHLAUCH EXPT20,SCHWARZ

GEFLOCHTEN,12B30
9999 N.BEDARF ST 271105555 DIV . KLEINMATERIAL 271.105 555

1X5 1ST 271130870 END KLAMMER 249-117
1X5 1ST 271130871 SCHILDTRAEGER 209 - 112
1X5 1ST 271130873 EINSTECKSCHILD 209 - 113
1X5 1 ST 271130874 SCHUTZSTREIFEN 209 - 114

TRANSPARENT
1X5 8 ST 271134223 DURCHGANGSKLEMME 281-631

0,14-4MM2
1X5 1ST 271134229 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 281-312

2,5MM
A675 N.BEDARF ST 271162288 Quittier-Mitleseempfanger A067.5005-000-0210

100TIEF, OHNE GEHAUSE
H1 1ST 271153801 LEUCHTMELDER 61 - 0030.02

18X24
H1 1ST 271153810 DRUCKHAUBE 61 - 9331.4

GE 18X24, MATT, TRANSPARENT
Mat .-Nr . 271127687

Datum NamA STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Member of the EuroMerine Oro up
Norm - -
' I von 12
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f. IErs. d.
...."'')1-02-15
~
( \
~)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
H1" 1 ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.4

GE/28V DC, 8-FACH
H2 1ST 271153801 LEUCHTMELDER 61-0030.02

18X24
H2 1ST 271153808 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.2

RT 18X24, MATT, TRANSPARENT
H2 1ST 271153813 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.2

RT/28V DC, 8-FACH

18X24
-·
H4 1ST 271153810 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.4
GE 18X24, MATT, TRANSPARENT
H4 1ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.4

GE/28V DC, 8-FACH

18X24
H5 1ST 271153808 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.2

H5 1ST 271153813 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.2

RT/28V DC, 8-FACH
Mat.-Nr. 271127687
Datum NamA STN ATLAS Marina Elactronlco Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Mombor of the EuroMurlne Group
Bearb 2001-01-24 Kowalk
Norm - - I von 12
2001-02-15
)
a: • geaend er , SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

18X24
H7 1ST 271153812 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.7

KLAR 18X24, MATT, TRANSPARENT
H7 1ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.4

GE/28V DC, 8-FACH
H13 1ST 271153801 LEUCHTMELDER 61 - 0030.02

18X24
H13 1ST 271153812 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.7

H13 1ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.4

GE/28V DC, 8-FACH

18X24
H14 1ST 271153808 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.2

i
H14 1ST 271153813 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.2
RT/28V DC, 8-FACH
H15 1ST 271162290 Signalhupe HGW11 21266513

24V DC 0 I 3A
Mat.-Nr . 271127687
Datum NAmA STN ATLAS Marine Eleclronico Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Mami.Jer of lha EuroMarina Oro up
Norm - - I von 12
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. I Ers . f. IErs. d.
?001-02-15
(
0 '

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
H16 1 ST 271162281 Auszenwecker 211 620 13

AW2 24VDC FLACHSCHALE D=105MM
R2 1ST 273643098 Widerstand SMA 02078 8,2K 1% TK50

0,6W
81 1ST 271153802 LEUCHTDRK.TASTVORS. 61-1330.0

18X24, UMSCHALTER-TAST/SCHALT
S1 1ST 271153805 SCHALTELEMENT 61-8430.12

18X24, 3 SCHLIESZER
S1 1ST 271153808 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.2

S1 1ST 271153813 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.2

RT/28V DC, 8-FACH
S1 1ST 279995684 SCHUTZKLAPPE 51-925.0

F.18X24
S2 1ST 271153802 LEUCHTDRK.TASTVORS. 61-1330.0

:
'
18X24, 2 SCHLIESZER
S2 1ST 271153808 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.2

Mat.-Nr. 271127687
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronlca Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Bearb 2001-01-24 Kowalk Momber of the EuroMarlne Group

Norm - - I von 12
2001-02-15
a: • geaender,
t SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr. Benennung S achnummer /Dokumentennummer, Hers teller
S2 1ST 271153813 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.2

RT/28V DC, 8-FACH
S2 1ST 279995684 SCHUTZKLAPPE 51-925.0

F.18X24


18X24, 1 SCHLIESZER
S3 1ST 271153812 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.7

S3 1ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.4

GE/28V DC, 8-FACH


18X24, 1 SCHLIESZER
S4 1ST 271153812 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.7 '

S4 1ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.4
GE/28V DC, 8-FACH
Mat .-Nr . 271127687
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Member of the EuroMarina Group
Norm - - I von 12
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f. IErs. d.
2001-02-15
C)\ 0 0)
a: • geaendet, SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

18X24, UMSCHALTER-TAST/8CHALT
85 1ST 271153803 SCHALTELEMENT 61-8410.12
18X24, 1 SCHLIESZER
S5 1ST 271153812 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.7
85 1ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.4
GE/28V DC, 8-FACH
S6 1ST 271153802 LEUCHTDRK.TASTVORS. 61-1330.0 ;
18X24, UMSCHALTER-TAST/SCHALT ,,
S6 1ST 271153803 8CHALTELEMENT 61-8410.12

18X24, 1 SCHLIESZER
86 1ST 271153812 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.7
86 1ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.4
GE/28V DC, 8-FACH
18X24, 3 SCHLIESZER
Mat.-Nr. 271127687
Datum Name· STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Be arb 2001-01-24 Kowalk Member of tha EuroMarlna Oroup I
Gepr.
Norm
- . 271.127 687 ST 1Blatt 7
I von 12
2001-02-15
) '.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr. Benennung Sachnummer /Dokumentennummer, Hers teller
S7 1ST 271153811 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.5

GN 18X24, MATT, TRANSPARENT
S7 1ST 271153815 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.5

GN/28V DC, 8-FACH
S10 1ST 271153802 LEUCHTDRK.TASTVORS. 61 - 1330.0


18X24, 1 SCHLIESZER
S10 1ST 271153812 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.7

S10 1ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61 - 997.4

GE/28V DC, 8 - FACH
S11 1ST 271153802 LEUCHTDRK.TASTVORS. 61 - 1330.0


18X24, 1 SCHLIESZER
I
S11 1ST 271153812 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.7

S11 1ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.4

GE/28V DC, 8-FACH
Mat .- Nr . 271127687
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Norm - - I von 12
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f. IErs . d .
2001 -02-1 5
(
0)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

18X24, 1 SCHLIESZER
S12 1ST 271153812 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.7
S12 1ST 271153814 LEUCHTDIODE 61-997.4
GE/28V DC, 8-FACH
-·
S13 1ST 271153807 Schaltelement 61-8490.12
18X24, 2 SCHLIESZER/1 OEFFNER
S13 1ST 271153808 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.2
Sl4 1ST 271153802 LEUCHTDRK.TASTVORS. 61-1330.0
814 1ST 271153807 Schaltelement 61-8490.12
S14 1ST 271153808 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.2
Mat.-Nr. 271127687
n;otoom Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronic& Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Bearb 2001-01-24 Kowalk Member of tha EuroMarlno Group
Gepr. 2001-01-24 Dornbrack 271.127 687 ST TBlatt 9

Norm - - I von 12 i
2001-02-15
)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr . Benennung Sachnummer/Dokumentennummer. Hersteller

S15 1ST 271153807 Schaltelement 61-8490.12

S15 1ST 271153808 DRUCKHAUBE 61-9331.2

RT 18X24, MATT , TRANSPARENT
X1 1ST 271130870 END KLAMMER 249 - 117
X1 1ST 271130873 EINSTECKSCHILD 209 - 113
X1 1ST 271130874 SCHUTZSTREIFEN 209 - 114

TRANSPARENT
X1 25 ST 271134223 DURCHGANGSKLEMME 281-631

0,14-4MM2

2,5MM
X1 1ST 272340222 TRAGSCHIENE 2934/2 GL

35X15MM 1,5MM DICK; GELOCHT
· X2 1ST 271130871 SCHILDTRAEGER 209-112
Mat .-Nr. 271127687
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronica Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Memi.Jar of the EuroMarlne Group
Norm - - I von 12
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr. I Ers . f. IErs . d .
2001-02-15
c-) 0 C) CJ
)
a: • geaender. SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

TRANSPARENT
X2 2 ST 271153781 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 281-340
X2 2 ST 271153784 BRUECKUNGSKAMM 281-483 -. ..,.
3-FACH,ISOLIERT

10-FACH,ISOLIERT
4ANSCHL./2DIODEN

TRANSPARENT

0,14-4MM2
X3 1ST 271134229 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 281-312 I

I
I
2,5MM
!
Mat.-Nr. 271127687
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Elactronicu Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Bearb 2001-01-24 Kowalk Member of tho EuroMarlno Group

Norm - - I von 12
2001-02-15
)
a: • geaende1 . SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
X4 1ST 271130870 END KLAMMER 249 - 117
X4 1ST 271130871 SCHILDTRAEGER 209 - 112
X4 1ST 271130873 EINSTECKSCHILD 209 - 113

TRANSPARENT
X4 6 ST 271153780 DIODENKLEMME 281 - 633/281-411

4ANSCHL./1DIODE
X4 1ST 271153781 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 281 - 340
X4 2 ST 271153784 BRUECKUNGSKAMM 281-483

3-FACH,ISOLIERT
Mat .-Nr . 271127687

-
Datum Name STN ATLAS M•rine Electronic• Vor Ort Tableau Geamot 40M
Mend.Jer or the EuroMarlne Group
Gepr . 2001 - 01-24 Dornbrack 271.127 687 ST I Blatt 12
Norm - - I von 12
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f . !Ers . d .
2001-02-15
uO. i I I
Schrcmk/CABINET
2 _I () --,-,------;-~-------,-,-----:5:-----~0
i'··-
Schrank/CABINET
r-,
.'
---6 ------.~---1-----,-r..----(:;\t-.B-----.
-
4~mEronsldltiFRifT VEW/Fl!I1Sdi/A.Aia ®IOO 130 .fl..Seii~I/SUI VI:
lo _, A
A
I i'
I
I
I
I
!'-- 30
t- I I t-
I ~--~ I
: I I I (2)--
siehe Anlagen-Stiikliste --! C:J-- 31
I I I I
I I I '}!'---
S£E SYSIDI PART LIST 1--- NAME
Geriilesctild
PLATE Ebsis-Sdrorl<: Typ SN Kl20-2 B
~ L_~
B 141 dot- l'<lllrlinnsolft) loddiNIJ: ~ Pos.86,
1Ill RDIT CASIET WALl. IIIII) Wl!fll in Auflrog richts crq:gelsl 1st -
I RAL 7032 ( Kiesel!J'(lU), St!Uitr
Sch.rtzort: IP 54 (DIN 40 (Y5())
I I '-...... 39
leergewichl: 154kg
I I Schild iller SichEru'gS1
I 1 LAlli. If FUSES Schl«brl: lkwellxlrt, lim [an
I I !:f~~~kl Ansdtog lirllslrechts
OffruYJSwirllel 125•
I I mit Tii'feststel!er
I
lii c u i----i : Kobeleinfilnrg:
Tl'lYJSIXI'I:
YCI1 llliSl
l&"gsdrotbS1 Hl2 nmtiert (
£ 8 I
.21 I ---t--t-
L - - - -
I I
r-
_j
36
Schaltptllltasche
BAli!~<~ !,00m:!~l[JI DIMilAH
BASIC CABII£T:
Cll.(l.R:
TYPE SN Kl20-2
IN !Rill If 1'05.86,
Ill CASIET 1D11. IIIII) IF I{)T !Rill SR:CIFIC -
RAL 7032 (F'EIB.£ lilY), STR.(l1JI
II!HE If FmTEat!Jt IP 54 (DIN 40 (Yj())
l>£1!i!T (EH'TY): 154 kg
TYPE If KEY: IXlRE BIT, lim 111m
lXXII: Httall LEFTIRIGIT
!HNit«i Aim 125• 0
WITH lXXII AIIISTIIli
CARE ENTRY: FID4 lll.OW
SHIPPI!li LFTit«i EYES H12 Hl.NTIIJ
I
I 111 frdnJslxllm In beidm Tii'immseitm
t- cro.H!Hi ED.T INSIII EAOl CABitfT lXXII 1-
I
I
I
I
~~> L- - - - - - - - - t . j - - - - - - - - _]~~> --r--~~>
• E
1000 /400 PCS - PROPULSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Freimontol. Oberfliichen Manstob: HO 1
+ Aker MTW
Hohe Schrank Fundament - Werftseitig Nb 010 ff Sulzer DENIS VI, WITH ESG40M
t-
HIGH OF CABINET FOUNDA TIDN - YARD PROPERTY Ootum Nome
l2l 12
Bearb. 24.01.01
Gepr. 24.01.01
Kowalk
ffirtrack
Steuerschrank
Norm CONTROL CABINET
I 100
1000
Zusl. Anderung Oatum Name Urspr.: Ers.f.: 1Ers.d.:
CADR 2
) B
Montogeplotte
MOUNTING PLATE
VtrderansichtIFROOT VIEW
A
A ( Sicherheitssystem )
~------------------ ESS-----------.
SeitenWOill, men lili<s

Sl[l; WALL. INSI[l; LEFT
35 ~
>
~
B
B "'
32 l5
~
8
>
15
'-'
Iii c ""'
£
11 5!
;t, :§
~
;!;
C)
~
i ~:::,
t
.2
<>< o
~
1i 0
.:z
11 Erd..rllSbolzen im Sdrorl<lin der Tii'imeoseite/ouf der Hontogeplotte

cro..tlllt«i In T INSI[l; CABINET I INSI[l; CABINET !XXJl/(11 trulTit«i PLATE
• E
PCS - PROPULSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Freimontol. Oberflilchen ~M~on~s~to.:::_b:_::1:10~--------..L_----------j
Aker MTW
Nb 010 ff Sulzer DENIS VI. WITH ESG40M
Nome
32 35
Kowolk
lfrrtrock
Steuerschrank
33 34 ( 19) ( 19) 34 33 CONTROL CABINET
Sdinnsctiene Schinnsctiene
SCREEN BAR SCIUN BAR l - - - t - - - - - - t - - - t - - - 1 8 T N ATl.AB UarlnoEioatranlao
1---t-------t---t-----1 Ment>er ol the Eu'oMatne ()"'-" 271.127 684.GZ
Zust. Anderun Nome Urs r.: Ers.r.: Ers.d.
L
~,~)
~
l) s ()., -
/,.. ....,\
I 2 I '. I ~ I ' I
6 I 1 I \:\...___,..;,-I e
ACAD
A A
max. 12
I ~~I
52
288
-
I
f-
t ~
r- ~
r II ~
~
~8TH Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M

ATLAS ):
0
8 8
,------.
l ALARM l
,------.
I
FIRE
I
,------.
I FAULT l I
0:
0
c:
AUTO BRIDGE START AIR: 27.2 BAR L ______ .J L ______ .J
I L ______ .J .G
NO EVENTS I
... ~
"'
~
3t
~
•No ALARMS I
~ ~~
ORO: 91.3 SET: 79.2 ACT: 79.6
...
;r.
( a 0 (
~ ~~~~~
0
.r
~
~
;! [§ :J
STATUS
LIST
p
UAINTE·
HANCE
p
Dllolr.IER/
CONTR.
G
.---.
L__.l
0
~
~
u
~
"' ~
~h. I"'
f-.
~E]
:')~11 POR
B G B
') 1 AIIC 3 GHI -4 .JI<L 15 1.1110
SLOW V1T SLOV.U. SLOV.U. SLOV.U. ~
~ TURNJHG LOW NOx ACTIVE OVERR. RESET
8
0 r
~ ~
]8 vwx o..-. :J
0 G G
7 BTU +I·
CANCEL SEA STAND SllUTD. SllUTD. suuro.
LWIT uooe BY ACTIVE OVERR. RESET ~
~
~
I-
.__
1-- I -u ll
278
max. 8 mm
Cut-out for Panel
Weight: 1,4 kg
All dimensions in mm.
Enclosur protection of front: IP 44
6 OI.IUl Kn
ddt
di\Tqn
ll01.1l
Prlu\On
r;:j_, STN ATLAS
~~Marino Eloclrnnlct Tableau BHS 40H, BRIDGE PAN[L/NSD CONFIGURA liON /f---------1
s~H ooomq Ta Oiirnhr><k
m.
A
rnhlon
11.08.91
dllc nJrat
lhr<k
nor11
,
rc1. rroro:
I
l1ulnl. for: rcpl. by:
I ~
BJ\ H 10.E
T
I 211.1so ni.. GZ
' I I
I 1 T R
, I 1 I c=J _ll__ _ _4:__ ___lll-_ _~sl__ _~_;-- ,
() 6 T 1
. I
,(~,----
't~/)·,-.-----
ACAD
1-
288
r
r:;rn liTH
Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M
~ATLAS Geamot

.------.
:ALARM
,------. ,------.
L ______ .J: :L ______
FIRE .J: :L FAULT
______ .J:
NO EVENTS I
•No ALARMS I
~~
ODR: 91.3 SET: 79.2 ACT: 79.6
:r
<'l
0
.r
g
~
~ ~..., IL
COHTR. Em II
l!
~
8
h.
~
EJ
1-
_I_
278
// ~~
max. 0 mm
Cut-out for Panel ~
-
-~ ~ Wei!Jhl: 1,4 k!J
All dimensions in mm .
. Enclosur protection of front: IP 44
wsTNATLAS
Tableau 1. - - - - - - - 1
OHS 40H, fCR PAN(L/NSO CONfiGURA TIONJ---,--
~!!J Marino Eloclronl<s
~~~-----=-r=--~~~=1001~'-'o~r:____~r,~p'l.~br~'--~--~____B_A~T_41_1.D_____L~ _ _ _ _L _ f_ _ ~27~1.~15~0~18~9.~GZ~--~~~--
L,L-\Ur\,L-\ - ~
I
Klemmleiste I TERMINAL STRIP Ml:S !
fiir /FOR TS35 I
151 1!:i1 !
A
-XI
'"'"'"
~
-X2
I IIJ
- I
72
tin II
~1
- -+;3SAM + -WI, -W2 -e:::;:;;
Electronics
Freie L1inge m f-X2 ,,'I
LENGTH 2 r-----3 'I
I MANUAL CONTROL I I-XI (SUI) :I

I
:'II
-n
~D
I'
d
AUX. AUX.
B..IMII I II.MR I 1-- --
8
lUI STIP
<u 1:
LOCAL
CIJITID.
llJIII(j
IBR
AUX.
B..IMII 2
AUX.
ll.IMR 2
2 1-- -- n I
ElliAiiD lUI STIP
<u
Sl.llW
llRIJij
9II&ICt
liMITE -· - - 1 I
(IWIJAI.) TAME OVER
t--
Slfi'I.Y
f<J
~oft~~;
- -- l
WAY -~- I
m ~J I
0 ::c
~
u
(
+ +
~Lls. II
~ schwarz Graphitgrau I
~\
:z: GRAPHITE GREY
a I
-6
!:!
1
~
:2
~
-
~lAM
Electronics
I MANUAL CONTROL I
~
.. ..B._
CXl
MOUNTING CUT-OUT
--
I
--,
(] 1-fO I~ I I
-trZ -55
I I
Wit Ill Bl Ill I
0 -116
Wit
-511
1-tn
Wit
rsrz
j-fll
Ill
rsa
-59
~
Bl
~
Ill
rss I
-
tI
-
I
YE YE Ill Bl Ill I I
t--
(] fi!17
Ill
1-st!
Bl
rst'J
Bl
i'S2D
Ill
~~
0132.4
A
~
-- --
-~
0144 0128±0.2
E
Geamot 40M I
I
Freima(JtoL Oberfltichen Ma(Jstab: 1:2. 1:5 !
Aker MTW I
Nb 010 ff BAP408 I
I
Datum Name
Bearb. 23.01.01
Gepr. 23.01.01
Kowalk
Dcrntrack
Hondsteuertobleou I
F
Norm MANUAL CONTROL PANEL I
I
I
Blatt
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics
~-
MerrtJer or the Ell"oMarfne Gr~ 271.127 685.GZ 1
CJ A MAE000032011
Zust. Anderung
15.02.01
Datum
0&-
Name Urspr.: Ers.f.: Ers.d.: .
1 BLI
I
L
LAUt\A'
. I .. .. I I
I
Klemmleiste I TERMINAL STRIP M1:5

_320_ 73_1;
-XI -X2
-;o,
\ . A
Ed ~: ~
( l
sc:hwarz Graphitgrau
BLA\
~'
GRAPHITE GREY
I- 7. 8
~ ,_____
+~lAM + Freie Lange 3m ~ -e:::
~
Electronlct
LENGTH I
I UAMJAL CONTROL J 3~ !
-StOOl, RD ~ \
e
l=r;-=
f-~1-
8
1-t--------- ~I-
- 1-
~ li
-......::;:~...--
I El«iltf COOROL I ...r 1-
SliP I
~ ~crv
'--
!
lsr•
. - - -
"""
iTifll
I
I
0 Iii I
:= i-+
!:
L.J
f- '----
I
~
rh
( -sn
0144
-S12
119.5
~ Li I
=
Ei
--,
-6
E! MOUNT lNG CUT -OUT
--
! 1-- ~ a:
~
~
18 I
I I
I I
I
0
I
-
tI
I
I I
I-
0132.4
~ A~
-- --
~~
0128±0.2
E
Geomot 40M
FreimarJtol. Oberfll:ic:hen MarJstab: ~2. 1:5 l
Aker MTW
Nb 010 ff BAP409
Datum Name
Bearb. 23.01.01
Gepr. 23.01.01
Kowalk
Dtirnbrack
Handsteuertableau
F
Norm MANUAL CONTROL PANEL
Blatt
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics
MentJer ol the Etr~ne Grt:X~P 271.127 686.GZ I
1 BL
Zust. Anderung Datum Name Urspr.: Ers.f.: IErs.d.:.
,~.
(' ( ') l'·:;--_....·) .
CA~-J
UliA. 2
'
""--/ ~
DIN 7't - An6 r.:riltesdlild
,·- --,<+>
3 NAKR.ATE
A
252t0.2
r-1
* * * A
D D IE
226t0.2
I
I $ $
I I
L _ _l
[E 1!1
,...,
ElrOOutlefe
Kl.M'Itli IEPTH
lOOt() 5
' [E [ill {5~~~
•
0::
B
B U- ~-::>
1-Vl
.
0
r-
N
126t0.2 t=J·~
~~~g
'--'
1E I
:*
rill D ~
<(
-'
rn D I
I (
L __
Iii (
£
~
.
;I;
26t0.2 D $
CJ
£ 0
El
I~0 C)
..
"!
.
:;:1 .
"!
.
"!
..
"!
...,
C)
...,
0 C) C)
N
D
"'
N "'
:!: "'
N
ID
m
Ul
670 "'
lite
Pos.. Fll'be. Text llll lill"M lflrnT 73,5t5
der Duldnt.ts1 slehe Blatt 21
f'OS., Cllllfl. TEXT Nfl ENilAVItli
lJ ~S9H CAPS SEE PI« 21 -XI -X2
520t05
Geamot 40 M I Sulzer Denis VI

Freimantol. Obertliichen ~M.:::!anc:::s=tab:::.:. : :1:2.: !. . : : 1:5_ _ _ _...__ _ _ _-t
Aker MTW
Nb 010 ff tD.S
Slcnbrdflril! 005 Tdlleous: 5TANIAIII Cll!lfl (J PA!ll.: Datum Nome
RAl 7032 (kieset!J'OO) RAl 7032 (FmlE liD')
sofem rich! Alttmnsgtud'fl t IF tilT !HER SPECIFIC I
Beorb. 23.01.01
Ge r. 23.01.01
Kowolk
lfuirock
Vor-Ort-Tableau
Norm LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
l - t - - - - l - - - ! - - - l 8 T N All.A8MartneE!ectron!oe
1 - - + - - - - t - - t - - 1 MentJer or the ElrcMarne G-<q> 271.127 687.GZ
Zust. Anderun Datum Name Urs r.: Ers.f.: Ers.d.:
CADRt( ) -=-
8 ----,
A
• + !ru:1<tnben ~E!'I: ff£SSU£ CAPS OO!A'viD
A
+
Sctrift~ l.flfTII{j lfOfT: lml
Rl llrl !ll - IJ<.Ml oosgelegt llD AI{) IRIN CAPS - ~.\liTE l.fllllt{i, El.A()( lKIR£ATH
DDim (~
1.\1 und YE - IJ< oosgelegt ~.\liTE AI{) YEllOW CAPS - El.AO< l.fliTHi
~che BesdTiflul! dE!'

~ H . (JJx24J:
W.X.dJflflf
ff£S
ffiCRIPTICil (f
CAPS ( JJx2~
ZeilM nit je Xl B..dlstOOell 3 U£5 WITH Xl LET tl EACH lit£
B
I!]T8E!]
B
!{\
!rl ~
~
!rl --' L.J
CJ ENIAllA!l IIR IJUJOWJIN

Hl.KTHi POSITICil (f ff£S<ll£ CAPS
!ij l(
i
Jli~~ll Jl i~ n II ] II
iHI+ ~
I~10
0
[][8
~ Jl u [ill~~ :iD
~ ~
Geamot 40 M I Sulzer Denis VI
.! . Freimontol. I Oberfltichen 1Monstob: 1:1 I I
•
Aker MTW
II f Nb 010 ff
Nome
Kowolk
!frrtrock
Vor-Ort-Tableau
LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
+ + (1) I I
Zust.l Anderun
I I
1 1 Nome
I::!Tl:~~·::.·.::,~·:;
IUrsor.: Ers.f.:
271.127 687Ji7
Ers.d
)~-~----- ......
""
L'" .. ._ .._..,II- ,.-r.-~
I 001 I lOr .2.1'1.2(6.001 l::nlti> l--..__..

1 2-
I 6()(
I I
l'f-·-·-·-u
-
f=· ·---·
II ~
-r :;;1
.
')!) 210 ~~
nerul~ ~ tlor·~.,
30 I t20 .I f!XIHG Of SHIDAIID DOTfOil
n. .200 72
tl)
Ult
I
. I
-I I J
( >J
. ••
·1-1" lo
I 1- ,22 ~
1- Sperilikalia-: !Wrr>l:cnlett Typ HC 700c300r200 (HdhTI

Scl>orrir:.re tirolr.2
2.(0 'Jusd/.uu ,.,;r 2 ua..ert>tfbar~ '$1:Jwo~ubffl
. Z~elrtidlt l.bded.un9 eben
- 1- 111il tlorml>o<lrn Typ B. 0 2535
)A;J Ro'hr..,nb1D1•J>{DII~ Typ R,\ '22
I !?
""
0
0
..... ..,0
V> IJI~ Cum..w&cblur><J Typ DG 22
1\uslt><hr._.,.,, no,lscl>ub - ~·.,.r.ut
-
l/1¢G SPECIFIKATIOit- STJ\NDJ'\RO OOX lYP£ NC 700•300r2C>J Oh~•OI
l!UIC(S. Otl l.Cf" T 1'11\NO SIDE
LOCK 'W'ITII Z UM..OSI\OLE SCilEYS
- -:::
'E).
M>OITIOII COVEn Oft lOP .
Iii Til ST AII0/\1!0 OOTTOJ.t TYPE 0:. 0 2535
,_£ G
r-
v\ 'liiTII TUDE COIIIlECTIOO PU. fE TYPC flA 22
NID nunflffi SEAL TYPE DC Z2
->-~
-~·
I
:1 -
• ,OESIGII; RUSi - PROTECTIVE - PI"IIU!»G
15 J co 1
------
Lidcronl: Mt<~or .AG
-
2G 'XX) 100
~ ,T I SUPPliER lfcl'dschibrslrone t
Cll-5605 Dollilon
300
lhhro mtlllussptollr Trp fAi?2 ·

C<Jmraidichhonq T7p OG22
- TUDE COilNECTIOK PlhTE: TYPE nA'22
RUOO Eft SEAL TYPE DG~
0
0
N
I i I
·...--··
.
., 5 G . ·...
·' .I
.~
(~-~---
-..,.__ ___,.·
(
/ y~
)-/ :c \<\)
r--
L -=----------5555.c::7 /
' ___]
"'
I I
v
_/
/ B I 'ri /
~
r-
----
L
'·-jE
~
( C'rL(krr.e th.."'C€: 9-Nadel CI:Jt ~bt1ix FRINTI~G ~£THCO: 9-~fEClES DJT HATRIX
rn
;:;;
CJ
L'r;,;Jebungsler.p2ralLr: s·c-3s·c I 'rl·Hs·F TEWcRA11.FS s·c-3s·c 1 4l'f-S5"f
-6
E LuftfeL'Chli£k2it: 20%-EOOio (nicht km:Jensierend) 1-11-HDITY: ZU%-EO% (~CIHmiCENSI~)
iF:i r-
c.J
Pcpiertrar,s~{rt: Fvsh Trcktcr PAFERTRA~)FffiT; Ml TRAKTffi
Popier: Er.dlos-[h(keriXJpier PA.~R THACK:. FA.\~LO PAPER
:2 LJ ErsotzleiH!r. 200.817 ?m SPN~ PART m. 2BJ.817 E
Vl
Forttord: Kasselte. Textil, schwarz IN< RiEElJ~ RIEECN CARTRIOCE 6LACK

Ersalzteil-Nr. 271.126 316 SPA~ PART h'O. 271.126 3!6
.
0 S.:hnitlslellen 11$-422. seriell WERFACES: RS-422. SERI.AL
Cenlr01ics. ~rallel CEHfRl::t!ICS. PA'\ALLEL
l€tzanschlLf}. 220-240 VAC I 9J - YJ Hz PO'..IER SlffLY: 220-240 VAC I SO - CO Hz
Leis lLrgSCufrohrre 38 'ri im Selbsllest FD'fi'ER CCtiD?Tia!: 33 'ri IN SELF TEST
16 'ri Stard-by 16 'ri ST A.~'D-BY
~/
r -
Gewicht: ca. 3.3 kg Wt:IGJT: tF?. 3.3 kg
* tbmessl.J"'9"fi 4COxl:Ox330mm (Bxl-t<T) * DI~!ENS!CiiS: 4COxliOx33:mil (Wxl-{(0)
FreiliXJntot. Cte'fltichen ~b[)s!otr. J. I
f-.
O:Jlun tbrre
Bearb. 11.11.97
($'. 11.11.97
Tr.cr.:aschk
Trmaschk Drucker DRU 2500
tam PRINTER DRU 2500
F Stolt
-··'-",__.....;
! I
(@ 271.148 582.TD.
I
,... '2. E.!:.
A 531 CWJS42 l'r.G9.~ Tr.O-" fr" STN ATLAS ELEKTRONIK
ZLS!. A'liru"g DJILI11 1\ar..e li's!:r.: ~'S..f: 1~-si: -

. Befestigungsmoglichkeit f[r OOU 2500:
MOUNTING POSSIBILITY OF DRU 2500:
I Vorderonsicht \r-
9 FRONT VIE~/ - 1- t-
'--'
r-- \ fifol
Ourcttn.'CrlicOe fUr
45 280 Papio- lfd Stecker
liAS~ IN:i Cf CUi MS
57~ 70 187.5 4S_ FOR PAF£R tNJ Ft.UiS
.:-
8
vv~ ~ ><
~ I J..llLL Q'~t/L/_kLL_L~ ~I
I . -~~ v
1/-L
t:r;'/ _l
0
r-
co
0
N
I I
I
(ro,.,rn ~Y) }~ r-- SPACE FCR FUGS
Platzt:ECctf fl.r Steck~·
CJ
r-' ----------,--,
N
-~ I <)I I <) I
~~ I L- (I~ERFACE2_ - - - - - ...l I
-
~0:
'fie::
-;; 0...9::
0 LLJ
I I --- . I
t-
- c rn
rn
_; 0..
c .
Lfl
N ~~~~~~ t-
t-)
...__. ·-d
-~-
:z:
0
co
N \
15 I 350 .:JrF:
VIE\~
[1.::>. ci'~liOOl
0
:§t:J I Droufsicht I TOP I
~ !::!cf: Iss I 1-' &l-eich zcr
oVI
OJ
~ f\ 210 Befestigu·~ r.jt Klettbard
:~~~~~~
0:
~
Lfl
N
. on O:r lhta-scite
t- SPACE FCR FIXIIiG WITH
>
1-:0:KFASTEh'Ef\ lNJER'\EA n-:
~ L--------------...1
N
..._,
\_ ( vo-re I FF.DilT) f-" v
380
0
( 400)
t-
Ruckonsicht
REAR VIEW -tr-
b---1 1/f Jl ~ J ~
ces
SERI~ l~fiE!VACES "'PAR.6Ua
"' PJ'n't:R SUffi.Y
U:in;e ~2lzor~chll(:'kot:El5
ca. 1,7;n
LE~GTH Cf fD',.,"E:R Stffi.. Y Cill
RS-422 rrmw;:cs A':fl. l7::;
E ( 9 PittS 913-0)
-
Freirr.ontol. Cte'floche1 1-'LJ[Jstob: .!. l
-
Co tun ttr.e
Bear b. 11.11.97
C£?'. 1l.IL97
Thocoscrk
Thoc.oschk r;: i- Drucker DRU 2500
t-am PRINTER DRU 2500
-
6lc:t
- - ~ 271.148 582.TD ,
2 .
-
STN ATLAS ElEKTRONIK
~
~
ZLSt f..~ CotlJol ~rre lfs,"f~ Ets.L 1~

C(D (--'r..,,
~'
, ...:;a, Ansicht ohne Pos.2

,,···.-;.:·
Bis leiterplatten-lndex .-B
56 auf L-Seite bestlickt. 7 6 5 10 21,22
53
[3
'
I
I
I
l 1
I
\'
I •o.
l
C0 d"erprofil
I Codierreiter
11,6 67
[
Uber Trogschiene
1-
Gekennzeichnete Fli!che beidseitig !L-und 0-Seitel lackiert !

;:
.
- OoluA O~.OS.II9S
I=
~
Steckplotte Drucker llnsleuer Modul
B S6H 000 BtU OS.O?.W . . Prhrson
Dtorb.
~
P~hrnn
Knaack '-tl I . 0 AM L~ 01
PRINTER CONTROL HOOlJL( /+
-A
Tutl
SOH 0~0 BOIS
--·
}. Jrrunq
n.oun&
Uo lun
Prhrton
Jlortte
7i'[l!
OA.Htnlh,. llrtnr I r .. '
ST N 1\ Tll\ S
rr, d.
[ l[ I( TRON II(
I r.C. OOMIO
I 7.71.13 !3 227 .GZ
Dial
-
BIOI
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M ~ Elecfronics
Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M
Parametertable
Chapter 7, Parameter table
7 Introduction
In the Parameter table all variable values are listed up. The Values can be set
within fixed margins to adapt the program to the requirements of the particular
engine.
The settings for the engine are recorded in the internal parameter list of the
program, corresponding to the parameter table. Therefore the parameter
table is a ships related document with an own document number, different
to the number of this document. Any change in the parameter setting has to be
noted in the parameter table.
To do the parameter setting, please refer to the "Adjustment Instructions",

chapter 6.
NOTE:
For adjustment of parameters detailed background knowledge covering
the functions of individual parameters as well as handling of adjustment
facilities is required.
Therefore:
Parameter changes may only be done by authorized personnel
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSPAR.WP6 • Chp. 7, Page 1/1
r;1 SAM
U Electronics
"~<
LJ GEAMOT40M
Bridge Manoevering System, BMS 40M
MTW/ 010
WNS I 7RTA 72U-B, DENIS-6
Parameter Table

Behringstr. 120
D-22763 Hamburg
~......·<
L) STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH* PCS * 271.127 681 TDI *Rev. 06 * 10.01.01 * Seite 1 von 2
Purpose
This document describes the parameter of the Bridge Manoevering System

BMS 40M for WSD Engines.
Document Version
Basic Originai271 .151185.TDE
Rev. Changes Date Name

-- First issue 08.05.98 Paulsen
00 Version for DENIS 1 and DENIS 6 Engines 14.07.98 Paulsen
remark: Parameter for DENIS 6 included. Basic SD1 bbb.003 Revision 04.
WNSD Parameter Number ( DENIS1 I DENIS6 ) added as far as applicable
01 (No.176) PAPUCL included 13.11 .98 Paulsen

Text "RATED SPEED" changed to "CMCR SPEED"
02 (No.255) PVIE3M set to spare 13.11 .98 Paulsen
03 Parameter (PKDNME) for NMEA-Protocol added 23.06.99 Kowalk
04 BWL renamed to Rough Sea Limitation 21 .03.00 Paulsen
05 Limit Switch 1 disabled (Output is now "Gov. Stop") 20.06.00 Paulsen

Speed sensing parameters for DZM-Process included
Parameter "SPEED FILTER" included
06 PUWMGA 'WITH BAP 404" display included 10.01 .01 Paulsen
Appendix
Parameter Table 271 .127 681 TD1
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH* PCS * 271.127 681 TD1 *Rev. 06 * 10.01.01 * Seite 2 von 2
··. I
\. '
SAM
Electronics
PARAMETER TABLE FOR BRIDGE MANOEUVRING SYSTEM GEAMOT 40M
Parameter description Display indication Lower Upper Pre- Ship Changes

limit limit setting setting
Requires EXPERT- resp. SERVICE-PASSWORD.

PCHEXP
4 1: Change of USER PASSWORD enabled. CHANGE USER 0 0
Requires USER- resp. EXPERT- or SERVICE-PASSWORD.

PCHUSE
7 Changing of parameters will be blocked after this time. PASSWORD TIMEOUT [S] 60 1800 600
Timeout starts after last operation in parameter menu.
PMTMAN
9 For future use reserved SERVICE PARAM. 2 0
PLDSTE
10 For future use reserved SERVICE PARAM. 3 0
PKDDJA
11 For future use reserved SERVICE PARAM. 4 0 0
PWGMWG
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271.127 681 TD1 Rev.: 06 10.01.01 Page 1/30
)
~SAM
~_a Electronics

PAPDNS
13 0: no pressure switch Start Air Pressure low STARTAIRPR . CONTACT 0 0
1: Pressure switch Start Air Pressure low provided
PUWALK
14 0: without analogue starting air pressure sensor ANALOG STARTAIRPRESS 0
1 : Analogue starting air pressure sensor provided
PUWALA
15 0: without Manoeuvring Mode ENAB .MANOEUVR.MODE 0
1: Function Manoevring Mode released
If Manoeuvring Mode is released , the telegraph order value will be limited to

"Begin Lower Sea Range Ahead" PHLDV3 respectively to "Begin Sea Range
Astern" PHLDZC, as long as no "SEA MODE" Is selected at control panel.
PSWMNB
16 0: Without Automatic Rough Sea Monitoring I Limitation. WITH ROUGH SEA MONIT 0
1: Automatic Rough Sea Monitoring I Limitation released .
PSBMSB
17 0: without Repeated Start Alarm WITH REPEAT.START AL 0 0
1 : with Repeated Start Alarm
PAPMRS
18 0 : no serial interface to Safety System SIF SAFETY SYSTEM 0
1: With serial interface to Safety System
PUWESS
19 0: no serial interface to Electronic Governor System SIF ELECTR .GOVERNOR 0
1: With serial interface to Electronic Governor System
PAPEGS
20 0: without Mechanical Governor (PGA) MECHANICAL GOVERNOR 0 0
1: With Mechanical Governor (PGA)
PAPMGS
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271.127 681 TD1 Rev .: 06 10.01.01 Page 2/30
~----_.r
\
SAM
Electronics

0: "Start Interlock" display/alarm at running engine too

1: "Start Interlock" display/alarm will be suppressed if engine is running
PUWSBR
22 Optical acknowledge from Bridge Operation Panel (BAT): OPT. ACKNOWL. BRIDGE 0 2
0: disabled,
1: in Automatic Bridge Control enabled,
2: always enabled, Horn at Bridge Operation Panel only,
execpt F.W.E. is activ.
PASOQB -·~:-
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271.127 681 TD1 Rev.: 06 10.01.01 Page3/30
)
~SAM
ta~_a Electronics

PDMDZN
24 Pick-Ups directly at flywheel : Number of flywheel teeth. IMP/TRANSM. TURN 255 132
Otherwise : Number of speed impulses per turn of speed transmitter.

PDMIMP
25 Pick-Ups directly at flywheel : set value to "1". TRANSM . TURN PER 9999
Otherwise : Number of transmitter turns per number of shaft resp. engine turn.
(see next parameter)
or diameter of shaft in mm .
PDMATU
26 If Pick-Ups directly at flywheel : set this value to "1 ". SHAFT TURN 9999
Otherwise : Number of shaft resp. engine turns per number of transmitter turns.
(see previous parameter)
or diameter of transmitter wheel in mm .
Attention : The result Pulses per Shaft Turn= PDMIMP * (PDMATU I PDMAWU)
always has to be <= 255 .
With Slow Turning Enabled (PAPSTE) the result Pulses per Shaft
Turn always has to be <= 170.
PDMAWU
27 Number of cylinders. NUMBER OF CYLINDERS 24 7
lnternaly used for filtering of speed signal.
PDMIMT
28 Divider for Revolution Counter. DIVIDER REV.COUNT . 100 10
Only settings of 1, 10 or 100 are meaningful.

PDMUMT
29 Allowed deviation between speed signal sensor 1 and 2 . MAX .DIFF.SPEED112[%) 0,0 2,0 0,5
PDMMAW
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271 .127 681 TD1 Rev.: 06 10.01.01 Page 4/30
/
SAM
Electronics

Rated Speed [rpm)

factor = ------------------------------------------------------------- * 1000
Indication [rpm) at 10 Volts
PDMASK
31 0: Output for speed indication instruments switched off at Pick-Up fault. NO SWITCH-OFF SP.IND 0
1: Output for speed indication instruments always activated, except at power fail
or watchdog.
PDMKAD
32 1 =speed filter activated (default) WITH SPEED FILTER 0
PDMDFI
( )
~SAM
..,~ Electronics

(20.20B/22.20B) If the actual speed , after exceeding ignition speed, falls below
this value, the second ( or third ) start attempt will be initiated .
PDMMIN
34 (20.20B/22 .20B) Ignition speed (closing of start cut off valve) . N START [RPM] 0,0 99,0 10,0
PDMZUE
35 Maximum increase of ignition speed for start in counter direction. INCR. N START [RPM] 0,0 99,0 6,0
Maximum increase at "CANCEL LIMITS" and 2nd/3rd start attemp, otherwise
depending on internally calculated ships speed .
NOTE: Increase of ignition speed may not be advisable for all applications.
PDMEZG
37 Reversing Level. REVERSING LEV. [RPM] 0,1 99,0 70,0
Reversing valve(s) will be energized after actual speed fails below this limit.
PAPUSD
38 Trigger hysteresis for reversing level. HYST. REV.LEV. [RPM] 0,1 99,0 10,0
PAPUSH
39 (20.200/22.200) Braking Air Level. N BRAKE [RPM] 0,1 99,0 21 ,0
Braking air will be released after actual speed falls below this limit .
PAPBAL
40 Trigger hysteresis for Brake Air level. HYST. N BRAKE [RPM] 0,1 99,0 10,0
PAP BAH
41 Increase of Braking Air Level at start in counter direction with CANCEL LIMITS INC. N BRAKE [RPM] 0 ,0 99,0 5,0
active.
Increase at "CANCEL LIMITS" active .

PAPBLE
42 (26.51A/32.51A) Start speed value . START SPEED [RPM] 0,1 99,0 39,0
PAP ADZ
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271 .1 27 681 TD1 Rev.: 06 10.01.01 Page 6/30
(, ___ 11l
/
SAM
Electronics

Maximum increase at "CANCEL LIMITS" and 2nd/3rd start attemp, otherwise

depending on internaly calculated ships speed.
Doesn't take effect with EGS 2000 as governor.

PSIDEA
44 (20.508/22.508) Delay time for starting after reversing. DELAY A. REVERS. [S] 20 6
PAPUSV
45 ( -I 22.50C) Additional delay time for starting after reversing, if only one ADD. DL Y. REVERS.[S] 0 20 0
HP-Oilpump is running.
If each HP pump has 100% capacity, then setting= 0 sec.
PAPUS1
46 (20.90A/22.90A} Maximum time for brake air. MAX. BRAKE TIME [S) 30 8
PAPTBZ
47 (20.908/22.908) Maximum time for start air per start attempt. MAX. START TIME [S) 30 6
PAPTAZ
48 Delay time for repeated Start if actual speed doesn't exceed ignition speed. MAX DELAY REP.ST.[S) 0 200 2
PAPTAP
49 Delay time for energizing of the start cut off valve. DELAY ST,VALVE [S] 0,0 2,0 0,0
PAPSVV
51 Stabilizing time after start. START STAB I. TIME [S) 20 9
EGS2000 as governor:
This time should be set to EGS stabilizing time plus 1-2 seconds.
PAPARG
52 Additional start stabilizing time, if telegraph setpoint lower than start level. ADD. START TIME [S) 0 120 0
For this time the speed setpoint will be still hold on start stabilizing level.
PSIZAR
)
~SAM
t.!.a Electronics

PAPSPE
54 (20.50A/22.21A) If the engine turns for this time with n > Ignition speed in ENGINE RUN . DELAY(S] 20 5
corresponding direction the internal signal "Engine running" will be generated .
PAPERD
55 ( -I 22.20G) Start I Slowturning overspeed threshold HIGH . SL T.OVSPD HIGH [RPM] 0,1 99,0 40,0
PDMSOH
56 [ -/22 .20.F) Start I Slowturning overspeed threshold LOW. SL T.OVSPD LOW [RPM] 0,1 99,0 5,0
PDMSOL
57 ( -I 22.1 OOA ) HP oilpump On/Off threshold. HP PPS . ON THR.[RPM] 0,1 99,0 30,0
PAPHPT
58 ( -/ 22.1008 ) HP oilpump Off delay . DELAY HP PPS . OFF[S] 60 3600 600
(22.21 A/22.111 C) Number of pulses for one revolution (including backward

swinging) .
Final setting during manoeuvring tests.
PLDLDI
60 (22.21 B/22.111 D) Maximum Slow Turning time. MAX. SLOWT. TIME [S] 100 50
PLDLDM
61 (22.20/22.11 0) Delay time of Slow Turning request . DELAY SL T REQUEST[S) 3600 1800
PLDLDU
62 ( -I 22.111 A ) Length of pulse for Start Cut Off Valve (Siowturning) . (1 = 5 msec) PULSE TIME SCO *5ms 10 60 30
PLDIMZ
63 ( -I 22.111 B ) Length of period for Start Cut Off Valve (Siowturning). (1 = 5 msec) PERIOD TIME SCO *5ms 100 400 300
PLDPEZ
::. '- _...c)(.
SAM
Electronics

Maximum speed ahead in normal mode.

Active CANCEL LIMITS mode will release the telegraph speed setting of . -
PMTBD6 "TEL-BR AHD MAX[RPMJ".
Normaly 104 % of CMCR Speed should be the setting for "Maximum speed
ahead" and "TEL-BR AHD MAX[RPM]".
PMTAHD
65 Maximum speed astern in normal mode. NORM.MAX.ASTERN[RPM) -99,0 0,0 -85,0 ~ :~'k
Active CANCEL LIMITS mode will release the telegraph speed setting of
PMTBDF "TEL-BR AST MAX[RPM)".
Normaly 85 % of CMCR Speed should be the setting for "Maximum speed
astern" and "TEL-BR AST MAX[RPM)".
PMTAST
66 Maximum +/- range for Order Adjust in % of Rated Speed. MAX RANGE ORD.ADJ[%) 0 5 3
PMTDFM
67 Hysteresis for the analogue telegraph order value in % of Rated Speed. TEL HYSTERESIS[%) 0,0 2,0 0,5
PMTDIF
)
~SAM
~_,..Electronics

69 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in position 10 Ahead . "Full Ahead Sea" TEL-BR AHD MAX [RPM] 0,0 900,0 103,0
Normaly set to 104 % of Rated Speed.
PMTBD6
70 Voltage of the bridge telegraph In Full Ahead {5). TEL-BR AHD 5 [V] 0,000 10,000 1,616
PMTBS5
71 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in Full Ahead (5). TEL-BR AHD 5 [RPM] 0,0 99,0 69,0
PMTBD5
72 Voltage of the bridge telegraph in Half Ahead {4). TEL-BR AHD 4 [V] 0 ,000 10,000 2,435
PMTBS4
73 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in Half Ahead (4) . TEL-BR AHD 4 [RPM] 0,0 99,0 57,0
PMTBD4
74 Voltage of the bridge telegraph in Slow Ahead (3) . TEL-BR AHD 3 [V] 0,000 10,000 3,300
PMTBS3
75 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in Slow Ahead (3) . TEL-BR AHD 3 [RPM] 0,0 99,0 40,0
PMTBD3
76 Voltage of the bridge telegraph in Dead Slow Ahead (2). TEL-BR AHD 2 [V] 0 ,000 10,000 4,133
PMTBS2
77 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in Dead Slow Ahead (2). TEL-BR AHD 2 (RPM] 0,0 99,0 30,0
PMTBD2
78 Voltage of the bridge telegraph in position 1 Ahead. "Minimum Ahead" TEL-BR AHD 1 [V) 0,000 10,000 4,677
PMTBS1
79 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in position 1. T-BR AH/MIN.SP.[RPM] 0,0 99,0 25,0
NOTE: Defines generally the order set value for "Minimum Speed Ahead ".
PMTBD1
80 Voltage of the bridge telegraph in position Stop. TEL -BR STOP [V] 0,000 10,000 4,980
PMTBSO
81 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in Stop. Always "0.0"1 TEL-BR STOP [RPM] 0,0 0,0 0,0
PMTBDO
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271.127 681 TD1 Rev.: 06 10.01.01 Page 10 /30
,r --... .
....--,_
. . . _ . ti
\
) :, __ ,/
--(
) _,
\
SAM
Electronics

. ~·-
;
Voltage of the bridge telegraph in position 1 Astern. "Minimum astern"

PMTBSA
83 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in position 1 Astern. "Minimum Speed TEL-BR AST 1 (RPM) -99,0 0,0 -27,0
Astern"
PMTBDA
84 Voltage of the bridge telegraph in Dead Slow Astern (2). TEL-BR AST2 [V) 0,000 10,000 5,835
,-;;:
PMTBSB
85 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in Dead Slow Astern (2). TEL-BR AST 2 [RPM] -99,0 0,0 -30,0
PMTBDB
86 Voltage of the bridge telegraph in Slow Astern (3). TEL-BR AST3 [V] 0,000 10,000 6,655
PMTBSC
87 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in Slow Astern (3). TEL-BR AST3 [RPM) -99,0 0,0 -40,0
PMTBDC
88 Voltage of the bridge telegraph in Half Astern (4). TEL-BR AST 4 [V) 0,000 10,000 7,482
PMTBSD
89 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in Half Astern (4). TEL-BR AST 4 [RPM] -99,0 0,0 -57,0
PMTBDD
90 Voltage of the bridge telegraph in Full Astern (5). TEL-BR AST5 (V] 0,000 10,000 8,329
PMTBSE
91 Speed order of the bridge telegraph In Full Astern {5). TEL-BR AST5 (RPM) -99,0 0,0 -69,0
PMTBDE
92 Voltage of the bridge telegraph in position 10 Astern. "Full Astern Sea" TEL-BR AST MAX [V) 0,000 10,000 9,113
PMTBSF
93 Speed order of the bridge telegraph in position 10. "Full Astern Sea" TEL-BR AST MAX [RPM] -99,0 0,0 -85,0
Nomal setting: 80 to 90 % of Rated Speed.
PMTBDF
)
~SAM
~~ Electronics

Voltage of the ECR telegraph In position 10 Ahead. "Full Ahead Sea "
PMTLS6
95 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in Full Ahead (5). TEL-CR AHD 5 [V) 0,000 10,000 1,470
PMTLS5
96 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in Half Ahead (4). TEL-CR AHD 4 [V) 0,000 10,000 2,21 0
PMTLS4
97 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in Slow Ahead (3) . TEL-CR AHD 3 [VJ 0,000 10,000 3,373
PMTLS3
98 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in Dead Slow Ahead (2). TEL-CR AHD 2 (V] 0,000 10,000 3,720
PMTLS2
99 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in position 1 Ahead. "Minimum ahead" TEL-CR AHD 1 (V] 0,000 10,000 4,185
PMTLS1
100 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in position Slop. TEL-CR STOP [V) 0,000 10,000 4,480
PMTLSO
101 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in position 1 Astern. "Minimum astern" TEL -CR AST 1 [V) 0,000 10,000 4,816
PMTLSA
102 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in Dead Slow Astern (2). TEL-CR AST 2 [V) 0,000 10,000 5,233
PMTLSB
103 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in Slow Astern (3). TEL-CR AST 3 [V) 0,000 10,000 5,973
PMTLSC
104 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in Half Astern (4). TEL-CR AST 4 [V) 0,000 10,000 6,742
PMTLSD
105 Voltage of the ECR telegraph in Full Astern (5) . TEL-CR AST 5 (V) 0,000 10,000 7,483
PMTLSE
106 Voltage orthe ECR telegraph in position 10 Astern. "Full Astern Sea" TEL-CR AST MAX [V) 0,000 10,000 8,207
PMTLSF
0: no Emerg . Telegraph
1: Emergency Telegraph bridge is installed.
PETTYP
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271 .127 681 TD1 Rev. : 06 10.01.01 Page 12 /30
(
' --
I
\\_
··-
..,
)
'
{ "- --.:
\ -- j
SAM
Electronics

PHLDUO
128 (26.80C/32.80C) End of 1st critical speed range. E 1ST BSR [RPM] 0,0 99,0 49,0
PHLDOO
129 (26.80B/32.80B) Begin of 2nd critical speed range. B 2ND BSR [RPM] 0,0 99,0 0,0
PHLDU1
130 (26.80A/32.80A) End of 2nd critical speed range. E 2ND BSR [RPM] 0,0 99,0 0,0
PHLD01
131 (26.BOE/32.80E) Margin for alarm "Actual speed in critical range". MARGIN BSR [RPM] 0,0 99,0 0,5
Alarm is activated, if
Begin of critical range+Margin < Actual speed < End of critical
range-Margin
PHLDHA
132 (26.81/32.81) Delay time for alarm "Actual Speed in Critical Range". DELAY BSR [S] 0 600 180
PLSDZA
( )
~SAM
~~ Electronics
Member of the EuroMar ine Group

Acceleration time Upper Sea Range Ahead .

End of Upper Sea Range : 104% CMCR -Speed (see TEL-BR AHD MAX [RPM]
[PMTBD6] ).
PHLZ01
134 Acceleration time Lower Sea Range Ahead. L SR AHD ACC [SJ 10000 1800
PHLZ31
135 Acceleration time Upper Manoeuvring Range Ahead . U MRAHD ACC [S] 10000 60
PHLZ21
136 Acceleration time Lower Manoeuvring Range Ahead . L MR AHD ACC [S] 10000 50
PHLZ11
137 Acceleration time Upper Sea Range at CANCEL LIMITS U SR AHD ACC EM [SJ 10000 300
PHLZ02
138 Acceleration time Lower Sea Range Ahead at CANCEL LIMITS . L SR AHD ACC EM (S] 10000 120
PHLZ32
139 Acceleration time Upper Manoeuvring Range Ahead at CANCEL LIMITS. U MR AHD ACC EM [S] 10000 30
PHLZ22
140 Acceleration time Lower Manoeuvring Range Ahead at CANCEL LIMITS . L MR AHD ACC EM [S] 10000 30
PHLZ12
141 Deceleration time Sea Range Ahead. SR AHD DEC [S] 10000 1800
PHLZ33
142 Deceleration time Upper Manoeuvring Range Ahead . U MRAHD DEC (S] 10000 10
PHLZ23
143 Deceleration time Lower Manoeuvring Range Ahead . L MR AHD DEC [S] 10000 20
PHLZ13
144 Re -acceleration time Sea Range Ahead . SR AHD RE-ACC [SJ 10000 300
PHLZPV
~··
\I
f
/
SAM
Electronics

Acceleration time Sea Range Astern. ""
End of Sea Range Astern: i.e. 85 % CMCR-Speed (see TEL-BR AST MAX [RPM)
[PMTBDF) ).
PHLZ61
146 Acceleration time Upper Manoeuvring Range Astern. U MR ASTACC [S) 10000 30
PHLZ51
147 Acceleration time Lower Manoeuvring Range Astern. L MR AST ACC [S) 10000 40
PHLZ41
148 Acceleration time Sea Range Astern at CANCEL LIMITS. SR AST ACC EM (S) 10000 300
PHLZ62
149 Acceleration time Upper Manoeuvring Range Astern at CANCEL LIMITS. U MR AST ACC EM [S) 10000 30
PHLZ52
150 Acceleration time Lower Manoeuvring Range Astern at CANCEL LIMITS. L MR AST ACC EM [S) 10000 30
PHLZ42
151 Deceleration time Sea Range Astern. SR AST DEC (S) 10000 30
PHLZ63
152 Deceleration time Upper Manoeuvring Range Astern. U MRAST DEC (S) 10000 10
PHLZ53
153 Deceleration time Lower Manoeuvring Range Astern. L MR AST DEC (S) 10000 10
PHLZ43
154 Re-acceleration time Sea Range Astern. SR AST RE-ACC (S) 10000 300
PHLZPZ
)
~SAM
~_a Electronics

SR DEC EM [SJ 10000 15

PHLZ94
156 Deceleration time Upper Manoeuvring Range at CANCEL LIMITS. U MR DEC EM (S] 10000 10
PHLZ84
157 Deceleration time Lower Manoeuvring Range at CANCEL LIMITS . LMR DEC EM [SJ 10000 10
PHLZ74
158 Deceleration time Sea Range at Slow Down. SR DEC SLD [SJ 10000 120
PHLZ95
159 Deceleration time Upper Manoeuvring Range at Slow Down. U MR DEC SLD [SJ 10000 8
PHLZ85
160 Deceleration time Lower Manoeuvring Range at Slow Down. LMR DEC SLD [SJ 10000 2
PHLZ75
161 Deceleration time of the Load Program in Sea Range. SR DEC PROG. (SJ 10000 300
PHLZPR
162 Revolutions I time (next parameter) for slow deceleration after start stabilizing. SLOW DEC ST [RPM] 0,0 99,0 2,0
[rpm]
If the time is set to a lower value as the time for "normal deceleration for lower
manoeuvre range ahead, PHLZ13 "L MR AHD DEC [S]",
the function is switched off.
PHLDAR
163 Time for run through the speed range PHLDAR (previous parameter) after start SLOW DEC ST (SJ 10000
stabilizing .
PHLZAR
164 Spare FOR FUTURE USE 0 10000 0
PHLR01
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271.127 681 TD1 Rev. : 06 10.01.01 Page 16/30
___ ) \
SAM
Electronics

O: Limit Switch output 1 related to telegraph order

1 : Limit Switch output 1 related to actual speed
PLS1SI
166 Off trigger level of Limit Switch 1. Acts as hyteresis. Spare (LS1 Off) -900,0 900,0 -10,0
If the setting of this level is higher than the On trigger level, the output will be
inverted. . .. ··-
PLS10F
167 On trigger level of Limit Switch 1. Spare (LS1 On) -900,0 900,0 -11,0
The output will be inverted If the setting of this level is lower than the Off trigger
level.
PLS10N
168 0: Limit Switch output 2 related to telegraph order LIM.SW 2 [DES/ACT) 0 0
1: Limit Switch output 2 related to actual speed
PLS2SI
169 Off trigger level of Limit Switch 2. Acts as hyteresis. LS 2 OFF [RPM] -900,0 900,0 19,5
inverted.
PLS20F
170 On trigger level of Limit Switch 2. LS 2 ON [RPM] -900,0 900,0 20,0
The output will be inverted if the setting of this level is lower than the Off trigger
level.
PLS20N
171 0: Limit Switch output 3 related to telegraph order LIM.SW 3 [DES/ACT) 0 0
1: Limit Switch output 3 related to aclual speed
PLS3SI
172 Off trigger level of Limit Switch 3. Acts as hyteresls. LS 3 OFF [RPM) -900,0 900,0 59,0
inverted.
PLS30F
)
~SAM
..,~ Electronics

On trigger level of Limit Switch 3.

The output will be inverted if the setting of this level is lower than the Off trigger
level .
PLS30N
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271 .127 681 TD1 Rev.: 06 10.01.01 Page 18 /30
/ '
( \
~ ---'{
) ·-~1)
SAM
Electronics

O: Manual Limitation at CANCEL LIMITS still activ

1: Manual Limitation overridden at CANCEL LIMITS
PSWUMR
175 Minimum speed setting value for the RPM LIMIT (Chief Limitation) function, MAK RPM LIMIT,[RPM] 0,0 99,0 70,0
PSWGMR
176 0: Automatic Slow Down at CANCEL LIMITS still activ CAN,LIM: SUP,AUT.SLD 0
1: Automatic Slow Down overridden at CANCEL LIMITS
Acts for "Automatic SLD" from ESS 40M by serial interface and for the "parallel"
digital input "AUTOMATIC SLD" for Safety System of other make,
PSWUAR
177 Speed limit at automatic Slow Down. AUTOM. SLD [RPM] 0,0 99,0 65,0
Acts for "Automatic SLD" from ESS 40M by serial interface and for the "parallel"
digital input "AUTOMATIC SLD" for Safety System of other make.
PSWDAR
180 Delay time for alarm "Engine Output Limited" DELAY ENG.OUTP.LIM, 0 300 60
PSIEOL
181 0: Reduction due to VIT-Fail. at CANCEL LIMITS still activ CAN.LIM: SUP,VIT-LIM 0
1: Reduction due to VIT-Fail. overridden at CANCEL LIMITS
PSWUVR
182 ( -I 32.508 ) Speed reduction at VIT-Failure. VIT-FAIL LIMIT[RPM] 0,0 99,0 90,0
PSWDVR
183 O: No Cancel Governor Limits at CANCEL LIMITS CAN.LIM: C.GOV.LIMIT 0 0
1: "Cancel Governor Limits" at CANCEL LIMITS activated
PAPUCL
)
~SAM
a_a Electronics

12
2
PAXBLA
200 Delay time for blower alarm . Depending of the number of blowers. ALARM DEL. BLOW. [SJ 60 7
PAXBLD
201 Delay time for the blower off signal. OFF DEL. BLOWER (S] 3600 900
PAXBLV
202 The blower monitoring will be enabled if the charge air pressure falls below this BLOWER THR . ON [BAR] 0 ,01 1,00 0 ,25
level.
PAXCPE
203 The blower monitoring will be disabled if the charge air pressure exceeds this BLOWER THR . OFF[BAR] 0 ,01 1,00 0 ,30
level.
PAXCPA
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271.127 681 TD1 Rev.: 06 10.01 .01 Page 20 /30
,~
( \
\._)
SAM
Electronics

Speed value for Rough Sea detection.

If the actual speed exceeds this setpoint and falls below Rated Speed three
times within the monitoring time, the Rough Sea Limitation becomes activ.
Pay attention to :
PMTBD6 Max. Speed Ahead< Speed Value Rough Sea Detection<
Overs peed
PSBSDG
205 Monitoring time for Rough Sea detection. MONIT.TIME R-SEA (S] 10 600 120
PSBZAB
206 0: Rough Sea Limitation always active. SUPPR.RSL AT CAN.LIM 0
1: Rough Sea Limitation overriden with "CANCEL LIMITS".
PSWUSW
207 Maximum speed setpoint while Rough Sea Limitation is active. SPEED R-SEA LIM[RPM] 0,0 900,0 90,0
PSWDSW
)
~SAM
~.l.j Electronics
Parameter description Display Indication Lower Upper Pre- Ship Changes

Stable minimum engine speed . As long as the internally calculated ship speed is
lower than 0.6 • "Minimum Speed" in ahead, the telegraf order will be limited not
to underpass this setting. If this function is unwanted, this value has to be set to
the same value as "Minimum Speed" , defined with PMTBD1 "TEL-BR AHD 1
[RPM]". This lower limit is in Astern range always active. Therefore the setting of
parameter. PMTBDA "TEL-BR AST 1 (RPM]" should be equal to "Stable minimum
engine speed".
PMODKS
209 Ships speed for cancel governor limitations. S SP CAN LIM[%) 0 100 25
If the calculated ships speed is higher than this setting at start in counter
direction the signal "cancel limits" will be send to the governor.
PMOHFW
210 Time constant of the ships speed model. SHIPS TC [S) 0 10000 60
"Fast" vessel (25 knots) : ca . 60 sec. "Slow" vessel (14 knots) : ca . 120 sec.
PMOVKI
211 Internally calculated ship speed will be automatically corrected down to adjusted COR . SHIPS MODEL[%] 0 100 15
value when shaft is at stand-still for more than 10 seconds.
Time delay for Alarm "CR TELEGR . ALIGNMENT ERR".

Don't care when without Automatic ECR .
PMTFWA
\ ( \ (~)
( /
i
"
) . __ _..,,)
-'
SAM
Electronics
Parameter description Display indication Lower Upper Pre- Ship Change~

PUWMES
214 O: VIT-Modul Voltage Supply without monitoring MONIT. VIT SUPPLY 0 0
1: Alarm +"Frozen" Condition at loss of VIT-Modul Voltage Supply
PUWMVS ...
215 0: Automatic Voltage Supply without monitoring MONIT. AUT. SUPPLY 0 3 2
1: Alarm at loss of Automatic Voltage Supply
2: Alarm + Start Blocking at loss of Automatic Voltage Supply
3: Alarm + "Frozen" Condition at loss of Automatic Voltage Supply -~:
PUWMAS
216 O: Manual Voltage Supply without monitoring MONIT. MAN. SUPPLY 0 3 0
1: Alarm at loss of Manual Voltage Supply
2: Alarm + Start Blocking at loss of Manual Voltage Supply
3: Alarm + "Frozen" Condition at loss of Manual Voltage Supply
PUWMMS
217 0: Sensor Voltage Supply without monitoring MONIT. SEN. SUPPLY 0 3 3
1: Alarm at loss of Sensor Voltage Supply
2: Alarm + Start Blocking at loss of Sensor Voltage Supply
3: Alarm + "Frozen" Condition at loss of Sensor Voltage Supply
PUWMSS
218 0: Control Air Pressure without monitoring MONIT. CONTRL. AIR 0 2 0
1: Alarm at loss of Control Air Pressure.
2: Alarm + Disconnetion of liP-Converter supply voltage ( PGA only ).
PUWCAL
219 0: without monitoring of sensor supply fuse Modul1 I IOM402 FUSE MONIT.M1 IOM402 0
1: Monitoring of sensor supply fuse Modul 1 I IOM402 released.
PUWF11
220 0: without monitoring of sensor supply fuse Modul 21 REM401 FUSE MONIT.M2 REM401 0
1: Monitoring of sensor supply fuse Modul 21 REM401 released.
PUWF12
)
~SAM
a./.4 Electronics

PUWF13
222 0: without monitoring of sensor supply fuse Modul 4 I REM401 FUSE MONIT.M4 REM401 0 0
1: Monitoring or sensor supply fuse Modul 4 / REM401 released .
PUWF14
223 0: Contact closed if Turning Gear in position Disengaged TURN .GEAR CONT.INVT. 0 0
1: Contact open if Turning Gear In position Disengaged
PUWTGI
224 0: Contact closed if Electronic Governor Ready EL.GOV.OK CONT.INVT. 0 0
1: Contact open if Electronic Governor Ready
PUWEGI
225 0: Contact closed if Control Air Pressure is low CTRL.PRESS .LOW.INVT. 0 0
1: Contact open if Control Air Pressure Is low
PUWCAI
226 0: Contact closed if Starting Air Pressure is low ST.AIR .PRS .LOW.INVT. 0 0
1 : Contact open if Starting Air Pressure is low
PUWALI
227 0: without wire breakage monitoring or Digital Output IOM402 X5.2 WITH WB -MON .IOM X5 .2 0
1: Wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output IOM402 X5.2
PUW133
228 0: without wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output IOM402 X5.3 WITH WB-MON .IOM X5.3 0
1: Wire breakage monitoring or Digital Output IOM402 X5.3
PUW134
229 0: without wire breakage monitoring or Digital Output IOM402 X5.4 WITH WB-MON .IOM X5.4 0 0
1: Wire breakage monitoring or Digital Output IOM402 X5.4
PUW135
(-~)
-.
~SAM
~~ Electronics

0: without wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output IOM402 X5.6

PUW136
231 0: without wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output IOM402 X5.7 WITH WB-MON.IOM X5.7 0
PUW137
232 0: without wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output IOM402 X5.8 WITH WB-MON.IOM X5.8 0
PUW138
233 O: without wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output IOM402 X6.2 WITH WB-MON.iOM X6.2 0 0
PUW139
234 O: without wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output iOM402 X6.3 WITH WB-MON.IOM X6.3 0 0
PUW140
235 O: without wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output IOM402 X6.4 WITH WB-MON.IOM X6.4 0
PUW141
236 O: without wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output IOM402 X6.6 WITH WB-MON.IOM X6.6 0
PUW142
237 O: without wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output IOM402 X6.7 WITH WB-MON.IOM X6.7 0 0
1: Wire breakage monitoring of Digital output IOM402 X6.7
PUW143
238 O: without wire breakage monitoring of Digital Output IOM402 X6.8 WITH WB-MON.IOM X6.8 0 0
PUW144
)
~SAM
t.!a Electronics

0: Without energizing of Main Start Air Valve in Simulation Mode

1: Main Start Air Valve will be energized in Simulation Mode
PAPSVS
240 Maximum speed at Simulation Mode . MAX RPM AT SIMUL .(%) 100 150 100
During simulation mode the telegraph order will be converted in a proportional
actual speed . For testing purposes of the Overspeed shutdown or of the
automatic Bad Weather Limitation it Is possible to simulate actual speed higher
than Rated Speed .
PMTSIM
~SAM
L!./d Electronics

Telegraph Order Printer:

New printout is initiated if change of actual speed exceeds this setting. (rpm)
PKDSWD
242 Telegraph Order Printer: INTERVAL CTRL. LEVER 0,1 10,0 5,0
New printout is Initiated if change of telegraph order exceeds this setting. [rpm)
PKDSWF
243 Telegraph Order Printer: 2nd PRINTOUT [S) 0 3276 10
Time for second printout after change of telegraph order.
PKD1PO
244 Telegraph Order Printer: 3rd PRINTOUT (S) 0 3276 30
Time for third printout after change of telegraph order.
PKD2PO
245 Telegraph Order Printer: 4th PRINTOUT (S) 0 3276 60
Time for fourth printout after change of telegraph order.
PKD3PO
246 Telegraph Order Printer: 5th PRINTOUT (S) 0 3276 0
Time for fifth printout after change of telegraph order.
PKD4PO
247 Telegraph Order Printer: CHECK P.O. ACT.SPD. 0 3276 10
Time delay for check printout after change of actual speed. (s)
PKDZLD
248 Telegraph Order Printer: DELAY STABLE ORDER 100 2
Delay time after telegraph order change. [s)
PKDZNS
249 Telegraph Order Printer: BALANCE BAND AUTOM. 100 10
Balance band for order-/ actual speed equality in Automatic Mode. (rpm)
PKDAUM
250 Telegraph Order Printer: BALANCE BAND MANUAL 100 15
Balance band for order-/ actual speed equality in Manual Mode. [rpm)
PKDMAN
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271.127 681 TD1 Rev.: 06 10.o1.01 Page 27/30
)
~SAM
~.l.j Electronics

Telegraph Order Printer:

Balance band for order- I actual speed equality In Emergency Control Mode.
[rpm)
PKDLOC
252 Telegraph Order Printer: MIN .TIME F. BALANCE 100 10
Minimum time delay for order- I actual speed equality . [sJ
PKDGLS
253 Telegraph Order Printer: P.O. AFTER BALANCE 10000 600
Time delay for printout after order-/ actual speed equality. (s)
PKDKGL
254 Telegraph Order Printer: LINES PER PAGE 10 72 66
Number of lines per page .
PKDZEI
255 Telegraph Order Printer: PAGE COUNTER 0 999
Serves for reset or preset of page counter.
Reset of the page counter: Set parameter to "1" and store , than set to "0" and
store again .
"Lamp Test " will cause a form feed and printout of page 1.
Attention : Does'nt show the actual value of page counter!

PKDSEI
256 MASTER CLOCK (NMEA) 0 0
PKDNME
( '\
\ )
---,~
SAM
Electronics

Operating hours, range 000.0 ... 999.9

Serves for reset or pre-set of counter only.
Reset of the counter: Set parameter to "1" and store, than set to "0" and store
again.
Attention: Does'nt show the actual value of the hour counter!

PBSNIE
258 Operating hours, range OOOOxxx.x ... 9999xxx.x OPERATING HOURS MSB 0 9999 0
again.
Attention: Does'nt show the actual value of the hour counter!

PBS HOE
259 Revolutions, range 000 ... 999 REVOL.-COUNT. * 1EO 0 999 0
again.
Attention: Does'nt show the actual value of the revolution counter!

PHZXEO
260 Revolutions, range OOOxxx ... 9999xxx REVOL.-COUNT. * 1E3 0 999 0
again.
Attention: Does'nt show the actual value of the revolution counter!

PHZXE3
~SAM
~~ Electronics
Member of the EuroMa r ine Group

Revolutions, range Oxxxxxx ... 9xxxxxx

Serves for reset or pre-set of counter only .
Reset of the counter: Set parameter to "1" and store , than set to "0" and store
aga in.
Attention : Ooes'nt show the actual value of the revolution counter!
PVIVIT
~SAM
~Electronics
Geamot40M
---•.. Propulsion Control System
WNS- DENIS 6
Test Specification

BehringstraBe 120
D-22763 Hamburg
©STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 1/45
:'~),_/
~/
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
~ Electronics
Test Specification
Document-Versions
Version 1.0 from 28.10.1998, J. Fett, MAA1

Document created
Version 1.1 from 01.02.2001, J. Fett, MSA1

Company Logo changed, complete orthographic revision
from STN ATLAS Elektronik company. The information in this manual is subject
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 2/45
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
~ Electronics
Test Specification
Contents
Document-Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE ............................................. 5
1 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 Operations by STN commissioning personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

2.1 Testing of external links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2 Checking and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
n.
'-..-/ 3 Test procedure for the Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40 M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Change of Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Local Control to Automatic CR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CR to Automatic Bridge ................................................. 8
Automatic Bridge to Auto-matic CR . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Automatic CR to Local Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Automatic Bridge to Local Control ......................................... 12
Local Control to Manual CR (optional) ...................................... 13
Manual CR to Local Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Emergency Remote Takeover ............................................ 14
Start interlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Slow Turning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Order processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Speed setting to I from governor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Engine speed sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Start attempts ........................................................ 22
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Limitations of speed setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Manual Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 3/45
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
~Electronics
Test Specification
Slow Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Bad Weather Limitation ............ . .. . ....... . ......... . .. . . ........ . . . 30
Acceleration I Deceleration of speed setting .... .... .. . ................ . . . .... 31
Sub-telegraph commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Finish With Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Stand By . . . . . ..................................... ... ......... . ..... 36
Sea Mode .............. . .. . ................... . . . . . .. . ... . ... . ...... 37
Shaft Driven Alternator .................................. . . . ............. 38
Revolution counter ... ....... .. .......... . ....... .. ..... .. . .. ......... . . 40
Hour counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Setting Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Monitoring of supply voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01 .02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 4/45
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
~ Electronics
Bridge Manoeuvring System r.• r:l"''br.r nt t 11" l-llri'M.~ rl~ :; "C .1p
Test Specification
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE
ACCEPTED OBJECT
NAME VERSION DATED
-·
0 YARD
VESSEL TYPE
HULL NO
NAME OF VESSEL
THE OBJECT IS ACCEPTED : D WITH FOLLOWING REMARKS D WITHOUT

REMARKS
o· YARD
NAME I DEPART. /STAMP DATE SIGNATURES
CLASSIFICATION
SOCIETY
OWNER
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 5/45
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
~ Electronics
Test Specification
1 Conditions
Internal connections must be connected and checked

Assembly of all system components at the periphery must be concluded
Cable connections established and checked for wrong connection, earth faults
and extraneous voltage
Shipyard support guaranteed by STN with regard to testing and adjustment of
the system
2 Operations by STN commissioning personnel
During normal working hours the following tests will be done:
2.1 Testing of external links
Testing the external links in accordance with the STN cable connection diagrams
harmonised with the shipyard
Cable connections
Connections of all inputs and outputs (digital and analogue)
Connection of operating and indication elements
24 V DC power supply including all sub supplies
Pick Ups at the main engine
2.2 Checking and adjustment
Checking and adjustment of the Propulsion Control System in accordance with the
STN parameter table, taking engine manufacturers and ship owners requests under
account.
0 0 /
r;] SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M ~ Electronics
Bridge Manoeuvring System Member of the EuroMarine Group
Test Specification
3 Test procedure for the Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40 M

No Test Start condHion I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
End condition mis. trial trial initials
1 Change of NOTE:
Control Mode Any change of control mode from LOCAL CONTROL to REMOTE CONTROL has to be done at engine
from Local standstill
Contralto
AutomalicCR
NOTE: Local Control Switch to CR by selling the local Bridge Panel X X X

If the option
"Manual CR" is
levers to REMOTE position (Bull. LC CTRL) EJ
provided, switch Request REMOTE CONTROL at the ECR Panel
the mode
selection switch
local control panel (Butt. LC CTRL)
EJ
lo"AUTO"-
position. If the
(Bull. CR CTRL) EJ
option "Manual c(]
CR" is not pro- CR control requested
vided, automatic -------------------- ---------------------------
Acknowledge by pressing the" CR
-------------------------
Bridge Panel
--------------------- -------
mode is preset
CTRL" button at the ECR panel (Bull. CR CTRL)
ECR Panel
eJ
(Bull. CR CTRL) eJ
Automatic CR CR control selected and displayed
at both panels
REMOTE CONTROL-indication at
the Local Control Box
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page7/45
( )
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start cond~lon I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
End condition mls. trial trial initials
2 Change of Automatic CR Proposal to change by pressing the Bridge panel X X X

Control Mode
from Automatic
"BRIDGE CTRL" button at the ECR
panel
(Butt. CR CTRL)
eJ
CR to Automatic (Butt. BRIDGE CTRL) [)
Bridge
c(]
ECR panel
(Butt. CR CTRL) eJ
(Butt. BRIDGE CTRL)
EJ
-------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------- -------
Acknowledge by pressing the Bridge panel
"BRIDGE CTRL" button at the bridge
panel
(Butt. BRIDGE CTRL)
eJ
ECR panel
(Butt. BRIDGE CTRL)
eJ
Automatic Bridge Automatic Bridge selected and
displayed at both panels
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02 .2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 8/45
c-) 0) 0 /
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Bridge Manoeuvring System 11/.j Electronics
Test Specification
2.1 Change of Automatic CR Request to change by pressing the Bridge Panel X X X
Control Mode "BRIDGE CTRL" button at the bridge (Butt. BRIDGE CTRL)
from Automatic panel 0
CR to Automatic (Butt. CR CTRL)
Bridge eJ
(continued)
ECR Panel
(Butt. CR CTRL) eJ
(Butt. BRID~E CTRL)
0
c(]
--------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------- -------
Acknowledge the request by pressing Bridge Panel
the "BRIDGE CTRL" button at the
ECR panel
(Butt. CR CTRL)
eJ
(Butt. BRIDGE CTRL)
0
m:j
ECR Panel
(Bull. BRIDGE CTRL)
[)
(Butt. CR CTRL)
eJ
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page9/45
------- ~----
---- --- ---~---
- - - ----- - - --
---- - - - - - - - ------- -------- -
------ - ---------- -- - - - - - - - - -----
-- - -- - -----
)
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condijion I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
2.1 Change of Request to change Ackna.v1edge the agreement to change Bridge panel X X X
Control Mode acknowledged. from the ECR by pressing the (Butt. BRIDGE CTRL)
from Automatic "BRIDGE CTRL" button at the bridge
CR to Automatic panel. ECR panel
Bridge (Butt. BRIDGE CTRL)
(2.1 continued)
Automatic Bridge Automatic Bridge selected and
3 Change of Automatic Bridge Proposal to change by pressing the Bridge panel X X X

Control Mode "CR CTRL" button at the bridge panel (Butt. BRIDGE CTRL)
from Automatic
Bridge to Auto-
maticCR
(Butt. CR CTRL)
0
ECR panel
(Butt. BRIDGE CTRL) eJ
(Butt. CR CTRL)
a:::]
-------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------- ----- --------------------- -------
Acknowledge by pressing the "CR Bridge panel X X X
CTRL" button at the ECR panel (Butt. CR CTRL)
eJ
ECR panel
(Butt. CR CTRL)
eJ
Automatic CR CR control selected and displayed
at both panels
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01 .02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 10/45
() q.
PCS Geamot 40 M ~SAM
Bridge Manoeuvring System ~ Electronics
Test Specification
No Test Start condition I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
3.1 Change of Automatic Bridge ECR takes Automatic CR by pressing Bridge Panel X X X
Control Mode the "CR CTRL" button in the ECR (Butt. CR CTRL)
from Automatic panel ~
Bridge to
Automatic CR ~ ...•
(continued) ECR Panel

(Butt. ECR CTRL)
EJ
AutomalicCR CR control selected and displayed
at both panels
--------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------- -------
Acknowledge by pressing the "CR Bridge Panel
CTRL" button at the bridge panel (Butt. CR CTRL)
eJ
ECR Panel
"-
(Butt. CR CTRL)
eJ
4 Change of Automatic CR Local Control Stand takes Local Bridge Panel X X X
Control Mode
from Automatic
Control by setting the locallever(s) out
of REMOTE position
(Butt. LC CTRL) eJ
CR to Local ECR Panel
Control (Butt. LC CTRL) ~
o:::J
LC Control Local control selected and
Indication at ECR Sub Panel
Indication at Local Control Box
)
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
~ Electronics
Test Specification
No Test start condnion 1 Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks DateJ
End condition mls. trial trial Initials
4.1 Change of LC Control Acknowledge by pressing the "LC Bridge Panel X
Control Mode CTRL" buHon at the ECR panel (Butt. LC CTRL)
[) X X
from Automatic
CR to Local ECR Panel
Control
[)
(Butt. LC CTRL)
(continued)
4.2 Change of Automatic Bridge Local Control Stand takes Local Bridge Panel X X X
Control Mode Control by setting the locallever(s) out (Butt. LC CTRL) eJ
from Automatic of REMOTE position
Bridge to Local c(]
Control ECR Panel
(Butt. LC CTRL) [)

4.3
--------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------- -------
Acknowledge by pressing the "LC Bridge Panel
CTRL" button at the Bridge panel (Butt. LC CTRL)
[)
ECR Panel
(Butt. LC CTRL)
[)
~SAM
Test Specification
End condition mis. trial trial Initials
5 Change of NOTE:
Control Mode Any change of control mode from LOCAL CONTROL to REMOTE CONTROL has to be done at engine
from Local standstill
Control to
ManuaiCR
(optional)
Local Control Switch to CR by setting the local Bridge Panel X X X
Provided No D levers to REMOTE position (Butt. LC CTRL) [)

Yes D
NOTE: Request REMOTE CONTROL at the ECR Panel
If the option local control panel (Butt. LC CTRL) [)
"Manual CR" is
provided, switch (Butt. CR CTRL) r=J
the mode
selection switch a::]
to"MAN"- CR control requested
position. -------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------- -------
Acknowledge by pressing the " CR Bridge Panel
CTRL" button at the ECR panel (Butt. CR CTRL)
ECR Panel
eJ
(Butt. CR CTRL) eJ
ManuaiCR CR control selected and displayed
at both panels
MANUAL ECR-indication at the
ECR-Sub Panel
REMOTE CONTROL-indication at
the Local Control Box
)
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condijion I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
6 Change of ManuaiCR Local Control Stand takes Local Bridge Panel X X X

Control Mode
from Manual CR
Control by selling the locallever(s) out (Butt. LC CTRL) eJ
of REMOTE position
to Local Control ECR Panel
(Butt. LC CTRL)
Provided No 0
Yes 0 c(]
6.1
--------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------- -------
Acknowledge by pressing the "LC Bridge Panel
CTRL" buHon at the ECR panel (Bull. LC CTRL)
ECR Panel
(Butt. LC CTRL) eJ
7 Emergency LC control, BMS out of order Switch to CR by setting the local X X X
Remote levers to REMOTE position
Takeover from
Local Control to Take over control to Manual CR by "MANUAL ECR" indicated at the
Manual CR pressing the "(EMERG.) REMOTE ECR Sub Panel
TAKE OVER" button at the ECR Sub "REMOTE CONTROL" indicated
Provided No 0 Panel at the Local Control Box
Yes 0
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
l!.a Electronics
Test Specification
8 Start interlocks Engine at standstill 1. Start Air Pressure low (a,b,c) Single indication of each cmerion X X X
Automatic mode selected 2. Turning gear ENGAGED and alarm "START INTERLOCK"
3. Line break of Valves
4. Safety System off
At each criterion active put 5. Serial interface to Safety System Display "PUT BR-TELEGRAPH
telegraph out of STOP and lost TO STOP"
back to STOP position, 6. Slow turning failure No engine start
when the criterion is not 7. Plant interlock
longer active.
a. Override by "CANCEL LIMITS"
b. Selectable by parameter setting
c. only in "Automatic Bridge"
( )
~SAM
Test Specification
9 Slow Turning NOTE:

As the engine has to run during this test, take care of the maximum possible speed setting according to the
test environment.
Engine at standstill at least Start Slow Turning by pressing the Bridge Panel X
for the time set by parameter "SLOW TURNING" button at the (Butt. SLOW TURNING) [J
"SLT SUPPR.TIME [SEC]" . panel of the active control stand.
Status "SLOW TURNING ECR panel
REQUESTED" is dis- (Butt. SLOW TURNING) [J
played.
Bridge panel 1.0 turns ahead 0 X

(Butt. SLOW
TURNING) EJ of the crankshaft safety reached
within an adjustable time.
ECR panel
(Butt. SLOW
TURNING)
EJ NOTE:
If the slow turning time is excee-
ded, the alarm "SLOW TURNING
Engine ready to start FAILURE" is given .
No Start Interlock Investigate the reason for the
Control mode Automatic fault before next Slow Turning
Bridge or Automatic CR to prevent serious damages to
the engine.
0 0 L~, .--' .
\
r;] SAM
Test Specification
End condition mls. mal mal Initials
10 Order NOTE:
processing First the telegraph set points have to be adjusted according to the requirements of the telegraph type and the
engines speed range. For adjustment pis. refer to the description of the telegraph manufacturer.
10.1 Engine at standstill, Start Put telegraph to STOP posHion Displ: Ord.: 0.0 (BR) X X
interlocked Displ : Ord. : 0.0 (CR)
Control mode Automatic
10.2 Put telegraph to minimum ahead Displ : Ord. : RPM(BR) X X
Bridge and I or Automatic
Displ : Ord. : RPM(CR)
CR
10.3 Use the active telegraph Put telegraph to maximum ahead Displ : Ord. : RPM (BR) X X
10.4 Put telegraph to minimum astem Displ : Ord. : RPM(BR) X X

10.5 Put telegraph to maximum astern Displ : Ord. : RPM (BR) X X

Displ : Ord. : RPM (CR)
10.6 1. Disconnect telegraph order Display "CHANGE TO MAN./- X X

potentiometer LOCALCTRL"
2. Short circuit telegraph order Display "FROZEN CONDITION"
potentiometer Alarm "TELEGRAPH BRIDE
POTENTIOMETER"
Alarm "TELEGRAPH CR
POTENTIOMETER"
© STN ATLAS Marine Eleclronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 17145
~- -- ·----- ~--~ - ------~-~---- ~

- - - - - - - - - - ---
)
~SAM
Bridge Manoeuvring System Member of the Eu roMarine Group
Test Specification
10.7 Speed setting to Engine at standstiH, Start Put telegraph to Full ahead Compare speed indications at X )(
I from governor interlocked Bridge Panel and at the speed

Control mode LOCAL control. At deviations set the
CONTROLorMANUALCR parameters in the control system to
(if applicable) correct value.
10.6 Put manual speed setting for the Compare speed indications at the )( )(
NOTE:
For the test the Bridge governor to Full ahead speed control and at the ECR
Telegraph has to be used panel in the menu "Lever Match"
Provided No 0 At deviations set the parameters in
Yes 0 the control system to correct value.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01 .02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 18145
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condnlon 1 Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Dale/
11 Engine speed NOTE: X X

sensing First the parameter setting for speed sensing has to be carried out.
As the engine has to run during this tests, take care of the maximum possible speed setting according to the
test environment.
11.1 Engine ready to start, no Test Start and engine running in Turning direction ahead 0 X X
Start interlock ahead and astern direction manually
Control mode Local Control operated from Local Control Stand Turning direction astern 0
Check measured speed for turning

direction
11.2 Engine ready to start, no Put telegraph to minimum ahead Engine starts and decelerates to X X
Start interlock ordered speed
Control mode Automatic Check measured speed for accuracy Displ : Ord. : RPM (BR)
Bridge or Automatic CR at the BATs and all analogue Displ: Set : RPM
Use the active telegraph instruments Displ :Act. : RPM
NOTE: Dlspl : Ord. : RPM (CR)

Put telegraph to STOP Displ: Set : RPM
position and wail for engine Displ :Act. : RPM
standstill before each new
11.3 Put telegraph to minimum astern Engine starts and decelerates to X X
test step
ordered speed
Check measured speed for accuracy Displ : Ord. : RPM (BR)
at the BATs and all analogue Displ: Set : RPM
instruments Displ :Act. : RPM

Dlspl: Set : RPM
Displ: Act. : RPM
{ )
\
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
~ Electronics
Bridge Manoeuvring System Member of the EuroMarlne Group
Test Specification
No Test Start oond~lon I Action Expected resuH FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
11 .4 Engine speed Engine at standstill, Start Put telegraph successive to ahead Simulated speed accelerates to X
sensing interlocked, Emergency Stop pos~lon and watch display of ordered speed.
(continued) released by pushbutton, simulated speed, until overspeed limit
Turning Gear Engaged is reached Over speed at _ _ _ RPM
Bridge Display "PUT BR-TELEGRAPH
Use the Bridge Telegraph TO STOP"
Alarm "OVERSPEED"
Set parameter for "Maximum Dig~al output "Over speed shut-
speed at Simulation Mode down" at the DZM 402 of the VIT-
(MAX RPM AT SIMUL.[%] ) Un~ is set as long as over speed
above over speed limit condition is present.
100% MAX RPM AT After test set telegraph to STOP

SIMUL.[%] is related to position and switch Simulation Mode
TEL-BR AHD MAX [RPM], off, reset the Emergency Stop,
i.e 104% of CMCR speed disengage Turning Gear.
Select "SIMULATION
MODE"
(pis. refer to BMS 40 M
Operating Instruction)
"SIMULATION" will be
Indicated at the Bridge
Control panel and at the
ECR -panel
(---\ (~I
'...._ __ .·11
----~fl
/
\
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condttion I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
11.5 Engine speed NOTE:

sensing As the engine has to run during this test, take care of the maximum possible speed setting according to the
(continued) test environment.
Engine ready to start, no Put telegraph successive to ahead Engine starts and accelerates to X X
Start interlock position and watch display of engine ordered speed
Control mode Automatic speed, until the set over speed limit is
Bridge reached Over speed at _ _ _ RPM
Use the Bridge Telegraph
Display "PUT BR-TELEGRAPH
Set the VIT-parameter for TO STOP"
"Trigger level of over speed Alarm "OVERSPEED"
shutdown" (OVER Digital output "Over speed shut-
SPEED[RPM]) to a value down" at the DZM 402 of the VIT-
lower than max possible Unit is set as long as over speed is
speed setting: NOTE: present.
Over speed at _ _ RPM After this test set the parameter to the Emergency stop valve energized
former value! Engine stops
NOTE:
Because the Engine Safety System
has no knowledge about the over
speed, but the emergency stop
valve is energized, an Alarm
"EMERG.STOP VALVE WB" is
given at the ESS.
( )
'
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
tl.a Electronics
Test Specification
No Test start condnlon 1 Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarl<s Date/
12 Start attempts Engine ready to start, no Block fuel feeding X X

Start interlock Put telegraph to ahed I astern position
Bridge or Automatic CR Reset the alarm by putting the Display "REPEATED START"
Use the active telegraph telegraph to STOP position after first start attempt if the
parameter "WITH
REPEAT.START AL" is set
accordingly .
After 3 start attempts alarm
"START FAULT"
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .1 61 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01 .02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 22/45
q 0
~SAM
Bridge Manoeuvring System Member of the EuroMarinc Group
Test Specification
No Test Start condHion I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Datei
End condition mis. IliaI llial Initials
13 Reversing NOTE:
test environment.
13.1 Engine ready to start, no Put telegraph to Half ahead Engine starts and accelerates to X
Start interlock ( if possible ) ordered speed
Bridge or Automatic CR
Use the active telegraph
13.2 Engine running ahead When engine has reached the ordered Engine speed decelerates X
speed, put telegraph to Half astern
( if possible ) Start counter direction at --RPM
13.3 Engine running astern When engine has reached the ordered Engine speed decelerates X
speed, put telegraph to Slow ahead
Start counter direction at --RPM
13.4
------------
NOTE: Engine running full ahead Put telegraph to Full astern Reversing is inHiated when speed X
Select Sea Mode falls below - -RPM -- min.
for this tests after telegraph command
13.5 Start in counter direction is inHiated X

when speed falls below _ _RPM
__min. after telegraph comm.
13.6 Engine running full astern Max. astern speed of _ _RPM is X

reached _ _min. after telegraph
command
}
r;l SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condnion 1 Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Dale/
13.7 Reversing Engine running Full astern Put telegraph to Half ahead Reversing is initiated when speed X
(continued) falls below - -RPM min.
- -
after telegraph command
13.8 Start in counter direction is inniated X

min. after telegraph comm.
13.9 Engine running Half ahead Half ahead speed of _ _ RPM is X

command
13.10 Engine running Full ahead Put telegraph to Full astern Reversing is initialed when speed X
CANCEL LIMITS selected

falls below _ _RPM
after telegraph command
-- min.
13.11 Start in counter direction is in~iated X

when speed falls below _ _ RPM
min. after telegraph comm.
13.12 Engine running full astern Max. astern speed of _ _ RPM is X

reached _ _ min. after telegraph
CANCEL LIMITS selected command
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Dale 01 .02 .2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 24/45
0 .....
0 '
r;lSAM
Test Specification
13.13 Reversing Engine running Full astern Put telegraph to Half ahead Reversing is initiated when speed X
(continued) falls belcm _ _RPM _ _min.
CANCEL LIMITS selected after telegraph command
13.14 Start In counter direction is inHiated X

__min. after telegraph comm.
13.15 Engine running Half ahead Half ahead speed of _ _RPM is X

CANCEL LIMITS selected command
Reset CANCEL LIMITS Normal operating conditions X
)
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condnlon 1 Action Expected result FAT Com Docl< Sea Remarl<s Date/
14 Limitations of NOTE:
speed selling As the engine has to run during this test, take care of the maximum possible speed setting according to the
test environment.
Manual
Limitation Engine running with the
speed ordered by telegraph
Select RPM LIMIT at the ECR panel
and set speed lirril to a value lower
ECR Panel
(Bull. RPM LIMIT)
eJ X X
than ordered speed

Control mode Automatic Speed ordered : _ _ RPM
bridge or Automatic CR Speed limit - -RPM
Engine speed decelerates to set
speed limit
MANUAL LIMITATION indicated at
Bridge Panel and ECR Panel
14.1 Engine running with the Select RPM LIMIT at the ECR panel ECR Panel
limited speed value and set speed limit to a value higher (Bull. RPM LIMIT)
eJ X X
than ordered speed

Control mode Automatic Speed ordered : _ _RPM
bridge or Automatic CR
Speed limit
-- RPM
Engine accelerates to ordered

speed
0 CJ. i
PlSAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condHion I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Dale/
14.2 Limitations of Engine running with the Put telegraph to a value higher than Speed ordered: _ _RPM X X
speed setting speed ordered by telegraph set speed limit Speed limit -- RPM
{continued)
Control mode Automatic Engine speed accelerates to set
bridge or Automatic CR speed limit
Use the active telegraph MANUAL LIMITATION indicated at
14.3 Select CANCEL LIMITS at Bridge Bridge Panel [J X X

Panel {Butt. CANCEL LIM In
ECR Panel
NOTE: (Butt. CANCEL LIMIT) [J
The buzzer in the Bridge c(]
Panel Is activated 5 times in Engine speed accelerates to ·"
lntervallto slgnal the selection ordered value
of Cancel Limits CANCEL LIMITS ACTIV indicated
at Bridge Panel and ECR Panel
14.4 Reset CANCEL LIMITS Engine speed decelerates to set X X

speed limit
MANUAL LIMITATION indicated at
14.5 Put telegraph to a value lower than set Engine speed decelerates to X X
speed limit ordered speed
Select RPM LIMIT at the ECR panel MANUAL LIMITATION indication
and set speed limit to CMCR speed extinguishes
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page27/45
)
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condition I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks DateJ
End condillon mis. trial trial Initials
14.6 Limitations of Engine running with the Release a criterion for SLOW DOWN Engine speed decelerates to the X X
speed setting speed ordered by telegraph speed limit set for slow down
(continued) Control mode Automatic NOTE:
bridge or Automatic CR The maximum speed at slow down Alarm SLOW DOWN indicated at
SlowDown Use the active telegraph must be lower than the ordered speed. Bridge Panel and ECR Panel as
If it is not possible to order a sufficient well as on the ESS panel in the
NOTE: high speed, e.g. during Dock Trial, the ECR.
For override the Slow Down parameter for the max. speed for slow
by "CANCEL LIMITS" the dov.n criterion has to be lowered for
parameter this test.
"CAN .LIM :SP.AUT.SLD"
14.7 Select CANCEL LIMITS Bridge Panel X X
must be set to 1, otherwise
the "CANCEL LIMITS" order (Butt. CANCEL LIMIT)
has no influence to the Slow NOTE: ECR Panel
Down The buuer in the Bridge c:(] (Butt. CANCEL LIMIT)
Panel is activated 5 times in
interval to signal the selection Engine speed accelerates to
of Cancel Limits ordered value
CANCEL LIMITS ACTIV indicated
at Bridge Panel and ECR Panel
14.8 Reset CANCEL LIMITS Engine speed decelerates to the X X

speed limit set for slow down
Alarm SLOW DOWN indicated at

Bridge Panel and ECR Panel as
well as on the ESS panel In the
ECR.
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start cond~ion I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
14.9 Switch off slow down criterion and Engine speed accelerates to X X .
reset slow down ordered value
)
{
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
~ Electronics
Test Specification
14.10 Limitations of Engine at standstill, Start Put telegraph to maximum speed Simulated speed accelerates to X X
speed setting interlocked ordered speed.
(continued) Control mode Automatic
Bad Weather Use the active telegraph
Limitation
Release Bad Weather
Monitoring as decribed in
14.11 the Technical Manual for the
Put the telegraph three times lightly The simulated speed oscillates
BMS .
below nominal speed and back to between the speed values ordered.
maximum speed within the preset
Set parameter for "Maximum
monitoring time for Bad Weather After three times under passing I
speed at Simulation Mode
Detection (Parameter "MONIT.TIME exceeding nominal speed I speed
(MAX RPM AT SIMUL.[%])
BWM[S)" level for Bad Weather Monitoring
between nominal speed and
the status "B/W Limitation - ->
over speed limit. Set
NOTE: TELEGR" is displayed in the status
parameter for "Bad Weather
If the telegraph is shifted to a value list at the Bridge Panel and the
Detection" (SPEED LEVEL
below lim~ation value, the Bad ECR-Panel .
BWM[RPM))Io a value
Weather Monitoring will be reset.
between nominal speed and
maximum speed at
simulation .
Select "SIMULATION
MODE" (pis. refer to BMS
14.12 40 M - Operating lnstruc- Put telegraph to a value below The Bad Weather Lim~ation is
lion) "SIMULATION" will be reduction lim~ . reset , the status indication Is
indicated at the Bridge Con-
cancelled and the speed dece-
trol panel and at the ECR-
lerates to the ordered speed.
panel Put telegraph to STOP and sw~ch
SIMULATION off
After test set telegraph to
STOP position and switch
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01 .02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 30 145
(-) ( .--)~~\
"""-"'(,
~SAM
Test Specification
15 Acceleration I Engine running at Dead Put telegraph to Full ahead Engine speed accelerates X
Deceleration of Slow ahead according to the accelleration

speed setting characteristic for Manoeuvring
Control mode Automatic Mode
bridge lower manoeuvring range from
Use the Bridge Telegraph - -RPM to -- RPM will be
run through within _ _sec.
NOTE:
If SEA MODE is not Upper manoeuvring range from
selected and Manoeuvring _ _RPM to RPM will be
--
Mode is released by run through within _ _sec.
parameter setting,
Manoeuvring Mode is
selected
15.1 Engine running at maximum Put telegraph to Dead Slow ahead Engine speed decelerates X
speed for upper according to the deceleration
manoeuvring range characteristic for Manoeuvring
Mode
Control mode Automatic Upper manoeuvring range from
bridge -- RPM to _ _ RPM will be
Use the Bridge Telegraph run through within _ _sec.
lower manoeuvring range from

_ _RPM to _ _RPM will be
run through within sec.
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 31145
( )
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condHion I Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarl<s Date/
15.2 Acceleration I Engine running at Dead Put telegraph to Full ahead Engine speed accelerates X
Deceleration of Slow ahead according to the acceleration
speed setting characteristic for Sea Mode
(continued) Control mode Automatic Lower sea range from
bridge RPM to - -RPM will be
--
Use the Bridge Telegraph run through within _ _ sec.
SEA MODE selected or Upper sea range from

Manoeuvring Mode not RPM will be
- -RPM to --
released by parameter run through within sec.
15.3 Engine running at maximum Put telegraph to Dead Slow ahead Engine speed decelerates X
speed for upper sea range according to the deceleration
characteristic for Sea Mode
Control mode Automatic Sea range from
bridge
- -RPM to - -RPM will be
q
rF] SAM
Test Specification
15.4 AcceleraUon I Engine running at Dead Select CANCEL LIMITS Engine speed accelerates X
DeceleraUon of Slow ahead according to the acceleration
speed setting Put telegraph to Full ahead characteristic
bridge Lower manoeuvring range from
Use the Bridge Telegraph _ _RPM to _ _RPM will be
NOTE:
Manoeuvre Mode Is Upper manoeuvring range from
switched off, If CANCEL _ _RPM to _ _RPM will be
LIM ITS is selected run through within _ _ sec.
Lower sea range from

Upper sea range from

© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 33145
( )
~SAM
Test Specification
15.5 Acceleration I Engine running at maximum Put telegraph to Dead Slow ahead Engine speed decelerates X
Deceleration of speed according to the deceleration
speed setting characteristic
bridge Upper sea range from
Use the Bridge Telegraph RPM will be
- -RPM to --
run through within _ _ sec.
CANCEL LIMITS selected
Lower sea range from
RPM will be
- -RPM to - -
Upper manoeuvring range from

- -RPM to -- RPM will be
Lower manoeuvring range from

- -RPM to -- RPM will be
:i.
0 n
~-j
r;:] SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
11.111 Electronics
Test Specification
15.6 Acceleration I Engine running at Dead Put telegraph to an ordered speed The set speed increases to the X X X
Deceleration of Slow ahead within critical speed range 1. Lower speed limit of critical
speed setting range and remains, if the
(continued) Control mode Automatic NOTE: ordered speed Is in the lower
bridge The measured value of the telegraph half part of the critical range.
Use the Bridge Telegraph order has a fiXed hysteresis of 0.5% of The engine accelerates to this . ..-;.;
the CMCR speed to prevent "jumps" set point.
SEA MODE selected or between upper and lower limit, if 2. Lower speed limit of critical
Manoeuvring Mode not telegraph order is at or near by range and jumps to the upper
released by parameter "middle" of the critical speed range. limit of critical range and
remains, if the ordered speed
Is in the upper half part of the
critical range. The engine
Accelerates to this set point.
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 35145
).
r;] SAM
Test Specification
16 Sul>-telegraph Telegraph in STOP position Request Finish with Engine by Bridge Panel X
commands and engine at standstill pressing the respective button at the (Butt. FWE) 0 X
16.1
------------
Finish With
Bridge Panel ECR Panel
(Butt. FWE)
0
Engine
<l
NOTE:
16.2 Acknowledge request by pressing Bridge Panel X X
FWE cancels SEA MODE
and STAND BY FWE button at the ECR panel (Butt. FWE)
ECR Panel
(Butt. FWE) [J
------------
16.3 Stand By Engine at standstill or Request Stand By by pressing the Bridge Panel
running. respective button at th Bridge Panel (Butt. STAND BY) 0 X X
The corrvnand orders a

manned ECR.
ECR Panel
(Butt. STAND BY)
0
Control mode Automatic <l
Bridge
NOTE: STAND BY button at the ECR panel (Butt. STAND BY)

The Stand By command ECR Panel
cancels the FWE command (Butt. STAND BY)
~SAM
Test Specification
16.5 SuO-telegraph Engine running. Request Sea Mode by pressing the Bridge Panel X
commands respective button at th Bridge Panel (Butt. SEA MODE) EJ X

ECR Panel
(Butt. SEA MODE)
EJ
Sea Mode
NOTE:
c:(]
The Sea Mode can not be
selected as long as FWE is
selected
SEA MODE button at the ECR panel (Butt. SEA MODE) EJ
ECR Panel
(Butt. SEA MODE)
EJ
The acceleration I
deceleration of engine speed
16.7 depends on the option Cancel Sea Mode by pressing SEA The LEOs implemented in the SEA X X
Manoeuvring Mode (see MODE button again at the Bridge MODE buttons at Bridge Panel and
Acceleration I Deceleration Panel ECR Panel extinguish
of speed setting)
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 37 /45
( )
~SAM
Test Specification
17 Shaft Driven Control mode Automatic Singnal "Shaft Generator must not X X
Attemator Bridge or Automatic CR be stopped'' is given from alternator
(if applicable) Use the active telegraph control to propulsion control
Provided No 0 Engine running at a speed

17.1 Yes 0 set point sufficient high for Put telegraph to a speed setpoint Engine speed decelerates. X X
rated shaft driven atternator some RPM above minimum alternator
load. Main busbar is sup. operating speed
plied by shaft driven
attemator alone with a load
higher than minimum load
17.2 In the moment shaft driven aHemator Speed deceleration stops. Speed is X X
for minimum operating
power margin becomes too low due to kept at the momentary level for
speed.
reducing of engine speed, the signal max. - -sec to aiiC1N start and
All diesel alternators stopped
"Maintain actual Speed' is given from connection of diesel alternators.
and in automatic.
the atternator control to the propulsion
control
17.3 Engine running at ordered When diesel aHemators are connected Engine speed decelerates to the X X
speed. Shaft driven to the bus bar the signal "Maintain ordered set point
attemator and diesel actual Speed' is cancelled. If the
generator(s) supply main PC1Nef of the connected diesel
busbar in parallel. atternator(s) is suffiCient to take the
whole load of the shaft driven
alternator, the signal "Shaft Generator
must not be stopped" is cancelled, too.
0 q
r;] SAM
Test Specification
17.4 Shaft Driven Control mode Automatic Signal "Shaft Generator must not X X
Alternator Bridge be stopped" is given from alternator
(continued) Use the Bridge Telegraph control to propulsion control
Provided No 0 Engine running at a speed

17.5 Yes 0 set point sufficient high for Put telegraph to a speed set point A signal "TRANSFER TO DIESEL X X
rated shaft driven aHemator some RPM below minimum alternator GENERATOR" Is given from the
load. Main busbar is sup- operating speed propulsion control to the shaft
plied by shaft driven driven aHemator control. Immediate
aHemator alone with a load start of diesel aHemator(s).
higher than minimum load
for minimum operating Engine speed decelerates.
speed.
17.6 Ail diesel alternators stopped In the moment shaft driven alternator Speed deceleration stops at the X X
and In automatic. power margin becomes too low due to momentary speed and is kept at
reducing of engine speed, the signal this level for max.
-- sec to
"Maintain actual Speed'' is given from allow the connection of diesel
the alternator control to the propulsion aHemator(s).
control, if the diesel alternators are not
connected up to now.
17.7 Engine running at ordered When diesel aHemators are connected Engine speed decelerates to the X X
speed. Diesel generator(s) to the busbar the signal "Maintain ordered set point. The shaft driven
supply main busbar (in actual Speed" and "Shaft Generator aHemator will be disconnected from
parallel.) must not be stopped" are cancelled. the busbar.
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 39/45
)
~SAM
Test Specification
18 Revolution NOTE:
counter As the engine has to run during this test, take care of the maximum possible speed setting according to the
test environment.
Engine ready to start, no Put telegraph to ahead posb and Speed accelerates to ordered X (x) X
Start interlock watch display of speed, until ordered speed and remains
Control mode Automatic speed is reached and engine running
Bridge or Automatic CR constant at this speed. Speed _ _ RPM ( n)
18.1 Select "REVOLUTION COUNTER" in Note value at begin of measure-
the Menu "MEASURED VALUES" ment
Revolutions ( C 1 )
18.2 Wait sufficient time ( t) for counting, Measuring time _ _ min ( t)

taking the divider for revolution counter
underaccount(d = 1, 10, 100, see Divider _ _ (d)
setting of parameter "DEVIDER
18.3 Note value at end of measurement
REV.COUNT.")
_ _ Revolutions ( C2 )
18.4 Counted value= C2- C1 Expected value n • tId
18.5 Revolutions Revolutions
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01 .02 .2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 40145
q
~SAM
Test Specification
End condition mls. trial trial Initials
19 Hour counter NOTE:

test environment.
Engine ready to start, no Put telegraph to ahead posHion and Speed accelerates to ordered X (X) X
Start interlock watch display of speed, until ordered speed and remains
Control mode Automatic speed is reached and engine running
Bridge or Automatic CR constant at this speed.
19.1 Select "HOUR COUNTER" in the Note value at begin of measure-
Menu "MEASURED VALUES" men!
_ _h(l1)
19.2 Wait sufficient time ( t) for counting, Measuring tinie _ _ h ( t)
19.3 Note value at end of measurement

_ _h(t2)
19.4 Counted value = t2 - t1 Expected value I
19.5
- -h - -h
20 Setting Date and NOTE: Select DATE /TIME in the Mainte- Current Date and Time are X X
Time This test is only valid if a nance submenu S4 displayed
command order printer is
20.1 Set actual Date and Time New Date and Time are displayed
provided
currently during change of value
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • 8MSTST6.WP6 • Page41/45
)
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condnion 1 Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
21 Monitoring of Any Automatic supply voltage Parem. • e . FtlrtetiOt I di9abled X

supply voHages Parem. • 1 . Alarm
Cross out the parameter Remove I switch off the fuse in the Param. = 2 : Alarm + Start blocking
settings not in use for the supply line (refer to ships related Param. = 3 : Alarm • Fre!efl eer~
particular project! drawings) dition-
NOTE:
Take parameter setting under account
21 .1 Manual supply voltage Param. = 0 : Function disabled X
Parem. • 1 . Alarm
Remove I switch off the fuse in the Parem. • 2 ! Alarm • Start bloeltir~g
supply line (refer to ships related Parem. • 3 . Alarm • Fre!e., eo.,
drawings) dition-
NOTE:
21.2 Sensor supply voltage Parem. e . Ft~r~eti6fl di9abled X

Pare.,;. • 1 . Alarm
Remove I switch off the fuse in the Parem. • 2 . Alarm • 618ri bloekirtg
supply line (refer to ships related Param. = 3 : Alarm+ Frozen con-
drawings) dition
NOTE:
C) .!
/j
\ '---- /)
~SAM
Test Specification
21.3 Monitoring of Cross out the parameter VIT supply voHage Pafarn. • 8 . FtmetieR disabled X
supply voHages settings not in use for the Param. = 1 :Alarm+ Frozen con-
(continued) particular project! Remove I switch off the fuse in the dition
supply line (refer to ships related
drawings)
NOTE:
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01.02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 43145
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
~ Electronics
Test Specification
References
Geamot40 M, BMS 40 M , Technical Manual 271.151185.BGE

Geamot 40 M, BMS 40 M, Parameter table 271 ._ _ .TDE
Geamot40 M, ESS 40 M , Technical Manual 271 . 151185.BGE
Geamot 40 M, ESS 40 M , Parameter table 271.- -.TOE
-· © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 385.TSF • Version 1.1 • Date 01 .02.2001 • BMSTST6.WP6 • Page 44/45
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
~ Electronics
Test Specification
Abbreviations
[J Flashing yellow
[J Steady yellow
[J Flashing green
1-.,\
\___).
EJ Steady green
eJ Flashing red
rJ Steady red
<J. Interval buzzer
Steady buzzer
FAT Tests to be made at Factory Acceptance Test

Commis. Tests to be made during Commissioning
Dock trial Tests to be made during Dock Trail
Sea Trial Tests to be made during Sea Trail
ECR Engine Control Room
~·
- 3 BMS PA~iEL -----.:

BRIDGE AUiO ClRI.
II
DDOOOOOOOOO
11om (~I:Cr.l
DOOOOODOOOO w
DOOOOODOtJO.lJ ::0
t:l
G')
~;.~a.
m
~ ;. i· ~ s:
1-+--+-+--i-·-·-·-·--·--·-·-·-·----lill-· ·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·..,._.. :t>
BMS PANEL
z
. ESG PANEL . 0
HAN1JAl WIT ROL AUTO CTRl m
II IIA0R II I 1110~ c
\J ~ & DDOODOODODD
DDOOOOOOOOO
oooooooonoo
DDOODODDDDD
DDODODDD§u8
ODDDDDDD n.
<
::0
z
G')
. ~-J-~---·-·-·-·-·-·
CJ)
·-·-·-·-·-·-· ·-- -<

CJ)
-;
m
r------- s::
ECR II ..
("?'"· ':
I
I PROCESS
I 0
I s:
I
I
IL ______ _
____ __.
r-------
....__-+--7--l~ - - - -
L--------4--~1--~1 ~~
! I m
I li----- --------------- --- ---- r
r--- -----------l m
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
POWER
ELECTRONIC
I
I
I
I
l 0
-;
::0
0
I
l-e--~::fC --c;:.r----- J I z
___ j
-- ----------- f---- ---- 0
r.·-1_·:-~
ililll II
i L!!!J G)
0
L.-~--~ vi
>-
_,
c..
~
w
< I
ll'l
UJ
<
0
0
c..
0..
::>
....., c::> w m
I ;,..::: 0 !:: ::::::l
w ll'l
< w 3
AC 380V/440 v <
1-
c:>:
0
1-
0::: a::
c:::l
w
u.. ll'l z
Cl
0
·----,
1-
0 1- vi
c:>: C>
~
0
0..
~
_, ::0
m
-·~·-· ·- .....,..... ~-,·-·-·-·-·- CJ)
G)
ENGINE
ROOM
l JUNCTION EOX
I .:::..
0
s:
co
co
w
C:: ........-'-- r---'----....., CrT~
(i) rMJ00~@Ji
<.n
""0
CJ I r-
I PC~ (~,.l.i\C.£ lO.lJ \1fT en. l 0
'---
lP AR t0C f:ti'
[0! LOCAl (ONTRCL '.
ACTUATOR EI\GINE
>
- ., I 1 II I I ,.
"'
.. "'
0 (">
. CJ
o:< ):>
z 0
O!:s•rve protection note occorcr.n; ,o OIN3,C,
""'
"-
.
'""'<...
-o
0
DEl ~DA1-
JATCHOOG
(J
~;:::-
V\g "'c-o NO ACT.IGOV.CTRL. FAUlT
DE2 DA2 -
-
0.
c
;
::>
.
c
3
------ N
CYI.LU3 OIL PUMP c::: 0-10V
OOEJ
ODE'
OAE1
OAE2
>
I
t..l
=
......,
~
c
:z:
DA'
DAJ
DAS
LUS. OIL DOSING
SUPPLY FOR LI~IT
ENABLE POIER OR I VE
SYITCHES
::> n
...
0
3 ~ ~=
.
;r
0.0.
.. c
- .., - AA1 :s::
.<--
=
~
c~o
0: Rl N
.., a. z 0::;,-n
!!!>c c::: 0-10V
' AA2 LT1 o 1-

-c C> ,.,
"' ::> ..
""""'
0
-; 25AJ
z ACTUAL S?EEO TO B~S
-
;; "" iD
.,..n "' m "'~~~
AAJ LT2 o 1-
:::0 c::: 0-10V
-~ :z
11
)>
0
Q~~
!:i ,....
cc
::0
' -
LIFT BRAKE
AM
CLOCKIISE LIMIT
'
(/\
> KJ DEl
0
;:!
0
C"l
m ;><;
m
I DE2
COUNTER CLOCK liSE Ll MIT
> TEMP .SIITCH ENCLOSED
-
0 DEJ
::J
m .gz t..l
tE" I
mz>
<-c:Z: ~-20onA
AE1
=
~ DE4
TEMP. SIITCH SERVO MOTOR
m::oc: c...n E~ERG. CTRL. 0I SENGAGEO
c DES-
u -,
0 m ::oo>
•• OAE2
~ DE6 o- -
c;· 0 OAEJ :s:: POIER ELECTRIC READY !
I
::J -;
:::0
OAE'
OAES
.<--
=
~
DE7
DEB
CURRENT LIMIT SERVO MOTOR ( j
0 OAE6
z
0
+1-10V
- -o> AE7 1-
- o<>
0 "'"""'
_c
-<>
REF
oc; '"""f" '-6V
"';]
z:::J
(/) .!.Q.:!_ :.0 AA 1
-o
e
~
~ m OAE9
m
~~
~ 3:"'
+ I
+1-10V
AA2
..a""z 0 [](](]-
=>> I -X9 I
-
.....
0-<
-> Q
~~
:;::c Nl C§ OA1 o- -
[](]0"'
[](]0 >
(](]0 ~
~~ 0 §E~ V>>
:S::<.-.>
0(]0,...
BUS2 000"'
< ~~
0 -<--0
0->- (](][)
~ m ~o
BUS1
I NTERACE TO BMS
~
(](][)
!DESIRED SPEEO,STOP, .... l
....mro
mm
- :::0
z I -X10 I
§§DO
DO
DO
c->~
"' 0 OE1 o
-i:-'
:::0
.
V'l-,
-oro
0 :::0 OE2
DEJ
SHO FROM ESS
GOV.STOP MAN. CTRL.
- l""l
m=r
m L7
mN OE4 o
oo (/) ~ANUAL CTRL. FROM BMS
=r DES I
LOCAL CTRL.FROM BMS _.
- CJ:::;-
Oro Q ~I
m> DE6
I
I
<<D :S::<....l ACTUATOR BLOCKED tOo.
m- +"- -<--0 DA1 - '01
:::0~ C) 0->-
_.._.. OYERSPEED SHO
:z DA2 -
FAILURE NORMAL CYL.LUB.
0 ~ DAJ
:;;o VIT FAILURE
DA4
Ll MIT SIITCH 1
"' ----
=E
DAS
DA6
LIMIT SIITCH 2 "'
z DA6
LIMIT SIITCH 3
m
Vl
(/) -z - T I
C) I a,-
c=;o .,; AE1
- m SLOI TURNING REQUESTED
-
~
.r-- >> DEl
=
:::;:: z -cO
0
::::> AE2 DE2 o
Q AEJ DEJ o
1-- - ..., AE4 DE4 o
1'-.)
-....::1
z
m
0
"'<
~=t
LJ AES
DES
DE6
o
o
";-""
-.>.
U"1 - 0
z LJ >
I
t..l
=
DE7 o
....
., -
-.>.
-.>.
AE6 ....,
~
00
0) .,
- AE7
- <
(/)
(./"1 f-
VI T 1 RETRACT :s::
1'.! .<--
DA1 =
'---- --- - - - - <>DA2
~
y
VI T 1 EXTEND
DAJ
DA9
DA10
o
SLOI TURNING (\ I
'----
VI T 1 RETRACT
---- -oOA'
DA11
CYL LUB 0 Il CDNNANO ~
"' -r;;;- y DA5 NORNAL CYL LUB FAILURE -~·
-::r
. '----
VI T 1 EXTEND
--- - <>DA6
DA12
!?:f-
:!. .... DA7
!2. ' - - - - ------ - <> DA8
.,
- 1 "' I 0
I 0
I "' I >
~~----~--~----~J·c=) ~--~----~--~5___() 6
~
~
"'0
U X
"':0: N....X
U..
DC 24 V •. ESG 310 NGCG

2x6
lVI
------------------------·--
ECR
------------ ---------· ------..
c c
PCS CABINET CONTROL CABINET

ESG 40M
BMS 40M
ESS 40M
D D
lSI
Kobel mi 1 eineo lSI on der Kobelnumoer sind ols Elnzel-
..,z
~
kobel zu verlegen und die Schirmung erlolgl direkl oul

15 den Sch~rmschienen vor den Modulen.
..
2
c
CABLES MARKED liTH lSI ON THE CABLE NUMBER HAVE TO BE
LAID AS SEPERATE CABLES ANO THE SCRENNING IS MOUNTED
~ ON THE SCREEN BAR DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF THE MODULES.
0
u
u
0 !VI
~
Ouerschnill der Yersorgung isl obhiinglg von der
0c
E
c
Kobelliinge zwischen Sleuerungsonloge und Boller ie-
Scholllolel unler 25o' 2x61M1 1 bzw. 25-IOm' 2x10mm'
2I
JUNCTION BOX ''J. E
.~
u
~
liRE GAUGE OF SUPPLY CABLE DEPENDS ON CABLE LENGHT BETIEEN r·CYL.LUB.DIL
I
---i
~n CONTROL UNIT ANO BATTERY SIITCHBOARO
I PUMP
1 1
11 11 11 11 I
~
UP TO 25M ' 2x61MI ANO 25-IOm ' 2x101MI
I CONTROL I
n
0
~
~
NOTE : ONLY ESG CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN
CABLES ARE TO BE LAID SEPARATELY AS SHOWN '----·-'
F
11 CABLES SUPPLIED BY STN
21 JUNCTION BOX SUPPLIED BY STN
• YARD SUPPLY
ACTUATOR
' CHARGE AIR LOAO INDICATION
'--------------------------------------------------------------~NG~NE_R09~.~F
A MAE000032014 26.03.01 Oiir
rev. revision
l__!t. DIN 6771/Teil 5
(~ ~"·
-L---__;~_ _-~._ _ __;.5_ _ ~_) ) _ __::6_ _ _ -~-_ _ _7!_.__ _-~._L~) ) ij---
MOUNTING WITHOUT CABLE ENTRY GLANDS:

A
([D ALL CASING PARTS OF CABINETS, BOXES, CONSOLES ETC. HAVE TO BE CONNECTED TxD = TRANSMIT DATA = (SI
WELL CONDUCTED: RxD = RECEIVE DATA = (E)
- CONNECTED SURFACES HAVE TO BE METALLIC BRIGHT (IF NECESSARY COVERED WITH PETROLEUM JELL Yl
- HF-STRANDED ¥/IRES HAVE TO BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE, MAX.10cm m CHASSIS CONNECTION
- IF NECESSARY TAKE RATCHED WHEELS (FOR EXAMPLE FOR SIDE WALLS FLANGE PLATES ETC.!
l(-1 ffi POTENTIAL EARTH
@ ALL CABLE SCREENS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE CABLE HAVE TO BE CONN:C TED WELL CONDUCTED r ' OR
m TO THE CHASSIS. ;r, TWISTED CORE PAIRS IN CABLES: __. TWISTED CORE PAIRS
B 1t2, 3t4, 5t6, ... .--- UP TO TERMINALS/MODULES B
@ THE CABLE SCREEN IS CONNECTED TO THE CHASSIS AT BOTH ENDS OF THE CABLE BY MEANS OF CONICAL
CABLE ENTRY GLANDS IN ACCORDANCE YIITH DIN 89280 AND VG 88812 RESPECTIVELY.
@ THE SCREEN MUST BE CONNECTED TO SCREEN BARS PROVIDED FOR THIS ON CABINETS/CONSOLES HF-STRANOEO SCREEN BAR (CHASSIS CONNECTION)
~THOUT CABLE ENTRY GLANDS. liRE WITH BINDING CLIPS
@IF SCREENS/GABLES ARE RUN VIA TERMINALS ONCE AGAIN INSIDE THE CONSOLE/CABINET,
THE SCREEN HAS TO BE CONNECTED TO THE GROUND IN FRONT OF AND BEHIND THE
TERMINAL, IF NOT SPECIFIED IN CIRCUIT DIAGRAM.
c c
@UNCONNECTED EXCESS CORES OF CABLES HAVE TO BE CONNECTED TO llE CHASSIS,
@IN AREAS SUBJECT TO HIGH HF INTERFERENCE THE SCREEN HAS TO BE CONNECTED AT ONE SIDE TO
THE CHASSIS AND AT THE OTHER SIDE OF THE CABLE IT MAY BE ADVSABLE TO CONNECT THE SCREEN
TWIS TEO CORE PAIRS
TO A CAPACITOR (APPROX. 1,1uF/400V) FIRST AND THEN CONNECT IT TO THE CHASSIS. UP TO TERNINALS!MOOULES
CD MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS:.
D D
~WIRING, IF NOT SPECIFIED 0,5mm l
.
...z @FILTERED VOLTAGE DC 24V HAS TO BE LAYED FROM THE EXIT OF MANS FILTER MODULES (FIM...I
i5 TO FUNCTION MODULES BEHIND THE MOUNTING PLATE.
!!
0
.!: @WIRES OF DIFFERENT VOLTAGE SYSTEMS (DC 24V. I AC 230V) HAVE 10 BE
1!0 SEPARATED OF SPACE:
g - NOT PARALLEL TO OTHER VOLTAGE SYSTEMS a GROUNDING BOLT ALL CABLES 11TH IS)
0"' - USE SEPARATED CABLE CONDUITS till STRI'PED IERE. SCREEN COfltECTED IIH TIE SCREEN BAR
E c E
c
- SPACE BETWEEN DfFERENT VOLTAGE SYSTEMS >10cm DECTLY It FRIIHT tF TIE TERNIW.S, SEE CltCtn !MORAN
.!l
u
~a"'
~
.
.,"
0
F F
L_!t. DIN 6771/Toi/ 5 1 5

1.~-~-t 1 2 J 4 )a ::-1
CAD r :.:._- =::=::=::=::::::::::=::=::=:. :=::=::=: :=:. \ . -··; :=: :.=: :=: :.=: :.=: :.=: :=: :.=: :=: :.=: :.=: :.=: :.=: :..;_.-=: :.=: :.=: :.=: :.=: :.=: :=: :.=: :=: :.=: :.=: :=: :=: :.=:-: :=: :....---
-A3001 FIM405 -A3017 UNM401 -->J -A3015 L<- - A3010 ZSM401 -A3051
FILTER MODULE UNIVERSAL MODULE -xs }M 40 ~.,_ ;!B CENTRAL MODULE
BLOWER FOR
Fi tier "'-:'Xg INP.-U_T--------...:!..::~.:!..!....---------.
o24V/L52
,g_
OUTPUT INPUT OUTPUT --.r -- : ; -
-X IO 3,15A POWER ELEC TR.
;n C>
;n 2A ~
"'_, _, lA > -Ft ...> > ...>N >
.
;n ;n -'' >
-'
_,
C>
> -FI -F2 -.. ->
- ...'
>
...>' "'' -' >
... ~ ~~~=~-----_:-------J=:::;=~=~I--,~
~
.
*
C> C>
' '> CONTROL DIGITAL 1-
*
N >
C> ~
>
C> C> ~
0
> RGND MODULE "'r•
IN/OUT
X2 4 2 -XI J 5 -X1 ~J -X I 1 -X1 3 -X 1 1 2 -X2 !1 ! 2 -X 1~~5 -Xt!J ! 4 -X2 !J !4 MODULE
1.5\ L51• _
6 14 7 6
.!:
"' "'
~
~
..,
'
~
~
""v v HF -STRANDE D WIRE "
SCREEN BAR
,/HF-STRANOED WIRE
-XI 6
- -XI 1
7 L50-
L50o
15 .6
_
15 6
-
N~d Zd3
-A3020 DC/DC Converter 0 DC/DC Converter ~/4 .6
1.5\ NEG 432 L50o 14 _6
INPUT ~· H~~.L....
v _ __,ou TPU T INPUT s; Vt...__ ___,ou TPUT
!-.-!'..._ -X2:1 TO -X2:5 L51+
~rl'J"I,.....o~v-~ ~rl )J'-1-I~ov4---l-l_--.
.tt~
""
-X2 :6 TO -X2:10 L51- c
-~~ I~(~ HI
-FI
~
H2
-X1:1 TO
-X1:6 TO
-X1:3 LSD•
-X1:8 L50-
~ .5A ~ .5A
2 -X1 11 12 -XI 7 8 10 -XI 11 12 -XI 1 10
= t--m-J 1-
~~ ~--~~-+------------~~-+----~~-+--~L~5~1~· 19 3 L53- 17 1
-~~ [-ut1 ~+--------6--------------+---+---------.____::L~5..:...1-~ 19 _5 L53o 171
1 LS2 - t15.1
X7 1 -X2 6 1 L52• /15 .1 HF STRANDED WIRE MOUNTING PLATE
0
~--·-·-·( ~J'TJ~---·-·-;-fr.• r-:i-::R·E:·B:·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·---------·-·-·---------i~R~~::~~----~ON;ROL. CA~~E-: j 0
..
:i~1x6
·-------- -------- ~-~--------------------------------------------------- ·--------------------
~NGCG ~ "'
_
6 -
- ~ ~FNGCG oo "' t-
<> ~lx2x0.75
£ IS I
"~ r.-.-:;;-{1;:: ~-==i
u
0 I____ ---..J
0c" ONLY TERMINALS MOUNTED ON RAIL I
c -X I 2 1
DOUBLE TERMINAL E
.!!
u OC 24V SUPPLY Doppetstockklemme
~ FRON E.C C -A3302
,...--------.
a
. BAT41 'I. G
- XI/2131516
- ~
~ OPERATION AND -
~""
Jl
0 INDICATION PANEL
.YARD SUPPLY
L_~cR _c~~oL~-- Verdrohlung , wenn nichl ongegeben 0,5mm 1
IIRING UNLESS SPEC IFIED 0,5m 1
F
~=4=========~~===~==4d~o~le~~o[7 · 1llt~oo[:::~~A~k-er~M~T~W-------------------.ST_N_A-TL-AS-~--N--EI_K_IrooK--sr-E-Ie-k-tr-.0-r-e-hz_o_h-lr_e_o_le-r--------~0-C__2_4_V__S-UP_P_L_Y-===========~~~========~~
1-:L-1~1--:-:N.,..,Ic'" n" n '"'n'"=',Iz~o"'o;I7: t1:.: 5".: ;1" 1-: 0:":'0: 1Eo7a·r" ;"~ ~:!.! ~ : : !'~.!lo·:~k~~;;~~-~~n~O!!!~:!.!~~.~c-k~::::_:-l+N..:.:b:..,...;0:....1:..:0~f:. . f- - -
~L..- '"--::-'-~do::,:l.::...•
Nrmbtr of tho EuroNorinr Group Etec tron j c spe ) ver nor ESG 40M 12 71.127 67 2. TF. sheet ? s
7 __,c;n::::om.:::•:...c.::no~r!!!.m..l._-::-------...c;'•~•;...!
· f~ro~m:'----~- 1. for : repl. by: 16
L!·· DIN 67 5 1 2 T J I 4 I 5 I 6 T 7 I
total
r,--0
CAD r·--------------------------------------------~---------
-A3017 -A3015 Lr-c-- -A3010 ZSM401 -51 -A3011 -A3012 A
UNM49.,!}
-X5
RM 401
-X9 -XIO
-xa
k-- ~--c--
-X9
CENTRAL MODULE
1-~ ol
9
ADDRESS: 1
--}-
-X1D
~ f<~M4~~ f<~M49.,!}
-X9 -X10 -X 9 -X10
RS R485 BUS A RS 485 BUS B
- UNIVERSAL CONTROL a:: a:: 0 a:: a::
.......... ~ ~ ~ ~
a:: a:: 0
DIGITAL VALVE
MODULE MODULE
..... ..... :z
0
"'
..... ..... a::•
..........
~ t-;"t-; ~
-X2 6 7 a -XI 11 12 13
0
-X12
•
..... ..... :z
..... ..... "'
-X2 11 12 13
c:: [ij3 0 • IN/OUT
MODULE
CONTROL
MODULE
0 0 0 0 0 0
.-
8 r ( _____ , 6
-
?! SCREEN BAR
1_-------------- r----------------~-1------~~UN~~- PL~ TE ---------

c !_ _______________ --------------~r------CO~RO~~~~~~-------------~-------------------- c ..;
~r,F~NG~C~G~------------------------------;--------------------~~~~~~~
~4x2x0.7~ .'·':-
"' ~
"'0
L> X
"' ....
:0: X
LL N
0
0
....
t3-
-
vo
0 0
...
M
z
i5 Vl
-----(ir·
-1X5 4 5
--G- 6 7
- 2 ""
a:o I
D
c ...OD I -----:1-:l.
'0
~ ....Vl'
r>: -A330t"'l 4 s 6 J.
0
"" .,"'
0::: 0::
..... .....
0
:z
-
.....0 .....• "'
a::
0"c
OD
E ... E
...~
c
.!!
u N
-X3f!I8~F -X4f!I8~F
~"a.
- ."'
"~ -x2 N;
ADDRESS: 6
IIIII
BAT411.G
:r 1-
.c
0
OPERATION
INDICATION PANEL
t--t------4--l---+d:;::a~le~o""'·~.:;;.·~---t Aker MTW

7 11 0 0
STN ATLAS Morino Eluclronlcs Elektron. Orehzohlregler INTERFACE
desig. Kowolk
1 b O O ff
~F;~~]NEAE~o@oo~o~3~2oiT17[:nn~~~6I~1~~o~~·~~c~h~e~ck~O~~~rn~br~a~ck~::~~N~~-------~~~~------~M=•m~b~~=o-'
1
_~_E_w_~_m_~"_6_ro_~~ Electronic Speed Governor sheel 1
rev. revision dole nome norm res. from: subsl. for: repl. by: ESG 40M 1271.127 672.STR 16 lolol
[_JI. OIN 6771/Teil 5 1 2 I 3 I 4 I I I
I
-
CAD ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------· ·--------------------------- ---------------------------· ·---..
-A3010 ZSM401 -A3017 UNM401 UNIVERSAL MODULE A
CENTRAL MODULE WATCH DOG ND ACT ./ LUB . OIL SUPPLY ENABLE
SPARE SPARE POWER FAILURE GOV .CTRL DOSING FOR LIMIT POWER
WATCHDOG
FAULT SWITCHES DRIVE
,t~~
DA1 DA2 DAJ DA4
- -
'" -K14 -K2? -KJ? -K4? -K5 ?
·~· ov
n_j .rrJ ~ ~ ll B
-X2 10 -XI 4 5 6 8 -X2 1 5 7 8
125 L51o
1L 11
-A30151-X4 :1
4 . 4~
AI 12 . 8 L50• L50o 18 . 1
.
19 1
- 24 I -K10
-·
~
21 142 -X!> 1404 16
~ -A3050
12 1'4 601KS ,
-K1
44 11
12 8
.
L50 - L50- 18 1
.
POWER ELECTRONIC I c
I MOUNT lNG PLATE -X4 r 2 •
----------------------------------------------- -------- ---- - -------~----------------------- !
I CONTROL CABINET !
=- ------------------------------·--------------- ---·--- -------·---------------·--------------~ -
~~F~NG~C~G?o\_____________________________________________________~~~~~~----------~~~-~~
0 ~7x2x0 ,7S
0
......
z
6
- 2
0 1-
c
~
0
u
u
.0
r·-·-- r-------·1----1-·-
0
c
c
g
i -X2 8-X I I -X2 7-X/ 7 E
.u
I• • 24 v
e •HV
'
...
0.
I• MP 310150 NP 310140
- >
•
~
"
0 I -
j -A0161 DEM401
F i__!~~_:_ ___Geo~~-~o-~~-
tt-:~~:~::::::::~:::~:::ld~a~'·~~o~7~.11~.o@o::::~liA~k:e:r~"uTvww----------------------------~~~~:=~~~~~~---~~~~~~---------~-------------------------------------r---------------------~F
d K ~~ STH ATLAS Morine Electronics Elek Iron. Drehzohlregler DIGITAL OUTPUT L
l:=r-11-;;N";";AEo;:0~00;;;;0::;-3:;-;20;-:-17:;--f-:,,J::-:.0:-:-6-::-:or*oa~·r--fc:::'~.!.!:~.l!'kf.:Oo;~~~no;:::~~:....o...,ck----1 Nb 010 f f Member ol lh• EuroMorin• Group EIecIr0 nic spE ~ 0 vern or
IQ .
I
L1.
~~
OIN 61
ion
5 1
dole nome norm
2
ros. lrom:
I J
•1. lor :
I 4
rep!. by.
I 5 6
ESG 40M
I
I 271 .12 7
7
672.STI
I
sheel 4
lb lolol
,-__r_) .
~-
CA0
--"" ' J
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.......__ _ _ _"--'---------<
r -~.-=-~--:.:=:.:=:.:=:.:=:.:=..:=..:=::=..:=..:=..:=..
n=. ,i
~- :=.. :=..:=..:=..:=::=..:=: :=::=::=: :=: :..=: :=:::.:...

5 6
-AJ010 ZSM401 CENTRAL MODULE -A3017 UNM401 UNIVERSAL MODULE

A A
SPARE SPARE PICK UP PICK UP SPARE SPAflE
......... . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . . . ........ ......... . ........
EK 001 EK 002 > DE 1 DE 2 DE 3
> ....+
~
,--, ~4
m
~
-
Cl
t);'l f¥1 1);1 t;;1
00 ,, ~
-X19
~
~~~
~
~ ,, ~
~
,,
;~
~
"
~ -
" I ~ ~ ~ ~ . .......
> >
6 -X1 g
~
-X2 9 -XJ 1
~
2 J
Wi 7
....
~
>
Cl +
>
Cl
B
)10
' 5 6 8
99 910 911 912
I
I
- ---- ----
'nn -n-
~~
SC<!EENBAR
---- ----
--------'
- ;:~ :~::: I ~::::
J
1-
1_ ______________________________________ 1-_~ ~ 3
MOUNTING PLATE__,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________________________________ -XH !
c L--------------------------------------- -- -· ----------· r--·-r-·----------------------~~NTR_O~~AB ~NET__. c
~~F~NG~CG~~------------------------~~~-~*--~~-------~~-~~~~~
~4x2x0,75
=- 1-
0 0
~
M
z
0
- !! 1-
D
c
~0
(-------- r;,. ~ --------:
"" r·- 1 -- 2 -------"'-'- 4
J
~-
.
0
0 >-t_ ~ >-t JB -E20 h

5 6
h
E c J,JK J,JK E
c
_g
0. z
""
<..) UJ ...z ""< UJ
e "' <..)
0 <
--'
__,
::> Cl ::>
"" "" --' --'
..t
0.
"' 1 "' 4 a1
J "' 1
"' 4 "' J
- ~
~
.0
ST 5101-C
TYPE: ....... .
SENSOR TO TEETII ST 5102-C
0
NPN FACE SHALL NPN
PICK UP BE 5.. 6 mm PICK UP
F 1--------~~~~-ROO~--------J F
l-+-----l--+--fd~o~te~o~.:.!·~,_~~--l 7 1 00
Aker MTW STN ATLAS Nerine Eleclronlcs Eleklron. Drehzahlregler DIGITAL INPUT
l-::---l--:==::-:-::-::=::-b:-:-::-c:-4-=~-fd~e~SI::I,a.'f.K;:;o,::.wa71k::-,---i Nb 010 ff N b f lh E M I G
~F-~~NA:!E~O~OO~O,:.:.J2~0~17~f!;'l~.0~6-~01~0o~-,--fc~h~ec::::k:j!:O~or~n~br~oc::,:k:.______-t-:::-;:-:::::------r.:-:;::;-;::-;:-------t::::'::;m--;:"::::-"-'-"'-"_.,_••_,._.,, EIec I rani c Speed G0 vern or sheet 5
rev. revision dole nome norm res. from· _jsubsl. for: repl. by· ESG 40M 1271.127 672.STR 1b tolol
I II. DIN 6771/Teil 5 1 2 I J I I
5
>·----.~
CAD ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
r--------------------------------------------------------·---------·-------·------------------
-A3017 UNM401 UNIVERSAL MODUL A
SPEED SET FUEL RACK MANUAL

POINT POSITION SETPOINT 0 . . 20mA 0- 10V
~~
0- 10V 0-10V - 10V - •10V OV - 10V
- OAC 1 OAC 2 OAC 3 OAC 4
-
-X4 1
0
z
(!)
<
J 5
0
z
(!)
<
6
~ ~ t::f;-~'::"-
l '
7
~
<
8 • B
0 I•
'~ -A3012/-X6:5 115 .3 . 1~9-<115 3
,---___::.;-X:..!:2..:... I•
L51• : :::::> AJ0 12 ~t153 -A3012/-X6 :1 /15 .1
L51+ 18 .6 I•
- 12 .1 0-10V l J: V l~5:
~r ~ l ;: V 0-10V lM·
)·
2
-
0-20oA
l ~: v 0- 10V I -
•
-AJO f<': 'U/ I
rff'Qs, Q6 -
0-lOoA r<> 8-
I
Q2 -
I
1• ! rfn•
f<':'U/ I
6- 0-lOoA ~
""'8- I
5
'
I
6
- 0-lOoA
r *
8- 5·I 6 -
0- lOoA
.
I
I
l2 .1 L51- L51- 18 .6 • c
-A31 I -A32 -AJJ - A34 I
•
I
L----------~
(
-----------· --- ------ ---------------------
---1-jiCREEN BAR ( ----1-:lSCREEN BAR
-- -----------------------~~UNT_ING_ PL~~-J
( :::: 1-:lSCREEN BAR CONTROL CABINET
=-
------------f---------------- -·---- --- ------------------- - ----------------------------------1 -
~~~F~NG~CG~---~-~~~
~2x1x0 ,7S
0 ~~F~NG~CG~c------f--r----------------~~~~~--------4---~----------------------~q~~~*
~7x2x0,7S 0
.. ~roF~NG~CG~--------+-~-----------------+--~------~-~~~~
M
z
~2x2x0 , 7S
i5
- 2
-
----- -· ----- -- ----- --
"'c
~
3u
.
0
0c
c
r·----, ....... ~---
----- -- ----
i• . - i• , - - - · - -~
~
-
::::)
-X 6
(
-
:::: ~
s 6 .---
- ~ ----)
·-·- E
.!1
.
u '---(r. ... }.J '---, ... .,';:_j
~n
I I r·- .......-::....1 MP 150215 r·- ....... --1
• •
-
I
•
I CYLINDER
j_ PU~~~ONT_ROL~~_j
LUB .OIL I
I
• •lj
•
• 0
'(__
4 -20mA
i
I
- A0202
MXM401
i ({)
I'L_.
• I4-20mA
i -
l_ ______ j PMCS 2 l_ ______ j 0
ECR CONSOLE • oppelonzeige inslrument
'---~~~- RO~~-- ECR CONSOLE
I·-·-·-·-
l.eomor 120 I SLI
1:---·-·-· F
r-r-~----~~~,-~~ro7.~,---~~~~----------------~s=TN~A=Tl~AS~~~N~B~K~u-~~s~E~Ie~k~lr-on-.~0~r-e~hz_o_h~lr-eg-l-er-----,r0-C_2_4_V--SU_P_P_L_Y----------,I------------~
dole 07 .11 .00
Aker MTW
desio. Kowolk
F
rev .
NAfnnnn"111Q17 13.06.01 OOr
dole
check OOrnbrack
nome norm
Nb 010 If
res . from:
~::b•:.ollhr EuroNorlnr Group Electronic Spel vernor ESG 40M I 271 .12 7 672.STR sheet 1\
'i for .
I
16 lotot
l_!l DIN 677 1
I 2
I J I ~ 5 I 6 I 7 I
~. ., J _ 1 I 2 _I
CAD ,... r--·---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------·
··---------------------------· --------------------------- ---------------------------· ---
3 c) I 4 I 5 () .i. 6 I 7 I cJ) 8 :~
-
-A3015 RM 401 CONTROL MODULE A
MANUAL CTRL. SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPEED

LEVER ECR ........ . ........ REFERENCE
CH1 CH2 CHJ CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7
- - r- r- r-' r--' -
B '
...
~
><
0
.
"'
><
I
I
0
~
.
M
><
' 0
I
.
....
X
' 0
I
.,.,
...
X
I
I
1
~
""...
><
I
i~ ...
.....
><
'
I
X B
-X1 3'- 4 7'- -X2
-
1 5 6 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
)
I : : :: ,_, SCREEN BAR -A30151-X3:9 /8.5
- :...--- -A3015/-X3:8 '-

....,/8.5
.;.
c :. :::: t;). c
_
12 6
L53-
t2.6 >'=lli :·~~
'---~~~: __ 9 - - 1~-----------------------------~----~~UNT_~- PL~~----------------------------------·-' .

.c•:-'
."·:--
= -
1_ _____ '
'E"SGJoi' FMGCG "1
~---~~~:--"·--------------------------------~~TR~~~~~~------·------------------------------
~ "t
~7x2x0,75
0 0
....,
z . ( ----··:: t;). .
-
i5
2 .--1~io- ;;-· r,r----------------------------
ECR CONSOLE
"'c ( --------)-,
~0 --------- m
u
u
D
~
E
0c -Ill_ IJ II 15
E
.
c
.2
u
~a.
2k
- "~
"" r-
.D
0
MANUAL
CTRL.LEVER
!___________________________________ _.
F F
0
l-+-----+--f--+~da:.:.:le~o:.:..7 ·.11:. : .:,0: ·.::..---f Aker MTW STN ARAS Morine Elaclronlcs Elektron. Drehzohlregler L
..._-f--::-:':===::--l==-:-+.:-:-.--fd":'o'-"si"!'Q. f.'K""ow::,:o~lk'=:----1 Nb 0 10 f f M b 0 1 lh E
~~~~M~AE~o~oo~o~32~0~13~Fo~6~~3£~~·~Ob~~~c~h~oc~kpD~~~n~~~oc~k~-~~~----~~~----~,~~m~,_~·b:-~_ -•_w_~_M_~•_G_~~~ Electronic Speed Governor
rev. revision dote nome norm res. from·. lsubsl. for: -=va u-,. ESG 40M I 271.12 7 672.S TR. shool 7
15 lolol
L_!1. DIN 6771/Toil 5 1 2 1 J I 4 I I 6 I 7 I
1...----,--(, I I I I 5 I
CAD
f---
.. ..---------------------------
r·----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
j -A3015 RM401 _l -A3050 60\VKS A
CONTROL MODULE M K2 POWER ELECTRONIC
~Nil
I
!I EK509
LIFT BRAKE
®--
N 0 u~~
y, IQ
v.5
1m
-
1
"
.--f-*L.;.;..J-h l.JVRel
y, ) A
I":' .
1 110
-K1'
SERVO MOTOR
SPEED REFERENCE
CURRENT
RATE AGND (OVI
-
IOV Ref Vd
-KJ Nl--~
-X2 7 8 -X3 1
6 6
" LSO• LSO• 1 13 1 1-- -Al0151 -Xl .5
-
7 17 8
17 .8 .,..·Al0151 -Xl :6 \
1 :::·-- ']___
SCREEN BAR
- c---~
SCREEN BAR 5:yr6• tiOV

-
LSI+ '7,
16 .6 >==-~----1<> u u
y.L~5.:..;1·__-_A_3_5-Kl.8 ·, 3o 4• 110v
c IU w lk -R1 c
lxO .75 1.-

" ·7 LSO- LSO- 113 .1 I ::: ~ SCREEN BAR
= 1_------~~~: .......... ~---------- ·- __ -------------~~NT ~~~LA!~--------------- • • • _ • • -----------.J _

• ~ JSCREEN BAR CONTROL CAB I NET I
L----------t--- ----------- -- -------------------------------------------------------------·-·
r----,. F~GCG ~ "' "'1
~ESG601/~~~x~Z.~0~
. 7~
5 ----+--4--------~~~~
0 lSI 0
ESG60) ~GCG "' ~
.. ~5xl,5 --~f---· 1--·-·-·-·-·- ·- --1-·--- ACTUATOR MOVEMENT . SEEN FROM GEAR OUTPUT SHAFT t
'i j 18 11 JUNCTION BOX " 15 161
- ~ j ACTUATOR t) CCI FOR POSITIVE VOLTAGE ON XST404 ·J
~ ~~~~GC~G~--~~~N~-~~*-
-
~o ~5xl
1m
,5 !
~ ~FMGCG I
! ~4x1x0,75 !
E g I I::::::~ J: ------ l E
a 1 r--~8-
- --I:B~,Zl------..!!!.4:5~":"'4-+J~--,
~ I
~ '
- ~ ! ccw~w
:: I SEEN FROM GEAR
g j ACTUATOR OUTPUT SHAFT
@ VALUE JILL BE MONITOREO FOR FAILURE
j________ . ~~~~~o_o~ ______ . __ Verdroh lung, wenn n i chI ongegeben 0, 5mrro 1
fiRING UNLESS SPECIFIED O,Smm' F
l-·+-----._-+--fd~a~le47o~7.:! . 1~t.o~o:__-l Aker MT W STN ATLAS Norklt Electronics Elektron Orehzohlregler POS .CONTROL LOOP
1 -+~===:-::--b::-::::-f;;.~-fd~e~si~o.f,K;::o:,:wa7tk:!:-::-:----l
~..,._!!.AEOOOO~J2~0~0~7f.:.:l5:;:.1.:.,:10:.::,04::,:Do::.,
Nb 0 10 f f
· r-,.:c:,::h.::.,:ec:.::k~D::::or~n~br~oc~k'---+--:----- Member of lho EuroNorino Group Electronic SpE ·overnor I sheet R
~ l on~~~d~o~le~~no~m~e~n~o~rm~~---~r~e~s.~fr~om~
~ : --~ tl. for: rent bv• --.,.-L__E_SG.,.4_0M---L..=..!27~1:::-:
. 1..:::...2:_7_:::6~7..;.2 S....:....:TI 111 total
~1. Ol,n; 5 1 2 1 3
I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I
:
· .z:.
I r
--lj'
CAD~
'
r·
..:...1_
n
_.__ _ _.::...,__ __.___ _...;:...3:( ' )
-
n , - - L - - - - - ' - - - - - - L - - - " 5_ _ 'L_) \ . --=----'------'----'---_~ } _ _::--,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ .....
A A
CLOCKWISE COUNTER TENP.SWITCH TEMP.SWITCH CANCEL SPARE PO fER CURRENT
LIMIT CLOCKfiSE ENCLOSED SERVO MOTOR LIMITER ····· .... ELECTRIC LIMIT
. . . . .. . . . LIMIT . . .. . ..... .. . . . ... .......... . ..... . .. READY SERVO MOTOR
CHJ CH4 CHS
- CH1 CH2 CH6 CH? CH8 AK538 AK539 AK540
-
I
~
~. ~
00
'
m ~
j
00 ~
00 ~
00 ,, ~ ,,m ~ ~ ~
B B
-X4 1 2 3 ~ 5 6 7 8 9 10
l'-8 -AJ0111-X2:6 -X2 12
- III---~ 12. 5 L51- -X2 7 -X2 8 I-
-X4 6
I
-XS T4 04 610
I -X2 3
12 21
I
611 c!,22 -A3050
c -R2 ~~2 c
60WKS Diode entfernl
POWER ELECTRONIC -X4 5 DIODE REMOVED
n.s L51t '>
-X 2 2 -x 2 1~ MOUNTING PLATE
=- I_______ -X3 1 2
--...-.--.. 1}-i-·-·-·-·-·-
3
:-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·---·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·---1 1--
'--·-·-·-·{'=----:~.=-=----:- __s:~~~~---·-:-::: --·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·--~~TR~~C-~~ET ·-·.J
~r,F~HG~CG~~--~~--~~--------~~~
~'x2x0,75
0 ~~H~GC~G~----~---+----------4---------------~~~---~~ 0
~5x1,5
~-· ~-- ·-·-·-·- ·-·-·-·-·-·- ·-·--·-
.. I 11 12 13 JUNCTION BOX 20 21
~ j ACTUATOR
- ~
D
I
I I-
.5 ~FHGCG I --t. '1'1
~!;: ~'•2•0.75
2m
!1
o ~r,N~GC~G~~---r---+----------+---------------~~---·~~
~~2m 5•1.5 !
E c 'I (- - ~ - - - - -1)-, I •••••• ')...., E
.~ lr-~-----~r~----__-__-__-4r~~--------------~·-··_·_·_-h·~~
~ I 21 1 & &
~ I
-
~
~
I
I
o--:t o-- 't
I
III---~
+
-
~ I J
o j ACTUATOR
Verdroh I ung. wenn n i ch t ongegeben 0, 5mm 1
j·-·-·-·-·----~~~~~o_o~---------·-·.J WIRING UNLESS SPECIFIED 0,5mm 1 F
-t------t---+--fd7'o"Cie'-to,<-:7·.:...:11'ff-.o"-o- - - 1 Aker MTW STN ATLAS N 1ne El 1on1 El kl 0

'--+.,.,..,===--+='"""""'=--j:d~e~si.lCg. f!;:K~ow:_::o~lk_,..--t
t- Nb 010 11 or ec r cs e ron. rehzohlregler DIGITAL INPUTS
l::'c~~t.4A::.!:E~OO~O~O3~2,!!_01!:!3-f0~6~.03~.0~1j!;!D~iir-fc!:!:h~ec~kj!;!D~or.!!nb~r~oc:!:.k---1-:::--:::::::------"T=;-;:::-----t:::H•::;-mb-;:er:::-ol_l_h•_E_uro_Ha_ri_n•_Gr_•u--lp EIecIr 0 ni c Speed G0 vern 0 r sheel q
rev. revision dole nome norm res. from: subsl. for: reJJI. by: ESG 40M 271.127 672.STR 16 lolol
L_!l. DIN 6771/Toil 5 1 I I I I I
I I I I 6
~r~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:~:~:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:~-~ -~
A
! -A30 11 REM4 01 DIGITAL INPUT /OUTPUT MODULE
NANUAL SHUTDOWN
.~ · ~
I ~ ~~ STOP GOVERNOR ST OP GOVERNOR MANUAL LOCAL SPARE SPARE
I A
RESET
SOC
FROM ESS 40M
. .. ...
i ~~ ~S FRON MANUAL
CONTROL PANEL
FRON BMS
....
ECR
....
E .R.
......
. .. .. ·. ·
...
··
;;~ :~
1
-
oo m m ® ~ m m ® 111 !iilie-
6 1
I
I
~I i. I
I
I I
-
1.----------------- _ ------- __ ------- ___ .!O_UNT~NG _PLA_T~--- 1---------- 1------ --------------------J !
1_------------------ --- ------- 1---- - - - - - - - - - -~ONT_ROL_ CA~~E_T___ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -------------------------J r-
~r,f~NG~CG~------------------r--+--------~~~~*---------~~~--------------~
~l x1x 0 ,7 S
~~
c c
~r.f~NG~CG~------------------~·~~-~~------------+--4---------~~~~~--------------------+-------------~~*-----~~
~hh0 , 7S
!I·------------------
>->---
-XI 30 32
--------------------~
-A2103 ECR PANEL I
=-
.
z
s~~3~ -s 12 cig
o-z
-X1 ~18 i!-
I
I -
I I I 131 I
1-VH-XI-
:::>..0:
I
I
~~~i_lvon _ """'
~H---v-
1
I II 11-y- I
I
0
1
I -
14 -s11 - XI 16 I
0
I
I -----------------
ECR CONSOLE
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-------1
!
~ ~r,F~
g ~HNxh0G~CG~.-------------------t--f-----------------------4---~--------------~~---~~
, 7S
- -
,"'
c
~
0
."
0c
r·--- -- ---------------- --- --------·--:xr~7- ------- ---- ~---1
I E
21
u.
c
2
· X:> 7 -X!'. 9 - X~ s -K22 I
z_~zr 124
I
a
e L-.___
I
I
1
- ~
~
~
-K3 -K2 RENOTE I
I
.ll
0
-A1010 JZM402 - A2020 DZM402 PCS CABINET I
I
ECR I
I
---------------------------------------------------------J F
dole 07 .1 .00
Aker MTW STN ATLAS Norlnt Eltclronlcs Eleklron. Drehzohlregler L : AN04
deSig . Kowolk DIGITAL INPUTS • wn
E MAE0000320 18 01.01.01 Oiir check Oiirnbrock Nb 010 ff Nembrr of 1he EuroNorlne Group
Eleclronic Spr - ~ ~overnor
~Tit~
ion
I 5 1
dolo nome norm
2
ros . from 171.111 881.5' st. for: 16 .03.98 re I. by ESG 40M I 7112 7 672 STl sheet 10
lb total
I J
I (
I 5 6
I 7
I 8 I
I. (-J , , I I Jc) 2 ' 0 ,~'~ 0)~: s 6 7 :--1
CAD -------------------------------------------------------------·-----------------------------~--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
A -A3011 REM401 DIGITAL INPUT /OUTPUT MODULE
FUSE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
MONITORING ......... 0 • • • • • • • • . . . ... . . . • • • • 0 • • • •
. .. ······ . .... .... .
. . . . . ...
. . . . .. . . . . . ... ... . ......... .. ... ... . ......... . ........ . . . . .. . . . . ........
CHI CH10 CHt1 CHt2 CHt3 CHt4 CHtS CHt8
' ' 7 8
B 7
L---------------------------------------~UNJ~q!~TE ___________________________________________ ~
L----------------------------------------~~TR~~~~~ET ___________________________________________ _
c c
0 D
..
"'az
~
0
c
~
0
u
u
D
E 0c" E
c
.2
u.
~D.
.1:
D
0
".
l_Jt. DIN 67?1/Toil 5 J

5 6
CAD r· - --------------------------- ··-----------------·-·-·-·-·· -----------------·-·-----·- -·-·--:

--- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------·-·--:1
I I
-A3011 REM401 DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE ol A
> ACTUATOR OVERSPEEO FAILURE VIT LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT SPARE I I
N BLOCKED SHUTDOWN NORMAL FAILURE SWITCH 1 SWITCH 2 SWITCH 3 ol
TO ESS 'OM CYL LUB . .. .
!i
~
c~ ~
-
m t-:1 · ~
I I
~1
·I-
•2 v ~ ~ ~ ov I I
I
~
'Tc -K8
I
I
I
I
.:~I [1~
B
I
0 c
I B
I
I l~~~~l~f''l8lo
I
!
IF
I
I
- X6
-X5 1
1 2
2
AC
OC
250VII500VA
J2Vt6A
I
I
I I
- I
I •r--
I 1
I
I
I I
I
I
MOUNTING PLATE !
c
i' '----·-·.- ·-·-·-·-·-·- -·1--·----- ----------- --------------------------------------------------~ c
~--·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-· 1--·-r-·-·----r--· 1--·-·-·- -·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·---------·-·-·-·-·-·---·~9NT~~-CAB~NET__
= ~~·F~NG~CG~--------------------~*-~~~ -
~7•2 •0.75
~roFSNG~CG~---------------------t---1~------~~~-~~--------~~-~~
~7x2x0 . 75
0 0
,.,
~
z
i5
- !!
r-
"'
c
;;
~u
0
~
r·-·- ·- -·--: r·- -- r-------- -· ---
0
c
I, - Xb 2 11
I
I,I - X6 4
-x::. '
-X6 5
-x::. 5
E
c
~
u
~
I
I •2' v I.I I
•HV ,, ·24V ,,
-
."
~
~
l ZVVA7~v6E1 S ~~ MP . ~50020 MP . 15~030
:
D
I EMERGENCY I -
!j
0 I
j STOP -A0152 DEM401

F j_ PC~~-B~~TE~~~ j__~MC:_2 ___Geo~~-~O-~~-
rl-:~=~~======~~===~==4~do~te~~0L7·
l;--t-==~;;;:;--+.:=-:::-t.::;;-:--t:d•~·'~
ll11~.oo[===~~AT.k7er~"~T~W-------------------r.s~TN~A~TL~AS~
9 1-::K~ow~o~tk~---l Nb
Y-~~EI~t~~~~--~~~~~------,-----------------------~.-7mu"''--------~F J :a~ ..
.
01 0
• ~ ff
~~AEOOOOJ-::2::..01~7-+17.3.0:7'6.::.:01-tO:-:o:!:-r-:-tch:!!e::::!ck:pO~o:,:;rn~br~oc~k----1~~...:..;,,..:,.;..,~,...,..,
.... N tc ronlcs Elektron. Orehzohlregler
N•mb•r of lh• EuroNorin• Group Electronic SpE overnor
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
ESG 4QM I 271 .12 7 672.STf
sheel 17
~.,.._,., ~·n=----::-L-.::.:do:.:,:lo~n:,:::o::::m•:...r.:.:no~r!!!.m..!._-::-------..JI.!1"r'·~'r~om!!...·.!..!.27~1.1~41C.,.!!8~82~
.Sl Uor: 26.03.98 repl by 16 lofol
L!·· 67
DIN 5 I 2 3 I 4 I
5 I I 6 I 1 I
" CADC) ~-----L--------~2--------~------~3~
- ..---------------·-------------·-·--------------------------------------------------------
r·------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ..... A
-AJ012 VSM401 VALVE CONTROL MODULE
RETRACT RETRACT EXTEND EXTEND RETRACT RETRACT EXTEND EXTEND
AI C .. . . . .. . .. BI D ......... AI C . ........ BI D . ....... ..
- OAt DA2 DA3 DA4 DA5 DAS DA1 DAS
~'
~
~' ~' ~'
ll
11.1 "'
ov
'-7"1 "'
,,........., ,........., ' ,........., ' 'r71 lr-:-; ,........., ,.........,
1-tti ~ '1rl Fft1 1-tti 1-tti 1-tti
B ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ B
X2
~l
1 3 5 ~6 1
-XI 1 (2 3
o' 5 6 1 8
08
(' c:
18 _2 L50 + L50 + 11
u
- _ L50- L50- _
18 2 114 6
3
--------x~~~--------------- ~~----------------~ ----------------~~ -----~~UNT_ING_PL~l!__J
1
c
I__________ ---1---------------- 1--- --------------------------------------------~~NT~~-CAB ~ NE~-- c
ir-----.. HGCG -~
~10x1,5
·:. :
= ,>
f-
- ·~.
.-.
~--- •-- ----------------r--------------------------------------------
0 0
r- 2~;--;:·-------------- ;;9-- ;;;;·-----=-{1o--------------------------------,
.
"'z
j__ r·-------·-·-·-· -·- -----~~N~I-O!!_B_o:_ _____________________________ j
5 NOTE :
-
:-· ,__ __ ---------------- ---"----------:
.'! VIT ACTUATOR FOR
"'
c
~0 CYLINDER BANK 2 IS
u I 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 I
-E13
u I I
ONLY FITTED ON ENGINES WITH
.
0
0
L_ ---1--- ---r- - r-- - - -- -=~~~-B~_I CAM SHAFT GEAR IN

E c E
~~
c
.2 CENTER POSIT ION
g
~c.
. ZV 7091C ZV 7092C ZV 7091C ZV 7092C
- .
g
~
Oil
RETRACT EXTEND RETRACT EXTEND
CYLINDER BANK 1
I v1T 1 ENG I NE ROOM

F
------------------------------------------------------------·---·----
t--t----------t----t--td~a":'te'::-Fuo:':-'?."':'':'f>·=------tAker 11 0 0
MTW STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Eleklron. Drehzahlregler
F
'--f-.,.,.,.,===-+,.,...,.,,.,...1::-::---fd~e~so~a. f!;;K~ow::,::o::,::lk--:----l Nb 010 ff N 11 E

DIGITAL OUTPUT ~:-muAKNi*-uu~'i--~----i
~'F-~~MA::,:;E.::.,:OO~O,::;O3:.:;2.::.01:.:..7--1-1:.:::3·:::;06::::;.0.:...1FO.::.,:iir--fc:::;h:.::,:eC::::kFD;:::iir.:::nb:::.r::,:DC:::.k---l"---:-:---::::-:-:::-:-::::~:--T-.-':""7:--:::~::-::----t~·-:':"mb-:-rr~o--hr__
6
uro_N•_rln_•_'_""-iP El ec Irani c speed G0 vern or sheet 1~
rev. revision dale name norm res. lrom: 271.151 185.STR subs!. 1or: 26.03.98 re I. by: ESG 40M 1271.127 672.STR · I 16 lolol
I II. DIN 6?? I IT eil 5 1 2 I 3 I 4 I
1.....-----r-'1 I I I I
CAD
-
-A3012 VSM401 VALVE CONTROL MODULE A
SLOW START START CUT CYL .LUB .NORNAL NORMAL CYL .

TURNING . .. ... .... VALVE OFF VALVE ON COMMAND LUB . FA ILURE
SLOW TURNING ~ 0~
DAI DAtO ~ ~
- CHt CH2 CH3 CH5 CHII CH1
~ ov ~ 1-
6
·~V
m m
~0~4-~----~~----~-+----~,~
~~~M~ ~
~~~h ~
'
® ~ ~~ ~
'
~ ,, ~
1,.---,
7
~
~' ov
I,--
f1f
0:
""'
lA I I X3 8 B
.~v·XJ
X4 1 2 3 4 X4 5 6 ,?
~~~----~~----~~-----+.~ ~~~----~~-----+.~
• 1 2 3 4 •HV -X3 5 6 7 -X4 8 -XS 1 2
-K2 ~
/13 .7 LSO•
- A1 1-
-K3 D2 ENERG . CYL LUBR
113.7 ~L;.::.5::...0-_ _ _ _IA2.....JA ON COMMAND A1
12 ~ 12 ~
c - X2 11 MOUNTING PLATE x2 13 -1~~ 11 -K2 11 c
' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · - · 1 - · - · - · - · - ·- · - · 1-·1--·- · - - · - · - · .
'----·- -·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·- - ·-· -·---~ONT_ROL_ CA~INE_T_______ -·--- -- ------ _ - · - __ ----- ---· ___ )
~).!.F::.:NG:::.:CG:....,..,.. __"t
'41-
=- ~~xh0 . 75 ~ .- ~ ;:! "' ~
~~F~NQ~CG~--~--------------~---------------------~~------~-------r-i---1--r----~~--~
~~~~~~~~0~.7-5---+-----------------------+--------------------------------t~~---t------~~~~
5x1.5
r--:.:~
~-~~~~
~
0 0
~
M
z
0
- 2
"'c
ij
0
~
.
0
0
c
c
2
r·----- ------~
• -X 1 18 I r-:-;;~------------------------- '";;~---- --, l"r-.:1-:'.:t-:-·-: ~ r=-:1·1 r_~ -~----~
1 -X~ 2 I
E
~
• • I •
I I I
I.
-
e
.
0.
>
•
I
•
d-v-
-S 11
-A2101
ECR PANEL •
I
•
I•
L2-
-X4 5
l30•
-X4 31
,
I•
II
,,
11
230V 2JOV ,·II
, ••
I 11
IN OPERATION
AH/AS EMERG .
I
I,
I
0
~
D
!
I
L30t i
.
.
I
I PCS CABINET
.
I
I
••
11
jj
CYLINDER LUB OIL jll
!
PUMP CONTROL.LER • j j -A101J IOM402
•• CYL LUB
1
f--
j_---~~-CON~OL~ __ j ' •
'---------------------------------------1
ECR ' j_~~-E~GI ~{ R~OM -~-i j__!~~~~I_NET _j F
~4-----~--+-~do~"~~·~~
· ~--~Aker 1 0 7 11 0 0
MTW
~4-~==::-:-::--+~::-:+.::-:-.--F.de:_:St!.:l.to.:f:K:;ow~o~lk'--.,.._--1 Nb O1O I I STN ATLAS Norlnt Electronics Eleklron. Drehzohlregler DIGITAL INPUT /OUTPUT ,t--=-:~;n:~~~~OlL:-------~
lf._~AEOOOO .,_,32;.::.0""-17-+1"':'3.0'76.::..;01'-f'-'Oo~
· r --t='::.!:he:.!:.ck~O::..:il::..:
' rn.:.::.br:_::o.::.:
c k'-.,.._+---:---..,.,,.,..,.,....,.,.,,..,., M•mb•r of lhe EuroMorine Group Eleclronic SpE - overnor
~~ ~on~~.::..;do~1e~::.!:no~m.::..;e~n.::.:or~m~~---~'ru~ . l~ro~m.~77~1..:.::.15~11~85~
.ST 11. tor: 26.03.98 repl. by. ESG 40M 271 .12 7 672 STl shee1 1.
16 1o1ol
~1 . DIN 67 5 1 2 I 3
I I I 7 I
;--\ '
- - - - ------- i
. - --·-- - --- . . . . --· 5 '.
. -- .6 . . . . ·-· . . . - - - .. -
CA[ll~n
--?:-__J ~
u,u1~ fROL CABINET

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------·-------.
-A3012 VSM401 VALVE CONTROL MODULE
A LOAD LOAD CYL.LUB.OIL VIT 1 POSITION VIT 2 POSITION CHARGE AIR CHARGE AIR A
INDICATOR 1 INDICATOR 2 PUMP SET POINT FEED BACK FEED BACK PRESSURE 1 PRESSURE 2
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CHe CH1
•5V
, , 181 TB4 TB5 , r-; ,
1
- id - -
-~IX
1- ~ ~~ ~ 1-
- ;;X ~.x [;!, -.3
~
~X f-
>;'10 >< I >;'
~ :2 ~
,..._ "'>;' f--
>;: f--
• ~!
~
~I ~
182
r-
TBJ TB6 !!l ~
!!![ ~')
!!l ~ !!l
~~
~
~
~ ~) ~ ~
~
-All: 6-
B B
!~
J. -X6 1 J 5 6 7 8 -X7 1 2 J 4 5 6 7 -XS 1 2 J 5 6 7
(2 !8 !4 !s
/2.4
L52- ~/6.3 ,1--
/6.4
-AJJ/2-
-AJJ/1•
-A31:5• 16 _3
I:::: ----- '] MOUNTING PLATE
- -X2 16
16.4
16 1? 17 19 SCREEN BAR -X2 18 18 1-
L52t -X2 14 -X2 15 15
112.4 14
-- ------------------I...... p=,---·-( .....--- h.J
·-·-·-- I ----
---
fi-----(_. .--. . h·---·-1 ~
:-1-·-·1 ir"-"" b-· - ·I-·- _~>=-i-·--( ~-"'"""
1. ______ . . ; f -
-- ------- - -----·-- 1-- -·-----1----1-------- 1-·- -- ------------------ -- 1-·---·-· :-- :--
SCREEN BAR !..-- SCREEN BAR !..--
c 1-· '-· !--·-----' 1-·· !-·-.J
c
~FNGCG "1 .q ...,. ~ "l ~

~
~
N
~
~7x2x0,75
'ESG6"20' FNGCG '"1. "t

-
~
= ~4x2x0,75
'EiGi01' FNGCG :::: ~ :::? -.3

~
~7x2x0.75
~FNGCG "1 '-t

0 0
~2x2x0,75
.. '------I1-"a... .------·-
)- I ~::F·-· --~ ~- -·r ...... ... ,.. ---- I
~-"'" .........
·- F-----------------' 1-"·u ~---·--( ~:5;--·r: ....
lr·---· ~· iii7 ,05·-·- 1o6 1o7i;o·e-: r·-' ·- -·- -: r·- ·-
J --
j
M
z
0 r·-· ~-- 63- ~~----·-·-·-·-·-·-·
64 65 ~2" 43 --_"{1Q·- -H 45-·1 r·-
- • • • ___ ,
~
itN.:~N~O~ -E10 I 1._ ·- J 1._ I_ -
co
.5
"E0
1-· -· 1----·- -·-·--
c·- ) - c ==~
-
I::: ) - ~ (
1--·1-------------·-·- ·-1- • ..l!!N.Cl!.QI! .J!ill<.
~~--
1-· 1--·_j 1._
(
t:D -----. ---
r·-S. !;-• .. ,.........
0" JB 10 ?;::::
11 ·-
12 • r·- i1 ·-·-·-·-
12 d-~r-:
I I
I_ __ -E12
E c
c I:W._ ··- -·-·I 1--• l-li!!!£. !'1!!.. 9L - _J
1 8
E
.2
u ---------
EXTENDED( ---------
)-
~" __..... __.....
~
1 1----
~ ~
.
k<
a.
/ / 'c }.....L_ /
- ~
"
~
D
2
• -
0
GT 5151C GT 5152C LOAD M.E. LOAD M.E. RETRACTED GE 5331C PT 4041C PT ~0~2C
CHARGE AIR
F
L----~-G~~~~~----·-·---~~CR_ CON.~~-~~~~~C~NSO_L~ l.-·-·-·-·---·-·-·_iN_G~~.2:~~----·-·---·~~~~~~.:.J I. EC~~~NSO~~ F
• YARD SUPPLY
dale 07.11.00 Aker MTW STN ATLAS Marini Eleclronlcs Eleklron. Orehzohtregler =ANU4
llualo. Kowulk ANALOG INPUT tUIII
F MAEOOOOJ2017 13.06.01 Oor check Oornbrack Nb 010 If Member ol lhe EuroNor/ne Group
Elec Ironic Speed Governor sheul 15
rev. revision dole name norm res. /rom: 271.151 185.STR subs!. lor: 26.03.98 re I. by: ESG 40M 1271.127 672.STR· lb 1o1ol
[_Jt DIN 6771/Teil 5 1
I 2
I J
I 4
I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I
1..-----r-. 5 6
CAD
r-·-------------·-------------·---------------------------------
-A3050 60 WKS
( Ul VI WI {E U2 V2 W2 POWER ELECTRONIC
ISUB-01 \ ;, \ ~\ ; ' 4 9 I 8 \ 7 \ 6
':::---~ --·::~' ,.--(-

th -- -
--
J•< t--t--~ERR<I R<NG ' " ' '"'

NOTE : ALL THREE I IRES FOR EACH FERRI I
~
:z u..t 0 ::z:
---lu..t>--JUJ
C> -
w
-JUJWO:=l
a: X W a:: a::- .....J
co•>-C>C>>co
,_
""
<...)
<I)""'-' 8
lx' RING CORE GO TOGETHER THROUGH THE
1--ff:l:-\--\-- \
2 4 & CORE ANO ARE LOOPED AROUND
THE CORE ONE TINE ---1: - j:. : - =:D
- F1 - ~T I I -XS 1 2 3 -X6 10 5 2 J 4 9 ~.1 all 7 I ~6
16A T I> I> I> MOUNTING PLATE J 0 ~
'--·-·- ~- 3-- 5·-·-·----- - •-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·----- -- 1-,- ~~~p ";:3·::::. ,....- - - -
1 ::::::h SREEN BAR r: , coNTRoL cABINET L---(~ :: : i= =:D j
' - - - - - - - - -1-- - - - - · - · - - - - f-•1-- - · - - - · - - - - - - - - - · - - - - - - - 1-- --1- i----1- 1------· c
NGCG
ESG 601 ~~--------+-+--l-------....:.~if-+"~~
"'l ~I "'lr;l-d.,., "' ~ ~
~:~~~. 75
OJ
lx6
lSI m !OI
lSI
NGCG
ESG l11
3x6
IS I
IECR ------·--- ·- ·- ·-·--, ..-----~- - :.=·-·---ENGINEROoM-·----r=-:-<f- -I-"': - ~·: :-~)·----

0
i~ t1,l(u, llv, II., j 25 26 21 28 Ju~g~~~ 0 ~ox ,o s 2 J 4 9 8 1 1 6
0
..,
~
I' -M1
""' I I
1±. I
'
.--- __ _()-- .... D
I~ I~ I~ - i
z I ,f- -1- - - -1-
~~-- -1- - - 1 - - ....
0
· 0
i TRANSFORMER
C>
c
~ '------·----- ---- --·--' :z: UJ
.. t--lUJ>-
0--lUJW
~
0 :z: ""
<...)
::5~
,_
UJ
-'
~
0
a:: :c w a: a:::
co .. >-C>l!) <I)>
~ NGCG ~ ..... "'l

E
0 ESG )II
Jxl ESG 609 ESG 605 )------M44+*---l~--*4-+
c lSI 1m 2m GLAND SREI'>J:f- -1- - - - 1 - - -~ E
c , ---~LAND SREEN """'i,_ - 1 - - - 1- - -v
~. r-
716 14 11
eC>
I
9
>I
8
>I'\
10 ,,
...... ,....
5
... ,....
3
'\
2
... ,....
12
'\
D
0
.."~ SUPPLY 10A
ACTUATOR
400/450V l - I ACHO I ROTOR POSIT ION
'--·------·---- - __,
F
dole nome norm res . from. I. lor :

5 I
/..----....'\ /..---.......•
I1r") :-\. -. - r - - - - 4 : - - - - - - r - - - - - - : s : - - - - - (~/ )
------'-----...:.,_-----1----...;:_l"-· 1 I ' 6 I 1 I ( )'J
;~:·-__;,____..J...._ _ _ _:....__ _ _--~..________./ ' - - - -.....
EPROM OFFSET A
X27 X25 X28 X29
"'0:::z MODULE ADDRESS • 16 ...
0
...
0
JUMPER ~
X15 ~ "' "'
C> C>
5! ~ :::; 5!
> := IJUHPER I 8 C>
g: g ~ ~ g 112 X PAGING
I- "'
'-' z
0
0..
"' "'
0 :z
Cl
:>:
~
I 112 I JUHPER 8 8
118k RAM/
JUMPER 8 JUMPER M 8 -I- OFFSET s 10000
Cl 0:: <( PROGRAM WRITE 2/3 OFFSET S 0
112 X 112 112 X
~ >-
0 u..
51 RUN Silk RAM ENABLED
z ~
~
<( >-
3
0
:>: ;;;::;; MODULE ADDRESS DOWNLOAD 2/] X l2k RAM 2/l X PROTECTED 2/l X
Hl H4 HS B
X27
@..
CX)
..
000~~
r. @~~~~ -UA
;!~ ~ PROGRAM X29 ~
D rn~
rn1
J!r
X e • -e o 2 PCS
0
- ..••.. .-N ~.a\."
-UE
If-
•• I-
••
X15 51 +UE
T4 GND 0 3
:t.l-- :l
><~
02
....
••
•• FITTING AT OPTION TElEGRAPH ORDER PRINTER
.....••••. X9
+UA
-UA
1 (--
()
c
a>
0
••
.....• .•
X10
ROHDl
.. ~
~
c
03
:::::::'
CLOCK UNIT - OS 1216E
I( -SOCKET
(
[J 1 f-017 1 f-018 1 f-019 1 f-028

-
52
@) lCD CilH~
0 ~
©I -
016
t 011
t 015 I@ 0
IRESnl
[]
o o o o
-
~~~ 8 bf
U6
1 014
t 05
I -
X191~ ~~I
....... ..,
DB
lf 06
l
TERMINATION BUS A TERMINATION BUS B TRANSMITTER
X11 X12 X19
RELAY DISABLE
r- JUHPER
112
X26
8
X FROH WA TCHOOG
JUNPER
112
ON
8
X
OFF
0
0
JUHPER
112
ON
H
X
OFF
0
0 JUMPER
113
rr JUMPER
3/4
if- JUMPER
3/5
•24V
lr
X
1-
f- - -- - -
X
f-
214 5/6 4/6 X
213 FROH 0( 24 V SUPPLY 3/4 X 3/4
d•l• 10.11.00 Aker MTW STH ATLAS llar1ne Eleclronlc1 ZSH 401 I
duogn Kov~lk Elektonischer Drehzahlregler I
Nb 010 ff lllfliltt ol lht Eurollwklt Group
I •h••• I
rrv. rni,ian d•l• namP
chetk
norm
Oornbr~ck
rn.lrom:
I l I
rool. iiY:
~
Electronic Speed Governor
I I.
-A3010
I
I 271.127 672.NAW I 6 lol•l
I 2 ' I
1 T J I I s I 6 I 1 T ~
II
-ACAD ' .
'
A A
~ ~
f r ,. r ~ -rr .
0~
@) EB @
0
04
8 , 1 1
f , IG L, I ~t , I " ~~
- "G H'~' f "' I ii ~
;!., G ~~:::LP11
(
j!5.
2
I
[
[
I ~ ~
0 .----- l:l
u ~ ~~ ~
~
~~ ~
~
H2lcD
l
Q) Q) (4)
Kl K2 Kl
~ ® CD ®I (
/{i)..D
Nl . 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0
j~ I~ ~ G 2
~
HEASURING
POINTS )~4@;
2 c I'L\
d:;J
+
C64 = ~
r u
Y:!!} ~
::-
~
~
...
~
X
N
~
X
..,
~
X
..,
~
X
"'
~
X
U)
~
X
~
~
X L..--
~
~
X LP6 >J 'J
~ I Ul
~ IB IB "~ IE] IE] IE] IE] IB I s

Icy @~ @ww<g @I
DE 1 ) 4 6 1 8
0 ~g ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ H1 0
XI
f-
<SJ (S) <S)(Sl <S)(S) <Sl <Sl
f---
X2 <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl ~ <Sl <Sl f---
X 3 <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <SJ ~ X 4 <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <S> <Sl <SJ <SJ <Sl <Sl
1--- 1-
~ H
INPUTS OUTPUT RESISTOR VAlUE

46
£ R k } ACTUAL £
JUHPfR X~1 X~~2 X~~3 X~~4 ~X~5~

X~6 X~~7 JUHPER X~B :~: : POSIIION
20mA 111 X X X 112 ~I R } ACTUATOR

t IOV 1/) X X X X 1/) X R60 R
~ I-
CHANNEL I 2 J 4 S 6 7
f f
1--+-----l--l-+./~.:~:;.+--!!!;~~.!!:~;!'!.1 ~---l
0 0
Aker MTW STH ATLAS 11111ne Electronic• Elektronischer Orehzahlregler lf----------1
h k 0. Nb 010 ff IIIIN>tf of lht EU<ollllftt Group •
ElectroniC <::n.,.,~ Governor 015
I 401
RH
271127 672 •N 1
I..!.!..!;_ I-
. .
ISIOO d~lf name
( f(
norm
ornbruk
lOS . from' bsl . for' rtpl. by'
-A
) • rshttl6 IOI~I
1 1 1 1 1 1 4 s 6 1 1 r
,-( J
ACAh· ·
I l I r·--)
\_/
·,
I
I ~ 5 T \
v ;
l"'
',
6 I 1 I r)'
\.___j /
f-
A A
<!>
:z ....
0
a: ~
0 .....
z ~
t-
Vl
- 0
:>:: .....
...... 1-
..... 0=>
Vl
0
~ :>::
.......... 00 f
r;-;
........
r-
r r
B @H5 H6 B
.... 0F1
02
I 03
I @ 01
I @
........
.... STATUS INDICATION ......
....
X10
L£0 ON ( RELAY ENERGIZED I
1-
..
r lrI
I-
Qx9 r 04
I OS 06
I r us
I r U6
I =~ '·
·.·.:.
..
.
(
12
a
0
f
r lr
X11
U1 U2 lk
STATUS INDICATION
L£0 ON SENSOR IS CLOSED
X12 X13
U3
lr X14
U4 DA 1
,--- ~ I<D d5 Q) © ~ ® d5 ®I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
r--
2
X15
3m 0
-
(
g 1 0
2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 Kl K2 KJ K4 KS K6 K7 KB
1m 1m 1m 1m
- ~ 3 0
4 0
3
4
0
0
3 0
4 0
3 0
4 0 -
~
a. DE 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 DE 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 @ @
~
H1 lCD <V <D @ ® ® <D ®I H2ICD<VQ)@®®ill®l
-- - -
j -'---
0 X1 I<S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) (S)I X 31<S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S)I s
X I<S) <S) <S) (S) <S) <S) (S) <S)I X71<S) <S) (S) (S) <S) IS) (S) (S)I 0
X2 <S)(S)(S)(S)<S)<S)<S)<S) <S)<S)<S)<S)<S)<S)(Sl<S) X6 (S)<S)<S)<S)<S)(Sl<S)(Sl X8 I<S) (S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S) <S)
1-
- ~ -
SENSOr! SUPPLY
RELAY DISADLE
X11 X12 X13 X14 X15
E E
JUHPER M IJUHPER 8 JUNPER 8 JUMPER M JUMPER 8
INTERNAL {
112 ,_
X I 1/2 X 1/2 X 112 X 112 X WATCHDOG
3/4 X 1 3/4 X 3/4 X 3/4 X 213 0( 24 V SUPPLY
EXTERNAL 2/3 1 213 2/3 2/3
1- 1-
0[1- DE4 DES· DEB 0£9- 0£11 om- om
F . F
dal• 10.11.00 Aker MTW STN ATLAS Uarkte Electronic a REM401 I

dnign Kow•lk Elektronischer Drehzahlregler
Nb 0100 ff llombtr ol tht Eurollwlnt Group
~I
Oornbra<k
rn. rnision d•l• nam•
<h«k
norm ••~· lrom: subs!. for: r•pl. by:
s
-Al011
I 271.127 672.NAW
I I I I I 4 6 I 1 I 8
I--------~~--------~~~------~~--------~]-- I I J r ·--=-------..-J--------..;_
6 I 1 ______ I_____
--~, \\ - - - - - - - ,
ACAD
-
c-
H4 HS
.....
=••. 00
..........
B0~ ~[~I~
@ @
...... ....
...... f
01
-
......
... ~
::
xq
STATUS INDICATION
L£0 ON OUTPUT ACTIVE
4
° [
[
~ I
.
DA '
H3
.. II "
l(j) (i) Q) @I
Q r...__:_j
L.:.::J l:,l ..
XIO ~
( ~ DA 1 2 l 4 S 6 7 B STATUS INDICATION
H1 I<D wQ) Q ~ ® <D ®I __~l L[j ~~2or~vE

f.
1!
u• U5 us
L...t_ _ _ _
~X13
I I l 4
u9_ _.J..f___u_'e_
~X14
I I l 4
r-
r-r- ;: !;::! ~
!8 101 ~ ~ ~
c- ~
l..
I UJ
@ '-----'------'---'
U~ U7 H2
DE
"'((i)""'""""Q)...--,(D"'"l"""'0""4-w"'s,...,.®,......,.(i),...-,®""1
1 l l 4 5 6 7 8
0
E]U\1 :; ~ 1-+-- X
~ ~ ~: ~: ~:
X X
STATUS INDICATION
A
LEO ON SENSOR IS CLOSED "io.7e.
"I~~~~<SHSHSl~l ~j<Sl~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~

0
- f-
~~~~~~~~~ a~~~~~~~~ u~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ !----- ~ t----1 1--
-
SENSOR SUPPLY INPUTS

(){fAUlT H[\1
X13 X14 XW1 XW2 XW3 XW4 XWS XW6 XW7 RESISTOR VAlUE VAlUE
~~~:·! ~~@~~~
JUMPER JUMPER ~ RSB _k k
112 112 X 20m A _R _R
INTERNAL 1-_;:_-t--l
{ 3/4 3/4 X t4,096V R60 R R
c- EXTERNAL 213 213 r-
X CHANNI:l
0£ 1-8
d•l• 10.1100
dt11qn Kmlk Aker MTW STH ATLAS .,.,.,, Elecltonlc• Elektronischer Drehzahlregler VSH401 I
Chf<k Dornbwk Nb 010 f f llombtr of tho Eutolllllnt Group Electronic 1\npprf Governor
, ••;,":ion"--___,_d:.:.•l:.:..•-T"':::::"!.J'...:n;::o'.:::."-1---:-------..&.;':..:.."r:'.:..:'•::::m:______,_ !:;11.~1•::..:.'',..----------l.:'~'P:::.II.::.~.bY;_
' ----,,..------l--------
-AJOIZ
I 271.127 672.NJ l•httl 4
I 6 lol•l
~~---------k------~~--------~L-------~J --~'-------'--------''----------5_______ I I
ACA&_)
r""?------.------:1----.--,---]=rr------:c ---.-------;-4----lr-------=s---u~·
\~ ----'-------'---------''-----
6 1 1
;r-:-...;...._----'----'---'
c==r----~
~)- ! - - - - ,
. ·\
1-
Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M
-
,------, ,------, ,------,
I I
AUTOMATIC I ALARM I
L _____ :_..J L IFAULTI
I ______ ..JI L ______ ..J
•SET: 0.0 DES: 0.0 ACT: 0.0 f..>ALARM

LIST
[EJ]~
·~~~~~ B
2 fJ I,J
- LEVER STATUS MAINTE- DIMMER/ 1-
MATCH LIST NANCE CONTR.
UUEJG
1 ABC 2 DEF 3 GHI 4 JKL
FUEL CANCEL VIT VIT CVL.
~
LIMIT SL MODE ON/OFF LOW NOx LUBR.
~
~
UULlUUEJGJ G G
D
""D )
1-- 1-
~
BLOCKED CANCEL
D RESET LIMIT
li.
ADDRESS:6
- -
1-
dalt 10.11.00 Aker MTW STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• l

d••ign Kowalk Elektronischer Drehzahlregler B.~ T411.G I HR Panel
I
Nb 010 ff U..... tr ol the Eurollwlnt Group
s
rn. rnision dale
1he1k
name norm
Dornbra1k
r••· from:
I
l•ub•l. for'
I
repl. by'
I s
Electronic Speed Governor -A3302
I 271.127 672.NAW _L
•h••l
61ohl
I 1 J 4 1 6 I I
1 I I I I 6 1 I
' ---~----~------~------~---- / ·.
ACAD
A A
X10 SUPPLY
~
~
> 2:: ,_:
1:;! ::3 l:i!i ><
0 0
JUMPER 8 0 JUMPER 8 0
112 X 3/4 X
-
+
- C7
~
~
z +
( ~
f
~
2
SELECTED INPUT RANG£ S££ CURCUIT DIAGRAM OF THE PROJECT
INPUT RANGE
f- J XW1/XW2 1-
.
i
~
D
0
JUHP[R M 8 8 M
3/4 X 0
214 X X
1/3 X X
RbUrd bei 20mA : 191RJ1 lOY • l .996V

RbUrd bei SOmA : 1!1R~1 4V a C. ,0,6V
Rin br i l.V -66k 20mA : l .HlV
Rin bti 10V • 166k SORIA 11 l .961V
X2 a a a a a a a a
1- - AA4 ENABLE
t--1 I - I I X6
8
~~-----------------------------------------------------------~L_
JUMP(R
1/2 X
UNH401 L
STN ATLAS llarlnt Elecltonlca
lltmbtt ol lht EuroUttlno Groop
Elektronischer Drehzahlregler
Electronic ,. ---d Governor -AJ017
I 271.127 672.N
I I
a: • geaendert
0 SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEP
2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr. Benennung S achnummer /Do kumentennummer, Hersteller
Elektronischer Drehzahlregler ESG 40M 271.127 672 ST
Elektronischer Drehzahlregler ESG 40M 271.127 672 LP
Elektronischer Drehzahlregler ESG 40M 271.127 672 NAW
Elektronischer Drehzahlregler ESG 40M 271.127 672 STR
Hebel 200 271.118 330 EZ
1 1 ST + 271127673 Steuerschrank ESG 40M 271.127 673

AKER MTW NB 010 FF
2 1ST + 271153125 ACTUATOR SZ. 7 NSD 271.153 125

NSD-CONFIGURATION SIZE 7
3 1 ST + 271159209 JUNCTION BOX 271.159 209
EGS 2000 & ESG 40M, (2M KABEL)
4 1ST + 271153688 TRANSFORMATOR 271.153 688

TYP DG10N, ELECTR.GOV. SIZE 7
5 2 ST 273643049 WIDERSTAND SMA 0207S 3,3K 1% TK50

0,6W
A3050 1 ST 271156720 REGLER SIZE 7 60 WKS-M240/22-PB

EINSCHL.OPTION 01
Mat.-Nr. 2 7112 76 72
f---f------'0"'-');l,_.,ttuo!!.l.!-.m _ _-+___,_N"-"Ia"-!.lm"'--e--- STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Elektronischer Drehzahlregler ESG 40M
Be arb 2 0 0 0 - 11 - 0 7 Kow a 1 k Mombor or tho EuroMnrino Group

B MAE000032014 2001-03-26 DOE Norm I von 2
2001-03-28
)
a: • geaendcrt SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
+ 13augruppc COPYRIGHT RESERVED
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr . Benennung Sachnummer /Dokumentennummer , Hers teller
A3302 1ST 271150182 TABLEAU BAT411.G 271.150 182

271.150 182TLUESG 40M GOVERNOR
·.·
'
Mat .-Nr. 271127672
Datum Nam" STN ATLAS Marine Eloctronica Elektronischer Drehzahlregler ESG 40M
Member or tho EuruMarlno Group
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f. IErs . d .
2001-03-28
r---..\
( ()).
0
'
''"~) '-._/

2 3 4 5 6 7
Steuerschrank ESG 40M 271.127 673 ST
Steuerschrank ESG 40M 271.127 673 GZ
Elektronischer Drehzahlregler ESG 40M 271.127 672 NAW
Elektronischer Drehzahlregler ESG 40M 271.127 672 STR

1 1ST + 271141888 SCHALTSCHRANK 271.141 888

FERTIGUNG NACH ZUGEH. ZEICHNUNG GZ/BZ
2 1ST + 271162253 Montageplatte, vorbest. 271.162 253

710X910MM(PROG.NR. - - - )
15 1ST + 279623334 ERDUNGSBOLZEN 279.623 334

KOMPL M8X65
16 1ST 271896795 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE DIN 933-M6X25-A2
29 13 ST 272818732 SCHILD DIN 40011-2A12,5-8-KF-DRU

ERDE
Mat.-Nr. 2 7112 76 73
Datum Name_ STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Steuerschrank ESG 40M
Mombor of tho EuroMorine Group
Gepr. 2000-11-07 Dornbrack 271.127 673 ST
B MAE000032015 2001-04-02 DOE Norm - -
2001-04-05
)
a: •
\
geaendert SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
2 3 4 5 6 7
30 1ST + 271137342 BESCHRIFTUNGSLEISTE 271.137 342

TEXT AUFTRAGSABHAENGIG, M.WARENZEICHEN

1 ST 271123284 GERAETESCHILD 10 271.123 284

32 1ST 272901669 SCHILD DIN 40008-WS1-2-25-KF-DRU

BLITZPFEIL
33 6 ST 271305409 SCHUTZLEITERSCHILD DR 909-BSF80P-4

34 4 ST 271138694 SCHILD 271.138 694

18X37, "NUR FUER KABEL DC 24V"
36 1ST 271115163 SCHALTPLANTASCHE 1092

DIN A4,KUNSTSTOFF
44 16 ST 271863605 FAECHERSCHEIBE A5,3 -1.431 0 - MASZE DIN 6798
86 N. BEDARF KG 279620035 DECKANSTRICH,STRUKTUR 279.620 035

GEMAESZ AUFTRAG
97 N. BEDARF KG 273197699 RUNDSEIL DIN 46438-6
Mat. -Nr. 2 7112 7 6 73
Datum _Name_ STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Steuerschrank ESG 40M

Member or the EuroMarlne Group
B MAE000032015 2001-04 - 0 2 DOE Norm - - I von 11
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt. MSA3 Urspr . I Ers. f. !Ers. d .
2001-04-05
0 ()
2 3 4 5 6 7

A3 2 ST 271146207 ENDKLAMMER 249-116

A3 1ST 279999636 TEMPERATURREGLER SK 3110
A30 1ST 271157668 Normsignaltrenner mit Hilfsenergie 271.157 668

P15000H1A UMSCHALTBAR,STECKANSCHLUSS
.. ,_




A35 1ST 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

A35 1ST 271159628 Universaltrenner mit Hilfsenergie 271.159 628

P27000H1 UMSCHALTBAR,STECKANSCHLUSS
Mat.-Nr. 271127673
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marino Eloctronics Steuerschrank ESG 40M
Be arb 2000-11-07 Kowalk Mombor of tho EuroMarino Group

2001-04-05
2 3 4 5 6 7

NETZFILTER,18 - 32 V DC, 4 A, RC-SCHALTG.
A3001 1ST 271146207 ENDKLAMMER 249-116

A3010 3 ST 271134057 SPEICHER AM29F010-120JC

F-MEMORY, 128KX8BIT, PLCC
A3010 1ST + 271138133 STECKPLATTE ZSM401 271.138 133

ZENTRAL-SPEICHER-MODUL
A3010 1 ST 271146207 ENDKLAMMER 249-116


RELAIS-EINGABE-MODUL
A3011 2 ST 271146207 ENDKLAMMER 249-116

A3012 1ST + 271128309 STECKPLATTE VSM401 271.128 309

VENTIL -STEUER- MODUL
A3015 1ST + 271138278 STECKPLATTE RM 401 271.138 278
REGLER-MODUL
A3017 1 ST + 271153683 STECKPLATTE UNM401 271.153 683
UNIVERSAL MODUL
Mat .-Nr . 2 7112 7 6 7 3
Dat,Jm Name STN ATlAS Marine Electronic• Steuerschrank ESG 40M

Member of lhe EuroMarlna Group
B MAE000032015 2001-04-02
Ind. Anderung Datum
DOE
Name
Norm
Abt. MSA3
- -· Urspr . I Ers. f. IErs. d.
I von 11
2001-04-05
0
a: • geaendert
·,\

2 3 4 5 6 7
Position Menge ME a Materiai-Nr. Benennung Sachnummer/Dokumentennummer,Hersteller !
A3020 1ST + 271129983 STECKPLATTE NEG432 271.129 983

NETZGERAET-MODUL I +24V
A3021 1 ST + 271132284 STECKPLATTE NEG403 271.132 284
NETZGERAET-MODUL I +5V
A3050 1 ST 271156725 1-ACHS-CHASSIS 60WKS 1-ACHS-CHASSIS 60WKS
MIT RUECKWANDPLATINE U. LUEFTER 24VDC ..;
A3050 2 ST 271863605 FAECHERSCHEIBE A5,3-1.4310-MASZE DIN 6798
A3050 1ST 272308002 SECHSKANTSCHRAUBE DIN 933-M5X25-A2
A3050 2 ST 273528497 SECHSKANTMUTTER DIN 934-M5-A2

-
A3050 1ST 273865279 SCHEIBE DIN 125-A5,3-A2
F1 1ST 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

F1 1ST 271151543 SCHUTZSCHALTER 831-874-630

E83S C16-SB
F2 2 ST 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

F2 1ST 271151488 SCHUTZSCHALTER 831-854-628

E81S C10-SB
Mat.-Nr. 271127673
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Steuerschrank ESG 40M
Member of the EuroMarlno Group
Gepr. 2000-11-07 Dornbrack 271.127 673 ST
B MAE000032015 2001-04-02 DOE Norm - -
2001-04-05
)
(
a: • geaende1, SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
+ Bauoruppe COPYRIGHT RESERVED
2 3 4 5 6 7
Kl 1ST 271133414 INTERFACE-BAUSTEIN 710763

RPE-1E2S/2W 1 1REL.24VDC 1 2WECHSLER 1 LED
K2 1ST * 271146207 ENDKLAMMER 249-116

K2 2 ST * 271133414 INTERFACE-BAUSTEIN 710763

RPE - 1E2S/2W 1 1REL.24VDC 1 2WECHSLER 1 LED
K3
Rl 1ST 273642983 WIDERSTAND SMA 0207S lK 1% TK50

0 1 6W
R2 1ST 273643023 WIDERSTAND SMA 0207S 2 1 2K 1% TKSO

0 1 6W
W401 1ST 271156727 RLG-ANSCHLUSSK.60.WKS 1M SUB - D

N.STN-SPEZIFIKATION
W3011 1ST + 271162373 DATENKABEL DVK373 271.162 373

lOPOL. 275MM
I

26POL. L=l40MM
I
Xl 1ST 271130873 EINSTECKSCHILD 209-113
Xl 1ST 271130874 SCHUTZSTREIFEN 209-114

TRANSPARENT
Mat. -Nr . 271127673
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Eloctronica Steuerschrank ESG 40M

Member or the EuroMarine Group
Be arb 2000-11 -07 Kowalk
B MAE000032015 2001-04 - 02 DOE Norm - - I von 11
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f. IErs . d .
2001-04-05
,_-,
(-~ ( ) )
-~J : ·,_./ ,r

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0,14-4MM2

2,5MM
X1 1ST 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

-
..
X1 1ST 271146208 SCHILDTRAEGER 249-119 .·. :-

FUER ENDKLAMMER 249-116/249-J\ 7
X1 1ST 271153785 BRUECKUNGSKAMM 281-490 .~ .

10-FACH,ISOLIERT
·-
X2 1ST 271130873 EINSTECKSCHILD 209-113 .•

TRANSPARENT

0,14-4MM2

2,5MM
X2 1ST 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

Mat.-Nr. 271127673
('),.tum NamP. STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Steuerschrank ESG 40M
Mombur ol tho EuroMurlno Group
2001-04-05
)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7


10-FACH,ISOLIERT

TRANSPARENT

0,14-4MM2

2,5MM
X3 1ST 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116



TRANSPARENT
Mat .-Nr. 271127673
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Steuerschrank ESG 40M

Memi.Jar of the EuroMarlne Group
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr . I Ers . f. IErs. d.
2001-04-05
0 0 Q, c)).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
X4 1 ST 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

X4 1 ST 271146208 SCHILDTRAEGER 249-119

X4 1ST 271153782 BRUECKUNGSKAMM 281-482 ..

2-FACH,ISOLIERT
·':-
__-::

4ANSCHL./1DIODE
·-·-
.-
X5 1ST 271130873 EINSTECKSCHILD 209-113 -·

TRANSPARENT

0,2-10MM2

2,5MM
X5 2 ST 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

Mat.-Nr. 271127673
Datum Name STN ATLAS Morine Electronics Steuerschrank ESG 40M
Mombor of tho EuroMarlno Group
2001-04-05
)
a: • geaende . SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7


TRANSPARENT

0,14-4MM2

2,5MM
X6 1ST 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116



2-FACH,ISOLIERT

3-FACH,ISOLIERT
Mat. -Nr . 271127673
Datum NamP. STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Steuerschrank ESG 40M

Member or lha EuroMarlna Oroup
Ind . Anderung Datum Name Abt . MSA3 Urspr. I Ers. f. lers. d .
2001-04-05
0
a: • geaender.
0) SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
(=)!
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
X7 1 ST 271130874 SCHUTZSTREIFEN 209-114

TRANSPARENT

0,2-10MM2

2,5MM
X7 1ST 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116


--
Mat.-Nr. 271127673
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marino Elactronicu Steuerschrank ESG 40M I

Mambar of tha EuroMarina Group i
Be arb 2000-11-07 Kowalk !
2001-04-05
._1----.J'------=-2_ _ _. J _ __ _ CJ------.-------~-------.------~----/~,
l~ } L))
-----------------r----------------~ ~
_,8'--------.
Schrank Schrank Montageplatte

CABINET CABINET MOUNT1NGPLATE
Va-deronsicht!FROOT VIEW Seileoonslchl /Sill: VIEW Va-deronsichi/FROOT VIEW A
A
~
n
I
I c::::::l
c::::::l
B
I
I
c::::::l c-3- 31
B
(2 )--1 Geri:ll escl'ild

NAif: PLATE
I d!r niNon Sdnntrulsollt) -W401
0 0 I lt:R11fT (.181fT W.lll.. I!S[f)
( -XST401)
U'l 0
"' <D
I
I
I
I
I c::::::l
c I c::::::l
£
Iii 36
Scholtplantasche
u c::::::l
~ BAG fOO CCH£CTIOO OIAffiAH I
;I;
~
lldd!rl1itroonsollt)
01 LIBIET 11m. I!S[f)
'\4t:==::: c.___ 15, 33
Cl Erdn]slxJlzen 1'8
£
8 I
I
I
64
rmNlll{i 00.. T 1'8
i. Kobelkausdle/CAilE ENTRY
960
I II J))
"'
~0
1000
• I
350
I. 1300
MIN. SPACE FOO VENTILATIOO
.I
0
~ Erltrgsbolzen 1m Sclv'olt/ In der Tti'menseite/ auf der Hontogeplotte

rmt{)JI{i 00..T INSIDE CABINET/ INS Ill: CABINET IXXll/ 00 IO.flTII{i PLATE • E
E
llosis-Sclrorl<: Typ l{iS J000-350-2 mil 1i<KFL13 llllen DASIC CAD1t£T: TYPE l{iS 1000-350-2 WITH 1xKfl13 AT TIE OOTT!ll Freimonlol. Obert lilchen 1-M-'onc.:s-=lu-'ll:-'I:.;.::IO__________- ' - - - - - - - - - - - - I
LocklertiWJ: gem. Pos.86, C!l.ll.R: IN IHIR If POS.86, Aker MTW
wem im Auftrag nlchls angegeben lsi - IF OOT JR(R SPECIFIC - Nb 010 ff
RAL 7032 (KieseliJ'Ilu), Strudur RAl. 7032 (PEIH.E GREY), STRUCTlJlE
SdtJizarl: IP 54 (DIN 40 050) !l:fffE If PROTECTIIll: IP 54 (DIN 40 050) Dol urn Nome
Leergewichl: ca. 00 kg wtlrilf ( EH'TY):
TYPE If KEY:
APPROX. 00 kg
OOB..E BIT, lim Tim!
Beorb. 10.11.00
Ge r. 10.11.00 J:fu'IJ'ock
Steuerschronk
Schll(lart: !lcwellxlrt. lnm !la'n
Tir: Ansdllag lirte/rechts OCOO: Him LEFT/RI!i!T
Norm Power Unit Cabinet
0f!lll'gSwiltel 125' (J'ENII{i Al«il.E 125'
mit Tti'feststeller WITH IXXll A!HSTII{i J---t--------t----1----iBTN ATlAB lolarlnaEioclrcnlco
Kobeleinfihulg: von unlen CABLE ENTRY: FRill fiLOW A MAE000032007 15.11.00 (fr l.4oot>el
01
lho E\roMathe G'~q~ 271.127 673.GZ
Zusl. iinderun Datum Nome Urs r.: Ers.f.: Ers ..d.:
L
. ·····-:: ·--·----· --- .... ·---··-----···--··· . -···-··---···--·-- -····-----
0 ():
,~--.
ACAD:>
. LJ)
i
f--'---r--------:' '---- :
" A
max. 72 .
1-
I
288 I. I. 52
'~--....
~
-
-r--
I II II
r-'
~S'TH
ATLAS Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M ,
8 8
0
r------, r------, r------, 0:
-;;;
:ALARM: I I
:FAULT
L ______ .JI
AUTOMATIC START AIR: 0.0 BAR L ______ .J I
L ______ .JI ·e'-c:
NO EVENTS I QJ
t -
r- •NO ALARMS I
o#
ODR: 0.0 SET: 0.0 ACT: 0.0 :.JALARU
LIST rB] ~
EJ u ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
"'
:.-
( l:i
2
0 's (
B
J p ,...--,
I
:ic
~
~
::!
STATUS
LIST
I.IAINTE-
NANCE
DII.IME~/
CONTR.
~
I ._______.
0
EJ EJ u [lj u EJ 0 8
~
- 2 DEF 3 GHI .C JKL
r-
i VIT VIT CYL
~
0
ON/OFF LOW HOJ LUBR.
u u u u u u EJ 0
0 0
-
CANCEL
LIMIT
G _G "-,
~
1-
- I II II 1-
278
(
~ ·~/~ E
' I'
-·
\D
~ Cut-out for Panel
max. 8 mm
-
r- 1-
,~ Weight: 1,4 kg
Enclosur protection or front: IP 44
F F
dllt 09.11.11
dn1qn ltbtnl ~STNATLAS
Tableau ESG 40H, ECR PANEL/NSO CONFIGURATION ~
~ Marino Eloctronlcs
lhtck Oornbnck
rnlllon Rlllf norn rn. fr011: _l1ubd. for: rtpl. by: BA T411.G I . 271.150 182.GZ ~I
'"· I
dllt
1 I 3 I 4 I s I 6 I 1 I 8
I2
,.
( ') (~ (
(
~ / \
-~
§
!
a
~
ii
~
112
0
(2
I
0
...z
I
0 Q
·0· Q Q 0
1~+~11~~11~<?~1~~1
Q Q Q Q
0 0
130
20
~ I
~---l.~--!*_ ----------------j·------····-----1 ' "lao SCALE
-t-1 l-1:&,.·1
i . I
I
1
iI j-PANEL CUT-OUT FOR "A065.100"

~ Pullaunchnill •hir -A065.WO.. ~ ~
I i 1 i I
I iMouNTlNG RAIL/B~ful•gungsschienti II
~ iSHOW/Sitht-A06StK120- i
.J
I: 1l i/
I
I iI II co
--~~r: -----------T-----------·--- -~ ~
-{---r~- \ l ,E
I
, • ,l
··---1· i
I~-
~
;s
J__ _.. i ;.~- I
.1.---.t.~-.j..·....L; ---~----·------:\ii8 ___________=c~1
-~-!
LEVERARM/Hebelarm
SCALE/Skala
SURFACE/Farbe
LEFT OR RIGHT /Links oder· Rechts (ORDER SPECIFIC/Auftragsgebundenl
ORDER SPECIFIC/ Auftragsgebunden
RAL7032
~1+11+1-1
§ WEIGHT /Gewicht -2.5 Kg
~L__________________________________________________________~--------------------------------------------------~----------------------------------------------~~~~---
····~---
\_) - ·----··-,-·-------- -,---·-·--· -,----·----1-L i"] -,--------5- - ,( - .--,----.---,---·---·--7----,---~ ----
)
' ...
~
I .'
A A
. .
- -
8 B
f- f-
.
~
g
( .2 (
{ - 1-. - - - - - - - - . - 1- co
...-
..-
1-
-
~
~
,§ f-
~
b.
D
i D
I-
I. 138
.I f-
[ [
..
1- f-
I
E cR- MAN.cTRL, LEVER SCALE 1 : 1 I
I
!ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH Ir
I
~
T I I I mlr I 12()(..~S
-
I I I I llr"'11
.'·~· ~
Kla:~r
''--'"
I
I I W9N &91&W lll•••nNII' . --
PANEL CUT -OUT
1 ---~ .... --·
I
- l.tvrl ~
......... _ . . . . . . . . _ '""'-'~11\.lll:::l•
beidseitig
SPACE FOR VENTILATION
.·:··
I OH ~?J~m~IDES 31 3 32 1 30 2
;~,AIL~ /!i!, r ~ \:1'f.l~h.o~"'.,._Wtc. _. _'-. . ._,-;I-/-+/~T~t~A~HS~F~ R~ ~ER~1 (~:-.-J. I.~*~:~Y,~PE_D_G-10-N .... ;
r-7,
L-J
I \ ·I \ I \
r- - - - - - - - ,
I I c.t ==~' r c.t =:::::)' 1
' ,
'-'-.....l' I I c,...-......y
A\ :
1 \
I~ I
I rg
~ I'-' INPUT OUTPUT
I
I
c.~:=:::l: ~ I : :
C.t:=:=)\ T I ) I I '
I I '-'-....l' I I I
I +, f I • C.l ==:=)\ I _,
'
' I
I
I
'
'
C.l ==:=)\ I I ) I '
! -- ,rJ· '-'-....l'
I
I ' I
~-,
{ '
-~ ~~~~r=-~r1----t--~~~-~:Qr-'+'~ I ~!.J L I .J
I I \
I
~¢2o'l_ \_~ t 440

: 6CD 7(J) lS(J) 33 480
(~~,
312 ca./ APP. 522.5
\.__)~ (
;:h 350
:z: Auflogeflachen melollisch ·blon)(
0 CD BEARING SURFACES SRIGHi
r-i\ Vorhandene Gehause-Schrauben du1ch
\!:./ 6Kl. Schrauben mit Schlitz ersetzt.
EXISTING CASI,';G SCREWS REPLACED BY
HEXAGON HEAD SCREWS WITH SLIT.
Dreiphasen Kleinlronsformator DIN VOE 0550 Teil 1 fUr ollg. A!l',.,.endung IP 23 orlsfesl. Stahlblechgehtiuse
THREE-PHASE SHALL TYPE TRANSFORMER DIN VDE 0550 PART I FOR GENERAL APPLICATION IP 23 STATIONARY. SHEET STEEL BOX
0 Typ Hormbe- Sekundar Primare Frequenz Gewich! Anschtusse Gehausefarbe

zeichnung Nennspannung ca.
TYPE ST AHOARD SECONDARY RATED PRINARY FREQUENCY WEIGHT TERHINALS COLOUR OF CASING
OESIGNA TION VOLTAGE APPR.
(--...., !-- DG 10 H 3 Ul 132 o 150 V I 1650 VA 380 - 4~0 V H5 - 63 Hz 20 kg Anschliisse innen wenn im Auflrag
\___) rr.il SchraLtkl.emmen nichls ar.geg;:ben ist :
RAL 7032 ( kieselgrc:•.;).
Struk!ur
CONN. INSIDE WITH IF hUT OF.OER s.:w~:c -
SCREW TEPJ-!lNALS R.!L 7032 (PEEEtE (~~r).
E STRUCTURE
~--~-----L----~~~-------L~----~--_L________L-------~
ELECTRIC GOVERNOR SIZE 7

FreimaDtol. Ct€ffli:ichen MaOslab: 1:5 I
1-- Typ/TYPE: OG 10 N
!XJtun t-:arr.e
Bearb. 03.11.97 Rosch 1 Transformotor
G:o:'. 03.11.97 Rasch_U 1
~m TRANSFORMER
F l_j_
1- ______-i----~--~_j---d~----~--------------------------~Efo-~'-
Stall
0 A SBH em 96~6
04.12.97 LR l tLsrN ATLAs
~ ELeKrRoN IK
271.153 688.MB 1I
E:.
LJ@z~~ti_l~~~_j-~~~~~~~~a~~~~·~.; ___________l~~~f;~-----------~~~~.~------------~-
..... ······ ···---- .- --·-··-----------(=c-,,1---------·
A
1xPG16 ACTUATOR Pl~ 1xPG9 1xPG16 (1xPG16)
( flLG/RESOL VEri I
\
.--
- ~-
-
...--- ~-c- !'-'-"
-I:-'
~r-
0
-~ ~ 1- -
-~ -
__2m~
--,-
1
-
l-
-
1--
C>
r-
~ ~-
~- - - -
1
60
±I
i- f-~
C)
\
-1-~--=..L
\. /
f-
1--
i
!ii
{3
c
± -
1/L-
L-- F~
1:-=
1- -
I
1!
;-s;
?.::
Cl - ':..:1-
~-
-6
8
-~ 200 (255) 10
1-1-29.5
I
31
--
21.5
170
223 5485
ao
TYPE 200:
FOR HOTOil TYPE:
RT52, 52U
RT62, 62U
EIICLOSURE PflOTECTIOII: IPS4 RT72, 72U
RTB4H
COLOU!l: BLACK AIID CHROHE-YEllOW RTOH, B4CU
E ELECTRONIC SPPED GOVERNOR ESG 40M

Freimomol. !lxrfloctm j..:.Mo:::!n;.:::sl.::::ob:::.. ·_;~:.::-2.::..5_ _ _ _..~..--_ _ __
TYPE 200 (Sulzer)
ACTUATOR SIZE 7
F
271.153 .12S.MB
Zusl [)Jiun tbrre Ers.d.:
c)·-L----'-~-----L-----'-----r--,)
..,_____.... ">._.._...,...,..
A
9.5
4
20
022 Spot Faced SECTIONAL VIEW 14 •0,0430
5 00000
m
N
Ln
R0.4
B 0
N
Ln
..,
Ln
lSI
M4 depth 15 mm
ao
ao
co
-. Nq
dO
m
cD
..r
0
!ii ( C)
,..,
,_
N
) N
...
(T\
::z:
\
B
1
N
;g ffi
~D
Ln
0
m
Ln
40 MATEll tAL: LHl 11

T!lERA/lCES: 1152075 stAlES MEDil.t-1
60 CDATIKi: ELZINC Alii YEllOW GIDIATED Fe/Zn 12 c YillOW, 20
960.122.21 2 ACTUATOR SIZE 7, Sulzer

Freimontol. Oberfliichen r-M.:.::.o:..c:ns"-'to=b:=------------'------
Hebel I LEVER
Datum Nome
fleorb. 11.10.00
Ge r. 11.10.00
Rosch
Rosch\ ... Hebel 200
i
Norm LEVER 200
I
j t - + - - - - - 1 - - - ! - - - ! S T N ATLASI.IarlneEiectronlco
I 1--t------1---t---l Menter or lhe ElloMruhe ()oq> 271.118 .330.EZ
Zusl. linderun Datum Name Urs r.: 960.122.21 2 Bl.l•2, Version I Ers.f.: Ers.d.:
!-~
~----~----~----~----( )
"-~
TO BE WELDED ON
ALL JOINT FACES
R87
-:= --------- - t - ~---

50
0
0
0 0
E
Freimantol. Oberfli:ichen 1-M--'an_s_ta_b,_ _ _ _ _ __.__ _ __ _
TYPE 200:
Hebel mit Schirmblech I LEVER WITH COVERPLA T!
FOfl MOTOR TYPE:
RTS2, 52U Datum Name , ..
RT62. 62U
RT72, 72U
Bearb. 11.10.00
Ge r. 11.10.00
Rasch o.'
Rasch ../ ·:
Hebel 200, kpl.
RTB4M Norm LEVER 200, CPL.
RTB4C. B4CU
1-t-----1---t----iSTN AnAs t.larlnoEioctronlco
r-+----1---i-----iMetrbet or the EttoMa!ile G'O<.p 271.118 .33S.GZ
Zusl. Anderun Datum Name Urs r.: 960.122.21 2 Bl.3. Versioo I ErsJ.: Ers.d.:
L AUh'
I \(
r,---~._\_
____!_,_ _ ___,__ _ ____::__ _ __ 1 _ _ _ _
(~ )
_ _ L _ _ _ ___:__ _ ___L_ _ __:___ _ /
. ~ )
---~----'-------=------'--! .·. ,·)
\ _ _../ -' '-.__I.' I'~----
11 26 23
A
A
SECTIONAL VIEW
....
N
14 •0,0430
0 0000
0
CD 8
[)
§jo
r-o
00
+0
:I:9
lll M4 depth 15 mm
N
CSl
45•0.0250 I
-0.0000
....
....
0
0
N
N rn
s; ( a:i
:c ..r
!1
""z
\
(T\
a
~ -===:::rr.:.:
----II- --4--
-===:::l.t==
i
:2
-><o
ffi
L __ _ _ _ _ _JI.___ _ _ _ __J
lll
iSi 38mm 0
0
rn
lll
40
MATERIAL:· lJH8 II
65 60 TO..ERANCES: OS2075 SERIES HfOIUM
COAliNG: El.ZINC AMJ YELLOW CHROMA TEO Fe/Zn 12 c YELLOW, 20 E
80
E
Freimantol. Obertlochen f-M_a_,_n_sl_ob_:- - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - - 1
Hebel I LEVER
Hebel 202
LEVER 202
1--+-----l---1---!STN ATLAS MarlnoEltclronlco
1 - - + - - - - - l - - - 1 - - - l Me<rbef ol lhe Ell'oMruhe O'Ot!> 271.118 333.EZ
Zusl. Anderun Oolum Nome Urs r.: 960.122.52 I 81.1•2. Versim 1 Ers.f.: Ers.d.:
L.
A
TO BE WElDED 0/1
ALL XliNT FACES
Iii (
j
-f= ---------1--
v ___ _
R87
so
0
0
0 0
E
Freimontol. Oberrtiichen 1-'-M=.!on.:..::s.:..::to:::.b:_ _ _ _ ____,c___ _ __
Hebel mit Schirmblech I LEVER WITH COVERPLATE

TYPE 202:
FOR MOTOR TYPE:
i
I RT52U·B Hebel 202, kpl.
1 RT62U·B LEVER 202, CPL.
·I F RT12U·B
·. \ 1-i-----1---1---ISTN AnAs MarlneErectrcnlco
1--t------+---+--l Metrt>er or lila ElloMallle G'Otp 271.118 3~7.GZ
..'j Zust Anderun Datum Nome Urs r.: 960.122.52 I Bl.3. Versioo I Ers.f.:
LLL---------------------------------------~~==~~~~==~~~~--~~-----
Ers.d.:
CAORk-c~
() ...' 1 3 n
~
'I
r 5
0 '
. 6
\._j
) y~ . .:
~I
c
:c
1 f-
<
l.&.J
:::c
a:
LoJ
Cl
::z:
0
:=I
a..
::r:
Cl
0::
u..
:3:
lJ.J
>
D
220
204
ACTUATOO
PG 9 • CA£l( OIAH!:TCR
Hill 7IMI
HAX IOmm
PG 13.5 = CAEJI.[ OIAHEHR
a:
l.&.J HIH 7mm
;r.. ( >
Cl
HAX l~mm
LJ
p(j 16 • CA[l[ OIAH[HR
f-
:=I HIH 7mm
C>
:c HAX l6mm
!:=
...... 0 3: PG 21 • CA£lE OIAliEHR
w !::! HIH linin
3: HAX 21mnl
~
>
f-
=--::
0
0
=
u..
HA J(RIAl: Alltii!II!.H
CQOO!l: GREY ( U!TIIEArro)
\lEIGIIT 'rlllll CArtES: S.'i ltg
(IICLOSUU: PllOT[CTIOil: IP S\
£ ELECTROOIC SPEED mvmm ESG 4(}

FrerrQ!loL axrnactm rltils-=-l....;,;oo_ _ _ _ _......__ __
TYPE 00. INCL. CARES: . 960.20lll0

lblun lblre
lm1!. 16.1l'.iU Rosch
• 16.1l'.iU . Rasch JUNCTION BOX
OUTLINE
~STNATLAS
(JJll..( \JITII ACTUA TOll PlUG 1-i----+---1--1~ MarlnD [Jadronlu 271.159 209.GZ
M30x1.5
I
A
......--....., I !
(') r I I -'I Ln
-.___/ I \ N
I I ...j-
1-- I ' lfl
,........ SW36 lfl
\.0
I v-LED
~
['"'--
'--....
8 r ~
.I
~--, I
I
I
,--
I
I
I
~
I
~ I
1-- \ f-J'
I
A\ I
Kat:el: 3x0,25 qnm, FUR, J=2 m CARE: 3x0.2S qrm Pm L=2 m

Schlief]er, Pfll I 0ffner, p1p N()f}I.Al..LY-CLOSED/a'ENED AUX. COOACTS. P..~
Gerousemateriol: P.essing vernickelt CASil\u MATERIAL: ERASS NICKR-H.ATEO
Betriebsspomrg: 10-65 VDC CPERATl~ VQTAGE: 10-65 VDC
/lnzeige: LEO II{)ICATiffi LED
0 Stromaufnohme (ohle Lost): 1,0 rnA SUPPLY CURRENT: 1.0 filA
B=lastborkeit: 30J rnA MAX. LOAD CUiRENT: 300 rnA
SchaltfreqJef!Z: 500 Hz SM·1'LI~'G FREQlfNCY: 500Hz
R2\)"cxluzieroorkeil: 0.3 rrm REPRCOJCIBILITY: 0.3 mm
Ansp"echzeit: 0.5 ms RESf'Ct6E Tl~£: 0.5 ms
/lnschwirgzeit: 1.3 ms BU!LD-t.P PERICO: 1.3 ms
E?Heitschaftsverzug: 3) ms ST A.~'O-BY [fLAYED ACTION: 30ms
Ersotzteil-Nr.: 27t136 855 SP~ PART NO.: 27U35 855
E
~--------------~------------~---------------------------j
Freirr.ontol. Oberflochen f-!;Of}slob: 1:1 I

1--
lJJtLJn Norre
Bearh 06.11.96
(iep". 06.11.96
Rosch ·\f
Rosch·..)\.
1 Drehzohlaufnehmer
F
Norm SPEED SENSOR
c) ~
STN ATLAS ELEKTRONIK
271.148 903.TD
Blot!
1
1
et.
Zusl. Andertng t:kJIUil Nome U'sfr; ~"SJ; I b.li: .
I
L_
4x Einf~
4x OO.E ENTRY
DIN 89 200-UB-ZlO
A
90 ~
() \~ 2x Einfi.lnn]
2x OOl ENTRY
- 51 \~~ ~
DIN ffJ 2E<'rl24-Z17
~~ ~w ~¥"~
24 _' fflvi- i' ?
l~t0.wi~
~I
8 0
0 \.0
m
0..::!-
LI1\,Q
rn
CD
N
0
0
N
--
0
\.0
........- .-- ..--
f.--
,. .....
Ansicht ohne Deckel I VIEW WITHOUT COVER
.' 10 140
( /
~ +
:z:
i
~e-
Cl
\
~
13x Reih:rkterrm: S,6JQS Fa. Weiciriilte-
13x l"ER-IINAL SAK2.5 FA Weichiille-
e LI1
f.--
....-
I 2 314 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13
r--
-&
00 00 00 00 00 000
~
0
\.()
........-
I 2 314 5 6 7 B 9 10 1112 13
$ 0
........-
........-
0 00 00 00 00 00 ee 0 0
D - L...-
ET e-
I~
($} ~
LI1
- ,e. ' ' ' I
' -$-.1 N
Auftrar
I I I I I
0 StacrlJrdfarte.
sofem nicht
RJ.l. 7001 ( silta'g-ciU
! ! ! T
I I I I I I I
STN-D.bro CQM I I _I
IF tm ffifR SPECIFIC:
E RJ.l. 7001 (SlLVffi !N:Y)
I .I
Freimafltol. Oberfltichen ~laOstob: 1: 2
±0.5 USED: Typ CA-270, Fo. Bernstein·

Datum Name
Bearb. 23.06.98
Gepr. 23.06.98
Rasch
Rosch
Verteilerkasten
F
Norm DISTRIBUTION BOX
Blatt
.I STN ATLAS Marine Electronics I
~ or tt:€ ElrcNar'.ne G'cq> 271.148 887.MB 1 a
0 A MAE000023005 07.07.00
Zust Anderunq Oatum Name Urspr.:
UfL~
Ers.f.: IErs.d.:
L
~ V:m cie rr&richh.rq fctsch e:r.;;ez~gl ...-::-d! .
~TE: L'i CJ..Si CF \-/i{Hj ~list Cf fflTATIO! IS N)!Ct..TEO AT i.-E F?D,T
PNQ CCtlECTI~S (f SthSffi 1 /.liD 2 t.~ TO EE ltii~Y...!.'aD!
A
CCtH:CTICtl CNU WGlli 2m
(QQ.P. (CIT: + EFlJ1,.(.'1 0
- au:
v-) ELACK
D-ffizohtoufrerm:r richt loc'rdEJt!
ron VM%H SBmS! D-et.zohlaufneb;::-~ I· 2
SH.S-% 1•2
u-stohl
Achtung: Die Zohndicke ''B" LJ-Siill
8 muo immer ::) dem 12Gx55
Sensordurchmesser sein!
NOTE: TOOTH HEAD-THICKNESS ''B" .o~-,_...,.~

MUST AlWAYS BE
=> SENSOR OIJi}lETER!
Sch..uxrad der 1-CLrolrroschire
FL'r'\-HEL wt
--, s
\
\
I
.§
'~
(
-~
rn
:::::
Ci
-5
e
~
g
CJ
1---
LLJ
Vl
j::j 0:::
0
.2
'-'
Vl
:z:
V'l
LLJ
Vl
0 = 1/'r X 0 ( +1-20%) 1 .._
l Ul
b = z..r.schen 5 Lnd 10 m einsletlb:Jr.

D Vcrzugsw:rl: 6-71TTil
ADU'STAS_E FID·I 5 TO 10r.fi\
ffi:JJST~~NT: 6 TO 7iiiil
1---
w
Vl
1
~1
8 = Zotrl:CQfbreite I EFHDiH TOOTH FACE
. . 0::
0
/
0 = Zohllbslond I DIST~~CE TCOTH TO TOOTH Vl
:z:
w
'·
·-· ) 1 Vl
H = Zohrhche I I-EIGHT C~ TOJTH
-'----~~~ -o
N
c
L= Zohntcin~e I WJ:JTH o= TCDTH
1--- ------.-,-
EL-----------.---------r-~--~~~~------
1 Geomor 40 t·i
. Freiii.allrot.
Orehzohtoufnehmer
SPEED SENSORS
Ft=J========1====t===i=~==~~===---+-------------~~~~-------r~2]:~
'\ t@ 271.149 259.EV
S TN ATlAS EL H: H: 0 !': 1.!::..__!-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____;_.--;--;---
------ Zust. ~~~ l[r
~: l [~sc.:
.--.,
F]SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M ~!-" Electronics
() Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M
Parametertable
Chapter 7, Parameter Table
7 Introduction
In the Parameter table ~II variable values are listed up. The Values can be set
engine.
0 program, corresponding to the parameter table. Therefore the parameter


chapter 6.
NOTE:
Therefore:
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGPAR.WP6 • Chp. 7, Page 1/1
0
_.,.-....,. ~SAM
0 U Electronics
(~) GEAMOT40M
Engine Speed Governor, ESG 40M
MTW/ 010
WNS /7RTA 72U-B, DENIS-6
Parameter Table
()

Behringstr. 120
D-22763 Hamburg
0 STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH* PCS * 271.127 672 TDl *Rev. 16 * 07.04.00 * Seite I von 2
Purpose
This document describes the parameter of the Engine Speed Governor

ESG 40M for WSD Engines.
Document Version
- First issue 02.04.98 us
Remark:
01 Parameter added 03.06.99 us
02 Parameter changed 08.06.99 us
03 Parameter text changed 30.06.99 us
04 Activation Over Speed changed 06.08.99 us
05 Activation Over Speed changed 09.09.99 us
06 Zero fuel order added 09.09.99 us
07 Parameter PDMMIF deleted 13.09.99 us
08 Parameter Manual Slow Turning added 14.09.99 us
09 Parameter MCR Curve changed 24.09.99 us
12 Parameter changed according to sea trail 05.11 .99 us
13 Parameter PRWUS lower limit 0 10.01 .00 us
14 Parameter Torque Limit changed 13.01 .00 us
15 Parameter PDMUDVoption ,K 26.01 .00 us
16 Parameter password assignment changed 07.04.00 us
Appendix
Parameter Table 271.127 672 TD1
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH* PCS * 271.127 672 TDI *Rev. 16 * 07.04.00 * Seite 2 von 2
,'
,---......' (
\, . 1
SAM
Electronics
PARAMETER TABLE FOR ENGINE SPEED GOVERNOR ESG 40M

Requires EXPERT- resp. SERVICE-PASSWORD.

PCHEXP
3 1: Change of USER PASSWORD enabled. 0 0
Requires USER- resp. EXPERT- or SERVICE-PASSWORD.

PCHUSE
6 Changing of parameters will be blocked after this time. PASSWORD TIMEOUT (S) 60 1800 600
Timeout starts after last operation in parameter menu.
PMTPWB
)
~SAM
..,~ Electronics

1 : SHOP TEST enabled . Governor amplification an time constant are changed,

when speed becomes too high .
PBASHT
8 Raising of engine speed above 100% for overspeed test . OVERSPEED TEST [%) 100 130 109
PDMUDT
9 Release SERVICE MENUE 1. RELEASE SERVICE 1 0 32767 0
PBAMS1
10 Release SERVICE MENUE 2. RELEASE SERVICE 2 0 32767 0
PBAMS2
11 0 : Menue Manual Fuel Limit disabled. FUEL LIMIT MENUE 0
1 : Menue Manual Fuel Limit released .
PSFMGF
12 VIT Functions WITH ELECTRONIC VIT 0
0 : disabled .
1 : enabled .
PVITON
13 WNSD DENIS 1/6 DENIS 6 ENGINE 0
0: DENIS1
1 : DENIS6
PDENVI
14 WNSD DENIS 1 DENIS 1 ENGINE 0 0
Function depend on Parameter NSD DENIS VI
Parameter value = 1 + PDENVI (=0) => DENIS1
Parameter value = 0 + PDENVI (=1) => DENIS6
PDEN_I
15 VIT cylinders SECOND VIT CYLINDER 0 0
0 : One cylinders
1 : Two cylinders
(43.121A/26.21A)
PPOAC2
I)
SAM
Electronics

PDMDZN
17 Redundant 0/S output to safety system (rpm]. OVER SPEED [RPM] 0,1 1000,0 109,0
PDMRSD
18 Margin f. overspeed governor at rated setpoint. ACT. 0/S RATED SP[%] 0,0 20,0 3,0
PDMUDN
19 Margin f. overspeed governor at 90% setpoint. ACT. 0/S 90% SP. (%] 0,0 20,0 6,0 ~
PDMUDM
20 0/S Governor amplification. AMPLIFIC. 0/S 100 8
PDMUDV
21 Action of 0/S Governor: ACTION 0/S GOVERNOR 0 2 2
0 : disabled. .,
1 : linear lowering of fuel.
2 : lowering of fuel by multiplication.
PDMUDW
22 Pick-Ups directly at flywheel: Number of flywheel teeth. IMP/TRANSM. TURN 255 132
Otherwise: Number of speed impulses per turn of speed transmitter.

PDMIMP
23 Pick-Ups directly at flywheel: set value to "1 ". TRANSM. TURN PER 9999
Otherwise: Number of transmitter turns per number of shaft resp. engine turn.
(see next parameter)
or diameter of shaft in mm.
PDMATU
)
~SAM
lr!.!.t Electronics

If Pick-Ups directly at flywheel : set this value to "1 ".

Otherwise : Number of shaft resp. engine turns per number of transmitter turns.
(see previous parameter)
or diameter of transmitter wheel in mm .
Attention : The result Pulses per Shaft Turn= PDMIMP • (PDMATU I PDMAWU)
always has to be <= 255.
With Slow Turning Enabled (PAPSTE) the result Pulses per Shaft
Turn always has to be <= 170.
PDMAWU
25 Number of cylinders . NUMBER OF CYLINDERS 255 7
Internally used for filtering of speed signal.

PDMIMT
26 Divider for Revolution Counter. DEVIDER REV.COUNT. 10 255 10
Only settings of 1, 10 or 100 are meaningful.

PDMUMT
) '
I
-~'
SAM
Electronics

Off trigger level of Limit Switch 1. Acts as hyteresis.

If this setting is higher than the On trigger level, the output will be inverted.
PLS10F
28 On trigger level of Limit Switch 1 . SS 1 ON [RPM) -1000,0 1000,0 -11,0
The output will be inverted if this setting is lower than the Off trigger level .
PLS10N
29 Off trigger level of Limit Switch 2. Acts as hyteresis. SS 2 OFF [RPM] -1000,0 1000,0 54,0
PLS20F
30 On trigger level of Limit Switch 2. SS 2 ON [RPM) -1000,0 1000,0 56,5
PLS20N
31 Off trigger level of Limit Switch 3. Acts as hyteresis. SS 3 OFF [RPM] -1000,0 1000,0 59,0
PLS30F
32 On trigger level of Limit Switch 3. SS 3 ON [RPM) -1000,0 1000,0 60,0
PLS30N
)
~SAM
~~ Electronics
Parameter description Display indication lower Upper Pre- Ship Changes

PDMZUE
34 0 : Start speed ace. to BMS . START SPEED FROM BMS 0 0
1 : Start speed ace . to P35 .
PAP ADA
35 Desired Speed during starting . START STABI LEV[RPM) 0,0 99,0 38,5
PAPDRZ
36 Speed limit for start fuel. START MIN SPEED[RPM) 0 ,1 99,0 23,0
PAPDKD
37 Stabilizing time after start . START STABI.TIME [S) 60 8
PAPANL
38 Start fuel. START FUEL [%) 0 100 65
PDRANL
39 Start fuel in case of Emengency Manoeuvre. MAX. ST. FUEL CM (%) 0 100 80
( -/ 22.111A) Length of pulse for Start Cut Off Valve (Siowturning). (1 =5 msec)
PLDIMZ
41 ( -/ 22.111 B ) Length of period for Start Cut Off Valve (Siowturnlng) . (1 =5 msec) PERIOD TIME SCO •5ms 100 400 300
PLDPEZ
( )
SAM
Electronics

Hysteresis for the MANUAL speed setting in % of Rated Speed.

PDSMDI
43 Hysteresis for the AUTOMATIC speed setting in %of Rated Speed. SETP. HYST.AUTOM [%) 0,0 2,0 0,0
PDSADI
44 Ramp for the manual speed setting. SETP. RAMP MAN. [S) 10000 30
PDSHMA
45 Ramp for the AUTOMATIC speed setting. SETP. RAMP AUTO.[S) 10000 10
PDSHAU
46 Difference between speed setpoint and actual speed for blocking of acceleration ACCEL. BLOCKED [RPM) 0,0 99,0 10,0
in manual mode.
PDSHBL
47 Begin of critical speed range. BEGIN BSR [RPM) 0,0 99,0 0,0
PDSDUO
48 End of critical speed range. END BSR [RPM) 0,0 99,0 0,0
0 : Desired speed via SIF.

1 : Desired speed via analog input.
PDSAAE
51 Minimum speed in AUTOMATIC mode. MIN SPEED AUTO.[RPM) 0,0 99,0 25,0
PDSMIN
53 Maximum speed in AUTOMATIC mode. MAX SPEED AUTO.[RPM) 0,0 1000,0 103,0
PDSMAX
)
~SAM
._,~ Electronics

0 : No manual speed setpoint.

1 : ECR lever via analog input.
PDSMAE
56 Current of the ECR lever in position "Minimum". MANUAL MINIMUM [rnA) 0,0 24,0 4,0
PDSMSO
57 Speed order of the ECR lever in position "Minimum". MANUAL MINIMUM [RPM] 0,0 99,0 25,0
PDSMDO
58 Current of the ECR lever in position "Full". MANUAL FULL [rnA) 0,0 24,0 20
PDSMS1
59 Speed order of the ECR lever in position "Full". MANUAL FULL [RPM) 0,0 1000,0 103,0
PDSMD1
60 Wire breakage monitoring of speed setpoint MANUAL. MANUAL WB MONITORING 0
0 : disabled .
1 : released.
SAM
Electronics

PSFSTP •.:=
72 Actuator setpoint for zero fuel [V]. DES. FUEL ZERO [V) 0,000 10,000 2,500
PSFNUL
73 Actuator setpoint for min. fuel [V). DES.FUEL MIN. [V) 0,000 10,000 2,600
PSFMIN
74 Actuator setpoint for max. fuel [V). DES.FUEL MAX. [V) 0,000 10,000 6,30
PSFVOL
)
~SAM
lr!.l.t Electronics

Torque Limit:
Admissible fuel at speed= 0 . (kink point 1) (%) .
PIFUF1
76 Torque Limit: SPEED KINK 2 [RPM] 0 ,0 99,0 67,0
speed at kink point 2 (rpm).
PIFUD2
77 Torque Limit: FUEL AT KINK 2 [%) 0 100 64
Admissible fuel at kink point 2 [%) .
PIFUF2
78 Torque Limit: SPEED KINK 3 [RPM) 0 ,0 99,0 69,0
speed at kink point 3 [rpm).
PIFUD3
PIFUF3
80 Torque Limit: SPEED KINK 4 [RPM) 0 ,0 1000,0 99,0
speed at kink point 4 (rpm].
PIFUD4
PIFUF4
82 Torque Limit: FUEL AT CANCELLIM[%) 0 100 95
Cancel Limit will raise lower limit of Torque Limit Curve to .. . (%] .
PIFUFC
\
I )
SAM
Electronics

Smoke Limit :
Admissible fuel at charge air 0 [%].
PLLPF1
84 Smoke Limit : CHARGE AIR P2 [bar] 0,00 6,00 1,00
Charge air at kink point 2 (bar].
PLLPP2 . ,.
85 Smoke Limit : FUEL AT P2 [%] 0 100 76

Admissible fuel at kink point 2. (%].
PLLPF2
86 Smoke Limit : CHARGE AIR P3 (bar] 0,00 6,00 2,20
Charge air at kink point 3 [bar].
PLLPP3
87 Smoke Limit : FUEL AT P3 (%] 0 100 100
Admissible fuel at kink point 3 [%].
PLLPF3
88 Smoke Limit: CHARGE AIR P4 (bar] 0,00 6,00 2,60
Charge air at kink point 4 (bar].
PLLPP4
89 Smoke Limit : FUEL AT P4 [%] 0 100 99
Admissible fuel at kink point 4 [%].
PLLPF4
90 Smoke Limit : FUEL OFFSET AT CL[%] 0 100 20
Cancel Limit will raise Smoke Limit Curve by ... (%].
PLLPFC
)
~SAM
lr!~ Electronics

PDRIKD
92 Time constant of main engine in case of overspeed. TIME CONST. OVERSP . 0,5 10,0 2,0
PDRIKK
93 Factor governor correction signal. FACTOR* KSG [%) 0 100 100
PDRKSG
94 Governor amplification during start. AMP . START 0,1 10,0 1,5
PRVSTA
95 Min. governor amplification at manoeuvre range . MIN. AMP . MANOEUVER 0,1 10,0 0,5
PRVMIN
96 Max. governor amplification at manoeuvre range. MAX. AMP. MANOEUVER 0,1 20,0 0,8
PRVMAX
97 Min . governor amplification at sea range . MIN . AMP . SEARANGE 0,1 10,0 0 ,2
PRVMIS
98 Max . governor amplification at sea range . MAX . AMP . SEARANGE 0,1 20,0 0 ,8
PRVMAS
99 Influence of control error when in sea range . FACTOR AMP . SEARANGE 0 100 10
PRVRVB
100 Governor amplification at sea range in case of overspeed. AMP . AT OVERSPEED 0 ,0 20,0 2,5
PRVVUS
101 Daedband range . DEADBAND RANGE (%] 0,0 10,0 4,0
PRVTOT
102 Deadband decreasing : DEADBAND DECREASING 0 2
0 : constant.
1 : linear.
2: with second power of speed setpoint.
PRVATB
103 Amplification in daedband. QUADR. AMPLIFICATION 500 150
PRVVQR
( I
)
)
SAM
Electronics

PRVQRU
105 Min. Act./Des.speed diff.needed for release of zero fuel. 0,0 99,0 4,0
PDRNFD
106 Time prior to zero fuel release. 0,0 120,0 15,0
...:•.·
......
PFKLOS
110 Compensation for fuel rack hysteresis : F.R.HYSTER. DECREAS. 0 2
0: constant.
1 : decreasing linear with fuel.
2 : decreasing with second power of fuel .
PFKFTL
111 No compensation for fuel rack hysteresis when desired speed is higher than MAX SPEED F.R.H[RPM] 0,0 1000,0 45,0
adjustment.
PFKDOL
112 Compensation for fuel rack hysteresis astern range : F.R.HYSTER. ASTERN 0
0 : fuel rack hysteresis will be compensated below upper speed setpoint.
1 :fuel rack hysteresis will be compensated in whole astern range.
PFKLKR
113 Min. Compensation for fuel rack hysteresis astern[%]. F.R.H. ASTERN (%] 0,0 20,0 0,0
PFKKLR
114 Oaedband range for fu rack hysteresis compensation. DEADBAND HYSTER.[%] 0,00 10,00 0,03
PFKTLK
)
~SAM
lr!~ Electronics
Parameter description Display indication lower Upper Pre- Ship Changes

0 : monitoring desired fuel setpoint disabled .

1 : monitoring desired fue setpolntl enabled .
PEAUSF
116 0 : monitoring actuator position disabled . MONITOR ACTUAL FUEL 0
1 : monitoring actuator position enabled .
PEAUIF
117 0 : monitoring reference voltage disabled. MONITOR REF . VOLTAGE 0
1 : monitoring reference voltage enabled.
PEAURS
118 0 : monitoring brake current disabled. MONITOR BREAK 0
1 : monitoring brake current enabled .
PEAUBR
119 Lower (CCW) limit monitoring actuator position. MONITOR DES . FUEL LL 0 ,00 10,00 1,00
PEAIWU
120 Upper (CW) limit monitoring actuator position . MONITOR DES . FUEL UL 0 ,00 10,00 9 ,00
PEAIWO
121 Maximal allowed control error for "actuator follows" monitoring . REG . DIFF.MONITOR. 0 ,1 10,0 0,5
PEARGR
122 Time delay for alarm "actuator does not follow". DELAY DIFF .MONIT.(S] 0 100 10
0 : monitoring disabled, no alarm .
PEARVT
123 Time delay for "enable" signal after energizing DELAY BREAK REL. (S] 0,10 10,00 1,00
of actuator brake .
PEAVBR
124 Monitoring of setpoint signal , delay until fault is latched. DELAY WB SETP. [mS] 0 500 0
PEAFBS
125 Monitoring of actuator position, delay until fault is latched . DELAY WB ACT. (mS] 0 500 0
PEAFBI
126 Monitoring of reference voltage, delay until fault is latched. DELAY WB REF .V. (mS] 0 500 500
PEAFBR
--- I
I ' \ )
SAM
Electronics

PZSSNP
128 DENIS 6 Load Signal time constant (Filter time) POWER SIGN. T1 (SJ 0 100 30
( -/35.221A)
PZSGFL
129 DENIS 6 Dyn. load Time constant POWER SIGN. T2 (S] 0 3600 600
( -/ 35.230A)
PZSGLA
130 DENIS 6 Curve breakpoint power (X)=> lubrication (Y) X1 POWER SIGN. P.1 (%] 0 0 0
(Power)
( -/ ... )
PZSP1X
131 DENIS 6 Curve breakpoint power (X) => lubrication (Y) Y1 LUBRICATION P.1 (%] 0 150 25
(Lubrication)
( -/ 35.221 B) ,.
PZSS1Y
132 DENIS 6 Curve breakpoint power (X)=> lubrication (Y) X2 POWER SIGN. P.2 (%] 0 150 20
(Power)
( -I 35.221 C)
PZSP2X
133 DENIS 6 Curve breakpoint power (X)=> lubrication (Y) Y2 LUBRICATION P.2 [%] 0 150 25
(Lubrication)
( -I 35.221 D)
PZSS2Y
134 DENIS 6 Curve breakpoint power (X)=> lubrication (Y) X3 POWER SIGN. P .3 [%] 100 100 100
(Power)
( _, ... )
PZSP3X
(Lubrication)
( _,
... )
PZSS3Y
)
~SAM
~~ Electronics

PZSP4X
(Lubrication)
( -/ .. . )
PZSS4Y
138 DENIS 6 Load change threshold high for lubrication on load rising LD CHA THREH HI [%] 0 100 6
( -/35.2308)
PZSLCH
139 DENIS 6 Load change threshold low for lubrication on load rising LD CHA THREH LO [%] 0 100 2
( -/ 35.230C)
PZSLCL
140 DENIS 6 Dynamic load delay ( Heavy sea filter) DYN. LOAD DEL. [S] 0 60 10
( -/ 35.230D)
PZSDLD
141 DENIS 6 Lubrication factor if load rising FACT.IF LOAD RISING 1,00 1,50 1,15
(-I 35.230E)
PZSSFA
142 DENIS 6 Cylinder Lubricatuion Norm./ fixed quantity for running in FIXED QUANTITY 0 0
Parameter value = 0 normal
Parameter value = 1 run in with fixed quantity
( -/35.231)
PZSRFQ
143 "ON" time Pre/Post Lubrication . Time for one turn of main engine when driven by ON TIME PR/PO LB[S] 60 1200 250
turning gear
(21 .20/ 35.240A)
PZSXON
144 DENIS 6 Pre I Post Lubrication value PRE/POST LUB.VAL[%] 20 40 25
( -/35.2408)
PZSPPV
( )
(__ -~ J
"--- _./
SAM
Electronics

PZSPSF
146 DENIS 6 Max. limit pump speed factor PUMP SPEED FAC. MAX 1,00 2,00 2,00
( -/35.241 B)
PZSPMA
147 DENIS 6 Min. limit pump speed factor PUMP SPEED FAC. MIN 0,40 1,00 0,60
( -/35.241 C)
PZSPMI
148 DENIS 6 Max. limit cylinder lubrication LUBR. MAX LIMIT(%] 100 200 152
( -I 35.260A)
PZSGMA ...
149 DENIS 6 Min. limit cylinder lubrication LUBR. MIN LIMIT[%] 20 40 25
( -/35.2608)
PZSGMI .·
150 DENIS 6 Signal Isolator Adjustment ( 0- 200% => 0 (4}- 20 rnA) SIGN. ISOL. ADJ. (%] 0 200 160
PZSSIA
151 DENIS 6 Max. error threshold cylinder lubrication: Setpoint- actual value ERROR THRESH.LUB[%] 0,0 100,0 3,0
( - I 35.260C)
PZSFES
152 DENIS 6 Error delay time for cylinder lubrication ERROR DEL. LUBR.(S] 0 10 2
( -I 35.260D)
PZSAZS
153 DENIS 6 Cylinder lubrication CYL.LUB. NORM/EMERG 0
Parameter value = 1 : Normal.
Parameter value = 0 : Emergency
(-I 35.260E)
PZSEMG
)
\
~SAM
..,~ Electronics

WB . CAP SENSOR [rnA) 0,00

PAXCFU
155 Time delay for Alarm Sensor Charge air pressure . ALARM DELAY WB . (S) 0,0 30,0 1,0
PAXCFA
156 Analogue Charge air pressure sensor 1 CAP SENSOR 1 0
Parameter value = 0 not provided
Parameter value = 1 provided, monitoring released
PAX1CA
157 Current of Charge air pressure sensor 1 at 0 bar CAP SENSOR 1 MIN(mA] 0,00 20,00 4,00
PAXC1D
158 Analogue Charge air pressure sensor 2 CAP SENSOR 2 0
Parameter value = 0 not provided
Parameter value = 1 provided, monitoring released
PAX2CA
159 Current of Charge air pressure sensor2 at 0 bar CAP SENSOR 2 MIN(mA) 0,00 20,00 4,00
PAXC2D
160 Charge Air Pressure sensor 1 max . measuring value SENSOR END P1(BAR) -1,0 6,0 3,2
PAXC1E
161 Charge Air Pressure sensor 2 max. measuring value SENSOR END P2(BAR) -1 ,0 6,0 3,2
PAXC2E
162 Filter time constant for Charge Air Pressure CAP FILTER TIME (S) 0,0 10,0 2,0
(29.50A/ 38.50A)
PAX CAP
163 Charge Air Pressure: max . allowed tolerance between sensor 1 and sensor 2 TOL.ABS .DIFF [BAR) 0,0 5,0 0,1
(29.51/38.51)
PAXADV
164 Sensor failure Load Indicator lower limit WB . Ll SENSOR [rnA) 0,00 20,00 2,00
PAXFFU
165 Alarm time delay sensor failure Load Indicator ALARM DELAY WB . (S) 0,0 30,0 1,0
PAXFFA
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271 .127 672 TD1 Rev. : 16 07.04.00 Page 18 /31
.').
~SAM
~JI Electronics

Analogue Load indicator sensor 1

Parameter value = 0 : not provided
Parameter value= 1 :provided and monitored
PAX1FA
167 1. Current value Load Indicator sensor 1 (X1) LOAD IND.1 MIN [rnA] 0,00 20,00 4,00
PAXL1D
168 1. LJ - value Load Indicator sensor 1 (Y1) LOAD IND.1 MIN [LI) 0,0 10,0 0,0
PAXL1E
169 2. Current value Load Indicator sensor 1 (X2) LOAD IND.1 MAX [rnA] 0,00 20,00 20,00
PAXL 1F
170 2. LJ - value Load Indicator sensor 1 (Y2) LOAD IND.1 MAX [LI) 0,0 10,0 10,0
PAXL1G
171 DENIS 6 Analogue Load indicator sensor 2 Ll SENSOR 2 0
Parameter value = 0 : not provided
Parameter value = 1 : provided and monitored
PAX2FA
172 DENIS 6 1. Current value Load Indicator sensor 2 (X1) LOAD IND.2 MIN [rnA] 0,00 20,00 4,00
PAXL2D
173 DENIS 6 1. LJ - value Load Indicator sensor 2 (Y1) LOAD IND.2 MIN [LJ) 0,0 10,0 0,0
PAXL2E
174 DENIS 6 2. Current value Load Indicator sensor 2 (X2) LOAD IND.2 MAX [rnA) 0,00 20,00 20,00
PAXL2F
175 DENIS 6 2. Ll - value Load Indicator sensor 2 (Y2) LOAD IND.2 MAX [LI] 0,0 10,0 10,0
PAXL2G
176 DENIS 6 Current value of 0% Mean Effect. Pressure sensor 1 (X1) LOAD IND.1 0% [rnA) 0,00 20,00 4,80
PAXL1N
177 DENIS 6 Current value of 100% Mean Effect. Pressure sensor 1 (X2) LOAD IND.1 100% [rnA] 0,00 20,00 17,74
PAXL1V
178 DENIS 6 Current value of 0% Mean Effect. Pressure sensor 2 (X1) LOAD IND.2 0% [rnA) 0,00 20,00 4,78
PAXL2N
)
~SAM
~.!.t Electronics

180 Filter time constant Load Indicator Ll FILTER TIME (SJ 0 ,0 10,0 2,0
PAX LIN
181 DENIS 6 Load Indicator: Tolerance between sensor 1 and sensor 2 TOL.ABS.DIFF [LIJ 0,0 10,0 0,5
( -I 38.101)
PAX LAD
182 DENIS 6 Limit switch (Hysteresis) "ON" at Mean Effect. Pressure (MEP) > 2% MEP > P-VAL. ON [%) 0,0 100,0 2,0
PAXMGW
183 DENIS 6 Limit switch (Hysteresis) "OFF" at Mean Effect. Pressure (MEP) < 2% MEP > P-VAL. OFF [%) 0,0 100,0 1,8
PAXMGX
184 DENIS 6 Limit switch (Hysteresis) Part Load "ON" MAX LIMIT ON [%) 0,0 100,0 40,0
( -1 38.120A)
PAXLAL
185 DENIS 6 Limit switch (Hysteresis) Part Load "OFF" MAX LIMIT OFF[%) 0 ,0 100,0 38,0
( -I .... )
PAXLAK
190 Time delay Part Load (DENIS 6) I L1 > 4,5 (DENIS 1) PART LOAD DEL .(S) 0 100 30
(29.101 Bl 38.1206)
Alarm delay "Fuel Rack NOT in Stop".

0 : alarm disabled
PUWDFS
/
I
\
SAM
Electronics

PVIC1D
193 IT_C1 Angle ANGLE VIT IT_C1 [~) -2,0 2,0 0,0
{ -/26.241)
PVIITC
194 IT_C1 Threshold LoLo IT_C1 THR. LOLO 0,000 2,000 1,400
{ -/26.220B)
PVICLL
195 IT_C1 Threshold Lo IT_C1 THR. LO 0,000 2,000 1,500
{ -/26.220C)
PVICLO
196 IT_C1 Threshold Hi IT_C1 THR. HI 0,000 2,000 1,600
{ -/26.220D)
PVICHI
197 IT_C1 Threshold HiHi IT_C1 THR. HIHI 0,000 2,000 1,700
( -/26.220E)
PVICHH
198 IT_LNx ON-Delay DELAY V. LOW NOx [s) 0 600 300
( -/26.221 D)
PVILND
199 VIT Low NOx Angle ANGLE VIT LOW NOx[~) -5,0 0,0 0,0
( -/26.241 B)
PVILNX
200 IT_LNx Threshold Lo LOW NOx THR. LO 0,00 1,00 0,50
{ -/26.221 A)
PVILLO
201 IT_LNx Threshold Hi LOW NOx THR. HI 0,00 1,00 0,90
{ -/26.221 B)
PVILHI
202 IT_LNx Threshold HiHi LOW NOx THR. HI HI 0,00 1,00 1,00
{ -/26.221 C)
PVILHH
)
~SAM
~&I Electronics
Parameter description Display Indication lower Upper Pre- Ship Changes

Fixed angle at VIT switched off

(43.141 L1 26 .241 L)
PVIOFF
204 Angle for FQS (Fuel Quality Setting) FQS [B] -3,0 3,0 0,3
(43.150A/26.250A)
PVIFQS
205 FQS range , upper limit FQS MAX LIMIT [B] -3 ,0 3,0 1,0
(43.1508/26.2508)
PVIFAL
206 FQS range , lower limit FQS MIN LIMIT [B) -3,0 3,0 -1,0
(43.150C/ 26.250C)
PVIFIL
207 lnj . Timing OFFSET IT_OFS INJ. TIM . IT_OFS [B) -3,0 3,0 0,2
( -/26.2500)
PVIOFS
208 lnj . Timing Astern IT_AST INJ . TIM . IT_AST (B) -3,0 3,0 -1,0
( -/26.250E)
PVIAST
209 VIT Fail. Angle VIT FAIL. ANGLE [B] -6,0 0,0 -5,0
( -/ 26 .250G)
PVIVFA
210 IT_F MAX . Limit , VIT+FQS range, upper limit IT_F MAX. LIMIT (B] -6,5 6,5 4,0
(43.1500/26.250J)
PVIVFO
211 IT_F MIN. Limit, VIT+FQS range , lower limit IT_F MIN. LIMIT [B) -6,5 6,5 -6,0
(43.1500/ 26.50K)
PVIVFU
212 Nominal Charge Air Pressure CMCR C.-AIR P. CMCR[BARAJ 1,00 5,00 3,55
(43.130/ 26.30)
PVICAP
....._ ___ _ I ,I
SAM
Electronics

Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle": Breakpoint X1

(Pressure)
( ... I ... )
PVIC1X
214 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle": Breakpoint Y1 ---->Signal "IT_A" ANGLE IT_A P.1 [BJ -9,0 9,0 3,0
(Angle)
(43.140A/ 26.240A)
PVIA1Y
215 curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle": Breakpoint X2 ---->Signal "IT_A" CAP IT_A P.2 0,00 2,00 0,10
(Pressure)
(43.140B/ 26.240B)
PVIC2X
216 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle": Breakpoint Y2 ---->Signal "IT_A" ANGLE IT_A P.2 [B] -9,0 9,0 3,0
(Angle)
(43.140C/ 26.240C)
PVIA2Y
217 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle": Breakpoint X3 ----> Signal "IT_A" Cf.P IT_A P.3 0,00 2,00 0,50
(Pressure)
(43.1400/26.2400)
PVIC3X
218 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle": Breakpoint Y3 ---->Signal "IT_A" ANGLE IT_A P.3 [BJ -9,0 9,0 3,0
(Angle)
(43.140E/ 26.240E)
PVIA3Y
219 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle": Breakpoint X4 ---->Signal "IT_A" CAP IT_A P.4 0,00 2,00 0,80
(Pressure)
(43.140F/26.240F)
PVIC4X
220 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle": Breakpoint Y4 ---->Signal "IT_A" ANGLE IT_A P.4 [B] -9,0 9,0 2,5
(Angle)
(43.140G/26.240G)
PVIA4Y
)
~SAM
~~ Electronics

Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle" : Breakpoint X5 ---->Signal "IT_A"

(Pressure)
(43.140H/ 26.240H)
PVIC5X
222 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle" : Breakpoint Y5 ---->Signal "I T_A" ANGLE IT_A P.5 [11) -9,0 9,0 2,5
(Angle)
(43 .1 40J/ 26.240J)
PVIA5Y
223 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle" : Breakpoint X6 ---->Signal "IT_A" CAP IT_A P.6 0,00 2,00 1,00
(Pressure)
(43.140K/26.240K)
PVIC6X
224 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle" : Breakpoint Y6 ----> Signal "IT_A" ANGLE IT_A P.6 (11) -9,0 9,0 0,0
(Angle)
(43.140L/ 26 .240L)
PVIA6Y
(Pressure)
(43.140M/ 26.240M)
PVIC7X
226 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle ": Breakpoint Y7 ---->Signal "IT_A" ANGLE IT_A P.7 (11) -9,0 9,0 -1 ,0
(Angle)
(43.140N/ 26.240N)
PVIA7Y
(Pressure)
(43.140P/ 26 .240P)
PVIC8X
228 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle " : Breakpoint Y8 ---->Signal "IT_A" ANGLE IT_A P.8 (11) -9,0 9,0 0,0
(Angle)
(43.1400/ 26.2400)
PVIA8Y
(---- ',: ·.)
' '...._ ____.....
i -
~SAM
~~ Electronics

Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle": Breakpoint X9 ---->Signal "IT_A"

(Pressure)
( ... I ... )
PVIC9X
230 Curve "Carge Air Pressure to Angle": Breakpoint Y9 ----> Signal "IT_A" ANGLE IT_A P.9 [~) -9,0 9,0 0,0
(Angle)
(43.140R/ 26.240R )
PVIA9Y
)
~SAM
l.!a Electronics

Curve "Speed to Angle" : Breakpoint X1

(Speed)
( ... I ... )
PVIS1X
232 Curve "Speed to Angle ": Breakpoint Y1 ----> Signai "IT_B " ANGLE IT_B P.1 [B) -6 ,0 2,0 -3,0
(Angle)
(43.140LU 26.240LL)
PVIA1Z
233 Curve "Speed to Angle ": Breakpoint X2 ----> Signal "IT_B " SPEED IT_B P.2 0,00 2,00 0,10
(Speed)
(43.140MM/26.240MM)
PVIS2X
234 Curve "Speed to Angle" : Breakpoint Y2 ----> Signal "IT_B" ANGLE IT_B P.2 [B) -6 ,0 2,0 -3 ,0
(Angle)
(43.140NN/26 .240NN)
PVIA2Z
235 Curve "Speed to Angle " : Breakpoint X3 ---->Signal "IT_B" SPEED IT_B P.3 0,00 2,00 0,80
(Speed)
(43.140PP/26.240PP)
PVIS3X
236 Curve "Speed to Angle" : Breakpoint Y3 ----> Signal "IT_B" ANGLE IT_B P.3 [B) -6 ,0 2,0 -3,0
(Angle)
(43.140QQ/ 26.240QQ)
PVIA3Z
237 Curve "Speed to Angle " : Breakpoint X4 ---->Signal "IT_B" SPEED IT_B P.4 0,00 2,00 1,00
(Speed)
(43.140RR/26.240RR)
PVIS4X
238 Curve "Speed to Angle " : Breakpoint Y4 ---->Signal "IT_B" ANGLE iT_B P.4 (B) -6 ,0 2,0 0,0
(Angle)
(43.140SS/26.240SS)
PVIA4Z
( ' ( --- i )
·~)
SAM
Electronics

Curve "Speed to Angle": Breakpoint X5 ---->Signal "IT_B"

(Speed)
(43.140TT/ 26.240TT)
PVIS5X
240 curve "Speed to Angle": Breakpoint Y5 ---->Signal "IT_B" ANGLE IT_B P.5 (~] -6,0 2,0 1,5
(Angle)
(43.140UU/26.240UU)
PVIA5Z
241 Curve "Speed to Angle": Breakpoint X6 ---->Signal "IT_B" SPEED IT_B P.6 0,00 2,00 2,00
(Speed)
( ... I ... )
PVIS6X
242 curve "Speed to Angle": Breakpoint Y6 ---->Signal "IT_B" ANGLE IT_B P.6 (~] -6,0 2,0 1,5
(Angle)
(43.140VV/ 26.240VV)
1 . Time constant heavy sea filter, slow increase

(43.151A/26.251A)
PPOSLI
244 2. Time constant heavy sea filter, fast increase HEAVY SEA F. T2 (S) 0,0 30,0 0,5
(43.151 B/26.251 B)
PPOFAD
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271.127 672 TD1 Rev.: 16 07.04.00 Page 27 I 31
)
~SAM
~~ Electronics

Curve "Angle to Stroke" : Breakpoint X1 ANGLE/STROKE P.1 [~) -7,0 7,0 -7,0
(Angle)
( ... I ... )
PPOA1X
246 Curve "Angle to Stroke" : Breakpoint Y1 ----> Signal "IT_H " ANG./STROKE P.1 [mm) 0,0 100,0 3 ,5
(Stroke)
(43.1510/26.251 D)
PPOA1Y
247 Curve "Angle to Stroke" : Breakpoint X2 ----> Signal "IT_H" ANGLE/STROKE P.2 [~) -7,0 7 ,0 -4,8
(Angle)
(43.1510/26.2510)
PPOA2X
248 Curve "Angle to Stroke" : Breakpoint Y2 ----> Signal "IT_H" ANG./STROKE P .2 [mm) 0,0 100,0 3,5
(Stroke)
(43 .151 E/ 26.251 E)
PPOA2Y
249 Curve "Angle to Stroke": Breakpoint X3 ----> Signal "IT_H" ANGLE/STROKE P.3 [~) -7,0 7,0 0 ,0
(Angle)
(43 .151F/26.251 F)
PPOA3X
250 Curve "Angle to Stroke" : Breakpoint Y3 ----> Signal "IT_H" ANG./STROKE P.3 [mm) 0,0 100,0 50,0
(Stroke)
(43 .151 G/26.251 G)
PPOA3Y
251 Curve "Angle to Stroke" : Breakpoint X4 ---->Signal "IT_H " ANGLE/STROKE P.4 [~) -7,0 7,0 3,0
(Angle)
(43.151 H/ 26.251 H)
PPOA4X
252 Curve "Angle to Stroke" : Breakpoint Y 4 ----> Signal "IT_H " ANG./STROKE P .4 [mm) 0,0 100,0 79,0
(Stroke)
(43.151 J/26.251 J)
PPOA4Y
--
(
' .....____..,..(
.I r ~
I'
) )
SAM
Electronics

Curve "Angle to Stroke" : Breakpoint X5 ----> Signal "IT_H"

(Angle)
(43.151 K/26.251 K)
PPOA5X
254 Curve "Angie to Stroke": Breakpoint Y5 ---->Signal "IT_H" ANG./STROKE P .5 [mm] 0,0 100,0 97,0
(Stroke) :<-
(43.151 L1 26.251 L)
PPOA5Y
255 Curve "Angle to Stroke" : Breakpoint X6 ----> Signal "IT_H" ANGLE/STROKE P.6 (f1] -7,0 7,0 7,0
(Angle)
( ... I ... )
PPOA6X
256 Curve "Angle to Stroke" : Breakpoint Y6 ----> Signal "IT_H" ANG./STROKE P .6 [mm] 0,0 100,0 97,0
(Stroke) ·::-::-
(43.151M/26.251M)
Pulse modulation : Pulse duration for valve activation In case of small deviations
of position
(43.161 A/ 26.261 A)
PPOPLS
258 Pulse modulation : Periode length for valve activation in case of small deviations PULS.MOD. PERIOD.[s] 0,50 10,00 3,00
of position
(43.161 B/ 26.261 B)
Threshold for large position deviations

(43.161 C/ 26.261 C)
PPOOFG
260 Threshold for small position deviations FAIL.THRESH.SML.[mm] 0,2 5,0 0,5
(43.161 D/ 26.261 D)
PPOUFG
)
~SAM
._,~ Electronics

Scaling 1. cylinder : Voltage of the 1. characteristic point at O.Omm deflection

(X1)
(43.160A/26.260A)
PP01X1
262 Scaling 1. cylinder : Voltage of the 2. characteristic point at "Y2"mm denection CYL.1 SC POINT.2 [V] 0,00 4,1 0 3,54
(X2)
(43.1608/26.2608)
PP02X1
263 Scaling 1. cylinder : Denection of the 2. characteristic point (Y2) CYL.1 SC .POINT.2[mm] 0,0 100,0 98,0
(43.160C/ 26.260C)
Scaling 2. cylinder : Voltage of the 1. characteristic point at O.Omm deflection

(X1)
(43.170A/ 26.270A)
PP01X2
265 Scaling 2. cylinder : Voltage of the 2. characteristic point at "Y2"mm denection CYL.2 SC .POINT.2 [V] 0,00 4,1 0 3,82
(X2)
(43.1708/26.2708)
PP02X2
266 Scaling 2. cylinder : Denection of the 2. characteristic point (Y2) CYL.2 SC .POINT.2[mm] 0,0 100,0 99,0
(43.170C/26.270C)
PPOSFH
268 Sensor failure : lower limit SENSOR FAIL LO . [mm] -5,0 105,0 -1 ,0
(43.160E/ 26 .260E)
PPOSFL
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271 .1 27 672 TD1 Rev.: 16 07.04.00 Page 30/31
I I \
. , _ _ _..J ' I
SAM
Electronics

PPOPFD
Alarm delay sensor failure SEN. FAIL. DELAY[s]
(43.121C/26.231C) ,_:,
VIT- Simulation
Parameter value = 0 : Simulation "OFF" ~::
Parameter value = 1 : Simulation "ON"

(43.160F/26.260F)
PVISIM
272 VIT - Simulation Chg'Air +Speed SIM. VIT CHGAIR+SPD 0 0
;;
Parameter value = 0 : Simulation "OFF"
Parameter value = 1 : Simulation "ON"
( _, 26.2308)
PVISCS
273 Chg'Air Ctrl. Sign., Sim CHG.AIR CTRL. SIGN. 0,00 1,20 0,00
( -/16.230C)
PVISCC
274 Speed dimless, Sim. SPEED DIM-LESS 0,00 1,20 0,00
( -/16.230D)
PVISSP
~SAM
l!!&t Electronics
Geamot40M
(~) Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M
WNS- DENIS 6
Test Specification

BehringstraP.,e 120
D-22763 Hamburg
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11.00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 1/36
·)
L/
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M
-~ Electronics
(
:C\)·
: Test Specification
Contents
Document-Versions 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
1 Pre-Conditions for Tests 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6
2 Commissioning 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7
201 Cable Check 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7
202 Governor Pre-Checks 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9
,/~\.
("~) 3 Safety Precautions for Tests 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10
301 Engine Safety Devices 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10
302 Manual Control 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
303 Engine Speed Set point 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10
3.4 Electrical Power Supply 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11
305 Servo Motors and Actuators 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11
306 Maintenance and Repair 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12
307 Responsibilities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12
4 Test procedure for the Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40 M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13
Stop Order 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13
Start attempts 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13
Ahead I Astern Start

0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14
Ahead restart 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14
Reversing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15
Cancel Limits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15
Change of Control Modes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 •• 0 ••• 0 ••• 0 0 0 0 16
Shut Down from ESS 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 ••• 0 0 •• 0 •••• 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 19
Torque limit . 0 0 0 •• 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 • 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 •• 0 0 0 0 0 0 • 0 ••• 0 0 •••• 0 0 •• 0 0 0 19
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 2710161 386.TSF • Version 100 • 15011000 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 3/36
0
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ~a Electronics
Test Specification
Smoke limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Loss of Control Lever signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Loss of Serial Interface to BMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Loss of Control Mode Feedb .. . ..... .... ........ . ...... . .... . ......... ... 21
Wrong Control Mode Feedb ...... . . ..... . ......... .. . . .... .............. 21
Loss of Supply Voltage .... . ..... . ......... . ... .. ...... . ... ... .. .. .. . ... 21
Line break of actuator position feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Line break of Actuator Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Line break of Speed Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Loss of 400V AC for Actuator Inverter . . ......... . ......... . .... . ...... . ... 23
Test Solenoid valves . . .. .... .. ......... .. .. ... . ..... .. . ........ .. .. .. .. 24
Desired Actuator Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5 Test procedure for the Variable Injection Timing VIT . ................... 26
Cylinder lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
VIT Mode . ............... ... ......... .. ...... . .... . . . . .... ... . ..... . . 27
Normal VIT- characteristic ..... .. . . .... .......... .. ....... .... .......... 27
VIT- LOW NOx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
IT_C1 Mode ............... ....... ................... . .......... .. ... 32
VIT Mode "OFF" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 4/36
PCS Geamot 40 M F]SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M D&t Electronics
·~
('--) Test Specification
ACCEPTED OBJECT
NAME VERSION DATED
YARD: HULL NO:
VESSEL TYPE: NAME OF VESSEL:
THE OBJECT IS ACCEPTED : 0 WITH FOLLOWING REMARKS 0 WITHOUT

REMARKS
YARD
CLASSIFICATION
SOCIETY
OWNER
PCS Geamot 40 M r;]SAM
.~ Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ~~ Electronics
Test Specification
1 Pre-Conditions for Tests
Assembly of all necessary control system periphery components finished

Assembly of main engine finished
All necessary external cabling between engine and governor finished .
Engine maker resp shipyard shall have pre-checked all wires for correct
connection . Wires must be free of earth faults and potential-free from other
voltages, all terminal screws to be tight.
Supply voltages 24 VDC and 400/450 VAG must be available (note chapter
Safety Precautions).
Shipyard resp. engine maker to provide support to STN ATLAS Marine
Electronics during testing and adjustment of the system
At least the over speed switch within the Engine Safety System must be ready
for service and adjusted (note chapter Safety Precautions)
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 6/36
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ~.&t Electronics
Test Specification
2 Commissioning
2.1 Cable Check
Checks for correct grounding and shielding
ESG 40M control cabinet must be grounded. Use the ground bolt in cabinet
and connect it by stranded wire with at least 10 mm 2 to ships ground
Connections must be clean metallic, free from oil, dirt and paint.
This ground is the basis for all cable shields, an insufficient grounding will
result in insufficient shielding.
All shield are to be grounded, all grounding connections shall be as short as
possible.
Cable to indication panel BAT411 must be shielded.
Speed sensor cable must be shielded.
Actuator feedback potentiometer cable must be shielded.
Actuator servo motor cable must be shielded, shield shall end near to the
terminals, unshielded end of cable shall be as short as possible and in any
case not longer than 100 mm. Shield shall be grounded near to the terminals.
Seen from EMI view points this is the most critical cable as the actuator servo
motor is controlled by high frequency square current blocks with peak currents
of up to some 50 Amps. Insufficient shielding can result in severe control
problems.
Cable wires must have sufficient size to keep voltage loss on cable low.
For safety reasons the actuator transformer housing must be grounded.

Otherwise death or severe injuries can occur in case of a transformer winding
ground fault.
c.:'•'';"·~. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ~~ Electronics
Test Specification
Checks for ground faults
Do this check before switching on power. Use a normal Ohm meter, connected
with one side to ship's ground. Do not use high voltage !
Check the 24 VDC systems: LSO, L51 , L52
Check primary and secondary side of actuator transformer.
Disconnect actuator servo motor cable on terminals X5:1-2-3 and check for
ground fault.
Check motor winding resistance between terminals, to be around 1 Ohm .
Re-connect motor cable.
Note: Pins 2 and 6 of plug XST401 on the servo motor power electronic are
internally grounded . This is correct.
Checks for correct connection
Of course, all connections shall be correct, however, some note are given here
on connections which frequently have caused problems.
Carefully check all terminals in speed sensor junction box for tight and correct
connection.
Charge air pressure sensor: Positive side must be connected to X2: 15.
Polarity for actuator brake must be correct. If in doubt, check that the positive
signal is connected to B+ via actuator junction box.
Brake will not lift when connection is done with wrong polarity !
Check that connection of potentiometer wiper is correct: Resistance between

A3015 (RM401) X3 : 1-3 must be higher than X3: 1-2 or X3: 2-3.
Total potentiometer resistance will vary around 3 .... 10 kOhms.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11.00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 8/36
. ; .. : ': ·~

Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M '-!&t Electronics
Test Specification
Carefully check for correct connection from XS: 1-2-3 via actuator junction box
25-26-27 to servo motor terminals. The "crossing" must only be between
actuator junction box and servo motor terminals.
When connection is found to be wrong, correct it inside actuator junction box.
The bolts for cable connection on the servo motor are easy to break, when
necessary, tighten them with "feeling".
2.2 Governor Pre-Checks
Check jumper settings on ZSM401, UNM401, RM401, BAT411, REM401,
0 VSM401 according to the retrofit instruction, drawing No. 271. _ _ .NAW.
Check of 24 VDC power supply
Make sure that breaker F2 is off before switching on the 24 VDC supply.
Check voltage and polarity.
Close breaker F2.
Download correct software version, if necessary.
Check parameter settings
Correct settings, if not according to parameter list.
0
Test Specification
3 Safety Precautions for Tests
Conditions during an engine shop test will deviate highly from normal operating
conditions .
Therefore, engine maker and/or shipyard must take due consideration about these
special conditions before beginning with the tests.
3.1 Engine Safety Devices
Prior to all tests the engine safety devices must be tested .

This applies especially to the overspeed switch, which shall be tested in the
beginning with a lower speed setting .
In case a licensor requ ires the engine maker to provide special additional
equipment for the duration of the tests, this requirement must be fulfilled.
CAUTION: Never switch off the power supply for the Engine Safety System as
long as the engine is running or ready to run !
3.2 Manual Control
Only experienced staff is allowed to operate the propulsion plant in manual control
modes.
Instruction manuals of the individual plant component manufacturers concerning

handling and safety must be observed .
3.3 Engine Speed Set point
As the main engine will be running during most test items, for certain tests the
operator may have to limit the control lever set point in order to keep the engine
speed within safe limits.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Vers ion 1.0 • 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 10/36
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M m~ Electronics
Test Specification
3.4 Electrical Power Supply
It must be carefully checked, if the existing safety devices provide sufficient

protection under all special test conditions.
This applies particularly for the electrical power supply of engine governor and
safety system, they should be independent of each other as the engine will be
started as well as running for some time tested without load.
In case of doubt, yard or engine maker must consider to provide additional

safety devices for the duration of these tests (e.g. an immediate automatic
shutdown of engine in case the supply voltage is lost for the safety system.)
Electrical power supply is necessary for proper and safe function of control system,
engine governor and safety devices.
Supplies may only be switched off, when this will not endanger the safety of engine
operation in the present situation.
CAUTION: Never switch off the power supplies for the governor and actuator
as long as the engine is running or ready to run !
3.5 Servo Motors and Actuators
Actuators and servo motors on the engine plant can be automatically

activated at any time.
Especially the fuel rack actuator can develop high forces with very fast adjusting
rates, which means a risk of severe injuries to persons.
Therefore, the working range of the actuator as well as the whole fuel rack linkage
must be always kept clear.
In case work is necessary within the working area of actuator or fuel rack, the
power supply for the actuator must be switched off.
PCS Geamot 40 M J'F]SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M l.!&t Electronics
Test Specification
3.6 Maintenance and Repair
Prior to maintenance and repair work, measures have to be taken to prevent

unintended reversing and starting of the engine plant as well as moving of
control equipment.
It is not sufficient just to block the start on an electrical way (e.g. by use of the
emergency stop switch).
Start air and control air shall be shut off and blocked , piping shall be vented . In
case of hydraulic systems this logically applies for it's pressure system , too.
If work shall be carried out within the working area within the working area of
actuator or fuel rack linkage, the power supply for the actuator must be switched
off.
3. 7 Responsibilities
The afore mentioned notes cover the safety precautions from the viewpoint of the
governor. Of course , operating staff must follow more safety rules with regard to
other plant components like diesel engine as well as abnormal plant conditions due
to special test items.
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics cannot be held responsible for damages, losses or
injuries, which may come up due to disregarding of necessary safety precautions.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 12/36
(~')
0 __ , ! ;)

Test Specification
l!a Electronics
4 Test procedure for the Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40 M

No. Test Start condHion I Actlon Expected result FAT Shop Dock St;!a Remarks Date/
End condition Test trial trial Initials
1 Stop Order Engine at standstill. Control Set telegraph to Stop posHion Actuator in zero fuel posHion X X
mode Automatic STOP ACTIVE display at ESG
Use Bridge Telegraph panel
Engine at standstill. Control Set Manual Engine Control Switch to Actuator in zero fuel posHion X X X
mode Manual Stop position STOP ACTIVE display at ESG
Use Manual Engine Control panel
Switch
2 Start attempts NOTE:

First the parametration for speed sensing has to be carried out.
As the engine has to run during this tests, take care of the maximum possible speed setting according to the test environment.
Engine ready to start, main For FAT: block fuel signal to Check start fuel indication at the X X
start-valve not blocked, simulation ESG panel (Menu Operating
control air on, safety air on For Dock Trial: Block fuel feeding Values): at2. And 3. Start attempt
Control mode Automatic Put telegraph to ahead I astern the start is carried out with higher
Use the Bridge Telegraph position fuel value and indication
ESG panel
(Butt. CANCEL LIMITS)
0
After 3 start attempts alarm
Put the telegraph to STOP position "START FAUL1''
and acknowledge the alarm.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.TSF• Version 1.0• 15.11.00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 13 of36
)

Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M m_a Electronics
Test Specification Member of the EuroMarine Group
No. Test Start condition I Action Expected result FAT Shop Dock Sea Remarks Date/
3 Ahead I Astern NOTE:

Start First the parameter setting for speed sensing has to be carried out.
As the engine has to run during this tests, take care of the maximum possible speed setting according to the test environment.
3.1 Engine ready to start, main Put telegraph to minimum ahead Engine starts and accelerates to X X
start-valve not blocked, ordered speed
control air on, safety air on Check measured speed for accuracy Display : Set. : RPM
Control mode Automatic at the ESG panel Display : Des RPM
Use the Bridge Telegraph Display : Act. : RPM
3.2 NOTE: Put telegraph to minimum astern Engine starts and accelerates to X X
Put telegraph to STOP ordered speed

position and wail for engine Check measured speed for accuracy Display : Set. : RPM
standstill before each new at the ESG panel Display : Des RPM
test step Display : Act. : RPM
3.3 Ahead restart Engine ready to start, main Put telegraph to full ahead Engine starts and accelerates to X X
start-valve not blocked, ordered speed
control air on, safety air on
Control mode Automatic Put telegraph to Stop position Engine decelerates
At a speed of appr. 40 RPM put Engine accelerates from actual
telegraph to full ahead speed to ordered speed without
start sequence
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 3B6.TSF • Version 1.0• 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 14 of 36
() )

4 Reversing For this test please refer to the BMS 40M Test Specification, Doc. No. 271.161 385.TSF, test Hem "Reversing"
Engine running Request cancel limits by pressing the ESG panel

5 Cancel Limits
Control mode Automatic push button "CANCEL LIMITS" at the
ESG panel
(Butt. CANCEL LIMITS) 0 X X
.-
Reset cancel limits by pressing the The button implemented LED
push button "CANCEL LIMITS" again extiguishes
at the ESG panel
-------------------- Request cancel limits by pressing the ESG panel
BMS parameter "Can. Lim:
5.1
C.Gov Limit" set to 1 push button "CANCEL LIMITS" at the
BMSpanel
(Butt. CANCEL LIMITS) 0 X X
(Parameter group 18) -
Reset cancel limits by pressing the The button implemented LED

push button "CANCEL LIMITS" again extinguishes
at the BMS Bridge panel "
5.2 Engine running full ahead Put telegraph to Full astern Engine decelerates. At reversing X X
with high ship speed first start is done with cancel limits,
Control mode Automatic if ships speed is > then speed
Use Bridge Telegraph value set by BMS parameter "S SP
CAN LIM ["/o)"
ESG panel
(Butt. CANCEL LIMITS) 0
( )

End cond~ion Test trial trial lnHials
6 Change of Engine at standstill, control Put Bridge Telegraph and Manual Indication at ESG panel: X X
Control Modes mode Automatic Engine Control Switch to Stop position AUTOMATIC
Use Bridge Telegraph and STOP ACTIVE
Manual Engine Control
Switch Change to Manual Indication at ESG panel: X X
MANUAL
STOP ACTIVE
Change back to Automatic Indication at ESG panel: X X

AUTOMATIC
STOP ACTIVE
6.1 Engine running full ahead, Select Lever Match by pressing the Bumbles take over to Manual and X X On installation of Manual
control mode Automatic push button LEVER MATCH at the continuos engine operation Speed Control only
Use Bridge Telegraph and ESG panel
Manual Contol Lever Put Manual Engine Control Switch to
Manual Engine Control Ahead posHion
SwHch at Stop posHion Align the Manual Control Lever to the
ESG parameters value set by automatic
DES SPEED MANUAL Change control mode to Manual
set to 1
DES.FUEL MANUAL
set toO
(lever Match on Speed)
~-
6.2 Engine running in Manual Set Manual Control Lever to a different Engine accelerates I decelerates
mode with desired speed posHion from actual value to ordered value
Change control mode to Automatic
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.TSF • Version 1.0• 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.y,p6 • Page 16 of 36
~-,
(
( I
\, j J:
---f

Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M li.G Electronics
6.3 Change of Engine running full ahead, Select Lever Match by pressing the Bumbles take over to Manual and X X On installation of Manual
Control Modes control mode Automatic push button LEVER MATCH at the continuos engine operation Fuel Control only
(continued) Use Bridge Telegraph and ESG panel
Manual Control Lever Put Manual Engine Control Switch to
Manual Engine Control Ahead position
Switch at Stop position Align the Manual Control Lever to the
ESG parameters value set by automatic
DES. SPEED MANUAL Change control mode to Manual
set toO
DES. FUEL MANUAL
set to 1
(Lever Match on fuel)
6.4 Engine running in Manual Set Manual Control Lever to a different Engine accelerates I decelerates
mode with desired speed position from actual value to ordered value
Change control mode to Automatic
..
E.5 Same tests as before at X X

Slow Ahead
6.6 Same tests as before at Put Manual Engine Control Switch to X X

Slow Astern Astern position
6.7 Same tests as before at Half Put Manual Engine Control Switch to X X
Astern Astern position
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11.00 • Esgtsl.wp6 • Page 17 of36
)

Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ~,a Electronics
No. Test Start condition I Action Expected resu~ FAT Shop Dock Sea Remarks Date/
6.8 Change of Engine running Ahead I Change to Local Control Actuator Blocked, no change of X X
Control Modes Astern engine speed
(continued)
ESG panel
(Butt. ACTUATOR BLOCKED)
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 18 of 36
n)·
0 ~).

No. Test Start condition I Action Expected resuH FAT Shop Dock Sea Remarks Date/
7 Shut Down from Engine running, control Release any Shut Down criterion at Actuator set to zero fuel position via X X X
ESS mode Automatic the Engine Safety System ESS 40M external contact input from ESS
40M
8 Torque limit Engine running, control Change the ESG parameters for the Watch the display for TORQUE X X
mode Automatic torque characteristic, parameters LIMITATION and limited fuel.
"FUEL AT N=O [%)" ff (group 17) to Engine speed decelerates.
lower values.
Set the changed parameters back to

former values.
9 Smoke limit Engine running Ahead, Reduce Charge Air pressure Watch the display for SMOKE X X
control mode Automatic measurement by seHing the ESG LIMITATION and limited fuel.
parameters "SENSOR END P1 Engine speed decelerates.
[BAR]" and "SENSOR END P2
[BAR]" (group 15) to 2 bar (nominal
value of pressure sensors.
Set the changed parameter back to

fanner value
)

10 Loss of Control Engine running full ahead, Disconnect X1.1 on RM 401 The speed set point is kept at the X X On installation of Manual
Lever signal control mode Manual actual state. Speed Control only
Use Manual Control Lever
ESG parameters Alarm indication: SET POINT
DES. SPEED MANUAL MANUAL FAULT
set to 1 Connect X1 .1 on RM 401,
DES.FUEL MANUAL acknowledge Alarm
set toO
10.1 Engine running full ahead, Disconnect X1 .1 on RM 401 The speed set point is kept at the On installation of Manual
control mode Manual actual state. Fuel Control only
Use Manual Control Lever
ESG parameters Alarm indication: WB SET POINT
DES. SPEED MANUAL set MANUAL FUEL
toO Connect X1 .1 on RM 401 ,
DES.FUEL MANUAL acknowledge Alarm
set to 1
11 Loss of Serial Engine running , control Disconnect X1 .617/8 on ZSM 401 The speed set point is kept at the X X
Interface to BMS mode Automatic actual state.
Connect X1 .6f7/8 on ZSM 401 , Alarm indication: SIF BMS LOST

acknowledge Alarm
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11.00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 20 of 36
I'

Test Specification
lr!.a Electronics
Member of the EuroMarineGroup
End condition Test trial trial lnHials
12 loss of Control Engine at standstill, control Disconnect the "MANUAL" signal from Indication and mode MANUAL X X
Mode Feedb. mode Manual BMS and ESG remains
Alarm indication: CONTROL

MODE FEEDB. FAULT
Connect the "MANUAL" signal to BMS
and ESG, acknowledge Alarm
12.1 Wrong Control Engine at standstill, control Close contact for Manual Control at Indication and mode change to X X
Mode Feedb. mode Automatic REM 401, X1.5 MANUAL due to higher priority of
manual mode
Alarm indication: CONTROL

MODE FEE DB. FAULT
Open contact for Manual Control at
REM 401, X1.5, acknowledge Alarm
13 loss of Supply Engine running, control Switch off the fuse for the ESG Actuator maintains in the actual X X
Voltage mode Automatic supply voltage position.
Alarm indication at the BMS and at

the Alarm System (if aplicable)
SwHch on the fuse for the ESG supply The ESG takes over the actual
voltage condition
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.TSF• Version 1.0• 15.11.00 • Esgtst.vvp6 • Page 21 of 36
( )

Test Specification
ll!.a Electronics
End condnion Test trial trial lnHials
14 Line break of Engine running, control Disconnect X3 .2 at RM 401 Actuator blocked and maintains X X
actuator pos~ion mode Automatic actual pos~ion .
feedback
Alarm indication: EA FEEDBACK
FAULT
Connect X3.2 at RM 401 ,
acknowledge Alarm, reset the bloc-
king by pressing the pushbutton
ACTUATOR BLOCKED on the ESG ESG panel
panel (Butt. ACTUATOR BLOCKED)
15 Line break of Engine running , control Disconnect X2.8 at RM 401 Actuator blocked and maintains X X
Actuator Break mode Automatic actual posHion.
Connect X2.8 at RM 401, Alarm indication: EA BREAK

acknowledge Alarm, reset the bloc- FAULT
king by pressing the pushbutton
ACTUATOR BLOCKED on the ESG
panel ESG panel
(Butt. ACTUATOR BLOCKED)
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11 .00 • Esgtsl.wp6 • Page 22 of 36
PCS Geamot 40 M r;1SAM
16 Line break of Engine running, control Disconnect X3.1 at UNM 401 Engine keeps on running X X
Speed Sensors mode Automatic
Alarm indication: SPEED
SENSOR1 FAULT
ConnectX3.1 at UNM 401,

acknowledge alann
17 Loss of 400V AC Engine running, control Switch off the 400V AC supply for the Engine keeps on running, the X X
for Actuator mode Automatic Actuator Inverter actuator keeps the actual position.
Inverter The actuator is out of order
Alarm indication: EA POWER EL

NOT READY
Switch off the 400V AC supply for the
Actuator Inverter, acknowledge alann
).

Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M m~ Electronics
No. Test Start condition I Action Expected result FAT Shop Dock Sea Remarks Date!
18 Engine at standstill Change control mode to MANUAL Engine in Manual Mode

Block start air
18.1 Test Solenoid Engine at standstill, control Put Manual Engine Control Switch to Reversing Ahead valve and Start X X
valves mode Manual, start air Start position AHEAD valve energized, Start Cut Off valve
blocked de-energized
18.2 Put Manual Engine Control Switch to Reversing Ahead valve and Start X X
Use the Manual Engine
Control Switch Stop position valve de-energized, Stop valve and
Start Cut Off valve energized
18.3 Put Manual Engine Control Switch to Reversing Astern Valve and Start X X
Start position ASTERN Valve energized. Start Cut Off
Valve de-energized
18.4 Put Manual Engine Control Switch to Reversing Astern valve and Start X X
Stop position valve de-energized, Stop valve and
Start Cut Off valve energized
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0• 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 24 of 36
0 0
PCS Geamot 40 M F1SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ll.l.l Electronics
No. Test Start condition I Action Expected resuH FAT Shop Dock Sea Remarks Date/
19 Desired Actuator Engine at standstill, control Put Manual Engine Control Switch to Check Load Indicator X X X
PosHion mode Manual, start air Ahead. Put Manual Control Lever to MIN=
blocked Minimum
19.1 Use the Manual Control Put Manual Control Lever to Ma>cimum Check Load Indicator X X X
Lever MAX= - - -
ESG parameters
19.2 DES. SPEED MANUAL set Put Manual Engine Control Switch to Check Load Indicator X X X ..
toO Astern. Put Manual Control Lever to MIN=
DES.FUEL MANUAL Minimum -. ., --~·
set to 1
19.3 Put Manual Control Lever to Maximum Check Load· Indicator X X X
REMARK: MAX= - - -
At installation of Manual
Speed Control set para-
19.4 meters back to original Put Manual Engine Control Switch to X X X
Stop position. Put Manual Control
values after test.
Lever to Minimum, change control
mode to Automatic, unblock start air
)
(

Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ~!..t Electronics
Test Specification Member of t he EuroMarine Group
5 Test procedure for the Variable Injection Timing VIT

No Test Startcondnion I Endcondition Action Espected resuH FAT Shop Dock Sea Remarcs Date/
Test trial traU Initials
1 Cylinder NOTE:
lubrication As the engine has to run during the following tests, take care of the maximum possible speed according to the
test environment
Engine at standstill, no start Start Slow Turning by pressing the BMS- Bridge Panel X X
interlock "SLOW TURNING" button at the (Butt. SLOW TURNING) []
Control mode Automatic panel of the active control stand.
Bridge or Automatic CR BMS- ECR panel
(Butt. SLOW TURNING) []
Slow Turning finished
1.1 Engine at standstill, no start Start cyUnder lubrication by pressing ESG panel X X
interlock the "CYL. LUBR." button at the ESG (Butt. CYL. LUBR.) eJ
Control mode Automatic CR panel
Cylinder lubrication "ON" for __ sec

Cylinder lubrication "OFF" Indication off
1.2
------------
Engine at standstill, no start Start cylinder lubrication by pressing ESG panel X X
interlock
Control mode Automatic CR
the "CYL. LUBR." button at the ESG (Butt. CYL. LUBR.) eJ
panel
1.3 Cylinder lubrication active Finish Cylinder lubrication by pressing ESG panel X X
the "CYL. LUBR." button at the ESG (Bull. CYL. LUBR.) eJ
panel
Cylinder lubrication "OFF" Indication OFF
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0• 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 26 of 36
(]
..______.,
())
Test Specification
m_a Electronics
No Test StartcondHion I Endcondition Action Espected result FAT Shop Dock Sea Rem arcs Date/
Test trial traU Initials
For the calculation procedure of IT_A, IT_B, IT_H and Stroke please refer to the ESG Technical Manual and the VIT specification submitted by the engine maker
2 VITMode Engine at standstill, no start Select the submenue "VIT VALUES" The "VIT Values" sub menu is X
interlock. Control mode by pressing the "MENU" button at the displayed at the VIT panel as
NonnaiVIT- Automatic Bridge or VITpanel follows:
characteristic Automatic CR Press the "S4" button to select the <VIT VALUES> ~-
.....
_
"VIr'menue CAP CTRL.SIG/IT_A : P/IT_A
Nominal Charge Air Press the "S1" button to to select the SPEED DIM.LES /IT_B: S/IT_B
Pressure: - - -bar "VITVALUES" VIT POS.FB /IT_H :P/IT_H
Nominal Speed _ _ RPM IT_A= - -

IT_B=
--
FQS: - - 0
IT_H=
--
Stroke=
--
VIT-Mode "OFF" Select VIT-Mode by pressing the "VIT ESG panel X
ON/OFF" button at the ESG panel (Butt. VIT ON/OFF) eJ
IT_A= - -
VIT- Mode "ON" IT_B= - -
IT_H= - -
Stroke=
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.TSF• Version 1.0• 15.11.00 • Esgtst.v.p6 • Page 27 of 36
)
No Test Startconditlon I Endconditlon Action Espected resu~ FAT Shop Dock Sea Remarcs Date/
Test trial trai Initials
2.1 NormaiVIT - VIT - Mode "ON" Start engine and put active telegraph Engine starts and accelerates to X
characteristic Engine at standstill to "SLOW' ahead ordered speed.
(continued)
Wait for engine running in steady state Charge Air Pressure = _ _
with ordered speed Speed= _ _
Check, whether all values are in IT_A= - -
Engine running SLOW accordance with the desired IT_B = --
ahead characterlstic(s) . IT_H =
--
Stroke= - -
--------------------
2.2 Engine running SLOW Put active telegraph to "HALF" ahead Engine accelerates to ordered X
ahead speed.

Check, whether all values are in IT_A=
--
Engine running HALF ahead accordance with the desired IT_B= --
characteristic(s). IT_H= --
Stroke= --
2.3
--------------------
Engine running HALF ahead Put active telegraph to "FULL" ahead Engine starts and accelerates to X
ordered speed.

Check, whether aU values are il IT_A=
Engine running FULL ahead
--
accordance with the desired IT_B= --
characteristic(s). IT_H= --
Stroke=
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0• 15.11 .00 • Esglst.v.,:>6 • Page 28 of 36
())
0
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ~&t Electronics
No Test Startcondillon I Endcondillon Action Espected resuH FAT Shop Dock Sea Rem arcs Date/
Test trial tra~ Initials
3 VIT -.lOW NOx VIT- Mode "ON" Select LOW NOx -Mode by pressing Bridge panel X
VIT- LOW NOx "OFF" the "VIT LOW NOx'' button at the (Butt. VIT LOW NOx) eJ
ESG panel or the BMS- Bridge panel
ESG panel
VIT- LOW NOx "ON" (Butt. VIT ON/OFF) eJ
3.1
--------------------
Engine at standstill, no start Start engine and put active telegraph Engine starts and accelerates to X
·.!'-
interlock to a value sufficient for a Charge Air ordered speed. ·-

Control mode Automatic Pressure value between "LO" and "HI" After _ _ sec running with
Bridge or Automatic CR desired Charge Air Pressure, angle
Wail for engine running in steady state changes by fixed LOW NOx value
with ordered speed and pressure.
Check, whether the output value is in
accordance with the desired Charge Air Pressure = _ _
characteristic
Engine running with desired
speed
IT_H=
-- Stroke=
--
--------------------
3.2 Engine running with desired Put the active telegraph to a value Engine accelerates to ordered X
speed sufficient for a Charge Air Pressure speed. LOW NOx mode remains
value between "HI" and "HIHI" active.
Wait for engine running in steady state

with ordered speed and pressure. Charge Air Pressure = _ _
Check, whether all values are in
accordance with the desired
characteristic(s).
IT_H=
-- Stroke=
--
(
)

No Test StartcondHion I EndcondHion Action Espected resuH FAT Shop Dock Sea Rem arcs Date/
Test trial trai lnitlals
3.3 VIT- LOW NOx Engine running with desired Put the active telegraph to a value Engine accelerates to ordered X
characteristic speed suffiCient for a Charge Air Pressure speed. LOW NOx mode is
(continued) value above "HIHI" swHched off, output value retums
to nonnal VIT value.
Check, whether all values are in Charge Air Pressure = _ _

--------------------
characteristic(s). IT_H= -- Stroke=
--
3.4 Engine running with desired Put the active telegraph to a value Engine decelerates to ordered X
speed suffiCient for a Charge Air Pressure speed. LOW NOx mode remains
value between "HI" and "HIHI" swHched off,
WaH for engine running in steady state Charge Air Pressure = _ _

wHh ordered speed and pressure.
accordance wHh the desired
IT_H=
-- Stroke= --
characterislic(s).
3.5
--------------------
Engine running with desired Put active telegraph to a value Engine decelerates to ordered X
speed suffiCient for a Charge Air Pressure speed.
value between "LO" and "HI" After _ _ sec running with
desired Charge Air Pressure, angle
WaH for engine running in steady state changes by fixed LOW NOx value
wHh ordered speed and pressure.
Check, whether the output value is in Charge Air Pressure = _ _
characteristic IT H= Stroke=
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11 .00 • Esgtsi.V>1>6 • Page 30 of 36
/
\. ----'
PCS Geamot 40 M F-1 SAM

Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M l!~ Electronics
No Test Startcondition I Endcondition Action Espected result FAT Shop Dock Sea Rem arcs Date/
Test trial trail Initials
3.6 VIT-LOWNOx Engine running with desired Put the active telegraph to a value Engine decelerates to ordered X
characteristic speed sufficient for a Charge Air Pressure speed. LOW NOx mode is
(continued) value below "LO" switched off, output value returns
to normal VIT value.

characteristic(s). IT_H= - - Stroke= - -
------------------- Put the active telegraph to Stop Engine slops
3.7 Engine running with desired X
speed position
Charge Air Pressure = _ _
Wail for engine stopped
Put the active telegraph IT_H= - - Stroke= - -
NOTE, that the Charge Air

Pressure may not reach the
expected value as long as the
blowers are running
--------------------
3.8 Engine stopped Switch VIT- LOW NOx- Mode off by LOW NOx- indication at Bridge X
pressing the "VIT LOW NOx" button panel and ECR panel extinguish.
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.TSF • Version 1.0• 15.11.00 • Esgtsl.v.t>6 • Page 31 of 36
( )

No Test StartcondHion I EndcondHion Action Espected resuH FAT Shop Dock Sea Rem arcs Date/
4 IT_C1 Mode Engine at standstill, no start Start engine and put active telegraph Engine starts and accelerates to X
interlock to a value sufficient for a Charge Air ordered speed.
Control mode Automatic Pressure value between "LOLO" and After _ _ sec running desired
Bridge or Automatic CR "LO" speed angle changes by fixed
IT_C1 Mode value
WaH for engine running in steady state
wHh ordered speed Charge Air Pressure = _ _
Engine runs wHh desired Check, whether all values are in IT_H= --
speed and Charge Air accordance wHh the desired Stroke= - -
Pressure characteristic(s).
-------------------
4.1 Engine runs with desired Put active telegraph to a value Engine accelerates to ordered X
speed and Charge Air suffiCient for a Charge Air Pressure speed.
Pressure value between "LO" and "HI" and IT_C1 Mode remains active
subsequent between "HI" and "HI HI"
WaH for engine running in steady state IT_H= --
wHh ordered speed Stroke= - -
characteristic(s).
4.2
--------------------
Engine runs wHh desired Put active telegraph to a value Engine accelerates to ordered X
Pressure above "HIHI" After _ _ sec running with
desired speed, IT_C1 Mode is
Wait for engine running in steady state switched off, output value returns
wHh ordered speed to normal VIT value
accordance wHh the desired Charge Air Pressure = _ _
characteristic(s). IT_H=
--
Stroke=
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0• 15.11.00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 32 of 36
(
'
\". ).
~---

Test Specification
ll!.a Electronics
No Test StartcondHion I Endconctnion Action Espected result FAT Shop Dock Sea Rem arcs Date/
Test trial traO Initials
4.3 IT_C1 Mode Engine runs with desired Put active telegraph to a value Engine decelerates to ordered X
(continued) speed and Charge Air sufficient for a Charge Air Pressure speed.
Pressure value between "HI" and "HIHI" IT_C1 Mode remains switched off

wHh ordered speed IT_H = - -
Check, whether all values are in Stroke= - -
characteristic(s).
------------------- Put active telegraph to a value Engine decelerates to ordered
4.4 Engine runs with desired X
Pressure value between "LO" and "HI" After _ _ sec running desired
speed angle changes by fixed
Wait for engine running in steady state IT_C1 Mode value
wHh ordered speed
accordance wHh the desired IT_H=
--
--------------------
characteristic(s). Stroke=
--
4.5 Engine runs with desired Put active telegraph to a value Engine decelerates to ordered X
Pressure value between "LO" and "LOLO" IT_C1 Mode remains active
WaH for engine running in steady state Charge Air Pressure = _ _

wHh ordered speed IT_H= - -
Check, whether all values are in Stroke= - -
characteristic(s).
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.TSF • Version 1.0• 15.11.00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 33 of 36
)

Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ~_a Electronics
No Test Startcond~ion I Endcond~ion Action Espected result FAT Shop Dock Sea Remarcs Date/
4.6 Engine runs w~h desired Put active telegraph to a value Engine decelerates to ordered X
Pressure below "LOLO" After _ _ sec running with
desired speed, IT_C1 Mode is
Wait for engine running in steady state switched off, output value returns
with ordered speed to normal VIT value
accordance with the desired Charge Air Pressure = _ _
characteristic( s). IT_H =
Stroke=
--
4.7 VIT Mode "OFF" Engine runs with desired Switch off VIT Mode by pressing the Indication at Bridge panel and ECR X
speed and Charge Air "VIT ON/OFF" button at the ECR panel extinguish
Pressure panel
The angle turns to the fixed FQS
value

IT_H =- -
Stroke=
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 34 of 36
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ~,. Electronics
Test Specification
'
'.____.-
)
References
Geamot 40 M, BMS 40 M, Technical Manual 271.161 385.BGE

Geamot 40 M, BMS 40 M, Parameter table 271.- -.TOE
Geamot 40 M, BMS 40 M, Test Specification 271.161 385.TSF
Geamot 40 M, ESG 40 M, Technical Manual 271.161 386.BGE
Geamot 40 M, ESG 40 M, Parameter table 271.- -.TOE
(--.._Y ©STN ATIAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11.00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 35 of36
\ _ jJ
.- . . . Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M ~~ Electronics
Test Specification
Abbreviations
0 Flashing yellow
0 Steady yellow
0 Flashing green
Steady green
e:::J Flashing red
0 Steadyred
Interval buzzer
Steady buzzer
FAT Tests to be made at Factory Acceptance Test

Commis. Tests to be made during Commissioning
Dock trial Tests to be made during Dock Trail
Sea Trial Tests to be made during Sea Trail
BMS Bridge Maneuvering System
ESS Engine Safety System
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.TSF • Version 1.0 • 15.11 .00 • Esgtst.wp6 • Page 36 of36
~SAM
U Electronics
Geamot40M
Propulsion Control System, PCS
0 Electronic Speed Governor
WNS Main Engines

Commissioning Instruction

BehringstraBe 120
D-22763 Hamburg
(~-···------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.176 SOO.IBH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 1/37
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M U Electronics
Main Engines Member of the EuroMarine Group
Purpose
This document describes the commissioning of the Propulsion Control System Geamot 40M.
Document-Versions
Version 1.0 from 13.02.01, J.Fett, MSA 1

Document created
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02 .01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 2/37
~SAM
I \
'-.___j
Contents
Purpose ................................................................. 2
Document-Versions ....................................................... 2
1 Pre-Conditions for Tests ............................................. 5
2 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1 Cable Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2 Governor Pre-Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3 Safety Precautions for Tests .......................................... 9

3.1 Engine Safety Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2 Manual Control .................................................... 9
3.3 Engine Speed Set point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.4 Electrical Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.5 Servo Motors and Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.6 Maintenance and Repair ............................................ 11
3. 7 Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4 Actuator ............_. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4.1 Adjustment of the actuator position feedback ............................ 12
4.1.1 Adjustment procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.2 Fuel Rack Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5 Adjustment of the Analog Servo Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

5.1 Adjustment possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5.2 Actuator Motor current ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5.2.1 Required Torque .................................................. 19
5.2.1.1 Calculation of the Motor Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5.2.2 Required Motor Current ............................................. 20
5.2.2.1 Calculation of the Nominal Current .................................... 20
5.2.2.2 Calculation of the Peak Current ....................................... 21
5.2.3 Setting of Nominal Current .......................................... 21
5.2.4 Setting of Peak Current ............................................. 21
6 VIT Adjustments .................................................. 23

6.1 VIT Adjustment Instructions .......................................... 23
6.1.1 VIT-Values and Fuel Quality Setting (FQS) .............................. 25
6.1.1.1 Fuel Quality Setting (FQS) .......................................... 26
/.---..__,·
( \
\,_/_, _ _©_c-ST_N_A_T_LA_S-M-an-·n_e_E-Iect_r_o_nics_G_m_b_H_•_P_C_S_•_2_71-.1-7-6-50-0-.IB_H_•_V_e-rs-io_n_1-.0-•_1_3-.0-2.-01_•_C_O_M_I_NS---W-N-S-.w-pd-•-Pa_g_e-3-/3-7--
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
6.1.1.2 VIT Values ............ .... ........ .. ... .... . ... . .. . ........... .. . 27
6.1.2 Cylinder lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
6.1.3 Charge Air Pressure I Load Indicator ..... . .. . .... .... .. .... ... . ..... .. 28
6.1.4 Speed . .............. . .................................... ...... 29
6.1.5 Angle to Stroke conversion ........................ .... ... .. . . . .. . . .. 29
6.2 Selecting VIT Simulation Menus .. . ........................... .. . . .... 30
6.2.1 Scaling of actuator position feedback .... .. .... .. . .. .. ..... .. . ......... 31
6.2.1.1 Menu "Stroke [mm]" .. . .... . . . . .. .. . ............ . ................... 32
6.2.1.2 Menu "Angle [ o ]" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.2.1 .3 Menu "End Positions" . ......... ....... .... ....... .. .. ....... .. .. ... 34
6.2.2 Cylinder Lubrication .. . .. .. .... . .. ..... .. ..... ....... . . ...... .... ... 35
6.3 Control optimizing ........ . ............... . ....... .. ..... . .. .... . .. 36
6.3.1 Control deviation ........ ... . ................. . ...... ... ....... . .. . 36
6.3.2 Pulse control . ........... .... ....... . ........ . ...... .... ..... ... .. 36
6.3.3 Delay Position Failure ...... .. ........... .. ... . ... . .. .... ....... . ... 37
-·
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS .wpd • Page 4/37
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
1 Pre-Conditions for Tests
Assembly of all necessary control system periphery components finished

Assembly of main engine finished
All necessary external cabling between engine and governor finished.
Engine maker resp shipyard shall have pre-checked all wires for correct connection.
Wires must be free of earth faults and potential-free from other voltages, all terminal
screws to be tight.
Supply voltages 24 VDC and 400 I 450 VAG must be available (note chapter Safety
Precautions).
Shipyard resp. engine maker to provide support to STN ATLAS Marine Electronics
. ~~·-::::. during testing and adjustment of the system
0 At least the over speed switch within the Engine Safety System must be ready for
service and adjusted (note chapter Safety Precautions)
()
~'r
U ----------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 5/37
~SAM
2 Commissioning
2.1 Cable Check
Checks for correct grounding and shielding
ESG 40M control cabinet must be grounded. Use the ground bolt in cabinet and
connect it by stranded wire with at least 10 mm 2 to ships ground
Connections must be clean metallic, free from oil, dirt and paint.
This ground is the basis for all cable shields, an insufficient grounding will result in
insufficient shielding.
All shield are to be grounded, all grounding connections shall be as short as possible.
Cable to indication panel BAT411 must be shielded.
Speed sensor cable must be shielded.
Actuator feedback potentiometer cable must be shielded.
Actuator servo motor cable must be shielded, shield shall end near to the terminals,
unshielded end of cable shall be as short as possible and in any case not longer than
100 mm. Shield shall be grounded near to the terminals.
Seen from EMI view points this is the most critical cable as the actuator servo motor is
controlled by high frequency square current blocks with peak currents of up to some
50 Amps. Insufficient shielding can result in severe control problems.
Cable wires must have sufficient size to keep voltage loss on cable low.
For safety reasons the actuator transformer housing must be grounded. Otherwise
death or severe injuries can occur in case of a transformer winding ground fault.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 6137
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
,-...._·
0
Checks for ground faults
Do this check before switching on power. Use a normal Ohm meter, connected with
one side to ship's ground. Do not use high voltage !
Check the 24 VDC systems: L50, L51, L52
Check primary and secondary side of actuator transformer.
Disconnect actuator servo motor cable on terminals X5:1-2-3 and check for ground
fault.
0 Check motor winding resistance between terminals, to be around 1 Ohm.

Re-connect motor cable.
Note: Pins 2 and 6 of plug XST401 on the servo motor power electronic are
internally grounded. This is correct.
Checks for correct connection
Of course, all connections shall be correct, however, some notes are given here on
connections which frequently have caused problems.
Carefully check all terminals in speed sensor junction box for tight and correct
connection.
Charge air pressure sensor: Positive side must be connected to X2: 15.
Polarity for actuator brake must be correct. If in doubt, check that the positive signal is
connected to B+ via actuator junction box.
Brake will not lift when connection is done with wrong polarity !
Check that connection of potentiometer wiper is correct: Resistance between A3015

(RM401) X3: 1-3 must be higher than X3: 1-2 or X3: 2-3.
Total potentiometer resistance will vary around 3 .... 10 kOhms.
c=l_'----------------------------------------------------
~SA M
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
Carefully check for correct connection from X5: 1-2-3 via actuator junction box 25-26-
27 to servo motor terminals. The "crossing" must only be between actuator junction
box and servo motor terminals .
When connection is found to be wrong, correct it inside actuator junction box.
The bolts for cable connection on the servo motor are easy to break, when necessary,
tighten them with "feeling".
2.2 Governor Pre-Checks
Check jumper settings on ZSM401 , UNM401 , RM401, BAT411 , REM401 , VSM401

according to the retrofit instruction, drawing No. 271 ._ _.NAW.
Check of 24 VDC power supply
Make sure that breaker F2 is off before switching on the 24 VDC supply.
Check voltage and polarity.
Close breaker F2.
Download correct software version , if necessary.
Check parameter settings
Correct settings, if not according to parameter list.
~SAM
3 Safety Precautions for Tests
Conditions during an engine shop test or dock trial will deviate highly from normal
operating conditions.
Therefore, engine maker and/or shipyard must take due consideration about these special
conditions before beginning with the tests.
3.1 Engine Safety Devices
Prior to all tests the engine safety devices must be tested.

This applies especially to all manual shut down push buttons as well as the over speed
0 switch, which shall be tested in the beginning with a lower speed setting.
In case a licensor requires the engine maker to provide special additional equipment for
the duration of the tests, this requirement must be fulfilled.
CAUTION: Never switch off the power supply for the Engine Safety System as
3.2 Manual Control
Only experienced staff is allowed to operate the propulsion plant in manual control modes.
Instruction manuals of the individual plant component manufacturers concerning handling

and safety must be observed.
3.3 Engine Speed Set point
As the main engine will be running during most test items, for certain tests the operator
may have to limit the control lever set point in order to keep the engine speed within safe
limits.
·~·- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
3.4 Electrical Power Supply
It must be carefully checked, if the existing safety devices provide sufficient

protection under all special test conditions.
This applies particularly for the electrical power supply of engine governor and safety
system, they should be independent of each other as the engine will be started as well as
running for some time tested without load.
In case of doubt, yard or engine maker must consider to provide additional safety
devices for the duration of these tests (e.g. an immediate automatic shutdown of
engine in case the supply voltage is lost for the safety system.)
Electrical power supply is necessary for proper and safe function of control system, engine
governor and safety devices.
Supplies may only be switched off, when this will not endanger the safety of engine
operation in the present situation.
CAUTION: Never switch off the power supplies for the governor and actuator as
3.5 Servo Motors and Actuators
Actuators and servo motors on the engine plant can be automatically activated at
any time.
Especially the fuel rack actuator can develop high forces with very fast adjusting rates,
which means a risk of severe injuries to persons.
Therefore, the working range of the actuator as well as the whole fuel rack linkage must
be always kept clear.
In case work is necessary within the working area of actuator or fuel rack, the power
supply for the actuator must be switched off.
-------------------------•
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 SOO.IBH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS .wpd • Page 10/37
\ '.. ~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
3.6 Maintenance and Repair
Prior to maintenance and repair work, measures have to be taken to prevent

unintended reversing and starting of the engine plant as well as moving of
control equipment.
It is not sufficient just to block the start on an electrical way ( e.g. by use of the
emergency stop switch).
Start air and control air shall be shut off and blocked, piping shall be vented. In case of
hydraulic systems this logically applies for it's pressure system, too.
0 If work shall be carried out within the working area within the working area of actuator or
fuel rack linkage, the power supply for the actuator must be switched off.
3. 7 Responsibilities
The afore mentioned notes cover the safety precautions from the viewpoint of the
governor. Of course, operating staff must follow more safety rules with regard to other
plant components like diesel engine as well as abnormal plant conditions due to special
test items.
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics cannot be held responsible for damages, losses or
() injuries, which may come up due to disregarding of necessary safety precautions .
•
.... ':·..
~-----------~----------
~SAM
4 Actuator
4.1 Adjustment of the actuator position feedback
For the actuator position feedback a magnetic resistive potentiometer is used. The sensor
characteristic shows two branches over it's 360 ° angle, 180° with increasing signal followed
by 180° with decreasing signal (see Fig.4-3). For feedback the branch with increasing signal
on clockwise (CW) turning has to be used. The potentiometer is mounted onto the free shaft
end of the actuator lever. The potentiometer is adjusted at the factory. The following notes
are given in case a re-adjustment should be necessary. To do the adjustment, first the cover
of the lever housing has to be removed (see Fig. 4-1 ).
LEVER HOUSING COVE

0 ~
~ TERMI
LSTRIP
MAGNETIC-RESISTI SENSOR
Fig. 4-1 , Actuator feedback connection
------------~----------------------•
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 12/ 37
.,:,·
r;] SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
~·
,.,._ __ ) /
4.1.1 Adjustment procedure
1. Set the actuator to the far CCW position of the setting scale. This could e.g. be done by
powering the break with 24V DC and pushing the actuator lever to the desired position.
2. Ensure, that the spring clutch between actuator shaft and feedback potentiometer shaft is
correctly fastened. For control open the hole in the actuator cover as shown in Fig. 4-2.
( \
)
Use 2,5 mm
allen wrench
Actuator
-hole
Spring Clutch
Fig. 4-2, Spring clutch location
/-----......'\.,
( )'----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
The spring clutch is fastened by two screws, one for each shaft. Check, that both are
fastened tight and locked by e.g. Locktite.
Close the bore-hole with the cover plug.
3. Connect a voltmeter to the terminals 4 (sensor) and 5 (ground), see Fig. 4-1
4. Loosen the fixing screws of the potentiometer and turn the potentiometer counter
clockwise (CCW) ti14V is reached. Further CCW turning of the potentiometer should lead
to higher voltage. If the voltage instead drops to lower values, the potentiometer works on
the wrong branch of its characteristic (see Fig. 4-3). In this case turn the potentiometer
CCW or CW, whatever is more practicable, til 4V are reached again. Now potentiometer
should work on the correct branch of the characteristic. Check that CCW turning leads to
higher voltage.
5. Turn the potentiometer to the 4V position and fasten the screws to fix the potentiometer.
Now the minimum point of the feedback is set.
6. Setting the actuator to the far CW end of the setting scale now leads to the maximum
voltage of the working range of the actuator. The value of this voltage depends on the
characteristic of the particular potentiometer built in and is about 6V .
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.176 SOO.IBH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 14/37
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
/
/
'
''
MAX
I
1 WORKING RANGE
I I
I I
-------------------------,----
1 I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
0 I I
cw ccw
SCALE
Note, that the difference between Direct Direct Acting 10..........•... 0

Acti~ and Reverse Acti~ is the direction of Reverse Acting 0............. 10
the scale. All electrical and mechanical
adjustments are the same for both versions
0 Fig. 4-3, Potentiometer characteristic
NOTE: Take care of the potentiometer wiring while turning the potentiometer. The voltage
range measured by turning the potentiometer depends on the particular
potentiometer and is between approx. 3V and 8V.
. -····
0-----------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 15/ 37
~SAM
4.2 Fuel Rack Actuator
Check the complete wiring to the actuator for correct connection . Limit actuator current on
servo motor inverter by reducing the adjustment of potentiometers 307 I lrms and 306 I lpeak
down to 12:00 o'clock position (refer also to the next chapter of this document.
Make sure that actuator is not connected to the fuel rack and can move freely without
mechanical interfering.
Warn people that actuator will move.
Push the Emergency shut down push button. Check, that "Stop Active" is indicated on the
BAT.
Read actuator position feedback signal on BAT I Menu I S2 (Measured Value), it should
show a value of around 5.000 to 7.000 mV for CW, resp. 1.500 to 3.500 mV for CCW
direction with actuator being in Stop position.
Adjust the parameter "DES. FUEL STOP M" for actuator Stop position to 4.500 mV, for a
desired actuator position between 4.0 and 6.0.
Make sure, breaker F1 is off.

Check if transformer primary side is connected according to the available voltage (400 or 450
VAC) .
Switch on power to the transformer.
Check voltage on secondary side, to be within around 150 ... 170 VAC.
Switch on breaker F1.

Watch actuator position feedback voltage on BAT (see above), must move to parameter set
point 4.500 mV
Watch LED indicators on actuator power electronic, BTB to be on , RLG-UN/W changing as
long as actuator is moving, min. one I max. two on.
Find out the necessary parameter set points for the following positions of the actuator and
write them down. Move actuator by changing the adjustment of "DES.FUEL STOP M".
* 0.0 equ. to parameter set point .............

* 0.3 equ. to parameter set point ........... ..
* 5.0 equ. to parameter set point .... .... .....
* 10.0 equ. to parameter set point .. ..... .. .. ..
Adjust "DES. FUEL STOP M " to a value that gives an actuator position of 0.3 and leave it
there. This will be the position for Zero Fuel and Stop on the pump index.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 SOO.IBH • Version 1.0 • 13.02 .01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 16/37
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
. Member of the EuroMarine Group
With the actuator in this position, switch off breaker F1. Otherwise there is the risk of
severe injuries to people working on the linkage.
Connect actuator linkage. Secure the linkage adjustment.
Adjust the current set points on the actuator power electronics to the correct set points
necessary for the project.
Warn people that actuator will move.

Switch on breaker F1.
Find out the necessary parameter set points for the following positions of the fuel pump index
and write them down. Move actuator by changing the adjustment of P.71. Note that lower
) parameter settings will cause higher index positions.
* 0 Ll at parameter set point ...... > "DES. FUEL STOP M" and "DES. FUEL ZERO M"
* 0.5 Ll at parameter set point ...... > "DES.FUEL MIN M"
* to be defined by engine maker Ll at parameter set point ....... > "DES. FUEL MAX M"
Adjust "DES.FUEL STOP" ... "DES.FUEL MAX M" as shown above.
Adjust "ACT.FUEL IN MIN M" to same value as "DES.FUEL ZERO M" and
"ACT.FUEL IN MAX M" to same value as "DES. FUEL MAX M".
·'"-~-.
I
\'-- /
, ---~
l \~----------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
5 Adjustment of the Analog Servo Amplifier
Basis for the adjustment is the Assembly I Installation I Commissioning instruction of the
manufacturer (Seidel) , edition 10197.
5.1 Adjustment possibilities
In general the following seven potentiometer can be adjusted at the 60WKS (pis. refer also
to the instruction of Seidel company, page 111-4):
P301 Ramp potentiometer
P302 Set point potentiometer
P303 Offset potentiometer
P304 Tache potentiometer
P305 AC gain potentiometer
P306 Peak current potentiometer IPEAK
P307 Effective current potentiometer IRMs
For the setting of potentiometer P301 to P305 is please refer to manufacturer description. In
the following only the setting for IRMs and IPEAK are described.
5.2 Actuator Motor current
The effective- or nominal current and the peak current are a function of
the required torque T [Nm] to move the fuel pumps of the main engine
the gear ratio i and
the torque constant Kr [NmiAmp] of the motor

The required current generally results in
T
IMotor = - - [Amp]
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 18 I 37
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
5.2.1 Required Torque
For WNS engines the manufacturers requirements for the torque ML are
600 Nm for rated torque and

800 Nm for peak torque
5.2.1.1 Calculation of the Motor Torque
The torque to be delivered by the actuator motor, M0 is a function of the gear ratio i.
M0 =ML I i [Nm]
The gear ratio depends on the type of actuator:
Size 3 i = 87
Size7 =
i 89
Size 14 i =119
For WNS engines normally a Size 7 - actuator is used. For this actuator the motor torque
results in
Mon =600 I 89 =6, 7 Nm for the nominal torque

Mop= 800/89 = 9,0 Nm for the peak torque
~-....._.,
(....__./)-------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
5.2.2 Required Motor Current
The required actuator motor current results as
Mo
!Motor = --- [Amp]
The torque constant KTto be used depends on the actuator type:
Size 3 KT =0,54 Nm/Amp

For the Size 7 actuator the required motor current results in:
IMotom = 6, 7 I 0,555 =12,1 Amp nominal and

IMotorp = 9,0 I 0,555 = 16,2 Amp peak
5.2.2.1 Calculation of the Nominal Current
The effective- or nominal current IRMs is calculated as follows:
IRMS = IMmotom * 1 Amp
For the Size 7 actuator IRMs results in:
IRMs = 12,1 * 1 =12,1 Amp
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS .wpd • Page 20 I 37
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
View:
front side of the 60WKS-M240/3/6/12/22/26
installed controller
P306 P307
!PEAK/A IRMS/A
Position 3A 0 6A 12A 22A 26A 3A SA 12A 22A 26A
Right 7,5 15 30 50 50 3 6 12 22 26
7 7,4 14,5 29 49 49 2,8 5,5 11 19 23
6 7,0 13 26 43 43 2,6 5 10 17,5 21
5 6,2 11 22,5 37 37 2,4 4,5 9 16 19
() 4
3
5,5
4,4
9
7,5
19
15
31
25
31
25
2,2
2
4
3,5
8,5 14,5
7,5 13
17
15
Potentiometer 2 3,2 5,5 11 19 19 1,8 3 6,5 ~1.5 13

P306 and P307
1 2,2 3,5 7 13 13 1,5 2,5 6 10 11
!PEAK and I RMS
12 1,2 2 3 7 7 1,2 2 5,5 8,5 9
11 (0,2) (0,5) (1) (2) (2) (1) (1,5) (4,5) (7) (8)
Left 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Size 3 7 14 3 7 14
As deli\ered - state
cw-stop (7h30)
Table 1, Potentiometer setting of P306 and P307
~(
L/ © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 22/37
~SAM
6 VIT Adjustments
The Variable Injection Timing , VIT, is included in the Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M.
The VIT serves for a variable angle of the fuel injection as a function of
- Engines speed
- Charge air pressure with the subfunctions
Low NOx
IT_C1 Mode
- Fuel Quality Setting, FQS
To operate the VIT-system the ESG-operating and indication panel BAT 411 has to be used.
6.1 VIT Adjustment Instructions
The adjustment of the VIT has to be done in cooperation with the manufacturers
commissioning personnel.
The steps for adjustment have to be done in accordance with the manufacturers
commissioning instructions.
All relevant parameters have to be set in accordance with the values measured in the
requested positions of the actuator(s).
To prevent frequent alarm messages during the commissioning session, set the parameter
"Delay position failure" (POS.FAIL.DELAY [s]) to a high value (300- 1000 seconds).
Do not forget to reset this parameter to a meaningful! value after commissioning (see
part 6.3.3 on page 37 of this description)
The VIT adjustment is done by using several menus. A menu overview is given on the next
page.
~
Q} Q:.
~SAM
( __ Y)
\., / __ -

Normal Display
MENU
Main Menu
S1 I~-----------------------------
S2 1 - - - - - - - - - - - 83 _-::::-~ - - I
.----"'----~ ·----J----~ ·----..!----~1

1 Operating 1 Measured 1 Parameter
Values
1._ _ _ _______ 1 ~ _ ,Y~I':e~ ____ 1 ~ _________
1
ENTER
Angle Menu
EDIT Meou_Qv~J:Yiew
To select the next Menu, the
assigned button S1, S2 ... have to
Stroke setting Angle setting be used. To select the previous
Menu always the ESC butten has
to be used
~SAM
6.1.1 VIT -Values and Fuel Quality Setting (FQS)
To select the menu for the VIT Values and Fuel Quality Setting, FQS, first the key
MENU' Menu
has to be pressed to open the main menu as shown in Fig . 6-1 .
<MAIN MEN.J> BACK(ESC)

SELECT SUBMENU
S1 : OPERAllNG VALUE S3 : PARAMETER
S2 : M~VALUE S4 : VIT
~ATUS
LIST
r---------------
UEJB ~B
EJEJLJEJLJ LJ@J@J(B
Fig. 6-1 , Main Menu display
To select the VIT menu the button "S4" has to be pressed.
After pressing S4 a submenu is displayed :
< VIT MENU> BACK [ESC]

S E L E C T SUBMENU
S1: VITVALUES S3: FQS
S2: NOT AVAILABLE S4: NOT USED
51: Pressing this key opens a menu for variable VIT values display
53: Pressing this key opens a menu with the possibility to set the Fuel Quality
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 SOO.IBH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 25/37
~SAM
6.1.1.1 Fuel Quality Setting (FQS)
After pressing S3 the Fuel Quality Setting is displayed:
BACK [ESC]
FQS
OLD VALUE:
NOTE:
Before using this function, the FQS-value has to be set by parameter "FQS [ o ]" (see
Parameter table). This value is transferred once to the working range influenced by the FQS
setting described here.
To change the value setting, the key
:
i
EDIT Edit
has to be pressed. The FQS value is opened for changing. The setting of a new value is the
same procedure as for parameter setting as described in The Technical Manual for the
Engine Speed Governor, EGS 40M; chapter 6.
PAR. VALUES> SAVE [ENT] CANCEL [ESC]

0
FQS [ ]
0 OLD VALUE : V.V NEW VALUE : V.V
NOTE:
The value of FQS can be set at any time without request of a password!
To leave the sub menu, the ESC button has to be pressed. Following this, the previous Menu
is displayed again.
CJ-'-------------------------------------------
© 271.176 1.0 • 13.02.01 •
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 26/37 500.1BH • Version COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
6.1.1.2 VIT Values
After pressing 51 the VIT values are displayed:
< VITVALUES > BACK [ESC]

CAP CTRL.SIG. /IT_A 0.3608 3.0°
SPEED Dl M. LES/ IT B 0.7782 -3.0°
VIT POS.FB. /IT_H 50.1mm 50mm > 2
CAP Ctrl. Sig./IT_A Charge air pressure signal /Injection Timing angle
IT_A
Speed Dim.Les/IT_B Actual speed related to nominal speed =1 /Injection
Timing angle IT_B
VIT Pos.FB./IT_H VIT position feedback I Stroke output after angle to
stroke conversion : IT_H
If two VIT actuators are provided, a ">2" is displayed in the 4th row at the far right position.
This indicates, that a second group of VIT values can be displayed by pressing the " t>" key
at the operating panel. The display now shows the values of the second actuator and the
change over indication turns to ">1" . By pressing the "t>" key again , the display changes to
the values of the first actuator and the change over indication turns back to ">2"
To leave the sub menu, the ESC button has to be pressed. Following this, the previous Menu
is displayed again.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 27 /37
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
~
0
6.1.2 Cylinder lubrication
For the cylinder lubrication the following parameters have to be set::
- all parameters in the range "CYLINDER LUBRICATION" listed up in the parameter table.
Note, that the parameters for DENIS 1 and DENIS 6 are different. The parameter numbers
named by WNS are shown in brackets below the explanation text : ("Denis 1" I "Denis 6")
To start the cylinder pre/post lubrication, the key
,_ i
! CYL. Cylinder lubrication has to be pressed.
:. LUBR.)
Precondition for the function is the operating mode "Automatic CR". The prelubrication should
be done before engine start. If in "Automatic Bridge" Slow Turning is started at the Bridge
Manoeuvring System, the cylinder lubrication starts automatically. The lubrication is
automatically switched off after a preset time (parameter) or it can be switched off by
actuating the button "CYL. LUBR."
6.1.3 Charge Air Pressure I Load Indicator
For the charge air pressure the following parameters have to be set :
0 - all parameters in the range "CHARGE AIR PRESSURE I LOAD INDICATOR" listed up in
the parameter table.
- all parameters in the range "CHARGE AIR TO ANGLE CONVERSION" listed up in the
parameter table.
~y
lJ'----------------------------------------
~SAM
6.1.4 Speed
For the speed the following parameters have to be set :
- all parameters in the range "SPEED TO ANGLE CONVERSION" listed up in the

parameter table.
..- .
6.1.5 Angle to Stroke conversion
For the conversion injection angle to stroke the following parameters have to be set :
- all parameters in the range "ANGLE TO STROKE CONVERSION " listed up in the
parameter table.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 29/37
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
6.2 Selecting VIT Simulation Menus
To open the Service Menus the following conditions have to be fulfilled:
- The VIT has to be switched off by using the 'VIT ON/OFF" button at the ESG panel. The
"OFF"-condition is indicated by the button implemented LED extinguished.
- VIT in "Simulation" mode. To select the "Simulation" mode set the value of parameter
"SIMULATION VIT" to 1.
- Engine at standstill. If engine turns or runs, i.e. if speed pulses are measured, the
simulation mode is switched off. When engine comes to standstill again, the simulation
mode is active again
I' ''
\___ ___)
To select the menus for VIT operation first the key
MENU
has to be pressed. The main menu is displayed :
(MAIN MENU) BACK [ESC]

SELECT SUBMENU
S1: OPERATING VALUE S3: PARAMETER
S2: MEASURED VALUE S4: VIT
After pressing the button S4 the VIT submenu is displayed
(VIT MENU) BACK [ESC]

SELECT SUBMENU
S1: VIT VALUES S3: FQS
S2: SIMULATION S4: NOT USED
To open the Simulation submenu, the button S2 has to be pressed. After this, the following
submenu is displayed:
(
\.,__.'
-©-
),_· ----------------------------------
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 30 I 37
~SAM
(SIMULATION) BACK [ESC]

SLECT SUBMENU
S1: MOVE CYLINDER S3: CYL.LUBRICAT.
S2: NOT USED S4: NOT USED
Within the simulation menu there are two sub menus available:
51: Pressing this key opens a sub menu for actuator movement by direct value input
53: Pressing this key opens a sub menu for direct setting of cylinder lubrication output
values
6.2.1 Scaling of actuator position feedback
The principle configuration of the actuator is shown in Fig. 6-2.
Vent
'""--+
Extend
Retract
Position feedback sign
Valves shown deenergized
Sensor Poti
Fig. 6-2, Principle configuration of the actuator
Depending on the engine requirements one or two actuators are provided. The voltage
supply is delivered by the VSM401 module. The measured voltage feedback is analog to the
actuator position. The voltage value is displayed in the measuring list as 'VIT Cylinder x
Position" M-Additionally the signal is converted to a stroke value and also displayed in the
measuring list as 'VIT Cylinder x Position" [mm] in the range from 0 to 100 mm.
Pressing the button 51 in the simulation menu opens a menu with the possibilities to select
the kind of actuator movement :
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.176 SOO.IBH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 31 I 37
r;] SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
_...... Member of the EuroMarine Group
Commissioning Instruction .
0
(MOVE CYLINDER 1/2) BACK [ESC]
SELECT SUBMENU
S1: STROKE [mm] S3: ANGLE [ o ]
S2: END POSITIONS 84: NOT USED
Description:
S1: Pressing this key opens a menu for direct input of the stroke
S2: Pressing this key opens a menu for the actuator end positions
S3: Pressing this key opens a menu for a direct input of an injection angle
0 6.2.1.1 Menu "Stroke [mm]"
Pressing the button "51" opens a menu with the possibility to change the actuator position
by setting the stroke value. The actual values of stroke and position feedback signal are
displayed.
BACK [ESC]
SET POINT [mm]
OLD VALUE: SS.S
22 VIT CYLINDER 1 P X.XX V YY.Y mm)
I> (Cursor right): Pressing this button changes to the operating menu for the second
actuator, if provided. The display is similar to the one shown above

0 The actual stroke is displayed as "OLD VALUE". To change the stroke, the key
; EDIT ~ Edit
has to be pressed. A menu is displayed as shown below. The "NEW VALUE" is directly
opened for changing. The setting of a new value is the same procedure as for parameter
setting .
....·::'···.
0--------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
BACK [ESC]
SET POINT [mm]
OLD VALUE: SS.S NEW VALUE: SS.S
NOTE: It is not possible to enter the new value directly to the parameter by pressing the
ENTER-key. After leaving the setting procedure by pressing the ESC-key, the set
point turns back to the old value and the previous menu is shown.
6.2.1.2 Menu "Angle [ o ]"
Pressing the button "53" opens a menu with the possibility to change the actuator position
by setting the angle value. The actual values of angle and position feedback signal are
displayed.
BACK [ESC]
ANGLE [ o]
OLD VALUE: A.A
t> (Cursor right): Pressing this button changes to the operating menu for the second
The actual angle is displayed as "OLD VALUE". To change the angle, the key
EDIT Edit
has to be pressed. A menu is displayed as shown below. The "NEW VALUE" is directly
opened for changing. The setting of a new value is the same procedure as for parameter
setting.
r;] SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Main Engines
U Electronics
.-, Commissioning Instruction
1
---- '\
\'- __ j
BACK [ESC]
ANGLE [ 0 ]
OLD VALUE: A.A NEW VALUE: A.A
NOTE: It is not possible to enter the new value directly to the parameter by pressing the
ENTER-key. After leaving the setting procedure by pressing the ESC-key, the set
point turns back to the old value and the previous menu is shown.
.···-:_
6.2.1.3 Menu "End Positions"
Pressing the button "S2" opens a menu with the possibility to check the actuator end
positions in retract and extend direction. The actual values of position feedback signal are
displayed.
(END POSITIONS) BACK [ESC]

SELECT SUBMENU
S1:RETRACT S3:EXTEND
22 VIT CYLINDER 1 P X.XXV YY.Ymm)
To check the end position in retract direction, button S1 has to be pressed. Following this,
the retraction is displayed:

RETRACTING
22 VIT CYLINDER 1 P x.xxv YY.Y mm)
actuator, if provided. The display is similar to the one shown above .
.. -~'-,
~/
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
After leaving the retract procedure by pressing the ESC-key, the VIT turns back to the
previous position and the previous menu is shown.
To check the end position in extend direction, button 53 has to be pressed. Following this,
the extension is displayed:

EXTENDING
22 VIT CYLINDER 1 P x.xxv YY.Y mm)
t> (Cursor right) : Pressing this button changes to the operating menu for the second
actuator, if provided. The display is similar to the one shown above.
After leaving the extend procedure by pressing the ESC-key, the VIT turns back to the
previous position and the previous menu is shown.
6.2.2 Cylinder Lubrication
Pressing the button 53 in the simulation menu opens a menu with the possibility to set the
cylinder lubrication value :
(CYL. LUBRICATION) BACK [ESC]
OLD VALUE: W%
ANALOG.OUTP. X4.1: X.XXV
To change the value setting, the key
EDfT Edit
has to be pressed. The cylinder lubrication value is opened for changing as shown below:
-- © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 SOO.IBH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 35/37
f';1 SAM
..--...._
0
(CYL. LUBRICATION) BACK[ESC]
LIMIT : LLL%
OLD VALUE: W% NEW VALUE: W%
ANALOG.OUTP. X4.1 : xx.xv
The setting of a new value is the same procedure as for parameter setting.
After leaving the cylinder lubrication procedure by pressing the ESC-key, the analogue output
turns back to the old value and the previous menu is shown.
6.3 Control optimizing

0
6.3.1 Control deviation
There are two parameters relevant for the control behaviour in case of control deviation :
- Threshold, large positional failure, (FAIL.THRESH.LRG. [mm])

The parameter defines the deviation from which on the signal to the valves changes from
continuous signal to pulse signal.
- Threshold, small positional failure, (FAIL.THRESH.SML. [mm])

The parameter defines the deviation from which on no further activation of the valves
takes place. This value should be as low as possible in order to achieve an accurate
setting of the injection angle.
0 NOTE: If the parameter value is too small, this will result in frequent activation of the
valves at small deviations. This effects the lifetime of the valves.
6.3.2 Pulse control
Two parameters define the timing of the pulse control :
- Pulse modulation, pulse, (PULS.MOD.PULSE [s])

The parameter defines the pulse length at activation of the valves
- Pulse modulation, period, (PULS.MOD.PERIOD [s])

The parameter defines the repitition time of the pulses
()~·-------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.176 500.1BH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS.wpd • Page 36 /37
~SAM
If the pulse length is set to a higher value than the pulse period , the pulse length will be
calculated automatically as a function of the actual control deviation. To keep a quick control,
both values, especially the pulse period , should be set as low as practicable.
6.3.3 Delay Position Failure
Finally check, how long the actuator needs to reach the desired position. Set the parameter
for the "Delay position failure" (POS.FAIL.DELAY [s]) to a value lightly above this time.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .176 SOO.IBH • Version 1.0 • 13.02.01 • COMINS-WNS .wpd • Page 37 /37
(~,
.
--~------------------~---------------~~, ----~------~------~----~--, '
CA[I_,
---,......_-""<\
.'i
BMS 40M ESS 40M EMG STOP

BRIDGE MANOEUVRING SYSTEM ENGINE SAFETY SYSTEM
r·-· r·-· ·-·-·-·-·-·, .,

I
DZM402 IOM4 02
•HV
Watchdog/ Wohhdog/
fa•lurl! fai1ut!
L. .J L·-·-·-·
STOP VALVE SPEED INDICA TIOI~

ov
NSO (UNI"IGUIV\ liON

DENIS 11 DENIS 6
Sicherheitssystem EI1ERGENC Y ST DP
n.II.I~IC" C" ACC"TV C'VC'TC"M
2"11.151 18T.LJSP
·'·1
--'------=------'-------=----~- ~. ·}·,.----
A A
B B
POWER SUPPLY
DC 24V 3 ..,
FNGCG to ~
:0: N
24x2x0 ,75
(~I (~I
FNGCG
2x2x0, 75 l~J l~J
- ---------------------------~ r-r=:-j ----------
PCS CABINET 'J. . i I t--0--- EMERG. STOP c
---L...........I----'-_.._-'---------------.
r- I 'BiiS iii5' FNGCG .I 1"1 I· I.
t----t INTERFACE 1 J 1 '-- '-C./ 24x2x0,75, J 1
_,
DC 24 V -A1301
BMS 40M ESS 40M I I I~ INTERFACE

I
I I Z
CONTROL UNIT ,_, BAH11E
CONTROL UNIT . J .; I OPERATION
t----i INTERFACE 2 I I~ i INDICATION PANEL
L-,A-t-:~ 2~:.:.,F4.: ;G2N;,: :CG~

0 75_..i-tl:.:.·l..;i ~ ~PM
0
' 'J. J. - X X • !I J ! H REV.COUNTER I 0
~--------------------------- ____ _I
~
I .
I__;
..,...
z
0
"';
gr;::
j_ ____ ic_R__99Nsq~----
E ~;!
"
.S
-e0 lSI ~ (§1 (~1
u
u
Kobel mil eineo lSI onder Kobelnumoer sind ols Elnzel-
kobel zu verlegen und die Schirmung erfolgl dlrekl our
~ l~J l~J
- 1 -~ 'J. ~~~-t-.· '~j,r·- ;_-,

0
c;" den Schlrmschienen vor den Nodulen.

E c E
c CABLES MARKED II TH lSI ON litE CABLE NUMBER HAVE TO BE
~ LAID AS SEPERATE CABLES AND THE SCRENNING IS NO\JNTED

ON THE SCREEN BAR DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF THE NODULES.
I --- ---- -- 'J. --- ' :;:---
"
~ lVI . 1·:r·.:lli!..!-.L.1 1
, SENSOR ,, SENSOR , , SENSOR VALVE 1 LOCAL CONTROL
"'
~
:::
Ouerschn i II der Versorgung is I obhting i g von der
Kobelltinge zwisch•n Sleuerungsonloge und Bollerle-
!I·~-- --~~-- -- 11-E31
SPEED •• SPEED ••
II
••• -E28 • • • -E10 •
II ,f BOILER 1
I' ROOM • •
PANEL
-E25
.0
0
Scholllofel unler 25o: 2x61M1 1 bu. 25-IOm' 2xiOmm' II II
SENSOR ISENSOR I_ ___ _J I_ ___ _J '--------· '----.1 ..___ _ __.
Y1 RE GAUGE OF SUPPLY CABLE DEPENDS ON CABLE LENGHT BETIEEN I ----- -----
CONTROL UNIT AND BATTERY SII!CHBOARD
ENGINE ROOM
F
UP TO 25M , 2x6mm 1 AND 25-IOm , 2xl0mm 1 '1
---------------------------------------------- • YARD SUPPLY

F
CABLE DIAGRAM
ESS 4OM 271.12 7 682.l p
II. DIN 6771/Teil 5 1 3
(
' !,..:..1_ _.1...-_ _____;:;___ _--L._ _ _~ 5 ·)·-----.
A
@ ALL CASING PARTS OF CABINETS. BOXES. CONSOLES ETC. HAVE TO BE CONNECTED TxD = TRANSMIT DATA = {Sl
WELL CONDUCTED: RxD = RECEIVE DATA = (El
- CONNECTED SURFACES HAVE TO BE METALLIC BRIGHT (IF NECESSARY COVERED WITH PETROLEUM JELL Yl
- HF-STRANDED WIRES HAVE TO BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE. MAX.10cm rh CHASSIS CONNECTION
- IF NECESSARY TAKE RATCHED WHEELS !FOR EXAMPLE FOR SIDE WALLS FLANGE PLATES ETC.l
l.fl @ POTENTIAL EARTH
@ ALL CABLE SCREENS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE CABLE HAVE TO BE CONN:CTED WELL CONDUCTED r 'OR
rh TO THE CHASSIS. m TWISTED CORE PAIRS IN CABLES: __, TWISTED CORE PAIRS
B 1•2. 3+4, 5+6, ... r UP TO TERMINALS/MODULES B
@ THE CABLE SCREEN IS CONNECTED TO THE CHASSIS AT BOTH ENOS OF THE CABLE BY MEANS OF CONICAL
CABLE ENTRY GLANDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIN 89280 AND VG 88812 RESPECTIVELY.
@ THE SCREEN MUST BE CONNECTED TO SCREEN BARS PROVIDED FOR THIS ON CABINETS/CONSOLES
WITHOUT CABLE ENTRY GLANDS.
@IF SCREENS/CABLES ARE RUN VIA TERMINALS ONCE AGAIN INSIDE THE CONSOLE/CABINET. HF-STRANDED SCREEN BAR (CHASSIS CONNECTION!
THE SCREEN HAS TO BE CONNECTED TO THE GROUND IN FRONT OF AND BEHIND THE fiRE fiTH BINDING CLIPS
TERMINAL, IF NOT SPECIFIED IN CIRCUIT DIAGRAM.
c c
@UNCONNECTED EXCESS CORES OF CABLES HAVE TO BE CONNECTED TO llE CHASSIS,
QD IN AREAS SUBJECT TO HIGH HF INTERFERENCE THE SCREEN HAS TO BE CONNECTED AT ONE SIDE TO
THE CHASSIS AND AT THE OTHER SIDE OF THE CABLE IT MAY BE AO~SABLE TO CONNECT THE SCREEN
TO A CAPACITOR (APPROX. 1,1uF/400Vl FIRST AND THEN CONNECT IT TO THE CHASSIS.
CD MANUFACTURING INS TRUC liONS: TWISTED CORE PAIRS

0 UP TO TERMINALS/MODULES 0
{[])WIRING, IF NOT SPECIFIED 0,5mm 2
~ qj) FILTERED VOLT AGE DC 24 V HAS TO BE LA YEO FROM THE EXIT OF MANS FILTER MODULES (FII·Ll
8 TO FUNC liON MODULES BEHIND THE MOUNTING PLATE.
~
go @WIRES OF DIFFERENT VOLTAGE SYSTEMS (DC 24V I AC .230Vl HAVE ID BE

~ SEPARATED OF SPACE:
.g
0c
- NOT PARALLEL TO OTHER VOLTAGE SYSTEMS
- USE SEPARATED CABLE CONDUITS
E
c
- SPACE BETWEEN DIFFERENT VOLTAGE SYSTEMS >10cm
.!!
ALL CABLES 11TH lSI
.
;; IIi GROUNDING BOLT
1m STRFPED IERE. SCREEN CCIIECTED <It TIE SCREEN BAR
.. .
~ DIIECRY IN FRONT OF Tl£ TERIIINALS, SEE CRUT DIAORAM
.
;:
"'
.0
0
F F
CABLE CONNEC liON

sheel
271.127 682.STR. lolal
II. DIN 6771/Teil 5 1 3
,._:~
'-..-----...---11 -'~----~~------~2~-------~~------~J____ , : I I 5 6
CAD ·- ·-·-·-·--------------------- ---------------------·---·-· ·---·----------------------- ----1

r---lr·-------------------------------------------·----------------------------------------------- ·
i -A1001 FIM405 -A 1015 -A1010 DZM402 -A1011 -A1012 -A1013 ! A
• FILTER NODULE SEM402 sPEED RELAY NoDuLE _....__ v10M4o~.... v10M4o~.... v10M40~, I
iI OUTPUT I~UT OUTPUT
I<,;... ...;,) f<-
-X9 -XIO -X9 J,I A
5
INPUT
•HV/L 12
-.,.--- 1'-- -... 1'-- --'
-XIO -X9 -XIO - X9 -XIO
r-- -...
-X9 -X10 !'
• ~ ~ ~ ~ SERIAL ~ -~ ~ > ~ > ~ INPUT INPUT INPUT I
- •I ~ ;;~
~
~ ;;~
~ -!- ;;~ ~~ INTERFACE
~ 0
~ 0
.J:._ ~ 0
~ ;; OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT
I• -
EX TENS I ON , , -x 2d,3 IL, MODULE NODULE MODULE ,
4 2 -XI J 5 -X I~J r:/ MODULE -XI 1 2 -X2 1 2 - XI ~5 -X1 1J 4 • . _
0 0 1 2 6 6 6
I 1,5 " •24V
TABLEAU
1,5 \
8 INDICA liON ov 6
...
~
""' ~---------------------
v ""' HF- STRANOEO WIRE ---------------..'\
SCREEN BAR
...
+
-X6 1 2 J 4
- ....J
X6 6 7 8
LID• 119 .6
-
o--------o----+-~------------+--o-------<>9--.::;.LI~O~
- 110 .4
8
,1 ,5
2
" 1,5 '--l-
2
1,5\ ~1144 1,5
2
'\
L10- /9 1
! 2 ~ 1 '1 - X6 :1 TO -X6 :5 L10 •

-X6 : 6 TO -X6 10 LIO-
c
!-F14
I 2A 1
-F10 1-
lOA
Ep:=BE'
t I>
-F13 I
1A 2
-F12I
lA 2
-X6 : 12 TO -X6 : H LH•
• 1
LIJ• 114 4
I'
= I ,
' -X5 1 2 PCS CAB I NET HF STRANDED WIRE I -
1---------- --f-·------------------- . 1-·--------MOUNTINGflLATE---·------------+-----------------------·
·-·-------·----------------------·-·-----·--------------------------- ------------------------
1-"iisioo"· NGCG
~2x6
~ "'
0 0
r~Hx2xO
BNS20S ~nF~NG~CG~u-----r--r----------------------------~~~~~
,?S
...
M
z
0 ...
>
- 2
D
"'
+ 0>
c
ii
~ DC 24 V SUPPLY ----·1--·
u
u
DISTRIBUTION ·-:·~4 r,-· T"T"J
.
0
0 1.-r~ R~ DOUBLE TERN I NAL

c E
c Ooppe Is I ockk I emme
!! -XI 2
.
;; 1
~0. -A1301
. BAH11 .E -X61-X8 -X7
- >
~
: -
.0
0
OPERATION AND
INDICATION PANEL
Verdrohlung O,Smm' solern nichl onders ongegeben
fd=5]'"
F • YARD SUPPLY L_~CR _CON~OL~-- JIRING O,Smm' IF NOT OTHER SPECIFICATION
F
t---t---------~t-----t---+d7'o~'•'-¥.2;.:'~ · o..:;.1.o~''------l Aker MTW STN ATLAS Morine Electronics Sicherheitssyslem =AN04
to+===:;-;;-;:;-11-;;-;-;=:-b~+d=::e~si"!'g.f;K;:,o.::;wo:::;lk~-----1 Nb O1O f f SUPPLY DC 24V +01!0
A .1
01
NAE'nnnn ~0:. :J-+O::O:S~
.O~J.0::.,:_1fD::!:o:!:-r:-f'c~he~c'!1k~O~or.!.!:nb~r~oc~k----~..:...,..:....:..:~;.,....,.,.,...,,.,..,.. Ntmbor of the EuroHorint Group Engine Safety m sheet 1
l_!t rev.
DIN 67?
1 dole nome norm
;...._1;-'"..;;.;;."'--F:.=...<==..'--;2:--------~T!-'-
res . from: 2?1.151 18? .STR
1.:.:.::::::....:..:..::.:::.~3~
for : ,6 .03.98 repl . by. ESS 40M 271 .127 682 .STR _1_2()_ lolol
I I 5 I I 8
C')
1..------....::...·=!- _;: 1 2 J n,
. --1.-------''-------'------=--------'=
5 CJ 6
\---=---------'------'-------'--~/
7 n) -. :------ I
CAD --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
PGS CABINET
A
-A1015
-c--
-X11 INTERFACE EXTENSION
MODULE
SEM402
R~ 4~5
-X8
1-o-o ol RS 485
_. D--t----t--Q
,.___
-A1010 DZM402
SPEED RELAY MODULE
-51
~
-A1011 -A1012 -A1013
-> <l.£M4~> f<l.£M4~) f<l.£M4~)
A
-X9
RS 485 BUS C t7"'"'~ -X8
~~
~~
-X10
':xg
l-~ 9ol ADDRESS: 2
-X10 -X 9 -X10 -X9 -X10 -X9 -X10
~ ~ ~ c RS 422 1-o o-ol

-- a::
.._ a::
RS 485 BUS A
.._ Cl a:: .._
.._ a:: .._ a::
a:: .._
RS 485 BUS 8
.._ a::
a:: .._ INPUT INPUT INPUT
- ~...,~~~~~Of~
RS 422
Cl
.,t-; z
BUS D
a;: a; 1- 1-
z
<!)
-X11
Ill] ~ ':
Cl
z
<!)
~to;
C)
z
<!)
-X12 1- 1-
Cl
z
<!) OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT -
-X2 1 2 J -X1 4 5 "'6 7 8 -X2 4 5
"'6
"' 7 8 -X1 6
I +
cJ
a::
-X2 6 7
"'8 -X1 11 12
"'
1J Ill] I +
-X2 11 12
"'13 MODULE MODULE MODULE
- ·rJ
Q8
00 0 00 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
B ~tiJ NUJ (r~

I :: -- B
(~~~----------------~S~CR~E~EN~B~A~R------------------------------~-+--------------~~-+--~
-.
TO BNS 271~27 681.STRI4~

c ·---------·-·-------------------------------- 1"'"------------- -- -------------------------------' c
~FMGCG ""~ _"'l

= ~2x2x0,75 _
...
"'
"'0
L> N"
C>
D
"' "
U. N
D
----- ·- -- --
... -:;-::!:.:;;;~-,
-Nr
___ ; -·
M
z I •IM_7 4 5 6
-
0
'---r-(
--------. -
"'c
~ -A1301ill 4 5 6
0
u
u
0 ... .._ .._
"'"' z
0
~ ..; t-;" t-; ~
0c N
c
'
a:
....
E
-XJ ~g~F -X4 ~g~F

Ill
.2
.,
u
~
~0.
'"'" ADRESS: 4
"~ -x21"P'; I I I I IT
""'
~
- ~
~
N
BAT411. E
"
.ll
0
OPERATION
INDICATION PANEL
l--t------i---t---Eda;:.:.1:::...e-+2~4"".o'-'it7'-o'----t
1
Aker MTW STN ATLAS Morine Eleclronlcs Sicherheilssys I em BUS CONNEG TION ~----=-:~~~~~~<------!
1--1-------lf--+--l!!d:.,:es~ilg"l. i!:Ko:;.:w:..:;a~lk:......,.---t
check Darnbrock Nb O1O f f Member of lhe EuroMorine Group Engine Safely System Ishee! 3
I
~,.-.~.~--,-• •~is~io-n--~-d~o~le~~na_m_e~no~r~m~~~~---+,~es~.~,,~om~:~21~1.1~57
11 nu.J F.??t /Toil ~;
1~18~7.~ST~R-r.s~ub~s1~.~,o7.r:~26~.0~3~.98~---+~,.~pll.~b~~:~--------~ ESS 40M 1271.127 682.STR · ~U la1al
! 1 _L 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6
I
CAD ~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f-- PCS CABINET
A -A1010 DZM402 SPEED RELAY MODULE AUTOM . BRIDGE LOCAL E.R A
EK 0005 EK 0001 EK 0006 EK 0002 EK 0003 EK 0004
ONLY STANO ALONE
...__
~ ~ nft lYr 1m
~m
J:"""::
-
t¥
~ I~.__
f¥
IL..;.;.J L....:..;.. ........... 1 ~
niT
L..;.;.J
ov 1-
~
1Q I
a:
c
)-( c a.
c
a. E--- r-
OVIL 10-
+24V1Lt0+ -SJ
6 6
-XJ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 'Jg ~10 11 ')12 13 14 15
' ' )
... -~
:--
c·· .. - 12 114
- . -- >:::] SCREEN BAR c :::D 271 .127

-K23L
081 STR/9 6 11 1-
•
I
•
c I• c
I
•
I
•
= I
'------ -- -- ------------ - -- ---------------------------------------------------------------~• 1-
!.------, FNGCG <"l ~

"1. ~ "1 _"'l
~4x2x0 , 75
lSI
0 0
"z
M
i3
- 2
-
"'c ( --- . -- --- --.D
~0 ~ J:'
r· t-· 1-· ~·----------~:..... -- ~-- 1---
I
u
u
0
~
13 14 15 -E20 16 17
E
0c JUNCTION BOX 18
E
i
0
c
.!1
..
:z
0
oc
a>
._,
:.::
<
...J
oO
w
=>
...J
a>
..
:z
0
oc
a>
._,
:.::
<
...J
a>
w
=>
...J
oO
~
TYPE : .....
- ~ SENSOR TO TEETH
&
~
ST 5t tIS ST 5t t2S 1-
D
0 FACE SHALL
PICK UP BE 5. .6 m111 PICK UP
F I_________ENG~NE _ROO·~------·-• F
dole 24 .01 .01
Aker MTW STN AnAS Narlnt Eltclronlcs Sicherheit ssys Iem ENGINE SPEED =ANUl
Engine Safety -
doslg. Kowolk
B MAEOOOOJ2014 26.03 .01 Oor check OOrnbrock Nb 010 ff Nemb" of lhe EuroNorlne Group
m
+Uil~
rev.
'
dole noma norm res. from: 271.151 187.SIR lor: 26.03.98 repl by· ESS 40M 1271127 682 .STR Lshool_i
..l.1.Q_ lo1ol
~1. DIN 677 1 2
I 3
I 4
I 5 6
I 7
I 8
I
rn·----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PCS CABINET
-A1010 DZM402 SPEED RELAY MODULE A
SPEED INDICATION
- ~
~ Til
REDUNDANT ENGINE
SPEED SIGNAL
u
'-----
-t:_ -K8
max.10mA
I i10V I t10V t10V t10V
.
B B
-X4 1 2
. .-
3 4 5 6 !s. 9
. 10 ~1
-
- ••• Itt
- ''. 1.
-
·A 2020/-X 4: 10 271.127 6B1.STRI7 6
- -XB 1 2 1 2 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6 L---~-A!!.20~2:.!:0~/-;,::X:.;
4 :~1 .!..
1 ~271.127 681.STR/7.6
.- I-
,I- - --- --- --- - - - - 1- I - - - -1-1'.
'I-- - - - - - -- -- -- - - t- - - - - -!---;:).,
r --
c
!_ _______________ -1--------------1- ----·- 1----1-· -------------------------------------------1 1-
c
N
+ N
' M
+ '
M
....1 ....1 ....1 ....1 ....1 ....1

ww ww ww
zz z z z
0 zz z z zzz 0
< < < < < <
i3Li3 ~L~ ~~~
.....
z
. ..
o a
N N
"'0N "'c)N ........
0 0
N N
0
~FNGCG ' ' ' ' ' '
- "'Ia;
~ ~BNS206J~,~x~lx~0~.7~5 ----------------------------------------------------~~*-
o
c
~0
""
0
~
----- -1------
i-- -(•--:r:,----:
E
0
c I -T rh I
c
.9 ! ~---r- --1 i E
u~
I '---f- --1 I
f0.
I
I I,_
~ I
- ~
:;; I .!) I -
~ I RPM
.J
I
j_~~~C_ONS~LE
D
0
F ~-----~----- "' LOAD RESISTANCE BETWEEN 1.8K TO 6,0K F
1--1------4--~-1~:~~~~!!..
16: ~~~~~0.!::\~~---t -¥..
1
Aker MTW STH ATLAS Morine Electronics Sicherheitssystem ENGINE SPEED !---=:*oA~I..,~O~I.·4------l
b--I-...,.,.,.=""'~"""".,..,...-J.:.='=..,.,.1f=-1~~~~':-::':----l Nb 010 ff E · Sf I S I
ESS 40M 1271.127 682.STR.
Member of lhe EuroMorine Group
~s~-N~A~~~o~oou3~20U1~4~26~·~J.~o1~o~~~·~~~·~~~o~~~n~~~~~k-~~~~~~~~~~~~--~~~---~
rev. revision date nome norm res. from: 27t.t5t 187.STR subsl. for: 26.03.98 reel. bv:
nglne a e y ys em sheet 'i
21 lalol
I II. DIN 6771/Teil 5 1 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 -1 6 7 1
~r---,_~1 ·~1~---~'------~2--------L-'------~J--~ , I I 5 I 6 I I
CAD --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~
PCS CABINET
~-~A~10~1~0------------------------------~0~ZM~4~02~~SP~E~ED~RE~L~AY~MO~O~UL~E~-----------------------------------------,
A
POI.If!l, Fill L/1 R E/ WRONG WAY ALARM
WATCHDOG WIRE BREAK OVERSPEED NO ESS SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN TO RUNNING RUNNING
INC l (OPT IONALl FAILURE TO GOVERNOR AUX .BLOWER AHEAD ASTERN
- -K9 -K7 -K1 -K2

.----
-K3 -K4 -K5 -K6
-
m,
.---- r- .--
\ \
--r
6 B
-XI 9 -X2 9 -X5 1 2 J 4 5
A1011/-X5 :1 19 . 1
-X7 ·2 .
119 .
19 1
- X6 :15 1
-
'----·-·-·-·!--·---·-·-·---·-·-·-·-·-·---·- ·- -·-·-·----- ·--1--·-·-·---·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·- --·---·-· c
~FNGCG ~ <"'j
= ~24x2x0 . 75
-
~~F~NG~CG~--~r---t----------------------------------------+--~--------------~~---~~
~7x2x0 ,7 5
0 0
...
M
z
0
- 2 -
u"
c
§
0
-
0c
c 1r~; :-~~ ;-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-----·-·-·_-;; ,~;1 ~~--!
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - · - - - - - - - - t-·- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- X2 2 - Xl. 2 i E
~
.
0 ,! • 24
V •24V ! -A3011 REM401 j
•II• ,, "' I I'
5.
MP 310110 MP 310100 EG
- !! .. .. -A0164 REM401 .. . i ECEC~~M i -
~~-----------------~~~}__ Ge~~-~9~~~----·----j SPEED GOVERNOR j
'----------------------~~----------------·--------------J F
rl-=~==~=======+====~==~~do~le~~2~4£.o~1.0~1====~T7A~ke~r~"~T~W-------------------,c=~~~~~--,-----------~------------r-----------------------,--=~A\IN~u--------~
I;:-+-;;-;----;-:;12:;;-0:;17-t=-;;-:-f;;-:.:::-t7:de":-s'~g.'t;K;:::o~wo7!1k~---l Nb 01~0~ ff STN ATLAS llarlnt Eltclronlcs Sicherheilssyslem DIGITAL OUTPUTS
tS-r-!!l 13.06.01 Oiir check Oiirnbrock Nemb!f of the EuroNorine Group Engine Safety em I •UH
ESS 40M 271 .12 7 682.STf (sheet 6
rov >n dole nome norm res . from: 271.151 187 .Sii 1 for · 260JQ8 repl by
l 20 total
~T-it~ 5 I I 2 I J .. .I . . 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8
'rcscAIT~T-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A
(FIXEOI
LUB. OIL LUB. OIL CYL. COOLING AIR SPRING EXH. GAS CYL. LUBE 0 IL TC 1/2 BEARING EMERGENCY
INLET INLET WATER INLET PRESS. EXH. BOILER STEAM NON FLOW OIL INLET STOP ECR
PRESS. LOW PRESS. LOW PRESS. LOW GAS VALVES PRESS. HIGH CYL. 1-7 PRESS. LOW
- 1-
8 8
- !_ _______ -- ------- -- ----------- -------1-- 1------------1---r------ -- ---·-·- ----------- ---·----- -
c c
~FHGCG ;::; :::j

~19x2x0.75
~FHGCG
= - 2x2x0,75 -
~Y,FFMG~C~H~----r--f----------r--f--------_,r---t--------_,---t--------------_,r---t--------_,---t--------~~~-~~
~2x2x0,75
~FMGCG ~ ~
~~2~,.~2.~0~.7~5--~~-+--------~~-+--------~---r--------~---r--------------~---r--------~---r--------~---r--------~--~
0 0
.."'
z
a
-
~
"'c
0
.-r-·= 6_:3;·- -E- ~
3
1 ·:: ~8- jg J~NcTI~N- ao~ 7 ~-- 3 j...:.:--_:::·:.::: ri-:: i'i...:.l·------- -- --- FE-fo ·:'if=- 931- .rrj1 --~---~ll
0
0
0
0"c
1•- r-•-•-•- -·-•-•-
;·-s--6-------v-- 8-:ruN~iiON_iiiiX_ f;-·-~-------iS-
-·-·-·--·-
'26___ 1
•-•.J
r·--- -·--:
1• - • - • - .-1 1·---~--
fEHiJ"59" 6o"l
• ...1 I
----- -----
-Xl 19 20
E E
c
.!l
u
I__ I--·...:_E_12.___ ------- ---------- ___ j j .__ !I I_ ______ •....i
- r--
r--
E--v-\-~
>--- - - - I .---
~"a.
lEI---\-~ lEI---\-~ !El---Y-~ !El---Y-~ ! !El---y-~ i \~ 1~
~
." ~ -swo1
-
D
0
~
." PS 20015
'- L-
PS 20025 P5 11015
L..
P5 43425 iI .1.:-::
l..J.1 ~f?J.31.!
I L..
F5 31015-F5 31075
L-
P5 2611/125
-A2103
'1 BOILER ROOM I MANUAL CONTROL PANEL
ENGINE ROOM --------•
F
1.---------------------------------------------------------------------- LE.R_E~NS~~---.J F
dote 24.01.01 Aker MTIY STN ATLAS Marine Electronics =ANU4

desig. Kowolk
Sicherheilssys !em DIGITAL INPUTS +UK I
c MAEOOOOJ2017 13.06.01 Olir check Dornbrack Nb 010 If Member of the EuroMorine Group
Engine Safety System sheet 7
rev. revision dale nome norm res. from: 271.151 187.STR subs!. lor: 26.03.98 repl. by: ESS 40M 271.127 682.STR 2U lolol
I II. DIN 6771/Teil 5 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I I a I
1.,----,-.. . . 1(, I I I I I I
CAD
- PCS CABINET
A
- A1011 IOM402 INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE (WITHOUT BMS INTERFACE ONLY)
(FIXED) (FIXED) (FIXED) (FIXED) (FIXED I (FIXED) (FIXED) (FIXED)
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY EMERGENCY EMERGENCY OVERRIDE 4,5° LOAD SHUTDOWN MANUAL
STOP STOP STOP STOP SHUTDOWN INDICATION RESET ECR
BRIDGE fl NG PORT WING STBD LOCAL E.R. LOCAL E.R. LOCAL E.R.
-
•
6 I•
.II
• •
- '-------- - - ,__ ________ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - · - - - - - - - - - - - - - · - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-·- - - - - - - · - · ~---- _____ J -
~FNGCG ;:j_ ~
~r.27,.7z.7o"'
. 7s,---+--;-------------+------------+---------+-~r-------------~---r----------------------~--r-----------~----~
~FNGCG
1~ 14x2x0 , 7S c
1,-----.., FNGCG ~ ~ -~
~19x2x0 , 7S
-·-·-:..=:·- === .=::.=::.=::.=::.=:;=::.=::.=::.=::= ·-·

r-· ~---------·-· ~---------~---~ -
i.-·1-·------·-·f-·
1--
f-·-·-·- --1-.i
0
E--v-\-~ 0
-'s1Do2
~
M
z BRIDGE CONSOLE
5 ESS 101 J-:f;";NG~CG~·;:;---·-_ _·_-
__·_- __·_-__;,·~*~__;·;:;41-•-•-•-• - •-I- • -
__·_-
- .
~ 7x2x0 , 7S
c ESS lOt J-:f;'.:;NG~CG~----------------~--ir-------_;~~-:..)1-<'1.
1! 7x2x0 ,7 S
§
.
0
;,.:..-:-.:.!="='.::.t:..-: ;,.:..-:-.: -:-.:...t:~- r·-· ~-- ------------ ·- ·-------------·-· ---1--- r·-·-·- -·-·-·-:
0c
BRIDGE
II 'I II . -Xl1 2 -E25 7 8 11 12 • - A2103 -Xl14 13 I E
c
2 . ·-· ~--r--J I• ·-· -· ~-J II
I ... >-- • %'<
~
I ~ · I - ~ 'i4 'i4 ~~ s11 1 I
i, hr\-L~ i, E--v-\-a1 r
1' 1'
~0.
~
EMERGENCY STOP · I• • E--v-\-,at
I In""'
-,at
E--v-tix;J
f--y-r-~
n- I ~H---v-1
• c:o: - 21 i•
- : STOP VALVE SEE PAGE 9 I -51003 1• I -S.'-:-:":'100'4 • 1..:-:- c_ '-- ' 18 I
1 -s 1 -s2 -53 1
D
0
DIRECTLY CONTACTS SEE PAGE 19 !
,
!!
•
j LOCAL CONTROL BOX j MANUAL CONTROL PANEL !•
I j_CONS_OLE -~~~J I.CONS_OLE -~~~- ' ENGINE ROOM ' ECR CONSOLE I
F
-----------------------------------'------------------------------------------'--------------·
r-+---------;----r--+d~a~··~2~4.o~t~ .o~1----4Aker MTW
F
~
Sicherheit s system STN ATLAS Morine Electronics 04
t;;-...r,:;-;-----:;-;;-;-;--t.;-;~:-:+;;~+d"i'e.::.:s'g'!1. ~Ko::;.:w:..:;o:::.lk-:----4 Nb Q10 f f DIGITAL INPUTS
~~ 2014 26 .03.01 Oor ch eck Oornbrock N•mb•r of th• EuroMorin• Group Engine Safety ~m
682 . ST~
shoot 8
rev
L_:'tili~
1n
s
dole nome norm res . from: 271.151 187 .SlR 1. lor: 26 .03.98 ropl. by ESS 40M 1271.127 11 1oto1
1 2 I 3 I I I 7 I 8
r r-C)
CAD
;1
~--------·-------·-----------------·-·-·-------------·-------·-·-·-----------------------·-·
3 o. () , 6 0> :~
PCS CABINET
A
EMERGENCY OIL PRESS. SPARE SAFETY SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN
STOP SHUTDOWN CYLINDER 1•2 CYLINDER 3•4 CYLI NOER 5•6
- 't OAt
WIRE~EAK
~
't SUPPR.
DA2
WIR~EAK
~
-
B
T ~~ rv ~~ B
-X5 1 -X5 5 6 7
/6.4
-A1010/-X5:3 L10 t /10.1
- 16 . 4 >--'-A.:..:.1O:o..:1.::..;0/--'-X;.:.:;S.;..::2'------t
12. 4 L10- L10- /10.1
-X7~1 WJ ~5 ~7 ~9
--------------------------------------·-· ---------------- -------- -·- ________ _.
~11
c c
'------------
=
0 0
....
z
0
- ~go~t5x1,5
~~N~GC7G~--------~~~-~~------------------------------------------------------~~~--~~-----------~~--~~~----------~~~--~~~
~
0
u
u
--- r------------------------------------------- ------------ --- ·------- --- ----
;·-~3·m·--------------------------------------~S-i46"-·----~7-2~-------~9-2~-~
.0
;; 1__ --- --------·-·-·-·-·-----·-·_2~~-~N-C~~~~~---- ---·----- _________ > ___ j

E c E
c
.2 ;·- ia-·39·--------------~
'-- _________ 1_1_1_ ________ !
.
u
~0.
.
- .
~ ~ ~ ~
~
~
.D
-
0
zv 70615 zs 70515 zs 70525 zs 50535
126HB ENGINE ROOM 3BA 388 JBC
F
'-----------------------------------------------------------------------------~
l =AN04
F
1-+---------+----t---l~do~te":-¥.2~4=·:;;1.7.!-----t Aker MTW 0 01

STN ATLAS Morine Electronics Sicherheitssyslem DIGITAL OUTPUTS
desrg. Kowolk
l-+---------\-----l---t:-1ch'::ec~k:f.O~iir::=n;::br::;:oc:;:k---i
Nb 010 ff Member ol the EuroMorlne Group Engine Safely System tUI(IIJ
sheet_g_
~r.-v~.----re~vi~si-on---+~do~l-e~n-om-e~no~rm~~~~--~re=s.~f=rom=:'-27~1.K151~1~87~.s7.TR~~.u~bs~l.'-to~r:0.26~.0~3.9M8----+=re~pll.~b~y::--------__, ESS 40M 271.127 682.STR. I 2Q_ lolol
I II. DIN 6771/T eil 5 1 I 2 J 3 I 4 I I I I
r. 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 J 6 I 7 I
CAD
f.--- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PCS CABINET
A
SAFETY SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN SHUTOOWN SPARE
CYLI NOER 7 •8 CYLINDER 9•10 CYLINDER 11 t1 2 LOCAL E.R. PRE-ALARM ... '
. .. LOCAL E.R.
-
'l_ DA7
WIRE BREAK
r--1
fY.1
~ 'l_ DAI
WIRE BREAK
,.--,
f¥l
!:!:! 'l_ DAi
WIRE BREAK
,....-,
~
~ t WIRE BREAK
DA10 M
~ t WIRE llREAK
DA11 t!J
M t DA12
WIRE BREAK
~
fY.
r-
6
f ~~ f ~~ f ~~ f ~ f ~ f ~ 6
-X6 1 2 3 4 - X6 s 6 7 8
/9 8 J-10• L10• / 19 1 L14.

/14 1
- -
-X 6 12 •
/9 8 LIO- 12 .1 l14t L 14 • t19 .1 I
-X7
I_ ________ 14 13 ~5 w17 L10- -X6 10 __________________________ j
I
c r-·-........: ------------------------------------ ----

12 4
------------
L 10 - t 19 1
c
=- 1-
'ESS5ol' NG CG ::: ~
~1Sx1 . S
~FNGCG ~ ~ .~
0 ~14xh0 ,7 S
0
.....z
0
- !! .....
..,c"'
.
0
~ r.·
r I
-----------------------------------
1-·-
m·- ~r-------------------------~ ---------------- ----------------------- -~1 17 -~l 19 15 -E25 31
I. ---
----------------------------I
-E10
H'
JUNCTION BOX
H:' H'
E
0
c E
c
~ -X2 0
8
6
4
2
0 LT /14 .2
-e<>
-H2 ~!7
~
-H1 V -H7 ~7
- ~ .......... .......... .......... -
~
D L10- /14 .2
0
zv 70545 LOCAL CONTROL BOX
380
I ENGINE ROOM
F
------------------------------------------------------------------------------·-
dole 24 .01 .01
Aker MT'I/ STN ATlAS Morine Eltclronlcs Sicherheitss ys tem L =AN04
F
MAcnnnn" 201J
des1g. Kowolk
Nb 010 If Member of lht EuroNorint Group - DIGITAL OUTPUTS •ORr
A 05.03.01 Oiir check Oornbrock
Engine Safety !m ESS 40M 1271.127
n dole nome norm ros. from· 271.151 187 .SIR 682 .STF shoe!
I tTfliN 67 i
. lor· 26.0 3.98 rop1. by
; l• lolol
1 2
I 3
I 4
I 5
I
6 ,I 7
I 8 I
(~) I
5 ~j
6
r--j ~) '
""--/'
CAD r--·------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- PCS CABINET
A
(FIXED)
OIL NIST AIR SPRING CROSS HEAD f.I/E LUB.OIL CHARGE AIR PISTON CYL COOl. WATER PIST. COOL. 0 IL HT COOL.
DENSITY IN PRESS. EXH. LUB. OIL INLET INLET UNDERSIDE CYL. 1-7 OUTLET CYL. 1-7 OUTLET CYL.1-7 WATER
CRANKCASE GAS VALVES PRESS. LOW PRESS. LOW SIDE TEMP. HIGH TEMP. HIGH TEMP. HIGH TEMP. HIGH
- WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK -
~~ 00 CHt~ ~~'®:"" ~~'00'" ,, ~ a:;'M'",~It ~~m
,,
~~'®"' ~mam
,,
~~fi("'
B ;~
' rl-x2 , ~ 2 ' " 3 . 4
;:-'X1x2 5
" 6
~ 7 " 8 B
, 24 V -X1 1 2 J 4 •~V -XI 5 6 7 8
- f-
'-------- -- ------- 1-·- ------- --- --------- ------------ 1--· ------- -- 1--·----- -- ------- --
_________ _,.
c c
=- -
~FNGCG ~ ~ :, ~ 8 ~
D ~19x2xO,?S
~ ::: ~ ~ ;:! ~
.., ~ ~
D
~FNGCG CJl ~
.. ~Hx2x0,7S
M
z
0
- .'!
-- rr-------
r;:.: ro-· ---
"iiiNcri'iiN' iiox so s;-·----- 40- 7,=-=j!
------- --
r~--= r:-...:. -----------
---·-·----- -- -------
-·-·--- -- ----·---
1--------
-·- =..:=..::=::- .:::. -----
-----. f-
D
c
~0
L
I
-E10
_,
'I-------
X2 -X6 2__ -X~ ,-XJ 2 -A015tx6 3
1
-x::.
-Xl. 2
4
-X6 5-x~. ,-x~. 6
""
.
0
0c
r
I
f=:= ;:=:=:if: t=-:.
4 25
-----·-
26 9
---·i!
10 1-- ~ 1--
REM401
~ ~
E
c L ~-- ____ .JL
-E15 I I
~--
-E12
------- --~I \~ \~ I
"' \ ~ \~
E
.!! co ""co
L
<Xl
.
u r- ~ 1-- I
I MP' -113009
- '-- L
e ~ lEI---~-~ IE}--- ~---~ I MP 140100 MP 122038 f.IP 112018 NP 122021
'--
. .
0.
~ LOOI I ......... . ........ ......... . ........

- ..t
• • 0 • • • • • •
'-- '-- I
PS PS 2021S DRM401 f-
.0
AS 2~01S ~341S
I -A0153
0 I
I '------------·---~MC~~------·-------·-----------------·
F ~--·-· EN~~-~~~--------·-----·j '--·---·-·-·-----~~~~-1~-~~---·-·-·-·---·-·-·-------·--j F
dale 24.01.01 =ANO~

desig. Kowolk
Aker MTW STN AnAS Marine EleclroNcs Sicherheitssys !em
DIGITAL INPUTS +UIW:
c MAE000032017 13.06.01 Di:ir check OOrnbrock Nb 010 If Member of the EuroMorine Group
rev. revision dale ncme norm res. from: 271.151 lB?.STR subs!. for: 26.03.98 rep!. by: ESS 40M 271.127 682.STR sheet 11
lU total
l_Jt. DIN 6171/Teil 5 1 2 I J I 4 I 5 I 6 I 1 I 8 I
1 2 4 5 6
CAD r.·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-------------------------------------·-·-·-·---------------------·-·
PCS CABINET
A
-A10 12 IOM402 INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE A
IF IXED I
LUB .OIL LUB . OIL CHARGE AIR EXHAUST GAS EXHAUST GAS EXHAUST GAS LUB .OIL RESET
TEI-4P . HIGH OUTLET WIP . AFTER COOLER 112 CYLINDER 1-7 CYL . 1-7IDE VI A. TC 1•2 TC I •2 SHUTDOWN
INLET THRUST BEARING TEt.4P HIGH OUTLET TEI-4P . HIGH OUTLET TEt.4P . HIGH TEt.4P . HIGH TEt.4P . HIGH MANUAL ECR
- r-
oo..:;'M"' 00CH18m
WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK
~a~ ~CH10~ ~CHtt~ mCH12oo ~ OOCH13~ ~CHUm

~ II II II II II II II
~ 'i
~ ,, ,,
" " " "
;:; 0 ,,
B
~~~X4 1 2 J 4 ]1x4 5 6
' 7 8 8
•24V -XJ . 1 2 J 4 •24V -XJ 5 6 7 8
- !_ ______
-·- ------- -· ------- -· ---·-·- -· ~------·-·- --r------- ·- -·----- ·- --------·- ---- _ ___ ..J -
c c
~FNGCG ~ ~ ;; :::: ~ ~ :q ~ :::;_ ~ ~ -~ ; -~

=- ~24x2x0,75 r-
~FNGCG
14x2x0 , 75
~FNGCG _;,
_
~
~24 xlx0 , 75
0 0
....,
z
0
- .
2 -
c
~0
.----- --X1 -·-·-·- ·- ------- ·- ·------ 1-·- ----------· 1-·- ·------ -·-'1.1 .-·-·-·- -·-X1 f-· -·-·-·-
-X1
·-·- -·
I -X 2 3 -'1.1 -A2103
J 4 1 - '1.1 2 - XJ 6 5 -'I.J 8 4 5 6 8 38 37
-X2 -X8 -X4 5 -X6 -X2 -X2 7 >--
-
u
-
t
u
.
0
0
I
•
1-- 1-- 1-- r-- r-- z
t-a: a ....
E c
I N
\ N I
"'"' \~ \~ \~ ~ Q:':UJG..-c:ct: -512 E
c
• ""
.__
00
""
.__
00 00 00
Leo L 001
<Ct-0UJ4(
t-V'U-::I:t- II II
~
.
21
...__ ...__ ...__ ....._ ln<CV')<I(V1
.
u
0
I MP 113022 MP 113041 MP I 40083 MP 132018 MP 132028 MP 132080 MP 113141 ~'_!_I von - -
II I 1--y-
-
.
li
. .
I .... ... ... .. . . ... . . . .. .. 22
.
>
D
~ I -A0153 DRM401 - A0151 REM401 -A0153 ORM401 -A0151 REM401 -A0153 ORM401 MANUAL CONTROL PANEL -
1----------·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·_!.MCS_2._ ______ ~~~c::__1~.!2~---·-·-L---~CR _CON~OL~---
0
F F
dote 24 .01 .01
deSig. Kowolk
Aker MTW STN ATLAS Nome Eltclronlcs Sicherheitssys tem DIGITAL INPUTS
=ANU4
Nb 010 If Nrmbrr of thr EuroNorinr Group •UHU
c MAennnn'l.,017 t3.0601 OOr check OOrnbrock Engine Safety ' m 12
rev . I dote nome norm re•. from: 27t .t5t t87 .SIR lor: 26.03.98 rrpt . by. ESS 40M 271127 682 .STR sheet
lU total
~t . DIN 677 ' 1 2
I 3
I 4
I 5
I
6
I 7
I 8
=.J
,-----<,
1 ~(J ·~·. . :. . ,-...L..---~----J.---"--3{=) :__.___--"-__...____ __,s=----::::..l ~) '. - - = - 6_ _..____....:....__ __,___Q) _ __,:--1
CAD frcs·cAs~u-·-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A
-A1012 I OM402 INPUT /OUTPUT MODULE A
EMERGENCY STOP SLOWDO\IN OVER IDE EMERGENCY OVER SPEED STANDSTILL
/SHUTDOWN SHO/SLD STOP
- 't TO PMCS
DA1
WIRI=9.iEAK
~
't TO PMCS
DA2
WIR~EAK
l!J
't TO PMCS
DA3
WIR~EAK
l!J
't TO Pr.tCS
DA4
WIR~EAK
~
't TO PMCS
DAS
IIIR~EAK
~
't TO PMCS
DAti
WIR~EAK
~
-
-X5 1
r ~ r~ T ~
-X5 5
r ~ r 7
~ r 8
~ B
- -
I_ ________ r--- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
c :... :~ c
= ~ FNGCG :f. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~r,2~1x~2~x0-.,7~5-~~-~-------~~-------~r----------~~-~-------~*--------~~
0 0
..
M
z
i5
- ------------ r-------------r------ 1-
"'c 1-----f-----
r.·--- ------------ ------------ ---------------
------------r-------------r-----·---------------------------------------- -
~ -Xti 7 -Xo. 7 8 -"M 1 -X~ -XH, 2 -XI 2 -X'I 3 -XI 4
0
:::0 +24V +24V
0"c
,, ,,
E E
c
.!!
0 MP 150120 NP 150130 MP 150140 MP 150150 NP 150160 MP 150170
"
~0.
- "~
D
~ -A0152 DEM401 -
a
'--------------------·---------·-----~MC~...!_ ___Geo~~-!.3_0_~~-------------------·--------.J
F '------·-·-·---------·-·------------------ECR_______________________________________ J F
t-+-----+--t--f~d•:.::'e::-t:2::-'..:::.·o:'iit:..:.---1 Aker MTW

01
STN ATLAS Markle Elaclr~s Sicherheitssystem DIGITAL OUTPUTS
•ANU4
t~---":~oK~uJ------1
..._+~===-4=:-;;-;--1:;-;:;:~!?,de=s~iig,
"' .T.K~o:::w•:;::tk=.:---i Nb 010 ff Mem ber ollh e Euro Mor~ne
. Group Eng'lne Safety System
~C~~MA~E~00~0~03~2~0~17-+I~J.~06~.0~1~D~or~~ch~e~ck~O~o~rn~br~oc~k--~~~~~~~~~~~~--4~re~"'l.~b"~"· . ------4 sheet
rev. revision dole nome norm res. from: 271.151 IB7.5TR subsl. lor: 26.03.98 •e• u 7. ESS 40M 271.127 682.STR · 2U total
I II. DIN 6771/leil 5 1 2 I J I 4 I 5 I I I R I
.' _ __!!.6_ _ _ _...__
1 _ _ __;7:..___ _ __~.__ _
I I I I 5 I
'-r---....---11
CAD f'cs ·cAB-INET---------------·-------·-----------------------------------------------------·--------,
INPUT OUTPUT MODULE

.I
- A1012 IOM402 A
A •
SLOWOOWN SLOWOOWN REVOLUTION PRE ALARM IN OPERERATION SPARE I•
LOCAL E.R. PRE-ALARM COUNTER SHUTDOWN AHIAS
- 't LOCAL E.R.
DAI
IIR~EAK
~
't DAI
II~BREAK
~
't /SLOWOOWN
OA10
WIR~EAK
~
- X6 I
r ~ r ~ r ~~ B
1 105 ~L~14~·--~-t---------r-------~----------_JI
l13•
12 "3 L10-
- -X6 9 -X6 9 -
'------------------------ -------~! . 331~-~r-~-~~---~----------------------------------------~-----------------------'
c
~~F~NG 7co~~---~~-~-----------~~N~
~14x1x0.75
0 0
~~ Q~~
~r.2~4.~2.~0~
. 75~-----~---------------+-------------~~~~
.
M
z
0
-
,.0
c
-~;-;--·--_-;; ; ; - - - - - - - - - - - ; ; - · - - - - - - - - - f-·- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
u
u
0
25 21 1
~- 6 2·-~- 1
~
0c
-x2 LJ 1•-- 3·
E
~L'"'"T_ _+n-o-2----------~r:....__'l-o:-2.:..2L~T-+t1H
c r.·
.!1
.
u 110 .8 - • i '
e
Q
-H5 ~:-... -H4 "~-.,. ! j j
- tlo a L 10- L10- t19.& l REVOLUTION j j
LOCAL CONTROL BOX j__~OU~TER__ _i j
~-----------~~~~~0_0.!:_ ___________ 1.-------------·-- EC~~~NSO_L£ ________________ _i F
l-+--------t----t--F.do:.:.;te~2;.:.4·:.::.01~.0:..!..1____-l Aker MTW STN ATLAS Nortnt Electronics Sicherhei t ss ys tem I =ANU4
~+--------l---~--4d~e~sl~g. ~K~ow~o~lk_ _ _~ DIGITAL OUTPUTS •UHtJ .
dote
check Oornbrock
nome norm
Nb 010 f f Ntmbor or tilt EuroNorint Group Engine Safely ~ n
ESS 40M 271 .12 7 682.sTR sheet14
rev . r r•s lrom· 271.151 t87 .SIR lor 16.03.98 repl. by IU total
L_!l DIN 677 I 1 2 I J I r I 7
T • I
1..-----r"n'-------'··. }"'---·1_...___--=---~----'3~0 ~~--~----~--~----~) ·--~6~--~----~----~-c=))---~
CAD
- PcscABINTI·------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A
PISTON C.O. PISTON C.O. PISTON C.O. PISTON C.O. PISTON C.O. PISTON C.O. PISTON C.O. PISTON C.O.
FLOW/DIFF. FLOWIDIFF. FLOW/DIFF. FLOW/DIFF. FLOW/DIFF. FLOW/DIFF. FLOW/DIFF. FLOWIDIFF.
PRESS. CYL. 1 PRESS. CYL. 2 PRESS. CYL. 3 PRESS. CYL. 4 PRESS. CYL. 5 PRESS. CYL. 6 PRESS. CYL. 7 PRESS. CYL. 8
-
J ~ a:,"[i"' ~ ~"®:'" @~'®:'" ~~'(if'"~ l;'l ~'M'" '
XIOI------,~:+---+--t--+--,,:+--+--l--+----,,+--+--1--+----:~+--+--t--' ~~h ,, ~
B
' Xil-x2 1
+HV -X1 1
2
2
3
3
'
4 ,
1
V
~t,::X~2~s~.t~===---Q6e_-t;:===---Q7::._-t;:===---oEB
-X1 s 6 1
B
24
-
__________________ __,
'-------- -- ------- -- ------- ~-- -------1--- foe·------------ 1----~--- --1----------
c c
- FHGCG
= ~10x2x0.75
0 0
.
M
z
a
- .
2
--r ----------- -- ------- -------1---1-·----------1-- 1---------- -------
~-- 1------- -
c • - -::-------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --
1 2 3 4 5 6 ------- 1 8 9 --------~--
10 11 12 ~-
13 ~------,
14
~0
u L ~-- __ :E2B___ I-_ ------- 1-------- __ _.:!_U~CT! ON _sox___ ------- ------- ___ .::_ ___ J
u
D
c"c
r· 1---- -----, r
12
~----~-----,
12
r ~----~------,
12
r ~-----
12
-----, r 1---- -----,
12
r· --- -----, r· ---------,
12 12
E 'L --- -E28. 1.J''L ~--f-----.1
____ -E28. 2 ''L 1-·-f-----.1
-E28. 3 ''L 1---f-----.1
-E28. 4 ' -E28. 5.J" L _______
' ~-- ____
L -E28. 6.J" L _______
-E28....:...J
7' E
c
.!!
u
~"C>
-
\~
r--
\~
~
21
~
21
r--
~ \
-
~
-
\~
- "~
. L.: L: L .._ .__ ~ ~ 1-
"
D
FS 2521S F5 25225 FS 2523S F5 25245 F5 25255 FS 25265 FS 2527S
0
PS 25415 P5 25425 PS 25435 P5 25445 P5 25455 PS 2546S PS 2547S
F ~--------·-·-·-·-·---------·-·-·-·-·--~~~-~~OM ·-------------------~--------1 F
l--l------+--+--l.:;:da;:.:;•~,..::..:::·.:;:1.~---t 1 24 0 01
STN ATLAS Morine Eleclr~s
1--+------4--1---+::,:de~sl~a.f.:K:;:.aw::,:a::::lk'-,----1
Aker MTW
Nb 010 ff
Sicherheilssyslem
Member of lhe EuroNorine Group DIGITAL INPUTS lt--:'::~iiii::~i*-:~::~i-------1
l-+---:-:---+-:-:-l--4~ch!.!::ec!:!:k~O~iir!:!!n~br!!.!ac~k---~7::-i::~:-::::~:-T:-.:-':'""'::--::::-::-::-::::;---t:=:-7.::"------l Engine Safety system
rev. revision dale name norm res. from: 271.151 187.STR subs!. lor: 26.01.98 real. by: ESS 40M 682.STR ·~~e'.~~al
271.127 ----.-~------~8~~~
I II. DIN 6711/Teil 5 1 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I I
' 1
~-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PCS CABINET
{FIXED) {FIXED)
PISTON C.O. PISTON C.O. PISTON C.O. PISTON C.O. SPARE SPARE SPARE SAFETY
FLOW/OIFF . FLOW/OIFF . FLOW/OIFF . FLOWIOIFF . CONlROL AIR
PRESS . CYL . 9 PRESS . CYL . 10 PRESS . CYL. 11 PRESS . CYL . 12 PRESS . LOW
B B
L-----------------------------------------------------------------·------------------------~
0 D
..
M
z
i5
!!
0
c
~
~
u
.
0
0
c
E
c
2u
.
~<>
..
>
~
D
0
PCS-CAB~U-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A -A1013 IOM402 INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE A

IN OPERATION SPARE SPARE STANDSTILL SPARE SPARE
AH/AS EMERGENCY
- 't CYL. LUB.
DAt
WIR~EAK
~
't DA2
WIR~EAK
~
't DA3
WIR~EAK
~
-
B
T ~ T ~ T ~ B
-X5 1 6
- 1-
'---------r--------------------------------------------------------------------------·-------
c c
= 1-
0 0
r--------1---· ----
..., K2 ~
!A22
z ESG 40M
0
L2-
- 2
D' EMERG.CUL.LUB. 1-
c
~0 ON COMMAND
u ~6---+:7;----,
r--_"'t!)\\r+:::
u
.0
0c
E E
c \
.2
.
u ._____)
fc. IN OPERATION
AHIAS EMERGENCY
- ~
::: -
.0
0 -A3012 VSM401
ELECTR. SPEED GOVERNOR
I---------------...1
F F
J---t------+--t--l-':'do'-"le::_;;2~4"'.o:=::to..,_1_ _-l Aker MTW STN ATLAS Morine Electronics Sicherheilssyslem DIGITAL OUTPUTS =AN04
J--1-----+---+--E.de~s~oog K~o=wo::"lk'=_-; Nb 'f.'' 010 ff Member ollhe EuroNorine Group E . S f I S I +UHI
1--l-----,,...,..----4......,....,-~~,!;!Ch!!:e.!:!Ck!l!Q!.2ii!:,!;rn~br:!!;OC~k--~:..,...:~,..,.:,.;.,.....,.::-=::--r-:--:--:""~:-::-::'"::::---+:='7.::'----~ ngme 0 e y ys em lsheei_1Z_
rev. revision dole nome norm res. from: 271.151 187.STR subs!. lor: 26.03.98 repl. by: ESS 40M 271.127 682.STR. I 20 lolol
LJt. DIN 6771/Teil 5 1 2 1 3 I 4 I I I I a I
1...----.---'. 5 6
CAD -~SCABiNET-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-------·-·-·-·---·-·-----·-·-----·-·---·-·-----·---·-·-----·-·l
-A1013 IOM402 INPUT OUTPUT MODULE j A
EMERGENCY SLOWDOWN OVERRIDE MAIN LUB . OIL SAFETY I
STOP OR SHUTDOWN BEARING OIL PRESS . LOW SYSTEM OFF I

I
SHUTDOWN SLOWDOWN PRESS LOW
WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK
't DAJ
DAI
't DAI 't DA10 't DA11 't DA12
-X 6 5
....
... ~
-... ....-...
"':'
.........
~
><
.....
~
-
><
.........
~
-
><
......
~
....
-:= -:=
~
"~
" " " c
'
ex '
ex
.... '
ex
.... '
ex
....
.... V1 V1 V1
V1
;;; ;;; .,"' ;;;
"' "' "' "'
C.... "
N "
N "
N
N
....
.-
....
.-
..:
.,...
~ '
I : :. ~ ~ ~ I
---------------------------------------------------.....N.----------------------------------------
0 0
...
M
z
0
2
"'
c
~
3u
E
.
0
0
c
E
c
.e
u
~
0
a
!
::
.0
0
F
F
STN ATLAS llorill ElectroNcs Sicherheitssystem DIGITAL OUTPUTS

Nember of the EuroNorine Group Engine Safety em
on res. from· 271.15! 187 Sll 271.127 682 .STf
1.--0 .:. ....!1'--_...1.,_ _ _ _2::........__ _ _.1.____ _ .....;3::.._0 _l~.- _ __ . : _4_ _ _..~.--_ ___.: :,_5_ _ Q ,i _ __::...._ _ ----''-----...:....----'--(,_))a,____:r
CAD ---------------·-------------------------------------·---------------------
1---l' PCS CAB I NET
EMERGENCY STOP
A
/ .
6 4
-A10101-X5:2 l10+
/2,4
- -X6 01~5------------~~15~------------------~~1~6----------------------9~---------------------------~------------------t--917
16 17
-
/ 10 .2 -A10111-X5:1 -X6 5 3 3 2
-X6 6 7
/10.5 L10-
B '-~·~~::._ _____ _ X6 12
- 1-·1--·1--· . -- - 1-"
13
·- -- -- . . . -- ~- ··r-· . . .
14
. 1-·J B
~ ~ I~
~~F~NG~CG~~------~---+-~~------~------------------------~---------------------i--t--r-t--------------lr-----r---------------~~~~
'--BMS 101 gx2x0 ,75
, J
- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~).!F~MG~CG~~------~··-~··~~~~~------~~------------------------~~
- ~19x2x0,75
'4 ~ ~ ~
~,IF~NG~C~G~---------4--+---~4-------4-------------------------r-------------------~~t-~~
~24x2x0,75
~)!F~NG~C~Go.o---------4--+---~4-------~------------------------r--------------------1---t--r-t---------------~---~~ ~
~
t-=-=--' 7x2x0 ,75
c --- .- .::. .::r::=:= .:=::=::=::=::=: = :=::=:=-.· c
=
E--v-\- -tp 1--
~1002
0 EMERGENCY STOP
0
1..!~1 DG~_£~NSO_L£_ t-·1-· - - - - - - - -- - - - · _.J

......
z
0
- 1--
I.--- - ·- -- ·-· -------·I----·-----------------

-·-·1--·- --
·X1 22 21 23 24 -Xti 3 -XJ 4 -E25 -x1 3 4 18 5 -..!!._ J -x1. 10 -X2 7
. BRIDGE r- 1 5
i---
.-- 1--·- r---- 1---1---l
·-1--- i--- -- ·- ·-1---
E 0c
c
.2
u.
~0.
·'--
~~
!I E-v-\- -:~
.-··1-· r-· r· 1---! i
-J ·'--
!I E--v-\- -'i ~ ~ !I
-.
EMERGENCY STOP
-K2
1
OVER SPEED
,,,_LT
-51 23 34
H H:
,17 -52 24 ~17 -57 14:rl7
E
E--v-\- - -'- -
,, E--v-\-123 - ,, E---\-113 ,,
II II Ill
i '"":S1oo3 i '"":510o4 i 1.::... lJJ

- .."t"
.D I I I -A2103
-A3011
REM401 /14.3 ,L 10- 1--
0
I EMERGENCY STOP I EMERGENCY STOP I MANUAL COMTROL PAMEL
EMERGENCY STOP
LOCAL CONTROL BOX
OVERRIDE LAMP SUPPLY
c N w G SB ESG 40M SHUTDOWN TEST
F
I_ _______ !· C~~SO-~E ~~ N~ _Ps_:....l:...~.
I
S~~E _J N.:...-::.!. '--· EC~_£~NSO_L£ __ I__C_TRL ~ CA~~!-

I I
'-----------~~~~~R-OOM --~--------J F
l-+-------------t------i--1Edo::l::=::o+.2~4::;.o::;;to;;-:1______"-l Aker MTW STH ATLAS Marine Electronics Sicherheitssys !em 1 4
!.:-+~===~-:;o;;-:;;;;--\n;;:-1~do;::s~ig:ti . K~o:;;w;;olk;::;;:;-;-_.....; Nb 010 If Member ollhe EuroNorlne Group Engine Safety System EMERGENCY STOP 1
cur-- - - - l
1-":?i?AoNRi*-
~~~
••~.~M~AE~~.~~~i~~!~~~~~:~~~~~~~~:L~.~~:~~~~k~O~o~rn~br~o~ckL---t.,~
0 14 2 01
••~.l~ro=m:~27t71~.15~1~18~7.S~TRR~su~bs~l.f.to~r:3.2~6.onJ.Q.gs~--i7.re~l~.b~y::________ --i ESS 40M 1271.127 682.STR. shoel__l9_
l_lQ lolol
I 11. DIN 6771/Teil 5 1 2 I J I 4 I 5 I I
I. i 1 I 2 I J I 4 I 5 6
CAD N N .., .
~ "' "'"1
.,;
~ ~ ~ ~
' '
+
.! .! N
+
N ' M M '
A ...J ...J ...J ...J
A
...J ...J
UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ w
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
< < < < < <
:I: :I: :I: :I: :I: :I:
L) L) L) L) L) L)
~~F~NG~CG~------------------------------------~~~~~-----------------------~~~~~---------------------~~~~~
- ~?x2xo .?s rBRlDGEGONSOL(-·-·-·-·-·-·-·-:~...;; ·::·.:-.:-:...·=-·...:-..:.-=.·::-:_-_:-: __;, ~..:::·.:-.: -·- -- .: --- --~~-- ·-------· -
'I- - - - - - - - - - - - - 1- - - - - - - - - - - - - ~-;:}.,
.1 ---- J I
DIMMER -R 1 I
I
I
-
I 8
I 27 ,I
,1-- L r----~
-
~-·i-·1--·- -------------·--1---- ----·--------- -·----- · - -- ·- --1-· f-·-·-··1-· 1---1
-
'-- - ,_; . ...; ----- ~- r--------- -- ·- ·- ·--- -- . -- 1----- ·- . ...; . .:r----- --· r-- r-:i;._ __ - - - - - -
- -
_I
1-- - 1-- 1-- '~ 1-- ::; 0 f.- :--

>
( --------- ~ ( ---~ ( :::·-----~ c··------- ~ C)
": ;; ~ '--- ~ c·- ~
DC 2~ V
.. ..'
~
::::
~ c
~ ~
~
;;; ."'
V!
..."' ...
= ~ ~
......
N N
'---1--1-- - ----- -- - · - - - - - - - - - - - · - · 1-· 1--·---- 1--· ~-o . .J
~FNGCG ~ c.., <"l ""'

0 ~ESS102f~!~x!~xO~.?~S------~*-~~~~ 0
~~F~NG~CG~--------4--+~1--+-----~~~~~
~?x2x0 .?5
!i._ ~~F~NG~CG~--------4--+~1--+-------1--+---------_...;~~~~~~~~""'
~2x2x0 , ?5
o~~F~NG~CG~--------~-+~~+-------~+-----------~-+~~+-----------------~-~N~~M~~~
- o ~2x2x0 ,?5
:~~F~NG~CG~--------~-+~~+-------~+-----------~-+~~+-------------------+-~-+--~--------------~~~"'~
1--
~ ~2x2x0 ,?5
:;
:;! ~
ESS 101 FNGCG
?x2x0,?5
.... OQ
.
0
( ·--------~ C··-------~
0c
c
I:::~
.---
~---------
~ E
1-- - ·- -- ·--1--- - - - - - ---1--- - · - - - ·-·1-- - ·- --
~
. 1 I I 1
r~I
I I I I
1 1 1 I
..
I
~D. I I I
I
! 0~ !! ~u!! ~~ !
I
- >
.
.0
i /-~L
I
!
I -
0
I j I j I CEEL I NG FRONT j I I
j~UT~~E_.!_:~~-S_j j~ON~OLE_~~~-S_j j__W_HEE~HOU_s~.J j~UT~~E-~~~S_Bj F
l-~----------1----+-~~do~te~2~4~o~t .o~,----~Ak
er 1"TW Sicherheitssystem =AN04
desio. Kowolk ~ STN ATLAS Morini Electronics ENGINE SPEED •Uti'
I,./L-~.....:::.;--NI"'='cn,...,n-=-nn~1[2!!,;0"""1~4=~2~6::-:.oiJJ~
.""'ot~O§I'o~
·-,~~c~h~e~ck*O~ti~rn~br~oc~k===~j....:N..:.:b~0..:...1O:;,.,.:f,.;.,f,...,.,-:= Membtr of the EuroNorine GroiJfl Engine Safety - em sheet 11
rev. ~on'--,...l..~do~te:.....,J.n~o:!!!m:..•c:n!!!.or.!!!m..l.--:--------l.!:'"~'-~fr~om~21_!;,t.1~51!...,!1!{.87~
.S I ol. for : 26.03.98 reol. by ESS 40M 1271 .127 682 .STf 2U total
l_!T'iliN67 5 1 2 I J
I I T 7
I 8 _ ,
.......-...... _,-.,__ -
.---I ) \ 1 !"" \ , 4 s ? ) 6 1 7 ))1-------.
AcAfJ'I· } \ ___./ ) \____ i \ __./.u . I
A A
X27 X2B
.., rc EPROM OFFSET
~ ~
>
z
g; ~ ~ X29
1- '-' z
o..n 1- ::"
0 g:.. JUMPER 1 I-
"'
~ ex
~ l:E
<
~~ 51
MOOR'"
RUN
""'"
112
TT
X
112
-I-
' ''''"
OFFSET I 10000
WRIT£
ENABLED
B ~ ~
~ HODUL£ ADDRESS
0 PROT£[ TEO
< DOWNLOAD 213 I
::<: 4 ;;;;; X 213 OFFSET I 0 8
Hl H4 HS
.....
;!~~·~
.~D G
f-
-UA PROGRAM f-
X101
I -UE x~L:J~ ESS 40M
02
@ ::
04
X2B • •
c:J
u D ..
T1
+UE .j. .j.
_.......,..,
....
0191 I I 1 M ~ ~
~ •• / s c
••
cI ~ 0192 I I ..• ..•
••
II" •
+UA
-UA
L I
••
ffi l:ll:l
!
~~ ~~X~29~:~~o: I 8
~
rtJ ••
8 ~
. 0193 I I
~
-UE
=~
1--L~
0
c
X9
+UE
T2 GND
__f "' f ... I XIO
H
E
.
~
~
I +UA ~ I
L.:_j U7 Ul
X7
2
U9 UIO U11 Ull Ull U14 U15

0 0 0
N2 t 014 ~ 016 ~ 015 I
~oX12 ~.::: X19 ~~ ~ ~5 t§®@@@;<y®IICJ,jcy;@@@<y@
.l'l
0
[_J
ol
LJ ' ~ ~·· @) r__::__'j~~s ~7~ ~9 10~11~12~ (~/~15~16
0
D
IL!Jj
xr,ij
121 1
@)P'";'l
u :: S '
_.,_, ~ ~
x2o
L___:____j r.
6 a
N M 01 w>
I
D ~ D " xr " " " " " "

u
I- XI (S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)<SHSHSHS> Xl I(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)(S)I 1-
[
m x21(S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S)I X41(S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S)I rn xs ~ (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S) (S)'
I I
TERMINATION BUS A TERMINATION BUS 8 PICK UP
X11 X12 X19 X21
ON OFF ON OFF JUMPER K SOLDERED (PERMANENT WIRED!
1---1 . I
0
JUMPER 0
Kl AND K7 CONNECTED
FROM WATCHDOG JUMPER K 0 K 0 112 X NPN JUMPER f-
FROH 0( 14 VSUPPLY 112 X 112 X 2/3 PNP 112 X
3/4 X 3/4 X
F
dale 02.01.01 I
Aker MTW STH ATLAS Y1rlne Eleclronlcs Sicherheitssystem DZM402 •AN04
drsiqn Kow~lk
Nb 010 ff Utrrllor of lht EuroUtrklt Group r oOROl
1 Oornbrack
rn. I
A HA£000032014
revision
126.0loil Oor1 chech
I dale . )name norm ires. from:
l
subs I. for:
T
repl. by:
I
T
-A1010
T 271.127 682.NA W
T
short 1
16Tohl
1 I 2 1 4 6 I
I l J 4 S j. 6 1 J. 1
ACAO
f.--
'-='
;;; ~ A
=
0
,_
'-'
~
~
z0 ~
Vl
~
:1: ~
~ ::>
Vl 0
::> 0 1-
1- ~ :1:
rv-
.• .• © 00 ~~rv- r-v--1~ .--v---1 ~ r-v--1 ,...--v--]
.--
•• HS H6
••
0 ©
g:: 1!: .... :g "'
:'2 ~
;; ~ b I
~~xq0
0 C) C) C)
•
••
• ~
F1
L..__J L..__J l___j L..__J L___ L..___.J L..___.J L..___.J L___
..••
h
:; DDDDDDDD
H ••
••
r 04
1 r OJ 1 .~
(I~
;;!;
f U9
1
r U10 UH r U12
1
o~
f0
c
DE 1
HIICDo0uCD
2 3
CD CD® 0) ®I
oooooo
4 5 6 7 8
H2
9 W H U 13 R
ICDoCDo(i) CD CD® 0) ®I
uooooo
~ ~
STATUS INDICATION
H2
i © LED ON SENSOR IS CLOSED
f-.
~
>
~
~
<3
0
XS r"'X6,____ _ _ _ _ ___,
I<Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sll I<Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sl <Sll
- ' ' SENSOR SUPPLY WIRE BREAKAGE MONITORING
-
~EE tB tEtE tE EE EE EE ~ t~H~

JUMPER l[ JUMPER K JUMPER a JUMPER
£I I 112 X 112 X 112 X 1/2 X
INTERNAL {
3/4 X 3/4 X 3/4 X 3/4 X 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
EXTERNAL l/3 213 l/3 l/3
OE 1-4 Of S-8 OE 9-12 DE 13-16
~I I
Aker MTW 'AN04

Sicherheitssystem ,QROJ
I I I ....... I u•• ....... I UL n<A rr . Engine~ ' System 271.127 682.N.
hl~ § 6 1
3 '
~
'._
..
2 I • ,, ~ I s (J~
\
6 I 1 I (\ \~'-------.
J r
... . ' ' '· ''---/'.
-
A ~ ._.
~
ii:
A
C) ....
t=~
z Vl
....~
V>
~
::;,
C>
- ~~ r
= ---v-- ,---v-- ---v-- ,---.,--- ---v-- ---v-- ---v-- ---v-- ,---.,--- ,---.,--- -
00
H5H6 ° 0
8
.. 0
:: @
••
: : X9
••
(A
~
00
F1
Vl
0
...o
0
,....
0
co
0
0"'
0
0
~
0
.--
0
~
c
N
c
.-
Cl
@ ::
oe
00
: : X10
ce
8
~ ~
i D [J'---LJ'-----D'---0 '---0-D []-[.. If~
5 ~ ~ ~ ~ :3 ~ ~ ~~I
U10 -~ U11
I
U12
i .
-
c-
c ~ . STATUS INDICATION c
!r LED ON (OUTPUT ACTIVE I o.-
~ DE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 DA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 QQ
~ H11CD 0 CD <D® 00 CD ®I H21CDCDCD<D® 00 CD ®I ~~CD CDCD<D® 0 CD ®I H3 H4 CD 00 <Dr~~~
~TATUSINDICA~ON° Q~r'='iJOT01 1/i:::y,Qiv"~
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
_
l
.: 16'
~ LEO ON SENSOR IS CLOSED .•
2
':t~/
. 1!01011
2~ 2
1f010ll
2~ 2
1raJ0]1
21~ 2 I~
-
~
~
.3
I<S> <S> <S> <Sl<SHS> <S> <S>I I<S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S> <S\
X1
N ..,
X3
~
~
"'
5
~
5
><><
. 5
"' "' . .
5
>< ><
5
<0
5
>< ><
"'
5 ~
0
><><
~
!::j ~~
N
loJ1
~2
~ ~
"' ~
0 . . ... -. - - '-- -'-- ~- '--~ '---~ '--- 0
X2 >< >< X4 >< X5 r"'X6L----------,
~ ~I <S) (S) (S) <S) (S) (S) (S) <S)I ~ ~I <S) (\) (S) (\) (\) (\) <S) (\)I ~ I<S) <S) (\) (S) <S) (S) <S) (\)I I~ (\) (\) (S) <S) (S) <S> (S)I
- -
M
r--JUM-PE"""T"'Rno JUMPER s JUMPER M JUMPER s 1JUMPER M rn rn rn rn rn rn rn rn rn rn rn
£
INTERNAL
{ 112
3/4
X
X
112
3/4
X
X
112
3/4
X
X
112
3/4
X
X
1 112
DA 1
DDDDDDDDDDD
2 3 4 5 6 1 8 9 10 11 12
£
EXTERNAL 213 U3 213 ~2:..:/3--L.....J

DE 1-4 DE 5-8 DE 9-12 DE 13-16
- ·. ~
F F
l--+------t--t-t-di:'.~~~:;"+~~:7"~~~~~~k-J
2 1
Aher MTW STN ATLAS Uarlne Electronlca Sicherheitssystem IOH402 ~ :~~!~
l--+------t--t-F."71i--:::'.::.::..o=::--1 Nb 010 ff lltmblf of tho Eurollw.,o Group ,
rev. r.. ision
<heck
daft
Oornbrack
namt norm ros. from: subs!. for: rtpl. br:
Engme Safety System -A1012 1 271127
•
682 •NAW 1
I shut6 tohl
1 I 1 I l I 4 I s I 6 I 1 ·-· _ I e
2 I l I ~ I ~ I 6 I 1 I .,
J
\
ACAO
z-
'"" .....
Cl A
A ,_
0: '--'
0 ......
,_
- .....
-'
Z VI
0 .....
:>::: -'
...... ::::>
V1 Cl
::::> 0 1-
c- ~ :>:::
..•• @oo @=..•••

,.--v- --....,.-- ,.--v- ,.--v-
= ,---v- ~ ~--....,.-- ~ ~
••
•• 0 •
B •• C> N
B
.••••• .
,g :g ;:; ;:; N ;:;
•• ~
~ <T'
..••• ..• "~"

Q 0 0 0
• X10
1-
••
••
'-- '-- '----- -'-- '-- '--- ~ '---
..••• • -
It .• '•
DtlDDDDDD
••
.'
'::::::::: t 04 OJ
I '-----'
... 11
( 0
z
0 t U9
It UIO
5TATUS INOIC AliON
LED ON (OUTPUT ACTIVE I
U11 U12
o-
I (
f~
c
DE
H11CD 0
0
I
0
2 3
Q)
0
4
CD CD CD CD ®l
0 0
5 6
0
7
0 0
8 9 10
H21CD 0 CD CD <D CD CD ®l
0 0
11
0
12
0
13
0
14
0
15
0
16
0
OA 1
~~G) 0
~~
2 3
Q) CD <D
4 5 6
CD CD ®I H3
1 8
~
" 4
9 10
G) 0 Q) CDf~T~
v
11 12 ~~
:--<7'"
~
~ ~ 1~ @ ~
c
1- STATUSINOICATION ' 1oo1 1oo1 1 oo 1 1oo1 -l
~
0
0.
@ l[OON SENSOR IS (LOSEO 0 1 :. : 1
NN
1
NN
1 11.lm 1
NN NN
1
I~ <SHS) <S)(S) <S)(S) (\)I I I ><>< ><>< ><>< ><>< ~;1

~
Xl XJ
~ 5 ~ ~ ~ ~ 5 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
-- ~
o2
.0
0
N .., (\) (\) (S) (\) (\) (\) (\) (\) • ::> ::> ::> ::> ::> ::> ::> ::> ::> I
0 ~ '----- - - '-- - ~ '-- '----- - '-----
ol
X2 >< >< X4 >< ~s ~6
~~I(\) (\) (S) (\) (\) (\) (\) (\)I ~ WI(\) (\) (\) (\) (\) (\) (\)~ ~ I(\) (\) (\) (\) (\) (\) (\) (\)I I(\) (\) (\) (\) (\) (\) (\) (\)I
- -
-r
[
INTERNAL {
JUMPER
1/2
)/4
s
X
X
JUMPER
1/2
s
X
X
JUMPER
112
a
X
JUMPER
1/2
)/4
X r~u~~ER -~
OA
e3 e3 E~H~3 e3 e3 rg e3 rg rg rg
2 3 4 s 7 9 II
[
3/4 )/4 X X I 6 8 10 12
EXTERNAL 213 7.13 213 2/3
DE 1- 4 DE S- 8 DE 9-12 DE 13-16
- . . -
F F
d~lt 02.02.01 I , AN04
dniqn Kow~lk
Aker HTW STH ATLAS Marine Electronic a Sicherheitssystem IOM402
I ,QROl
t.Jh n1n ff lloni>tr ol tho Eurolhrklt Group
I shtt l ~
(ht(k Oornbr>(k Engine - - · y System
1-
t...!!L vision ddt n~me norm rn. from: ubsl. lor' rtpl. by,
s
-A 1013
I 271.127 682.N I 6 lolol
--- --
I -·
7 l J l 4
I 6 l 1 1 8 I
T
ACAl:y ·.
J- 1,__ _ _ . .~.1_ _ __.:..1_ _ _ _.~...-l_ ____,r ~
~~1 .!
_..,1.1_ _ ___;_~----~-~-----=s---CJ.:-~. _ ___;6:...__ _ --~.l_ _ ____;,l_ _ _ _.~..-l_(r-).,._8 , , - - - . . _ ,
0 1
/i
A
A
D
n: . .: ~~
r.r=; rv- ~ ~
1-
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0
v
0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0
't
~ 04
f.
0
c
c
- {
a.
j TERMINA liON BUS D
0
X12
TERMINA liON BUS C INTERFACE
EXTENSION ON OFF
X11 XB
X7
ON OFF JUHPER g 0
JUHPfR g 0 112 X
0
JUHPER M
1- 112 X FIRS!
JUHPER 8 0 } RS 485 112 X RS ~85
112 X 4/S X r-
3/4 SECOND
213 Rsm
3/4 X 213
} RS 422
S/6
1-
F
dll• 01.02.01
design Kovalk
Aker MTW STN ATLAS llarlne Eleclronlcs Sicherheitssystem SEM402 r •ANO~
Oornbmk Nb 010 ff llorri>or ol lht Eurollwklt Groop I oOROl

<h"k
rn. revision dll• n~mt norm rn.from: ••b•l. lor: rep!. br -A 1015
I 271.127 682.NA W ~
I 1 I ~ I s I 6 I l I 8 i
- BACK SIDE ADDRESS:4
POW£fl RS 48S ns 48S RELAY FIRE

SEG. M SEG. R I ALARM I -X2 -X3 - X4
PANEL ADDRESS TERM. TERM.
"0" 11 II 0111111 llllfifilfifil ON

. ,.. 0 0 Ill 0 I0 I0 0 I0 ll.QlQ.Jl.QJ_Q.JoFF
); ~ ~ ~ !:: ~ ~ !':; SEG. M SEG. R
- . .
djlt 01.01.01
duign KowjlkAker MTW STH ATLAS llarlne Electronic• Sicherheitssystem BA 1411.£ 1 £CR Panel l
1-....!!!:_._
:--+-----:-~--t~:--i--f-!=+~=~-4----:-----· N b
.oRO I
lhtlk Oirnbn<k 010 II w..roor of tho Eurollwlno Gr0<1p I L•h••' 6_
~ I ision djlt normrn. from : :-b,:-:
1 _ , . . . ,----+,~.P-;-;1 . b,-,------l Engine ;-'-L, System -A1301 1 271.127 682.N
~Ii
n~mt
1 ~~T-~------~4~~--,~,-----~s------- ----~,~~~-.,----~~7--~~=~,~~ I 6 lol•l

j I I 1 I
(~"
()'-.__,
, __)
_
a: • geaender·,. · SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Sicherheitsanlage ESS 40 M 271.127 682 ST
Sicherheitsanlage ESS 40 M 271.127 682 LP
Sicherheitsanlage ESS 40 M 271.127 682 NAW
Sicherheitsanlage ESS 40 M 271.127 682 STR
1 N.BEDARF ST + 271151759 Montageplatte 271.151 759

WNS DENIS I+VI I STANDARD ESS 40M
2 25 ST 273643098 Widerstand SMA 02078 8,2K 1% TK50

0,6W
A1301 1ST 271150179 Tableau BAT411.E * 271.150 179

271.150 179TL#ESS 40M
R1 1ST * 271153620 VORSATZELEMENT DV 44-744.60

DREHKNOPF+SKALA;GRAU;F.22,3
R1 1ST * 271162112 DIMMERMODUL ED3044P3

3-24V 30W
81002 3 ST + 271118393 Notstopschalter 271.118 393

... * IP67 UND SCHUTZKLAPPE
81004
Mat.-Nr. 271127682
O;~tum N;~mP. STN ATLAS Marine Electronics 8icherheitsanlage ESS 40 M
Mumbur of tho EuruMarlnu Group
A MAE000032014 2001-03-26 DOE Norm - - I von 1
2001-03-26
(~')
(~
a: • geaenaen
.~ SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
"'-·j }
.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Montageplatte 271.151 759 ST
MONTAGE PLATTE 271.151 759 GZ
2 1ST + 271138431 MONTAGEPLATTE,VORBEST 271.138 431

* 900X910MM
10 10 ST * 271134138 SCHIRMANSCHLUSZKL. 160048

KLBUE3-8
10 10 ST * 271134139 SCHIRMANSCHLUSZKL. 159281

KLBUE4-13,5
31 1ST * 271104191 GERAETESCHILD 10 271.104 191


33 2 ST * 271305409 SCHUTZLEITERSCHILD DR 909-BSF80P-4

Mat.-Nr. 271151759

Member of the EuroMerlne Group
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MAE 1 Urspr. I Ers. f. IErs. d.
2001-06-26
)
a: • geaendert
\ SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
2 3 4 5 6 7
34 4 ST * 271138694 SCHILD 271.138 694

18X37, 11 NUR FUER KABEL DC 24V 11
91 1ST + 271140120 HF-VERBINDUNG 271.140 120

*
92 N. BEDARF M * 273933580 STEUERLEITUNG LIYCY 3X0,75 GR
93 N. BEDARF M * 273860015 LEITUNG DIN 47727-H07V-K 1X1,5 SW
94 1ST + 271103027 VERBINDUNGSK.ABEL 271.103 027

* DVK322 I SAT401-ZK 408/418
96 N. BEDARF M * 271130942 STEUERLEITUNG JE - LIYCY 2X2X0,5

0,5X2X2/59
9999 N. BEDARF ST * 271105555 DIV. KLEINMATERIAL 271.105 555


* NETZFILTER,18-32 V DC, 4 A, RC-SCHALTG.
A1010 1ST + 271149289 STECKPLATTE DZM402 271.149 289

* DREHZAHLMODUL
A1011 1ST * 271146207 ENDKLAMMER 249-116

SCHRAUBENLOS B=6 MM F.TS35
Mat. -Nr . 271151759
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronice Montageplatte

Be arb 1999-01 - 27 Dornbrack
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt. MAE 1 Urspr . I Ers . f. IErs . d.
2001-06-26
· \)
. (\_)
\,._ _
(_
'--....-/
!
/
a: geaenaen SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN .

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
AlOll 1 ST + 271149244 STECKPLATTE IOM402 271.149 244

A1012 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

Al012 1ST + 271149244 STECKPLATTE IOM402 271.149 244

Al013 1ST + 271149244 STECKPLATTE IOM402 271.149 244

Al015 1ST + 271138221 STECKPLATTE SEM402 271.138 221

* SCHNITTSTELLEN-ERWEITERUNGS-MODUL
FlO 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

.-
FlO 1ST * 271151488 SCHUTZSCHALTER 831-854-628
E81S ClO-SB
Fl2 1ST * 272340242 SICHERUNGSKLEMME 282-126

5X25
F12 1ST * 273369736 SICHERUNGSEINSATZ DIN 41576-Ml

5X25
Mat.-Nr. 271151759
Mumbur of tho EuroMarlnu Group
2001-06-26
)
I
a: • geaender ~ SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position M enge ME a Materiai-Nr . Benennung Sachnummer/Dokumentennummer,Hersteller
F14 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116


5X25
F14 1ST * 272340243 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 282 - 311
R1 1ST * 273643023 WIDERSTAND SMA 02078 2,2K 1% TKSO

0,6W
R2 1ST * 273827147 WIDERSTAND MIL - R39008/3 RCR32 G102JS

QPL - 39008#1K5%1W *COC*
R3 1ST * 273827147 WIDERSTAND MIL-R39008/3 RCR32 G102JS

QPL-39008#1K5%1W *COC*

* 26POL. L=140MM
I
Mat.-Nr . 271151759
n,.tllm N"m" STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Montageplatte

Member of the EuroMarlno Group
B MAE000005008 2000-01 - 11 DOE Norm - - I von 7
Ind. Anderung Datum Name Abt . MAE 1 Urspr . I Ers. f. IErs. d.
2001-06-26
~ r )'',
geaet~6er)
\~ )'·
a: • SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
X5 1 ST * 271130874 SCHUTZSTREIFEN 209-114

TRANSPARENT

0,2-10MM2

2,5MM
X5 2 ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116



TRANSPARENT

0,14-4MM2

2,5MM
X6 2 ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116

Mat.-Nr. 271151759
_Datum J'llame STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Montageplatte

Msmbsr of tho EuroMarlns Group
2001-06-26
)
a: • geaender\ SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Position M enge ME a Materiai-Nr . Benennung Sachnummer /Dokumentennummer, Hers teller
X6 1 ST * 271146208 SCHILDTRAEGER 249 - 119

FUER ENDKLAMMER 249 - 116/249 - 117
X6 11 ST * 271153782 BRUECKUNGSKAMM 281-482

2-FACH,ISOLIERT
X7 1ST * 271130873 EINSTECKSCHILD 209 - 113
X7 1ST * 271130874 SCHUTZSTREIFEN 209 - 114

TRANSPARENT
X7 1ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249 - 116

X7 1ST * 271146208 SCHILDTRAEGER 249 - 119

FUER ENDKLAMMER 249-116/249 - 117
X7 10 ST * 271153780 DIODENKLEMME 281 - 633/281 - 411

4ANSCHL./1DIODE
X8 1ST * 271130874 SCHUTZSTREIFEN 209 - 114

TRANSPARENT
Mat .-Nr. 271151759
Datum Name STN ATLAS Marine Electronic• Montageplatte

2001-06-26
(') ()!.
a: • geaenden
() SCHUTZVERMERK DIN 34 BEACHTEN
'--/

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0,14-4MM2
X8 1 ST * 271134229 ABSCHLUSZPLATTE 281-312

2,5MM
X8 1 ST * 271146207 END KLAMMER 249-116


Mat.-Nr. 271151759

Member ol tho EuroMerlno Group
2001-06-26
7
ACArj . _) .-
"'.
.,.·,
I z I l7 )
"---j ''
I ~ I 5
n
\
'-._...- J
6 I 7 I
Cl
'----./
\
I
A A
max. 72
I. I.
~
52
288
- .... -
I I
-n~s
.
I II II
.------. .
Geamot Engine Safety System ESS 40M
-
:J:
8 0
a: 8
------. .------ Ci
:ALARM: :L ______
FIRE .J: :L FAULT : c:
ENGINE SAFETY SYSTEM L ______ .J ______ .J ·e....
)()()()( SYSTEM OK )()()()( Cl.l
!iS
ACT. RPM: 90.0 HOURS: 0000139
~ T
rBJ ~ ?z f-
uu u
( i5 0 (
~ E:j ~ ~ ~
a
G
p 0 ,..---,
of ..z IIAIHTE- DIIIIIER/
~.. ;! NANCE CONm. '-'
a
c
..z 0
E] u u u u
~
- l f-
EJ 0 EJI
4 .JKL II MHO II PQR
i SLOY!D. SLOY!D. SLOYID.
~ ACnVE OVERR. RESET
8
u u u L1 u
D D
~. 0 G _G
)0- ) +I·
SHUTD. SHUTD.
ACnVE RESET
- -'-
-
II II
f-
278
'"'-"' '" ' "' t

E -~~..........~
//, .... E
~
max. 8 mm
1-
"'~
1- -
·~ ~ Weight: 1,4 kg
Enclosur protection of front: IP 44
F F
11.0Ul
d~··
1design Pelenon wsTNATLAS Tableau ESS 40H, ECR PANEL/NSD CONFIGURATION :
~!!.I Marino Electronics
A
rn.
SBH 0009159
rnlllon
ll08.91 61
dalt
lhtlk
n11111e norn
OO!'nbrllk
rts. fr011: I s!Alst. lor: repl. by: BAT411.E I 271.150 179.GZ sheei'J
I ..,Ioiii
I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 1 I 8
~SAM
.-------. PCS Geamot 40 M R.&l Elecfronics
I',--.~.,
(,___) Engine Safety System, ESS 40M

Parametertable
Chapter 7, Parameter Table
7 Introduction
engine.

chapter 6.
NOTE:
Therefore:
/------... · © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 08.02.01 • ESSPAR.WP6 • Chp. 7 , Page 1 /1
LJ.
~SAM
U Electronics
,-.
C._) GEAMOT40M
Engine Safety System, ESS 40M
MTW/ 010
WNS /7RTA 72U-B, DENIS-6
Parameter Table

Behringstr. 120
D-22763 Hamburg
,-~ --,\. /
I ,
\ )
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH* PCS * 271.127 682 TDl *Rev. II * 16.03.00 * Seite I von 2
Purpose
This document describes the parameter of the Engine Safety System

ESS 40M for B&W and Sulzer engines
Document Version
Basic Original271.151 187.TDE

00 First issue 20.01.97 Maischak
01 Parameter added 08.12.97 Maischak
02 Parameter changed, Text corrected 20.01 .98 Maischak
03 Upper limit rated speed increased 13.05 .98 Maischak
04 (No. 31) PDMMIF replaced through PDMMAW 16.06.98 Paulsen
05 (No. 25, No.26) PDMFA1 ,PDMFA2 removed 18.06.98 Maischak
Text "RATED SPEED" changed to "CMCR SPEED" 09.11.98 Paulsen
08 Parameter added , Override SLD/SHD 09.03.99 Maischak
09 Parameter 'Stand still' removed 07.07.99 Maischak
10 Parameter added, SIF to PMCS 14.09.99 Maischak
11 Parameter 34 added, "SPEED FILTER" 16.03.00 Maischak
Parameter 33 "NO SWITCH-OFF SP.IND":
3 =Simulating Speed Indication with Rated Speed
remark: none
Appendix
Parameter Table 271.127 682 TD1
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH* PCS * 271.127 682 TDI *Rev. II * 16.03 .00 * Seite 2 von 2
['
SAM
Electronics
PARAMETER TABLE FOR ENGINE SAFETY SYSTEM ESS 40M

PDISPL
)
~SAM
~ Electronics

Change of EXPERT PASSWORD.

0 : disabled.
1 : enabled .
Requires EXPERT PASSWORD -. resp. SERVICE PASSWORD .

PCHEXP
3 Change of USER PASSWORD. CHANGE USE.PASSW. 0 0
0 : disabled .
1 : enabled .
Requires USER -.resp. EXPERT PASSWORD- . or SERVICE PASSWORD .

PCHUSE
Change of parameters will be blocked after this time . PASSW. TIMEOUT [S] 60 1800 120
Timeout starts after last operation in parameter menu .
PMTPWB
Interface to BMS . SIF . BMS 0
0 : No interface
1 : With serial interface to BMS
PDVBMS
Interface to monitoring system . SIF .MONITOR . SYSTEM 0 0
0 : No interface
1 :With serial interface to the AMCS .
PDVGEA
Individual BAP402 (A 1302) for bridge console 7 BAP402 AVAILABLE 0 0
0 : No
1 : Yes
Note : Normally common with BMS.

PARBAT
Second moduiiOM402/2 (A1012) available . IOM402/2 AVAILABLE 0
1 :enabled
PAIOM2
)
(
·-s.," '
~SAM
~ Electronics

PAIOM3
12 Override SLD/SHD always released from Bridge Panel. OVERRIDE SLD/SHD REL 0 0
0 : Override SLD/SHD always released from ECR Panel. Override SLD/SHD

released from Bridge PAnel, if bridge control is active (noramally).
1 : Override SLD/SHD always released from Bridge Panel too.

POVREL :_1
13 Buzzer on Bridge Panel release too. (Stand alone version only). BUZZER RELEASE 0 0
0 : New alarm, buzzer on Panel will be activated on active control stand

(normally).
1 : New alarm, buzzer on ECR Panel and Bridge Panel will be activated.
PAHUPE
14 Signal ' Safety control air pressure low' (IOM402/3 X3.8) available. SAFETY CO.AIR PS4421 0 0
0: no
1 :yes
PSAFET
15 Signal ' Oil Pressure SHD suppresed' (IOM402/1 X5.3) available. OIL PRESS.SHD SUPPR. 0 0
0: no
1 :yes
PAOILS
~SAM
~ Electronics

Release Stop valve cyl. 7-B and monitoring wire breakage (IOM401/1 X6.2) .
0 : no
1: yes
PSVAL1
17 Release Stop valve cyl. 9-10 and monitoring wire breakage (IOM401/1 X6.3) . STOP VALVES CYL .9-10 0 0
0 : no
1: yes
PSVAL2
18 Release Stop valve cyl. 11-12 and monitoring wire breakage (IOM401/1 X6.4) . STOP VALVES CYL11-12 0 0
0 : no
1: yes
Over speed test.

0 : disabled .
1 : enabled , DZM401, LED H1 .B starts flashing .
The Trigger- limit for over speed test can be changed with the following
parameter.
PDMTUD
20 The Trigger- limit for overspeed (RPM). ( Active in testmode only, see previous TEST OVER SPEED[RPM) 0,1 900,0 110,0
parameter) .
Over speed shutdown at standing engine results, if the parameter value is < = 19.
PDMTOS
I i .:)
,!
"--- '
SAM
Electronics

PDMDZN
Trigger level of over speed shutdown [RPM]. OVER SPEED [RPM] 0,1 1350,0 109,0
PDMUDZ
Pick-Ups directly at flywheel : Number of flywheel teeth. IMP./TRANSM.TURN 255 132
Otherwise: Number of speed impulses per turn of speed transmitter.

PDMIMP
24 Pick-Ups directly at flywheel: set to "1 ". TRANSM.TURN PER 9999 ":J
~
Otherwise: Number of transmitter turns per number of shaft resp. engine turn.
(see next parameter) or circumference of transmitter wheel in mm.
PDMATU
25 Pick-Ups directly at flywheel: set to "1". SHAFT TURN 9999
Otherwise: Number of shaft resp. engine turns per number of transmitter turns.
(see previous parameter) or circumference of transmitter wheel in mm.
PDMAWU
26 Number of cylinders. NUMBER OF CYLYNDERS 255 7
PDMIMT
27 Divider for revolution counter. DIVI.REVOLUT.COUNTER 100 10
Parameter values 1, 10, 100 are meainingfull.
PDMUMT
28 Connected Pick Up's: PICK UP 1 AND/OR 2 3 3
1 : RPM pick up only.
2: Direction pick up only.
3 : Both pick up's are connected.
PDMPIC
29 Monitoring wire breakage for pick up. WB-MONIT. PICK UPS 0 0
0: Release
1 : Non monitoring
PDMDAS
)
~SAM
t-!.!.4 Electronics
Member of the EuroM a r ine Group

PDMPUZ
31 Maximum allowed difference between speed signal sensor 1 and sensor 2, MAX.DIFF .SPEED1 /2[%] 0,0 2,0 0,5
before the alarm "DIFF . SPEED SIGANAL 1 /2 " will be activated.
The alarm is 5 seconds delayed .
PDMMAW
32 Scalling factor for analogue instruments. SCALE SPEED INSTRUM . 1000 825
Rated Speed (rpm]

factor= --------------------------------------- • 1000
Scale (rpm] at 10.0 Volts
PDMSKW
33 Output for speed indication ( DZM40x , Relays KB ). NO SWITCH-OFF SP .IND 0 3 0
0 : Output will be switched off at Pick Up fault. (Default)
1 : Output always active .
2 : Output always switched off. (e .g. if the analog output is defective .)
3 : Rated speed is simulated on analog output (AA0082). In this mode it is
possible to
scale the analog instrument.(e .g. when engine stand still).
PDMRUM
34 0 : No filter SPEED FILTER 0
1 : Filtering of wrong speed measurments enabled .
PDMDFI
35 Wrong way alarm : Digital output DZM402 X5.10/12. WRONG WAY ALARM 0 2 0
0 : No wrong way alarm
1 : Alarm , if emergency control is activ .
2 : Alarm , if emergency control or ECR-control is activ
PDMWWA
36 Certain alarms will be suppressed when speed underpasses adjustement. They SPEED ALRM-SUPP[RPM] 0,0 99,0 20,0
will be re-enabled aner individual time delays when speed exceeds adjustment.
Note :The condition "stand still" means that speed is below this adjustment.
PDMZUE
/---,
SAM
Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor Input IOM402/1 X1.1.

0 : No function, monitoring wire breakage not active.
1 : Execute slowdown only.
2: Execute shutdown only.
3 : Execute Slowdown and Shutdown.
PGEB01
38 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402/1 X1.1 . O.SLD BL.1/X1.1 0 0
0 : Override possible
1 : No Override
PORB01
39 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.1 . O.SHD BL.1/X1.1 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE01
40 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) 1 Sensor input IOM40211 X1.1. P.A SLD 1/X1.1[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ01
41 Slowdown initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.1. SLD 11X1.1[S) 0 300 60
PREZ01
42 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.1. P.A SHD 1/X1.1[S) 0 300 3
PPSZ01
43 Shutdown initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.1. SHD 1/X1.1[S) 0 300 90
PSTZ01
44 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40211 X1.1) TI.SUP.11X1.1[S) 0 300 0
Alarm will be re-enabled ____ sec after restart of engine.
0 : No suppression.
("Stand-still" see note in parameter group 2 (PDMZUE).
PTUN01
)
~SAM
ll!a Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM402/1 X1 .2.

0 : No function, monitoring wire breakage not active .
2 : Execute shutdown only .
PGEB02
46 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402/1 X1.2 O.SLD BL.1/X1 .2 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB02
47 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40211 X 1.2 O.SHD BL.11X1 .2 0
1 : No Override
POVE02
46 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 /1 X1 .2 P .A SLD 11X1 .2(S) 0 300
PPRZ02
49 Slowdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 /1 X 1.2 SLD 11X1 .2[S) 0 300 20
PREZ02
50 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 11 X1 .2 P.A SHD 11X1 .2[S) 0 300
PPSZ02
51 Shutdown Initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 /1 X1.2 SHD 1/X1 .2(S) 0 300 10
PSTZ02
52 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM402/1 X1 .2) TI.SUP .11X 1.2(S) 0 300 0
Parameter value = 0 => No suppression.
("Stand-still" see note In parameter group 2 (PDMZUE).
PTUN02
)
)
SAM
Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM40211 X1.3

0: No function, monitoring wire breakage not active
PGEB03
54 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.3 O.SLD BL.11X1.3 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB03
55 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.3 O.SHD BL.11X1.3 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE03
56 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s) I Sensor Input IOM40211 X1.3 P .A SLD 11X1.3[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ03
57 Slowdown initiate in (s) I Sensor Input IOM402/1 X1.3 SLD 11X1.3(S) 0 300 60
PREZ03
58 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.3 P.A SHD 11X1.3(S) 0 300 3
PPSZ03
59 Shutdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.3 SHD 11X1.3(S) 0 300 90
PSTZ03
60 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40211 X1.3) TI.SUP.1/X1.3(S) 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN03
)
~SAM
~ Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM402 11 X 1.4

0 : No function , monitoring wire breakage not active .
1 : Execute slowdown only .
PGEB04
62 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 11 X1 .4 O.SLD BL.11X1.4 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB04
63 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40211 X1 .4 O.SHD Bl.11X1.4 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE04
64 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s) I Sensor Input IOM40211 X1.4 P.A SLD 11X1.4[S) 0 300
PPRZ04
65 Slowdown initiate In (s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.4 SLD 11X1.4(S) 0 300 20
PREZ04
66 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.4 P.A SHD 11X1.4[S) 0 300
PPSZ04
67 Shutdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 11 X 1.4 SHD 11X1.4(S) 0 300 0
PSTZ04
68 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40211 X1.4) TI.SUP .11X1.4[S) 0 300 0
Alarm will be re-enabled ____ sec alter restart of engine .
0 : No suppression.
PTUN04
I
I
SAM
Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor Input IOM40211 X1.5

1 :Execute slowdown only.
PGEB05
70 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40211 X1 .5 O.SLD BL.11X1.5 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB05
71 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.5 O.SHD BL.11X1.5 0
1 : No Override
POVE05
72 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor Input IOM40211 X1.5 P.A SLD 11X1.5[S) 0 300 10
PPRZ05
73 Slowdown initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.5 SLD 11X1.5[S) 0 300 60
PREZ05
74 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.5 P.A SHD 11X1.5[S) 0 300
PPSZ05
75 Shutdown initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.5 SHD 11X1.5[S) 0 300 15
PSTZ05
Alarm will be re-enabled ____ sec alter restart of engine.
0 : No suppression.
PTUN05
)
~SAM
lr!a Electronics


2 : Execute shutdown only.
PGEB06
78 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 11 X1 .6 O.SLD BL .11X1 .6 0
1 : No Override
PORB06
79 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM402 11 X1 .6 O.SHD BL.1/X1 .6 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE06
80 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM40211 X1 .6 P.A SLD 11X1 .6[SJ 0 300 30
PPRZ06
81 Slowdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM40211 X1 .6 SLD 11X1 .6(SJ 0 300 60
PREZ06
82 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM40211 X 1.6 P.A SHD 11X1.6(SJ 0 300 3
PPSZ06
83 Shutdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1 .6 SHD 11X1.6(SJ 0 300 5
PSTZ06
84 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40211 X1 .6} TI.SUP.11X1.6[SJ 0 300 0
0 : No suppression .
("Stand-still" see note in parameter group 2 (PDMZUE} .
PTUN06
(
~.
) )
SAM
Electronics


PGEB07
1 : No Override
PORB07
87 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM402 11 X1. 7 O.SHD BL.11X1.7 0
1 : No Override
POVE07
88 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.7 P.A SLD 11X1.7[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ07
89 Slowdown initiate In [s) I Sensor input IOM40211 X1.7 SLD 11X1.7[S) 0 300 20
PREZ07
90 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM402/1 X1.7 P.A SHD 11X1.6[S) 0 300 3
PPSZ07
91 Shutdown initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM402/1 X1.7 SHD 11X1.7[S) 0 300 0
PSTZ07
0 : No suppression.
PTUN07
)
~SAM
~ Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .1.

PGEB08
94 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X 1.1 O.SLD BL.21X1 .1 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB08
95 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .1 O.SHD BL.21X1.1 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE08
96 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.1 P.ASLD2/X1 .1(S) 0 300 3
PPRZ08
97 Slowdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 12 X1 .1 SLD2/X1 .1(S) 0 300 60
PREZ08
98 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 12 X1 .1 P.A SHD 21X1 .1[S) 0 300 3
PPSZ08
99 Shutdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .1 SHD21X1 .1[S) 0 300 5
PSTZ08
100 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40212 X1.1) TI.SUP .21X1 .1[S) 0 300 0
Alarm will be re-enabled ____ sec after restart of engine .
("Stand-still" see note in parameter group 2 (POMZUE).
PTUN08
·)
SAM
Electronics


PGEB09
102 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.2 O.SLD BL.2/X1.2 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB09
1 : No Override
POVE09
104 Pre alarm Slowdown In [s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.2 P.A SLD 2/X1.2[S] 0 300 30
PPRZ09
105 Slowdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .2 SLD 21X1.2[S] 0 300 60
PREZ09
106 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s] I Sensor Input IOM40212 X1.2 P.A SHD 21X1.2[S] 0 300 3
PPSZ09
107 Shutdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.2 SHD 21X1.2[S] 0 300 5
PSTZ09
108 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40212 X1.2) TI.SUP.21X1.2(S] 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN09
)
~SAM
~ Electronics


PGEB10
110 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .3 O.SLD Bl.2/X1 .3 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB10
111 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM402 11 X1 .3 O.SHD Bl.21X1 .3 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE10
112 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s] I Sensor input IOM402 12 X 1.3 P.A SLD 2/X1 .3[SJ 0 300 10
PPRZ10
113 Slowdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM402 12 X1 .3 SLD 2/X1 .3[S] 0 300 60
PREZ10
114 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s] I Sensor input IOM402 12 X1 .3 P.A SHD 21X1.3(S] 0 300 3
PPSZ10
115 Shutdown initiate In (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .3 SHD 21X1 .3(SJ 0 300 5
PSTZ10
PTUN1 0
I I ( \)
'-~/
SAM
Electronics


PGEB11 .:·
118 override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.4 O.SLD BL.2/X1.4 0

1 : No override
PORB11
119 override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.4 O.SHD BL.21X1.4 0 0
1 : No override
POVE11
120 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.4 P .A SLD 2/X1 .4(S] 0 300 3
PPRZ11
121 Slowdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.4 SLD 2/X1.4[S] 0 300 60
PREZ11
122 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.4 P.A SHD 21X1.4(S] 0 300 3
PPSZ11
123 Shutdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM402 12 X1.4 SHD 21X1.4[S] 0 300 5
PSTZ11
124 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40212 X1.4) TI.SUP.21X1.4[S] 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN11
)
~SAM
~ Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .5

PGEB12
126 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 12 X 1.5 O.SLD BL.2/X1 .5 0
1 : No Override
PORB12
127 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .5 O.SHD BL.21X1 .5 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE12
128 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s] I Sensor Input IOM40212 X1 .5 P.A SLD 2/X1 .5(S] 0 300
PPRZ12
129 Slowdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .5 SLD 2/X1.5[S] 0 300 60
PREZ12
130 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s] I Sensor Input IOM40212 X1 .5 P .A SHD 21X 1.5(SJ 0 300 3
PPSZ12
131 Shutdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM402/2 X1 .5 SHD 21X1 .5(S] 0 300 5
PSTZ12
132 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM402/2 X1 .5) TI.SUP .2/X1 .5[S] 0 300 0
Alarm will be re-enabeld ____ sec after restart of engine .
0 : No suppression.
("Stand-still" see note In parameter group 2 (POMZUE) .
PTUN12
I
)
SAM
Electronics


PGEB13
134 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.6 O.SLD BL.21X1.6 0
1 : No Override
PORB13
1 : No Override
POVE13
136 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s] I Sensor Input IOM402 12 X 1.6 P.A SLD 2/X1.6[S] 0 300
PPRZ13
137 Slowdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM402/2 X1.6 SLD 2/X1.6[S] 0 300 60
PREZ13
138 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.6 P.A SHD 2/X1.6[S] 0 300 3
PPSZ13
139 Shutdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM402 12 X1.6 SHD 21X1.6[S] 0 300 5
PSTZ13
140 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM402/2 X1.6) TI.SUP.2/X1.6[S] 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN13
)
~SAM
~ Electronics


1 :Execute slowdown only .
3 : Execute Slowdown and Shutdown .
PGEB14
142 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .7 O.SLD BL.2/X1 .7 0
1 : No Override
PORB14
143 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .7 O.SHD BL.21X1 .7 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE14
144 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.7 P.A SLD 2/X1 .7[SJ 0 300
PPRZ14
145 Slowdown initiate In [s) I Sensor input IOM402 12 X1 .7 SLD 21X1.7(SJ 0 300 60
PREZ14
146 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM402 12 X1 .7 P.A SHD 21X1 .7[S) 0 300 3
PPSZ14
147 Shutdown initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM40212 X1 .7 SHD 21X1 .7(S) 0 300 5
PSTZ14
148 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40212 X1 .7) TI.SUP.21X1 .7[S) 0 300 0
PTUN14
) /
\ ')
~SAM
~ Electronics


2: Execute shutdown only. ,._-
PGEB15
150 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.8 O.SLD BL.2/X1.8 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB15
151 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.8 O.SHD BL.2/X1.8 0
.:.:-::..
1 : No Override
POVE15
152 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.8 P.A SLD 21X1.8[SJ 0 300
PPRZ15
153 Slowdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.8 SLD 2/X1.8(S] 0 300 30
PREZ15
154 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X1.8 P.A SHD 2/X1.8(S] 0 300 3
PPSZ15
155 Shutdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM402 12 X1 .8 SHD 2/X1.8(SJ 0 300 5
PSTZ15
156 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40212 X 1.8) TI.SUP .21X1.8(S] 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN15
)
~SAM
~ Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM40212 X3.

PGEB16
158 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X3.1 O.SLD BL.2/X3 .1 0
1 : No Override
PORB16
1 : No Override
POVE16
160 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM402 12 X3.1 P.A SLD 2/X3 .1[S) 0 300
PPRZ16
161 Slowdown initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM40212 X3.1 SLD 2/X3 .1[S) 0 300 60
PREZ16
162 Pre alarm Shutdown In [s) I Sensor input IOM402 12 X3 .1 P.A SHD 21X3.1[S) 0 300 3
PPSZ16
163 Shutdown initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM40212 X3 .1 SHD 21X3.1[S) 0 300 5
PSTZ16
PTUN16
r
... ___.... )
'
_..!
)
SAM
Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM402 12 X3.2

0: No function, monitoring wire breakage not active.
PGEB17
166 Override Slowdown I Sensor Input IOM402 12 X3.2 O.SLD BL.2/X3.2 0
1 : No Override
PORB17
167 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM402/2 X3.2 O.SHD BL.21X3.2 0
1 : No Override
POVE17
168 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X3.2 P.A SLD 2/X3.2(S] 0 300
PPRZ17
169 Slowdown initiate In (s] I Sensor input IOM402/2 X3.2 SLD 2/X3.2(S] 0 300 60
PREZ17
170 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM402/2 X3.2 P.A SHD 21X3.2(S] 0 300
PPSZ17
171 Shutdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X3.2 SHD 21X3.2[S] 0 300 90
PSTZ17
0 : No suppression.
PTUN17
)
~SAM
~ Electronics
Parameter description Display indication Lower Upper Ship Changes

limit limit setting
Functionality determine for Sensor Input IOM40212 X3 .3

PGEB18
174 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 12 X3.3 O.SLD BL.2/X3 .3 0
1 : No Override
PORB18
1 : No Override
POVE18
176 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM402 12 X3.3 P.A SLD 21X3 .3[S] 0 300
PPRZ18
177 Slowdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X3 .3 SLD 2/X3 .3[S] 0 300 60
PREZ18
178 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X3 .3 P.A SHD 21X3.3[S) 0 300 3
PPSZ18
179 Shutdown Initiate In [s) I Sensor input IOM40212 X3 .3 SHD 21X3.3[S] 0 300 5
PSTZ18
("Stand-still" see note in parameter group 2 (PDMZUE) .
PTUN18
.-" -- ...
/
l )
SAM
Electronics


0 : No function, monitoring vtire breakage not active.
PGEB19
1 : No Override
PORB19
1 : No Override
POVE19
184 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor Input IOM402 12 X3.4 P.A SLD 2/X3.4[S) 0 300
PPRZ19
185 Slowdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM40212 X3.4 SLD 21X3.4[S) 0 300 60
PREZ19
186 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 12 X3.4 P.A SHD 21X3.4(S) 0 300 3
PPSZ19
187 Shutdown initiate in (s) I Sensor inputiOM40212 X3.4 SHD 21X3.4[S) 0 300 5
PSTZ19
Alarm will be re-enabeld ____ sec after restart of engine.
0: No suppression.
PTUN19
)
~SAM
~ Electronics

PGEB20
190 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 12 X3.5 O.SLD BL.2/X3 .5 0
1 : No Override
PORB20
191 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM402/2 X3.5 O.SHD BL.2/X3.5 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE20
192 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 12 X3.5 P.A SLD 2/X3 .5[S) 0 300
PPRZ20
193 Slowdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM402/2 X3 .5 SLD 2/X3 .5(S) 0 300 60
PREZ20
194 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM402/2 X3.5 P.A SHD 2/X3.5(S) 0 300 3
PPSZ20
195 Shutdown initiate in (s) I Sensor Input IOM402 /2 X3.5 SHD 21X3.5(S) 0 300 5
PSTZ20
196 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM402/2 X3.5) TI.SUP .21X3.5(S) 0 300 0
PTUN20
SAM
Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM402/2 X3.6

PGEB21
198 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402/2 X3.6 O.SLD BL.2/X3.6 0
1 : No Override
PORB21
199 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM402/2 X3.6 O.SHD BL.2/X3.6 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE21
200 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 /2 X3.6 P.A SLD 2/X3.6[S) 0 300
PPRZ21
201 Slowdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X3.6 SLD 2/X3.6(S) 0 300 60
PREZ21
202 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM402/2 X3.6 P.A SHD 21X3.6(S) 0 300 3
PPSZ21
203 Shutdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 12 X3.6 SHD 21X3.6(S] 0 300 5
PSTZ21
204 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM402/2 X3.6) TI.SUP .21X3.6[S) 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN21
)
~SAM
~ Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM402 12 X3 .7

Parameter value= 0 => Non function, monitoring wire breakage not activ .
Parameter value= 1 => Execute slowdown only .
Parameter value = 2 => Execute shutdown only .
Parameter value = 3 => Execute Slowdown and Shutdown .
PGEB22
206 Override Slowdown I Sensor inputiOM40212 X3.7 O.SLD BL.2/X3 .7 0
Parameter value = 0 => Override possible
Parameter value = 1 => No Override
PORB22
207 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40212 X3 .7 O.SHD BL.21X3.7 0 0
Parameter value = 0 => Override possible
Parameter value = 1 => No Override
POVE22
208 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X3.7 P.A SLD 2/X3.7[S] 0 300
PPRZ22
209 Slowdown initiate in (s] I Sensor inputiOM402 12 X3 .7 SLD 2/X3 .7[S] 0 300 60
PREZ22
210 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X3.7 P.A SHD 21X3.7[S] 0 300 3
PPSZ22
211 Shutdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM40212 X3 .7 SHD 21X3.7(S) 0 300 5
PSTZ22
212 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-st ill (IOM40212 X3.7) TI.SUP .21X3.7(S] 0 300 0
Alarm will be re-enabeld ____ sec after restart of engine .
Parameter value = 0 => No suppression.
("Stand-still " see note in parameter group 2 (PDMZUE) .

PTUN22
i
\ _)
SAM
Electronics


PGEB23
214 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40213 X 1.1 O.SLD BL.31X1.1 0
1 : No Override
PORB23
1 : No Override
POVE23
216 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1.1 P.A SLD 31X1.1[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ23
PREZ23
218 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1.1 P.A SHD 31X1.1[S) 0 300
PPSZ23
219 Shutdown initiate in [s] I Sensor Input IOM40213 X1.1 SHD3/X1.1[S) 0 300 15
PSTZ23
220 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40213 X1.1) TI.SUP .31X1.1 [S) 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN23
)
~SAM
~ Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM40213

PGEB24
222 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 13 X1.2 O.SLD Bl.31X1 .2 0
1 : No Override
PORB24
223 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .2 O.SHD Bl.31X 1.2 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE24
224 Pre alarm Slowdown In [s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .2 P.A SLD 31X1 .2[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ24
225 Slowdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .2 SLD 31X1 .2[SJ 0 300 20
PREZ24
226 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM402 13 X1 .2 P.A SHD 31X1 .2[S) 0 300
PPSZ24
227 Shutdown Initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM402 13 X1 .2 SHD 31X1 .2[S) 0 300 15
PSTZ24
228 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40213 X1 .2) TI.SUP .31X1 .2[S) 0 300 0
PTUN24
r , ' ·,
"~j
SAM
Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor Input IOM402 13 X1.3

PGEB25
1 : No Override
PORB25
231 override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40213 X1.3 O.SHD BL.31X1.3 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE25
232 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor Input IOM402 13 X 1.3 P.A SLD 31X1.3[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ25
PREZ25
234 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s) I Sensor Input IOM40213 X1.3 P.A SHD 31X1.3[S) 0 300
PPSZ25
235 Shutdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM40213 X1.3 SHD 31X1.3[S) 0 300 15
PSTZ25
236 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still M40213 X1.3) TI.SUP .31X1.3[S) 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN25
)
~SAM
~ Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM402 13 X

PGEB26
238 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 13 X 1.4 O.SLD BL.31X1.4 0
1 : No Override
PORB26
239 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM402 13 X1.4 O.SHD BL.31X1.4 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE26
240 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor Input IOM40213 X1.4 P.A SLD 31X1.4[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ26
241 Slowdown initiate in (s) I Sensor Input IOM40213 X1.4 SLD 31X1.4[S) 0 300 20
PREZ26
242 Pre alarm Shutdown In [s) I Sensor Input IOM40213 X1.4 P.A SHD 31X1 .4[S) 0 300
PPSZ26
243 Shutdown initiate in (s) I Sensor Input IOM40213 X1.4 SHD 31X1 .4[S) 0 300 15
PSTZ26
244 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40213 X1.4) TI.SUP .31X1.4[SJ 0 300 0
PTUN26
-~--,
(
( ) :)
·'
SAM
Electronics

Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM402 13 X1 .5

0: No function, monitoring wire breakage not active.
PGEB27
246 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .5 O.SLD BL31X1.5 0
1 : No Override
PORB27
247 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40213 X1.5 O.SHD BL.31X1 .5 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE27
248 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X 1.5 P.A SLD 31X1.5[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ27
249 Slowdown initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1.5 SLD 31X1 .5[S) 0 300 20
PREZ27
250 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .5 P.A SHD 31X1.5[S) 0 300
PPSZ27
251 Shutdown initiate in [s) I Sensor Input IOM402 13 X1 .5 SHD 31X1.5[S) 0 300 15
PSTZ27
252 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40213 X1 .5) TLSUP.31X1.5[S) 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN27
)
~SAM
~ Electronics


PGEB28
254 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .6 O.SLD BL.31X1 .6 0
1 : No Override
PORB28
255 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .6 O.SHD BL.31X 1.6 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE28
256 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s) I Sensor Input IOM40213 X1 .6 P.A SLD 31X1.6(S] 0 300 3
PPRZ28
257 Slowdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .6 SLD 31X1 .6(S) 0 300 20
PREZ28
258 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .6 P.A SHD 31X1 .6[S) 0 300
PPSZ28
259 Shutdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM402/3 X1 .6 SHD 31X1 .6(S) 0 300 15
PSTZ28
260 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40213 X 1.6) TI.SUP .31X1 .6(SJ 0 300 0
("Stand-still" see note In parameter group 2 (PDMZUE) .
PTUN28
(~) ' . '
SAM
Electronics


PGEB29
262 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40213 X1.7 O.SLD BL.31X1 .7 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB29
1 : No Override
POVE29
264 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .7 P.A SLD 31X1.7[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ29
265 Slowdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1.7 SLD 31X1.7(S) 0 300 20
PREZ29
266 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1.7 P.A SHD 31X1.7(S) 0 300
PPSZ29
267 Shutdown initiate In (s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X1.7 SHD 31X1.7(S] 0 300 15
PSTZ29
268 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40213 X 1. 7) TI.SUP.31X1.7[S) 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN29
)
~SAM
~ Electronics

': -. ·. ·. :; ~· :~ :; .
Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM402 13 X .8

PGEB30
270 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 13 X1 .8 O.SLD BL.31X1 .8 0 0
1 : No Override
POR830
271 Override Shutdown I Sensor Input IOM40213 X1 .8 O.SHD BL.31X1.8 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE30
272 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM402 13 X1 .8 P.A SLD 31X1 .8[S] 0 300 3
PPRZ30
273 Slowdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .8 SLD 31X1 .8[SJ 0 300 20
PREZ30
274 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM402 13 X1 .8 P.A SHD 31X1 .8[S] 0 300 3
PPSZ30
275 Shutdown Initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM40213 X1 .8 SHD 31X1 .8[S] 0 300 5
PSTZ30
276 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40213 X1 .8) TI.SUP .31X 1.8[S] 0 300 0
PTUN30
,.- ~.
l I
' j
SAM
Electronics


PGEB31
1 : No Override
PORB31
1 : No Override
POVE31
280 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM402 13 X3.1 P .A SLD 31X3.1 (S] 0 300 3
PPRZ31
281 Slowdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.1 SLD 31X3.1(S] 0 300 20
PREZ31
282 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s] I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.1 P.A SHD 31X3.1(S] 0 300 3
PPSZ31
283 Shutdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.1 SHD 31X3.1 (S] 0 300 5
PSTZ31
0 : No suppression.
PTUN31
)
~SAM
~ Electronics
Param. Parameter description Display indication Lower Upper Pre- Ship Changes
No. limit limit setting setting
Functionality determine for Sensor input IOM402 /3 X3.2 FCT 3/X3.2

0 : No function , monitoring wire breakage not active .
PGEB32
286 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 /3 X3.2 O.SLD BL.3/X3.2 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB32
287 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM402 13 X3.2 O.SHD BL.31X3.2 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE32
288 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s] I Sensor input IOM402/3 X3.2 P.A SLD 31X3 .2[SJ 0 300 3
PPRZ32
289 Slowdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM402/3 X3 .2 SLD 31X3 .2[SJ 0 300 20
PREZ32
290 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s] I Sensor input IOM402 /3 X3.2 P.A SHD 31X3.2[SJ 0 300 3
PPSZ32
291 Shutdown initiate in [s] I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.2 SHD 31X3.2[SJ 0 300 5
PSTZ32
292 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40213 X3.2) TI.SUP .3/X3.2(SJ 0 300 0
Alarm will be re-enabled ____ sec aner restart of engine .
PTUN32
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH PCS 271 .127 682 TD1 Rev .: 11 16.03.00 Page 38/42
(
l,
SAM
Electronics


o : No function,monitoring wire breakage not active.
PGEB33
294 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 13 X3.3 O.SLD BL.31X3.3 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB33
1 : No Override
POVE33
296 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM402 13 X3.3 P .A SLD 31X3.3[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ33
297 Slowdown initiate in [s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.3 SLD 31X3.3[SJ 0 300 20
PREZ33
298 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.3 P.A SHD 31X3.3[S) 0 300 3
PPSZ33
PSTZ33
300 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM402/3 X3.3) TI.SUP .3/X3.3[SJ 0 300 0
0 : No suppression.
PTUN33
)
~SAM
~ Electronics


PGEB34
302 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 13 X3.4 O.SLD BL.3/X3 .4 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB34
303 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM402 /3 X3.4 O.SHD BL .31X3.4 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE34
304 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.4 P .A SLD 31X3.4[S) 0 . 300 3
PPRZ34
305 Slowdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 13 X3 .4 SLD 31X3.4(S) 0 300 20
PREZ34
306 Pre alarm Shutdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.4 P.A SHD 31X3.4[S) 0 300 3
PPSZ34
307 Shutdown initiate in (s) I Sensor Input IOM402 /3 X3.4 SHD 3/X3.4(S) 0 300 5
PSTZ34
308 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40213 X3.4) TI.SUP .31X3.4(S) 0 300 0
PTUN34
( )
SAM
Electronics


2 :Execute shutdown only.
PGEB35
310 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM402 13 X3.5 O.SLD BL.31X3.5 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB35
1 : No Override
POVE35
312 Pre alarm Slowdown in [s) I Sensor Input IOM402 13 X3.5 P.A SLD 31X3.5[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ35
PREZ35
314 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s) I Sensor input IOM402 13 X3.5 P.A SHD 3IX3.5[S) 0 300 3
PPSZ35
PSTZ35
0 : No suppression.
PTUN35
)
~SAM
~ Electronics


PGEB36
318 Override Slowdown I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.6 O.SLD BL.31X3 .6 0 0
1 : No Override
PORB36
319 Override Shutdown I Sensor input IOM402 13 X3 .6 O.SHD BL.31X3 .6 0 0
1 : No Override
POVE36
320 Pre alarm Slowdown in (s) I Sensor input IOM402 13 X3.6 P.A SLD 31X3 .6[S) 0 300 3
PPRZ36
321 Slowdown initiate in (s) I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.6 SLD 31X3.6(S) 0 300 20
PREZ36
322 Pre alarm Shutdown in [s] I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.6 P.A SHD 31X3.6[S) 0 300 3
PPSZ36
323 Shutdown initiate in (s] I Sensor input IOM40213 X3.6 SHD 31X3.6(S) 0 300 5
PSTZ36
324 Alarm may be suppressed at engine stand-still (IOM40213 X3.6) TI.SUP .31X3 .6(S) 0 300 0
PTUN36
P'3 SAM
U Electronics
r,, "'nbr.r nt t 11" l-lrr.-.r.t.: rl~ :.; -c ·'J"'
Geamot40M
Engine Safety System, ESS 40M
WNS - DENIS 1 I 6
Test Specification

BehringstraBe 120
D-22763 Hamburg
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 1/30
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
Engine Safety System, ESS 40 M
U Electronics
Test Specification
Document-Version
Version 1.0 from 15.08.97, J.Fett, SBA1

Document created
Version 1.1 from 09.12.1997, J. Fett, SBA1

Text corrections on request of engine maker and classification society. Order of Input and
Output tabel exchanged.

Output assignment of 10M 401/3 DAB and DA9 transferred to DA7 and DAB. DA9 replaced
with new assignment.

New cover design
Item 3.1 sub item 1.4 display text changed
sub item 3 line break indication text changed
sub item 4 .1 and 4.2 removed
Item 3.2.1 sub item 1.7 to 1.11 remark added
sub item 2.15 input function changed to "Spare (fixed .. .)
sub item 3.6 to 3.11 input function changed and "Piston cooling ... " added to
remarks
sub item 3.14 input function changed to "Spare (fixed ... )
sub item 3.15 input function changed to "Safety Air Press . Low", remark added
Item 3.2.2 sub item 1.2 text in column "Opens at" changed
sub item 2 .7 to 2.B second function changed to spare, remark added
sub item 4.1 output changed to "Reset shutdown"
Version 1.4 from 08.02.2001, J. Fett, MSA1

Company Logo changed, complete orthographic review
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.200 1 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 2/30
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
U Electronics
Test Specification
Contents
Document-Version 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4
1 Conditions 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
2 Operations by STN commissioning personnel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
201 Testing of external links 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
202 Checking and adjustment 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
,--- .......,
LJ 3 Test procedure for the Engine Safety System ESS 40 M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6
301 General Tests 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6
Engine speed sensing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6
Emergency stop 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8
Safety Shut Down 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13
Shaft Driven Alternator 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14
302 Single Input/ Output Test 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15
30201 Table of Inputs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16
10M 402/1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16
10M 402/2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18
10M 402/3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22
3.202 Table of Outputs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25
DZM 402 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25
10M 402/1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 26
10M 402/2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27
10M 402/3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 29
o· © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271o151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08002.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 3130
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
U Electronics
Test Specification
ACCEPTED OBJECT
I
NAME VERSION DATED
YARD HULL NO
VESSEL TYPE NAME OF VESSEL
THE OBJECT IS ACCEPTED : 0 WITH FOLLOWING REMARKS 0 WITHOUT

REMARKS
YARD
CLASSIFICATION
SOCIETY
OWNER
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 4/30
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
U Electronics
Test Specification
1 Conditions
Internal connections must be connected and checked

Assembly of all system components at the periphery must be concluded
Cable connections established and checked for wrong connection, earth faults
and extraneous voltage
Shipyard support guaranteed by STN with regard to testing and adjustment of the
system
2 Operations by STN commissioning personnel
0 During normal working hours the following tests will be done:
2.1 Testing of external links
Testing the external links in accordance with the STN cable connection diagrams
harmonised with the shipyard
Cable connections
Connections of all inputs and outputs ( digital and analogue)
Connection of operating and indication elements
24 V DC power supply including all sub supplies
Pick Ups at the main engine
2.2 Checking and adjustment
Checking and adjustment of the Propulsion Control System in accordance with the
n
'----/
STN parameter table, taking engine manufacturers and ship owners requests under
account.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WPS • Page 5/30
)
~SAM
Engine Safety System, ESS 40 M Member of the EuroMarine Group
Test Specification
3 Test procedure for the Engine Safety System ESS 40 M

3.1 General Tests
No Test Start condnion I End Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Oat&'
condition mls. trail trial Initials
1 Engine speed NOTE: X

sensing First the parameter setting for speed sensing has to be carried out.
As the engine has to run during this tests, take care of the maximum possible speed seHing according to the test
environment.
f-..--
1.1 Engine ready to start, Test Start and engine running in ahead Turning direction ahead 0 X
Control mode Local Control and astern direction manually operated
from Local Control Stand Turning direction astern 0
Check measured speed for turning

direction
f-..--
1.2 Engine ready to start, Put telegraph to minimum ahead Engine starts and decelerates to X
Control mode Autonnatic desired speed
Bridge Check measured speed for accuracy
at the BAT and aK analogue Display : Act. : RPM
NOTE: instruments
f-..--
Put telegraph to STOP
1.3 Put telegraph to minimum astern Engine starts and decelerates to X
position and wait for engine
standstill before each new desired speed
test step Check measured speed for accuracy
at the BAT and aN analogue Display : Act. : RPM
Instruments
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 6/30
(
', )
(_))
~SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condition I End Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
condition mis. trail trial initials
1.4 Engine speed Engine at standsUII, main Release the over speed test by setung Over speed at _ _ _ RPM X See also digital output X5.2/3
sensing start valve blocked, start air the parameter "TESTMODE FOR on DZM 402 on page 25
(continued) distributer blocked. OVERSPEED" to "1" Display "OVERSPEED SIMUL: Act.
Control mode Automatic value",
Bridge Set the parameter for the over speed Alarm "Over speed shutdown"
trigger level "TEST OVER- Digital output "Over speed shut-
SPEED[RPM]" to a level < 19 RPM down" at the DZM 402 set .
Emergency stop valve energized
---- -----------
1.5 NOTE:
As the engine has to run during this test. take care of the maximum possible speed setting according to the test
environment.
Engine ready to start, main Set the parameter for the over speed Engine starts and accelerates to X X See also digital output X5.2/3
start-valve not blocked, start trigger level "OVERSPEED[RPM]" to a desired speed on DZM 402 on page 25 and
air distributer not blocked, level below the max possible speed for digital output DA5 on !OM
control air on, safety air on this test and exit parameter mode. Over speed at _ _ _ RPM 40212 on page 28
Control mode Automatic "SHUTDOWN ACTIVE"
Bridge Put telegraph successive to ahead Alarm "OVERSPEED"
position and watch display of engine Digital output "Over speed shut-
speed, until the set over speed test limit down" at the DZM 402 set as long
is reached as over speed condition is present.
Emergency stop valve energized
NOTE: Engine stops
After test set the parameter to former
value
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 7/30
)
r;] SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condition I End Action Expected resu~ FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
condition mls. trail trial Initials
2 Emergency Engine at standstill. Disconnect wire from EM-Stop button Alarm" EMERG.STOP WI.P WB" X X
stop Wing Port to IOM 402/1 Ch. 10
EM-Stop Valve(s) energized via
Wing Port Press EM-Stop button Wing Port direct connection . This resulls in an
alarm "EMERG.STOP VALVE WB"
Provided Cancel EM-Stop by pressing EM-Stop
Yes D button Wing Port again.
No D Connect wire from EM-Stop button
Wing Port to IOM 402/1 Ch. 10
Ackn<M'Iedge line break alarm
~
2.1 Disconnect wire from EM-Stop button X X
Wing Port to EM - Stop valve(s)
Press EM-Stop button Wing Port Display "EMERG. STOP ACTIVE"

Alarm "EMERG.STOP WPT
HW.WB" and "EMERGENCY
STOPW.P."
Cancel EM-Stop by pressing EM-Stop IOM 40211 digital output DA 1 on
button Wing Port again. page 26 and 10M 40212 digital
Connect wire from EM-Stop button output DA4 on page 27
Wing Port to EM - Stop valve(s)
AcknO'Medge alarms
Reset shut down
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 8/30
(
(_j \
\
- /
I
r;'1 SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
ll..a Electronics
Test Specification
condition mis. trail bial Initials
2.2 Emergency Disconnect wire from EM-Stop button Alarm" EMERG.STOP WI.S.WB" X X
stop Wing Stbd to 10M 402/1 Ch. 11

(continued) EM-Stop Valve(s) energized via
Press EM-Stop button Wing Stbd direct connection. This results in an
Win~Stbd alarm "EMERG.STOP VALVE WB"
Cancel EM-Stop by pressing EM-Stop
Provided button Wing Stbd again.
Yes 0 Connect wire from EM-Stop button
No 0 Wing Stbd to 10M 402/1 Ch. 11
Acknowledge line break alann
i==
Wing Stbd to EM - Stop valve(s)
Press EM-Stop button Wing Stbd Display "EM ERG. STOPACTIVE"

Alann "EMERG.STOP WSB
HW.WB" and "EMERG.STOP
W.S."
Cancel EM-Stop by pressing EM-Stop 10M 402/1 digital output DA 1 on
button Wing Stbd again. page 26 and 10M 402/2 digital
Wing Stbd to EM -Stop valve(s)
AcknOINlege alanns
Reset shut down
)
r;'1 SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M ll!.a Electronics
Test Specification
No Test Start cond~lon I End Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
condition mis. trail tnal Initials
2.4 Emergency Disconnect wire from EM-Stop button Alarm" EMERG.STOP BRID.WB" X X
stop Bridge to 10M 402/1 Ch. 9
Press EM-Stop button Bridge direct connection. This results in an
BridQe alarm "EMERG.STOP VALVE WB"
Provided button Bridge again.
No 0 Bridge to 10M 402/1 Ch. 9
Acknowledge line break alarm
~
Bridge to EM -Stop vatve(s)
Display "SHUTDOWN ACTIVE"
Press EM-Stop button Bridge Alarm "EMERG .STOP
BRI.HW.WB" and "EMERGE NCY
STOP BRIDGE"
tOM 402/1 digital output DA 1 on
Cancel EM-Stop by pressing EM-Stop page 26 and tOM 40212 digital
button Bridge again. output DA4 on page 27
Connect wire from EM-Stop button
Bridge to EM - Stop vatve(s)
Acknowledge alarms
Reset shut down
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02 .2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 10/30
(
--
\
·----'·
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
ll!.a Electronics
Test Specification
No Test Start condition I End Action Expected resuH FAT Com Dock Sea Remarks Date/
condition mis. trail trial Initials
2.6 Emergency Disconnect wire from EM-Stop button Alarm" EMERG.STOP ECR WB" X X
stop ECR to 10M 40211 Ch. 8
Press EM-Stop button ECR direct connection. This results in an
ECR alarm "EMERG.STOP VALVE WB"
Provided button ECR again.
Yes D Connect wire from EM-Stop button
No D ECR to 10M 402/1 Ch. 8
Acknowledge line break alarm
r===
ECR to EM - Stop valve(s)
Press EM-Stop button ECR Display "EMERG. STOP ACTIVE"

Alarm "EMERG.STOP ECR
HW.WB" and "EMERG.STOP
ECR"
Cancel EM-Stop by pressing EM-Stop IOM 402/1 digital output DA1 on
button ECR again. page 26 and 10M 402/2 digital
ECR to EM -Stop valve(s)
Acknowledge alarms
Reset shut down
)
~SAM
Test Specification
condition mis. trail trial initials
2.8 Emergency Disconnect wire from EM-Stop button Alarm " EMERG.STOP LOC.WB" X X
stop LOCAL ER to 10M 402/1 Ch. 12
Press EM-Stop button LOCAL ER direct connection. This results in an
Local ER alarm "EMERG.STOP VALVE WB"
Provided button LOCAL ER again.
No 0 LOCAL ER to 10M 402/1 Ch. 12
Acknowtedge line break alarm
i=
LOCAL ER to EM - Stop valve(s)
Press EM-Stop button LOCAL ER Display "EMERG. STOP ACTIVE"

Alarm "EMERG.STOPLOC.
HW.WB" and "EM ERG. STOP
LOCAL"
Cancel EM-Stop by pressing EM -Stop 10M 402/1 digital output DA1 on
button LOCAL ER again. page 26 and 10M 40212 digital
LOCAL ER to EM - Stop valve(s)
Acknowledge alanns
Reset shut down
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 12/30
~SAM
Test Specification
condition mls. trail bial Initials
3 Safety Shut Engine at standstill Normally at engine standstill there are Stop valve for cylinder X X
Down several Shut Down criteria active. If not, 1 + 2 energized o
set a Shut Down input to meet Shut 3 + 4 energized o
Down condition 5 + 6 energized o
7 + 8 energized o
9 + 10 energized 0
11 + 12 energized 0
Disconnect wire from 10M 402/1 , X5.5 Line break alanns: X X

"Stop Valve C. 1-2 WB"
"StopValveC.34 WB"
Connect wire to 10M 402/1, X5.5

Acknowledge line break alarms
Disconnect wire from 10M 402/1, X6.1 Line break alanns: X X

"StopValveC.11-12 WB"
Connect wire to 10M 402 /1, X6.1 Depending on parameter setting

Acknowledge line break alanns
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 13/30
)
r;"3 SAM
Test Specification
No Test Start condition I End Action Expected result FAT Com Dock Sea Remarl<s Date/
condition mls . trail trial Initials
4 Shaft Driven Control mode Automatic Set any SI<Jwdov.ln or shutdown input A signal "Shutdown I Slowdown" is X
AHemator Bridge given to the shaft driven altemator
(if allocable) Engine running at a speed control. Immediate start of diesel
set point sufficient high for allemator(s)
Provided rated shaft driven alternator Engine speed decelerates
Yes 0 load. Main busbar is sup-
No 0 plied by shaft driven
allemator alone with a load
higher than minimum load for
minimum operating speed.
All diesel alternators stopped
and in automatic
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 14130
.. ,' :·
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M U Elec1ronics
Test Specification
3.2 Single Input I Output Test
The following table shows all input channels of the 10M's connected to the DZM
402. Before testing, the inputs have to be noted to the column Input function in
II II
accordance with the ships related drawings. Additionally the functions Slowdown
(SLD) and I or Shut-down (SHD) and Override have to be marked in the respective
column according to the ships related parameter table.
Every input has to be checked by setting the incoming contact
as normal Slowdown and I or Shutdown function

with Override Slowdown respective Override Shutdown selected
Check
Pre alarm
Delay time
Displayed Text at the BAT 41 0
Alarm
Delay time
Function, taking the outputs under account
Override
Slowdown I Shutdown carried out, if Override is not selected
Slowdown I Shutdown not carried out, if Override is selected and Override
is released for the particular input
Slowdown I Shutdown carried out, if Override is selected and Override is
not released for the particular input
0 After each test reset the tested input to normal condition, acknowledge the alarm
and reset Slowdown and I or Shutdown.
Every input signal, as
Engine Stop
Slowdown
Shutdown
Emergency Stop
result in specific outputs. For every criterion the particular outputs have to be
checked. The outputs of the ESS 40 M, the destination and the active signal (
open contact or closed contact ) are listed up in the next table.
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 15/30
)
r;"] SAM
ESS 40 M Member of the EuroMarine Group
Test Specification
3.2.1 Table of Inputs
No Module Channel Input function SLD Override Expected result FAT Comml Dock Sea Remarks Date/
Terminal SHD s trial trial Initials
1 10M 402/1 CH 1 Lub. Oil Inlet pressure low SLD o D Indication : BAT 41 0 D X X X See also digital output
X1.1 SHO o SLD Pre Alarm in _ _sec DA 10 and DA 11 on IOM
SLDAiarm in sec 402/3 on page 30
--
SHD Pre Alarm In sec
--
SHDAiarm in sec
f.--
1.1 CH2 Not provided D SLD o D Indication : BAT 41 0 D X X X
X1 .2 Provided SHO o SLD Pre Alarm in
D '
- -sec
SLD Alarm in
- -sec
SHD Pre Alarm in
- -sec
SHDAiarm in sec
1--
1.2 CH 3 Not provided D SLD o D Indication : BAT 41 0 D X X X
X1 .3 Provided o : SHOo SLD Pre Alarm in
- -sec
SLDAiarm in
- -sec
SHD Pre Alarm in
- -sec
SHDAiarm in sec
f.--
1.3 CH4 Not provided D SLD o D Indication : BAT 410 D X X X
X1 .4 Provided o: SHOo SLD Pre Alarm in sec
--
SLDAiarm in - -sec
SHD Pre Alarm in
- -sec
SHDAiarm in sec
1---
1.4 CH5 Not provided D SLD D D Indication: BAT 410 D X X X
X1 .5 Provided o : SHOo SLD Pre Alarm in
SLDAiarm in
--sec sec
--
SHD Pre Alarm in
- -sec
SHDAiarm in sec
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 16/30
r;] SAM
ESS40 M Member of the EuroMarine Group
Test Specification
No Module Channel Input function SLD Override Expected result FAT Commi Dock Sea Remarks Date/
Tenninal SHD s trial trial Initials
1.5 10M 402/1 CH6 Piston cooling oil flow I Difference SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 o X X X
(continued) X1.6 pressure cylinder 1 - n (option) SHOo SLD Pre Alann in _ _sec
If a single input for each cylinder is SLDAiann
SHD Pre Alann in
in
-- sec
required, please refer to 10M 402/3 on
pages 22 to 23 SHDAiarm
-- sec
in _ _sec
Not provided 0
Provided o:
- Not provided SLD o Indication : BAT 41 0 0
1.6 CH7 0 0 X X X
X1.7 Provided o: SHOo SLD Pre Alann in _ _sec
SLDAiann in - -sec
SHD Pre Alann in _ _sec
SHDAiann in - -sec
1---
1.7 CHB Emergency Stop ECR SHD~ Indication : BAT 41 o 0 X X X NOTE: "Not provided"
X1.8 Provided Yes 0 No 0 means "No pushbutton is
1--- installed". The input is still
1.8 CH9 Emergency Stop Bridge Console SHD~ Indication : BAT 41 0 o X X X
monitored and in function.
X3.1 Provided Yes 0 No 0
1---
1.9 CH10 Emergency Stop Wing Port SHD~ Indication: BAT 410 o X X X
-
1.10 CH11 Emergency Stop Wing Starboard SHD~ Indication: BAT 410 o X X X
- SHD~ Indication : BAT 41 0 o
1.11 CH12 Emergency Stop Local Control E. R. X X X
)
~SAM
ESS40 M Member of the EuroMarine Group
Test Specification
1.1 2 10M 402/1 CH13 Override shutdown local E.R. Indication : BAT 410 0 X X X
(continued) X3 .5
f--..--
1.13 CH14 4,5 o load indication Release of Input IOM402/2 , CH3 X X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X3 .6 (without BMS interface only) 0
f--..--
1.14 CH15 Shutdown reset local Engine Room Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X
X3 .7
1--
1.15 CH16 Standstill Indication : Output IOM402/2 , X X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X3 .8 DA6 0
2 10M 402/2 CH 1 Not provided 0 SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X

X1.1 Provided o : SHOo SlD Pre Alarm in sec
--
SLDAiarm in
- -sec
SHD Pre Alarm in
SHDAiarm in
--sec
sec
1--
2.1 CH 2 Not provided 0 SlD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X
X1 .2 Provided o : SHOo SlD Pre Alarm in _ _sec
SlDAiarm
SHD Pre Alarm in
in
-- sec
sec
--
SHDAiarm In sec
0
r;] SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
ESS 40 M
m.a Electronics
Test Specification
No Module Channel Input function SLD Override Expected result FAT Commi Dock Sea Rernarl<s Date/
2.2 10M 40212 CH3 Cross head lub oil pressure low SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 o X X X See also digital output
(continued) X1.3 (release by Ll > 4.5 o via BMS SLD Pre Alann in _ _sec DA 11 on 10M 40213 on
interface or inputi0M402/1, CH.14) SLDAiann in _ _sec page30
r---
2.3 CH4 Not provided 0 SLD o 0 Indication: BAT 410 o X X X
SLDAiann in
--sec
SHDAiarm in
- - -sec
2.4 CH5 Not provided D SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 o X X X
";;
SLDAiarm in _ _sec
SHD Pre Alann in sec
--
SHDAiann in _ _sec
t-
2.5 CH6 Not provided 0 SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 o X X X
SLDAiann In _ _sec
SHD Pre Alann In
SHDAiarm
-- sec
In _ _sec
t-
2.6 CH7 Not provided 0 SLD o 0 Indication: BAT 410 o X X X
SLDAiann In _ _sec
--
SHDAiann in sec
)
~SAM
Test Specification
2.7 10M 402/2 CH8 Not provided 0 SLD D 0 Indication : BAT 410 0 X X X
(continued) X1 .8 Provided o : SHOo SLD Pre Alann in _ _sec
tOM 402/2 SLD Alann in sec
--
(continued) SHD Pre Alann in sec
--
- 2.8 CH9 Not provided 0 SLD o 0
SHDAiarm in
Indication : BAT 410 o

sec
X X X
X3 .1 Provided o · SHOo SLD Pre Alann in sec
--
SLDAiann in sec
--
SHD Pre Alann in -- sec
SHDAiarm in sec
1---
2.9 CH10 Not provided 0 SLD o 0 Indication: BAT 410 0 X X X
X3 .2 Provided o : SHOo SLD Pre Alann in
SLDAiann in
-- sec
sec
--
SHD Pre Alann in
SHDAiann
-- sec
in - -sec
:,..___
2.10 CH11 Not provided D SLD o D Indication : BAT 410 0 X X X

X3.3 Provided o : SHOo SLD Pre Alann in _ _ sec
SLD Alann
--
in sec
SHD Pre Alann in
SHDAiarm
--
in
sec
sec
1---
2.11 CH12 Not provided 0 SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X
X3 .4 Provided o : SHOo SLD Pre Alann in _ _sec
SLDAiann in sec
--
--
SHDAiarm in sec
,_,----.._, ( '
( \
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
ESS 40 M
l!.a Electronics
Test Specification
2.12 10M 402/2 CH13 Not provided 0 SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X

(continued) X3.5 Provided o: SHOo SLD Pre Alann In _ _sec
SLDAiann in
--
SHD Pre Alann in - -sec
sec
SHDAiarm in _ _sec
,--
2.13 CH14 Not provided 0 SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X
X3.6 Provided 0 SHOo SLD Pre Alann in _ _sec
SLDAiann in - -sec
SHDAiarm in _ _sec
r--
2.14 CH15 Not provided 0 SLD o 0 indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X
X3.7 Provided 0 : SHOo SLD Pre Alann in _ _sec
SLDAiann in - -sec
SHDAiarm in
- - -sec
2.15 CH16 Spare (fixed, without function)
X3.8
)
~SAM
Test Specification
No Module Channel lnpul function SLD Override Expected result FAT Commi Dock Sea Remarks Date/
3 10M 40213 CH 1 Piston cooling oil flow I Difference SHOo 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X
X1.1 pressure cylinder 1 SHD Pre Alarm in sec
--
SHDAiarm in
r--
Provided Yes 0 No 0 -- sec
3.1 CH2 Piston cooling oil flow I Difference SHOo 0 Indication: BAT 410 0 X X X
X1 .2 pressure cylinder 2 SHD Pre Alarm in
- -sec
Provided Yes 0 SHDAiarm in
t---
No 0 - -sec
3.2 CH3 Piston cooling oil flow I Difference SHOo 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 o X X X
X1.3 pressure cylinder 3 SHD Pre Alarm in sec
--
Provided Yes 0 No 0 SHDAiarm in sec
f--- --
3.3 CH 4 Piston cooling oil flow I Difference SHOo 0 Indication : BAT 410 o X X X
X1 .4 pressure cylinder 4 SHD Pre Alann in
- -sec
r--
Provided Yes 0 No 0 SHDAiarm in
--sec
3.4 CH5 Piston cooling oil flow I Difference SHOo 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 o X X X
X1 .5 pressure cylinder 5 SHD Pre Alarm in sec
--
Provided Yes 0 No 0 SHDAiarm in sec
r--- --
3.5 CH6 Piston cooling oil flow I Difference SHOo 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X
X1 .6 pressure cylinder 6 SHD Pre Alarm in
- -sec
Provided Yes 0 No 0 SHDAiann in
- - -sec
3.6 CH7 Spare SLD o 0 Indication: BAT 410 o X X X Piston cooling oil flow I
X1.7 Not provided
Provided
0
o ·
SHOo SLD Pre Alann In
SLDAiann in
--
--
sec
sec
Difference pressure
cylinder 7
SHD Pre Alarm in sec
--
SHDAiarm in sec
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 22130
0·.
~SAM
Test Specification
No Module Channel Input function SLD Override Expected resuH FAT Commi Dock Sea Remarks Date/
3.7 IOM40213 CH8 Spare SLD o 0 Indication: BAT 410 0 X X X Piston cooling oil flow I
(continued) X1.8 Not provided 0 SHOo SLD Pre Alann in _ _sec Difference pressure
Provided o: SLDAiann in _ _sec cylinder 8
SHD Pre Alann in -- sec
SHDAiarm in _ _sec
1---
3.8 CH9 Spare SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X Piston cooling oil flow I
X3.1 Not provided 0 SHOo SLD Pre Alann in _ _sec Difference pressure
Provided 0 0
SLDAiann in _ _sec cylinder9
SHD Pre Alann In _ _sec
SHDAiann in _ _sec
1---
3.9 CH10 Spare SLD o 0 Indication: BAT 410 0 X X X Piston cooling oil flow I
X3.2 Not provided 0 SHOo SLD Pre Alann In _ _sec Difference pressure '

SHDAiann in _ _sec
-
3.10 CH11 Spare SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X Piston cooling oil flow I
SHD Pre Alann in
SHDAiarm
-- sec
in _ _sec
-
3.11 CH12 Spare SLD o 0 Indication: BAT 410 0 X X X .Piston cooling oil flow I
Provided o: SLDAiann In
-- sec
cylinder 12
SHDAiarm in
- -sec
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page23130
)
~SAM
ESS 40 M Member of the EuroMar ine Group
Test Specification
No Module Channel Input function SLD Override Expected result FAT Commi Dock Sea Remarks DateJ
Terminal SHD s trlal trlal Initials
3.12 10M 40213 CH13 Spare SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X

(continued) X3 .5 Not provided SHO o SLD Pre Alarm in sec
0
--
Provided o: SLD Alarm in
SHD Pre Alarm in
--sec
sec
--
SHDAiarm in sec
1-
3.13 CH14 Spare SLD o 0 Indication : BAT 41 0 0 X X X
X3 .6 Not provided 0 SHOo SLD Pre Alarm in _ _sec
Provided o · SLD Alarm in
SHD Pre Alarm in
--sec
sec
--
SHDAiarm in sec
1-
3.14 CH15 Spare (fixed, no function)
X3.7
1-
3.15 CH16 Safety Air Pressure low ESS Failure indication X X X
X3 .8
1-
1-
U··
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
ESS 40 M
m.a Electronics
Test Specification
3.2.2 Table of Outputs
Channel Com Dock Sea Date/

No Modul Output Destination Opens at Closes at FAT Remarks
Terminal mis llial llial Initials
1 DZM 402 K9 Watchdog Process Monitoring and Loss of power supply X X

X1.9/ X2.9 Control System Internal faults
(PMCS)
f---
1.1 K1 Over speed Emergency Stop Valve Over speed X X
X5.2,3
f---
1.2 K2 No ESS Failure PMCS, collective alarm Line breaks, loss of X X
X5.4,5 with re-initiation 10M modules, input
10M 402/3, CH 16
set
f---
1.3 K3 Shutdown Electronic Governor Emergency Stop, X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X5.6,7 Shutdown
f---
1.4 K4 Shutdown Auxiliary Blower Emergency Stop, X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X5.8,9 Shutdown
r---
1.5 K5 Wrong Way Ahead Indication at ECR Sub Wron Way, i.e. X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X5.10,11 Panel engine turns in
- Indication at Local opposit direction to
1.6 K6 Wrong Way Astern Control Box manual ordered
X5.11,12 K11 direction
)
~SAM
Test Specification

Terminal mls trial trial Initials
2 10M 402/1 DA1 Emergency Stop, Emergency Stop Valve Emergency Stop, X X
X5.2 Shutdown Shutdown
f--
2.1 DA2 Spare
X5.3
f---
2.2 DA3 Spare
X5.4
~
2.3 DA4 Safety Shut Down Stop valve for cylinder 1 Safety Shut Down X X
X5.6 cylinder 1 + 2 +2 (ZS7051S)
f---
X5.7 cylinder 3 + 4 +4 (ZS7052S)
1---
X5.8 cylinder 5 + 6 +6 (ZS7053S)
~
2.6 DA7 Safety Shut Down Stop valve for cylinder 7 Safety Shut Down X X Function depends on parameter
X6.2 cylinder 7 + 8 +8 (ZS7054S) setting: 0 = Spare
-------------- ----------------- --------------- ---------------- ----- ----- ----- ----- 1 = Stop valve
Spare
f---
2.7 DAB Safety Shut Down Stop valve for cylinder 9 Safety Shut Down X X Function depends on parameter
X6.3 cylinder 9 + 10 + 10 (ZS7055S) setting: 0 = Spare
-------------- ----------------- --------------- ---------------- ----- ----- ----- ----- 1 = Stop valve
Spare
( '
r'
\ __) \
--~
~SAM
ESS40 M Member of the EuroMarlne Group
Test Specification
Channel Com Dock Sea DateJ

Terminal mis trial trial lnlUals
2.8 IOM 402/1 DA9 Safety Shut Down Stop valve for cylinder Safety Shut Down X X Function depends on parameter
(continued) X6.4 cylinder 11 + 12 11 + 12 (ZS7056S) setting: 0 = Spare
-------------- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----- ----- ----- ----- 1 = Stop valve
Spare
1-
2.9 DA10 Shutdown Indication at Local Shutdown X X
X6.6 Control Box
Collective alarm
1-
2.10 DA11 Shutdown Pre Indication at Local Shutdown Pre Alarm X X
X6.7 Alarm Control Box
Collective alarm
1---
2.11 DA12 SystemFau~ Indication at Local System Fau~ X X Provided Yes D No D
X6.8 Control Box

Collective alarm
3 10M 402/2 DA1 Emergency Stop I PMCS, collective alarm Emergency Stop I X X
X5.2 Shutdown Shutdown
-
3.1 DA2 Slowdown PMCS, collective alarm Slowdown X X
X5.3
1-
3.2 DA3 Override Shutdown PMCS, collective alarm Override Shutdown X X
X5.4 /Slowdown not included in "No or Override
ESS Failure" Slowdown
1--
3.3 DA4 Emergency Stop PMCS, collective alarm Emergency Stop X X
X5.6
1-
3.4 DA5 Overspeed PMCS Overs peed X X
X5.7
)
~SAM
Test Specification

Tenninal mis trial trial Initials
3.5 10M 402/2 DA6 Standstill PMCS Stopped engine X X

(continued) X5.8 not included in "No
ESS Failure"
~
3.6 DA7 Slowdown indication at Local Slowdown X X

X6.2 Control Box
Collective alarm
t---
3.7 DA8 Slowdown pre indication at Local Slow down pre alarm X X
X6.3 alarm Control Box
Collective alarm
t---
3.8 DA9 Revolution Counter External revolution Pulse signal after every 1, 10 or 100 X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X6 .4 counter revolutions, depending on parameter setting
I---
3.9 DA10 Shutdown I Shaft Driven Alternator Shutdown I Slowdown X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X6.6 Slowdown Pre System Pre Alarm
Alarm
~
3.10 DA11 In Operation Ahead Emergency Cylinder Engine running in X X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X6.7 I Astern lubrication ahead or astern
direction
~
3.11 DA12 Spare

X6.8
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Dale 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 28130
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
ESS 40 M
ll.l.!t Electronics
Member of the EuroMari ne Group
Test Specification

Terminal mls trial trial Initials
4 10M 402/3 DA1 In Operation Ahead Bridge Manoeuvring Engine running in X X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X5.2 I Astern System by other ahead or astern
supplier direction
-
4.1 DA2 Reset Shutdown To speed indication Reset Shutdown X X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X5.3 system
1-
4.2 DA3 Spare
X5.4
1-
4.3 DA4 Standstill Bridge Manoeuvring Stopped engine Provided Yes 0 No 0
X5.6 System by other
supplier
1-
4.4 DA5 Spare
X5.7
1-
4.5 DA6 Spare
X5.8
r--
4.6 DA7 Emergency Stop, Bridge Manoeuvring Emergency Stop, X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X6.2 Shutdown System by other Shutdown
supplier
- Slowdown Bridge Manoeuvring Slowdown Provided Yes
4.7 DAB X X 0 No D
X6.3 System by other

supplier
- Bridge Manoeuvring Override Shutdown
4.8 DA9 Override Shutdown X X Provided Yes 0 No 0
X6.4 /Slowdown System by other or Override
supplier Slowdown
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page29/30
)
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
ESS 40 M
lt!a Electronics
Test Specification

Terminal mls IliaI tlial Initials
4.9 10M 402/3 DA10 Main Bearing Oil Geamot40M Main Bearing Oil X X
(continued) X6 .6 pressure low pressure low
f---
4.10 DA11 Lub. Oil pressure Geamot40M Lub. Oil pressure low X X
X6 .7 low Cross Head lub. oil
press. low
f---
4.11 DA12 Safety System Off Geamot40 M Safety System Off X X
X6 .8
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.TSF • Version 1.4 • Date 08.02.2001 • ESSTST.WP6 • Page 30/30
a: • geaender~~
+ Baugruppe
COPYRIGHT RESERVED
o. (~)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Maschinentelegraphenanlage ETS 40 M 271.127 683 ST
Maschinentelegraphenanlage ETS 40 M 271.127 683 LP
Maschinentelegraphenanlage ETS 40 M 271.127 683 STR
"
Mat.-Nr. 271127683
_Qatum Name_ STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Maschinentelegraphenanlage ETS 40 M
Marnbur uf lha EuroMarino Group
Bearb 2001-01-24 Kowalk
Gepr. 2001-01-24 Dornbrack 271.127 683 ST l Blatt 1
Norm - - I von 1
NUR ZUR INFORMATION 2001-06-29

I. () (:) ,--1-------''------'--_..::........5 - 0 ---~---------~------~---------~---~~----~
CAD ~---------------------------------
EcR CONSOLE r·-·----------------------
BRIDGE CONSOLE
A
CONTROL LEVER MT BUS-CONTROLLER CONTROL LEVER CONTROL LEVER CONTROL LEVER
-
Signole DC HV INTERFACE DC 24V
INTERFACE
ALARM Signole DC HV INTERFACE DC 24V
& INTERFACE DC 24V
& INTERFACE
-
~~ ,)1
B B
---- _:~. ~.-----~t!,__ l ( ?. ' ?.

1·- ·--ri.:-'~!1. !§lliLN~ -~-- · - · [ -1-1 X3) : !f!!.Mj NAL --:-] Ci -1 X() : )l!!.Mj NAL • -:-]
~~ ~~ '?. '?. '?. (~ I?.
- I______ 1-·- - - - _____ _, 1. ____________ .J I_ _____ _______ .J -
"' ~
"'0 "
<.> M
C> N
..,
"'0
"'""
.
~" ~"
c c
~---------------------~
=- "'
"
"'
"
0 ~ ~ ""'
C>
"'
" "'" "'
" -
<0
sr; 8~ ~~
"'
M
s~ <> NL>
MC> C>"' C>
M <> >< <> N "''-' "'. "' ....><
C> N
~~
<0 M C>
'"'~'"'
u. .... u.
"'"'u. ........>< u."''"'~
~
M%
M
~
<0 N
~~
C>
XM
N
M
C> N
%
U-
M
~ "' ....
U-
(~t (~1 (~1 (~t (~1 "'

~
~
"'
"' "' "' E~
0 L~r l~J l~J L~r L~J ~- t;;
® 0
.....
z
>
~
N
0
13 0
- 2
0
-
c
~
~ r· (f-0 ~ ~ 'i"'"'1 5-- ~----~ t:;i---- ~---~ ~---- ~---, >i'"---- lSI
Kabel ~II einem lSI an der Kobelnull'lller sind ols Elnzel-
kobel zu verlegen und die Schlrmung erlalgl dlrekl oul
CALL ALARM
E LEVER POSIT ION
WRONG WAY ALARM
11:!.!~ ...l~.!illi1L~I NT ALARN
WATCHDOG ETS
den Schimschienen var den Nodulen. E
RESET ABLE CABLES HARKED liTH lSI ON THE CABLE NUMBER HAVE TO BE
CTRL. NODE SYSTEN FAILURE LAID AS SEPERATE CABLES AND THE SCRENNING IS MOUNTED
MONITOR RECEIVER
ON THE SCREEN BAR DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF THE MODULES.
IER-RECE IVERI
lVI
- PCS CABINET LOCAL CONTROL PANEL Geamar 120 ISL LIGHT COLUMN
Ouerschni II der Versorgung lsi obhiingig von der
Kobelliinge nischen Sleuerungsonloge und Bollerie-
BMS 40M -E25 PMCS 1 SYSTEM , Scholllolel unler 25m' 2x2,Smm' bn. 25-\0m, 2xlmm 1
liRE GAUGE OF SUPPLY CABLE OEPEIIOS ON CABLE LENGHT BETIEEN
F I. ____ _§_C~----- ENGINE ROOM 1--------·-· 1. _________ _ CONTROL UNIT AND BATTERY SIITCHBOARO
UP TO 25M • 2x2 ,Smm' AND 25-\0m • 2xlnw' t
YARD SUPPLY
F
1-+-----+---+---t~~:-:~;.~19-1:. ~~~~~:::~ji:-~:..---t Aker MTW 1

STN ATLAS Marine Bectronlcs Maschinenlelegraph CABLE DIAGRAM ~----"':~~~~uzr-------1
¢A=~~EM:;jAE@oQ]oo~o@:JE2oJ:t7[:tttJD.o~6]:.ot~~O~ar::::~~ch~e~ck~O~o~rn~br~o;;lck;:::::~-t-:7N::-b~0::-1O_f_f---,=:-;-;:::-----+M:::em:;-b-;:er::-o-',_h._E_ur_aM_ar_ine_G_ro_up-1
Engine T eIe graph sys I em sheel
rev. revision dote nome norm res. from: subsl. for: re I. by: ETS 40M 271.127 683.LP lolol
L_!t. DIN 6771/Teil 5 I I I I 5 I 1 7 I
().
~
n"--- .
n). '--/. !
BRIDGE TELEGRAPH
6
VI JA067.2313-431-0131 I
"" CONTINUES ON PAGE 2
M
86
-P] II II
11 mt BUS
Fortsetzung Blatt 2
0:: ASSEMBLY
w E551.1l11
t;;
~
>- MT BUS ;
.J
c..
a.
J
Ul fil
.. ~(
5a.
::l
q
RS 4115
POT FREE
"'
a~
.qt-
Zt-
0:: 0:: ... a::wz._,
>0::
_,w "'
::I
OC{t-
E <I
cLII ... ~
w
~
w
~ 9
w ffi~ ~oct~~
N~ t- ..Joe{ a a >-"'\ z t- a: ......
uo we "1fu <t..J
u< "; ";
:;: wo a<~:
a.o u<t
::~a
Oc.. c..Z -'"' til <I
"" _.4:
-X1
tE M
-t I
I"- DO NN jlfl -X2
~I bl bl ~I ~ [ffi[ffiffi] ~
I T
ETS113 STBD WING

INTERN FL.x2x0,75 TB-1XL.
.. "CJ lSI
1 +BUZZER
.WN
m
ana.• I&IK!RDNIN
271.127 583.STR
BRIDGE CONTROL LEVER
ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYSTEM 1
atol61ol31
1
A~o~6?~ ED~T, $,Y,S,TE.M As A
AlfTRAG-N! TW-AISTAHIH 1 ART 1~ 1
MTW HULL o1o-o13 I l'l.AH: 1 · Tvoo: g
~~------------------------------------------~
3: BRIDGE TELEGRAPH
0
~
I
I A067.2313-431-0131 I
N
~...:
§
0
Ci
mt BUS
ST I\NO-H23.1.121
ANSCHLUSSPLA fiNE
Conn•cHon PCB
CONTINUATION FROM PAGE 1
Fortsetzung von Blatt 1
STOP
..l
I
BRIDGE CONSOLE T -1X1 I TERMINALBOARD
YI.RD SUPPLY ~~
M
0
N
VI Vl~
ai :L
jF19x2x0 75 !F2x2x0 75
M.E.REMOTE CONTROl SYSTEM
ECR
otN
m
an•o IUkTit6NIM
271.127 683.STR
SOHN
"""'IN J--t-----t---~2~00~1~TI.G/~NAM:~:_J
~ o~.02.ve
BRIDGE CONTROL LEVER
STE\. .,
ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYSTEM
......,. A WNGS N[W 03.0401/e IFR
MTW HULL 010-013 IIlAH: 2 · '":tl: 9
;;;.;;.:;..__...J
0
ENGINE CONTROl ROOM TELEGRAPH
I A067 .2130·431·0110 I
M
0
"'0i5
-P3 II Ill -P411 I I II -P7lJ)JJ
a:
w
,_. ~as
jl=
ffib
2;a..
-PelllJ
~
;::
m@
-PS WJJ
WI-
-lo
Da..
:z:
-P1 I I I I II
wa::
-10
01-
mt BUS
ASSEMBLY
E551.1(1)
CONTINUES ON PAGE l.
Fortsetzung Blatt l.
:z:o
"'X
<( z
0
u
;!;
0
:X:
!2
~
<(
:X: ~z:
>- MT BUS ~
6(
1- Ill
~ ::> AS 485
Q_
a.. "- ;;;:>-
::;)
1-
::>
POT FREE oa:
0 <(I-
"'
>"'
lJJ
::;)
0
"'1- ..E<..:: X
0:0:
wwo t-
:z: 1-
o::W Zt-
'-
~~ oLJJ _JO:
~c[ ~~rn ffi~ ~~ ~~
~0 O<C :::>0
uo wa
a.Z .., a: Uc[
"tfu <(_J
~~~<
~
<1l -i<C O..CI U<l
-X1 -X2
- N M
+.1,1
t-.IX> NN1lr ~
~ ~~~ .n ~
[]]ffi]ffi]
I
Vl Vi
I
ECRCONSOLE 1·1X2 J" t~~~
..-NM-.t!l. l.nllD "r-- oo)I(mj ~ :::::::I TERMINALBOARO
YARD SUPPLY
~ ~ . . 11~~
-:!:-
TO mtBUS CONTROLLER N -
INTERN ~
IN ECR CONSOLE TB-1X6

(Sl
INTERN
(IJ"U
I +BUZZER
2001 TAGIIW.£ ..
m
UN I.YLI.• UUWRI)NIM
271.127 683.STR
STEeHN
E!:Aial os.o2.v ..
EB'R
ENGINE CONTROL ROOM LEVER
ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYSTEM 1 Q11 o,6,ol31
ALITAA&N!
I AIOI6171 ,SOT,
TYP-AIST~II-£
,S,Y,S,T,EIM I A,S I I
Nfl .IN!
IIID ~113 AG/NAM Nl~ MTW HULL 010-013 IIlAH: 3 · TVDl:9
+
)
~r---------------------------------------------------------------------------~
0
rC ENGINE CONTROL ROOM TELEGRAPH
u
UJ
N
I I A067.2130-431-0110 I
~
<
M
0
ID
0
c;
mt BUS
ST I\NO- E,23.1.12l
ANSCHLUSSPLATINE
ConnecHon PCB
CONTINUATION FROM PAGE 3
Forlsetzung von Blatt 3
-x 3 I~LU~
I
ECRCONSOLE I_ 1X2
I'
I
TERMINAL BOARD
YARD SUPPLy
I
I~ ~I
I
c.o
0
r-
Vl Vl~
~ ~
CD CD
l FL.x2x0 75 I F2x2x0 75
M.E.REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
E.C.R.
271.127 683.STR
!!! ...!:rAG/~tw.£~J
20 0
sTEPsoHN t---+-----+---4l!
llEAial OS.02 .Ve
!!' ENGINE CONTROL ROOM LEVER
\J A BMS 205-209 0404.01Ve !FR ENGINE ORDER "TELEGRAPH SYSTEM
ltro AlaRJI{; AG/NAH: t-111!1 MTW HVLL 010-0'0 IIlAH: ' . 1: g
(),
\..~·'\ ()
L!)
~
c
~ SPEED LIMIT LEVER
;1:
V>
:lj
,... I A065.100-2000() I
N
0
V'
...:
m
PW620
-X1
iii
~~~1l
1
--.-
l
- -
I
ECR CONSOLE I-1X5j TERMNALBOARD
YARD SUPPLY ~l;=li~
1-1- J
"' ~_j
5M
e::J(/)
Ul~
UJ
rF2x2xO 75
M.E.REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
,......, 2001 fAG/NAt.£

ECR
m
_,N AILI•• ILIKUt .. NIIC
271.127 683.STR
ST~HN
BEAm 0!>.02.Ve
ENGINE
SPEED LIMIT LEVER
ORDER TELEGRAPH SYSTEM 10,1 1Q6Q3 I A,D,6,7, ,E,D,T, ,s Y,S,T[,M I A,S lA I
A CABLE/TER'INAI.S 03.!HDTI'~ IXJ'R ~A I YP..Ail:TAIIJ.£ ART lND
ItaX li.N::.m.JI{j AG/NAHI NJI!-1 MTW HULL 010-DIJ lll.Alf: 5 . IVCN: 9
+
)
PORT WING CONTROL LEVER CSUPREME)

I
IA067.1252-000-0111 I
w dD
M
0
Vl
<
.....,
0
0
0
~ft11 ft ret ft
-Plll I ~I II -Pl. I I I II .p 71IIJ] .pellJ:J .p 5 ll I I I J .P21 I I I II mtBUS
ASSEMBLY
c.: CI...JZ oq:::::: ZO Wt- W~
ES~1.1(1)
UJ
1- ?;~0
~
~0
;!._
ffi?;
,_~
~0
z"-
5o-
zo
Vl
<
1::
a
u
0 ~g
~
~ ~l:
>- MT BUS .:11'1

~(
1-
..J
0.. ~ RS t.85 ~>-
oa:
n. 1- POT FREE
;) ::l <{I-
VI fil q
c.:: c.:
z
._~wz ~
1-
>a:
~~
"'
::>
<{ 1-
E l l"'l ..J~
o
..J<{
UJUJ
3: 3: 9w ffi~~<~~
>-z,_cr: ......
"1~ u<
1- 0 0 :;: woo<(::>O
L>O UJO
0<1. Cl.Z ... "'
<t..J
~~ 11'1< a> ~<(O.OU4
-X4 -XS
~t
.-NM
~J.'CO .I~
I' NN :::~ .-
M..r lf)
.- .-
ffi][(IDffil
I
1
WING CONSOLE -1X3 J, wl
.-NO..
li.1J .I
~ lD "
TERMINALBOARD
YARD SUPPLY
~%1~ ~-- m
'-' '- ETS112
BRIDGE
1B- 1X1
Fl.x2x0,75
IS]
,........ 2001 fAG/IW-E

m
..... AfL&• I liJURONUC
271.127 683.STR
ST~HN
BEAm
IFR
03.0t. .Vv PORT WING CONTROL LEVER
ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYSTEM 101,.,~~131 I A, OtE~ z ,COT, ,S,Y,S,T,E,M I~~
T'YP·--~lliW
lk>l
ItaX AN:'mJtf:j AG/NM1 t-Il~ HTW HULL 010-013 IIlAH: 6 . :N: 9
I
; ",·.
STBD WING CONTROL LEVER (SUPREME)

IA067. 1222-000-0111 I
..,
c
"'c0 ~ft11 ft @ ft Rf ilD
-PJ II ~I II -P4 I I I II -P7LLJJJ -Pall.J:l -P5 I I I II .p2 1 I I I I I mtBUS
0: ASSEMBLY
w ~56 f!j§ ~~ ~b ~g ESS1.1l1)
3:~ ~"- ~~ ~"- ~b
I-
Vl
< 0 i5 ;;;:;;!,!) < <l:
l: 0 ::i :r: :r:
>- MT BUS
;
~(
I- II)
.J ::::0 RS 455
a.. "- ~>-
D. I- POT FREE co:
::> :::> <{t-
V1 @ D z 1-
II) <tt-' 0:0: ~-oet=Wz._
>a:
_.w :::> E< _,12 wwg f:jg:~.ql:!~
oW ;t;tw
N~ I- ..J<{ > - z t - o:-,
uc we "1fli .q -' DO-
0;'\-~4
wo o 4 :::> o
oa.. o.Z .... "" u<
"' -J<!D..OU<(
-X4 -X5 [fl][]][]]

~I, I
~NM
~I, I
t--<0 ~~~
NN :::::~~;::! Ln
~
r
LlJ~I IM~IL{)ItDr--
TERMINALBOARD
WING CO~SOLE -1X4 YARD SUPPLY
BRIDGE
ETS113
s ~:~ Ml ~ 1~
TB-lXl
FL.x2x0,75
(S)
2001 TAG/Iw.E
1m
II'IN AIL&• ILIKfRONik
271.127 583.STR
5 TBD WING CONTROL LEVER
I AI 019 71
"'
ST~HN
1100< Jil.m<Uili AG/NAI1
lEAl!! oJ.04.v ..
EIPR
NJ~
ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYSTEM 1Q11~131
TYP-A/STANH:
MTW HULL 010-013
tSDTI ISIYISITIEIM I ~~ I~I
IIlAH: 7 . IV!ll:9
)
I
"'
0
Ill WALLMOUNTED CASING IN ENGINEROOM
<(
M
RESET ABLE MONITOR RECEIVER
~
0
C5 IA067.S005-000-0210 I
mtBUS
ASSEMBLY
E551.1l11
>- MT BVS
..J
a.. AS 1.&5
>a<
a.
::>
en 0
w
V>
::>
b( ~
POT FREE
""""
wwo
.,.w
N!t:
wo
... ..JIX:
...J-<
:0: :0:
00~
...J
00
~'7~4:
<(..J
00.. o..z u <I ID
-X1 -+ -X2
.--NM
I
rlj
NN .-- ~b~ ~
.-- MOUNTED CALLBELL
[OPTINAL)
l
]II • ..j 9
-:.!:-
~ ~ ,., " U'1 "'
F7x2x0.75
ln
.--
V1 ill
t-
w -
ECR CONSOLE
CONTROLLER TB-1X6
•tN &fL& 6
~ 271.127 683 .5 TR
l l..lk i R~NUI
fAGINAM:
o,1, o,6, o,3, I AQ67, EDT, ,S,Y,S,T,EM I A,S 101
2001
~ wm 05.02.Ve
RESErABLE MONITOR RECEIVER IN ENGINE ROOM 1
ST~HN !FR
ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYSTEM NJlR.I&Ifl TIP-A In NOt ,., )H)
ItOO< Allm.i~G AG/~11 ~~ MTW HULL 010-013 IIlAH: B · 1: g
()· (')
\
"'--...
'
.J ·. o.
mt BUS CONTROLLER
I I A067.7 I
"'cV1
"'
...
0
ID
c
5 mtBUS
1;CONTROLLER
:550.1111
DISPLAY WITH
"'w~~~~
o=>
c..
0
X
z
~
iii
N
"'
...
16 CHARACTERS Ill 1-
"' til til Ill
2 LINES
~~~ffilffilffilffil
>- MT BUS WRDI'¥3 MODE
~( ~(
...J RS t.8S WAY
c..
D. POT.FREE ALARM
::>
1/)
c.: c.: fil
...,w
>c.: 9 ::!: ~ ww 9w !li5~
til
11.1
-~~
::;:)
w~ > .--·
!:!! ~::::!
3:3: :EW
.... 3: -~~ Wl:l- a: i=
uo
0<>. ::r
Ill >-""'II.
II)
00
~~
:;:
Ill .. , ~-' :to VI
L>< < u <
1-
0 uu
z w .... u
a:
-X1 + -X2 -X3
~ ~[~lr ~1~ ~1,6
I
..-C! M ~I{) lO
-N M-Jln N N N N NN NM
I + I
ECR CONSOLE I-1X6 ~~~~+ +jJ, 1J1 1]d~ Jp
..-NM~ lOt--tOD...Ol..- l;t!;l~tt$1~~1
.-.-.--.--~...--...--r--NNNNNN l~bl~ldg IMI~I~I~
TERMINALBDARD
YARD SUPPLY
~I ·- ld ~ ~~~
IS) 1-:!:-
3x2 5 N
DC2L.V SUPPL'Y ETSIOO
ECR LEVER TB-1X2 INTERN
...
...~
C'l ('
... '"' .
I~ I" -~
'"'
N
" u r--L£1
..-- r--.
Lnlf) alL()
...~ Cl ~ 0.,.....
'"'"' ....
M It u
..-- 0 No- Nci
X X X
V)N (/]1"'1 UJN
t- X
I.JJ~ ~~ ~~
.-If) UJI{) Lf)ln N l..J..
..-- ~ .,....r-- .-I'. LL
.- 0- .-0 ..- 0-
.!D. X VI X
(/]~ ~
Vl N
ENGINE ROOM
1-X
V)N
t- X I- X M.E.
w~
LL
I.JJ-..1
LL
wr-- CALL SYSTEM REMOTE CTRL
lL
ECR
BRIDGE Geamar 1201SL ER RECEIVER
TB-1X1 PMCS1 271.127 683.STR
,......... B 1Mi205 COilS
2001 TAG/tWo'£
!BI)I..Ve BEARB 05.02.Ve mt-BUS CONTROLLER IN ECR CONSOLE
UN &WL-.,R .. NIN
IQ11Q61q31 I AI 016171 ,so Tl ISIYISITIEIM I AIS IB I

ST~HN A BMS'209 NEW 2ll03Ms GEPR ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYSTEM NIFT11A&NI TYP-AISTNO-E . Nil' .l.nJ
I~ AtaRUt{; AG/NAM I{IRM MTW HUlL 010-013 IPLAH: 9 . I val: 9
+
----------·
=========::::t.
i;::.,.
( ,
~--.--~-(
...
'• -.------·
'.,:............,l
176
{~---- ....
\ ...... __....
/
\
X .........
,
HCC'HTING PLATE \ ( ( ) )
H:.llrplolle \'··.,...
\
\ ....
0
n
POS.1 f'OA !Q!QJG I
i
POS.2 f'QA UU:WG 1 i
~
PO!.' SO'JliL"flAn WOJG
\ \ __ _
SCALE
~ -r~
1--1- ...= -t-
W·
- ------------- •• -- --·----- -- ---------- --------- --------. -·- -·-- ------- -·-- ------ ------- --- ---- "1 ~ :;r -~
-
... :~--------------------~- . ------·-----------:.~::1 I 191
1-
-" .
1: I•PANEL CUT-OUT FOR "A067-BAIOGE_1' I :1 ~
i I 11
0
-$· ~_.,......,.. .. ---· .. --~---- 9 :I: a; w

j!
~j !
Pullauuchnill IUr "'A067N
! I i ..--·· ( -:-(:!). 1
.@.
'"·· . "'
1-1-1- a..
<.( ..
.n L)
!J l
i/
HOlRtTI,.,G AAil/B~t~sligun9uc:hi~nt ! i! / /! :: ~~- \I n: ~
Clo::.t:
WwO
~)
.....
j:
i:
il i
:· :
i
i
l
:I
i
i !I
i: !I·=
:i
I I
! !i !
...J>ll..
l!Jw
... .J'O
cr _, lh
~I
nq
': ,i
j!
I ,i :' :j
!,.... hj h hJO
Oa: ·-
a:.-~
a..
:~
::
1:
:
I
I
: ·
:
I !I
::
i I i 1=-" ozc I'--~
(1 1---------------r------------·-·-r-·
I I I ~l t:--;~ lrr 1 mJ r:=l z
O"'
wu.'=
L
~-
0
~~ l!!:-a ..
···':i: '• i I
t~-
I(_ i: '··. 1h:II !.OS~ I /~1, +
!
1.1
;J
<5
z
lll
u
"'" --
~:
<t
-<--~~ ·H , t,;
···-ll~ .• i
i .- i:--·)-
,. i ·. ·i~./ ii: : 1
iI
II 1 l , "'
i
! I
i
!
11
!!
i 1
'1
1
i
''--"': I
!
I j......l:
I
I• -~
!J
i
!
i
I
! il
! il ..
O
)IIJ .\. "'Ij_ l I
I ). ).··,..,
IV )
j _..,.-· .
-i·
! -
-~
-
~ I l Jl I,
• ;~· ·-.. ------•---
·@· )
.. _,...- ' . I
! I ! :! '...... t~lf-_:_-------i-------.:...-jf"~.~ z
~~
~ --'1 ·r ~-
_ _.j ___________________
• I
'lt ___________________ .\-:4

o
L.'-H:·-!!
"
I
HOUUTIUGPlA.TE/Gtundplollt 1 ORO(!R SP[CifiC/Aullro!)l~l'bundtnl
- -- - .. --
=< -
:.::!:
(£•
:r
LEVERARH/Htbtlatm 1 LEFT OR RIGIH /linltl cC'tr Atchll IOROER SPEC FrC/Aullro9'1J•b~.:ntJtn) 2
.- ! . 0 ' l tOOTH STRJi:;~:,~,;:!~ ~ ~~g~: ~~~~~:~~:~~~~:~!;!~~~~:~ ~~~ iii-
1-
'~f-1
~::,t.· ·················;i~n-·········-····-····-)
I I SunFACE/Forbr , AAL70ll ><mglff~ en
W(IGIIT /Gf'-ithl : -G.2 lo.g ~ ~ ~ ·~ .
I.
I.
ze~
,-...
.-------,
( \
\ J (9~) · OS~
'
~if s~
I
I
I
I r:::
(!J
I ,-
I· I
'~ .
,_
I
I
..
• : .:
I
01 ·"'
i
I
I
! ..
!
' I
II I U\
.-
m
1- . I
co
r-
I I N
I
I
,.....---..
( J ·~
I I
Lj .,
I
I I
I
I
I
!,..
.
I
I
It: I
I
I
I
··..··. . ... . ..... - ... - ..

1
-----1,
l
'
)
_ _..--,1
:~ .........~~---.(-(-~ ., ...
..............................................
I ... _ ........ ••- •••-•• I I ..
r~--:
'
)
' ... _..(
'
·-··-··-··-··...!··-··-··-.c:::::::::.._.
~ . &1 -··
e·!·. '!'
·0·
J: I 'I
,\l
I I >,
{():lfi\01
;;sl TA:i 1 M.'f:
A.'CF..~J:;j
_l l
_j A.'C-HII.j OAlll1_lNA."{
J
~·i
[A.:;s'):) CL I V•rcl'\
~?:t I I.
ENGINE ORO::.~ TELEGRAPH
CONTROL LEVER
iI
~I I !~::: sc.hinenlele~rc I Fchrhe!:lel i
,.......__
' ~A0~6.7 1
lEVE~ARM/H•b•lotm lEFf OSI RO:MT/t.;NI oe!•r R•chlt. JOROER SPECii='IC/.l"'IJ'c:.~,~·~~·nl
I F.C.R1
STEINSOHN
'.J
I
um"'...a
I
I
I I I I I
ITP·.VS!A.<.o(
I I I I I
I~ JH. I
l t;.~
.......
lA)
"'n
-::.
"'
SCA.I.£,Sir.clo
lOOfH S':'RAP/Zotvvft-""r"
SIJAFACE/FcHtt
wr(';w!.lr:._: ....
. CROE'l
Jao"""
RAl70l2
SPEC:&FIC/Au!ltor;'l9•bwn~•"
'
....
;
I
~
Vl
I....
i
z~~L
. Ll·____________ ____________ .li_J !:::::
c
.....I
I i:
1...
()
I"'
i
i
I
I-
I
I
I
i
I
l
I
I
...
o,. I
!
i
I
1,...
I
l
I
I
. t
.I
.· J
I
. I
~-
~):~ _:,. :,ilt

L_===~-:-:~~~~.ll . ,...,.,~~~~~~
~""' ......,., --
·. '~==~~====r===~=====c==~~===rl====~~_j~~~---=·····~--~--
\ ' - "''"''
200 -no
..---..
.... -'- ...

~, ! ', I
,' I \..£:-"":1""-1
r---------r·-:-·-~-;;;;~l;;-;;~=1-u-·~·-u-.•:1 -.}- -¢-
: i li-'- ' . . -!-~' : -·-r -J
·-··-··-··-··-··•··-··-··-··-··-·
'~~ l
-;---:--·$- -&-
:
l
I
:
:
:
I
:
!
I ~~
...
r.a
~
~?Z
"1J
~c ~
..~ Sn
:
I
-$-
: -e-
I I i' ::0 I
l l >~ S· l
=~J
c. "" :
J
-·-·- -·-· : -·- - ;·-·- - ---·---·-·- - -
! g;;;
;-·-·-·---~;. ---·-·- ~ ~---
=g
-
l: ...
:
I
:
I
.
I
9f
-"
~~
0
:
I
! !: =z ~i !l
:
I I I ~
~~
; I
I I 1 " I
~ : I- ·-··-··-··-··-··~··-··-··-··-··-·1
f,_ .... -;-...... , _,.;.
r ---------l., ·-"-!~!~.?.!"i:~~-n-'1'._, ... _"_.
\\ j ,,rr;_=:.-_-..i
f'1lllll
39
'
-,- 138I ,
177
u
0
...... -:-...
U:===Jij~~~~( i ""=;~~~~*~~~~~;dll
·1-·-·- :- -·-· ·-_:.+-I
\ i ,rr;_:.._-_-.)
' ... ,~_ ...., ..
-G-
~.
-$.-
~•IJ• -G-
-$-
'----'..
!~i.i·i·l·~i~jl~ ~: : : : »R:!·~! lJ~ ~ ~ ~!:~:·~ :·~: ~: J~(TI-,. .

MOUNTINGPLA TE/Grundpla tie ORDER SPECIFIC/ Auflragsgebunden
_ ENGINE OROER lEELEGRAPH , LEVERARM/Hebelorm LEFT OR RIGHT /Links oder Rechts (ORDER SPECIFIC/ Auflrogsgebunden)
CONTAct. LEVER SCALE/Skola ORDER SPECIFIC/ Auflrogsgebunden
DRIOCE ANO W!NG CONSOLES
TOOTH STRAP/Zohnriemen ORDER SPECIFIC/ Auflrogsgebunden
~ 1hnl..'7 1VV';) 1Ulo o ~ C::.l IPI=' Art: /l='nrho IHI 7n~.,
116.5
~----------~~------------~\l
r;
_)
i
'--------------------~
Q,:,
~------------~ -------~
( l)
~·
00
00 00
NN
AW2(A060.91
DEPHT.: 150mm L.:\..J

SURFACE: RAL 7032,STUCTURE
Tiefe: 150mm
~ Oberfli:iche: RAL 7C32,Stuktur
i
~
I{[X f{U]
1990 JAG IW'(
00-HIT OAI\Ii IW'(
i
~
&AAB 16 12.
('£I'R.
I(JlH
Hs RESETABLE MONITOR RECEIVER
FOR WA LL-MOUNTING
Ouitlierbarer Millese-Empi anger ror Wandmonloge
I
~
~~"""'.
8
" ·scALE/Skala ORDER SPECIFIC/ Auf!ragsgebunden ~-------------------1~~--------------------~ STEINSOHN IAOI6,71 I ·I A016,5. I~x,x,x,· 1 I I I I ~~~IJ
3 '-' ~ '""'"~o~SfNO-(
~·- ·-·
--c-~---------------~""'--------------
'-<' :[: c~) }
·~~
(-)
.__......
i.
•'·
126
75
o··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-·-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··-··--c
"'"'
S?a>
I I
F::::: ::=:::r
u
I E
!•-••-••-••-••-••-••-••-••-••-••-••-••-••-n-••-••-••-••-••-••-ao-••-••-••-·•-••-••-••-••-•-••-••-••-••-•:_j
; !'
205
l . -..~. ~.--. -··-. -··-. -.._.,_. _,,_.,_. _ _ _ _, _. _.,_. _.,_. _.,_. ____, _.,_. _. J
r.. _.. P lc .. _.. ,
(:- .. ~ ..-:..i
~ INTEGRATED
":!)' J-
.n I '
"'·· ·•E;·.=
I .... =. CONNECTION PCO
E550.1 A
= .. :I
f--
:=· --·
I : f-
C::::::::p ·lc ::::::::J
p-'-"-"-··-··-··-.. - .. -··-..-··-··-··-··-.. _.. _.,_,._ .. _.,_.,_,,_ .. _.. _,. ____ ,,_.,_.. _.,_ .... c.,
. II
;
tax FnD ha!UG A.'tl-1111. CAn.,-I·K·
l'l~& I~J; IW{
BCAAB 1001 Kr.
MT ·DUS CONTilOLLER IN ECR CONSOLE
Cll'R. ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH SYSTEM ..
. ..
IOlH
I -· II I~Q,971 I .E.OT 1 -1 S,Y.S.T,G_~~
I ST.eHN
"''""'""'
I tf'iil-A/1fA.'O( . .UI N
I
; ··1~w·· .r~
PCS General Documentation 1
Bridge Manoevring System
BMS Installation I Wiring Drawings BMS40M 2
Part List I Arrangement Drawings
ESG Installation I Wiring Drawings ESG40M 3
ESS Installation I Wiring Drawings ESS40M 4
Engine Telegraph System
ETS Installation I Wiring Drawings ETS40M 5
6
CJ
7
10
BMS -Technical Manuals BMS40M 11
ESG Technical Manuals ESG40M 12
ESS Technical Manuals ESS40M 13
ETS Technical Manuals ETS40M 14
0 Z\Aut.Jeb\Ordmol02 15
~SAM
~ Electronics
Geamot40M
() Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M
WNS - DENIS 1 I 6
Technical Manual, Volume 1

Behringstra~e 120
D-22763 Hamburg
~~)_____________________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 1/10
~SAM
Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
Technical Manual , Volume 1
Purpose
This document describes the Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40 M as a part of the
Propulsion Control System Geamot 40 M.
Document-Versions
Chapter 1, System Description

Document created
Version 1.1 from 10.11.98, J.Fett, MAA1
Layout of page heading and foot text changed
Text changes according engine makers request
Version 1.2 from 29.01.01, J.Fett, MSA1
Drawings arranged, complete orthographic revision
Chapter 2, Functional Description

Document created
Complete review according functions and displays
-
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 2/10
~SAM
Chapter 3, Operating Instructions

Document created
Alarm acknowledgement sequence corrected. "Status List" corrected according to program and
"Direct Events" added. "Order Adjust" and "RPM Limit" corrected according to program.
Chapter 4, Technical Description of all Components

Document created
Chapter 5, Maintenance and Trouble Shooting

CJ Document created
Items moved from "Status" to "Alarm" and new alarms added according to program. "Status List"
and "Event List" corrected according to program.
(\
~--------------------------------------------------
\
~SAM
Chapter 6, Adjustment Instructions

Document created

Document created
Complete orthographic rev!sion
Chapter 8, Spare Part List

Document created
Complete orthographic revision
This manual is copyrighted and all rights are reserved. This document may
not, in whole or in part, be copied, photocopied, translated, or reduced to
any electronic medium or machine readable form without prior consent, in
writing, from STN ATLAS Elektronik company. The information in this
manual is subject to change without notice.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics Gmbn • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0 , Page 4/10
~SAM
Contents
Purpose ........................................................ o - 2
Document-Versions ............................................... o - 2
Chapter 1, System Description ...................................... 1 - 1
1 The Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS ......................... 1 - 1

1.1 The Operating and Indicating Devices ............................. 1 - 3
0 1.1.1
1.1.2
The Operating and Indication Panel, BAT 4101411 ................ 1-3
The ECR Sub Panel (optional) ................................ 1 - 9
1.2 Propulsion Control Cabinet ..................................... 1 - 13
1.3 The electronic Governor System ................................. 1 - 14
Chapter 2, Functional Description .................................... 2 - 1
2 Control and Operating Modes ................................. 2 - 2

2.1 Change of Control Modes ....................................... 2 - 3
2.2 Reversing, Slow Turning, Starting and Stopping ..................... 2 - 5
2.2.1 Reversing of the Main Engine ................................. 2 - 6
2.2.2 Slow Turning .............................................. 2 - 7
2.2.3 Automatic Start of the Main Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 9
2.2.3.1 Restarting with the Engine turning in the same Direction . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
2.2.3.2 Restarting the Engine in reverse Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
2.2.4 Stopping the Main Engine ................................... 2 - 13
2.2.5 Operating Modes (Automatic mode selected) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 15
2.3 Speed Ranges and Acceleration I Deceleration of the Speed Set point .. 2- 16
2.3.1 Speed Ranges ........................................... 2 - 16
2.3.2 Acceleration of the Speed Set point ........................... 2 - 18
2.3.3 Deceleration of the Speed Set point ........................... 2 - 19
2.3.3.1 Re-acceleration after short reduction .......................... 2 - 20
2.3.4 Barred operating I Speed Ranges ............................ 2- 21
2.3.5 Speed Set point for the Engine Governor ....................... 2 - 22
2.4 Sensing of Control Lever Orders ................................ 2 - 22
2.4.1 Relation between Set value and Control Lever Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 23
\ 2.4.1.1 Filtering of the Set value Signal .............................. 2 - 24
('-....-/)
~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
2.4.2 Control Lever Position Limit Contacts .. . ..... .................. 2 - 24

2.4.3 Sub-telegraph Commands ... .... . ... .. . .... . ........... .. .. 2 - 25
2.5 Sensing of the Engine Speed . .... .. ...... ...... ...... . . . ....... 2 - 26
2.5.1 Speed Threshold Values . . .. . .. .. .. . . .. . ... ... ... .. ..... ... . 2 - 26
2.6 The Limitations of the Main Engine . ..... .... .. ...... . ... ......... 2 - 26
2.6.1 Slow Down ("Automatic Reduction") . ........ ....... .. . . ...... . 2 - 27
2.6.2 Bad Weather Limitation . ............. ... .... . . ........ . . .... 2 - 27
2.6.3 RPM Limitation . .. . . .. .. ....... ............ . . ... . . . ...... . 2 - 28
2.7 Behaviour with a Shaft- driven Alternator (optional ) ...... . ... ...... 2- 28
2.7.1 Transfer of Control Signals ...... . .. . ....... .......... . . ..... 2- 28
2.7.2 Deceleration and stopping of main engine . .............. . . .... . 2- 29
2.8 Engine Supervision . . ... .... .. ...... . ....... .. ....... . . ... .. .. 2 - 31
2.8.1 Start Air .. .. ......... ... ..... . ...... . ...... ..... .. .. . . ... 2- 31
2.8.2 Feedback of the active Control Mode ........ . . . . . .. . .......... 2- 32
2.8.3 Start Sequence .......... . . ............ . . .......... . ..... . 2 - 33
2.8.4 Reversing Sequence Monitoring ... ... ........ .. . .. ..... . ..... 2- 33
2.8.5 Stop Sequence ..... . .. ....... ... ... .... ....... ... .. ...... 2 - 34
2.8.6 Unintent Engine Stop ... ................. .. .. . ...... .. ... . . 2 - 34
2.9 System Supervision and Fault Indication .... .......... . . .. . . ...... 2- 35
Chapter 3, Operating Instructions . . . . ........ .... .... ..... ........... 3 - 1
3 Operating facilities ..... . .. .... ...... .. . ..... .. ... . .... .. . . . . 3 - 1

3.1 Selection of Control Modes . ....... . . . ....... ... ... ............. . 3 - 6
3.1 .1 Automatic Mode . ... ...... .... .... .. . . .. ..... . ... . ......... 3 - 7
3.1.1 .1 Local Control to Automatic CR .... . .... .. . . ... ... . . ... ........ 3 - 7
3.1.1 .2 Automatic CR to Automatic Bridge .. ... . .. . . . . ......... .... . . . 3 - 11
3.1.1.3 Automatic Bridge to Automatic CR .......... .. .. ... . . . .... . . .. 3 - 13
3.1.2 Manual CR (optional) .............. . ... .. ........ .. .... .. .. 3 - 15
3.1 .2.1 Local Control to Manual CR (normal changeover) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 15
3.1 .2.2 Local Control to Manual CR (emergency changeover) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 16
3.1.2.3 Automatic Mode to Manual CR ....... . . .. .. ...... ..... .. . .... 3- 17
3.1.3 Local Control ...... ... ...... .. . .. .. .. . . ...... .... . . . ...... 3 - 19
3.2 Main Engine Start . . .. .............. .. ..... . ...... ......... ... 3 - 19
3.3 Main Engine Stop .. . . ..... . .. .... .. .. . . .... .. ... . . . .. . ....... 3 - 20
3.4 Cancel Limits .. ... ............. .... ... ... .. ...... . . .... ..... . 3- 21
3.5 Order Adjust .... . ........... . ... . . . ... . ... . ........ .. . .. . .... 3 - 23
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 6/10
~SAM
.· -:.\
'·
"------'')
306 RPM Limit 00 0000 000000 0 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 000 0 00 00 000 00 0 0 00 00 00000 003 - 25

30 7 Sub-telegraph Commands 00 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 00 00000 000 0 0 0 000 00000 0 3 - 28
30701 Sea Mode 0 0000000 0 000 0 00 00 00 0 0 000 0 0 0000 00 00 00 0 0 000 00000 03-28
30702 Stand By 000 000000 0 000 00 0 00 00 0 0 000 0 00000 00 00 00 0 00 000 0000 03- 30
30703 Finish With Engine 00 00 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 00 0 00000 000 0 0 00 00 00 000003- 31
308 Slow Turning 000 000000 00 00 0 000 0 00 0 0 000 0 00000 00 000 0 0 0 000 00000 03 - 32
309 Cylinder Lubrication 00000 0 00 00 0 000 0 0 0 000 00 0000 00 000 0 0 0 0000 0000 03 - 32
3010 Variable Injection Timing, VIT 0 00 0 0 00 00 00 0000 00 000 0 0 000 00 0000 0 3- 33
301001 VIT On I Off 0 000000 00 00 00 0 00 00 0 0 000 0 00 00000 00 00 00 000 0000 003 - 33
.--.f.:'---.
301002 VIT Low NOx 000000 00 00 00 00 0 00 0 0 000 0 0000 000 000 0 0 0 00 00 0000 03 - 33
\ ·.
(
'
\
I 3011 Interventions for Slowdown and Shutdown 00000 000 0 0 00 000 0000 00 3 - 34
301101 Slowdown Override 0 00 0 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 00 0 00000 000 0 0 00 000 00000 03 - 34
301102 Slowdown Reset 000 0 0 000 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 00 00000 00 00 0 0 000 000000 03-35
301103 Shutdown Override 00 00 0 000 0 0 00 0 00 000 0 0000 000 00 0 0 000 00 000 003 - 35
3011.4 Shutdown Reset 0000 0 00 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00000 00 000 0 00 0000 000003 - 36
3012 Alarm indication and Acknowledgement 0 0 00 0000 000 0 00 0 000 00000 0 3 - 37
301201 Acoustical acknowledge 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 0 0000 0000 0 0 0 0000 0000 00 3 - 38
301202 Alarm List and Optical acknowledge 0 000 0 00 0000 000 0 0 0 00000 0000 0 3 - 38
30120201 Selecting the Alarm List 0 0 00 0 0 000 00 0 0000 000 00 0 0 00 000 00 000 3 - 38
30120202 Optical acknowledge 0 00 0 000 0 0 000 0 00 0000 000 0 0 00 000 00000 0 3 - 40
3013 Simulation Mode 00 00 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 000 0 0 000 00 000 00 0 0000 00000 03 - 42
3014 Bad Weather Limitation 0 00 00 0 00 0 0 000 00 0 0000 000 00 0 0 0000 00000 0 3 - 44
3015 Status List 0 0000000 0 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 00 00 00 0000 000 0 0 00 0000 000003 - 45
301501 Direct Events 000000 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 0 000 00 0 00000 00 0 0 00 00000 00003 - 50
3016 Maintenance 0 000000 0 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 00 0000 00 000 0 0 000 000000 03 - 52
3017 Dimmer I Contrast 0 00 0 000 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 0 00000 000 0 0 0 0000 0000003 - 55
Chapter 4, Technical Description of all Components 00 0000 00 0 0 00 000 000 000 4- 1
4 Introduction 000 00 000 0 00 00 00 0 00 0 0000 0 0 00000 000 0 0 00 000 000000 04- 1

ZSM401 00 00 000000 00 0 000 0 00 00 0 00 000 0 00000 0 000 0 0 000 0000000 04-2
REM401 00 000000 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 000 0 00000 0 0000 0 0 000 000 000 004-6
DZM 402 00 0 000000 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 000 0 0000 000 00 00 0 0000 000004 - 10
IOM402 0 000 000000 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 000 0 0000 0000 0 0 0 00000 00 0004- 14
RM401 0 000 0000000 0 00 00 00 0 00 00 Oo 00 00 0000 00 000 0 0 000 0 0000 0 04-18
SEM402 0000 000000 0 00 00 00 00 00 0 00 000 0 0000 00 000 0 00 000 0000004 - 22
,---. FIM405 0 0000 000000 0 00 0 000 00 0 00 000 0 0 00000 000 00 00 0000 000004 - 26
( )
~~/--------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 2710151185.BGE • Version 103 • 29.01.01 • BMSDOC.WP6 • Chpo 0, Page 7/10
~SAM
Bridge Manoeuvring System , BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
BAT 410 I 411 ........ . ..... . . . .. . ............... . ... ... . . 4 - 29
Chapter 5, Maintenance and Trouble Shooting (on Bord) ................. 5- 1
5 Introduction ........... . ............................. . . .... 5 - 1

5.1 Alarms ......... . .... . ....... . ................. . .... . ..... . . . 5 - 1
5.1.1 FROZEN CONDITION .... . ..... .. . .... ............ .. ... ... . 5 - 1
5.1.2 OVER SPEED ............... . ..... . .. . ....... . .. . .. . ..... . 5-3
5.1.3 START INTERLOCK (only in Automatic Mode) ............ . .. .... 5-4
5.1.4 START AIR PRESS.SENSOR .... . ............... .. ........ .. 5-5
5.1.5 CONTROL AIR PRESS.LOW (Optional) . . . ............. . .. .... . 5 - 5
5.1.6 REVERSING FAILURE ... . ............. . ............... .. ... 5 - 5
5.1.7 ACT.SPEED IN CRITIC.RANGE ....... . .................... . . 5-6
5.1. 8 TEL BRIDGE POTENTIOMETER ................. . .. ... .... .. 5-6
5.1.9 TEL CR POTENTIOMETER ..................... . . . . . ........ 5 - 6
5.1.10 TEL-BR STOP CONTACT . . ................................. 5-7
5.1.11 TEL-CR STOP CONTACT ...... . .. . .... . ............... . .. .. 5-7
5.1.12 ELECTR.SHAFT TELEGR.FAULT ........... . .. . .. ... ... . ..... 5 - 8
5.1.13 SPEED SENSOR 1 FAULT VITI SPEED SENSOR 2 FAULT VIT . . . . 5 - 8
5.1.14 DIFF. SPEED SIGNAL 112 .............. .. ........... .... ... . 5-9
5.1.15 WB SPEED SENSOR 1 VIT ... . .......... .. ....... .. .. ... . . .. 5-9
5.1.16 WB SPEED SENSOR 2 VIT .............. . ..... .. .. . .... .. . . . 5-9
5.1 .17 WB 24V-SUPPLY IIP-CONV. (mechanical governor only) . . . . . . . . . 5 - 10
5.1.18 WB CONTROL SIGNAL 1/P-CON. (mechanical governor only) . . . . . 5 - 10
5.1.19 C.AIR PR. TRANSM . P1 FAIL ....... .. .. . ...... .. . . .. .. . .. .. 5- 11
5.1.20 C.AIR PR. TRANSM. P2 FAIL .. ....... . ......... . . . . .. .. . ... 5 - 11
5.1.21 TOLERANCE DIFF. P1- P2 ................. .. .... . .. . . . .... 5- 12
5.1.22 LOAD IND. TRANSM . 1 FAIL .... . .... . ..... .. ..... . . .. .... . . 5- 12
5.1.23 LOAD IND. TRANSM . 2 FAIL (DENIS 6 only) ............ .. ..... 5- 13
5.1.24 TOLERANCE DIFF Ll1 - Ll2 (DENIS 6 only) ..... . ... . . ... . .. ... 5 - 13
5.1.25 ACTUATOR 1 SENSOR FAIL . . .... . .... . ......... .. ...... . . 5-14
5.1.26 ACTUATOR 2 SENSOR FAIL . . ............................. 5-14
5.1.27 POSITION FAIL ACTUATOR 11 POSITION FAIL ACTUATOR 2 .. . . 5- 15
5.1. 28 CYL. LUBRIC. FAILURE (DENIS 6 only) ... .. .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . ... 5- 16
5.1.29 FAULT DIA-Convert.DZM402 ......... . . . .. . .. .. ... . .... . ... . 5- 16
5.1. 30 WB DO IOM402 Xn .m ......................... . . . .. . . . . . . . . 5-17
5.1. 31 CONTROL MODE FEEDB.FAULT ................ .. . . . . . . .... 5-18
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0 , Page 8/10
~SAM
_: -.\ Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
I,
' '''
I
"- ---'
5.1.32 ACTUATOR BLOCKED .................................... 5 - 18

5.1.33 ELECTR. GOVERNOR FAULT .............................. 5- 19
5.1.34 SIF EGS- VIT LOST ....................................... 5- 19
5.1.35 SIF VIT- PROCESS LOST .................................. 5- 19
5.1.36 SIF SAFETY SYSTEM LOST ................................ 5-20
5.1.37 SIF DZM-ZSM LOST ....................................... 5- 21
5.1.38 SIF BAT BRI. (OPER. PANEL) ............................... 5- 21
5.1.39 SIF BAT ECR (OPER. PANEL) .............................. 5- 22
5.1.40 LOSS OF AUTOMATIC SUPPLY ............................. 5 - 23
5.1.41 LOSS OF MANUAL SUPPLY ................................ 5 - 23
; 5.1.42 LOSS OF SENSOR SUPPLY ................................ 5 - 24
'
5.1.43 LOSS OF VIT SUPPLY ..................................... 5- 25
5.1.44 FUEL RACK NOT IN STOP ................................. 5 - 25
5.1.45 ALL AUX. BLOWER FAILURE ............................... 5 - 26
5.1.46 Overload (MCR-CURVE) ................................... 5 - 26
5.1.47 ---CONNECTION LOST--- ............................... 5- 27
5.1.48 MODUL 1 IOM402 FUSE FAULT ................. .' ........... 5 - 27
5.1.49 MODUL 2 REM401 FUSE FAULT ............................ 5- 28
5.1.50 MODUL 3 REM401 FUSE FAULT ............................ 5 - 28
5.1.51 MODUL 4 REM401 FUSE FAULT ............................ 5 - 28
5.1.52 MODUL 1 IOM402 FAULT .................................. 5- 29
5.1.53 MODUL 2 REM401 FAULT .................................. 5 - 29
5.1.54 MODUL 3 REM401 FAULT .................................. 5 - 29
5.1.55 Modul 4 REM401 FAULT ................................... 5 - 30
\
' ' 5.1.56 MODUL 5 RM401 FAULT ................................... 5 - 30
5.1.57 DEFAULT-PARAM.LOADED DZM ............................ 5- 30
5.1.58 DEFAULT-PARAM.LOADED VIT ............................. 5 - 31
5.1.59 DEFAULT-PARAM.LOADED ZSM ............................ 5-31
5.1.60 EEPROM-PARAM.FAULT DZM .............................. 5 - 31
5.1.61 EEPROM-PARAM.FAULT VIT ............................... 5- 32
5.1.62 EEPROM-PARAM.FAULT ZSM .............................. 5- 32
5.1.63 FPROM-PARAM.FAULT .................................... 5- 32
5.1.64 PRINTER COMMUNICATION LOST .......................... 5-33
5.1.65 PRINTER FAILURE ....................................... 5- 33
5.1.66 Master Clock Signal Fault ................................... 5 - 34
5.1.67 Safety System Off ......................................... 5 - 34
5.1.68 Repeated Start ........................................... 5- 34
~SAM
5.1.69 ESS Speed Signal Fault ....... .. .. ......... . ........ . . ... .. 5- 34

5.1.70 Slow Turning Failure ..... . .... .... ...... . .. .. ...... . .. . .... 5-35
5.1 .71 External Shut Down ....... .. .... .. ... . .................... 5-35
5.2 Brief description ............ .. .... .... .............. .. ... ..... 5 - 36
5.2.1 Alarm list ...... . ................... . ... .. .............. . . 5 - 36
5.2.2 Status list .... . .. ... ... . ................................. . 5 - 59
5.2.3 Direct Events . ... .. ............ .. .......... . . . .... . . . .... . 5 - 62
Chapter 6, Adjustment Instructions .. ... . ... . ........ . ... ........... .. 6 - 1
6 Parameter and Operating Values . ......... . ........ ... . . . ... .. 6 - 1

6.1 Lever Match .. . . ... ...... .. . .................................. 6 - 3
6.2 Measuring List . ... .. ........... . . .......................... . .. 6 - 4
6.3 Parameter display and value changing .. ......... . .. . . .. . ..... ... .. 6 - 8
6.3.1 Parameter display .......... .. .... . ............... ... . . .. . .. 6 - 8
6.3.2 Change of Parameter Values ......... .. ..................... 6 - 10
6.3.2.1 Entering Passwords .................. .. ........ ... . ....... 6- 11
6.3.2.2 Changing of Parameter Values .... . . ... ... ...... .. ........... 6- 14
6.4 Simulation of Engine Functions .. . ...... ......................... 6 - 16
6.5 Bad Weather Monitoring On I Off . ... .... . . . .. ... . .... . . ......... 6 - 17
6.6 Fuel Quality Setting (FQS) .. ... ...... ................... . .. .. .. 6- 19
Chapter 7, Parameter table .......... . .. . ...... . ... . .. . ............. 7 - 1
7 Introduction ..... ... ...... .... ..... . ....... . . . ... .. .. .. .... 7- 1
Chapter 8, Spare Part List ... . .......... . .. .... . .. . .... . .. .. ... . ... . 8 - 1
8 Introduction .... ..... . .. ........... ....... . ... . . .... . ... .. . 8- 1
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0 , Page 10/10
~SAM
-
U'
PCS Geamot 40 M
System Description
~ Electronics
1 The Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS
The Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS, is the technical centre of the auto-
matic propulsion control system "Geamot 40 M". The BMS system is de-
signed to control ship's propulsion plant in automatic mode directly from the
bridge or from the ECR. The following functions are automatically carried out
by the BMS:
(~) starting, stopping and reversing of the propulsion plant
acceleration or deceleration of the main engine speed
sensing the control lever orders
sensing the engine speed
going through barred speed ranges in the shortest possible time
monitoring of the engine periphery
monitoring of the manoeuvring sequences
self monitoring of the system
control of engine auxiliary systems
selection of control and operating modes
automatic activation of limitations with respect to
operating conditions.
0 The BMS system is interconnected with the other automatic systems via a
bus system.
The desired ( ordered ) values, coming from the Telegraph system are inter-
nally processed and routed as a speed set value to the electronic governor.
(~) _____________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 1/14
~SAM
-... Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
System Description
The hardware configuration consists of 3 main groups:

the operating and indicating devices :
Operating and Indication Panels BAT 410/411,
located on the bridge and in the ECR, each.
ECR Sub Panel, located in the ECR close to the BAT.
the Propulsion Control Cabinet, PCC,
located close to the propulsion system.
the Electronic Governor System.
The Governor itself, the assigned electric Actuator which
is connected to the fuel rack of the engine.
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 21 14
~SAM
System Description
1.1 The Operating and Indicating Devices
Under normal operating conditions the propulsion plant will be operated with
the lever of the Bridge Telegraph Unit. For additional operation and indication
purposes, such as selecting the control modes starting or stopping of auxiliary
systems the BATs 410 and the ECR Sub Panel are installed.
1.1.1 The Operating and Indication Panel, BAT 410/411
With the aid of the Operating and Indicating Panels, BAT 410/411, the ope-
rator is able to communicate with the BMS. The panels are located in the
bridge console and in the ECR console, respectively. The front panel is divided
into 3 parts (see Fig.1 - 1 and Fig 1 - 2):
the display,
3 rows of keys below the display with 24 keys inclusive indicating LED
a group of 2 signal lights and 3 vertical lines of keys.
The display is able to show on 4 rows with 40 characters each, information

about the operating state. It is possible to read all nominal and actual values
and other operating data or the content of lists. The request to change the
operating state and condition is carried out with the use of the keys and in
parallel shown on the display. All keys are background illuminated. Alarms or
internal faults are displayed on the display and additionally by signal lights,
acoustically signalled via a buzzer.
Next to the display are 2 signal lights:
signal light ALARM, it illuminates if any Alarm occurs
signal light FAULT, it illuminates if an BAT internal hardware or
interface failure occurs.
Directly below the signal lights 3 keys for selecting the ALARM LIST, ACOUS-
TICAL and OPTICAL acknowledge are installed.
I
____________________________________
'\ . _ ,
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 3/14
~SAM
---. Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
System Description
r;ii!i!sm
i!l!!.jATIAS Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M
. ---------.. ...---·-·----.. ------
AUTO BRIDGE START AIR: 29.8 81 R !ALARM! [
'----------· '----------·l ~FAULT l
.__ ______.
~~(I)
ORO : 0.0 SET : <10.0 ACT : 35.
~~~~Q . ~ENUJ
e;J R
L
LJ B ~B
~ c
L
~~ c @](2)[0
Fig. 1 - 1, The front panel of the BAT 410 in the bridge con sol
~ . w.s
. Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M
:---------,: (---------~ r·-------:
AUTO BRIDGE START AIR: 29.8 81~ !AlARM!
. ._ ________ #. !\.. ________.! !"-----·
FAULT!-·
~~(I)
ORO : 0.0 SET: <10.0 ACT : 35.
LJ~~~Q8 ~
~
e;J R
L
EJLJ B~B
~
~ ~EJLJLJ@J(2)[0
Fig. 1 - 2, The front panel of the BAT 411 in the ECR consol
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 . Page 4/14
~SAM
.--:\
! System Description
'
'----" '
(;s-·,
ism~r.7 Indication or Request! Acknowledge of Automatic Bridge.
~~~
1 cR
• Indication or Request I Acknowledge of ECR Control Station.
~~-'
0
[ Lc
CTRL.'
i Indication or Acknowledge of Local (Emergency) Control Station.
·~·
[~~~-r] Fine Adjustment of Speed setting. Pressing this key opens I closes the
display for Order adjust (Bridge - Panel only)
(
\
'---' res---·~
I RPM: Pressing this key opens I closes the display for Manual Limitation adjust
I~·
(ECR - Panel only)
.·.-::::::----
:~
,cANCEL - After pressing this key on the Bridge panel the Crash Manoeuvre Mode
-~-
becomes active.
r----
.'J '
~~~~~ Indicates the request for slow turning. Pressing this key after request starts
the slow turning of the engine. This should be done - if requested - before
engine start.
:s---,
[~·
SEA I a) Function without the option Manoeuvre Mode.
It is only for communication. This order indicates ( LED illuminates) that
·~----
there is no need to manned the engine room.
b) Function with active Manoeuvre Mode.
Sea Mode is active if the implemented LED illuminates. The speed set
value will be released up to SEA FULL AHEAD range (CMCR speed ).
Pressing this key again, the LED will extinguish, the Manoeuvre Mode
is activated. The speed set value will be limited, respectively reduced
to
~S~AND By pressing this key, LED ON, the technical crew gets the order to be in
l,__ jf(_.)
the engine room at station to carry out" ready for seagoing " procedures (
see also chapter 3, operational instruction ).
\
~---------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 5/14
~SAM
System Description
re--I
! FINE .
- Pressing this key the Finish With Engine Order is given. An alarm will be
activated and the implemented LED starts flashing. lfe the FWE order is
acknowledged , the LED changes to constant light.
the shaft speed of the Upper Manoeuvring Range.
1-·v,T I - Pressing this key switches the VIT- function on and off (ECR - Panel only)
10NIOFF
~
,_,
~
Lo~1c>x - Pressing this key switches the VIT - mode "Low NOx" on and off. This
mode becomes only active, if VIT is switched On .
.:---
'- '
SLOVVD. It indicates only that an automatic slow down is activated (Bridge - Panel
'ACTIVE
'-------"
only)
,o-·
SLOVVD. - Activating this key, the slowdown signal will be suppressed as long as the
'OVERR.
key is pressed again (Bridge - Panel only) .
~
;·....J
SLO\ND. - This key will be pressed after normal operating condition become active.
!. ~
The engine speed increase to the former value (Bridge - Panel only).
0
[SHUTD. - It indicates only that an automatic shut down is activated (Bridge - Panel
ACTIVE
only).
tC
jSHUTD. - Activating this key, the shutdown signal will be ignored as long as this key
OVERR.
is pressed again (Bridge - Panel only).
ri~~~~· - This key has to be pressed , when no shutdown criterion is active any more,
and normal operating conditions are reached again (Bridge - Panel only).
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 6/14
~SAM
System Description
- Pressing this key starts the cylinder pre-lubrication (DENIS 1) and pre-/post
- lubrication (DENIS 6). This should be done before engine start (ECR -
Panel only).
fc;-----'1 - After pressing this key a MENU consisting of 6 sub menus will be displayed.
I MENU;
The sub menus will be opened with the respective function keys 51 - 54.
0 <MAIN MENU>
51: LEVER MATCH

SELECT SUBMENU
52 : MEASURED VALUE
S3 : PARAMETER
S4: CONTINUED
BACK (ESC)
""' ~
<MAIN MENU>
SELECT SUBMENU
51 :SIMULATING MODE
52 : BAD WEATH. MONIT
53:
54:
BACK[ESC
r-o-,,
:8""[f;~~ - Critical engine condition and limits are shown,
,.r:---,
M'AINTE- - A menu is shown on the display after pushing this key and it is possible to
~~E
carry out:
- <Back Key Field I Display> Back (ESC)
51: Keys LED 53: Lamp Test
52: Display 54: Date I Time
=----------· I
!'-'
1~g=T - A menu is shown on the display after pushing this key and it is possible to
carry out:
- <Back Key Field I Display> Back (ESC)
- Adjust of the brightness of display back light and LED's by pressing
key Dimmer I Contr.
,,~-I
! -EDIT 1 - EDIT, ESC and ENT keys: they are only used for changing parameters.
(]~·-------------------------------------------
~ SAM
- ~ Electronics
PCS Geamot 40 M
System Description
- four Cursor keys:

For scrolling up and down of lists and selection
the positions of numbers.
A~~M; After pressing this key the alarm list is displayed
--:-- l I - Acoustical acknowledge. Pressing this key switches off the buzzer incorpo-
_j I I
~·
rated in the panel.
Optical acknowledge. Pressing this key acknowledges the actual alarm

displayed.
~SAM
,.-----,,I,
.-.. Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
( ! System Description
'-----'
1.1.2 The ECR Sub Panel (optional)
The ECR Sub Panel is installed in the ECR Console and consists of two parts.
This panels are installed, if the optional Manual ECR Control is provided. They
consist of several operating and indication facilities in order to handle the
engine in manual ECR control (see Fig. 1 - 3 ). Depending on the particular
engine, the spare push buttons and indication lamps may provide additional
functions.
' \
I
\ _
...... ./
I At the first panel the following parts are installed :
- First row
- Indication light, MANUAL ECR.
It illuminates if this control mode is active.
- Spare
- Spare
- Illuminated pushbutton, AUX. BLOWER 1 RUN
This pushbutton preselects blower 1 to be started and running depend-
ant on charge air pressure. The incorporated signal light indicates, that
the blower is preselected.
- Illuminated pushbutton AUX. BLOWER 1 STOP
This pushbutton stops blower 1. In automatic mode the blower is stoped
only as long as the pushbutton is actuated. The incorporated signal light
indicates, that the blower is switched off.
continued on page 11
.. ~~~
I' ''
I I
' ~/------------------~----------------------------------------------------
~SAM
System Description
~'A lAM
I'A:Cron~c. llectroniOI
I MANUAL CONTROL I I MANUAL CONTROL I

IWlW.. NJX. NJX.
e
EIR a.JMR I a.JMR I
lUI Sl1P
LOCAL Tli!NIIIi NJX. NJX.

aJfTRIL IDR a.JMR 2 a.JMR 2
ElliiiiiD lUI Sl1P
I ENGit£ aJHR!l I
SUN EI£RillCY
TIJNI«i IIOOT[ SliP
~
(IWtW.) TMCE IMR
Vl9li
IJAY
Slfi'I..Y
-'IJ-
t(IJ)'!
Fig 1 - 3, Front view of the ECR Sub Panel
.. /
~SAM
System Description
- Second row:
- Indication light, LOCAL CONTROL
It illuminates if the control mode .. Local .. in the engine room is selected.
- Spare
- Indicating light, TURNING GEAR ENGAGED.
A start of the engine is not possible if this indicating light illuminates.
- Illuminated pushbutton AUX. BLOWER 2 RUN
This pushbutton preselects blower 2 to be started and running depend-
ent on charge air pressure. The incorporated signal light indicates, that
the blower is preselected.
- Illuminated pushbutton AUX. BLOWER 2 STOP.
This pushbutton stops blower 2. In automatic mode the blower is stoped
only as long as the pushbutton is actuated. The incorporated signal light
indicates, that the blower is switched off.
- Third row:
- Illuminated pushbutton SLOW TURNING (MANUAL)
In manual control mode ECR, the slow turning has to be initiated by the
operator by pressing the pushbutton. The slow turning takes place as
long as the pushbutton is pressed. Engine turning has to be observed by
the operator.
Illuminated pushbutton (EMERG.) REMOTE TAKE OVER
The pushbutton is directly wired to the pneumatic change-over valve in
parallel to the respective output of the control system. This pushbutton
is used as redundancy in case the BMS fails. By pressing this
pushbutton the change over from Local to Remote Manual - selected by
the respective switch in the second panel -takes place.
- Spare
- Spare
- Spare
~'-.------------------------------------
~SAM
System Description
- Fourth row
- Spare
- Indication light WRONG WAY ALARM
It illuminates if bridge telegraph direction and the position of reversing
mechanism is different.
- Illuminated pushbutton Supply.
This pushbutton has a double function:
- Signalling that the supply voltage is available.
- Pressing this pushbutton. a Lamp Test is carried out.
- Spare
- Spare
- Behind the panel cover is installed

- The BUZZER serves for acoustically alarm indication.
At the second panel the following parts are installed :

- The EMERGENCY STOP button
The pushbutton is covered by a hood against unintended operation. In
all operating modes, pressing the button leeds to immediate engine stop
- The AUTO I MAN selection switch
Selection of the "REMOTE AUTOMATIC" mode or "REMOTE MANUAL"
mode by setting the switch to the respective position. After change of
control from LOCAL to REMOTE the kind of remote control selected with
this switch will become active.
- The START I STOP switch
The switch serves for stopping , reversing and starting the engine in
REMOTE MANUAL mode.
~SAM
System Description
1.2 Propulsion Control Cabinet
The second part of the BMS is the Propulsion Control Cabinet, PCC. This
cabinet is located in the engine room, close to the propulsion plant and
equipped with the following electronic modules:
- two Interface Extension Modules, SEM 402.
This modules are creating additional interface connections to the inter-
nal and external serial bus systems.
- the Central Memory Module, ZSM 401.
This module contains the software for the cooperation
with the BAT 410, the BAT 411 and the telegraph order printer.
- the Speed relays Module, DZM 402.
-This module is the central module of the BMS and contains
the software of the propulsion plant process control.
- The DZM 402 of the VIT is directly conne.cted to it.
- the Input I Output Module, 10M 401.
This module is able to deal with 16 digital inputs and 12 relays outputs.
The in I outputs are designed in open-circuit monitoring.
- the Control Module, RM 401.
This module is only used for 7 analog inputs and 1 digital output.
- the Relay and Input Module, REM 401.
~--~ ...; This module is abel'to deal with 16 digital inputs and 8 relay outputs.
C_)
All these modules are interconnected by a serial bus and controlled from the
DZM 402. The VJT as well as the the different types of sensors are directly
connected to the individual modules. The sensors with the measuring range,
the respective limit values, delay times and possible consequences are listed
in the measuring point Jist. The numbers of the measuring points, the limit
values, delay times and the forced consequence forms the parameter list. This
parameter list is part of the software and stored on the ZSM 401 module and
DZM 402 module.
Q ____________________________
~SAM
System Description
1.3 The electronic Governor System
The electronic governor system, EGS 2000, consists of two main parts:
- the real Electronic Governor
- the Electric Actuator
The electronic components of the governor are installed in the governor cabi-
net which is located in the ECR. It is connected to the propulsion control cabi-
net, PCC, where the set values of the BMS are coming from and to the Actua-
tor which operates the fuel rack.
Note: Detailed information see the Lyngs0 - EGS2000 manual.
~SAM
Functional Description
All technical drawings, Drwg, belonging to the Bridge Manoeuvring System are
attached in the Annex 1. The set of Drwg. is devided into groups. Each group
is marked by letters behind the drwg.no. and represents special information:
271.--- --- LP = Cable diagram.
The major information of this type of Drwg. are the interconnections of
the individual subsystems with the cabel numbers and the cabel types.
271.--- --- USP = Overview diagram.
This type of Drwg. gives a general overview about the total system, like
a block diagram, no detailed information
271.--- --- GZ = General drawing.
This Drwg. shows the general view of the hardware with all necessary
mechanical data and dimensions.
271.--- --- STR = Circuit diagram.
This Drwg. shows the electrical connections of all part belonging to a
subsystem and, with cross references, the detailed connections
between the subsystems. The input and output terminals of the
components and the core number of the individual cables are shown.
271.--- --- NAW =Retrofit information.
This Drwg. is similar to a GZ drawing but with the important information
0 about the position of e.g. jumpers, ICs and settings of switches etc. the
user has to take into account in case of refitting a component, e.g. a
PCB, are specially pointed out.
(--\
~------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 1/36
~SAM
2 Control and Operating Modes
There are different control modes available to operate the propulsion plant:
Automatic Control from the Bridge (Automatic Bridge Control)
Automatic Control from the ECR (Automatic CR Control)
Manual Control from the Local Control Station (LC Control)
Manual Control from the ECR (Manual CR Control) (optional)
Control modes are changeable at:

the Local Control Station: LOCAL I REMOTE
the Engine Control Room, ECR: AUTOMATIC ECR I
AUTOMATIC BRIDGE
MANUAL ECR (optional)
Note: Only in the automatic mode the bridge manoeuvring system, BMS, has
influence to the engine.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 2/36
~SAM
/~
( I Functional Description
0
2.1 Change of Control Modes
Note: The local control station is the operating station with the highest priority.
Transfer of control modes can be preselected at the active control stand but
will be executed only after acknowledgement at the desired control stand. The
transfer can be
proposed by the active control stand with the higher priority
-~ ..
requested by the target control stand with the lower priority
taken by the target control stand with the higher priority.
The possibilities are listed up in the following table:
Control Transfer A proposes to T · . T requests · T takes from A

..
from A---> T · /: frbm .A
BR ---> CR X - X
BR ---> LC - - X
CR ---> BR X X -
CR ---> LC - - X
LC ---> BR - - -
(J LC ---> CR X - -
Legend:
- A Active control stand; in command before control transfer
T Target control stand; in command after control transfer
- Take Immediate control transfer
NOTE:
A transfer to a control stand (Target takes control) with higher priority is allways
possible without preselection (proposal/ request) at the active control stand
with lower priority and cannot prevented at the control stand with lower priority.
~p) _______________________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 3/36
~SAM
When remote control has been requested from local control stand a solenoid
valve within the pneumatic system will be energized upon transfer acknow-
ledgement in the ECR, thereby changing control mode to remote. Condition is
latched on pneumatic way, solenoid valve will be de-energized after transfer.
Note, that the change-over solenoid valve within the control valves block has
no means for manual actuation . In case a manual remote control from ECR is
provided as an option, a pushbutton for emergency actuation is installed in the
ECR-Subpanel , to enable the operator to change to remote in case of a control
system computer fault. For change back to Local mode one of the local control
levers has to be taken out of the Remote position , which cancels the
pneumatic latch.
Pressure switches within the engine pneumatic system serve for feedback of
remote control readiness and remote control mode selection.
If manual remote control from ECR is provided as an option, automatic modes

as well as the manual remote control will use the same solenoid valves within
the engine pneumatic system. Changeover is done on electrical way using the
two-position switch in the ECR-Sub panel. Two separated supply voltages are
used for energizing of solenoid valves in manual remote control and in the
automatic control modes.
·-- "" NOTE:

The control system interlocks the electric control of the solenoid valves during
local control mode to prevent undesired action by energizing of valves during
local control mode.
Any change of a control mode will be monitored on the BRIDGE and on the
ECR operating and indicating panels. It is also indicated on the ECR SUB
PANEL. The feedback signal of the selected control mode is monitored for:
loss of signal
In this case, the last control mode is kept active
. ·- ·. ..... ':
~ .
~SAM
plausibility, i.e. more than one of the feedback signals are present
. simultaneously. In this case the control mode with the highest priority
becomes active, i.e. "LC Control" prior to "Manual CR Control"
(optional) prior to "Automatic CR I Bridge"
2.2 Reversing, Slow Turning, Starting and Stopping
For the operation of the propulsion engine generally the Engine Order
Telegraph Unit, Telegraph, located in
-~
( ) the ECR console for "Automatic CR Control" or
'~
the bridge console for "Automatic Bridge Control"
is responsible.
If wing telegraphs are provided and one of the units installed in the wings is
selected as the master unit, the selected wing telegraph unit transmits its lever
position with the use of the selsyn ( electrical shaft) function to the telegraph
unit, installed in the bridge console.
The desired value, created by the active telegraph, is routed to the electronic
hardware of the Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS, inside the Propulsion
Control Cabinet, PCC. Here the value is processed and given as a set value to
the engine governor EGS 2000, and so, via the electrical actuator to the main
engine, or to the reversing mechanism to prepare the main engine to change
the direction of rotation. These reversing function takes place every time prior
to an engine start, independent in which direction of rotation the main engine
has to start.
Q__________________________
~SAM
2.2.1 Reversing of the Main Engine
Note: Mechanical and pneumatical functions are only explained so fare, as it

is necessary for better understanding . For detailed information see
engine maker's Tech. Manuals.
One cam for each fuel pump is mounted onto the cam shaft. Two mechanical
stops are provided for ahead and astern running direction. The cam shaft can
be radially turned to these stops by use of hydraulic pressure.
The two solenoid valves "Reversing ahead" and "Reversing astern" are
provided, controlling the position of the reversing valve, which in turn controls
the hydraulic positioning of the cam shaft servo motors. The two solenoid
valves "Start ahead" and "Start astern" (DENIS 1 only) control the positioning
of the start air distributor.
The reversing valve is hydraulically self-latching. The solenoid valves will be
de-energized at the end of the start settling time.
The solenoid valves are not energized:

when the system is not in automatic control mode,
in case of a start failure,
in case of a "not commanded engine stop",
during a request "put telegraph to stop" condition.
The direction to which the last reversing sequence was made is memorized.
The start of the engine will be delayed accordingly to DENIS 1 resp. 6, if a
reversing sequence is ordered, to allow the servo motors to move. The start
will not be blocked by wrong position of servo motors.
The start air distributor is self-blocking due to it's mechanical design. A start
command will only pass when the start air distributor is in the desired direction.
The reversing sequence is monitored. In case of no coincidence of reversing

valve and cam shaft position and present start failure, the alarm "Reversing
-· failure" is set.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 6 I 36
' .,"-,•
~SAM
Note:
- A reversing sequence will only be initiated in case the engine-speed is
below "reversing speed" (adjustable by parameter).
No reversing is initiated as long as "Shaft Generator must not be stopped"
or "maintain actual speed" conditions are signalled.
2.2.2 Slow Turning
In automatic control mode the slow turning is possible any time at engine
standstill. It is initiated by pressing the "SLOW TURNING" button on the BAT
of the active control stand. After engine standstill for at least 30 minutes
(adjustable), a slow turning is requested and should be done before engine
start. The request is indicated
- with the displayed text "SLOW TURNING REQUESTED"

by illuminating the button implemented LED (in automatic mode only)
NOTE:
The slow turning request will not inhibit the engine start! A start is also possible
but not advisable without previous slow turning.
If slow turning has been initiated by pressing the "SLOW TURNING" button,
this is indicated by flashing of the button implemented LED. The BMS monitors
the slow turning by counting the speed pulses. If the result within some 30
seconds is not sufficient, the alarm "Slow turning failure" is initiated
acoustically at the BAT of the active control stand
optically at both BAT's
Acoustical acknowledge is effective at the BAT of the active control stand. At

default parameter setting, optical acknowledge is effective at Bridge and ECR
panel.
__ .,_--
~SAM
The "Slow turning failure" leads to "Start interlock". The optical acknowledge
of the "Slow turning failure" resets the "Start interlock", what releases a new
slow turning or engine start.
NOTE:
If "Slow turning failure" occurs, do not start the engine to prevent serious
damages of the engine
Investigate the reason for the failure first
In an emergency situation for the ship, the "Start interlock" can be

overridden by "Cancel Limits" at the bridge panel in order to start the
engine.
If the reason for the "Slow turning failure" has been removed, and the alarm is
acknowledged , a new slow turning may be carried out.
DENIS 1: Slow turning by energizing the "Start ahead I Slow turning" valve
DENIS 6: Slow turning by energizing the start valve and pulsing the start
cutoff valve.
~SAM
2.2.3 Automatic Start of the Main Engine
Note: The control mode "Automatic Bridge" or "Automatic CR" has to be

selected.
The " Ready for Sea going " procedure has to be carried out first, and if no
Start Interlock is active, the propulsion plant is ready for start. One of the
following technical conditions are creating a start interlock :
Start Air Pressure low (a,b,c)

- Turning gear ENGAGED
Line break of valves
Safety System off
Serial interface to Safety System lost
Slow turning failure, not acknowledged
Plant interlock
a. Override by "CANCEL LIMITS"

b. Selectable by parameter setting
c. only in "Automatic Bridge"
A start interlock is alarmed and indicated on the BAT in the ECR and on the
BRIDGE.
The start will be carried out by moving the lever of the active telegraph unit out
of STOP position in ahead or astern direction. Reversing of fuel pumps and
start air distributor is done by solenoid valves "Reversing ahead" resp.
"Reversing astern".
Auxiliary blowers are preselected by BMS when engine is ordered to start resp.
run. Further start sequence only proceeds when at least one blower sends
"On" signal.
;--'--\
lJ-----------------------------------------------
~SAM
- Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M
Energizing solenoid valve "Start" will cause main start valve to open. "Start"
and "Start ahead" resp. "Start astern" stay open during the whole start time
including possible start repetitions.
In parallel the "Start ahead" respectively "Start astern" valve (DENIS 1 only) will
be energized to move the start air distributor to the corresponding direction.
Start air to cylinders will be enabled and engine will start to rotate.
When correct sense of rotation is sensed by BMS, BMS enables the governor
by de-energizing "Fuel Zero Order" and "Governor Stop" signal.
Upon exceeding of ignition speed start air will be shut off by energizing of
"Start cut-otr' valve, causing engine to run on fuel.
Solenoid valves "Start" as well as "Reversing ahead" resp. "Reversing astern"
remain energized leaving main start valve in open position. A possibly
necessary start repetition will be controlled by "Start cut-off" valve, only.
At the end of start settling time "Start" and "Reversing ahead" resp. "Reversing
astern" solenoid valves will be de-energized, causing main start valve to close.
Some 3 seconds later "Start cut-off' valve will be de-energized.
There are three start attempts possible. When a start repetition is necessary,
this will be done immediately after under passing of ignition speed (with
hysteresis!) with no break between start attempts. Total length of all three
possible start air pulses as well as brake air pulses is to be limited to some 4
seconds maximum each.
Due to the fact that at the initiation of start the main start valve is completely
open , acceleration of engine can be very rapid. To allow a safe start, a
capability for lengthening of start air pulse is provided in the BMS software.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 10136
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M - ~ Electronics
-- Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M
During the so-called start settling time of 6 ... 8 sec the set point to the engine
speed governor remains on start speed value~ When start settling time is over,
_engine accelerates resp. decelerates to telegraph set point with acceleration
resp. deceleration rates as adjusted.
IF a failure occurs in engine start sequence, the following measures are taken:
If no engine speed is sensed within the maximum starting air time, the
start valve is de-energized, START FAILURE is alarmed on the
BAT panels.
If engine starts to crank but does not reach ignition speed or falls below
ignition speed again, REPEATED START is alarmed (optional). Two
further start attempts are carried out as described above. If these
attempts are also not successful, START FAILURE is alarmed.
If the diesel exceeds the ignition speed, but stops within 20 sec. a
further start attempt takes place. But all together, a maximum of~ start
attempts will be carried out.
If the engine stops unintended after this time, ENGINE STOPPED is
alarmed.
Alarms "Start Failure" and "Engine stopped" are automatically reset when the
telegraph lever is set to stop position.
0----------~----------
~SAM
2.2.3.1 Restarting with the Engine turning in the same Direction
In case the vessel is running with a certain speed, and the lever of the active
Telegraph unit is set to "STOP", the "Fuel Zero Order" I "Governor Stop" is set.
When moving the telegraph lever out of stop position towards the same
direction as the engine is turning, and the engine is still turns above ignition
speed due to the propeller's dragging effect, the "Fuel Zero Order" I "Governor
Stop" will be disabled, which enables fuel admission to engine.
The desired speed signal for the governor is set to the momentary actual
speed value, from where the engine has to accelerate or decelerate with
respect to the speed set by telegraph (see also section 2.3.2 Acceleration of
the Speed Set point).
If the dragging effect is too small, so that the engine stand still or it turns below
ignition speed, a normal automatic start is carried out.
2.2.3.2 Restarting the Engine in reverse Direction
If a start to counter-direction is requested, first fuel admission is to be stopped

by energizing of "Fuel Zero Order" and "Governor Stop" signal.
Dragging speed of propeller will decrease with lowering of ship's speed. After
under passing of "reversing" speed the reversing sequence will be initiated by
energizing of the appropriate direction valve. After commencing of reversal and
under passing of "enable start in counter direction" speed engine will be braked
and subsequently started in opposite direction by energizing the start solenoid
valve(s).The start sequence then proceeds as already described above.
A possibility to increase the limit for "enable start in counter direction" during a
crash manoeuvre is provided (adjustable).
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 12/36
~SAM
0 Functional Description
For an astern start it is possible to raise the start speed set point for the
governor proportionally to ship's speed calculated internally in BMS; the
maximum amount of this increase is adjustable by mecms of a parameter. For
the second and third start attempts or for an crash manoeuvre, the start speed
value will be increased by the full amount set, in order to have the highest
possible torque available at the propeller.
Likewise as above, it is possible to raise the ignition speed value for an astern
start. Increase is proportional to calculated ship's speed for the first start
0 attempt. At the second and third start attempt or in case of an crash

manoeuvre, ignition speed will be increased by the full value set.
NOTE:
The increase-parameters shall be set to zero when equipment is delivered.
Increases should only be set if it is found during trials that there is no other way
to achieve satisfactory manoeuvring characteristics.
For starts in counter direction the governor internal fuel limiters are
automatically raised resp. cancelled from BMS when internally calculated
ship's speed is above a certain value set by means of a parameter. For all
second and third start attempts, including from stand-still, the governor-internal
fuel limiters are increased.
(]
2.2.4 Stopping the Main Engine
- A normal "STOP" of the main engine is commanded by the BMS when the
lever of the active telegraph is set to stop position or to an order·in counter
direction. The "STOP" command activates the following stop devices at the
engine and interrupts the fuel injection:
the "Fuel Zero Order"
the "Governor Stop" signal.
This sets the governor/actuator to zero position.
0------------------------------
~SAM
Note: The "STOP" command is time delayed in case a shaft generator and/or
not enough DG-SETs are supplying the mains, (see chapter 2.7).
For stopping the main engine in case of unintentional operating conditions the
following possibilities are available:
EMERGENCY STOP, released via pushbutton.

An emergency stop condition is signalled from the ESS to the BMS via
serial interface (if the ESS is also supplied by STN), respectively by means
of a potential - free contact (closed as long as emergency stop valve is
energized).
In case an emergency stop is activated by pressing one of the available EM
- Pushbuttons or a shut down condition is sensed from the ESS, the ESS
itself, via the EM - Stop Valve, and in parallel the BMS immediately
activates a "STOP" of the diesel engine the stop devices.
After an emergency stop the engine is only to be restarted from the
telegraph stop position. The indication "Put telegraph to stop!" is signalled
at the BAT 410 on the bridge and in the ECR, if telegraph is still out of stop
position.
Shut Down, initiated from the Engine Safty System, ESS,

The Engine Safety System, ESS, which is independent of the BMS, will
automatically shut down the diesel engine in case of certain critical
operating conditions, e.g. low lube oil pressure or too high temperatures, or
in case of over speed. (see also Tech. Manual: Engine Safety System).
;,·· ·,.
~SAM
2.2.5 Operating Modes (Automatic mode selected)
For a more flexible operation of the BMS three different operating modes are
selectable via individual keys at the bridge BAT (see Fig. 1 - 1):
The SEA MODE
The selection of "SEA MODE" takes the optional function
"MANOEUVRE MODE" under account. Selecting "SEA MODE"
without the option .. MANOEUVRE MODE.. is only for
communication, i.e this order indicates, that there is no need for a
() manned engine room.
with the option .. MANOEUVRE MODE .. releases the entire speed

range, i.e. the speed ordered by telegraph is released up to CMCR
speed. When the function "SEA MODE" is cancelled by pressing
the respective button at the bridge panel again, the "MANOEUVRE
MODE" is automatically activated. The speed value will be limited,
respectively reduced to the upper manoeuvring range.
The MANOEUVRING MODE (Optional).

In this mode, i.e. SEA MODE not selected, the main engine is only
able to accelerate through all speed ranges up to the end of upper
manoeuvring range, also if the control lever is set to full sea ahead.
0
Modes at CANCEL LIMITS
Attention: CANCEL LIMITS should only be activated in case of

emergency to avoid damages for the ship, e.g. in case
of a crash manoeuvre.
('
'~---------------------------------------------------
~SAM
The activation of CANCEL LIMITS is independent of the momentary active

operating mode. The following consequences taking place:
All limitations to be overridden by CANCEL LIMITS (depending on
parameter setting) are cancelled, if they are active or don't become active,
respectively. They are automatically released again after deactivation of
CANCEL LIMITS.
The acceleration and deceleration of the set point will change to a faster
value.
This modes are only selectable in Automatic mode. In case of Manual
operation the crash mode requires manual action of the operator.
2.3 Speed Ranges and Acceleration I Deceleration of the Speed Set point
Due to the fact of the very big mass of the vessel as well as of the moving
masses of the main engine, the acceleration of the ship's and engine speed is
relatively slow. A further problem of big main engines appears in the thermal
behaviour. If the engine speed would accelerate much faster as the ship's
speed, the main engine would operate at least very uneconomic and will get
thermal problems. The internal process of the BMS avoids these operating
conditions.
To ensure the most efficiency relation between the main engine's and the
vessel's acceleration the whole speed range of the main engine is divided into
four speed ranges.
Attention: All mentioned values for ranges and times etc. are Estimated
values. The true values are registered in the Parameter list.
2.3.1 Speed Ranges
The total range between minimum and rated engine speed is divided into four
individual ranges. Each range has also its own period of time ( see Fig 2 - 7 ).
Both, each speed range as well as each period of time are individually set by
the respective parameter ( see chapter 7), the following list, 2-1 shows a
- realistic excample, ( see also Fig 2 - 7 ):
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.8GE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 16/36
··\ :.·.,,· ,; :·. ,.1. •'-- ·-.··:
~SAM
Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Memberofthe EuroMarine Group
Name of the Range Speed Range in % Period of Time
lower manoeuvring 25-65 40-60 sec.

range ( LM)
upper manoeuvring 65-75 60 sec.

range ( UM)
lower sea range 75-90 10 min.

( LS)
upper sea range 90- 100 30-60 min.
0 (US)
List 2 -1 Speed Ranges and the assigned Time Periods
--
For astern only one sea range is availat?le. The upper speed limit for this range
is adjustable.
RPll
us
LS
U1!
C]
LM
lime
Fig. 2-7 Speed Ranges in relation to the Time
()____________________________________________
~SAM
2.3.2 Acceleration of the Speed Set point
The speed set point accelerates through all the speed ranges with individual
adjustable rates (see also chapter 7). These rates are different for:
- sea range
in normal operation
when CANCEL LIMITS is selected
- manoeuvre range
in normal operation
Accelerating rates for astern and for the ahead sea ranges are different.
Note: The manoeuvre ranges are always active. The manoeuvre mode, if the
option is released, is selected, when no sea mode is selected by pressing the
respective key on the BAT. The manoeuvre mode limits the speed setting to
the upper value of the UPPER MANOEUVRE RANGE, even if the telegraph is
put to a higher value. If sea mode is selected or the option manoeuvre mode is
not released, the whole speed range is available.
After putting the telegraph to the desired "Ordered Speed" value, the "Speed
setting" value accelerates according to the acceleration characteristic, based
on the respective parameter values. As shown in list 2-1 each of the above
mentioned four ranges has its own time period. The engine speed accelerates
by following the set point acceleration. The changing of the set point value as
well as the changing of the actual engine speed is indicated on the BATs. If the
difference between the speed set point and the engine speed is larger than an
adjustable limit (in percentage of the CMCR speed), the acceleration of the set
point stops. This is indicated by the status message "ACCELERATION
BLOCKED" on the BATs. If the engine speed is increasing, and the gap
between set point and actual speed gets smaller, the set point starts
accelerating again.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 18/36
, .. '
,'•': ., . ). ·-:: ·.
~SAM
2.3.3 Deceleration of the Speed Set point
The speed set point decelerates through all the speed ranges with individual
adjustable rates (see also chapter 7). These rates are different for:
- sea range
in normal operation
- manoeuvre range
in normal operation
Decelerating rates for astern and for the ahead sea ranges are different.
When running in sea range, the operator generally is able to select the change
of the deceleration rate of the set point just by means of telegraph handle or
with changing to MANOEUVRE ~ODE, if this option is released.
- When the telegraph lever is moved to a lower position, but still

remains within the sea range, the set point will be slowly decelerated
according to lever position.
- Lowering the telegraph lever down to a position clearly within the
manoeuvring range, it will cause a fast deceleration of set point through
CJ sea range according to rates adjusted for reductions.
- Changing to manoeuvre mode (option) by activating the key SEA MODE
on the BAT at the bridge and the telegraph lever remains in sea range,
causes a slow deceleration down to the maximum of the upper
manoeuvring range .
__,.
.. :;...,
~-------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
2.3.3.1 Re-acceleration after short reduction
In case of a more or less short speed reduction from Full Ahead to a speed
value below Sea Range, e.g. during a ship's manoeuvre, the deceleration is
carried out by using the respective deceleration times. Beside this, the normal
deceleration for the Sea Range is calculated as an internal speed set point.
Shifting the control lever back again to Full Ahead position, the speed set point
accelerates on the normal time base for the Manoeuvring Ranges until the Sea
Range is reached. Now the lower Re-acceleration time is used for the
acceleration of the speed setting, until the set point meets the calculated value
of the deceleration in the Sea Range. From this point on the speed set point
accelerates with the normal time and speed sequence (see Fig 2- 8 ).
RPM A
- ············································································
LM
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o • o o o o o o • o o o o o eo o o e eo e eo e e e eo e • o •• e e e e 0 0 e. e 0 0 e. e 0 0 0 0 I I e 0 e 0 I
- - Control Lever Position - - - - Setpoint l(ltegrator
- - - - Calculated speed reduction in Sea Rang§etpoint Value to Governor
Fig. 2- 8 Re-acceleration after a short reduction (principle drawg.)
If "Cancel Limits" is activated (see also chapter 3) the acceleration of the set
point is much faster. All these values are settings of the respective parameters
and often different between the individual
engines. They are set during the trials.
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M
-
CJ
· Functional Description
~ Electronics
2.3.4 Barred operating I Speed Ranges
Due to physical principles torsional vibrations occurs one or two times (seldom
more often),inside the total speed range. These torsional vibrations will
endanger the propulsion plant in case the main engine will operate over a
longer period in this areas of the total speed range. The BMS takes these
barred speeds into account.
It is possible to exclude two barred speed ranges. The limits of the two ranges
are adjustable.
0 Note: The speed set point never will be set to a value within a barred range.
If the control lever is set within barred range, the set point is automatically
converted to the position close outside the barred range. The position of the
set point depends to the direction from where the control lever was set.
Depending on the position of the barred ranges, ·the following functions
become active:
Barred speed within manoeuvring range
When the speed set point reaches the lower limit of barred speed range
during acceleration, the set point will jump through barred range to the
upper limit. From this position it continues to accelerate with the
adjusted rate if the difference between desired and actual speed is
0 within the tolerance.
During deceleration is the behaviour of the set point equal to the above
described function, but in this case it jumps from upper limit to lower
limit.
- Barred speed within sea range
When the speed set point reaches the lower limit of barred speed range
during acceleration, the set point will wait at lower end of barred range
until the time has expired, which would be required to accelerate through
barred range. Set point then jumps through barred range to the upper
limit. From this position it continues to accelerate with the adjusted rate.
- When decelerating, set point jumps through barred range to the lower
end as in manoeuvring range.
0---------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.8GE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 21 /36
~SAM
- If the ordered speed (telegraph, limitation, etc.) is adjusted within a

barred speed range, the set point will be set
to the lower end of the range, when the ordered speed is in the
lower half part of the barred speed range.
to the upper end of the range, when the ordered speed is in the
upper half part of the barred speed range.
Attention: For plants with a variable speed type shaft-driven alternator, the
engine speed set point will be set to the upper limit of the barred
speed range, when "Maintain speed" is ordered by alternator
control system with the actual speed being within the barred
range.
Optionally, an alarm is activated at the PMCS when the engine speed remains
longer than 3 minutes (adjustable) within the barred speed range.
2.3.5 Speed Set point for the Engine Governor
As mentioned before, the position of the handle of the telegraph unit creates
the desired value in form of some volts. It is processed in the BMS and routed
as the speed set point to the electronic speed governor EGS 2000 via a serial
interface. The timing of increasing or decreasing of the set point value results
the behaviour of the main engine.
The function of the serial interface between the BMS and the electronic
governor EGS 2000 is monitored.
2.4 Sensing of Control Lever Orders
Commands to the BMS are set by means of control levers of the bridge control
unit, located on the bridge console for "Automatic Bridge", and on the ECR
console for "Automatic CR". Normally, control levers are combined with the
engine telegraph function, however in special cases the use of separate control
levers may be considered, e.g. for conversions or if only one control station is
provided.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 22/36
,,-: • ·, ·' ' c ' ' ~ ':
~SAM
I
~-
·-
.-----,
)
Note: There has to be a strict electrical separation between the control lever-
and telegraph function.
In the following parts of this chapter only the term engine order telegraph,
Telegraph, will be used.
The Telegraph located in the bridge console is equipped with a potentiometer.
This Potentiometer is mechanically connected to the control lever and acts as
the set value generator of the BMS (for detailed technical information see
technical manual Telegraph System). This Telegraph unit acts as the master II
unit 11 in case bridge control is selected.

Telegraph units located additionally in the wings are connected to the master II
11
unit by means of a selsyn system (electrical shaft). They are not equipped
with set value generators. The position of the control lever of the selected wing
Telegraph is transferred by the selsyn system to the master unit. This control
lever and the connected potentiometer (set value generator) is positioned to
the respective set value. Electrical malfunctions are monitored and signalled.
2.4.1 Relation between Set value and Control Lever Travel
The Telegraph covers the total range of the engine speed from Stop to Full
Ahead (CMCR speed) via Minimum Ahead, and from Stop via Minimum Astern
to Full Astern. In case Manoeuvring Mode (optional) is selected, the speed set
point is limited to manoeuvring full ahead.
Additionally to the control lever a fine adjustment for the engine's speed set
value is available via the Pb. Order Adjust in the operating panel, BAT, in
bridge console (see chapter 1 and 3.5 of this manual). With the aid of this
Order Adjust Menu a fine adjustment of +I- 3% of the engine speed is possible.
It is not possible to carry out a fine adjustment below minimum and not above
CMCR speed. Fine adjustment is only active in ahead direction. It is
automatically cancelled if the control lever is moved more than +/-3 % out of its
momentary position. It is also automatically cancelled whenever the control
lever is set to stop or to astern.
The set point for the shaft speed is indicated on the BATs on the bridge and in
c=J·_----------t-he__E_c_R__in_r_p_m_w__it_h_a_r_e_so_l_u_tio_n__of--1/_1_o_r_pm__. ____________________________
~SAM
-. PCS Geamot 40 M
~ Electronics
There are four different modes of behaviour of the increase of the speed set
point relatively to the lever travel selectable by means of parameter settings:
linear for ahead and astern range,
non-linear for ahead, linear for astern ,
non-linear for astern , linear for ahead,
non-linear for ahead and astern.
2.4.1.1 Filtering of the Set value Signal
Small changes, below approx .. 0.5%, of the set value are suppressed. This is
made to eliminate undesired set point changes due to measurement errors
caused e.g. by electromagnetic interference.
For the same reason the low resistance side of the telegraph potentiometer
shall be used for ahead commands (see Tech . Manual Telegraph System).
2.4.2 Control Lever Position Limit Contacts
To control some subsystems like a shaft generator or scoops etc., limit con-
tacts as relay outputs are provided . The respective limit values are set by
parameter and released with the set value created from the potentiometer (set
value generator) connected to the control lever.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BG E • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 24/36
~SAM
2.4.3 Sub-telegraph Commands
Three keys of the BATs are provided for additional telegraph functions. These
Sub-telegraph Commands are:
Finished with Engine, F.W.E.
Stand by,
Sea Mode (Run Up).
Commands which are given at the bridge panel have to be acknowledged at

/---...
( \ ECR panel. The pushbuttons on the BAT at the bridge operating with an
\ ___)
On/Off function, so, unintentionally given commands can be cancelled by
pushing again.
For acoustical alarm the panel-internal buzzers are activated. The commands
Stand .by and-Finished with Engine, F.W.E., will cancel each other. Finished
with Engine can only be ordered if the control lever is set to Stop and the main
engine has stopped already. An acoustical and optical indication becomes
active when selecting Sea Operation by pressing the respective key on the
BAT at the bridge.
The condition Sea Mode will be automatically cancelled when F.W.E. is

ordered.
The Stand By command orders a manned ECR for the preparation of the
engine for sea going or, if the engine is ready to start or running, where a
manned ECR is required. After command given, the LEOs implemented in the
buttons "STAND BY" on the bridge panel and the ECR panel turn to flashing
green light to indicate the "STAND BY" request. Additionally an acoustical
interval signal is given at the ECR panel. The command has to be
'acknowledged by pressing the "STAND BY" button at the ECR panel. After
acknowledgement the buzzer is switched off. The LEOs implemented in the
buttons "STAND BY" on the bridge panel and the ECR panel turn to steady
green light.
()
~~-----------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
2.5 Sensing of the Engine Speed
The speed sensing is done by the VIT- unit. The speed values are transferred
from the VIT to the BMS by telegram.
2.5.1 Speed Threshold Values
For safe and reliable operating conditions of the main engine additionally four
speed threshold values for various purposes are present:
The RPM is above ignition speed.
This value is very important for the start procedure, such as starting
with the fuel admission, cut off starting air.
Over speed .
This speed value is important for the safety of the engine. If engines
speed exceeds this limit value, the engine is stopped immediately.
Speed limit for Bad Weather limitation.
This value is used to detect and activate the Bad Weather Limitation .
It starts at a point above rated and below over speed .
All the above mentioned values are adjustable by means of the parameters,
partly in the BMS, partly in the VIT (see also chapter 7 of both descriptions).
2.6 The Limitations of the Main Engine
To protect the propulsion plant against damages caused e.g . by overload,

faulty operating condition or heavy sea states etc., the BMS or the Engine
Safty System, ESS, automatically activates a limitation. A ramp function
common for all limitations with adjustable rates are provided in the
acceleration/deceleration program . The individual limits are set by the
respective parameters, (see chapter 7 of this manual).
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Pzge 26/36
'.:. ····\.
~SAM
2.6.1 Slow Down ("Automatic Reduction")
The Engine Safety system, ESS, (see also yolume 3, ESS) and I or alarm and
monitoring system can request an automatic reduction of the engine speed by
a contact as a digital input or a serial interface to the BMS. The slow down
level is set by means of a parameter. It acts as a limitation for the speed set
point in ahead and astern direction.
Indications in the BMS panels on the Bridge and in the ECR shows that:
a slow down is requested (ECR panel)
~·
I ) the speed value which is requested from telegraph is higher than limit
0
set point for slow down (Bridge panel).
According to individual parameter settings the slow down may be overridden in
case of Slow Down Override.
Note: The activated limitation remains active until it is reset.
2.6.2 Bad Weather Limitation
The bad weather limitation is a safety function. It prevents the possibility of an

engine shutdown caused by over speed when operating at too high engine
speeds in heavy sea states. If the engine speed reaches approx. 105 % speed
(adjustable by parameter), three times or more within two minutes, the speed
0 set point will be automatically limited to a value of approx. 85 %.
This condition will be indicated on the BATs at the Bridge and in the ECR. Also
this limitation remains active until it is reset by putting the telegraph lever to a
value below the speed limit value. It is possible to suppress this function using
the MENU item BAD WEATHER MONITORING (see also chapters 3 and 6).
According to the individual parameter setting, the bad weather limitation may
be overridden in case of a Cancel Limits. It is also possible to cancel the Bad
Weather Limitation permanently by the respective setting of the parameter.
lJ______________________________________________
~\
~SAM
2.6.3 RPM Limitation
It is also possible to activate a limitation manually. The limitation will be

activated by the use of the pushbutton " RPM LIMIT " and the cursor keys on
the BMS panel only in the ECR. An activated manual limitation is indicated by
illuminating the respective push button. If the speed value ordered by telegraph
is higer than the limit value, the text "SPEED SET LIMITED" is displayed in the
Status List. The actual limitation set point will be indicated on request using the
MENU item MEASURING VALUES (see also chapter 6).
A ramp, common for all limitations with adjustable rates is provided in the
acceleration I deceleration program .
Note: According to individual parameter setting the manual limitation may be

overridden in case of "Cancel Limits".
2.7 Behaviour with a Shaft- driven Alternator (optional)
A variable speed driven shaft-driven alternator is able to supply rated load of

electric power within a variable speed range of 100 % down to approx. 70 %.
Below that speed level down to approx. 40 % the possible alternator load will
be reduced with respect to the alternator speed. The alternator control system
will disconnect the shaft-driven alternator when minimum speed is under
passed after a specified time delay.
2.7.1 Transfer of Control Signals
The BMS receives two digital signals from the Power Management System,
PMS, or an assigned alternator control system :
"Generator must not be stopped".
This indicates that, based on power margin calculation, the shaft-
driven alternator has not be stopped or otherwise there is the risk of a
blackout.
"Maintain actual speed".
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 28/36
. '' '' ' ..
~SAM
Keep the engine speed at a level which is sufficient high to allow the
shaft-driven alternator to supply power to the main bus bar.
Note: Due to the fact, that the shaft-driven alternator is not in operation
during astern manoeuvring of the main engine, the BMS ignores the
information of both contacts.
The BMS provides the following contacts for the use of the alternator control
system or PMS:
- "Telegraph below alternator min. speed".

This contact may be provided directly by the Telegraph system or by the
BMS using free selectable "Limit switches".
In this position of the control lever it is not possible to synchronize and to
connect the shaft-driven alternator to the busbar.(see section 2.4.2).
- "Cancel Limits".
- "Slow Down" (from ESS)
This contacts work in parallel to the PMS. If this signal becomes active, a
number of DG-sets (selectable at the PMS) is started, synchronized and
connected to the busbar.
Q 2.7.2 Deceleration and stopping of main engine
During the operation of the shaft-driven alternator, the signal

- "Generator must not be stopped" is given to the BMS to indicate, that the
shaft-driven alternator is necessary to feed the busbar, because
- the shaft-driven alternator is feeding the busbar alone or
- the parallel feeding DG-set(s) are not sufficient to take the momentary
load of the shaft-driven alternator.
When during deceleration of the main engine the shaft-driven alternator power
is too high for the actual speed, the signal
- "Maintain actual speed" is given to the BMS. The speed set point of the
~---------------8-M_s__w_il-lb_e__ke_p_t_th_e__m_o_m_e_n_ta_ry__a_ct_u_a_ls_h_a_ft_s_p_e_e_d_.__________________
~SAM
Note: If the signal "Maintain actual speed" occurs when the shaft speed is
within a barred range, the speed setpoint will be set to the upper end
of the barred range.
The BMS accepts the signal "Maintain actual speed" only for an adjustable
time limit. The time limit is typically set to 60 sec. The time allows the start-up
and connection of the DG-set's sufficient to take over the shaft-driven
alternator load. When the DG-set(s) are connected to the busbar, the signal
"Maintain actual speed" is cancelled and the BMS continues to decelerate the
main engine .
Attention: At the end of the respective delay time or, the BMS continues to
decelerate the main engine in any case. With under passing the
minimum speed for shaft-driven alternator operation the alternator
is disconnected from the busbar. This leads to a Black Out, if not
enough DG sets are available.
~SAM
2.8 Engine Supervision
As mentioned in the system description, see chapter 1, the BMS carries out the
supervision manly for the pneumatic system of the main engine, the fuel rack
and proper function of the operating control modes:
- Feedback of the control modes.
- The start sequence.
- The stop sequence.
- The reversing sequence.
(J - The unintended engine stop.
Note: Independent of the actual operating mode, abnormal operating states

are alarmed. Reactions are carried out by the BMS additionally only in
II Automatic Mode II.
The other operating data of the main engine like oil or water pressures or
temperatures etc., are monitored by the ESS and I or PMCS systems. All
electrical connections are shown in the ships related set of drawings.
2.8.1 Start Air
--<(, An analog input channel is provided for monitoring of the start air pressure, see
(_) circuit diagram, 271.--- --- STR . Depending. on the parameter setting the loss
of the start air pressure will:
- be ignored (e.g. is no sensor provided),
- be alarmed at the display of the BMS panels in the ECR and on the
Bridge,
- be alarmed and additional causing a start interlock when operating in
automatic control mode from the bridge. The interlock can be
bypassed by activation of II Cancel Limits II.
(']_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 31/36
~SAM
2.8.2 Feedback of the active Control Mode
Following inputs are provided for control mode feedback:

- Automatic selected.
- Manual ECR selected.
- Local engine room selected.
The selected and activated control mode is indicated:

- at the local control box,
- at the ECR Sub Panel,
- at the displays of the BMS Panels.
An alarm is given in case:

- The selection signal of the active control station is lost. The control
station remains selected.
- More than one selection signal is present simultaneously. Than the
control station with the highest priority is selected in the following
order:
Local control
Manual CR (option)
Automatic CR
Automatic Bridge
An alarm will be indicated at the displays of the Bridge and in the ECR
operating panels (see also section 2.1 ).
~SAM
2.8.3 Start Sequence
The automatic start sequence is described in section 2.2.3. A Start failure will
be alarmed at the BMS panels after:
- the first start attempt without any start repetition, if no speed impulses
at all have been sensed,
- the third start attempt when the engine was not able to reach minimum
speed and remain running.
An existing Start failure is also output to the connected PMCS. A Start failure
has to be reset by moving the telegraph lever to stop position.
Optionally: An additional output "Repeated Start Alarm" for the connected

PMCS can be provided.
If a start sequence is requested by the telegraph, but it cannot carried out due
to an active start interlock, the message "Put Telegraph to Stop" is given at the
operating panels.
2.8.4 Reversing Sequence Monitoring
The reversing sequence is described in section 2.2.1. If "Start failure" and the
input "Reversing wrong position" are present simultaneously, the alarm
( )
\.-..__/· "Reversing failure" is initiated.
(,.-- . ..
, I
\~;-------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
2.8.5 Stop Sequence
When a normal stop sequence is initiated, (see section 2.2.4) the fuel injection
will be stopped. This is carried out by a "Governor Stop" signal to the
electronic governor and "Fuel zero order" for mechanical governor. This puts
the fuel rack to zero position.
2.8.6 Unintent Engine Stop
If after a successful start (i.e. from appr. 20 sec. after reaching the start settling
time), or during normal operation the engine speed is again under passing the
ignition speed and the engine stops without an active stop command. "Engine
stopped" is alarmed at the BMS panels. This alarm is to be reset by moving the
lever of the active telegraph to stop position.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 34/36
~SAM
(" )
2.9 System Supervision and Fault Indication
The total hardware of the BMS as well as the following peripherical

components are consequently monitored by the BMS. Because of this, it is
possible to avoid dangerous situations and damages of the main engine.
Supervision is carried out for:
- the BRIDGE telegraph and the ECR telegraph,
- the speed sensing circuit,
- the electronic governor,
( the auxiliary voltages,
\----
- the solenoid valves,
- the internal analog I digital as well as the digital I analog converters,
- the memory check,
- the computer cycle (watch dog ),
If a fault becomes active it will be sensed by the BMS. The result of this is an
acoustical and optical Alarm indication. They are indicated at the BATs on the
Bridge and in the ECR. The alarms are also routed as:
- individual alarms via serial interface, or as
- common alarms via contact interface to the Process Monitoring and
Control System, PMCS.
The optical alarm is always indicated at the Bridge and in the ECR, the
acoustical alarm is only activated at the" station- in- control".
' I
\__,' According to the rules of the classification societies the system has, in case of
a control system fault, to maintain, to "freeze", the momentary operating
conditions as far as possible.
I
r-: )
\. '---------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151185_BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 35/36
~SAM
Attention : In "frozen" condition the operator has to transfer the control

mode to a manual mode, i.e. "Manual CR" (optional) or "Local
Control".
A reset can be done only in a manual mode. For trouble shooting in case of a
failure pis. refer to chapter 5. There is only one possibility to keep an automatic
mode :
Only on occurrence of the "Telegraph Bridge Potentiometer" fault in
"Automatic Bridge" or the "Telegraph ECR Potentiometer" fault in "Automatic
CR" a change over
from "Automatic Bridge" to "Automatic ECR" respectively

from "Automatic ECR" to "Automatic Bridge"
is possible.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 36/36
~SAM
Operating Instructions
3 Operating facilities
The BMS 40 M provides the operating facilities
o The Engine Order Telegraphs, located

in the wing consoles
on the bridge console
on the ECR console for .,Automatic Control., (optional)
in the engine room as receiver for .,Emergency Control.,
o Operating and Indication Panels BAT 410/411, located

in the bridge console (see Fig. 3- 2)
in the ECR (see Fig. 3 - 3)
o A Sub Panel for .,Manual Control.,, located

in the ECR (see Fig. 3- 4)
o A .,Manual Speed Setting., device, located

in the ECR
0 o A Local Control Box for .,Emergency Control.,, located

at the Engine (see Fig. 3- 5)
The general arrangement is shown in Fig. 3- 1.
c=J_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 1/56
~SAM
AUTO CTRL.
BRIDGE PANEl w
~ BAT 410
(!)
I \ -00:::
co
- ·- ·- ·-·-·-·-·- ·- ·- ·-·-·-·-·-·- ·- ·- ·· ·-·- ·- ·- ·- ·-·-·- ·-·-·-·-·-
AUTO/MANMANUALCONTROL
AUTO CTRI ( Option )
ECR PANEL
~ ~l ~
SUB
BAT 411
PANEL
__j '~------~~--~ 0:::

(.)
·-· ·-·-·-·- ·-·- ·- ·- ·-·-·- ·- ·- ·!- ·- ·- -·-·-·-·- ·-·- ·-·-·-·-
w
Geamot40 M
BMS 40 M w
-z
(!)
z
w
LOCAl
CTRL EGS 2000
BOX
EMERG. CTRL.
TELEGRAPH
I @
I
VALVES ACTUATOR
Fig . 3 - 1, General arrangement of the Propulsion Control System
© STN ATLAS Mari ne Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 2 I 56
' ~ ·.1' ' •.
J, '!
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M ~·Electronics ·
Operating Instructions...

,·-----,
f I
,--------,.
f I
AUTO BRIDGE START AIR: 29.8 B R ~~~~j l______ j

ORO: 0.0 SET: 40.0 ACT: 35.
~E:JGG~8
~0 Ej 808
~ ~ @J@JCB
Fig. 3-2, Operating and Indication Panel BAT 410, Bridge Console
I
_........................;
AUTO BRIDGE START AIR: 29.8 B R I FAULTI
~---)
ORO: 0.0 SET: 40.0 ACT: 35.
LJGGG~B
rJLJ 808
~EJLJL]@J@J(B
Fig. 3-3, Operating and Indication Panel BAT 411, ECR Console
.(l
·~--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 3/56
~SAM
-. Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M
r'JIAII
llectronlc• I'J=ronlc1
I MANUAL CONTROL I I MANUAL CONTROL I
~
NJX. NJX.
e
B.lMRI B.lMRI
lUI STlP
LOCAL TI.RNDii NJX. NJX.

IDIT1n IDR B.lMR2 B.lMR2
ENiND lUI STlP
I ENGit£ mmn I
SUJ\1
1\IMlli
ElfJIIi)C(
REIIITE
D SliP
~
<HAN.JAl) TAKE IJII{R
IJI9Ii
"'"y
Sli'I'LY
-YJ.-
, '
P:(lj}!
Fig. 3 - 4, ECR- Sub Panel
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 4/56
~SAM
jEMERGENC
STOP
IISHUTDOWNII
D
BD D
1~":..":.":.":.11 .._-----------:----------
II LOCAL 11
II GOVERNOR I
, ,, ... ---
--, .........
·~----~· ,,, , '"\ \
:r ::
\~ ,','
o·' ....... - -, ~;o!
-----.:-----------------·
r------------ .
1 MANUAL GOV'R SETP~INT
L------------1
.----'
Fig. 3-5, Local Control Box
r-·.l
·~----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPI.WPS • Chp. 3, Page 5/56
~SAM
3.1 Selection of Control Modes
There are different control modes available to operate the propulsion plant:
Automatic Control from the Bridge (Automatic Bridge Control)
Automatic Control from the ECR (Automatic CR Control)
Manual Control from the Local Control Station (LC Control)
Manual Control from the ECR (Manual CR Control) (optional)
Control modes are selectable I changeable at:

the Local Control Station LOCAL I REMOTE
the engine control room, ECR: AUTOMATIC CR
AUTOMATIC BRIDGE
MANUAL CR (optional)
NOTE: Only in the automatic mode the bridge manoeuvring system, BMS,
has influence to the engine.
Transfer of control modes can be preselected at the active control stand but
will be executed only after acknowledgement at the desired control stand. The
transfer can be
proposed by the active control stand with the higher priority
requested by the target control stand with the lower priority
- taken by the target control stand with the higher priority.
The possibilities are listed up in the following table:
~SAM
Control Transfer A proposes to·T·. T requests T takes from· A

from A--> T -from A·.
BR ---> CR X - X
BR ---> LC - - X
CR ---> BR X X -
CR ---> LC - - X
LC ---> BR - - -
LC ---> CR X - -
Legend:
- A Active control stand; in command before control transfer
- T Target control stand; in command after control transfer
Take Immediate control transfer
NOTE: A transfer to a control stand (Target takes control) with higher

priority is always possible without preselection (proposal/ request)
at the active control stand with lower priority and cannot prevented
at the control stand with lower priority. The local control station is
the operating station with the highest priority.
c) 3.1.1 Automatic Mode
3.1.1.1 Local Control to Automatic CR
Start condition:
If "Manual CR Control" is provided, the "Auto I Man." switch in the ECR sub-
panel has to be switched to
"Auto" position
Control mode in "Local Control"
The actual control mode is displayed at the Operation and Indication Panels
BAT 410 I 411 on the bridge and in the ECR. The LED implemented in the
0-------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPJ.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 7/56
~SAM
button "LC CTRL." shows steady green light. In the first line of the display the
text "LOCAL CTRL" indicates the actual control mode. The panel view is
shown in FIG. 3 - 6.

,,.·-----. ,,---------.
' ''
LOCALCTRL START AIR: 29.8 BAR iALARM! '' '
"---·--···' '·------·---'
ORO : 0.0 SET : 40.0 ACT : 35.0
~L:Je;]e;]Q~
~0 LJ 8@8
~ ~~~ @J@J(B
Fig . 3 - 6, Display of control mode "LOCAL CONTROL"
To change the control mode to "AUTOMATIC"

the local levers have to be set to REMOTE position
request the change by pressing the "REMOTE CONTROL" button at the
Local Control Panel.
...· '•
~SAM
0
The request to change control mode to "REMOTE" is acoustically and optically
signalled at the ECR panel only. To acknowledge the request, the button
.-·~,
1-\~J
cR ' CR Control
has to be pressed at the ECR panel. Following this, the control mode changes
to "AUTOMATIC CR". This is indicated at the ECR panel and at the Bridge
panel. The LED implemented in the button "CR CTRL." shows steady green
0 light. In the first line of the display the text "AUTO CR" indicates the actual
control mode (see Fig. 3 - 7). Additionally "REMOTE CONTROL" is indicated
at the Local Control Box.
m.~r.~. Geamot · Bridge Manoewring System BMS 40M
I ~lC] ~~~
I 1::~
START . . . 2UOARI
~(@liJ
SET: 400 N'.T: 25.0
~0~ =·~ Geamot Bridge Manoewring System BMS 40M
I ,---\
1::~
~-;;\ ~.~;\
~~i)
START- ....... 1
~~
Request indication
g._ I SET': o&O.O ACT: 35.0
~~~ ~o=~~~~~~"""""'"'
~.~ Geamot Bridge Manoewring System BMS 40M
~ 1:~.
~~~~
Acknowledge request '~~
2UBAAI
~~
&TAIIT-
I
(]
GET: 40..0 N:.T; 35.0
~~
~08e;:)~~8~ ~~~
Control mode changed
•.. ~~~~~EH~j B~B
"""'
~~~~~uOO @J@J(B
Fig. 3-7, Change control mode from Local Control to Automatic CR
c=J____________________________________________________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 9/56
~SAM
RESTRICTIONS:
If the automatic is disturbed , the request to change the control mode to

"Automatic Control" results in the alarm "CONTROL SELECT. FAULT".
A change will not be accepted!
The following disturbances will lead to "CONTROL SELECT. FAULT" :
WB Control Signal liP-Converter ( mechanical governor)

Loss of Sensor Supply ( depending on parameter setting )
Speed Sensing Fault
Module 1 IOM401 Fault
Module 2 REM401 Fault
Module 5 RM401 Fault
Default-Parameter Loaded DZM
Default-Parameter Loaded ZSM
EEPROM-Parameter Fault DZM
EEPROM-Parameter Fault ZSM
Loss of VIT module supply
If the engine is not running, but the ECR telegraph is not in STOP position,
the message (EVENT) "PUT ECR TELEGR. TO STOP" is given. The
telegraph has to be put to "STOP" position .
NOTE: A change from "LOCAL CONTROL" directly to "AUTOMATIC

BRIDGE" is not possible. There is only one exception: If the
"Telegraph ECR Potentiometer" fault is present in the moment of
change request, the proposal to change to "AUTOMATIC BRIDGE"
is automatically given and has to be acknowledged as described
in the following part.
~SAM
Operating Instructions .
3.1.1.2 Automatic CR to Automatic Bridge
Start condition:
Control mode in .,Automatic CR.,
button 11 CR CTRL.., shows steady green light. In the first line of the display the
text ..AUTO CR., indicates the actual control mode. There are two ways to
change control mode to .,AUTOMATIC BRIDGE.. :
by proposal from ECR to Bridge

by request from Bridge to ECR
To propose the change of control mode, the button
.;=-,-.
!e~RIDGE Bridge Control
; CTRL,.
has to be pressed at the ECR panel. Following this, the LEOs implemented in
the button .. BRIDGE CTRL.. in
- the bridge panel starts flashing yellow to indicate the proposal to change
operating mode.
- the ECR panel starts flashing green to indicate the proposal to change
operating mode.
The proposal is acoustically signalled at the bridge panel. The proposal has to
be acknowledged by pressing the button .. BRIDGE CTRL.. at the bridge panel.
Following the acknowledgement, the LEOs implemented in the button

.. BRIDGE CTRL., in both panels turn to steady green light to indicate the
change to .,Automatic Bridge ... Additional the text .,AUTO BRIDGE .. is
displayed.
0---------------------------
~SAM
NOTE: Pressing the button "CR CTRL" (still active control stand) at the
ERC panel or at the bridge panel cancels the proposal. The control
mode as well as the indications at the operating panels remain in
the previous state.
To request the change of control mode, the button
.BRIDGE Bridge Control

CTRL.
has to be pressed at the bridge panel. Following this, the LEOs implemented in
the button "BRIDGE CTRL" in
- the bridge panel starts flashing green to indicate the request to change
operating mode.
- the ECR panel starts flashing yellow to indicate the request to change
operating mode.
The request is acoustically signalled at the ECR panel. The request has to be
acknowledged by pressing the button "BRIDGE CTRL" at the ECR panel.
The acknowledgement does not change the control mode. It is only an

agreement to the request and results in a proposal to change as described
before. If this proposal is acknowledged at the bridge, the change of control
mode takes place.
NOTE: Pressing the button "CR CTRL" (still active control stand) at the
ERC panel or at the bridge panel cancels the proposal. The control
mode as well as the indications at the operating panels remain in
the previous state.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 . Page 12/56
~SAM
..-..., Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
3.1.1.3 Automatic Bridge to Automatic CR
Start condition:
Control mode in "Automatic Bridge"
i
I
i
button "BRIDGE CTRL." shows steady green light. In the first line of the display
the text "AUTO BRIDGE" indicates the actual control mode. There are two
0 ways to change control mode to "AUTOMATIC CR":
by request from Bridge to ECR

by taking to ECR
To request the change of control mode, the button
. cR ' CR Control
. CTRL.
has to be pressed at the bridge panel. Following this, the LEOs implemented in
the button "CR CTRL" in
- the bridge panel starts flashing green to indicate the request to change
operating mode.
- the ECR panel starts flashing yellow to indicate the request to change
operating mode.
The request is acoustically signalled at the ECR panel. The request has to be
acknowledged by pressing the button "CR CTRL" at the ECR panel.
Following the acknowledgement, the LEOs implemented in the button "CR

CTRL" in both panels turn to steady green light to indicate the change to
"Automatic CR". Additional the text "AUTO CR" is displayed.
·: ·-.
~)
LL--------~---------------------------------
~SAM
NOTE: Pressing the button "BRIDGE CTRL" (still active control stand) at
the ECR panel or at the bridge panel cancels the request. The
control mode as well as the indications at the operating panels
remain in the previous state.
To take the control to the ECR, the button
-
I CR
CTRL
II CR Control
has to be pressed at the ECR panel. Following this, the control mode
immediately changes to "Automatic CR". The text "AUTO CR" is displayed
as indication.
The LEOs implemented in the button "CR CTRL" in

the bridge panel starts flashing yellow to indicate the change of operating
mode.
the ECR panel starts flashing green to indicate the change of operating
mode.
The change is acoustically signalled at the bridge panel. It has to be acknow-

ledged by pressing the button "CR CTRL" at the bridge panel.
Following the acknowledgement, the LEOs implemented in the button "CR
CTRL" in both panels turn to steady green light.
NOTE: There is no possibility to prevent the change at the bridge, because

the ECR has the higher priority.
~SAM
3.1.2 Manual CR (optional)
If the "Manual Control" is provided, the facilities at the ECR -.Sub panel have
to be used for the mode selection "Automatic" or "Manual" (see Fig. 3-4)
3.1.2.1 Local Control to Manual CR (normal changeover)
Start condition:
Control mode in "Local Control"
button "LC CTRL." shows steady green light. In the first line of the display the
text "LOCAL CTRL" indicates the actual control mode. The panel view is
shown in FIG. 3 - 6.
To change the control mode to "MANUAL CR"

put the mode selection switch to "MAN" position
- at engine standstill
put the Start I Running direction switch at the ECR - Sub panel to
"STOP" position
- at running engine
"Ahead" resp. "Astern" position and set the "Manual Governor Set
point" to actual speed
- put the local levers to REMOTE position
request the change by pressing the "REMOTE CONTROL" button at the
Local Control Panel.
lJ______________________________________________
/~~
~SAM
The request to change control mode to "REMOTE" is acoustically and optically

signalled at the ECR panel only. To acknowledge the request, the button
:
1
:cR · CR Control
CTRL.
has to be pressed at the ECR panel. Following this, the control mode changes
to "MANUAL CR". This is indicated at the ECR panel and at the Bridge panel.
The LED implemented in the button "CR CTRL." shows steady green light. In
the first line of the display the text "MANUAL CR" indicates the actual control
mode.
3.1.2.2 Local Control to Manual CR (emergency changeover)
In the case the BMS is out of order, there is a possibility to change control
mode from "LOCAL CONTROL" to "REMOTE" control:
put the mode selection switch to "MAN" position

at engine standstill
"STOP" position
at running engine
"Ahead" resp . "Astern" position and set the "Manual Governor Set
point" to actual speed
put the local levers to REMOTE position
- take over control to ECR remote control (manual) by pressing the button
"(EMERG.) REMOTE TAKE OVER" at the ECR- Sub panel.
The change over is indicated as "REMOTE CONTROL" at the Local Control

Box and "MANUAL ECR" at the ECR - Sub panel.
~SAM
3.1.2.3 Automatic Mode to Manual CR
Start condition:
Control mode in
- "Automatic Bridge" or
- "Automatic CR"
The actual control mode is displayed in the Operating and Indication Panels
BAT 41 0 I 411 on the Bridge and in the ECR. The LED implemented in the
button "BRIDGE CTRL." shows steady green light. In the first line of the display
the text "AUTO BRIDGE" indicates the actual control mode. The panel view is
shown in Fig. 3-8 as an example for "AUTOMATIC BRIDGE".
Geamot ·Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M

r-------\ r--------.. ,---------..
AUTO BRIDGE START AIR: 29.8BAR IALARM! !.._________,! \_j FAULTi
\.. ____ ___1 _______ J
ORO: 0.0 SET: 40.0 ACT: 35.0
~8L;JL;]L;J8
(~) ~ LJ
Fig. 3-8, Display of control mode "AUTOMATIC BRIDGE"
~SAM
.- , Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
ATTENTION:
Before changing the control mode from "AUTOMATIC" to "MANUAL CR", the
set points should be set to the same value ("LEVER MATCH"), because the
change from the old set point (Automatic bridge or Automatic CR) to the new
set point (Manual CR) is done in one step. A big deviation between the set
points will result in a rough change of the engines speed (Pis. refer also to
chapter 6.1)
To change the control mode to "MANUAL CR" the mode selection switch at the
ECR - Sub panel has to be set to "MAN" position .
Following this, the LED implemented in the button "CR CTRL" in the panel of
the last active control stand turns to flashing in yellow light to indicate the
change of operating mode. The change also is acoustically signalled at the last
active control stand, and has to be acknowledged here by pressing the button
"CR CTRL".
The LED implemented in the button "CR CTRL" in the not active control stand
turns to steady green light in the moment the change is carried out. To indicate
the new control mode
- the text "MANUAL CR" is displayed at both operating and indication panels
- the indication lamp "MANUAL ECR" at the ECR - Sub panel lights up
NOTE: There is no possibility to prevent the change at the bridge, because

the ECR has the higher priority.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 18/56
~SAM
<7,
(( ':' Operating Instructions

'~-/
3.1.3 Local Control
The selection of "LOCAL ·cONTROL" is always done directly without any

previous request by putting one of the local control levers out of "REMOTE"
position.
Following this, the LED implemented in the button "LC CTRL" in the panel of
the last active control stand turns to flashing in yellow light to indicate the
change of operating mode. The change also is acoustically signalled at the last
active control stand, and has to be acknowledged here by pressing the button
"LC CTRL".
The LED implemented in the button "LC CTRL" in the not active control stand
turns to steady green light in the moment the change is carried out. To indicate
the new control mode
the text "LOCAL CTRL" is displayed at both operating and indication panels
the indication lamp "LOCAL CONTROL" at the ECR - Sub panel lights up
- the indication lamp "LOCAL CONTROL" at the Local Control Box lights up .
NOTE: There is no possibility to prevent the change , because the Local

Control Stand has the highest priority.
For operating the engine in "LOCAL CONTROL" please refer to the
description edited by the engines manufacturer.
3.2 Main Engine Start
For the automatic start of the main engine a number of preconditions have to
be fulfilled. If this is done, the start is initiated by moving the !ever of the
telegraph in service out of the stop position in ahead or astern direction (see
also Techn. Manual of the Telegraph System).
For more detailed information, pis. refer to chapter 2.2.3 .
For the manual start in "MANUAL CR" and "LOCAL CONTROL" mode, pis.
refer to the Tech. Manual edited by the engines manufacturer.
. "'f,
,· I\
\~-~·-----------------------------------------------------------------------
~-------------------------------------~~~~
~SAM
After activation of "CANCEL LIMITS", the following functions are effected:
- the times for acceleration and deceleration are half then the normal times
- the RPM LIMIT is cancelled
engine start and reversing take place with higher control limitation values
speed limit set by MANOEUVRE OPERATION is cancelled
in special cases (depending on parameter setting) the slow down order
transmitted from from the Engine Safety System, ESS, will be overridden
or not be executed, respectively .
To switch of the function, the button "CANCEL LIMITS" at the Bridge Panel has
to be pressed again. The LEOs implemented in the buttons "Cancel Limit" in
both panels extinguish and all limits become effective again .
If the key "CANCEL LIMITS" is pressed at the bridge panel while control mode
"AUTOMATIC CR" or "MANUAL CR" is selected,
- the LED implemented in the button "CANCEL LIMITS" in the Bridge Panel
turns to red steady light. The buzzer in the Bridge panel is activated five
times in interval for acoustical indication of the "CANCEL LIMITS" selection.
The display shows the text "CANCEL LIMITS ACTIVE" (see. Fig. 3- 9)
- The LED implemented in the button "CANCEL LIMITS" in the ECR Panel
turns to flashing red light to indicate the request for "CANCEL LIMITS".
Additionally the buzzer in the ECR Panel is activated in intervals, until the
request is acknowledged. The display shows the text "CANCEL LIMITS
ACTIV". To acknowledge the request, the button "CANCEL LIMITS" has to
be pressed at the ECR Panel. Following this, the LED implemented in the
button "CANCEL LIMITS" in the ECR Panel turns to steady red light.
NOTE: In "MANUAL CR" the limitations have to be cancelled manually

by the operator !
._,-·
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 22/56
~SAM
3.5 Order Adjust
NOTE: The function only works in the control mode"AUTOMATIC

BRIDGE", bridge telegraph in "AHEAD" position and not
"CANCEL LIMITS" selected.
The "ORDER ADUST" is requested for fine setting of engine speed. To select
the function, the key
··~---.
I~ \
! Order i Order Adjust has to be pressed on the Bridge Panel.

ADJ.;
Following this, a menu is displayed as shown in Fig. 3- 10. The actual ordered
speed value is displayed in "< >" brackets. The LED implemented in the button
"ORDER ADJ."
- turns to flashing yellow light to indicate that no adjust is set.
remains at steady yellow light to indicate that an order adjust is set.
Now the speed, beginning at the setting ordered by the bridge telegraph, can
be adjusted using the keys
1:l. Up and
V Down
The keys only effect the two least significant digits of the ordered speed,
shown in the second line of the display. When the speed is adjusted to the
desired value, different from the basic setting, the LED implemented in the
button "ORDER ADJ." turns to I remains at steady yellow light, to indicate, that
Order Adjust is active.
(\
~-----------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151185.8GE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPLWP6 • Chp. 3, Page 23/56
~SAM
If the adjustment is done in the contrary direction as before, the LED starts
flashing again, when the basic setting, selected with the telegraph, is reached
again. On further adjust in the contrary direction the LED turns to steady light
again .
m.~ Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M
I............,.,.
~~~! ~
Actua l Speed order l VAI..IAIP'E.E.D~ ; •tCR.tlllftll•
l UMC\ItJOI'WT.«<IKTUI"~ICEYI
I
~GG GQB~ ~~B
~~~Q.A)~~B0B
m.-,e. Geamol Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M ~ uc ""
I .-----·..!-----·
. ..----·.
I ~~~ ~
Speed order by adjustment
using the key UP I 1'""""'.........
VAl.UlW'££DOitCOI ctal.llllf'W•
~) _____) ~~~~.: @)@)[8
l , UK CI.Msewti..UT.ttiDHT UI"AXIii'IM Kn1
~~GGGQB~ ~~B
~e=H~~EJ~~~~
~~~~~ ~~~ <3@)[8
~G
Fig. 3- 10, Display at Order Adjust
When "ORDER ADJUST" is active, small deviations in the measurement of the

telegraph signal are ignored and don't effect the speed setting .
After setting an order adjust, the "ORDER ADJ." key, the "ESC" key or the
"ENT" key has to be pressed, to leave the menu. The previous display is
shown again and the LED implemented in the button "ORDER ADJ."
remains at steady yellow light to indicate, that an order adjust is set.
- extinguishes, to indicate that no adjust is set
The "ORDER ADJUST" is cancelled if
- the lever of the bridge telegraph is put to a new position
.. .. . .~ ·.' ' ·•·
~SAM
0
3.6 RPM Limit
NOTE: The function only works in the "AUTOMATIC" control mode.
The "RPM LIMIT" is requested for the setting of the maximum engine speed as
upper limit. If the active telegraph is set to a higher speed, the speed order is
limited to the set "RPM LIMIT" value. To select the function, the key
~-
1( I .
l
I-RPM
LIMIT:
'----------'
RPM Limit has to be pressed on the ECR Panel.
Following this, a menu is displayed as shown in Fig. 3 - 11. The actual speed
limit value is displayed in "< >" brackets. The LED implemented in the button
"RPM. LIMIT"
- turns to flashing yellow light to indicate that no limitation is set.
remains at steady yellow light to indicate that a limitation is already set.
The value can be set using the keyes
~ Up for increase the value
0 V Down for decrease the value
On a decade overflow I underflow the next higher /lower digit is increased I

decreased automatically. The maximum value for "RPM LIMIT" is 104% of the
nominal speed (CMCR - Speed). If the limitation is set
- to nominal speed, the LED implemented in the button "RPM LIMIT" turns to
flashing yellow light, to indicate, that no limitation is set
- to a value lower than nominal speed the LED implemented in the button
"RPM LIMIT" turns to steady yellow light, to indicate, that the speed set is
limited.
(~)
~------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
To select the digit to change, the curser keys
<I Shift left and
t> Shift right
have to be used.
Geamot Bridge Manoe<Ming System BMS 40M
_M_enu_d.....:..isp_:lay_with_act_u_al.....:..spe_ed_lim_~_ _++!-. i==u:~::-~,-- I ~ ~ ~]
~O.G~~G8~~~B
~~ ~~~@EJEJG@G
Geamot @) ~ ~ Bridge Manoewring System BMS 40M
New speed lim~. set by using the key '"DOWN"
Fig . 3- 11 , Menu display at "RPM LIMIT"
After setting the speed limitation, the "RPM LIMIT" key, the "ESC" key or the
"ENT" key has to be pressed, to leave the menu. The previous display is
shown again and the LED implemented in the button "RPM LIMIT"
- remains at steady yellow light to indicate, that a speed limitation is set.
- extinguishes, to indicate that no limitation is set.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 26/56
~SAM
If a speed higher than the set limitation is ordered by the telegraph, the speed
is limited at the set "RPM LIMIT" value and the text "MANUAL LIMITATION" is
shown in the second line of the display of the Bridge Panel and the ECR Par1e1
to indicate, that the limitation is active. If a speed lower than "RPM LIMIT"
value is ordered by telegraph, the text "MANUAL LIMITATION" extinguishes.
To switch the speed limitation off, i.e. to release the entire order range of the
telegraph, the key "RPM LIMIT" has to be pressed. The menu display is shown
as described before, and the LED implemented in the button "RPM LIMIT"
turns to flashing yellow light. To set the limit value to maximum, i.e. to 104% of
0 nominal speed, the key "UP" has to be used. Following this, the menu has to
be left by pressing the key "RPM LIMIT" again. The previous display is shown
and the LED implemented in the button "RPM LIMIT" extinguishes to indicate,
that there is no manual set speed limitation.
0----------------------------
~SAM
3.7 Sub-telegraph Commands
Three keys of the BATs are provided for additional telegraph functions. These
Sub-telegraph Commands are:
Sea Mode
Stand By
Finnish With Engine, FWE
Commands which are given at the bridge panel have to be acknowledged at
the ECR panel. The push buttons on the BAT at the bridge operating with an
On I Off function, so, unintentionally given commands can be cancelled by
pushing again.
3.7.1 Sea Mode
To select the function, the key
,_
I SEA Sea Mode has to be pressed on the Bridge Panel.
· MODE
The LED implemented in the button "SEA MODE" on the bridge panel and on
the ECR panel turn to flashing green light to indicate the selection of "SEA
MODE". Additionally an acoustical signal is given at the ECR panel to indicate
the mode selection. This has to be acknowledged by pressing the button "SEA
MODE" at the ECR panel. After acknowledgement the buzzer is switched off
and the LED implemented in the button "SEA MODE" on the bridge panel and
on the ECR panel turns to steady green light.
To cancel the function, the button "SEA MODE" at the bridge panel has to be
pressed again. The LEOs implemented in the buttons "SEA MODE" in both
panels extinguish, to indicate, that the function is not active.
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 28/56
~SAM
---. Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
(_J Operating Instructions
NOTE: 1. In Automatic Mode the selection of "SEA MODE" takes the

optional function "MANOEUVRE MODE" under account.
Selecting "SEA MODE"
without the option "MANOEUVRE MODE" is only for

communication, i.e this order indicates, that there is no
need for a manned engine room.
with the option "MANOEUVRE MODE" releases the entire

(~ speed range, i.e. the speed ordered by telegraph is
'--)
released up to rated speed. When the function "SEA
MODE" is cancelled by pressing the respective button at the
bridge panel again, the "MANOEUVRE MODE" is
automatically activated. The speed value will be limited,
respectively reduced to the upper manoeuvring range. ·
2. The selection of "SEA MODE" will be cancelled or is not

possible, when the command "Finish With Engine", FWE, is
given or active, respectively.
~SAM
3.7.2 Stand By
The "STAND BY" command orders a manned ECR for the preparation of the
engine for sea going or, if the engine is ready to start or runnung, where a
manned ECR is required.
The command is given by pressing the key
Stand By on the Bridge Panel.
Following this, the LEOs implemented in the buttons "STAND BY" on the
bridge panel and the ECR panel turn to flashing green light to indicate the
"STAND BY" request. Additionally an acoustical interval signal is given at the
ECR panel. The command has to be acknowledged by pressing the "STAND
BY" button at the ECR panel. After acknowledgement the buzzer is switched
off. The LEOs implemented in the buttons "STAND BY" on the bridge panel
and the ECR panel turn to steady green light.
NOTE : The "STAND BY" command cancels the "FINISH WITH ENGINE"
command.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 30/56
~SAM
3.7.3 Finish With Engine
NOTE : . ..FINISH WITH ENGINE.. can only be ordered if the control lever is
set to Stop and the main engine has stopped already.
The command is given by pressing the key
.·::::::---..
j- 1
Finish With Engine on the Bridge Panel.
! FWE!
CJ Following this, the LEOs implemented in the buttons .. FINISH WITH ENGINE ..
on the bridge panel and the ECR panel turn to flashing green light to indicate
the .. FINISH WITH ENGINE.. request. Additionally an acoustical interval signal
is given at the ECR panel. The command has to be acknowledged by pressing
the .. FINISH WITH ENGINE.. button at the ECR panel. After acknowledgement
the buzzer is switched off. The LEOs implemented in the buttons .. FINISH
WITH ENGINE.. on the bridge panel and the ECR panel turn to steady green
light.
NOTE : The .. FINISH WITH ENGINE.. command cancels the .. STAND BY..
command and the .. SEA MODE.. as well.
o___________________________
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M t.!.!.i Electronics
3.8 Slow Turning
To carry out the "SLOW TURNING" before engine start, the key
Slow Turning at the active control stand
has to be pressed. The slow turning is possible at any time at engine standstill.
After engine standstill for at lest 30 minutes (adjustable), a slow turning is
requested. The request is indicated
- with the display text "SLOW TURNING REQUESTED"
by illuminating the button implemented LED in automatic mode only
For more detailed information, pis. refer to chapter 2.2.2 of this manual.
3.9 Cylinder Lubrication
The cylinder lubrication is started automatically with slow turning (DENIS 1

only) or by pressing the key
-:::----.
j~· I Cylinder Lubrication
I CYL. I
I LUBR.
at the ECR panel (DENIS 1 and 6). Following this, the cylinder lubrication
starts to run for a preset time (adjustable). The LED implemented in the button
"CYL. LUBR:" turns to steady green light to indicate, that the cylinder
lubrication is active.
The cylinder lubrication stops, if the button "CYL. LUBR." is pressed during
lubrication or automatically after expiry of the lubrication time. When the
cylinder lubrication is finished , the LED extinguishes.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 32/56
~SAM
Operating Instructions.
3.10 Variable Injection Timing, VIT
The function of the VIT is described in the "Technical Manual for Variable
Injection Timing", Geamot 40M Volume 1.1.
3.10.1 VIT On I Off
To activate the Variable Injection Timing, the key

~
' I
~VIT !
ON/OFF VIT ON /OFF
at the ECR panel or the VIT panel, if provided, has to be pressed. Following
this, the LED implemented in the button "VIT ON I OFF" turns to steady green
light to indicate, that the VIT function is active.
To switch off the VIT function, the button "VIT ON I OFF" has to be pressed
again. The LED extinguishes.
3.1 0.2 VIT Low NOx
To activate the VIT sub function LOW NOx, the key
:~'\
-VIT 1
LOWNdx VIT Low NOx
at the ECR panel, the .bridge panel or the VIT panel, if provided, has to be
pressed. Following this, the LEOs implemented in the buttons "VIT LOW NOx"
turn to steady green light to indicate, that the "VIT LOW NOx" function is
active. The "VIT LOW Nox" function and indication is only active, if the VIT is
selected (see above).
To switch off the VIT function, the button "VIT LOW NOx" has to be pressed
again at any panel. The LEOs extinguish.
(~) _________________________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPLWP6 • Chp. 3, Page 33/56
~SAM
3.11 Interventions for Slowdown and Shutdown
The monitoring of slowdown and shutdown criteria are primary functions of the
Engine Safety System, ESS 40 M. Therefore the activities described below
influence the function of the ESS 40 M.
3.11.1 Slowdown Override
The override of slow down criteria is activated by pressing the key
SLOWD. Slow Down Override at the active control stand

OVERR.
If the Slowdown Override is selected at the not active control stand, the button
implemented LED is flashing red three times, to indicate, that the selection is
not valid . If the Slowdown Override is selected at the active control stand, the
button implemented LED turns to steady red light, to indicate the selection.
Additionally the buzzer in the BAT is activated five times.
When Slowdown Override is active, the slow down signals will be suppressed,
as long as the override is active.
To cancel the Slowdown Override, the key has to be pressed again at the
active control stand. If the Slowdown Override is cancelled at the not active
control stand, the button implemented LED is flashing red three times, to
indicate, that the order is not valid.
For more detailed information, pis. refer to the ESS 40 M description chapter 2,
Functions and Indications.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 34/56
~SAM
3.11.2 Slowdown Reset
There are two possibilities to reset a slowdown, that has been active before:
by pressing the flashing key
~'
( ' I I
·siowo
! I" Slow Down Reset
\RESET
-----------
Following this action, the engine speed increases to the desired value set by
control lever.
by shifting the active telegraph lever to a position below the slow down
speed limit
3.11.3 Shutdown Override
The override of shut down criteria is activated by pressing the key
~-
' l i
rSHUTD.
Shut Down Override
bvERR'
'"--------" .
If the Shutdown Override is selected at the not active control stand, the button
implemented LED is flashing red three times, to indicate, that the selection is
not valid. If the Shutdown Override is selected at the active control stand, the
button implemented LED turns to steady red light, to indicate the selection.
Additionally the buzzer in the BAT is activated five times.
~ ~--------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
When Shutdown Override is active, the shut down signals will be suppressed,
as long as the override is active.
To cancel the Shutdown Override, the key has to be pressed again. If the
Shutdown Override is cancelled at the not active control stand, the button
implemented LED is flashing red three times, to indicate, that the order is not
valid.
3.11.4 Shutdown Reset
To reset a shutdown, that has been active before, the flashing key
I
SHUTO.
RESET Shutdown Reset
has to be pressed. If the active telegraph is not in stop position, the order "PUT
BR-TELEGRAPH TO STOP" and- in "AUTOMATIC CR"- subsequent the
order "PUT CR-TELEGRAPH TO STOP". If this is done, the engine is ready to
start again.
·· ...
~SAM
3.12 Alarm indication and Acknowledgement
Any alarm coming up leads to an optical alarm indication on the bridge panel
and the ECR panel. Additional an acoustical signal is given at the place of
control from which the ship is operated. The indication is shown in Fig. 3- 12.
I AlARM TEXT
ORO: 0.0 SET: 40.0 ACT: 35.0
~GJGJGJB
EJ
Fig. 3 -12, Alarm indication at the Bridge Panel
Every alarm is shown with the current state. The following alarm states are
possible:
() Active alarm non-acknowledged ~ symbol • flashing
Active alarm acknowledged ~ symbol • steady
Gone alarm acknowledged ~ alarm signal extinguishes
Gone alarm non-acknowledged ~ symbol • flashing
If there are unacknowledged alarms, the newest one is shown on the display
~)
( ~-----------------------------------------
~SAM
3.12.1 Acoustical acknowledge
Any alarm coming up leads to an acoustical signal at the BMS-panel of the

active control stand . This also applies to the acknowledgement of this signal.
Pressing the button
Acoustical acknowledge
switches of the buzzer.
3.12.2 Alarm List and Optical acknowledge
An alarm can only be optically acknowledged within the ALARM LIST
NOTE: Optical acknowledge is generally possible at the BMS-ECR-panel

or the optional VIT panel, if provided.
At default parameter setting optical acknowledge from BMS-Bridge-
panel is enabled too in "Automatic Bridge" control mode.
3.12.2.1 Selecting the Alarm List
Any alarm is recorded in the alarm list. When the alarm list is selected by
pressing the key
.,..;:::----- )
IALARM Select Alarm List
I LIST j
the alarm list is displayed. Every alarm is shown with the current state. The
displayed alarm states are the same as at direct indication.
~SAM
Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Memberofthe EuroMarine Group
and can be optical acknowledged. If this is done, the display switches to the
next unacknowledged alarm etc.
By actuating the cursor keys
/:::,. Scroll up and
V Scroll down
the alarm indications can be displayed one after another, until "Start Of
List",displayed in line two, or "End of List", displayed in line four, is reached as
shown in Fig. 3 - 13. If there is only one alarm in the list, the scroll function is
ineffective. If the alarm list is empty, the message "NO ALARMS" is displayed
as shown in Fig. 3- 14.
To leave the alarm Jist the "ESC" button must be pressed. Following this
instruction, the indication shown on the display before appears again.
( )
Fig. 3 - 13, Acknowledgement and scrolling of alarms within the alarm list
\ )------------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM

,------,
<ALARM LIST> BACK [ESC) \!FAULT!
. _________ ,,.
START OF LIST
NO AlARMS
END OF LIST
~~e;Je;J~~
u
Fig. 3- 14, Display of an empty alarm list
If a new alarm occurs during the indication of the alarm list, the new alarm is
shown on the display with it's current state.
3.12.2.2 Optical acknowledge
The alarm is optically to acknowledge by pressing the key
Optical acknowledge
If the alarm state was "Alarm active non-acknowledged", the state display turns
to "Alarm active acknowledged" with steady state indication in front of the
alarm text. If more unacknowledged alarms are present, the display switches
automatically to the next unacknowledged alarm. Otherwise the display
remains in the actual position .
~SAM
Operating Instructions ..
If the alarm state was "Alarm gone non-acknowledged", this alarm indication is
cancelled and the next alarm is displayed ..
The acknowledgement and scrolling of alarms is shown in Fig. 3 - 15.
"o.-::pti.::.ca::::-r.,ac"-kn::::or:wlr.::ed::::g:-e ---J+-)IJ::~"::.r STAATIJrt '""BAA[_ 1 ~ C._-~_-_-) ·~~~~~-,

(Autom.) :scro1 aown _
~.
:'-'~~~~~""~o,~o~.o~~~~SET~,~40~.o~~~~Jo.r:r='""~·o::.'_ j 1
:L:i [ccd 'j ~
._us_1r) _._. tM~
?I'" IAurosRJooe sTART AIR: 2i.8BAR'I ..,---..., ~ ~ ~~
_O_,_pti_·ca_l_ac_k_no_w_led_,g,_e_ _ _--r--,~,' "SECOND ALARM" i;;:,:"rd '~r-ni- I?,,.,.E~ i\o~r J
(Autom.) Scrol down I OflD' 0·0 sEl, 40 ·0 Acr, ,._o '-~ ~ '-~- ,_ _ .
Optical acknowledge
-'--"-'-:.:.C...:C-"-"-'-'--'==.::.---+-~,· "lHHROALAIUI"
1 ORO: 00
I
-. I
..........._..
IAUTOBRIOOE
I' c'TRL i
SET: 40.0
t'UM'IT;, M'OSe1
STARTAJR: 2Q.aBAR'
ACT: 35.0
R
ivo.1
ve
I
t;;.,
im;;~ ~~ ~A~: ~~~ ~~~~: ; <J ! I -
i:sa...o ~~
ISLO'MJ:
---
.-~.~~
sLov-,.n'.
oVERFt '· REser
--
-.- -----,
.
--·
r--..
! ESC) [ ~~~ ENTJ:
·-
II
I
L>!!
-1
Fig. 3 - 15, Acknowledgement of alarms
Remark: If the operator does not intervene further by actuating the curser
keys or the acknowledge key, the system display is automatically
shown after expiry of the time out time.
i )
\, '
·--~~----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
3.13 Simulation Mode
The operator has the possibility to simulate engine functions by switching the
simulation on. To do so, first in the Main Menu has to be selected by pressing
the key
Menu
Afterwards the key "54" has to be pressed to select the continued Main Menu.
Pressing the key "51" in the continued Main Menu opens the "Simulation"
mode with the possibility to switch the simulation mode on and off by actuating
the key "52". The display is shown in Fig . 3- 16.
mar•...... Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M

·------- .-------- --------
Normal operating display I ,.. IAUTO BRIDGE BACK[ESC) I )ALARM: 1 (FAULT ;
-------- -------- --------
j l oRD : o.o SET : 0.0 ACT : 0.0 -~ I ~-~;I.-roc"'
~
I
~·
--I
-'- I~ I
------'
~-
MENU key actuated ,.. <

I MAIN MENU > SELECT SUBMENU BACK[ESC) I ~-
S1: LEVER MATCH 53 : PARAMETER I -~ ' ' =----'I
I"~
"'NT£-~
1..__... l~
Ia-
52 : MEASURED VALUE 54 : COI'mNUED (
I
54 key actuated 1,.. I< MENU I COI'mNUED>

d1 ~L E c T53s :u B M E N u
s1 : SIMULATING M D
BACK [ESC) :
I
I
l :~ r-=l ~ :
)
i 1152 : BAD WEATH. MONIT. 54 : • II ~-~ ·
51 key actuated ,.. I<SIMULATION> SIMULATION : POSSIBLE

BACK[ESC) : r~ 1--=-1r>! ·
!1- ~~
SIMULATION : OFF
52 : ON /OFF
1 I
52 key actuated ,..j<SIMULATION> SIMULATION : POSSIBLE
BACK[ESC) i
SIMULATION : ON
52 · ON / OFF
Fig 3 - 16, Selection of Simulation Mode
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M .. ~ Electronics
..---...., Bridge Manoeuvring System, ·ar\.lls 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
0
To simulate engine functions, the following preconditions have to be fullfilled:
- turning gear engaged

- emergency stop released
control mode Automatic Bridge
If at least one of the preconditions is not fulfilled, "Simulation : Not Possible" is

displayed in the second line. The simulation mode can not be switched on. If at
least one of the preconditions becomes inactive during simulation, the
simulation is switched off immediately and "Simulation : Not Possible" is
displayed in the second line. After switching Simulation Mode on, leave the
menu by pressing the ESC button until the normal operating display is shown.
The SIMULATION MODE is used to check signals to be given to the start valve
(if released by parameter "SIMUL.W.ST.VALVE"), the start cut off valve, to the
reversing valves and (DENIS 1 only) to the start ahead I astern valves. The
governor stop signal to the electronic governor system is energized through the
entire simulation session. Additional the over speed trigger point may be tested
using the simulated engines speed. For this test set the parameter for
"Maximum speed at Simulation" (MAX RPM AT SIMUL.[%]) above over speed
limit (pis. refer also to the Test Specification).
(J To simulate a running engine, the telegraph has to be set to ahead or astern

position. The actual speed is directly set to the same value as the ordered
speed. The speed setting follows according to the acceleration I deceleration
characteristic. Because the engine is not really running, several alarms will
occur during simulation, e.g. Start Failure, Reversing Failure etc.
( J
?-\
\~-----------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
3.14 Bad Weather Limitation
The operator has the possibility to switch the Bad Weather Monitoring on and
off. Precondition for this is, that the option for Bad Weather Monitoring is
generally released by parameter setting (pis. refer to the parameter table). To
switch the Bad Weather Monitoring on or off, first the Main Menu has to be
selected by pressing the key
! MENU Menu
Afterwards the key "S4" has to be pressed to select the continued Main Menu.
Pressing the key "52" in the continued Main Menu opens the "Bad Weather
Monitoring" with the possibility to switch the monitoring on and off by actuating
the key "51". The display is shown in Fig . 3- 17.
NOTE: If the Bad Weather Monitoring is not released by parameter setting,

the submenu "Bad Weather Monitoring" is not available and the key
"S2" is out of function .
N
_ orma
_ l_ope
_ r_ati-ng
'·'-d-'
isp_lay'------ - : j -:-:=:.,~
. ~ :~~~:0~:B~:~~OG~E~~S~ET~:~O~.O~~~~:~:C~T~~~~-:~C)~~~' ~; ~~-): ~: ~ - :~~-~ ,
I 'tMMJ ~ t:J
I ~·
MENU key actuated I <MAIN MENU>
SELECTSUBMENU
BACK [ESC] I
I - -
l
IMA:.~.~~~
l ,..
i
51 : LEVER MATCH 53: PARAMETER
52 : MEASURED VALUE S4 : CONTINUED
(
1 ~-
~
1- -
1 '~-~IM, MER/. . ·:,EDIT 1
'toNTR.
i
', <MENU I CONTINUEi'~ L E C T SUBMENU BACK (ESC] 1 !
S4 key actuated
I I I-ESC I II-- ENT i 1
,.. jS1 : SIMULATING MODE
52 : BAD WEATH. MONIT.
53 :
S4 : .
! .- - 'I
---~1
~
S2 key actuated i
- - ' - -- - - . , - - :,..
,<BAD WEATHER MONITORING>
MONITORING : OFF
BACK(ESCJ I \
I
I <1 I Ii -
- - -
t / ,r
51 : ON/OFF I
< BAD WEATHER MONITORING > BACK(ESCJ

S 1 key actuated
,.. MONITORING : ON
51 : ON/OFF
Fig. 3- 17, Selection Bad Weather Mon itoring
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 44/56
... ·, ..
,~ .
' ' ~
r,,.
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M , ,, ~ Electronics
3.15 Status List
Several events occurring during engines operation or as result of operators

intervention are directly indicated in the second line of the BAT display at the
bridge and in the ECR. The display shows always the newest event. If there is
more than one event, this is indicated by" >> STAT.LIST" at the far right
position of the second line of the display. Additionally all events are recorded
in the status list. This is indicated by illuminating the LED implemented in the
··--. button "STATUS LIST" as request to select the status list. The display is shown
in Fig. 3-18.

,..-----1 r------, r-------·~
AUTO BRIDGE START AIR: 29.8 BAR _______... t_______. j !FAULT

lALARMj \_______. j
"FIRST EVENT"
ORO: 0,0 SET: 40,0 ACT: 35,0

"SECOND EVENT" » STAT.LIST
ORO: 0,0 SET: 40.0
Fig. 3 - 18, Display with present events
To select the status list, the key
STATUS Status List

LIST J
has to be pressed. Following this, the status list is displayed as shown in Fig.
3 - 19. The event with the highest priority and the number of recorded events
are displayed.
()__________________________________________
~SAM
Ll Scroll up and
\1 Scroll down
the events can be displayed one after another.
~ ...
ll.ltl"'"' Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M
IIACK [<sC)
Button "STATUS LISr actuated ' <STArusUST> 3 EVV<TS
- - - - - - - -1-'-i-~ 4f'IRSTEVEHT"
~roll up actuated
Scrol down actuated

------------~ ~~
Fig 3- 19, Selection of the Status List
NOTE: If the status list is selected and no event is present, the text "NO
EVENTS" is displayed in the second line.
The Status List provides the following events :
Turning gear engaged

Cancel limits active
Cancel limits wings
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 46 I 56
~SAM
CANCEL LIMITS is selected at the bridge panel respectively at one of the

wings. Mainly all .limitations are overridden ( depending on parameter
setting) and shorter acceleration - I deceleration times are selected.
Depending on parameter setting also governor limitations are overridden.
Limitations recorded in the status list, e.g. MANUAL LIMITATION, are
rejected from the status list.
Slow turning requested

Requirement for SLOW TURNING after at least 30 minutes (adjustable)
engine standstill.
- Acceleration blocked
The difference between speed setting and actual speed is too high. Further
increase of speed setting is blocked.
Speed set limited

The telegraph order is higher than the begin of lower sea range ahead or
astern and the "SEA MODE" is not enabled. (pis. refer to parameter
"ENAB.MANOEUVR.MODE")
RPM load I unload program

Indication that the engine load I unload program is running.
External automatic SLD

This contact input from an external system signals that a slow down
criterion is active. The contact works in parallel to the ESS 40M automatic
slow down orders. It is not possible to override the External automatic SLD
B/W-Limitation --> Telegr.

Automatic Bad Weather reduction is active. For reset put the active
telegraph lever to a speed order value lower than actual speed limit.
II \
____________________________________
'·._/;::_"I
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPLWP6 • Chp. 3, Page 47/56
~SAM
Manual limitation
The telegraph order is higher than the adjustment of "RPM LIMIT" set by
operator (pis. refer to chapter 3.6)
Overload reduction--> Telegr.

The Fuel Rack Position feedback has a higer value as allowed by the MCR-
Curve for the actual speed. For reset put the active telegraph lever to a
lover speed order.
SG necessary, maintain minimum speed

The shaft driven alternator system signals, that the shaft driven alternator
is necessary to feed the busbar, i.e. the SG is feeding the busbar alone, or
the diesel alternator set(s) feeding in parallel cannot take the whole SG
load . The speed setting is limited to the minimum speed for SG operation.
SG: Maintain actual speed

The shaft driven alternator system signals, that main engines speed has
reached the minimum value for the momentary SG load. The speed setting
is kept at the momentary value to allow the start and connection of DG
set(s) .
Transfer from SG to DG!

Contact to the SG control system as order to change supply mode from
SG-operation to DG operation. The contact is set, when
Cancel limits is selected
The active telegraph lever is lowered to a speed set point below the
minimum operating speed of the shaft driven alternator.
Electronic governor not ready

The external Electronic Governor "NO FAULT"- signal has open contact.
This indication appears if LOCAL CONTROL or MANUAL is selected.
~SAM
Operating Instructions , .
RPM load program EGS

The engine load. program of the Electronic Governor System, EGS, is
running (pis. refer to the manual of the Electronic Governor System). This
event may only occur in MANUAL CR mode.
RPM limited EGS

The Electronic Governor System, EGS, reports limited engine speed (pis.
refer to the manual of the Electronic Governor System). This event may
only occur in MANUAL ECR mode.
() Input plant interlocked

Start interlock from an external signal (optional)
Start air pressure low

The analogue starting air pressure signal drops below the level for start
blocking.
Input: Start air pressure low

The pressure switch "Start Air Pressure Low" has closed contact
Engine output limited

Limitation signal from a mechanical governor
B/W-Monitoring Off
(~ The automatic Bad Weather Monitoring is switched off (pis. refer to chapter
3.14)
Oil pressure low (DENIS 6 only)

On OIL PRESSURE LOW signal (from ESS) and telegraph in ahead I
astern direction result in a constant energizing of the REVERSING AHEAD
I ASTERN valves.
Main bearing oil pressure low

On MAIN BEARING OIL PRESSURE LOW signal (from ESS) and shaft
driven alternator connected to the busbar result in energizing of the OIL
PRESSURE SHUT DOWN SUPPRESSION valve.
lJ______________________________________________
~SAM
3.15.1 Direct Events
A number of events is displayed in the second row of the display (Status line)
and acoustically indicated at the panel of the active control stand. These
events are not recorded in the status list. Normal events recorded in the
status list are overridden in the display by direct events. The direct events are
displayed in a fixed order, i.e. an event with higher priority overrides an event
with lower priority. The direct events in priority order are:
Reduce RPM ! (Manual Slow Down)

Request by external contact input to slow down the engine.
Change to Manual/ Local Control

Requests the change of control mode in "Frozen Condition"
Start Fault
The start attempts were not successful, i.e. the main engine does not start
or no Pick Up pulses were evaluated.
Control Selection Fault

The change over to the desired control stand is not possible due to a fault
at this control stand, e.g. a change from "Local" or "Manual ECR" to
"Automatic ECR" while "Frozen Condition" is still active. Additionally the
"Change over Alarm" is given at the EGS 2000, because the former control
stand is left and the desired control stand becomes not active.
Telegraph Bridge Wrong Way

The bridge telegraph is in opposite to the actual turning direction of the
engine. The event is suppressed during reversing .
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 50/56
0 l.'o
~SAM
Operating Instructions ..
Put Bridge Telegraph to Stop

The engine is in standstill
after emergency stop or shutdown in "Automatic Bridge" or
before change of control mode to "Automatic Bridge"
but the bridge telegraph is not in stop position.
Engine Stopped
The engine had stopped without any stop order
0 - Wrong Sense of Rotation

The engine turns opposite to the ordered direction
Put CR-Telegraph to Stop

The engine is in standstill
after emergency stop or shutdown in "Automatic ECR" or
before change of control mode to "Automatic ECR"
but the ECR- telegraph is not in stop position.
CR-Telegraph Alignment Error

In "Automatic ECR" the ECR-telegraph is in different position to the bridge
telegraph.
(_)
("
~---------------------------------------------------
~SAM
3.16 Maintenance
To handle BAT 410/411 settings the key

~
I :::0
MAINTE- Maintenance
i .....________.
NANCE
has to be pressed. Following this, a menu is displayed as shown in Fig . 3-20 .
V : "VERS.No." BACK [ESC}
51 : KEYs LEOs 0 S3 : LAMP TEST 0

52 : OISPLAY 0 S4 : 0ATE / T1ME 0
~88Q GENU)
e;J R
L
u 808
~ c
L
~ r~J ~
y T
@J@JCB
Fig . 3- 20, Display Maintenance menu
The maintenance menu indicates the function of the keys S1 to S4. The
particular functions are described as follows:
51 Pressing key S1 sets the basic brightness of the LEOs in all keys of the
panel. There are 15 steps available. The actual level is indicated in the
display. With every key stroke the brightness changes to the next step
in circle, i.e. 0- 1 - 2 - 3 .. .15- 0 etc., where 0 is the lowest and 15 the
highest brightness.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 52/56
,_ .. ·.
''-, . .-:·. •·
~SAM
() Operating Instructions.
52 Pressing key S2 sets the basic brightness of the display background

light. There are 15 steps available. The actual level is indicated in the
in circle, i.e. 0- 1 - 2 - 3 ... 15- 0 etc., where 0 is the lowest and 15 the
highest brightness.
53 On pressing key S3 a Lamp Test takes place. All LEOs in the keys of
the panel are illuminated in full brightness, the display is filled with I as
shown in Fig. 3-21 and the buzzer is activated.

r·---------\ r---------"'
I ~------:------------- ---------------------------· ~ I
r---------~
!ALARM!
\. _________:
!·--------'! !FAULT!
,
\.. _________
~L:J~ B
~ EJ
~ ~~~
Fig. 3-21, Display at Lamp Test
The Lamp Test is cancelled automatically after 3 seconds.
54 If a Telegraph Order Printer is provided, on pressing key S4 the current

date and time is shown in the second line of the display with the
possibility to set date and time. The display is shown in Fig. 3- 22. If no
Telegraph Order Printer is provided or not released by parameter
setting, the key 11 84 11 has no function.
-· .. ..
~
~~
(~---------------------------------------------
~SAM
NOTE: For time display and setting the hardware clock has to be
installed!
I I v. -v..._No.· BACK(ESCJ 1 !ALARM : · FAULT

I
YY r ----l~-~~----)>o
- =-Ye_a_ YY-MM - OO hh : mm~u
.. ~
' r--_,.., ....-..
MM=Month
DO= Day I LIST
ALARM _(·, j I !-___:_,- I
hh =Hour
-----=----
:6~DER . ~ =:--) f~ ~ENU; ;iTATus ;~NJt ~M~ ~DIT
mm =Minute
ss =Second ,BRIDGE s1 ; 1:: s2 1
~I ~:< .-:~s:. [ f~
CTRL • 1
-: '""" z oe• : '""' NL : • ....,' •

~~- cR
_Ilr 1 /1 1'-ENT
,-. •TUSLRNow
NG vrr sLowo. SLowo. ·SLDWD. 1 ESC
1
CTRL I 1 LOWNOx
1
ACTIVE ~- ~ I ~
LC
~ I
CANCEL
LIMIT
SEA
1 S1ll
MODE •
- • w.-x
STANO IYZ I§H~ i Hln-o §H~ I clJ
- ~- ;
C11 r~ --., l
~£) l 1
~ FWE ACTIVE OVERR:
Set value at the selected position
Select pos~ion
Fig , 3 - 22, Display of date and time
With the selection of Date and Time, the """ sign is set below the least
significant digit of the seconds. To change the value of the seconds the keys
"UP" and "DOWN" have to be used. The value is increased I decreased by one
on each key stroke. At decade overflow I underflow the next digit is increased
I decreased, respectively.
To change the minutes, hours or the date, shift the """ sign to the desired
position by actuating the curser keys "SHIFT LEFT" and "SHIFT RIGHT". The
""" sign is set to the least significant digit of the desired position . The value of
this digit can now be set as described for the seconds.
To leave the Date and Time display the "ESC" button must be pressed.
Following this instruction, the maintenance menu appears again.
To leave the maintenance menu the "ESC" button must be pressed. Following
this instruction, the indication shown on the display before appears again.
,'\', \ ' . ·.:·
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M ··:., ~ Electronics
Operating Instructions ..... ,
Remark: If the operator does not intervene further, the system display is
automatically shown after expiery of the time out time.
3.17 Dimmer I Contrast
To set the brightness of all LEOs in the keys of the panel and of the displays
background light, the key
..--...... . DIMMER/ Dimmer I Contrast

CONTRAST
has to be pressed. Following this, a menu is displayed as shown in Fig. 3-23.
~Ams Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M

~===------------------------~------~-~----------
~------------------~----------~ ..
BACK[ESC) I :ALARM FAULT
BRIGHTNESS : PUSH DIMMER 1 ! ·---------- '-·--------
I
~·--===============~·: : : ·~==============:__'___j!
------==================================----;
: A~~M; GG !
~·
;-~
i -·=:'-!
~I
BACK[ESC)I
BRIGHTNESS : PUSH DIMMER
MAX. LEVEL; Q :~INTE~ r~/l(=e,DIT !
---.---==================================!_ _jE-: : ~NA_N_CE ·w.amr ·--.
:·_. I :
~
. . ::: 1ABc': -. 2 DEF r·:::.·3GHI' I'~\ /sMNci /~ I ~~:/...-----..._ ~.I
l c~~L! i
I i SLOW I - ,.1· I VIT
1.LOWNOx
' ,SLOWD: !SLOWD~ [sLOwo: 'j't. Esc j' [ j L.c [ eNT j
cTURNING IACTIVE !QVERR.
-~ ~ ·~ '-------''
r·~~J ri~~~l' j ~·
~-~
[~, ,,ssn:,
0 j'-LC j
1
CTRL)
1
CANCEL : -SEA
LIMIT i ': ...__.
MODE
I _ BVWX.
STAND l.;=::;_·J
~
[iHLrrol
~! \_~1
l
~-
<] J i,, './ C>)!
~-·
1
~·
...__. ACTIVE' . .______ j
Fig. 3 - 23, Display Dimmer I Contrast menu
Pressing key Dimmer I Contrast step by step sets the brightness of the LEOs
in all keys of the panel and the display back light taking the basic level under
account (pis. refer to "MAINTENANCE MENU" S11 S2). With every key stroke
the brightness changes to next step in cycle by adding [Max. Level - Basic
Level]l3 = Step to the actual level, until the maximum level is reached. This is
indicated at the display. The next key stroke leads to the basic level. An
example is shown in the following table:
(--4)
~------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 55/ 56
~SAM
Brightness level Brightness level Level indication Dimmer I Contrast

LEOs Display
3 =Basic level 0 = Basic level actuated
7 5 actuated
11 10 actuated
15 =max. level 15 =max. level actuated
3 = Basic level 0 = Basic level etc
NOTE : If the basic level is set to "15", the lowest level is equal to
maximum level. In this case dimming is not possible.
To leave the Dimmer I Contrast menu the "ESC" button must be pressed.
Following this instruction, the maintenance menu appears again .
automatically shown after expiry of the time out time.
~SAM
(~) Technical Description of all Components
4 Introduction
The Bridge Manoeuvring System consists of a number of modules designed for

the control of the propulsion engine of the ship. The modules described in the
following are:
o the Central Memory Module ZSM 401
o the Relay and Input Module REM 401
o the Speed Relay Module DZM 402
o the Input I Output Module 10M 402
o the Control Module RM401
o the Interface Extension Module SEM 402
o the Filter Module FIM 405

C]
o the Operating and Indication Panel BAT 410 /411
/~
~----------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 1/32
~SAM
Technical Description of all Components
Geamic 40M ZSM401

Central Memory Module
General
The ZSM401 module is a central unit with 2 galvanically decoupled digital inputs. The
module has two galvanically decoupled interfaces (RS485) for the purpose of
networking the assemblies as well as one for testing or extending (TTL signals).
The assembly can be extended by a maximum of another four digital inpuUoutput

modules and one analog input module (AEM402). It is also possible to connect two
SEM402 assemblies with two RS4851 422 interfaces each to the analog bus.
The module is organized by a single-chip micro controller (HC11). There are 0.5K
EEPROM, a maximum of 512K RAM and a maximum of 2.64 Mbytes flash EPROM
available for the program .
The controller organizes the interface and the extension busses. The digital inputs are
filtered and transmitted to the master via the interface upon request.
The module can be extended by 4 interface modules.
* DEM401 with 32 digital inputs

* DRM401 with 6 relay outputs
* REM401 with 16 DE I 8 relays
* DLM401 with 32 lamp drivers
* VSM401 with 7 DE 112 DA 17 ADU
* IOM401 with 16 DE 112 DA
* AAM401 with 4 analog outputs

* AEM402 with 8 analog inputs
* SEM402 with 2 RS485 I 422
The extension modules can be connected to the ZSM401 module in any combination .
It automatically recognise the module connected via a module identification.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 2/32
~SAM
•
~ .. ~·
[ ] ..
G !• !/lEJ lf. ojJ
r··
I
1--- "
~ [~}~ l j []/·· I·· I
[iU G B. ,~ o~f ,. f . . f ...
0171·· OIB 0191·· 020
J©
~ +~T ·~-r;·;T~·r
52
·~~r.~~;:~~r.:a·;·; . ~1ffir:=lc:=J
~~8c:Jc::::J 8
·
I I
216
Technical Data
Power supply: 18 • 32V, 5000mA
2 Signal inputs (DC)

Voltage 18 • 32V
Current 8 -16mA
Interface: 2 X RS485
1 x RS 232 (TTL)
CPU: MC68HC11 F1 (16MHz)

0,5 KByte EEPROM
2,64 MByte Flash EPROM
512 KByte RAM
Expansion: max. urn 4 Erweiterungs-Module

with a maximum of 4 expansion modules
' \ Dimensions (DxWxH): 125,4 x 216 x 67 mm

l'-----'/
Mounting: Support rails to DIN European standard
Ambient temperature: 0. 55" c

Weight: 500 g
Type Approval: KR,ABS, DNV, GL, LR, RINA (in preparation)
;--,
<E EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
(,~) __________________________________________________________________________________
~SAM
Anal 09 · Hodul·f r "'~'t trung

~---------,-x.~--,---------:
XI
AdrtSst
XIS Sl I
1
IP4~2} ~ I
24 VOC supplr
24 V [tftSPt•sung
[K 000!
I
XI
9 0[ 1
,.,...,
D:J:
:J:Oo
10
0£ l
14 VO( suppl J u.oO> X2

....,:r
24 Y E•nspttsung - ""C:
,::;;
:r
VI
...,
_,
""'"'
......
XI
6 ::r-
s
~
=> { -E/51 ,.., "'
t: Bus 1 ·£151
RuN01
.., ....0>
,.,-
o"'
:J:,..,
....,..,,..,
~
-\
---.: Bus 1 """
o-o
;;:::~: c
:
XI '
11
~
=>
s
t: Bus l
{ -[/52
·£152
RuNOl
12
1
~
::: HISI/HOSI
~
-\
---.: Bus l
X
u ooor. SclltMI,..,.k~ 0
,....... X
~
"*"'td ~ 0
I ..,
I
I
Wa t chdog X~~;'"
_.-·
L_ ___ ___ ___l_~ __l ____ ____ _j
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 4/32
. ,, ..
,,,
~SAM
Module-Part numbers 271.138133
Additional documents:
Circuit diagram 271.138133.STR

Arrangement 271.138 133.GZ
Part list 271.138 133.ST
General plan 271.138 133.USP
Description ( detailed ) 271.138 133.BG german
271.138 133.BGE english
" --- ~, Description ( short ) 271.138 133.KB
I
\
\
(,---\
\~1-----------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
Geamic 40M REM401

Relais and Input Module
... --- .
General
The REM401 module is an interface expansion unit with 16 electrically isolated digital
inputs, and 8 relay outputs. The module can be expanded with a maximum of three
further input/output modules.
The expansion modules can be connected to the central module in any combination . It
recognises the expansion module connected automatically from a module identifier.
Design:
The REM401 module is accommodated on a 125,4 x 216 x 68 mm (DxWxH) mounting

module. The module can be engaged on support rails to the DIN European standard.
The module has 8 terminal strips to which the interface signals can be connected
directly.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 27 1.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSTDC .WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 6 I 32
~SAM
()
::
::
··0,.
..
~··
000
r 02
10 @
t
01
I @
..
XII.::
~ X9
04 OS 06 us U6 ~
t I t It It I t I
t U1
It uz It Ul
It
U4 I Hl&[~=<l>=~~=<a>:<tl~
:tJDDDDD[JD
xu XII XII X"
:ra1 ;fxi ;fxi ;fBi
:~11 0 !~ij !~lj !~ij
1&[12>=~~~/A>=<tl~ H2~H[<l>=~~=~=<1l~
~~~~~~~~ Xl~~~~~~~~ XS~~~~~~~~ X7~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ X6~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Technical Data
Power supply: internal using X9
16 Signal inputs (DC/AC) UeNi 12 -32V

le/li 8 - 16mA
8 Signal outputs changeover contact 32V /6A

250 V AC /1500 VA
acording group C
Expansion using X10: DEM401

DRM401
DLM401
AAM401
Dimensions (DxWxH): 125,4 x 216 x 68 mm
Ambient temperature: o- 55" c

Weight: 650g
Type Approval: ABS, DNV, GL, LR, RINA, KR
CE EN 50081-1
0 EN 50082-2
~SAM
a-
0
;;
~, .. ~AH· I
: -1
'
~-I
..
0~:!-1
;: I OJ,
- '
a~~ ~
~ -·
;<I~
~ a- ~-I
-1
I
I
0~:!-1
~ I OJ,
.... - I
41
"'41
"" a~~ ~
cr ; -·
I
"'c
"" ~-( u
~ I
0
-·-1 -·-1
....,!:""
"'0
c ·~
:l r
I
"'
co
:l
-~
r I
.. I
·:::r .. I I
:I
I
·:cr :II
•;! I
r
-I
-I I
I
~I
...
;: -· -1-·
-~
;:
-1 I
I
.. I
...
;:
.. I I
..,
i
I
J
...
;:
:II I
-I
-I I
~I
I
-·
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 8/32
~SAM
c)
Module-Part numbers 271.123 854
Circuit diagram 271.123 854.STR

Description ( short ) 271.123 854.KB
L
~\
)
:·'
~SAM
Geamic 40M DZM 402

Speedrelais Module
General
The DZM402 module is mainly intended for applications where a quick speed
measurement by means of pick-ups must be realized, e.g. the safety system for large
diesel or for main engine control systems. The DZM402 assembly is a central unit with
4 galvanically decoupled digital inputs. Two inputs are designated for pick-ups. The
measured speed can be displayed on ±1 OV instruments via 2 analog outputs. One
output can also drive a current of 0(4)-20mA. 4 relays and 2 solid-state relays are
available for messages and control systems. 16 LEOs as status signals can be used
as well.
The module has two galvanically decoupled interfaces (RS485) for the purposes of
networking the assemblies as well as one for testing or extending (TIL signals). There
are four keys and a 4-digit display for parameter inputs and operational status
displays. The assembly can be extended by a maximum of another four digital
input/output modules and one analog input module (AEM402) . It is also possible to
connect two SEM402 assemblies with two RS4851 422 interfaces each to the analog
bus.
The module is organized by a single-chip microcontroller (HC11). There are 2K

EEPROM, a maximum of 32K RAM and a maximum of 72kbytes flash EPROM
available for the program . The controller organizes the interface and the extension
busses. The digital inputs are filtered and transmitted to the master via the interface
upon request.
The module can be extended by 4 interface modules:

* VSM401 with 7 DE I 12 DA I 7 ADU
* IOM402 with 16 DE I 12 DA

* SEM402 with 2 RS485 I 422
The extension modules can be connected to the DZM402 module in any combination .
It automatically recognizes the module connected via a module identification .
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 . Page 10/32
',.,,. .·
~SAM
,_I T
Technical Data
Power supply: 18 - 32V, 500mA
2 signal input (DC)

Voltage 18 - 32V I 8 - 16mA
2 Pick-Up (PNP oderlor NPN)

Voltage 18 - 32V I 20 - 30mA
Frequency max. 10kHz
4 relay output (normally open contact)

Voltage 18- 32V 13A
2 solid-state relay
Voltage 18- 60V 13A
Frequency 10Hz
Interface 2 x RS485
1 x RS232 (TTL)
CPU: MC68HC11 F1 (16 MHz)

2 kByte EEPROM
72 kByte Flash EPROM
32 kByte RAM
Expansion: by max. 4 extension modules + AEM402 + SEM402
Ambient temperature: 0- 55" c

Weight: 850g
Type Approval: KR, ABS, DNV, GL, LR, RINA (in preparation)
(
'-._-·
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185. BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 11 132
~SAM
Anolog-Hodult htt•saon
AnoloO · Hodul-(rwttftrung
r-----------,-Xil--1-----x~-~
' ·IIV~·IIV .,.~~ ~I
I 14Y 101' '''" Up . Of .tr tt1t (It ':~ntt J
24¥0( ••,ply
,, v (.n'''''~
X1
+
-+
I
I
'
.I :f:SJT I
I
' X3
• l!lttn
I
24 VOC supply
X q
~
I ,..,.,...
"'"':J:
1 .~
n.JI)Jll
24V (~t~spt•sunt
+
-+ ttll
-:J:O>
-...,co :~I I .t .t "W-Jl
)
A(
,......,:z:
,..,~~ I (I •
s n
I~ - ,,~
1116
nJhnl
.. "' ! ~: ~ ~ "W-Jl
"0
:c..., -
,.
:t: 6 .t
--,- o--...
:z:C 1
~i
X1 Ptck-Up
6 ':T~
ill; a
~
{ ·[/SI
&u. I ·US I
RGNOI
a .., ....
,.,CXI
:c-
9
o'" ~ tv It
X2 6 ~~X11"'"
:J:,.,
...,..,,., ~ lrr 1111 II
...
~
{ .[/SI
8vs I •[/SI :CO ·SY " :tl
o-o 11 l
RGNOI - ' ~.._.... !;:x Slrj II
LlLlll4 Gtberunttrfr
•I4Y I"}
' I I 14 !loti StpprnstOn .,
X1
..,, . lOt trons•lt
~~
II IS
~
{ .[/Sl I to .. alar•
~~
Sus 2 ·US! ' I
R<i1102
r-
X 211 ·~X12
I
=~
~
Sus 2
{ ·[/SI I :co ~ RSll1
c -~-
o[/Sl
..!.: ~'-=
- ~
A<iHOl I
'-
;~ .
f
1
1
X4
II \
~ Otthlo•loou
s,.•• olldocol
Sc .....
(K IUt ..,, ,;:::-~ 0
alii
.... ~0
....... ... I )
* ~ O.ohrohloou
f • II \ S,td ••dacot
I s v
I
-1i .uc:ttu ' II \

~ Orthlohloouogo)
I
I
0
6
9 S.V }
Spttd ••deal 100)
Orthlohlsogno lht
I
I
N
3:
&"-
AA till
:\....I- >-
~ GNO
goal • / •
:.g::s: ~~~
[of'90•g
1UUI1
I
I
-
0
g
~
II
}
Ausgoog
Sptd ••di(Gh .
O.ohiOioilll"' I hi.
I
!
u:s:= } Oulpul
X
'h'
. 1~~
~ v~~
AA tOU
~
1
Sogool •/·
<iiiO
Otthlo.,oou ogo4
Spool 1•d~o1 00114
X
LfS! i
11 0141·2t•A
n II \
~ o...........ogo41
Sptt. ••diCGI 10.' 1
0
<
~.-----,
I *
-.,
~~~ ~~~
14
-{} U IOlt ~..._
l ....... ,,..... Jtf'l
l ....... ,,. ..... ..,,
..... ,,......,.., ................ ,
- ............ 1 A& ••••
.. ••n
@1111
@1111 >'1-c::rJ
,...,,,......,... , ..... "'"'1
............ ;;1 xs
,_I ,
... 100) @Uil I
·-·...._
"-1'!""'"""'_ ,.,I-ll,.._
"-' I-I
.....
All ••• ,
.. ""
... tttS
Ulltl
AX Uti
@1114
@IllS
@1116
@1111
@1111
~~~
11 ____
L I l1
_J -{}
II
kJ-
. . lOll
..._ Xlll;
..... •
I
2
I
1 _ .............1
"·I--
"•'"_.. _
.............
. _ , . , . ._ _ 1
........... AI-
...... @1111
r-;-
.. 11:14 s
6 ,_1,
,_1,......,,..,_ _
. ".,
INti• .,,... ........... lri<l @u•• ~!!Hj J
...
1
s............ llo ... r.wt ... ttl1 @II. .
............
Sltl"' """ J
......
llol.. .....,l
......
Ultll
... ttM.
@1110
@11111
@Ill•
r;- ~ !!''J ./ a•
9
__.. ....
...,,..,....,..,
~
...............
kJ- •mr' ........,_.
II
...IS . . I . I I.. IJMO ....... UUIS @UP II
AX II
AI tt .. @lll16
kJ- u m.L. . 11
. . . . . . Mltf'l
L__ _________l_~ __l ________ __j

O•g.lai · "Odul ·ftwtlfttUftt
0.911GI·"06uft .£ attftSIOft
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSTDC .WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 12 I 32
~SAM
( \ ....-,
' I
------~"'

Part list 271.138159.ST
271.138159.BGE english
Description ( short ) 271.138159.KB
~SAM
Geamic 40M IOM402

Input Output Module
General
The IOM402 assembly is an interface extension unit with 16 galvanically decoupled

digital inputs and 12 semiconductor relay outputs.
The digital inputs and outputs are monitored for wire break. The assembly can be
extended by a maximum of another three input/output modules.
The extension modules can be connected to the central module in any combination. It
automatically recognize the module connected via a module identification.
Design:
The IOM402 module is accommodated on a 125,4 x 216 x 67 mm (DxWxH) large

supporting module. The module can snap into position on DIN EN mounting rails. The
module has 6 terminal strips to which the interface signals can be directly applied.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .1 51 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 14/32
.' '• ',~.
~SAM
()
r-
I I
~8000[0 DODD D~
DDDDDDDD BBoo
om ~
·=··=
t· •
@00000
If· •
~0000000
I 0
r ...... rnr ....... ~ . ~;;.;;.·I OJ..~. il. li. ·I

I
'--
I
,,
(')
'~/
Technical Data
Power supply: internally via X9
16 signal inputs: UE 18- 32V

le 14- 24mA
Monitoring current: lu 1,7- 3mA
Monitoring resistance: 8k2
12 signal outputs: normally open contact

60V I 3A AC/DC
Extension: uber/via X10

DEM401
/r-\ DRM401
\J DLM401
AAM401
VSM401
Ambient temperature: 0-55° c

Weight: 720 g
Type Approval: KR, ABS, DNV, GL, LR, RINA(in preparation)
CE EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
~SAM
Hot X20-X31 kann dot lootungsbru<h·

(::::::::::::::_!1: Ubrrwa<hung ausgts<halttl wtrdtn.
I ...
AlCOa))
? L~
t~D~H.,:Z;:_:J-----,
~~ -~
.Ul.•h
~ L•.J
Atcfa)S t~ft,+-1---{)o"-zS""l---~
AICLdS
L".J I ..
i ~
.------<>~~
AKhU t~ft....+-<'--clo'-'-'-n---~
:!:
.U:l•:U
? L:.J
~·
f---~
l•htJ
l•lofJ AKh)l t~D..H'--c.,.:-Z:'--:1------,
AICLa)l
~~ ·.-
? L:.J
....,. t~n....+-<"---c)'-''L.;:..,l------,
AIClaJI = -··,
~ L•j
; f
1
!i
t--- I w 1
- -·
~~"llLaU
rat.n
~i! z
.___ _,i. '!• ';,

'----- r-i'
Uhll
lllo II --?
. ..........,-L:.J
~II
i ~
~~ ~~ .------o~~
.....n;n.....
I --:::; I
I .
'
,.
I o---4....:.·--·-h Uf•"
AKhU t~'B,+-~~Z"'I----,
H• ·~· 1--~ Ulo14 ?= -·-~
L:.J
~i! t~'ft,+-1--r~Z:'J---~
'~ ,~
y= . .__,. .,L'.J
~~!.
.U:LaU
"
;:, h lrhM t~'..-HD--<2..'!.co.~----.
r· 1--1--" lllol4 ~~
L L'~
... I
[:::::::::::::!!I ~
·:,·.!.. •.. ~:.'
' .., • • 0 ..... ·-
'''"
..'- . ~ .
~SAM

'.!
~SAM
Geamic 40M RM401

Control Module
General
The RM401 assembly is an interface extension unit with 7 differential inputs with a
measuring range of ±1 OV or ± 20mA (4-20mA) each . RM401 can process 1/U. The
measurement is carried out by means of a 12-bit ND converter (D9) . The input signals
are transferred to the ADU with a gain of 1 or 2. The converter has an accuracy of 10
bits with a resolution of 12 bits. In addition, there is an analog output available which
has a resolution of 12 bits, too .
The module is connected to connector X9 of the DZM401/ZM401 assembly. It is

recognized by the central module connected via a module identification.
The module is additionally equipped with an analog hardware by means of which e.g.
a set point I actual value comparison can be carried out. The values for set point,
actual value, actual value input and analog output can be read in via the ADU .
Moreover, there are 8 digital inputs with galvanic decoupling as well as 3 relays . One
relay (K1) is designated for controller enabling. The second relay (R2) is designated
for a gain changeover and the third relay (K3) for a free application.
Design:
The RM401 module is accommodated on a 125,4 x 216 x 67mm (DxHxW) large
supporting module. The module can snap into position of DIN EN mounting rails. The
module has 4 terminal-connectors for the connection of the terminal device.
The connection to the computer module is effected via a 26-pole ribbon cable. The
assembly is supplied via the ribbon cable from the computer.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Versi on 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 18/32
~SAM
/~-- .....
)
-. __/
I ~------------------------------------------L I
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
( )
Technical Data
Power supply via X9: 5V, 30mA

+15V, 43mA
-15V, 16mA
Digital inputs: 8 x 24V DC, 10mA
Relay output: 1 x 32V DC, 6A
Signal input ADU: 7 x ±10Voder 0 (4)- 20mA
Actual value input: 0 bislto ±1 OV I Ri 200k
Set point input: 0 bislto ±1 OV I Ri 200k

0 to 20mA I Ri 275R (load 250R)
Controller output: ±10V I 5mA
Analog output: 12 Bit I ±10V I 5mA
Ambient temperature:
Weight: 550 g
~SAM
Anologeongonge
ANALOG INPUT [I x~,
Kana I 1 { 't Qj~ .;y_,uu-O!i""C:D---12-~,...:,it;::~~i}:~o....:..<>"'-i
-,u ~ • A[ OS6S
Konal 2
A
{_.....:-,=\-\-c--1~
9
~-j~
01 ~·u~~~r-~x"'rl~--~A~[~·~sM~
-U ""1:: lM~ ~ ~
•U ~
Q!: .u ~
XWl A[ OS67
Konol3 { \ ~~ ~
-, A L .u ~ XW4 A[ OS68
n
v
Kanol 4 { _ _ \_~~d~l-~u
4 ""1:: ~~QJ-C]B)---,
:E:u ~ X~ A[ IS69
::1:
c)(
___:o-,1-\_---1~~1-~~ ~~
9
Kanol S { ·_ :.: ~~ AE mo
Konol6 { -\ ~ j~ -u ~ lMs ~
..
a>
c
c
::>
a.
....:;
Kanol 7 { \ Q:: :: ~~ ;~- """ 10
0
..
::>
10
Bremse' 24 V~~-o-----oo~:S~
BAlK[ OV -iJ---\::'T L,____~
_____._. "'!
,-----------A""E'-'O:..<.S7!..!.l__+-i 1111
lsi wert
ACIUATOR
POSITION
Anologousgobe
AIULOCiU£ OUTPUT
a
{Tfl 1i
~
=
rxo-
1-o----.
0
--~_lHli >- 'A"'-"-"[OS1:. L.7)~H
V•l
A[ OS15
-o--------,.-----....!:!:....2~-r-1-l ~.,..,.
=0=---<
~~ XWI A[ 0 74
:;::;•·
~L'I"oc\.
.._,. .. ,.,.
0 11
..... ' '
~;:'' "
II
a>
c
"'
.....
...z
c:
Soil wert {~ ·_o---<:l-c::ID--+--~Lr:-::----"'..._,9--H-l u,, 0111,
1° ....
ACTUATOR
S[ TPOINT 0 0=---<
~::l~~::N~~~ {Trr~:~n Yo» ; AA OS81

SfAVO "OTOR ~ o 0=---< "'-J gil-~· =i
RGND ~ ~ :.~ ~~ '-------J
r EX tsl9 r.:.:-•·
=rit.....
Uberw. DZH401 - - f!"o~------------------------. AX IHJ
I-o-{=>---tt-f'lih~
.r
AK 1Sl4
DE 1
DE 2
- 0
J,l
1
-I: ,. . . --, >'11~_'1rf-,.....Jo.:::...:L:"--!

[X OS01 ,-----
II
AK OSU
o ~ r; Ill [K ffil AX 05)6
DE3 -I· ,~
. . . --, 6
>1!~-~~+--=-='-H - ....
....,~~'+-_,£=-x.=..OSI~Ol"-----1 :! 3
"
-tt-----=•:::.x....oSJ<.<.:....j17
0 - "1;~ v"" r;
DE 4 -~: ,......--, 1 I« I [K 1504 5~ ~-----------1
0 ,......--, r;;~ :c.. ...R.........,~
DES
-,· ~
,......--,
r; 1... 1 c: f;
[K OSOS
l'<oi,_"n-'l---'=-.=..=--t ~ ~
l:J 1i ~o;.l"'oo;lc-+-.=AX::....:,I5:.<:ll'-l
~" ~
== i
DE 6
DE 7 :o-C::J-_,.r~~~~-·w--'["'K_,t:.<:S0,...6~
.r 1... 1
~ [X OS01
~~ ""'"'...;I-+-,:AX::....:,OS"'l9'-j
"'~
DE 8
ov ·::v_____---l-~----~,'!.~,;-~,t~!~K~ts:oe:=~=~-~-=~!~~~-+-A::::K:....:I:..;S4: .0:-L._.J
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 20/32
t > ~ · · ::; '·: ,.· r~'.
~SAM

,...--\
,· \
\ /
"--'
~SAM
Geamic 40M SEM402

Interface Extension Module ACIA
General
The SEM402 assembly is an interface extension unit with 2 galvanically decoupled

serial interfaces. Interface #1 is in accordance with the RS485 standard. Interface #2
can be changed over to RS485 or RS422 . The assembly is connected to the analog
bus of the ZM4xx modules. The system can be extended by a maximum of two
SEM402 modules. The address must be set by means of a jumper on SEM402. The
use of AEM401/2 can be continued. It is connected to SEM402.
A DUART MS68681 of Motorola has been used as interface assembly. Transmission

rates up to 38400 bauds can be set (depending on the software).
The matching resistors are integrated on the assembly and can be switched off via
jumper.
Design:
The SEM402 module is accommodated on a 125,4 x 76 x 67 mm (DxHxW) large

supporting module. The module can snap into position on DIN EN mounting rails.
The module has two terminal strips to which the interface can be directly connected.
The connection to the computer module is effected via a 22-pole ribbon cable. The
assembly is supplied via the ribbon cable from the computer module.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4. Page 22/32
~SAM
1-l
I I
o I I
I I
I I
I I
o I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
0
I I
I I~=::::::J=<:j.______
I ~~==t'1
I I
o I I ~==;==:::J
I I
L - J t===r===~
Technical Data
Power supply: 5V /SOmA Ober/via X1 0

'
I Ambient temperature:
Weight: 180 g
CE
.'•- ~
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
~SAM
Ql
::I ::I
"C "C
0 0
E E
0
.._
0
.._
c
N
c
Ql c
Ql
.... ."' .."' "'......
~ ,..
0 0
~
>
.
--
>
a-
.r; z
0 - ": "'., ....,
N
"' "'"'
X 0
"' -
..
;c n:.·············~l
I
•j )N ]•
·············- ~!-!~
I N~~
xI
I
I
..
- , )N )·
- L:_:J
.,
- .. I lON!lll
_,...
I
lON!lll
f'o
W'l )/S• S•
..,
"' ., N
N
N .. I
I
)IS· s·
"'"' "'"' X I
:~~ -
I_,..
.. - -· )N
1\ ·~
)•
"'=
,_...., f'o ..I I
)N ]·
]•
c
Ql
II\
Ql
...- )·
Jts· s·
.. I I
lON!lll lON!lll
II\ II\
ltS· s·
II\
.._
II\
Ql
.._ - W'l )IS• S•
'
Ql
I
- .. I
_,
"C "C
"C )IS· s·
ct 0 ..... 1-
.....
"C a: X
_ _I
c "C 1-- ct
c ::>
::I
.._
0
.._
0 f- I
- - Ql
Ql
"'..
I
co -
-
::I
::I
= I
.,.· .,.·
&J
...__
ON9 -~
- , ... ION!lll
- .. I liS•
;:J liS•
:::1
co &J IS· I
N -I
liS·
....X I
X
r:
"'I
-a.-:.-
I"'
~ -
_,...
.
I
ION911
"'I
-1.: :J ..
~ .. I )IS'
'1:1
'1:1
0
;:.
I )IS·
...r:-:'1., ~
X
:: I I
I X
•........... ··-
... ~·············:]
)(
-
1.:-:J
...
0 ..---.f..---.1..---. >
Ql
:;
"C
II\
Ql
::I
"C
z
."' .."' ."'
....
.... ~ ~
"'
0 0
l:: E
.._Ql .._
Ql
Ql .r;
Qj .._
)I ::I
~SAM

~SAM
Geamic 40M FIM405

Filter-Module
General
The FIM405 assembly is necessary to filter the 24V supply. The filter ist able to
dissipate spikes from the 24volt system.
The load current of the consumers connected is allowed to be 4A.
Design:
The FIM405 module is accommodated on a 111 x 40 x 70 mm (DxWxH) large

supporting module.
The module has two 5-pole connectors for the connection of the input and output
voltages.
Ground is to be connected directly to terminal strip X1.4 or X2.3 . It is only then that the
interferences are reliably discharged.
The module is to be connected such that the consumer to be protected is connected

to the terminal strip (X2) being referred to as output.
In no case the supply lines to the consumer are allowed to be situated in parallel with
the input voltage line in one cable duct.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 26/32
~SAM
0
Input
+UJ - -
V1 Output
IC2 +Uo
Xl1 R1
X1.2 R4 X2 5
V2 ,--l
xu 11 110
X2 4
I I
Xl 4o-------111
-u
R2 [3
I
1
I 0 1I
I
I I
I L1 I
51 16
X15 I I X22
~'., L __ j
~~) RS X2 1
- -Uo
Output
R3
1[4
- -
Technical Data
Input voltage: 5 -32V
Nominal current: 4A
Inductance: 13,2mA/mH
Capacitance: 2 X 2500pF
(:=J 1 x 0,2uF {against ground)

2 x 1OuF {against ground)
D.C. resistance: 130m ohms for each
Dimensions {WxDxH): 111 x 40 x 70 mm
Weight: 130g
Type Approval: KR, MRS, ASS, DNV, GL, LR, RINA {in preparation)
(\
\,_____)
~SAM

-·
~SAM
-----.. Technical Description of all Components

()
Geamic 40M BAT 410/411
Operating and Indication Panel
General
The BAT41 0 is a universally designed panel for all systems with replaceable
lettering strips.
The panel has 24 function keys with LED check-back indication each. In
addition, there are the following keys:
2 acknowledgement keys
1 alarm list key
1 dimmer key
1 edit key
1 lamp test key
1 esc key
1 enter key
4 cursor control keys.
The panel has a display with 41ines having 40 characters each. The display as
well as the keys are equipped with a background illumination which can be
dimmed.
()
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.8GE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 29/32
~SAM
~STN
~ATI.AS Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M
I
I
:AUTO BRIDGE START AIR: 29.8 BAR I 'ALARM
I
I I j
i I
,; --~OR=D=: ==
O .O============s~
==:=4=0.=
0 ===========A=CT=:==35~.0~~~ i A~RM ,_ -
- LIST I ·.......-
---'
I ' I~ I I'
•BRIDGE ORDER . - s1 I 52 ~- 53 - 54 I
I- -
MAINTE- DIMMER/ , EDIT
CTRL · I ADJ. I I I I ' NANCE .CONTR.
. , _ 1ABC I 2 DEF
-
_ 3GHI 4 JKL 5 MNO
~- -~
'
,-ECR I I- 1 I ' SLOWD. sLOwo: I ESC I
I _
I ENT •
I CTRL I ACTIVE 1OVERR.
- 7 STU _ avwx - 9 yz ' lpac8 /• I · 1
EMERG. CANCEL :-SEA I

STAND FWE IsHuro! IsHuro:
CTRL LIMIT MODE BY ACTIVE OVERR.
Technical Data
Power supply: 18-32V I 400mA
Interface: RS485
Dimensions (WxDxH): 288 x 144 x 52 mm
Type of mounting: Desk installation
Weight: 1,4 kg
Type Approval: KR, ASS, DNV, GL, LR, RINA (in preparation)
CE EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 30/32
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M t.!.a Electronics
·------.
CJ
~ r--
_..,
a>-
.....,,.
' :> ·24V 1>-~~--~==r-~~----~
g.'C
<"'
iii ov 2>--r--------~~L-~
,...,
cc
~~ ~~
"' "---E3--< 22 •24V
il: S/E- IAI 4 23 fire-Horn
,. S/E• IAI S 24 f~ro-Lamp
:l: RGND IAI 6 >-H-r------1----J---c::J--l
il:S/E-IAJ7~~ ~><
_
,. S/E• IAI 8 r.:: -:-::1
:l: RGND IAI 9 :.
i i i
;::1~
c
~~
,-----..,
~II
10 >---
( .l
N( 11 >----
-
...
12 >----
~~=~ ·~.::~
'.._.....--'
13 >---
NC 14 >----
15 >----
.S ~
~
r;{.: :~ ~
~
!::: = ... . ,,
__ ,,,,, ... , g
~~i 1
'\1 ;;
__ ,.......
Horn htltA2
v
"'
__ ,,,,,,,......, -
lnltAJ -"
:::::
. . . '- - - " ' : : :

"''' .u.
'"'' "'
,.....
"'
....•, __ ,. ,,., r--.._
::::: --lultAI
....
-"
....
IUitAI --TnltAI
\\ \\ \\I\\
= .....,_
·~
f--::--
g"' r----- ltslt At
1. . 8
c c 1ultAA Tttlt AA
lttltAD
, . , , , .1(
:::: N
~--hsltAI
I ...c
~
lnttAD
--·····" -
,., •• &I
,.... "
lttlt AI
__ ,.,,, .
--lnltll
c
...;;
~"
...
0~
==
.,'!I
..
:z: § "c
""
..,.;;:.,
......
.,.,
\\ \\ \\1\\
:i' .....
,..a.
=-"'
~;
0 c
...- ....... .,.

""
__
1 ~_....
,a. _
o."' ,,,,,., ...... .....,_ §
... N
,,,,,,,
--······~ "'
c)
",...,.~
nn
g;;
lttlt IJ
'''''"
.......
"'
N
__
__
--'''''"
,,,,,.,
..... ..
_..,
.,." '"'' es
,,,,, ,,
:::: "'-
!:'!T~
__
__ .,.....,
,,,,,
\\ \\ '''''" ~
__ ,.,,,,..
\\1\\
. I~ ~ I~;~'"'" 8
... r.:: -:-::1
\\ \\ \\I\\
--······
_ _ ..... !(
___.-:__ ,.,.,10
f.-------
~--htleAC
lltlt II
L.--c__ ,_,,, AO
"
:.
I
htlt AO
,,...... ... ~"I"~

::::::
N
__
~
~~
~
__ .. .. .. ..
'''''" ~r~ "'
!:
c
3
~~
'**-'
~~ -\\ \\
'"''"
'"''"
"'''" --·····"
__ ,........
__ ,,,,,ec
L....--
~~
0
~SAM
Module Part numbers with text strips for:
BAT 410.E 271.150 174 Geamot 40M I BMS Bridge

BAT 410.F 271.150 175 Geamot 40M I BMS ECR
BAT 410.G 271.150 176 Geamot 40M I ESS
BAT 410.K 271.150 181 Bridge Data System I BDS
BAT 410 271.150 180.TL Technical delivery instruction

BAT 410 271.150 180.KB Description ( short )
BAT 410 271.150 180.USP General plan
BAT 410.E 271.150 174.GZ Arrangement

BAT 410.F 271.150 175.GZ Arrangement
BAT 410.G 271.150 176.GZ Arrangement
BAT 410.K 271.150 181.GZ Arrangement
Desk cutout : 136 x 278 mm
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 32/32
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M l!.a Electronics
....--... Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
Maintenance and Trouble Shooting
Chapter 5, Maintenance and Trouble Shooting (on Bord)
5 Introduction
The Maintenance and Trouble Shooting instructions are based on the alarms,
indicated at the Bridge Operating Panel (BAT 41 0) and at the ECR Operating
Panel (BAT 411). In the further description the panels are collective assigned
as BAT 41x.
In the following the alarms, the possible reason for the alarm and the
recommended actions are described. The reference to "Manual CR Control" is
only meaningful, if the optional "Manual CR Control" is provided.
5.1 Alarms
5.1.1 FROZEN CONDITION
The BMS 40 M has detected a serious failure and holds the last setpoint and
operating condition as far as possible. The alarm is recorded in the alarm list.
On Frozen Condition
FURTHER AUTOMATIC OPERATION IS NOT POSSIBLE
()
Reason
The reason for the Frozen Condition is recorded in the alarm list. Following
alarms may lead to Frozen condition :
- TEL BRIDGE POTENTIOMETER (only in Automatic Bridge)

- TEL ECR POTENTIOMETER ( only in Automatic ECR)
- WB 24V-SUPPLY 1/P-CONV. ( mechanical governor only )
- WB CONTROL SIGNAL 1/P-CON ( mechanical governor only )
LOSS OF VIT SUPPLY
LOSS OF AUTOMATIC SUPPLY (depending on parameter setting )
LOSS OF MANUAL SUPPLY ( depending on parameter setting )
0 © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 1/63
~SAM
- LOSS OF SENSOR SUPPLY ( depending on parameter setting )

- Speed sensing disturbed ( calculated from several conditions )
- MODUL 1 IOM402 FAULT
- MODUL 2 REM401 FAULT
- MODUL 5 RM401 FAULT
- DEFAULT-PARAM.LOADED DZM
- DEFAULT-PARAM.LOADED ZSM
- EEPROM-PARAM.FAULT DZM
- EEPROM-PARAM.FAULT ZSM
- FPROM-PARAM. FAULT
DEFAULT-PARAM .LOADED VIT
- EEPROM-PARAM .FAULT VIT
- SIF VIT- PROCESS LOST
- SIF EGS - VIT LOST
Recommended Action:
- Change to Local or Manual CR Control
- Refer to the trouble instructions for the displayed alarm(s)
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 2/63
F]SAM
) Maintenance and Trouble Shooting

"---/
5.1.2 OVER SPEED
The actual speed has exceeded the over speed limit. The output contact
OVERSPEED SHUT DOWN at the VIT module is closed as long as over
speed is sensed and opened with a delay of 10 sec. Additional the BMS 40 M
actuates the normal stop.
If the VIT detects over speed alone or prior to the ESS, the ESS will alarm wire
break of the emergency stop valve.
Reason
The VIT detects over speed but the ESS does not detect the over speed
because the parameter for over speed limit in the VIT is set to a lower value
as required
because the engine speed really exceeded over speed limit, and the
parameter for over speed limit in the ESS is set to a higher value as
required
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting for the Over speed limit in the VIT and the ESS
\
.._ __ )
/
: __:{_____________________________________
' ~-·· \
\, ) _
© STN ATLAS Marine' Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 3/63
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M l.!!.i Electronics
5.1.3 START INTERLOCK (only in Automatic Mode)
Following conditions will cause a start blocking :
Conditions recorded in the alarm list
- WB DO IOM402 Xn.m (Wire break of Valves)

- Speed sensing disturbed ( calculated from several conditions )
LOSS OF AUTOMATIC SUPPLY (2)
LOSS OF MANUAL SUPPLY ( 2 )
LOSS OF SENSOR SUPPLY ( 2 )
- SIF SAFETY SYSTEM LOST
- SAFETY SYSTEM OFF
- SLOW TURNING FAILURE, not acknowledged
Conditions recorded in the status list
- START AIR PRESS.LOW (1, 2, 3)

PLANT INTERLOCK
- TURNING GEAR ENGAGED
1. To override by CANCEL LIMITS

2. Depending on parameter setting
3. Only in Automatic Bridge
Recommended Action:
Refer to the trouble instructions for the displayed alarm(s) and I or status
~SAM
5.1.4 START AIR PRESS.SENSOR
The alarm indicates a wire break of the 4 to 20 rnA analogue pressure signal
Recommended Action:
Check sensor and cabling
5.1.5 CONTROL AIR PRESS.LOW (Optional)
(------)
'-.______/'
The alarm indicates the loss of control air pressure.
Depending on parameter setting
only an alarm is given

alarm is given followed by a start blocking
Recommended Action:
Check pressure switch and cabling
5.1.6 REVERSING FAILURE
The alarm indicates, that the reversing servos and the rotating direction does
not correspond.
Recommended Action:
Check limit switch and cabling
r'~~-----------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271,151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 5/63
~SAM
5.1.7 ACT.SPEED IN CRITIC.RANGE
The alarm indicates, that the actual speed remains in the barred speed range
with deviation to the speed set point greater or equal than the hysteresis set by
parameter.
Recommended Action:
Check the speed governor for accuracy of actual setting to ordered setting.
Check if the setting of the hysteresis for actual speed in barred range is
sufficient ( Parameter PHLDHA "HYSTERESIS BSR [RPM] )
5.1.8 TEL BRIDGE POTENTIOMETER
The alarm indicates a wire break or short circuit of the bridge telegraph
potentiometer.
Only in Automatic Bridge this alarm leads to "FROZEN CONDITION"
Change over to Automatic CR is still possible.
Recommended Action:
Change to Automatic CR Control
Check cabling and potentiometer
5.1.9 TEL CR POTENTIOMETER
The alarm indicates a wire break or short circuit of the ECR telegraph
potentiometer.
Only in Automatic ECR this alarm leads to "FROZEN CONDITION"
Change over to Automatic Bridge is still possible
Recommended Action:
Change to Automatic Bridge Control
Check cabling and potentiometer
© STN ATLAS r.1arine Electronics GmbH If! PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 6/63
~SAM
5.1.10 TEL-BR STOP CONTACT
The alarm indicates, that the stop contact of the bridge telegraph is closed, but
the analogue value of the potentiometer is not in the stop range.
The engine will be stopped, due to the priority of the contact, if
"Automatic Bridge" is selected.
Recommended Action:
- Change to Automatic CR Control or, if provided, to Manual CR Control
Check the parameter setting for the "Voltage of the bridge telegraph "
Check the mechanical mounting of the bridge telegraph potentiometer
Check the stop contact for correct operation
Check the contact input at the first REM401, X3.2 for short circuit to 24V
5.1.11 TEL-CR STOP CONTACT
The alarm indicates, that the stop contact of the ECR telegraph is closed, but
the analogue value of the potentiometer is not in the stop range.
The engine will be stopped, due to the priority of the contact, if
"Automatic ECR" is selected.
Recommended Action:
Change to Automatic Bridge Control
- Check the parameter setting for the "Voltage of the ECR telegraph"
Check the mechanical mounting of the ECR telegraph potentiometer
- Check the stop contact for correct operation
- Check the contact input at the first REM401, X3.3 for short circuit to 24V
{ ,,
r" -·~~
. '-----------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 7/63
~SAM
5.1.12 ELECTR.SHAFT TELEGR.FAULT
The alarm indicates, that a contact from the Telegraph System signals a fault.
In this case
Automatic manoeuvring from wing console levers is no longer possible!
Recommended Action:
Check cabling
Check the Telegraph System
5.1.13 SPEED SENSOR 1 FAULT VITI SPEED SENSOR 2 FAULT VIT
The alarms indicate

missing pulses from speed sensor 1
missing pulses from speed sensor 2
If one sensor fails, the BMS works on the other speed sensor alone.
If both sensors fail, the BMS works on the speed signal transmitted by the ESS
If both sensors fail and the speed signal from the ESS is not available this
leads to "FROZEN CONDITION"
Recommended Action:
Change to Local - or Manual CR Control
Check the distance of the alarmed speed sensor (pick-up) to the teeth of
the flywheel.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 8/63
~SAM
5.1.14 DIFF. SPEED SIGNAL 1/2
The alarm indicates

- that the measured speed of speed sensor 1 and speed sensor 2 deviate
more then 0.5% of nominal speed (adjustable by parameter). For control
the higher value will be used
Recommended Action:
Check the measured values using the Menu "Measured Values" and
compare with the actual speed measured by the Engine Safety System,
ESS, to decide, which sensor fails.
Check the distance of the according speed sensor (pick-up) to the teeth of
the flywheel.
Replace the speed sensor if necessary.
5.1.15 WB SPEED SENSOR 1 VIT
The alarm indicates a wire break of speed sensor 1 signal
Recommended Action:
Check the cabling from the pick-up to the DZM402 of the VIT
Check the jumper setting of X19 for npn I pnp pick-up on the DZM402
5.1.16 WB SPEED SENSOR 2 VIT
The alarm indicates a wire break of speed sensor 2 signal
Recommended Action:
Change to Local -or Manual CR Control
Check the cabling from the pick-up to the DZM402 of the VIT
Check the jumper setting of X19 for npn I pnp pick-up on the DZM402
_~...-
( '1
\ I©- ----------------------------------
STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 9/63
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M l.!.!.i Electronics
5.1.17 WB 24V-SUPPLY 1/P-CONV. (mechanical governor only)
The alarm indicates the loss of the 24V supply for the liP-converter of the
mechanical governor. This alarm leads to "FROZEN CONDITION"
Recommended Action:
Check the cabling from the RM401, X2.718 to the mechanical governor
5.1.18 WB CONTROL SIGNAL 1/P-CON. (mechanical governor only)
The alarm indicates wire break of the liP-converter speed signal. This alarm
Recommended Action:
Check the cabling from the DZM402, X4.12113 to the RM401, X1.112 and to
the liP-Converter.
~ If the cable connection is o.k., check the jumper XW1 on the RM401. The
jumper has to be set to XW1 .112 for current input to this channel.
If cable connection and jumper setting are correct, replace the DZM402
resp. the RM401 module.
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M la!.!.f Electronics
5.1.19 C.AIR PR. TRANSM. P1 FAIL
The alarm indicates wire break of the first P/1 - converter for charge air
pressure.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting of VIT- parameter "Sensor failure Charge Air
Pressure lower limit" for right value and correct if necessary.
Check the cabling from the VSM401, X8.3 to the converter
If the cable connection is o.k., check the jumper XW6 on the VSM401. The
jumper has to be set to XW6.1/2 for current input to this channel.
Check the converter and replace if necessary
If cable connection, jumper setting and converter are correct, replace the
VSM401 module.
The alarm indicates wire break of the second P/1 - converter for charge air
pressure.
Recommended Action:
Check the cabling from the VSM401, X8.7 to the converter
VSM401 module.
0----~----------~--------
~SAM
5.1.21 TOLERANCE DIFF. P1- P2
The alarm indicates, that the difference between the measured charge air
pressure values of transmitter P1 and P2 has exceeded the preset limit.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting of VIT - parameter "Charge Air Pressure:
Tolerance between sensor 1 and sensor 2" for right value and correct if
necessary.
Check parameter setting of the VIT - parameters for the sensor charac-
teristic of transmitter P1 and transmitter P2 and correct if necessary.
Check transmitters for proper function and replace, if defective.
5.1.22 LOAD IND. TRANSM. 1 FAIL
The alarm indicates wire break of the second Ll -converter for Load Indication.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting of VIT- parameter "Sensor failure Load Indicator
lower limit" for right value and correct if necessary.
Check the cabling from the VSM401, X6.1/2 to the converter
If the cable connection is o.k. , check the jumper XW1 on the VSM401. The
If cable connection , jumper setting and converter are correct, replace the
VSM401 module.
-
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 12/63
~SAM
5.1.23 LOAD IND. TRANSM. 2 FAIL (DENIS 6 only)
The alarm indicates wire break of the second Ll- converter for Load Indication.
Recommended Action:
Check the cabling from the VSM401, X6.3/4 to the converter
VSM401 module.
5.1.24 TOLERANCE DIFF Ll1 - Ll2 (DENIS 6 only)
The alarm indicates, that the difference between the measured Load Indication
values of transmitter Ll1 and Ll2 has exceeded the preset limit.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting of VIT - parameter "DENIS 6 Load Indicator:
necessary.
teristic of transmitter Ll1 and transmitter Ll2 and correct if necessary.
Check transmitters for proper function and replace, if defective.
(----J\
~------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
5.1.25 ACTUATOR 1 SENSOR FAIL
The alarm indicates, that the actual position feedback from actuator 1 has
exceeded the preset limits.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting of VIT- parameter "Sensor failure: upper limit"
resp . "Sensor failure : lower limit" for right value and correct if necessary.
- Check the cabling from the VSM401 , X7.2/3/4 to the sensor
If the cable connection is o.k., check the jumper XW4 on the VSM401 . The
jumper has to be set to XW4.2/3 for voltage input to this channel.
Check the feedback - potentiometer (sensor) and replace if necessary
If cable connection , jumper setting and sensor are correct, replace the
VSM401 module.
5.1.26 ACTUATOR 2 SENSOR FAIL
The alarm indicates, that the actual position feedback from actuator 2 has
Recommended Action:
resp . "Sensor failure: lower limit" for right value and correct if necessary.
Check the cabling from the VSM401 , X7.6/7/8 to the sensor
jumper has to be set to XW5.2/3 for voltage input to this channel.
If cable connection , jumper setting and sensor are correct, replace the
VSM401 module.
© STN ATLAS Mari ne Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 14/63
~SAM
5.1.27 POSITION FAIL ACTUATOR 1 I POSITION FAIL ACTUATOR 2
The alarm indicates, that the deviation between the ordered position and the
feedback of actual position is too large. The ordered position is not reached by
the actuator or the movement to ordered position is too slow.
Recommended Action:
Parameter settings
Check parameter setting of VIT parameter "Threshold for large
(~) deviations" and raise the value, if setting is too low.

Check parameter setting ofVIT parameter "Alarm delay position failure"
and raise the value, if the time i too short for the movement of the
actuator.
- The Retract I Extend valves are not actuated
Check voltage supply for the valve coils
Check cabling from the valves to the VMS401
Check valve coils and replace, if necessary
Check output from the VSM401 to the valves and replace the VSM401
if defective.
(--?)
~SAM
5.1.28 CYL. LUBRIC. FAILURE (DENIS 6 only)
The alarm indicates, that the deviation between the ordered value for cylinder
lubrication and the feedback of output value to the cylinder lub. oil pump
controller is too large.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting of VIT parameter "Max. error threshold cylinder
lubrication: Set point - Actual value" and raise the value, if setting is too
low.
Check the cabling
from the VIT- DZM402, X4 .10/11 to the voltage/current converter
from the voltage/current converter to the pump control and the current/
current converter
from the current/current converter to the VIT- VSM401, X6.5/6
Check the analog output on the VIT - DZM402, X4.1 0/11 and replace the
DZM402, if defective
Check the voltage/current converter and replace, if defective
Check the current/current converter and replace, if defective
Check the jumper XW3 on the VSM401 . The jumper has to be set to
XW3.1/2 for current input to this channel.
If all previous items are ok, replace the VSM401
5.1.29 FAULT D/A-Convert.DZM402
The alarm indicates that
- the 0/A-converter on the DZM402 is defect and I or

- the U/1-converter on the DZM402 is defect or
- the AID-converter on the RM401 is defect
Recommended Action:
Check the cabling from the DZM402 , X4.12/13 to the RM401, X1.1/2
·.·.··:·
~SAM
() Maintenance and Trouble Shooting
If the cable connection is o.k., check the jumper XW1 on the RM401. The
If cable connection and jumper setting are correct, replace the DZM402
resp. the RM401 module.
5.1.30 WB DO IOM402 Xn.m
The alarm indicates a wire break at a digital output on module IOM402, where
n assigns the terminal block and

- m assigns the terminal number on the terminal block
Example:
WB DO IOM402 X5.2
indicates a wire break on digital output terminal block X5, terminal number 2.
For the output destination (valve coil) pis. refer to the ships related wiring
diagrams 271.-- -- - -.STR.
The reason for the alarm can be:
- a real wire break at the assigned output

nothing is connected to the output, but the wire break monitoring is
released by parameter setting.
Recommended Action:
- Change to Local -or Manual CR Control
- Check the cabling from the output to the respective valve coil
- Check the parameter setting for the assigned output
( '
·--------<
\~-----------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
5.1.31 CONTROL MODE FEEDB.FAULT
The alarm indicates, that the control mode feedback signals are faulty. The
feedback inputs are :
IOM402, X1.1 Automatic selected

IOM402, X1.2 Manual ECR selected
IOM402, X1.3 Remote Control selected
There are two possibilities for the alarm indication :
no feedback signal is present

In this case, the last control mode is kept active
more than one of the feedback signals are present simultaneously

In this case the control mode with the highest priority becomes active, i.e.
"Local ER" prior to "Manual CR" (optional) prior to "Automatic CR" or

"Automatic Bridge"
Recommended Action:
Check control air pressure
Check the cabling from the limit switches to the IOM402
Check the limit switches
5.1.32 ACTUATOR BLOCKED
The alarm indicates, that the electronic governor reports a serious fault
FURTHER AUTOMATIC OPERATION IS NOT POSSIBLE!
Recommended Action:
Change to Local Control
See User Manual of the Electronic Governor System
~SAM
5.1.33 ELECTR. GOVERNOR FAULT
The alarm indicates, that the electronic governor reports a serious fault
Recommended Action:
Change to Local Control
5.1.34 SIF EGS - VIT LOST
The alarm indicates the loss of the serial interface from the VIT unit to the
electronic governor.
Recommended Action:
Check cabling from VIT- DZM402, X1.11/12/13 to the Electronic Governor
System
Check jumper setup at the VIT- DZM402. Jumpers must be set according
to the ships related drawing 271.----- -.NAW.
If the previous items are o.k., replace the VIT- DZM402
5.1.35 SIF VIT - PROCESS LOST
The alarm indicates the loss of the serial interface from the VIT unit to the
BMS. This alarm leads to "FROZEN CONDITION".
\'----' /
I \
___________________________________
rrJ SAM
Recommended Action:
- Change to Local - or Manual CR Control
Check cabling from VIT - DZM402, X1.6/7/8 to the BMS - DZM402,
X 1.11 I 12/13
Check jumper setup and address setting at both DZM402. Jumpers and
address settings must be set according to the ships related drawing 271.--
--- -.NAW.
If the previous items are o.k., replace the VIT- DZM402 resp. the BMS-
DZM402 .
5.1.36 SIF SAFETY SYSTEM LOST
The alarm indicates the loss of the serial interface to the Engine Safety System
Attention:
With this alarm active
No start or start in counter direction is possible
- The Automatic Slow Down function does not work
- Actuation of "Override Slow Down" and "Override Shutdown" at the Bridge
Panel is not possible
No update of Slow down and Shutdown indication at the Bridge Panel
Recommended Action:
Check cabling from the BMS - SEM402 X1 .1/2/3 to the Engine Safety
System.
Check the flat cable and plugs between SEM402, X10 and DZM402, X9
Check jumper setup at the SEM402. Jumpers must be set according to the
ships related drawing 271.----- -.NAW.
If the previous items are o.k., replace (if necessary)
the SEM402 and check functionality
the DZM402 and check functionality
If the BMS-part of the interface is checked and found correct, check the
ESS-part of the interface.
~SAM
CJ
5.1.37 SIF DZM-ZSM LOST
The alarm indicates the loss of the internal serial interface between BMS-
Process (DZM402) and BMS-Operation (ZSM401)
Attention:
with this alarm active
- No operation and indication update at the Bridge Panel and the ECR Panel
is possible
Recommended Action:
- Check cabling from the DZM402, X1.6/7/8 (process) to the SEM402,
X1.1/2/3 (operation).
- Check the flat cable and plugs between SEM402, X10 and ZSM401, X9 on
the operation side.
- Check jumper setup at the SEM402. Jumpers must be set according to the
the DZM402 (process) and check functionality
the SEM402 (operation) and check functionality
the ZSM401 (operation) and check functionality
5.1.38 SIF BAT BRI. (OPER. PANEL)
Operation (ZSM401) and the BAT 410 on the bridge.
0--------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 21/63
~SAM
Recommended Action:
- Check cabling from ZSM40 1, X2.11/12/13 to BAT 41 0, X 1.4/5/6
- Check address setting on the BAT 410 X2. Check also the address setting
on the BAT411 in the ECR and on the Printer Control Unit DAM401. All
panels must have different addresses according to the drawings 271. _
.NAW
- Check voltage supply of the BAT 410
- Check jumper setting at BAT 41 0
- Check jumper setting at ZSM401
the BAT 41 0 and check functionality
the ZSM401 and check functionality
5.1.39 SIF BAT ECR (OPER. PANEL)
Operation (ZSM401) and the BAT411 in the ECR.
Recommended Action:
Check cabling from ZSM401 X1.11/12/13 to BAT411 X1.4/5/6
- Check address setting on the BAT 411 X2. Check also the address setting
on the BAT 410 on the bridge and on the Printer Control Unit DAM40 1. All
panels must have different addresses according to the drawings 271. _
.NAW
- Check voltage supply of the BAT411
- Check jumper setting at BAT411
- Check jumper setting at ZSM401
the BAT411 and check functionality
~SAM
5.1.40 LOSS OF AUTOMATIC SUPPLY
The alarm indicates the loss of the 24V for Automatic Supply.
Depending on parameter setting, the loss of the Automatic Supply leads to
no monitoring
- alarm only
- alarm and Start Blocking (default)
- alarm and Frozen Condition
CJ Recommended Action:
- Change to Local - or Manual CR control
- Check parameter setting for the monitoring.
Check cabling to the RM401, X4.7
Check the fuse F21
- Check the 24V supply
5.1.41 LOSS OF MANUAL SUPPLY
The monitoring is only meaningful, if the "Manual CR" control is

provided.
The alarm indicates the loss of the 24V for Manual Supply.
Depending on parameter setting, the loss of the Manual Supply leads to
no monitoring (default)
- alarm only
- alarm and Start Blocking
- alarm and Frozen Condition
Attention:
The loss of functionality in Manual CR mode depends on the actual installation.
Check this before change over to manual CR
(~'
~--------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M t.!.!.j Electronics
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting for the monitoring.
Check the fuse F30
Check the 24V supply
5.1.42 LOSS OF SENSOR SUPPLY
The alarm indicates the loss of the 24V for Sensor Supply.
Depending on parameter setting , the loss of the Sensor Supply leads to
alarm only
alarm and Start Blocking
alarm and Frozen Condition
Attention:
The supply for mainly all peripheral signals is lost. This will lead to several
additional fault indications.
Recommended Action:
Check the fuse F31
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 24/63
~SAM
5.1.43 LOSS OF VIT SUPPLY
The alarm indicates the loss of the 24V for the VIT supply.
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition"
Recommended Action:
-·-..... Check cabling to the RM401, X4.6
Check the fuse F40
5.1.44 FUEL RACK NOT IN STOP
The alarm indicates, that the Fuel. Rack Position feedback is not below "Stop"
value despite stop is ordered.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting for fuel rack position feedback
Check "Fuel Zero Order" signal and cabling at IOM402, X5.3 (mechanical
governor only)
Check fuel rack sensor (Load Indicator)
0 Check governor and plunger
Q _______________________________
~SAM
5.1.45 ALL AUX. BLOWER FAILURE
The alarm indicates

- that the feedback of "Blowers running" is missing
On engine start the alarm leads to "Start Failure"
Recommended action
Check if blowers in "Manual" and not switched on
Check the feedback wiring
to REM 401, X3.6 Blower 1
to REM 401, X3.7 Blower 2
to REM 401, X3.8 Blower 3 (if provided, DENIS 1 only)
If blowers in "Automatic, check "Blower preselect" outputs
from REM 401, X6.1 I X5 .2 Blower 1
from REM 401, X6.5 I X5.6 Blower 2
from REM 401, X8.1 I X7.2 Blower 3 (if provided, DENIS 1 only)
5.1.46 Overload (MCR-CURVE)
The alarm indicates, that the fuel value is higher than allowed by the MCR-
Curve for the ordered (actual) speed.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting for the MCR-Curve
Check parameter setting for fuel rack position feedback
Check fuel rack position feedback
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M ~!!a Electronics
5.1.47 - - - CONNECTION LOST - - -
This alarm is created by the BAT 41x software. It indicates, that the serial
interface between BAT 41x and BMS-Operation (ZSM401) is lost.
Recommended Action:
- Check cabling from the ZSM401, X1 or X2.11/12/13 to the Bridge - rsp.
ECR-Panel, X 1.4/5/6.
0 -
-
Check if Watchdog of the ZSM401 is active
Check jumper I address setting at BAT40x. Jumpers must be set according
to the ships related drawing 271.----- -.NAW.
- Check jumper setup at the ZSM401. Jumpers must be set according to the
the BAT 41 x and check functionality
5.1.48 MODUL 1 IOM402 FUSE FAULT
The alarm indicates, that the fuse for supply of digital input signals of module
1 IOM402 is blown.
Recommended Action:
- Replace fuse
0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
5.1.49 MODUL 2 REM401 FUSE FAULT
2 REM401 is blown.
Recommended Action:
Replace fuse
Check the external jumper X4.1 to X3.1 at the REM401
3 REM401 is blown.
Recommended Action:
Replace fuse
4 REM401 is blown.
Recommended Action:
Replace fuse
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 28/63
~SAM
5.1.52 MODUL 110M402 FAULT
The alarm indicates, that the response of module 1 IOM402 is lost. This alarm
Recommended Action:
- Check the flat cable and plugs (X9. and X1 0) between the modules.
Replace the IOM402
5.1.53 MODUL 2 REM401 FAULT
The alarm indicates, that the response of module 2 REM401 is lost. This alarm
Recommended Action:
- Change to Local -or Manual CR Control
- Check the flat cable and plugs (X9. and X10) between the modules.
Replace the REM401
5.1.54 MODUL 3 REM401 FAULT
(~) The alarm indicates, that the response of module 3 REM401 is lost. This alarm
Recommended Action:
- Check the flat cable and plugs (X9. and X1 0) between the modules.
- Replace the REM401
(')
~---------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
5.1.55 Modul 4 REM401 FAULT
The alarm indicates, that the response of module 4 REM401 is lost. This alarm
Recommended Action:
Check the flat cable and plugs (X9. and X10) between the modules.
Replace the REM401
5.1.56 MODUL 5 RM401 FAULT
The alarm indicates, that the response of module 5 RM401 is lost. This alarm
Recommended Action:
Replace the RM401
5.1.57 DEFAULT-PARAM.LOADED DZM
The alarm indicates, that the Factory-/ Service parameter set is loaded to the
DZM402. This alarm leads to "FROZEN CONDITION"
Recommended Action:
Change to Local -or Manual CR Control
Reset the DZM402. If the error disappears check I correct all parameter
settings corresponding to the actual Parameter List.
If the error reappears , replace the DZM module.
~SAM
5.1.58 DEFAUL T-PARAM.LOADED VIT
DZM402 of the VIT unit. This alarm leads to "FROZEN CONDITION"
Recommended Action:
If the error reappears, replace the DZM module.
5.1.59 DEFAULT-PARAM.LOADED ZSM
ZSM401. This alarm leads to "FROZEN CONDITION"
Recommended Action:
Reset the ZSM401. If the error disappears check I correct all parameter
If the error reappears, replace the ZSM module.
·,_ 5.1.60 EEPROM-PARAM.FAULT DZM
The alarm indicates, that the parameter-E(E)PROM is defective. This alarm

leads to "FROZEN CONDITION". The actual RAM-Parameters are in use.
Recommended Action:
~--.:
( )
'-~'-----------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
5.1.61 EEPROM-PARAM.FAULT VIT
The alarm indicates, that on the DZM402 of the VIT unit the parameter-
E(E)PROM is defective. This alarm leads to "FROZEN CONDITION". The
actual RAM-Parameters are in use.
Recommended Action:
5.1.62 EEPROM-PARAM.FAULT ZSM
The alarm indicates, that the parameter-E(E)PROM is defective. This alarm

leads to "FROZEN CONDITION". The actual RAM-Parameters are in use.
Recommended Action:
Reset the ZSM401. If the error disappears check I correct all parameter
If the error reappears , replace the ZSM module.
5.1.63 FPROM-PARAM.FAULT
The alarm indicates, that the length of the parameter tables recorded in the
DZM402 and the ZSM401 is different.
Recommended Action:
Download corresponding data sets (Program, parameters) to the DZM402
and the ZSM401 (refer also to the "Download Procedure" - Instruction)
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29 .01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 32/63
~SAM
5.1.64 PRINTER COMMUNICATION LOST
The alarm indicates, that the serial interface between the ZSM401 and the
DAM401 for the Telegraph Order Printer is lost.
Recommended Action:
- If the alarm "PRINTER FAILURE" is also reported, eliminate the cause for
the printer failure first. "PRINTER COMMUNICATION LOST" normally will
be cancelled automatically.
- If the alarm reappears :
Check the cabling from the ZSM40 1 X 1/X2. 11/12/13 to the DAM40 1,
X1.6/7/8 (the connection may be led via a BAT 41x).
Check the address setting for the DAM401. Address must be set accor-
ding to the ships related drawing 271.----- -.NAW.
Check jumper setup at the DAM401. Jumpers must be set according to
the ships related drawing 271.----- -.NAW.
Check jumper setup at the.ZSM401. Jumpers must be set according to
the ships related drawing 271.----- -.NAW.
the DAM401 and check functionality
,/-...
("----_) 5.1.65 PRINTER FAILURE
The alarm indicates, that the Telegraph Order Printer is
- Offline or
- out of paper
Recommended Action:
- Check paper
- Check power supply
- Check mode setting of the Telegraph Order Printer
--')
(~--------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WPS • Chp. 5, Page 33/63
~SAM
5.1.66 Master Clock Signal Fault
The alarm indicates, that at time setting by the master clock (minute pulse) the
direction contacts for "Forward" and "Retard" are closed simultaneously.
Recommended Action:
Check contacts and cabling
5.1.67 Safety System Off
The contact input indicates the loss of the Engine Safety System. The Alarm
leads to Start Interlock.
Recommended Action:
For the particular failure please refer to the ESS 40M Trouble Shooting
Instruction
5.1.68 Repeated Start
The first start attempt was not successful, i.e. the main engine does not reach
ignition speed.
Recommended Action:
Investigate the reason at the engine according to engine makers manual
5.1.69 ESS Speed Signal Fault
The Engine Safety System, ESS 40M, signals a disturbance of its speed
sensing .
Recommended Action:
For the particular failure please refer to the ESS 40M Trouble Shooting
Instruction
~SAM
5.1.70 Slow Turning Failure
The number of counted speed pulses were not sufficient within the maximum
slow turning time.
Recommended Action:
Investigate the reason at the engine according to engine makers manual
5.1. 71 External Shut Down
The contact input from an external system signals that a shut down criterion is
active.
\~.·
,,.... ----..,
: )
~"·----------------------------------------------------------------------------
)
~SAM
5.2 Brief description
In the following tables the indications of alarms, status and events are listed up. A short description for the reasons of indication and-
for the alarms -a brief trouble shooting instruction is given . For more detailed information, please refer to the previous parts of this
chapter.
5.2.1 Alarm list
No Alarm text on BAT 41x Description Trouble shooting Recomme

nded
Action
1 "FROZEN" CONDITION ! The BMS has detected a serious failure and holds as Change over to a manual control mode. Change to
far as possible the last set point and operating Local- or
condition . The reason will be displayed in the Manual CR
ALARM LIST Control
FURTHER AUTOMATIC OPERATION
IS NOT POSSIBLE I
2 OVER SPEED Actual speed has exceeded the over speed level. Check parameter setting for the Over speed limit in the
The output "OVERSPEED SHUTDOWN" will be VIT and the ESS
activated as long as over speed condition is sensed
and reset with a delay of 10 seconds.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29 .01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 36/63
())
~SAM

nded
Action
3 START INTERLOCK Following conditions will cause a start blocking:
Start Air Press. low (1,2,3)

Turning Gear ENGAGED •~ >
Wire break of Valves

Safety System Off
SIF Safety System lost
Slow turning failure
Plant interlock
1: Override by CANCEL LIMITS

2: selectable by parameter setting
3: only in Automatic Bridge
4 START AIR PRESS. SENSOR Wire break of the 4 to 20 rnA feedback signal. Check sensor and cabling.
5 CONTROL AIR PRESS. LOW Loss of control air pressure. Check pressure switch and cabling.
Depending on parameter setting
alarm only or alarm and start blocking.
~SAM )

nded
Action
6 REVERSING FAILURE Camshaft ahead resp . camshaft astern signal not Check limit switch and cabling .
corresponding to actual engine direction.
7 ACT.SPEED IN CRITIC.RANGE The actual speed remains in the barred speed range . Check speed governor.
Check if setting of hysteresis for actual speed in barred
range is sufficient:
Parameter PHLDHA "HYSTERESIS BSR [RPM]"
8 TEL BRIDGE POTENTIOMETER Wire breakage or short circuit of the bridge telegraph Check cabling and potentiometer. Change to
potentiometer. Automatic
"Frozen Condition" in Automatic Bridge only . CR Control
Automatic CR still possible.
9 TEL CR POTENTIOMETER Wire breakage or short circuit of the ECR telegraph Check cabling and potentiometer. Change to
potentiometer. Automatic
"Frozen Condition" in Automatic ECR only. Bridge
Automatic Bridge still possible. Control
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 38 /63
C \·'
c
)"
..,- SAM
('~
"~) _)
PCS Geamot 40 M
~IJ Electronics

nded
Action
10 TEL-BR STOP CONTACT The stop contact of the bridge telegraph is closed, Check the parameter setting for the "Voltage of the bridge Change to
but the analogue value of the potentiometer is not in telegraph" CR Control
the stop range. Check the mechanical mounting of the bridge telegraph
The engine will be stopped, due to the priority of potentiometer
the contact stop signal, if "Automatic Bridge" is Check the stop contact for correct operation
selected! Check the contact input at REM401, X3.2 for short circuit -
to 24V
11 TEL-CR STOP CONTACT The stop contact of the ECR telegraph is closed, but Check the parameter setting for the "Voltage of the ECR Change to
the analogue value of the potentiometer is not in the telegraph" Automatic
stop range. Check the mechanical mounting of the ECR telegraph Bridge
The engine will be stopped, due to the priority of potentiometer Control
the contact stop signal, if "Automatic CR" is Check the stop contact for correct operation
selected! Check the contact input at REM401, X3.3 for short circuit
to24V
12 ELECTR.SHAFT TELEGRFAULT Contact from Telegraph System. Check cabling.

Check Telegraph System.
Automatic manoeuvring from wing control levers
is not more possible!
)
~SAM

nded
Action
13 SPEED SENSOR 1 FAULT VIT Missing pulses from speed sensor 1. Check the distance from the pick-up to the teeth of the
flywheel.
SPEED SENSOR 2 FAULT VIT Missing pulses from speed sensor 2.
14 DIFF. SPEED SIGNAL 112 The measured speed of speed sensor 1 and speed Check the measured values using the Menu "Measured
sensor 2 deviate more then 0.5% of nominal speed Values" and compare with the actual speed measured by
(adjustable by parameter) . For control the higher the Engine Safety System, ESS, to decide, which sensor
value will be used fails.
Check the distance of the according speed sensor (pick-
up) to the teeth of the flywheel.
Replace the speed sensor if necessary.
15 WB SPEED SENSOR 1 VIT Wire breakage of speed sensor 1 signal. Check the cabling from pick-up to DZM402 of the VIT
unit.
Check the jumper setting of X19 for npn I pnp- pick up on
the DZM402 .
16 WB SPEED SENSOR 2 VIT Wire breakage of speed sensor 2 signal. Check the cabling from pick-up to DZM402 of the VIT
unit.
Check the jumper setting of X19 for npn I pnp- pick up on
the DZM402.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 . 151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 40 I 63
0 0· r·~
..__l)
~SAM

nded
Action
17 WB 24V-SUPPLY liP-CO NV. Loss of 24 Volt liP-Converter supply. Check the cabling from RM401 X2.718 to mechanical Change to
governor. Local- or
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" Manual CR
Control
18 WB CONTROL SIGNAL liP-CON Mechanical governor only: Check the cabling from DZM402 X4.12113 to RM401 Change to
Wire breakage of liP-Converter speed signal X1.112 and to liP-Converter. Replace the RM401 resp. Local- or
the DZM402 module. Manual CR
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" Control
19 C.AIR PR. TRANSM. P1 FAIL Wire breakage of the first PII-Converter for charge air Check parameter setting "Sensor failure ... lower limit"
pressure Check the cabling from VSM401 X8.3 to the converter
Check jumper setting of XW6 on VSM401
Check the converter
Replace the VSM401 module.
20 C.AIR PR. TRANSM. P2 FAIL Wire breakage of the second PII-Converter for Check VIT-parameter setting "Sensor failure ... lower limit"
charge air pressure Check the cabling from VSM401 XB. 7 to the converter
Check jumper setting of XW7 on VSM401
DENIS 6 only Check the converter
Replace the VSM401 module.
)
~SAM

nded
Action
21 TOLERANCE DIFF.P1-P2 Difference between the measured charge air Check VIT-parameter setting of "Charge air tolerance .. ."
pressure values of transmitter P1 and P2 is too large Check VIT -parameter settings for transmitter
characteristic
DENIS 6 only Check transmitters for propper function
22 LOAD IND. TRANSM . 1 FAIL Wire breakage at first Ll-converter for load indication Check VIT-parameter "Sensor failure Load Indicator... "
Check cabling from VSM401 , X6 .1/2 to converter
Check jumper setting XW1 on VSM401
Check converter
Replace the VSM401 module
23 LOAD IND. TRANSM . 2 FAIL Wire breakage at second Ll-converter for load Check VIT-parameter "Sensor failure Load Indicator... "
indication Check cabeling from VSM401, X6.3/4 to converter
Check converter
DENIS 6 only Replace the VSM401 module
24 TOLERANCE DIFF.LI1-LI2 Difference between the measured Load Indication Check VIT-parameter setting of "Load Indicator tole-
II
values of transmitter Ll1 and Ll2 is too large ranee ...
Check VIT-parameter settings for transmitter
DENIS 6 only characteristic
Check transmitters for propper function
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 42 I 63
0 (\
\..____/' c~~)
~SAM

nded
Action
25 ACTUATOR 1 SENSOR FAIL The position feedback of the first actuator is out of Check VIT-parameter setting of "Sensor failure upper
working range limit" and "Sensor failure lower limit"
Check cabling from VSM401, X7.2/3/4 to the sensor
Check sensor
26 ACTUATOR 2 SENSOR FAIL The position feedback of the second actuator is out of Check VIT-parameter setting of "Sensor failure upper
working range limit" and "Sensor failure lower limit"
Check cabling from VSM401, X7.6/7/8 to the sensor
Check sensor
27 POSITION FAIL ACTUATOR 1 The deviation between ordered position and actual Check VIT-parameter setting of "Threshold for large
position is too large. The ordered position is not deviations" and "Alarm delay position failure"
POSITION FAIL ACTUATOR 2 reched or the movement to ordered position is too Check voltage supply for the valves and valve coils
slow Check cabling from the valves to the VSM401
Check VSM401 output signal
\
t : J
~SAM

nded
Action
28 CYL. LUBRIC . FAILURE The deviation between ordered value for cylinder Check VIT-parameter setting of "Max. error threshold
lubrication and output feedback is too large cylinder lubrication .. ."
Check cabeling from the VIT-DZM402 X4.10/11 to the
VSM401 X6.5/6 via the converters and the pump control
Check the analog output signal at VIT -DZM402 X4.10/11
Check the converters
Replace the VIT-DZM402 resp. the VSM401
29 FAULT D/A-CONVERT. DZM402 D/A-Converter and/or Uti-Converter DZM402 Check the cabling from DZM402 X4.12/13 to RM401 Change to
or NO-Converter RM401 defect. X1 .1/2. Local- or
Check jumper setting XW1 on RM401 Manual CR
Replace the RM401 resp. the DZM402 modul. Control
30 WE DO IOM402 Xn .m Wire breakage digital output modul IOM402. Check cabling from resp. valve coil to IOM402.Check Change to
n: terminal block parameter setting for the assigned output Local- or
m: terminal number Manual CR
Control
31 CONTROL MODE FEEDS. FAULT Control mode feedback signals faulty : Check contol air pressure
IOM402 X1 .1 Automatic Selected Check cabling from the limit switches to IOM402.
IOM402 X1 .2 Manual ECR Selected Check the limit switches
IOM402 X1 .3 Remote Control selected
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 44 /63
())
~SAM .

nded
Action
32 ACTUATOR BLOCKED The electronic governor reports an serious fault. See User Manual of Electronic Governor System. Change to
Local
:~
FURTHER AUTOMATIC OPERATION :control
IS NOT POSSIBLE !
33 ELECTR. GOVERNOR FAULT The electronic governor reports an serious fault. See User Manual of Electronic Governor System. Chang·e to
Lod11
FURTHER AUTOMATIC OPERATION Control
'
IS NOT POSSIBLE l
34 SIF EGS - VIT LOST Loss of the serial interface to the electronic governor. Check cabling from VIT-DZM402 X1.11/12/13 to Change to
Electronic Governor System. Check jumper setup at Local-or
FURTHER AUTOMATIC OPERATION DZM402. Manual CR
IS NOT POSSIBLE ! Replace DZM402. Control
See User Manual of Electronic Governor System.
35 SIF VIT- PROCESS LOST Loss of the serial interface from the VIT unit to the Check cabling from VIT-DZM402 X1.6/7/8 to the BMS- Change to
BMS. This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition". DZM402 X1.11/12/13 Local- or
Check jumper setup and address setting at both DZM402 Manual CR
Replace VIT-DZM402 resp. BMS-DZM402 Control
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 45 I 63
)
~SAM

nded
Action
36 SIF SAFETY SYSTEM LOST Loss of the serial interface to the Engine Safety Check cabling from BMS SEM402 X1 .11213 to Engine Change to
System. Safety System. Check flat band cable between SEM402 Local- or
and DZM402 . Check jumper setup at SEM402 . Manual CR
Attention: Replace SEM402 Control
Automatic Slow Down function doesn't work! Replace DZM402
Override Slow Down I Shutdown at Bridge Operating
Panel is not possible.
No update of SlowDown I Shut Down indication at
Bridge Operating Panel.
37 Sl F DZM-ZSM LOST Loss of the internal serial interface between BMS- Check cabling from DZM402 X1 .61718 to SEM402 Change to
Process (DZM402) and BMS-Operation (ZSM401 ). X1 .11213. Check flat band cable between SEM402 and Local- or
ZSM401. Check jumper setup at SEM402 . Manual CR
Attention: Replace SEM402 Control
No operation I indication update at Bridge Operating Replace DZM402
Panel. Replace ZSM401
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 46/63
() 0 0)
~SAM

nded
Action
38 SIF BAT SRI. (OPER.PANEL) Loss of the internal serial interface between BMS- Check cabling from ZSM401 X2.11/12/13 to BAT 410
Operation (ZSM401) and the BAT 410- bridge X1.4/5/6
Check address setting on the BAT 41 0 X2. Check also
the address setting on the BAT411 in the ECR and on the
Printer Control Unit DAM401. All panels must have
different addresses according to the drawings 271. _
- .NAW
Check voltage supply of the BAT 41 0
Check jumper setting at BAT 410
Check jumper setting at ZSM401
Replace BAT 41 x
Replace ZSM401
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE. • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 47/63
)
~SAM

nded
Action
39 SIF BAT ECR (OPER.PANEL) Loss of the internal serial interface between BMS- Check cabling from ZSM401 X1 .11/12/13 to BAT411
Operation (ZSM401) and the BAT 411 - ECR X1.4/5/6
Check address setting on the BAT411 X2 . Check also the
address setting on the BAT 41 x on the bridge and on the
Printer Control Unit DAM401 . All panels must have
different addresses according to the drawings 271 . _
- .NAW
Check voltage supply of the BAT411
Checkjumpersetting at BAT411
Replace BAT411
Replace ZSM401
40 LOSS OF AUTOMATIC SUPPLY Loss of 24Volt for Automatic supply. Depending on Check parameter setting for monitoring Change to
parameter setting: Check cabling RM401 X4.7 Local- or
Alarm Check fuse F21 Manual CR
Alarm + Start Blocking Check the 24V supply Control
Alarm + Frozen Condition
~ (\
0 (
...._..__..1
)
••
!
'"- - /J),•
~SAM

nded
Action
41 LOSS OF MANUAL SUPPLY Loss of 24Volt for Manual supply. Depending on Check parameter setting for monitoring
parameter setting: Check cabling RM401X4.8
Alarm Check fuse F31
Alarm + Start Blocking Check the 24V supply
Attention:
Loss of functionality in Manual ECR mode depends
on actual installation. Check before change over to _,
Manual ECR.
42 LOSS OF SENSOR SUPPLY Loss of 24Volt for Sensor supply. Depending on Check parameter setting for monitoring Change to
parameter setting: Check cabling RM401 X4.9 Local- or
Alarm Check fuse F31 Manual CR
Alarm + Start Blocking Check the 24V supply Control
Attention:
Supply for mainly all peripheral signals lost.
This will lead to several additional fault indications
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 49/63
)
~SAM

nded
Action
43 LOSS OF VIT SUPPLY Loss of 24Volt for the VIT module. Check parameter setting for monitoring Change to
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" Check cabling RM401 X4.6 Local- or
Check fuse F40 Manual CR
Check the 24V supply Control
44 FUEL RACK NOT IN STOP The fuel rack position feedback is not below "Stop" Check parameter setting for fuel rack position feedback
value despite stop is ordered Check "Governor Stop" signal and cabling at IOM402,
X6.3 (mechanical governor only)
Check fuel rack sensor (Load Indicator)
Check governor and plunger
45 ALL AUX. BLOWERS FAILURE The feedback of "Blowers running" is missing Check if blowers in "Manual" and not switched on
On engine start the alarm leads to "Start Failure" Check the feedback wiring
-to REM 401, X3.6 (Blower 1)
-to REM 401, X3.7 (Blower 2)
-to REM 401, X3.8 (Blower 3 if provided, DENIS 1 only)
If blowers in "Automatic, check "Blower preselect" outputs
-from REM 401, X6.1 I X5.2 (Blower 1)
-from REM 401, X6.5 I X5.6 (Blower 2)
-from REM 401, X8.1 I X7.2 (Blower 3 if provided,
DENIS 1 only)
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 50 I 63
("'
~____) )
~SAM .

nded
Action
46 OVERLOAD (MCR-CURVE) Fuel value is higher than allowed by MCR-Curve for Check parameter setting for the MCR-Curve
the ordered (actual) speed Check parameter setting for fuel rack position feedback
Check fuel rack position feedback
47 ---CONNECTION LOST--- Seriell interface between Operating Panel BAT 41 x Check cabling from ZSM401 to Bridge resp: ECR panel. C~ange to
and BMS-Operation ZSM401 lost. Check if watchdog of ZSM401 is active. Local- or
Check jumper/ address setting at BAT 41x. Manual CR
Check jumper setting at ZSM401 Control
Replace BAT40x. :
Replace ZSM401.
48 MODUL 1 IOM402 FUSE FAULT Fuse for supply of digital input signals of modul 1 Replace fuse. Change to
IOM402 blown. Local-or
Manual CR
Control
49 MODUL 2 REM401 FUSE FAULT Fuse for supply of digital input signals of modul 2 Replace fuse. Change to
REM401 blown. Check external jumper X4.1 to X3.1 at the REM401 Local- or
Manual CR
Control
\ )
~SAM

nded
Action
50 MODUL 3 REM401 FUSE FAULT Fuse for supply of digital input signals of module 3 Replace fuse . Change to
REM401 blown. Check external jumper X4.1 to X3 .1 at the REM401 Local- or
Manual CR
Control
51 MODUL 4 REM401 FUSE FAULT Fuse for supply of digital input signals of module 4 Replace fuse. Change to
REM401 blown. Check external jumper X4.1 to X3 .1 at the REM401 Local- or
Manual CR
Control
52 MODUL 1 IOM402 FAULT Response of module 1 IOM402 lost. Check flat band cable between modules. Change to
Replace IOM402. Local- or
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" Manaual
CR Control
53 MODUL 2 REM401 FAULT Response of module 2 REM401 lost. Check flat band cable between modules. Change to
Replace REM401 . Local- or
Control
Replace REM401 . Local- or
Control
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 . 151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS .WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 52 /63
~SAM
0)

nded
Action
Replace REM401. Local-or
Control
56 MODUL 5 RM401 FAULT Response of module 5 RM401 lost. Check flat band cable between modules. Change to
Replace RM401. LOCQI- or
Control
57 DEFAULT-PARAM. LOADED DZM Factory-/ service parameter set is loaded. Reset the DZM402 of the BMS. If the error disappears Change to
check/ correct Local-or
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" all parameter settings corresponding to the actual Manual CR
Parameter-List. Control
If the error reappears replace DZM402:.Module.
58 DEFAULT-PARAM. LOADED VIT Factory-/ service parameter set is loaded. Reset the DZM402 of the VIT unit. If the error disappears Change to
check/ correct Local- or
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" all parameter settings corresponding to the actual Manual CR
Parameter-List. Control
If the error reappears replace DZM402-Module.
)
~SAM

nded
Action
59 DEFAULT-PARAM . LOADED ZSM Factory-/ service parameter set is loaded. Reset the ZSM401 . If the error disappears check/ correct Change to
all parameter settings corresponding to the actual Local- or
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" Parameter-List. Manual CR
If the error reappears replace ZSM401-Modul. Control
60 EEPROM-PARAM. FAULT DZM Paramter-E(E)PROM is defect. Actual RAM- Reset the DZM402 of the BMS. If the error disappears Change to
Parameters are in use. check/ correct Local- or
all parameter settings corresponding to the actual Manual CR
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" Parameter-List. Control
61 EEPROM-PARAM . FAULT VIT Paramter-E(E)PROM is defect. Actual RAM- Reset the DZM402 of the VIT unit. If the error disappears Change to
Parameters are in use. check/ correct Local- or
all parameter settings corresponding to the actual Manaual
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" Parameter-List. CR Control
~ (-'\
0 (__) (0)
~SAM

nded
Action
62 EEPROM-PARAM. FAULT ZSM Paramter-E(E)PROM is defect. Actual RAM- Reset the ZSM401. If the error disappears check/ correct Change to
Parameters are in use. all parameter settings corresponding to the actual Local- or
'·
Parameter-List. Manaual
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" If the error reappears replace ZSM401-Module. CR Control
63 FPROM-PARAM. FAULT Different length of parameter fields in BMS-ZSM401 Reset the ZSM401/DZM402. If the error disappears Change to
and BMS-DZM402. check/ correct all parameter settings corresponding to the .J;.ocal- or
actual Parameter-List. 'Manual CR
This alarm leads to "Frozen Condition" If the error reappears check ZSM401 and DZM402 for Control
correct software versions.
)
~SAM

nded
Action
64 PRINTER COMMUNICATION LOST Serial Interface between ZSM401 and DAM401 for If alarm "PRINTER FAILURE" is reported as well,
Telegraph Order Printer lost. eliminate the cause for this alarms first and "PRINTER
COMMUNICATION LOST'' normally will be cancelled
automatically .
If error re-appears :
Check cabling from ZSM401 to DAM401 .
Check address setting for DAM401
ReseU check jumper setting at DAM401 .
Replace DAM401 .
Replace ZSM401 .
65 PRINTER FAILURE Telegraph Order Printer is offline OR out of paper. Check paper, power and setting of Telegraph Order
Printer.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 56 I 63
~SAM ',)

nded
Action
66 MASTER CLOCK SIGNAL FAULT The alarm indicates, that at time setting by Check contacts and cabling
the master clock (minute pulse) the
direction contacts for "Forward" and
"Retard" are closed simultaneously.
67 SAFETY SYSTEM OFF The contact input indicates the loss of the For the particular failure please refer to the
Engine Safety System. The Alarm leads to ESS 40M Trouble Shooting Instruction
Start Interlock.
68 REPEATED START The first start attempt was not successful, Investigate the reason at the engine according
i.e. the main engine does not reach ignition to engine makers manual
speed.
69 ESS SPEED SIGNAL FAULT The Engine Safety System, ESS 40M, For the particular failure please refer to the
signals a disturbance of its speed sensing. ESS 40M Trouble Shooting Instruction
70 SLOW TURNING FAILURE The number of counted speed pulses were Investigate the reason at the engine according
not sufficient within the maximum slow to engine makers manual
turning time.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29.01.01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 57 /63
)
~SAM

nded
Action
71 EXT. SHUTDOWN The contact input from an external system

signals that a shut down criterion is active.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.3 • 29 .01 .01 • BMSMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 58 I 63
r--'',
0' () ~SAM
("'_))
.·
5.2.2 Status list
No. Status text an BAT 41 x Description
1 TURNING GEAR ENGAGED The turning gear is not in "disengaged" position
2 CANCEL LIMITS ACTIVE CANCEL LIMITS is selected at the Bridge Operating panel resp. at one of the wings. Mainly all
3 CANCEL LIMITS WINGS limitations are overridden (depending on parameter setting) and shorter acceleration-/
deceleration times are selected. The governor are also overridden)
4 SLOW TURNING REQUESTED Engine was in standstill for at least 30 min (adjustable)
5 ACCELERATION BLOCKED The difference between speed set order and actual speed is too high. Further increase of
speed set order is blocked
6 SPEED SET LIMITED Telegraph order is higher than the begin of lower sea range in ahead or astern and SEA
MODE is not enabled. See parameter "ENAB.MANOEUVR.MODE" (PSWMNB)
7 RPM LOAD PROGRAM The engine load program is running. This is a normal indication during start and run up
sequence
8 EXT. AUTOMATIC SLD The contact input from an external system signals that a slow down criterion is active
9 B/W-LIMITATION --> TELEGR Automatic Bad Weather Reduction is active. For reset put telegraph to a value lower then
limitation
10 MANUAL LIMITATION Telegraph order is higher than adjustment of "RPM LIMIT" set by operator
~SAM )

11 OVERLOAD REDUC .--> TELEGR Automatic Overload Reduction is active. For reset put telegraph to a value lower then
limitation
12 SG NECESSARY,MAINT.MIN.SP The Shaft driven Alternator control signals, that the SG is necessary to feed the bus bar
13 SG.MAINTAIN ACT.SPEED The Shaft driven Alternator control signals, that engines speed has to be maintained due to
alternator load .
14 TRANSFER FROM SG TO DG The SG control system orders a change of supply mode from SG-operation to DG-operation .
The contact is set when "Cancel Limits" is selected or the active telegraph is lowered below
the minimum operating speed for SG- operation
15 ELECTR.GOVERNOR NOT READY The external "Electronic Governor No Fault" signal has open contact
16 RPM LOAD PROGRAM EGS The engine load program of the EGS is running. See the manual of Electronic Governor
System. This is a normal indication during start and run up sequence, and may come up only
in "Manual ECR" mode
17 RPM LIMITED EGS The EGS reports limited engine speed . See the manual of Electronic Governor System. This
status message may come up only in "Manual ECR" mode
18 INPUT PLANT INTERLOCKED Start interlock from an external signal (optional)
19 START AIR PRESS. LOW The analogue start air pressure signal has dropped below the level for start blocking
20 INPUT: START AIR PR.LOW The pressure switch for "Start Air Pressure Low" has closed contact
CJ ())
~SAM

21 ENGINE OUTPUT LIMITED Limitation signal from a mechanical governor
22 B/W-MONITORING OFF Automatic Bad Weather monitoring is switched off. See sub menue "B/W-Limitation"
23 OIL PRESSURE LOW On Oil Pressure Low signal from the ESS and telegraph in ahead I astern direction r~,sult in a
y .. •'
constant energizing of the Reversing Ahead I Astern valves ..
24 MAIN BRG. OIL PR. LOW On Main Bearing Oil Pressure Low signal from the ESS and shaft driven alternator connected
to the bus bar result in energizing of the Oil Pressure Shut Down Suppression valve
)
~SAM
5.2.3 Direct Events
No. Event text an BAT 41 x Description
1 REDUCE RPM ! (MANUAL SLD) A signal from an external contact requests a speed reduction
2 CHANGE TO MAN./LOCAL CTRL Comes up if the BMS is in a "Frozen Condition" and further automatic operation is not possible
3 START FAULT Start attempts were not successful. Reset with telegraph in Stop position
4 CONTROL SELECTION FAULT The BMS has detected a serious fault. If after changeover to "Manual CR Control" (optional)
or "Local Control" the "Automatic Control" mode is selected again, "CONTROL SELECTION
FAULT" will be set. A change over to automatic mode is not possible.
5 TELEGR.BR.WRONG WAY The direction of Bridge Telegraph does not correspond to the actual sense of rotation. A
change over to "Automatic" mode is only possible with telegraph in Stop position or same
direction as sense of rotation
6 PUT BR-TELEGRAPH TO STOP The changeover to Automatic Operation or a new start of the engine is only possible with
previous setting the telegraph to Stop position.
7 ENGINE STOPPED Unintended engine stop with order I speed set value is still in ahead resp. astern. Reset with
telegraph in Stop position
8 WRONG SENSE OF ROTATION Engine turns in wrong direction
9 PUT CR-TELEGRAPH TO STOP The changeover to Automatic Operatkm or a new start of the engine is only possible with
previous setting the telegraph to Stop position.
(~))
~SAM
No. Event text an BAT 41 x Description

10 CR TELEGR.ALIGNMENT ERR. The position of the CR telegraph is opposite to the Bridge telegraph order
11 WRONG WAY ALARM In Manual CR (optional) resp. in Local Control only. Engine sense of rotation opposite to
(only signalled by particular indi- Bridge Telegraph order. .. ,,.-
cation lamp at the BAT)
~SAM
Adjustment Instructions
6 Parameter and Operating Values
To display and I or change parameters and operating values, first the key
Menu
has to be pressed . Following this, the Main Menu is displayed as shown in Fig.
6- 1.
~A~s Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M

~==~---------------------------------------
<MAIN MENU> BACK[ESC] ALARM ·FAULT ;

SELECT SUBMENU
51 : LEVER MATCH 53 : PARAMETER
!
, 52 : MEASURED VALUE S4 : CONT I NUED
,
..
~--
I
ALARM
LIST , -- - I- . -I
rc-- (~' S4 I:::--~~~~

§~N~J ,. '
I~ \ ,·
·BRIDGE ORDER S1 1 S3 'STATUS MAINTE- Di MMERl ' EDIT
CTRL I ADJ. LIST ' ' NANCE CONTR. I
~ ~
~--- -
1--
-- - ~ ~ 1. ~~-
r·=··f·::. 5 MN01
~~ ~~i --:-: . :~ ~ ~·1 I1
~-c~~L J
·ci 3GHI
~j
1ASC JKl
S LOW VlT .
I
ISLOWD. ISLOWD.
' TURNING rLOWNOx ACTIVE •OVERR.
'---
-;;::--
-- ----- --
RESET '
.....-----....
I : - }
- -. ..----- I
I '
:;::------ ~
fJ spoco ~
1~1
1 LC
1'·CANCE~
7 STU
SEA ; ~;A~
Q gyz
[ FWE '
: SHUTD. S~trro!
I:OVERR. I' I +/ ·
SHUTD.I ,. I <.. I
I
I I I
- . I I !'>
I
I
·~ LIMIT MODE '
~ ' ACTIVE I. RESET
-- I~
I
-~·
•. I
--
Fig. 6- 1, Main Menu display
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6 , Page 1 /20
~SAM
The Menu indicates a submenu, selectable with the keys S1 to S4. The
51 After pressing S1 the actual set points of the bridge lever and the ECR
speed set point are displayed.
52 Pressing S2 opens a list of measured values
53 Pressing S3 opens the parameter list, recorded in the central module

ZSM 401, for parameter display and I or parameter changes.
54 Pressing S4 continues the Main Menu as shown in Fig. 6- 2.
r;if\'ISTN
~ATlAS Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M
·····----- ---------- .. ------
i < MENU I CONTINUED > BACK[ ESC) ! !I ALARM FAULT .
SELECT SUBMENU I
-------- ---------- ----------
i 51 : SIMULATING MODE 53 :
S4 :
!
I II - - --
:
52 : BAD WEATH.MONIT
ALARM ::s--'· I
i
,--'-..
..
,.. :
-LIST _~
I
- -'
=------
!BRIDGE
~
lo~DER
I~
I
-
S1
-
~
I
S2
,-- r:lI
- S3 S4
I~ I
1STATUS
· CTRL
~
ADJ.
- -- ·~ ~
I
_____,
LIST I
!:cR
\ CTRL
~
I
I
rs--
-- I
I
::: 1MC
SLOW
TURNING
~
~ ~-
~
2 DEF I
i I
•) 3GHI
--
VIT
LOW NOx
(>
~
SLOWD.
IACTIVE
JIQ
-
-, 5 MNO,
~- \ ~
I'::=-----.
6 PQR,
[sLowo. sLOwo. 1 .
!
Esc
~ -- ;(~II
r-- :·aVtNX ~ ~~-
I'_) -~ i
I fi~u,.D! [i~~b~
..-., 7 STU
,~LC 1C· r~· 9 yz f'--,'1:
1 lpoco
CANCEL :-SEA 1 STAND I /i -II
FWE , ,SHUTD. .....
CTRL I
-- --
I LIMIT MODE
~
I
~
-
•ACTIVE ~- RESET ' - ~~~i
Fig. 6- 2, Continued Main Menu
The second part of the Main Menu indicates a submenu, selectable with the
keys S1 and S2. The particular functions are described as follows:
51 Pressing S1 displays the state of Simulation Mode with the possibility to

switch main engine simulation on and off.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6, Page 2/20
~SAM
52 This submenu is only available, if the Bad Weather Monitoring is

generally released by parameter setting. If the Bad Weather Monitoring
is released, pressing S2 displays the state of Bad Weather Limitation
with the possibility to switch the monitoring on and off.
The menus can be displayed simultaneous on the Bridge Panel and the ECR
Panel.
---~·
To leave the main menu or the sub-menus the "ESC" button must be pressed.
(j Following this instruction, the indication shown on the display before appears
again.
automatically shown after expiry of the time out time. In default the
timeout time is 20 seconds.
6.1 Lever Match
The LEVER MATCH is only meaningful, if the option "MANUAL CR" is

provided .
. (.....-----...
{ ) After pressing the key "51" the speed set point from the bridge lever and the
"--'/
manual set speed set point from the ECR are displayed as shown in Fig. 6-3.
ATTENTION:
Before changing the control mode from "AUTOMATIC" to "MANUAL CR", the
set points should be set to the same value, because the change from the
old set point (bridge) to the new set point (ECR) is done in one step. A big
deviation between the set points will result in a rough change of the engines
speed. On changing the control mode from "MANUAL ECR" to "AUTOMATIC"
a "LEVER MATCH" is not absolute necessary, because the normal
acceleration I deceleration characteristics are used to reach the new set point
(bridge).
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6, Page 3/20
~SAM
J';iifi'lsm
~All.AS Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M
<LEVER MATCH> BACK[ESCJ : iALARM ' FAULT

BRIDGE : 120.0 RPM
SETPOINT ECR : 90.0 RPM
ACTUAL SPEED : 120.0 RPM
1
-
ALARM ~~.--
I .-..
I LIST : - '· ··-~
~-
r·-
jBRIDGE 1 6RDER~
~·
- S2
I I
i
i'- '
1 S3
I
~-
I' '
S4
~.
' MENU
~
,STATUS
~.
I
-
MAINTE- DIMMER/ I EDIT
--
CTRL ~ - ._____. LIST \ NANCE CONTR. '
:
-
- CR ,--- :=.1 1ABC ::: 2DEFI - JGHI
~
4JKl
-.:=:---
_ 5MNO
.-- -
6 PQR
SLOW VIT SLOWD. ,SLOWD. /SLOWD. ESC : ENT
I CTRL TURNING
....._____.-
j LOWNOx
I
ACTIVE ~- RESET ..____.. I
.--.
! - LC
~
---sru. -
11
- SEA
_. 8 WIX, _: gyz l
~-
space ,· -- ,•_, +I -
.' ,. .... '-)
ld ANCEL
! 5~~:
' STAND FWE SHUTD. ISHUTD.
CTRL LIMIT MODE ACTIVE
-~ RESET
Fig . 6- 3, Lever Match
6.2 Measuring List
After pressing the key "52" a list of measured values is opened as shown in
Fig. 6-4.
J';iifi'lsm
~AT1.AS Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M
!
I
< MEASURING LIST> BACK [ESC II ALARM : FAULT ;
i ' VOLTAGE BRIDGE TELEGRAPH 4963 mV
=-------
!~-===========================~'--
~-
I ! -:~.- ~
I
' ALARM I ~
_·, j
LIST '
--
---
~-
1- "
--=-
r----- !
,_, ~
I
---
-
--- I I •
1
I
-;;:------
' ' ' -
., ----..
I
JBRIDGE lORDER I 53 I
I S4
I ' MENU :STATUS MAINTE- DIMMER/ EDIT !
CTRL · ADJ.
~-
' ~
I
-- 1
LIST NANCE CONTR. •
~-
·
-- --
;
,-CR r r'-'
CTRL I r ENT : '
I
1
-
1
_: 1sru 1~ - I r·,
: - LC CANCEL ' SEA SHUTD. j
t 1
I
CTRL ' LIM IT MODE RESET
Fig 6 - 4, Measuring List
~SAM
The Measuring List provides a number measured values as listed up below :
Revolution Counter
The actual amount of engines shaft revolutions are displayed and counted
up during engine is running.
Operating Hours
The actual amount of engines running hours are displayed and counted up
during engine is running
0 - Voltage Bridge Telegraph [mV]

The actual voltage of the Bridge Telegraph is displayed at the momentary
position of the lever. The measurement is used to fix the voltage for this
position or to read out the voltage in different lever positions for parameter
settings.
- Voltage CR Telegraph [mV]

The actual voltage of the ECR Telegraph is displayed at the momentary
position of the lever. The measurement is used to fix the voltage for this
position or to read out the voltage in different lever positions for parameter
settings.
- Speed Order Telegraph Bridge [RPM]

Display of the actual speed set point at the momentary lever position.
- Speed Order Telegraph CR [RPM]

- RPM Set point CR (Manual) [RPM]

Display of the actual speed set point for "MANUAL CR" control mode. This
value is only valid, if the option "MANUAL CR" is provided
(\
~~) _________________________________________________________________
~SAM
Speed Order after Limits [RPM]

Display of the speed set point for a speed reduction, e.g. if a slowdown
criterion becomes active, if this set point is lower than the actual set point of
the active telegraph. Otherwise the set point from the telegraph is dis-
played.
- Actual Speed, undelayed [RPM]

Display of the direct measured, actual engine speed.
Speed set limit value [RPM]

The speed value of the active speed limitation is displayed as upper speed
limit. If more than one limitation is active, the lowest speed limit of this
limitations is displayed.
- Actuator position [ % ]
Display of the actual actuator position.
Load Indicator Position [ Ll]

Display of the actual fuel rack position
Fuel Limit MCR [%]

(Only displayed, if the Parameter "OVERLOAD FUNCTION" in the VIT-
parameters is set to 1)
Display of the maximum allowed fuel value for the actual speed. If the
actual fuel value is higher than this value, the engine runs in overload
range .
Difference Fuel- MCR [%]

(Only displayed, if the Parameter "OVERLOAD FUNCTION" in the VIT-
parameters is set to 1)
Display of the difference between actual fuel rack position and maximum
allowed fuel value for the actual speed (MCR-Curve). If the difference is
negative, the actual fuel value is below the allowed value. If the difference
is positive, the actual fuel value is above the allowed value.
~SAM
__ .---..._ Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
- Voltage Emergency Telegraph [mV]

(Only displayed, if the Parameter "EMERG.TELEGR.BRIDGE" is set to 1)
The actual voltage of the Emergency Telegraph Bridge is displayed at the
momentary position of the lever. The measurement is used to fix the
voltage for this position or to read out the voltage in different lever positions
for parameter settings.
- Speed Order Emergency Telegraph [RPM]

(Only displayed, if the Parameter "EMERG.TELEGR.BRIDGE" is set to 1)
- Average relative charge air pressure P11P2 [BAR]

Display of the average charge air pressure from pressure sensor P1 and
P2
- VIT cylinder 1 position [ mm ]

Display of the actual position of VIT cylinder 1
- VIT cylinder 2 position [ mm ]

Display of the actual position of VIT cylinder 2
Calculated ships speed[%]

Display of the calculated theoretical ships speed.
By actuating the curser keys " h.. I V " the previous I next measuring point is
displayed.
To leave the Measuring List, the "ESC" button must be pressed. Following this
automatically shown after expiry of the time out time.
~SAM
6.3 Parameter display and value changing
6.3.1 Parameter display
After pressing the key "53" the parameter list is opened for parameter display
and the possibility to change parameter values. The display of the parameter
list is shown in Fig. 6- 5.
I'JiiR!sTN
~ATLAS Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M
<Parameter > ALARM : FAULT

BACK [ESC]
_ ,.. Nr. Parameter Text
Old Value : VVVV New Value : vvvv
A
'
1 ' '~l ay of actual ~elected Measuring Value"
; ALARM
LIST
~~----------~----------------~.~---
Parameter value RAM - MAINTE- Ol MMERI ! - EDIT

NANCE 'CONTR.
'
' _ Parameter value EEPROM
! ESC I
, _ ! ENT
l
I
·~ Parameter number and parameter Text
I '-... . ,.- ;-
l>
.
Fig. 6 - 5, Display Parameter List
The parameter list can be displayed simultaneous on the Bridge Panel and the
ECR Panel.
To leave the Parameter List the "ESC" button must be pressed. Following this
automatically shown after expiry of the time out time. In default the
timeout time is 20 seconds.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6 , Page 8/20
·,•., .. ·
~SAM
In the parameter list there are two possibilities to display any parameter
1. By actuating the curser keys II ~ I v II the parameter numbers are
increased I decreased one by one with every key stroke.
2. By numerical setting of a parameter number. To set the number, first the

"0" - key has to be pressed, to open the number for changing. The actual
parameter number is replaced by the curser. Afterwards the desired
number (max 3 digits) has to be set by using the alpha numerical keys (0 -
cJ 9). When the desired parameter number has been input, this must be
completed by actuating the key "ENT". When entering an invalid parameter
number (e.g. parameter number > max. parameter number), the first
parameter number in the list is selected.
By pressing the "ESC" - key the parameter number entered is not accepted
and the parameter shown before remains on the display.
The display at this procedure is shown in Fig. 6- 6.
(J--------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
~.'rl':.. Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M

-------- ------
Actual parameter I <Parameter > ALARM FAUlT
BACK[ESC] -------
~,.. 21 Text Param 21 -----·-- -------
Old Value : vvvv New Value : vvvv I ~
~
.-- . . -.
I
J i_Atfs}MJ
~
----.
~.
-~
'
1
<Parameter> BACK[ESC] ;-- ' ---' -
Alpha numerical 0 actuated
,.. Text Param. 21
vvvv
I
- -- -
I
Old Value : New Value : vvvv l iI ( wm£_ cgM:m".
·',NANCE - EDIT :
- - -
,.. I
·~~
New number selection <Parameter> BACK[ESC] : i
I 35 Text Param. 21 ESC ·
vvvv New Value : vvvv , '
Old Value :
I -
- :- -
I - I
Enter actuated '

,.. <Parameter> BACK[ESC] I \
'
<1 I - . ·;;.,,
. I,
I
I
35 Text Param. 35
Old Value : vvvv New Value : vvvv
I I
I
- · -
I
Fig. 6-6, Display of parameter number setting
NOTE: The parameters for the "Expert Password" (Nr.4) and the "User
Pass-word" (Nr. 5) are hidden, i.e. they are not displayed, neither in
scrolling mode nor in direct selection. The display automatically
shows the next higher (Nr. 6) or next lower (Nr. 3) parameter
number.
To display and I or change the hidden parameters, first the release
parameters "CHANGE EXP. PASSWORD" (Nr. 2) for the "Expert
Password" or "CHANGE USER PASSWORD" (Nr. 3) for the "User
Password" has to be set.
6.3.2 Change of Parameter Values
Parameter settings can only be made at one control panel at a time, i.e. if
parameter adjust is selected at one control panel, the parameter adjust at the
other panel is blocked. This is indicated by "Parameter adjust blocked" in line
four of the respective panel.
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6 , Page 10/20
. \,•, ··'· ' · • • 1 ,. • ; . : · · , , ·••• •
~SAM
6.3.2.1 Entering Passwords
On principle the adjustment of parameters is blocked for unauthorized persons.

Three password levels in this system are provided:
Service Password
For changing critical parameter values, e.g. the parameters for engine
speed, the operator must know the Service Password. The Service
o· Password should be known by commissioning personnel only. The Service

Password also releases the parameters where the User Password or the
Expert Password has to be known. The Service Password cannot be
changed.
Expert Password
If the Expert Password is known ,the operator can change critical para-
meter values, e.g. the parameter values of slowdown and shutdown. The
Expert Password also releases the parameters where the User Password
has to be known. The Expert Password can be changed by setting para-
meter number 4 to a value between 0000 and 9999. To do this, the Expert
Password or the Service Password has to be known.
(J User Password
If the User Password is known ,the operator can change non critical para-
meter values. The User Password can be changed by setting parameter
number 5 to a value between 0000 and 9999. To do this, the User
Password, the Expert Password or the Service Password has to be known.
·To release a selected parameter for value setting, the key

·~
EDIT ! Edit
has to be pressed. If the adjustment of parameters is not released, the

operator is requested to enter the correct password. The kind of request
0
~SAM
Service Password : < >
Expert Password : < >
User Password : < >
depends on the level of the selected parameter. On each request the correct
password or the password of a higher level has to be entered. The following
table shows the acceptance of passwords on the different levels.
User Expert Service

Password -+
Request !
Serv. Passw. X
Exp. Passw. X X
User Passw. X X X
To complete the password input, the "ENT" - key must be pressed . If the
password was
correct, the previous selected parameter is displayed again and may be

opened for value changing by pressing "EDIT" again.
not correct, then "Illegal Password" is displayed, the wrong password is

deleted, and the mode remains in the password request, in order to enter
the correct password.
If the password input is completed with actuating the "ESC" - key, the pass-
word request is cancelled , and the previous selected parameter is displayed
again. The entering of a password is shown in Fig . 6- 7.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6 , Page 12/20
~SAM
C) Adjustment Instructions
Edit actuated
__:_:_:__:_:_c_:__;__c___ _ _ _
I ..
t+-,.. Expert Password : < >
.BACK [ESC] ; ·
BACK(ESC]
Pasword entered (Illegal) Expert Password : <pppp>
:,..
j
--~. I {•_·--· '
.~
! '.~~-~mw.
~-·-·
Enter actuated I BACK[ESC]I

,.. I Expert Password : <_ >
II Illegal Password II
I
I
l BACK[ESC];
(:J
Pasword entered (Corr.) ,.. I
Expert Password : II <PPPP> I
II legal Password I
Enter actuated : ,,.. <Parameter>

35 Text Param. 35
Old Value: <VWV> New Value:
BACK [ESC]
<VWV >
"Display of actual selected Measuring Value"
Fig. 6 - 7, Display at Enter Password
Note: The passwords allways consist of four digits, i.e. also leading 0
have to be input, e.g. 11 0035".
The input password releases parameter setting for a preset time, set in
parameter Nr. 6. With every action during the parameter adjustment session,
the time is set to this value. If no intervention takes place or the parameter
adjust is left, the time is counted down. After expiry of the time, the release to
change parameter values is cancelled.The next attempt to change parameters
results in a password request on the level for the particular parameter.
If the password for a low level parameter is set, and a parameter on a higher
level is selected to change, the password for the higher level is requested.
0
~SAM
6.3.2.2 Changing of Parameter Values
NOTE: Because the program uses the RAM-value, a change of a

parameter effects function immediately. Therefore changes
only should be made on stopped engine. If the engine is
running, changes should be made step by step with small
changes on each step.
To open a selected parameter for value setting, the key
EDIT Edit

operator is requested to enter the correct password as described in part
6.3.2.1. After input of the correct password the selected parameter is displayed
again. To open the parameter for value changing, the "EDIT"- key has to be
actuated again. Following this , in the display the curser is indicated below the
least significant digit of the parameter value.
There are two possibilities to change the parameter value:
1. By actuating the curser keys " 6. I V " the selected digit is increased I
decreased one by one with every key stroke. At a decade overflow I
underflow the next higher digit is increased I decreased by one, e.g. 07-08
- 09 - 10 - 11 . .. 10 - 09 - 08 ...
To select the digit to be changed within the value display, use the <l I t> -
keys to shift the curser to the desired digit.
2. By numerical setting of parameter value. To set the value, first the "0"- key
has to be pressed, to open the value for changing. The actual parameter
value is replaced by the curser. Afterwards the desired value has to be set
by using the alpha numerical keys (0 - 9) .
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6 , Page 14/20
~SAM
A parameter value can only be set within fixed margins. The upper and lower
limit are recorded in the program and docum~nted in the parameter list. If the
value is set to more than "Upper Limit", the parameter value is set to "Upper
Limit". If the value is set to less than "Lower Limit", the parameter value is set
to "Lower Limit".
When the desired parameter value has been input, this must be completed by
actuating the key "ENT" to save the new value. By pressing the "ESC" - key
the new parameter value entered is not accepted. The old value remains and
display changes to "Old Value".
Because the old parameter value (EEPROM) and the new parameter value
(RAM) are displayed continously during the parameter adjustment session, the
operator is allways informed about the old parameter setting and the change
he made.
To leave the parameter adjust, the "ESC"- key has to be pressed. Following
this, the menue is displayed again as shown in Fig. 6 - 1. All changed
parameters are now recorded in the EEPROM, in order to keep them even if
the power supply is switched off.
() NOTE: If the parameter adjustment session is not completed by pressing

the "ESC" - key, the session is automatically completed after expiry
of the timeout, set by parameter Nr. 6. In this case also the menue
is displayed and the changed parameters are written to the
EEPROM.
This is also valid, if a parameter change was not completed by
actuating the "ENT" key, and the parameter was still opened
for changing!
The display at the parameteradjustment procedure is shown in Fig. 6-8.
0------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
=tJ"" ATlAS Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M

------- --------: --------
I
Edit actuated I ,.. <Par. Values> Par. Values > Save (ENT] J::ancel (ESC) j
I
I
21 Text Param 21 i
AlARM FAUlT ·
-------- -------- --------
Old Value : 0123 New Value : 0123 : ~-
~ of actual selected Measuring Value"
I t'·- I I
Atfsl"' ~ D· I
!(] I
[-2-1
f--. -=---I
tB
I
Alpha numerical 0 actuated <Par. Values> Par. Values > Save (ENT] Qancel (ESCJ
i ,.. ' 21 Text Param. 21 I --. f'~-
I! .I 'MAINT&
Old Value : 0123 New Value :
- I '-EOO'
I ~E ~'&f!M'~
"Display of actual sele<:ted Measuri!)g Value• I
I
I \ '
'" ='' ~ I
New value input <Par. Values> Par. Values> Save (ENT] Qancel (ESCJ
,.. I
I 21 Text Param. 21
Old Value : 0123 New Value : 0145
I
I ~1-.
"Dispi3{of actual selected Measuring Value·
I / 1:=_:=:._.
<Parameter >
· ! r / l r - II, I'·'·
1
y Ii
Enter actuated
,.. 21 Text Param. 21
Old Value: 0123 New Value :
BACK (ESC)
0145
'--·-
•
I
' '·I. I •
"Display of actual selected Measuri~ Value·

-
Fig. 6- 8, Display of parameter value setting
6.4 Simulation of Engine Functions
The operator has the possibility to simulate engine functions by switching the
simulation on. To do so, first in the Main Menu the key "54" has to be pressed
to select the continued Main Menu as shown in Fig. 6- 2. Pressing the key
"51" in the continued Main Menu opens the "Simulation" mode with the
possibility to switch the simulation mode on and off by actuating the key "52".
The display is shown in Fig . 6- 9.
To simulate engine functions, a number of preconditions have to be fullfilled,

as described in chapter 3.13. If at least one of the preconditions is not fullfilled,
"Simulation : Not Possible" is displayed in the second line. The simulation
mode can not be switched on. If at least one of the preconditions becomes
inactive during simulation, the simulation is switched off immediately and
"Simulation : Not Possible" is displayed in the second line.
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01 .01 • BMSADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6, Page 16/20
~SAM
0~ Adjustment Instructions '. ','i
I< SIMULATION> BACK[ESC)! [~~~~_] [___________ FAULT:

SIMULATION: NOT POSSIBLE i
I S2: ON/OFF
SIMULATION: OFF
I· r;--·1 ------
.~. I
r
ALARMi
LIST ,·
·~-·
[ 0(]_.
· • '
. ,1 .· .. _/ )
--~ ~ ~ ·--~
l.'~ENu_] f'·' \ [' '

I- .I
! S4 !
)
[f+ATUJ
~I
MAINTE~ RIMMER/ -EDIT
l. NANCE!
·~-
ICONTR.
-~-·
I!
,,- 4 JI<L, .;:~ --I

(\'·sPaR ( I
I I
I:
- I ~ j II [..-------.]
-·,
!SLOIND. '[ SLOIND; 1SLOwd. ESC 'l ~.
. , I ENT
·-~
'ACTIVE OVERR. . I
~·
f·r---·
. ) +/-·~ II~
~I
1 /'j ·~ •. > i.
i ) II<;! r ; ••. I I
·~-· ! \..___..'
Fig. 6 - 9, Display Simulation State
To leave the simulation display the"E5C" button must be pressed. Following

0 6.5 Bad Weather Monitoring On I Off
The operator has the possibility to switch the monitoring for Bad Weather
Limitation on and off. To do so, first in the Main Menu the key "54" has to be
pressed to select the continued Main Menu as shown in Fig. 6- 2. Pressing the
key "52" in the continued Main Menu opens the "Bad Weather Monitoring" with
the possibility to switch the monitoring on and off by actuating the key "51".
The display is shown in Fig. 6- 10.
If the monitoring is switched off, no Bad Weather Limitation is carried out, even
when the conditions for the limitation are fullfilled.
('J
'~--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6, Page 17/20
~SAM
I<
I
BAD WEATHER MON I TOR I NG > BACK[ ESC Jl ALARM ' : FAULT
MONITORING : ON I
I S1 : r:- ,, ~ J
ON/OFF
I ALARM
\~ 1
,I G(J
'----'
1-.:~;:- I~
~
~, ,_ ~
- -
I- - 1'~
-::::---
I
--:::::---
r~ ' 1-
-
!eRIDGE ; 53 54 1
r
MENU IsTATUS MAINTE- DIMMER/ I EDIT '
1 CTRL i LIST ' ~E ~~· ' ~
·=SLOWD.
·JKL !
~--
5MNO
,_-
.. 6 PQR
I
i I
-
,
.----...
1 I
-
!
I• CTRL
ECR 1 SLOWD. I SLOWD. : ESC I I I ENT .
ACTIVE ~· · ~ r ~ --=-. •~ ~
r::aVNX ·--
EM ERG. STAND
I- 9
FWE
vz ' space
:SHUTD. 'SHUTD. -
., .
-"I: I- 1! , , · 1
I ~ .. ! ~.· · ~ J ' _-_
· ''
·~·
'ACTIVE OVERR.
Fig. 6- 10, Display state of Bad Weather Limitation
To leave the Bad Weather Limit display the "ESC" button must be pressed.
Following this instruction, the indication shown on the display before appears
again .
'.·r, .:1
~SAM
6.6 Fuel Quality Setting (FQS)
The Fuel Quality Setting can only be done at the BAT 411 in the ECR console
or the (optional) VIT-Panel.
To open the FQS submenu, first in the Main Menu the button "S4" has to be
pressed to select the continued Main Menu. Pressing the button "S3" in the
continued Main Menu openes the FQS-submenu as shown in Fig. 6- 11.
(j Geamot Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M

r·------..1 r·-------~ r·--------..;
, ,.
!\_ ________ ! !FAULT!
I~
!ALARM!
\. ________ "---------·"
("]
OLD VALUE v.v
LJGG
~~ LJLJ B~B
~~ ~[JEJ[J@J@J(EJ
Fig. 6 - 11, Dislpay FQS-Menu
NOTE: Before using this function, the FQS-value has to be set by

parameter "PVIFQS" (see. Parameter table). This value is
transferred once to the working range influenced by the FQS setting
described here.
r·)
·~~------------------------------------------------------------------------------
~SAM
To change the value setting , the key
'
- EDIT : Edit
has to be pressed. The FQS value is opened for changing as shown

in Fig. 6 - 12. The setting of a new value is the same procedure as for
parameter setting .
NOTE: The value of FQS can be set at any time without request of a
password!

,---------... ,-----·--~ ,--------...
PAR. VALUES > SAVE [ENl] BACK [ESC] \: ______ ) i'
iAlARMi !
'---------''
! FAULTl
FQS [") '---------··
OLD VALUE v.v NEW VALUE v.v
LJGGG~~
B~B EJEJ
~EJLJ[J@J@J(IJ
Fig. 6 - 12, Dislay of FQS setting
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 185.BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6 , Page 20/20
~SAM
/~'-
l_) Parametertable
7 Introduction
engine.
( l
\____..:

chapter 6.
NOTE:
Therefore:
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.151 185. BGE • Version 1.2 • 29.01.01 • BMSPAR.WP6 • Chp. 7 , Page 1/1
~SAM
~ Electroni"cs
Geamot 40M
~~~-.
(___) Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M
NSD- DENIS 6
Technical Manal

Behringstra~e 120
D-22763 Hamburg
o·_-----------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 1/8
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
Purpose
This document describes the Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40 M as a part of the
Document-Versions

Document created

Document created

Document created

Document created
Chapter 5, Maintenance and Trouble Shooting

Document created
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0 . Page 2 I 8
~SAM
r--:'· Technical Manual, Volume 1
\_)

Document created
Chapter 7, Parametertable

Document created
"
0 Chapter 8, Sparepart List

Document created
to change without no,tice.
"
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 3/8
~SAM
Contents
Purpose .. .. . .... .... . ............ . . .. .. ... . . . ... ..... .. ... .. ...... .. 0 - 2
Document-Versions .... ..... . ...................... .. ......... . . ....... 0- 2
Chapter 1, System Description . . . ...... ... .. .. . .... ........ . ........ ... .. 1 - 1
1 The Electronic Speed Governor, ESG .. . . .. . .. ......... . .... ........ 1 - 1

1.1 Features ............ . ......... ....... . ... .. . ... .............. . . .. 1 - 1
1.2 Optional Features .. .. . .... .. ....... .... . . .... ...... ...... ..... .. . .. 1 - 2
1.3 Main Components . .. .. .. . . .... . . .. .. ......... .. . ... ... .... .... .. .. . 1 - 3
1.3.1 Governor Cabinet ..... .. . . ..... . . .. .... . . . ......... . . .... .. ... . . 1 - 5
1.3.2 Operating Panel .. ... ................. . .... .. . . . .. . ... . ... . .. . .. 1 - 5
1.3.3 Actuator ....... . . .......... . .... . .... ........... .. .... ... ...... 1 - 6
1.3.4 Engine speed sensing .... ...... . ....... . . .. . . ............. ... ... . 1 - 7
1.3.4 .1 Measuring principle ....................... . . .. .... .. . . ... ........ 1 - 7
1.3.4.2 Sensor monitoring ....... . ... . ................ . ..... . ......... .. . 1 - 8
1.3.4.3 Fast filtering . . ...... . ....... ... ... . . .. ............... .. .. .... ... 1 - 8
1.3.5 Speed set points . .. ...... ..... . . ............ ... ... . ........... .. 1 - 9
1.3.6 Serial interfaces .... ... . ....... . . . ........................... ... 1 - 9
1.4 Adjustments ........ . . .. .......... . ....... . . .. ........ .. .. ...... ... 1 - 9
Chapter 2, Functional Description . ... . .. . .... .... . . . ...................... 2 - 1
2 Control and Operating Modes ....... . ......... . .... . . .. . ... .. ... . . . 2 - 2

2.1 Possible settings in Automatic and Manual Mode . . .. . .. .. . . .... .......... 2 - 2
2.1 .1 Settings in Automatic Mode ..... ... .................... ... ........ 2 - 2
2.1.2 Settings in Manual Mode ..... . ................ . . . .. ......... ... .. 2 - 2
2.2 Speed setting in Automatic Mode . ... ......... . .. ... . .. ................ 2 - 4
2.3 Manual Mode .. .. .. ... ... .......... ... . . . . .... . . .. .. . . . ...... . ... . . 2 - 6
2.3.1 Speed setting ... ... .. .. ........... .. . . .. . . ... .... ... . ... . ...... 2- 6
2.3.2 Fuel setting . . .......... ..... . ..... ........ . .... . ... . ... .... .... 2- 8
2.4 Lever Match ...................... .... .. .. .. . . .. . .... .... ....... .. 2 - 10
2.5 Limitations ... ... ..... ... . .. ... . .... ...... . .............. .... .... .2 - 11
2.5.1 Fuel Limitation . . .. ~ .. .. . .. . ...... . . . ...... .. ..... ... ... ..... ... 2- 11
2.5.2 Torque Limit . .... >........ ......... .... ... ............ ...... .. 2- 12
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Vers ion 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGDOC.WP6 • Chp 0 , Page 4/8
~SAM
2.5.3 Smoke Limit ................................................... 2 - 13

2.5.4 Cancel Limits .................................................. 2- 13
2.6 Redundant Over Speed Shut Down ................................... 2 - 16
2. 7 Over Speed Protection ............................................. 2 - 16
2.8 Critical Speed ....................................................2 - 17
2.9 Cylinder Lubrication ............................................... 2 - 18
2.9.1 Normal Cylinder Lubrication ...................................... 2 - 18
2.9.2 Dynamic Load Dependent Cylinder Lubrication ....................... 2 - 18
2.10 Variable Injection Timing, VIT ..................................... 2 - 19
2.11 VIT Functions ................................................. 2 - 19
2.11.1 VIT =f(Charge Air Pressure, Speed) ............................... 2 - 19
2.11.1.1 VIT as function of Charge Air Pressure .......................... 2 - 19
2.11.1.2 VIT as function of Speed ..................................... 2 - 19
2.11.2 IT_C1 Mode ................................................... 2-22
2.11.3 VIT Low NOx .................................................. 2-22
2.11.4 VIT On I Off ................................................... 2- 22
2.11.5 Fuel Quality Setting, FQS ........................................ 2 - 23
2.11.6 Angle to stroke conversion ....................................... 2 - 23
Chapter 3, Operating Instructions ......................................... 3- 1
3 Operating facilities ............................... , ............... 3 - 1

3.1 Control Modes .....................................................3- 1
3.2 Diagnosis ................................................. , ....... 3- 3
(~
3.2.1 S1 Torque Limit ................................................. 3- 4
3.2.2 S2 Smoke Limit ................................................. 3 - 4
3.2.3 S3 Fuel .......................................................3 - 5
3.3 Lever Match .......................................................3 - 5
3.4 Fuel Limit .........................................................3 - 7
3.5 Cancel Limits ......................................................3- 9
3.6 Cancel Slow Mode ................................................ 3 - 10
3.7 Blocked Reset ....................................................3- 10
3.8 VIT On/Off ............................................ ~ .......... 3 - 11
3.9 VIT Low NOx .....................................................3- 12
3.10 Cylinder Lubrication ............................................ 3 - 12
3.11 Menu ........................................................3 - 13
3.11.1 S1 Operating Value~ ............................................ 3- 14
n
\ _ 3.11.2 S2 Measured Value· ............................................ 3 - 14
_
.. ,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0 . Page 5/8
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M M ember of the EuroMarine Group
3.11 .3 S3 Parameter . ... . ...... . ............ . ................ . ..... . . 3 - 20

3.11.4 S4 VIT ...... .. .... . .... . .... . . . ...... .. .... .... . . .. . .. .. ..... 3 - 22
3.11.4.1 S1 VITValues ................................ . ............ . 3-22
3.11.4.2 S3 Fuel Quality Setting , FQS ....... .. .. . . . ..... .. ..... . . . ..... 3 - 23
3.12 Alarm indication and Acknowledgment ... . ........ .. .. .... ... . .... .. 3 - 25
3.12.1 Acoustical acknowledge . ....... .. . . .... ... . . . .. ............. . . . . 3- 26
3.12.2 Optical acknowledge and Alarm List ..... . ......... . .... . .. . .. . ..... 3 - 26
3.12.2.1 Optical acknowledge ... . ................ . ....... . ..... . .. .. . 3 - 26
3.12.2.2 Selecting the Alarm List .. ...... . .. . . . .... . . . . ... .... . . .. .. . .. 3 - 27
3.13 Status List ... . . . ..... . ............ .. .. .. ................... . . .3- 29
3.14 Maintenance .. .. . . .. ....... . . .. ................. . . . ....... . ... 3- 34
3.15 Dimmer I Contrast ........ .. .............. . ..................... 3 - 36
Chapter 4, Technical Description of all Components ... ... .... ... .. . ....... . .. 4- 1
4 Introduction ...... . ..... . .... . ....... . ................. . ...... . .4 - 1

ZSM401 ............................ . ... . ............ . ....... . .4-2
REM401 .. . .. .. .. . ....... . ........ . ..... . ... . .. . ..... . . .. ..... 4-6
RM401 . .... .. ... . . . .... ... . . ............ . . .. ... . . . .......... .4- 10
UNM401 ... . ...... . . . ........ . ...... . ...... .. .... ... ......... 4- 14
VSM401 . . . .. . ... .. . ... ..... . .... ... .. .... . . ... .. ... . .. . . .. .. .4 - 18
FIM405 ... . ..................... . .................. . ......... 4 - 22
BAT410 ... . . . ... . ... . ..... . ........... . .. . .. ... . . .......... .4-25
Chapter 5, Maintenance and Trouble Shooting (on Bord) ...... .... .......... . . . 5- 1
5 Introduction . .......... . ........... . ... . . . .. . ............ . . . ... .5 - 1

5.1 Alarms ..... . .... .. .. . .... . ...... . ............. . .. . . . ... . .... .. ... 5 - 1
5.1.1 Control Mode Feedback Fault ...... . . .. ........ . . . ....... . . . .... . . 5 - 1
5.1.2 Setpoint Manual Fault ............ . .. . ... . .. . . .... ... .. ......... .. 5 - 2
5.1.3 Setpoint Automatic Fault .................... . .. .. ................. 5 - 2
5.1.4 FUEL RACK NOT IN STOP . .. ... . ... . ..... . ... . ...... . . .... .. . ... 5-3
5.1.5 Engine Stopped ... . ...... . ........ . ..... . .... . ....... . .. . .. . .... 5 - 3
5.1.6 EA Set point Fault ..... . ..... . ........... . ... .. .. . .... ... ... .. ... 5 - 3
5.1. 7 EA Feedback Fault ....... . .... . ....... . .. . ....... . . . ... . . .. .. . . . 5 - 4
5.1.8 EA Reference Voltage Fault .............................. . ........ 5 - 4
5.1.9 EA Break Fault ... ~ · ........... . ........... . .... . . . . . .. .. .. . ... . 5 - 5
5.1.10 EA Control Loop Difference . ............ . . . .... .. ..... .. .......... 5 - 5
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 27 1. 161 386. BGE • Versi on 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGDOC .WP6 • Chp. 0 , Page 6 I 8
~SAM
5.1.11 EA Temperature Servo Motor High ................................. 5 - 5

5.1.12 WB Setpoint Manual Fuel ......................................... 5-6
5.1.13 Overs peed Internal .............................................. 5 - 6
5.1.14 EA Power Electronic Not Ready .................................... 5 - 7
5.1.15 Modul REM401 Fault ............................................ 5 - 7
5.1.16 Modul VSM 401 Fault ............................................ 5-7
5.1.17 Modul RM401 Fault .............................................. 5 - 8
5.1.18 Modul UNM401 Fault ............................................ 5 - 8
5.1.19 SIFBMSLost .................................................. 6-8
5.1.20 Default Parameter Loaded ZSM .................................... 5 - 9
... 5.1.21 EEPROM Parameter Fault ZSM .................................... 5 - 9
0 5.1.22 Speed Sensor 1 Fault ............................................ 5 - 9

5.1.23 Speed Sensor 2 Fault ............................................ 5 - 9
5.1.24 WB Speed Sensor 1 Or 2 ........................................ 5 - 10
5.1.25 Modul REM401 Fuse Fault ....................................... 5 - 10
5.1.26 Modul VSM401 Fuse Fault ....................................... 5 - 10
5.1.27 TOLERANCE DIFF. P1- P2 ...................................... 5- 11
5.1.28 C.AIR PR. TRANSM. P1 FAIL .................................... 5- 11
5.1.29 C.AIR PR. TRANSM. P2 FAIL .................................... 5-12
5.1.30 TOLERANCE DIFF Ll1 - Ll2 ...................................... 5- 12
5.1.31 LOAD IND. TRANSM. 1 FAIL ..................................... 5-13
5.1.32 LOAD IND. TRANSM. 2 FAIL ..................................... 5- 13
5.1.33 CYLINDER 1 SENSOR FAIL ..................................... 5- 14
5.1.34 CYLINDER 2 SENSOR FAIL ..................................... 5- 14
5.1.35 POSITION FAIL Cylinder 1 I POSITION FAIL Cylinder 2 ............... 5 - 15
0 5.1.36 CYL. LUBRIC. FAILURE ......................................... 5 - 15
5.2
Brief description ................................................... 5- 17
5.2.1 Alarm list .....................................................5 - 17
5.2.2 Status list .....................................................5 - 30
Chapter 6, Adjustment Instructions ........................................ 6 - 1
6 Parameter and Operating Values ................................... 6 - 1

6.1 Parameter display and value changing .................................. 6 - 3
6.1.1 Parameter display ............................................... 6 - 3
6.1.2 Change of Paramete~ Values ...................................... 6 - 5
c=)________6_.1_._2._1_E_n_t_e_rin_g_P_a_s_s_w_o_rd_s_~_-·_·_·_·_·_·_··_·_·_·_·_··_·_·_·_·_··_·_·_·_··_·_·_·_·_··_·_·_·_··_·_·_·_·_··_·_·6 -_6~--
__
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0 , Page 7/8
~SAM
6.1.2.2 Changing of Parameter Values ....... . . . . . .. . ....... . ..... . ...... .. 6 - 9

6.2 Variable Injection Timing , VIT ...... . ... . .... . . . ..... . .... .. . . . . .. ... . 6- 11
Chapter 7, Parametertable . .. .. . . . . . ... . .. . ............. . ... . .... . ....... 7- 1
7 Introduction ... . . . . . .. . .................. . ....... . . .. .. ... ... .. . 7 - 1
Chapter 8, Sparepart List ..... . . 0 •• 0 0 •• • 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 •• 0 • 0 • 0 •••• 0 0 • • • 0 • 0 0 • • ••• • 8-1
8 Introduction 0 • 0 0 ••• • 0 • 0 • 0 ••• • 0 • • 0 ••• • • 0 •• 0 • 0 • 0 •• 0 0 0 • 0 •• • • 0 •• 0 •• 0 8- 1
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0 . Page 8/8
~SAM
System Description
()
1 The Electronic Speed Governor, ESG
This chapter gives a brief introduction to the main functions of the ESG 40M
control unit. More detailed information and instructions are found in subse-
quent chapters.
The ESG 40M is an electronic speed governor for two-stroke and four-stroke
ship diesel engines. The hardware used for the ESG 40M are standard mod-
ules out of the Geamic 40M microcomputer series which are also used for
other product lines, e.g. for Geamot 40M and Geamar 120 ISL.
The basic task of the governor is to regulate the shaft speed of the engine to
which it is attached. This means, the ESG 40M translates the speed com-
mands given by the operator by means of the remote control system Geamot
40M into adequate movement of the fuel rack, thereby controlling the injec-
tion of fuel into the engine cylinders. The ESG 40M may be tailored to any
manufacture of diesel engine.
1.1 Features
The ESG 40M provides the following basic features:
o Continuos self-adapting dynamic response separately for maneuvering

and sea mode with a quasi-constant fuel mode in the upper load range.
o Fuel rack limitation with respect to actual engine speed (Torque Limit) to
safeguard the engine against overload.
o Fuel rack limitation with respect to charge air pressure (Smoke limit) to
ensure clean combustion.
i
.·:··· o Manual fuel rack li~itation adjustable from operating panel (Chief Limit)
()______________________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1. Page 1/9
~SAM
System Description
All mentioned limiters may be canceled respectively raised depending on

an external signal (Cancel Limiters) or by means of a pushbutton on the
operating panel
o Exclusion of critical speed range
o Possible control modes

Automatic : Engine speed set point given from the Bridge
Manoeuvring System , BMS 40M
Manual : Engine speed or fuel set point given from the manual
control lever
o Lever Match function to be activated by pushbutton on the operating

panel to ease transfer from Automatic to Manual control. An external
double-pointer instrument is not necessary.
o Self-monitoring of control functions .
1.2 Optional Features
The following optional features can be provided by the ESG 40M:
o Load-dependent controlled Cylinder Lubrication
o Variable Injection Timing, VIT
o Redundant Overspeed Protection , ROP, independent from Engine Safety

System, ESS 40M
o Analogue output signal for fuel rack actuator position indicator
o Set point from manual control lever by potentiometer instead of current

signal
·"
© STN ATlAS Ma ri ne Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 2/9
~SAM
System Description
o Shut down function controlled by contact signal from Engine Safety Sys-
tem
o Backup control mode for fuel rack control directly by UP I DOWN

pushbuttons.
1.3 Main Components
The ESG 40M consists of a number of components installed in the Engine

Control Room, ECR, and in the Engine Room, ER. These components are
listed up in the following. An outline is shown in Fig. 1 -1.
Governor Cabinet: Located in the ECR.
Operating Panel: Located in the ECR console.
Actuator: Located at the engine
Speed Sensing System: Two proximity sensors located at the engine

to allow the ESG 40M to detect the speed of
engine output shaft.
Charge Air Pressure Sensor: Located at the engine
Q_______________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 3 /9
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M ~Electronics
System Description
BMS PANEL
BRIDGE AUTO CTRL

~ ·-:: -.---:--:-·.- -:- c;.::..::J (Opoon)
::·:·::_·: ·-:: - ~
•• •• • · -· •i • ... ,
----"V"----; o.... ..,,

s:
l>
BMS PANEL
z
ESG PANEL 0
m
c
<
:lJ
. -. ·: ·: . ... ,. -- I
. .. - ....,: -~ ·' z
G)
(/)
-<
(/)
-t
BMS 40M m
OPERATION
---------------, s:
ECR r-- ---- -----,
I ~SE~~H zs~~,~ J
r!~~~ ___ J[ ___~~~~~~~~~~~~~-----, ,

I IOM..,2 i!!!:._2•V
1 _
L------------------------ -------1
L________________ I________________
• 1
I
jI
I
ESG 40M
r---------------- ----------------,
"---t---!1----J-------- ----------- ----- --------
'-----+----+-'I
---!
I
IUNM..,H .... ..,,
. -- - - -
rl zs-·1-j•e"""' H"""'---
GOVERNOR ~24\1
- -- ELECTRONIC !
I
I
""' I m
I
I
-----------------
-------------,
---- ' I r-
m
I
POWER )
!--
I ()
I I I -t
I ELECTRONIC I I :lJ
I I I 0
I -- - ------1 rJ I z
L_ --- ------ ---- -- ---- r---J 0
(/)
1J
I m
I m
I 0
I Cl) C)
J _,
>-
"'<
0 UJ
0
ui "- J:
0 Q.
"'0 ;:~ <
0 Q.
J: l:t:
::>
Cl) "'i1i UJ
UJ
m
::0
AC 360V /4 40V ~ g l:t: l:t:
.... ...
U)
z
>-0
l:t:
...
0
0
"' ui
0 i::; 0
:::;; Q. ::0
-------- --- ~-- --- ~--·-·-

m
(/)
G)
EtlGltlE
ROOM
l JUNCTION BOX
I ~
0
s:
OPTION
) <) [[] [2][2] 0 [~)

P1CICCHARGaOAO \'IT CYLlO
AIR INIOtC PWP
EOT LOCALCTRL ""
ACTUATOR ENGINE
Fig. 1 -1 : ESG 40M overview

"
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 4 I 9
••• \ • ; '. • ,. J .~ •'
~SAM
System Description
1.3.1 Governor Cabinet
The Governor Cabinet contains the Geamic 40M computer as well as the
inverter power electronic to serve the actuator servo motor. The governor will
translate the signals received from the operating panel, the manual control
lever in ECR, the Bridge Manoeuvring System and external sensors into a
movement of the actuator. The actuator movement causes the engine fuel
pumps to inject the correct amount of fuel depending upon the situation.
1.3.2 Operating Panel
This unit shall be placed in the ECR console nearby to the manual control
lever. The panel front view is shown in Fig. 1 - 2.
The operating panel provides all the facilities required for operation of the
ESG 40M system. In addition; it provides the operator with extensive facili-
ties for diagnostics, test and simulation. On a four line LCD (Liquid Crystal
Display) messages in plain language are displayed. The front panel is com-
posed of a tactile keyboard and contains dedicated LED's (Light Emitting
Diodes), which instantly show the overall condition of the ESG 40M system.
0 ~~~ Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M

_______ .. --------------- ----···---·-·------------- .. --------------· --·-- -----------------
IAUTCMATIC
SET: 0.0 DES: 0.0 ACT: OJ
1
.,·(~_) '~~
l
FUEL
UMIT
'QtA.!!C
CANCEL
LMOO FJ FJ (6 J EJ r3:;~ [~
f~"'~-' 067?
·CANCEL
t UMIT I LJ EJ LJ (~ LJ @J r~ CB
Fig. 1 - 2: Front view o~ the ESG 40M- Operating Panel
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 5 /9
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor. ESG 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
System Description
1.3.3 Actuator
The actuator controls the position of the engine fuel rack. Electro-mechanical
fuel rack actuators are available in three different sizes with lever torques
ranging from some 150 to 1200 Nm. The correct actuator size to be used on
a particular engine is dependant on the engine type. The size delivered de-
pends on the force and the inertia of the fuel rack, i.e. on the engine make,
the number of cylinders and the bore. The choice of actuator is made in co-
operation with the engine manufacturer to assure optimal performance.
The actuator servo motor is of brush less type and controlled by an

electronic inverter. The inverter is housed inside the governor control cabi-
net.
Optionally, the governor can be adapted for the use of electro-hydraulic actu-
ators like e.g . the Woodward PG-EG ... type.
An example of the arrangement of the actuator on the engine is shown in

Fig. 1 - 3.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 • Page 6/9
~SAM
System Description
0 01
A IF =
[J
o= ol '--
'v--
Fig. 1 - 3: Typical arrangement of the actuator
1.3.4 Engine speed sensing
For measuring of engine speed two proximity sensors are used sensing the
toothing of the engine flywheel or an engine-internal gear wheel.
As only the time difference between teeth flanks are utilized for speed calcu-
lation, the shape of the teeth as well as the geometric relation between tooth
and gap is uncritical.
1.3.4.1 Measuring principle
The impulse transmitters sense the teeth on the flywheel or the engine-inter-
nal gear wheel. For the frequency range used for slow as well as medium
speed engines time interval between impulses is used as the basis for calcu-
lation of speed as well as direction.
Q _______________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 7 19
~SAM
System Description
Both sensors are used for calculation of speed , so each sensor is the back-
up for the other, i.e in case one sensor fails no interruption of speed
calculation will occur. The mechanical arrangement is shown in Fig. 1 - 4.
A = Distance from teeth to teeth

a = 1/4 • A(+/- 20%)
b =Adjustable from 5 to 10 mm
Preadjustment 6 to 7 mm
Fig . 1 - 4: Mechanical arrangement of speed sensors
1.3.4.2 Sensor monitoring
The two speed sensors monitor each other crosswise for missing impulses.
Additionally a plausibility check monitors for loss of impulses when there
should be impulses according to operating condition of the engine.
The margins for monitoring are sufficient high to prevent alarm during non
continuous engine shaft movement, e.g. before stopping .
1.3.4.3 Fast filtering
A special fast filter method for the engine speed signal together with the pos-
sibility to compensate for fuel rack back slash allows the control of very low
engine speeds.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 8/9
'•,1
~SAM
System Description
1.3.5 Speed set points
For automatic control mode the ESG 40M receives the engine speed set
point from the Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS 40M via serial interface.
For manual control mode the ESG 40M provides a potential isolated ana-
logue input for a 4 - 20mA current signal.
As an option, the ESG 40M can be provided with an input for using a manual
control lever with a potentiometer for engine speed set point. Potentiometers
with a total resistance between 1kO and 5k0 may be used.
1.3.6 Serial interfaces
Signal exchange between ESG 40M and Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS
40M and the operating panel is done by serial interface in order to minimize
cable work.
1.4 Adjustments
All adjustments for matching the standard governor with the specific condi-
tions of the particular engine plant on board are done by parameter settings.
Most of them can be adjusted and modified during operation of the plant by
using the push buttons and the alpha-numeric display of the Operating Panel.
Meanings as well as parameter settings are clearly indicated on the display.
Parameter adjustments are password protected to prevent un-authorized
changes.
The Governor Cabinet contains the facilities which allow the connection of a
Personal Computer via a special adapter, enabling adjustment to be carried
out. This allows the ESG 40M System to be downloaded and pre-adjusted
for a particular engine, thereby limiting final adjustment on the engine test-
bed and in the vessel to a minimum.
c=J__________________________________________________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGSYS.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 9/9
~SAM
The set of technical drawings belonging to the Electronic Speed Governor is

divided into groups. Each group is marked by letters behind the drawing
number and represents special information:
271.--- ---. USP =Overview diagram

This type of drawing gives a general overview about the total system, like
a block diagram, no detailed information.
271.--- -.LP =Cable diagram
The major information of this type of drawing is the interconnection of the
individual subsystems with the cable numbers and the cable types.
271.--- -.GZ =General drawing
This drawing shows the general view of the hardware with all necessary
mechanical data and dimensions
271.--- -.ST = Part list
This document lists up all components of the system
271.--- -.STR = Circuit diagram
This drawing shows the electrical connections of all parts belonging to a
subsystem and, with cross references, the detailed connections between
the subsystem. The input and output terminals of the components and the
core numbers of the particular cables are shown.
271.--- -.NAW =Retrofit information
·"'
\' ____ / ') _____________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 1/25
~SAM
2 Control and Operating Modes

The ESG 40M provides two operating Modes:
o Automatic : Engine speed set point is given from the Bridge
Maneuvering System, BMS 40M
o Manual: Engine speed or fuel set point is given from the manual
control lever.
2.1 Possible settings in Automatic and Manual Mode

An overview of the ESG 40M with interconnections and signal flow is shown in
Fig . 2- 1.
2.1.1 Settings in Automatic Mode

In Automatic Mode the
speed set point is ordered by the Engine Order Telegraph
2.1.2 Settings in Manual Mode

In Manual Mode the
speed set point is ordered by the manual control lever, or the
fuel set point is ordered by the manual control lever
The kind of set point order can be selected by parameter. Speed setting is
default.
As an option a backup control with UP I DOWN pushbuttons directly to the

actuator can be provided .
,
;
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07. 11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 2 I 25
(
\ ~--
~SAM
--
r
ESS
~--~-_J
J~
l - .....
r""' ,
BMS
!---------~
SI(T
-,--
AC(T ORO
-
....,
r
I
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -~ PGA-EG
(OPTION)
SPEED GOVERNOR
AUT_~,~S~~~D~E~S~+ r/l~~------~----------~
ACTUATOR CONTROL
c._, Y- AUT.
MAN. I ACT 1-SPEED FUEL '-----1--..::+':...(
L----4--- I r+---.----.-.J' MAN_

OVERSPEED
,---------
1 SPEED
---- --- FUEL
-------,I RM
l
I UMN
lSPEED SENSING
AND PREPARATION
: sEn;ING
:
I
t_______ : ___ T ____: : SETT\NG :
I ACTUATOR
: PARAMETER
1 SVIIITCH
:
I
ESG
L----------- --------------J
ACTUAL SPEED
II OPTIONALLY DIRECT
FUEL SETTING BY
PUSHBUTTON DIRECTLY
TO THE ACTUATOR
MANUAL (BACKUP)
ESG -OVERVIEW
Fig. 2- 1 Electronic Speed Governor, Overview
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 3 I 25
~SAM
2.2 Speed setting in Automatic Mode

The signal flow for the speed setting described below is shown in Fig . 2- 2 :
The desired speed set point is given by the Engine Order Telegraph to the
Bridge Maneuvering System, BMS 40M . The setting is indicated at the
BMS panel as "ORO 'speed'".
The BMS 40M calculates the actual setting in accordance to the

acceleration I deceleration characteristics, defined by parameters, until the
ordered speed is reached . The actual setting is indicated at the BMS panel
as "SET 'speed'". This actual value is transferred to the ESG 40M via serial
interface, SIF, and indicated at the ESG panel as USET 'speed"'. The
."SET 'speed'" is transferred with a ramp function, set by parameter, to the
desired value and indicated as "DES 'speed'". The "SET 'speed"' and the
"DES 'speed '" can be different, when restrictions like torque limit or smoke
limit are active.
The ESG 40M measures the actual speed, sensed and normalized by the
subsystem UNM 401. The actual speed is indicated at the ESG panel as
"ACT 'speed"' and also transferred to the BMS 40M via serial interface for
calculation and indication .
The desired speed and the actual speed are compared. The difference is
integrated and results in a fuel setting.
The fuel setting is input to the actuator position control, RM 401. The
actuator position control compares the input with the actual position
feedback from the actuator. The difference signal drives the actuator to the
desired position .
0 STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 4 I 25
(J ().: (\
~SAM '.____/)
~
-
BMS
I .- .... I I l
I ESS
I""',.
L----,--'
SET ACT
~~---~•:-----'
ORO ~--f-----1
-. '" ·-·
SPEED GOVERNOR
.
ACTUATOR CONTROL
AUT.
MAN.~
L "I=T
DES
ACT
+
Y-
I- SPEED
r/ll------------.
FUEL
AUT.
----+-__;:+:...j
n
)..-~1--+------:;:.~
L---1-- .......__ I rr~--------'1 MAN. ~
OVERSPEED
jspeeo____ --- --- -------~
RM l.___--+---l----1
I SETTING ~~~lNG 1 I
i I
~
I I
~ PA~~~~~~- ~ ----~ ~
SPEED SENSING
UMN AND PREPARATION
: __ ACTUATOR
/ SWITCH :
ESG
~----------- ______________ j
lr=-~,
ACTUAL SPEED MANUAL (BACKUP)
Fig. 2- 2 : Signal flow for automatic speed control
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271. 161 386. BGE • Version 1. 0 • 07. 11.00 • ESGFCT. WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 5 I 25
~SAM
2.3 Manual Mode

2.3.1 Speed setting
The signal flow for the speed setting described below is shown in Fig. 2- 3 :
The desired speed set point is given by the manual control lever or a
potentiometer. This actual value is indicated at the ESG panel as "SET
'speed"'. The ."SET 'speed'" is transferred with a ramp function, set by
parameter, to the desired value and indicated as "DES 'speed'". The "SET
'speed'" and the "DES 'speed"' can be different, when restrictions like
torque limit or smoke limit are active.
subsystem UNM 401. The actual speed is indicated at the ESG panel as
"ACT 'speed"' and also transferred to the BMS 40M via serial interface for
indication.
The desired speed and the actual speed are compared. The difference is
integrated and results in a fuel setting .
The fuel setting is input to the actuator position control, RM 401. The
actuator position control compares the input with the actual position
feedback from the actuator. The difference signal drives the actuator to the
desired position.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 . Page 6/25
():
~/ ,·
c;)
~SAM
BMS
SPEED GOVERNOR
....... --· ACTUATOR CONTROL
L ""T
AUT. DES + f/li------1------.
MAN.~ Y- I AUT.
ACT ,-SPEED FUEL
L---+--'--- I r-l---1r-----...l MAN.

OVERSPEED
r UMN
SPEED SENSING
I
AND PREPARATION
ACTUATOR
ESG
ACTUAL SPEED
II
MANUAL (BACKUP)
Fig. 2- 3 : Signal flow for manual speed setting
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 7 I 25
~SAM
2.3.2 Fuel setting

The signal flow for the fuel setting described below is shown in Fig . 2- 4 :
The desired fuel set point is given by the manual control lever or a
potentiometer.
The fuel setting is input via ramp function to the actuator position control,
RM 401. The actuator position control compares the input with the actual
position feedback from the actuator. The difference signal drives the
actuator to the desired position.
subsystem UNM 401 . The actual speed is indicated at the ESG panel as
"ACT 'speed'" and also transferred to the BMS 40M via serial interface for
indication.
NOTE: The ESG 40M speed control is not active in this mode! The speed has
to be controlled by the operator by corresponding fuel setting
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 . Page 8 I 25
( (_ c--,))
~SAM --,
BMS
~
I ESS
)~
1- .....
r""""' ~
S~T
lL
-~
ACT
I'
O~D -
.... I
iii
SPEED GOVERNOR
AUT.L S!=T DES + r/1 ACTUATOR CONTROL
MAN.~
.......___ I
ACT
I-SPEED FUEL
1 AUT.
. ::n
OVERS PEED
isP"E"E"o____ --- --- "FiJ"Ei::----:
I SETTING SETTING I
MAN .
RM YL..---+-+--- l
I I 1 I
1 I I I
Ir UMN ISPEED SENSING

AND PREPARATION
I I
~ PA~~~~~~---
'-- L.-1-·
----L ----•
I I
~ ACTUATOR
L.-,-----r-' 1 SWITCH 1
ESG
L----------- ---------------1
ACTUAL SPEED
I
MANUAL (BACKUP)
Fig. 2- 4 : Signal flow for manual fuel setting
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271,161 386.BGE • Version 1,0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 9/25
~SAM
2.4 Lever Match

After pressing the key "Lever Match" at the ESG panel there are two
possibilities for the Lever Match indication :
if manual speed setting is selected, the speed set point from the Bridge
Maneuvering System BMS and the manual speed setting from the manual
control lever are displayed. The indication is shown in Fig . 2- 5
if manual fuel setting is selected, the fuel setting as result of the speed
setting from the BMS and the manual fuel setting from the manual control
lever are displayed . The indication is shown in Fig . 2- 6.
ATTENTION:
Before changing the control mode from "AUTOMATIC" to "MANUAL", the set
points should be set to the same value, because the change from the old set
point (BMS) to the new set point (man . Control lever) is done in one step. A big
deviation between the set points will result in a rough change of the engines
speed . On changing the control mode from "MANUAL" to "AUTOMATIC" a
"LEVER MATCH" is not absolute necessary, because the normal acceleration
I deceleration characteristics are used to reach the new set point (BMS).
~STN
lill!'JATLAS Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M
<LEVER MATCH> BACK(ESC)

AUTOMATIC : 82RPM
MANUAL : 79 RPM
ACTUAL SPEED : 82RPM
[ ·~~RMJ
LIST
;53'J l§J
, ,
~
~~G) Csl ) Cs2 J Cs3 j [Js4 ] [:ENuJ ~~~~sJ [~ ~J t;J

EJ F! : t~J ;~t3 1
UEJUEJO t~ ! t~ :~t3 l
Fig . 2- 5, Lever Mate~, Speed setting
I
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386 .BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 10 /25
~SAM
~·- --'
~STN
~ATlAS Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M
<LEVER MATCH>
ACTUAL FUEL 92% OAG<I"Oii ALARM l i=) [FAULT l
MANUAL FUEL 89%
~~~~M ll.~ J I>;?J

ACTUAL SPEED 82 RPM
[~51 J [''52 } C53 J [j 54 J l~ENu ~~~;~s

]
U1:J
LJ U LJ EJ LJ l~ ~~ t2J Cr>J
Fig. 2- 6 : Lever Match, Fuel setting
The Lever Match indication is canceled by pressing the "ESC" pushbutton.
2.5 Limitations
2.5.1 Fuel Limitation
The function "Fuel Limitation" has to be released by the parameter "REL FUEL
LIMIT MENU". If the menu is not released, the pushbutton "FUEL LIMIT" has no
function.
If the menu is released, the menu "FUEL LIMIT" is displayed on the ESG panel
by pressing the pushbutton "FUEL LIMIT" as shown in Fig. 2 - 7. The actual
valid fuel limit value is displayed. The value can be changed by means of the Up
and Down pushbuttons on the ESG panel within the margins of
Maximum Fuel, set by parameter, and

Minimum Fuel, fixed at 30%
If the limit value is set to "Max. Fuel", no limitation is set. If the limit value is set
to a lower value than "Max. Fuel", the desired fuel will be limited to this value.
\)
'-.__/~---------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 11 /25
~SAM
<FUEL LIMIT> BACK [ESC]
FUEL LIMIT : 100 %
l;s~M- 1,~1) [};}-J

ro-1[:; J
PIMMERI EDIT
\CONTR.:
O·
CYL.JKl
LUBR:
uSt.·N o~ t3ESC ~
L [..---J
ENT
EJ LJ i::J @] tvJ I~
Fig . 2- 7 : Menu Fuel Limit
The menu is left by pressing the "ESC" pushbutton.
2.5.2 Torque Limit

The Torque Limit controls the fuel output in relation to the actual speed in
accordance to the MCR characteristic. The MCR characteristic is set by
parameter and describes the relationship between fuel and speed. The fuel
signal is limited to the value of the MCR characteristic even when the ordered
speed is not reached . On occurrence of a speed drop, when the actual fuel
output is more than allowed for the lower speed, the fuel signal will be reduced
to the limit value corresponding to the lower speed .
The MCR characteristic is also used as fuel limitation during engine acceleration
to prevent overload , i.e. the engine is accelerated to ordered speed by following
the limit values defined in the MCR characteristic.
If the torque limit becomes active , this is indicated with "TORQUE LIMIT
ACTIVE" on the second line (Status Line) of the ESG panel.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 12 I 25
~SAM
2.5.3 Smoke Limit

The Smoke Limit controls the fuel output in relation to the actual charge air
pressure. The characteristic is set by parameter and describes the relationship
between fuel and charge air pressure. In case of a rapid load change to higher
values, a high fuel signal is requested. Because the turbo charger builds up the
pressure with some delay, the fuel signal is limited to the value related to the
actual pressure.
If the smoke limit becomes active, this is indicated with "SMOKE LIMIT ACTIVE"
on the second line (Status Line) of the ESG panel.
:\____/ ) 2.5.4 Cancel Limits

In critical situations for the ship it might be necessary to override the limitations
described before. To activate this function, the pushbutton "CANCEL LIMITS"
has to be pressed at the ESG panel. Additional the "Cancel Limits" can be set
from the BMS 40M via serial interface. This has to be released by parameter
setting in the BMS 40M. If the "Cancel Limits" transfer from BMS is not released,
the limitations in the ESG 40M remain active! In this case the cancel limits
request has to be set in both systems.
The limitations are influenced by cancel limits as follows :
Fuel Limit
The limitation made as described before will be ignored. The limit is set to
the value of "Max. Fuel", set by parameter. If cancel limits is switched off,
the previous limit value will be resumed. The characteristic is shown in Fig.
2-8
Torque Limit
The fuel limit is set to a to a minimum allowed value, i.e. the basic line of
the MCR characteristic is set to a higher value. The limitations of the MCR
characteristic are only valid for values above this limitation line. If cancel
limits is switched off, the normal MCR characteristic will be resumed. The
charac-teristic is shown in Fig. 2- 9.
i
~
-·-' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 13 '25
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Memb er of the EuroMarine Group
Fuel
100%
Max. F:uel
I _ I..___=Li~m.:.:..it=-=a~tio=..:n..:___
Chief Limit
Cancel Limits Time

Cancel Limits
Off
On
Fig . 2- 8 : Cancel Limits, Chief Limit
Fuel
100% Max. Fuel
Characteristic on Cancel Limits
1- !. !N~o!. !.rm~a: !._!I_!:M!. :C~R c~h a.! .: ra,_ c~te=<!r_, is~ti~c _ __ _ / /
Speed
Fig . 2- 9 : Cancel Limits, Torque Limit
© STN ATlAS Ma rine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 14 I 25
~SAM
(, _ _, )
Smoke Limit
An offset, set by parameter, is added to the limitation value of the smoke
limit characteristic. The result of the addition is limited to the Max. Fuel
value, set by parameter. If cancel limits is switched off, the normal smoke
limit characteristic will be resumed. The characteristic is shown in Fig. 2 -
10.
Fuel
100%
Max .. Fuel
- - - - Normal Smoke Limit

characteristic
Smoke Limit characteristic

on Cancel Limits
Charge air pressure
Fig. 2- 10: Cancel Limits, Smoke Limit
(--.,
. ._ _/
)
NOTE : On Cancel Limits also the Start Fuel Limitation is set to a higher value,
set by parameter.
,--------......,,
)
'~·----------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 . Page 15/25
~SAM
2.6 Redundant Over Speed Shut Down

The Electronic Speed Governor provides an own over speed monitoring
independent from the Engine Safety System, ESS 40M. The over speed limit is
set by parameter. If the actual speed exceeds the over speed limit, a contact is
closed. The contact acts directly on the emergency stop valve in order to shut
down the engine immediately. The OVER SPEED SHUT DOWN contact
remains closed as long as over speed is sensed and opens with a delay of 10
sec after under passing the over speed limit.
If the ESG 40M detects the over speed alone or prior to the ESS 40M, the ESS
40M will alarm Line Break of the emergency stop valve .
2.7 Over Speed Protection

To prevent over speed , an over speed protection is provided in the ESG 40M.
The protection becomes active some RPM, set by parameter, above rated
speed. The over speed protection lowers the desired fuel as function of the
speed deviation in order to keep the speed below over speed limit. There are
two ways to lower the desired fuel , selectable by parameter setting:
Linear, i.e. the output value of the over speed protection is the upper limit
for the desired fuel value .
By multiplication, i.e. the output value of the over speed protection is a
factor. The desired fuel value is multiplied with this factor and the result is
the new desired value as input to the actuator position control.
·"
© STN ATLAS Marine Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 . Page 16/ 25
. :..
\
~SAM
~'
(J Functional Description
2.8 Critical Speed

Due to physical principles rotary oscillation occurs inside the total speed range.
These rotary oscillations will endanger the. propulsion plant in case the main
engine is operated over a longer time in this speed area. The ESG 40M takes
this critical speed under account by excluding this range during acceleration and
deceleration.
Beginning and end of the critical speed range has to be set by parameter.
The critical speed will be excluded in automatic and manual speed setting.
··-- NOTE : In Manual Mode, when manual fuel setting is selected, the critical
(] speed range can not be excluded, because the ESG 40M speed control
is not active in this mode (Pis. refer to chapter 2.3.2).
If the ESG 40M is connected to the BMS 40M, the critical speed range has to be
set to the same values in both systems, so that the exclusion of the critical
speed takes place simultaneously in both systems.
In critical speed range the following function becomes active:

When the speed set point reaches the lower limit of critical speed range
during acceleration, the set point will jump through critical range to the
upper limit. From this position acceleration continues with the adjusted rate.
During deceleration is the behavior of the set point equal to the above
described function, but in this case it jumps from upper limit to lower limit.
If the speed setting is adjusted within a critical speed range, the set point
will be set
to the lower end of the range, when the ordered speed is in the lower
half part of the critical speed range.
to the upper end of the range, when the ordered speed is in the upper
half part of the critical speed range.
Attention: For plants with a variable speed type shaft-driven alternator, the
engine speed set point has to be set at lest to the upper limit of the
t
critical sp~.~d range.
(]______________________________________ ··
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 17 /25
~SAM
2.9.1 Normal Cylinder Lubrication
Precondition for the function is the operating mode "Automatic CR". A pre
lubrication should be done before engine start. The cylinder pre- I post
lubrication is started by pressing the key "CYL. LUBR." at the Operating and
Indication Panel.
If in "Automatic Bridge" the function "Slow Turning" is started at the Bridge

Maneuvering System, the cylinder lubrication starts automatically. For DENIS 6
the lubrication value is set by parameter and normally 25%.
The lubrication is automatically switched off after a preset time (parameter) or it
can be switched of by actuating the key "CYL. LUBR."
2.9.2 Dynamic Load Dependent Cylinder Lubrication
On running engine , the cylinder lubrication will be controlled dependent on the

actual load. A group of parameters is provided to set the values for the propper
function as the engine design requires it.
Based on the actual load the lubrication quantity is calculated . The pump speed
signal results of the calculated quantity and the Pump Speed Factor.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 . Page 18/25
~SAM
2.10 Variable Injection Timing, VIT
There are different control modes availlable for the Variable Injection Timing,
VIT:
VIT = f(Charge Air Pressure, Speed)

VIT IT C1 mode
VIT Low NOx
VIT On I Off
Fuel Quality Setting, FQS
All functions influence the injection angle in sum or as single function with
priority to the other functions as described below. The final resulting injection
angle is converted to a stroke value as control signal for the actuator position.
2.11 VIT Functions
2.11.1 VIT = f(Charge Air Pressure, Speed)
2.11.1.1 VIT as function of Charge Air Pressure
The Injection Timing IT_A is the angle as a result of the charge air pressure
control signal. The function characteristic is defined by a group of parameters
and shown in Fig. 1 - 11 as an example.
2.11.1.2 VIT as function of Speed
The Injection Timing IT_B is the angle as a result of the engines speed. The
function characteristic is defined by a group of parameters and shown in Fig. 1 -
12 as an example.
The Injection Timing IT_C is the angle resulting as the sum of Injection Timing
IT_A and Injection Timing IT_B.
(~I ..
'---/ © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2. Page 19/25
~SAM
Q.l
.....
::I
en
en
Q.l
.....
0..
.....
~
Q.l
e>
ro
..c:
0
<t:l
I-
-<1>
0> 0
c
<t:
0
.......
<1>
.....
::J
(/)
(/)
<1>
.....
a..
.....
~
<1>
0>
.....
ro
.c
p
(.)
~
(/)
·.::::
<1>
.......
(.)
ro
.....
ro
.c
(_)
N
0
· -- -- -· --·----
[ 0 ) 9!6U\f
0 0 0
cv) N
Fig . 1 - 11 , Injection Timing IT_A
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386 .BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 . Page 20 I 25
~SAM
"C
Q)
Q)
0.
CJ)
co
I-I
[ o ] a16UV
0
(")
I
Fig. 1- 12, Injection Timing IT_B
·~
/ ,--.... \
\ !_____________________________________________________________________________________
'-___./-
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 21 I 25
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M ~~Electronics
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M M ember of the EuroMarine Group
2.11.2 JT_C1 Mode
The cond ition "Injection Timing IT_C1 On" or "Injection Timing IT_C1 Off' is
calculated from the charge air control signal and a set of parameters .
If the IT_C1 Mode is not active, the previous calculated signal IT_C is valid as
signal IT_C2. If the IT_C1 Mode becomes active, the signal IT_C2 is set to the
fixed IT_C 1 angle value, set by parameter
2.11.3 VIT Low NOx
The VIT Low NOx function can be activated at any time by pressing the "VIT LOW
NOx" pushbutton at the Operating and Indication Panel. The "On" state is indicated
by the button implemented LED turning to steady green light. To switch the VIT Low
NOx Mode off, the button has to be pressed again . The button implemented LED
extinguishes to indicate the "Off' state.
If the VIT Low NOx mode is not active, the previous calculated Injection Timing
IT_C2 is valid as Injection Timing IT_C4. If the VIT Low NOx Mode becomes
active , the Injection Timing IT_C4 is set to a fixed angle, set by parameter.
2.11.4 VIT On I Oft
The VIT function can be switched on and off at any time by pressing the "VIT ON I
OFF" pushbutton at the Operating and Indication Panel. The "On" state is indicated
by the button implemented LED turning to steady green light. To switch the VIT
function off, the button has to be pressed again . The button implemented LED
extinguishes to indicate the "Off' state.
If the VIT is switched on, the Injection Timing IT_C4 as the angle resulting from the
previous described functions is valid as Injection Timing IT_D.
If the VIT is swiched off, the Injection Timing IT_D is set to a fixed angle value
defined by parameter s~tting , normaly approx. oo.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.8GE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 22/ 25
',· ·I··:
~SAM
.' '. . ", ' ~ .
2.11.5 Fuel Quality Setting, FQS
The "FQS" sets a fixed angle to take the quality of the fuel oil under account.
The basic value must be set by parameter and than may be changed by an
adjustment function as described in chapter?.
2.11.6 Angle to stroke conversion
The FQS - angle, limited to fixed upper and lower values set by parameter, and
CJ the Injection Timing Ofset IT_OFS are added to the Injection Timing IT_D. This
results in the Injection Timing IT_E2. If engine runs ahead, Injection Timing
IT_E4 equates to IT_E2. If the engine runs astern, IT_E4 is set to the fixed
Injection Timing IT_AST, set by parameter. Under normal conditions Injection
Timing IT_E6 equates to IT_E4. In case of VIT failure, IT_E6 is set to the fixed
value VIT Fail Angle value, set by parameter. The Injection Timing IT_E6 is
limited to the IT_F Min/Max. Limit and results in the Injection Timing IT_F
The Injection Timing IT_F is input to the "Heavy Sea Filter". The filter prevents
rough changes of the injection angle initiated by heavy load changes. The filter
output is the injection angle resulting from all previous described functions and
calculations.
() The actual injection angle is converted to a stroke value as desired value for the
actuator position. The function characteristic is defined by a group of
parameters and shown in Fig. 1 - 13 as an example.
i
~
0 C STN ATLAS Ma<;oe Electroo;O' GmbH • PCS. • 271.161 386. BGE • Ve";oo 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , P•ge 23 125
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMari ne Group
0
[wwla>tOJlS
t- 0
ci ,....
roc o I
OJ
i:i5 N
I
(J)
a
u. (")
+ I
I-
>
I()
I
(J)
I
,..._
I
Fig. 1 - 13, Angle to stroke conversion, Injection Timing IT_H
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 24/25
~SAM
The VIT program controls the actuator position by signal output to the actuator
valves for extend- and retract direction. The actual actuator position is feedback
as analogue signal and compared with the desired value.
In case of VIT+FQS failure (Sensor- I Position- Fail.) or power failure the

actuator valves are de-energized. The actuator retract to Omm position. The
principle configuration of the actuator is shown in Fig. 1 - 14. Depending on the
engines requirements one or two actuators are provided.
Stroke S:..:.et"'-'po'-"in+-------..----+-------,
Valves shown deenergized

- Vent.
Extend
Retract
Position feedback sign I
Sensor Poti
Fig. 1 - 14, Principle configuration of the actuator
') ..
\~~--------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGFCT.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 25/25
~SAM
------. Operating Instructions
The ESG 40 M provides the operating facilities
o Operating and Indication Panel BAT 411 G located in the ECR panel (see
Fig. 3- 1)
o Manual Control Lever located in the ECR panel
0
r~~
SET: 0.0 DES: 0.0 ~.J
I!~G J rr·D rr·D rr·D lr·s-J
1LJ~~LJ~
EVER (5~1
['?MATCH
02 DEF
VIT
1ON/OF l
'~JGHi'l
VIT
OWNO~
...______/
[~SMNj I~ l ESC J ( ~ Ji~
i:JUOLJI~[J l~~:~
Fig. 3- 1: Operating and Indication Panel BAT 411 G, ECR console
3.1 Control Modes
Automatic
The control mode is ordered by the Bridge Maneuvering System, BMS 40
M, via serial interface
Manual
The control mode is ordered by contact input to the ESG 40 M. The Manual
Mode has priority over the Automatic Mode
i
'
t
r)
'~·-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 . Page 1 I 37
~SAM
Local
The control mode is ordered by contact input to the ESG 40 M. The Local
Mode has priority over the Automatic Mode and Manual Mode. In Local
Mode the actuator is blocked and the ESG 40 M is out of function .
The actual control mode is displayed at the ESG panel (see Fig . 3- 2) .
For the selection of control modes please refer to the Technical Manual for the
Bridge Maneuvering System , chapter 3.
~ A~o~nc J I B DE::
I -~~~SE~T:~O~O~~~§~~S~:~O~O~~~~AC~T:~O·~·~ t?~uJ l§SU [17·- '
UST / ·. ' ..t:;' ,'
IMNUAL I
I I. STATUS ~~~
8~~
SET : 00 DES : 00 ACT : 09
LIST
1::.. ou .. ~, • • J ! EJ EH~ i?JH j

~~uoouLJEJ r~@J@ ;
Fig . 3- 2: Display of selected control mode
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGOPIWP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 2 I 37
~SAM
()
3.2 Diagnosis
DIAG
Diagnosis
has to be pressed at the ESG panel. The selection is indicated by the button
implemented LED turning to steady green light. Following the selection, a
menu is displayed as shown in Fig. 3- 3.
~srPi
1!!!!2 ATlAS Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M
<DIAG> BACK[ESCJ
SELECT SUBMENU
51 :TORQUE LIMIT S3:FUEL
52: SMOKE LIMIT 54:
6J~~~t;J
LJLJ 808
LJEJEJLJLJU@J@JCB
Fig. 3- 3: Display of the Diagnosis Menu
To leave the menu, the ESC button has to be pressed. Following this, the
previous display is shown. The button implemented LED extinguishes.
The Diagnosis Menu provides sub-menus, selectable with the keys S1 to S3 (

S4 is in spare). The particular sub-menus are described as follows:
~l
~---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 3/37
~SAM
- Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M

3.2.1 51 Torque Limit
After pressing S1 all relevant data for the Torque Limit are displayed:
<TORQUE LIMIT> BACK [ESC)

CALC . DESIRED FUEL XX%
FUEL LIMIT MCR YY%
FUEL MARGIN ZZ%
Calc. Desired Fuel : calculated desired fuel output

Fuel Limit MCR fuel limitation value at the actual running
conditions
Fuel Margin : Difference between the calculated desired
fuel and the MCR fuel limit.
To leave the menu , the ESC button has to be pressed . Following this, the
DIAG menu is displayed again.
3.2.2 52 Smoke Limit
After pressing S2 all relevant data for the Smoke Limit are displayed:
<SMOKE LIMIT> BACK [ESC]

CHARGE AIR PRESSURE X.XX bar
FUEL SMOKE LIMIT YY%
FUEL MARGIN ZZ%
Charge Air Pressure : actual charge air pressure

Fuel Smoke Limit fuel limitation value at the actual
running conditions
Fuel Margin Difference between the actual fuel
and the Smoke fuel limit
DIAG menu is displayed again .
;-
© STN ATLAS Marini'! Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 4 I 37
~SAM
3.2.3 53 Fuel
After pressing S3 all relevant data for the fuel output are displayed:
<FUEL> BACK [ESC]

CALC. DESIRED FUEL: XX%
FUEL RACK YY%
ACTUAL SPEED ZZ.Z RPM
()
~,
\__
Calc. Desired Fuel : calculated desired fuel output
Fuel Rack : actual fuel rack position
Actual Speed : actual speed
DIAG menu is displayed again.
3.3 Lever Match

LEVER Lever Match

MATCH
() has to be pressed at the ESG panel. The selection is indicated by the button
implemented LED turning to steady yellow light. Following the selection there
are two possibilities of menus to be displayed:
- if manual speed setting is selected, the speed set point from the Bridge
Maneuvering System BMS and the manual speed setting from the manual
control lever are displayed. The indication is shown in Fig. 3-4
- if manual fuel setting is selected, the fuel setting as result of the speed
setting from the BMS and the manual fuel setting from the manual control
lever are displayed. The indication is shown in Fig. 3- 5.
I
'
/#
()
~~ ------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 5/ 37
~SAM
ATTENTION:
Before changing the control mode from "AUTOMATIC" to "MANUAL", the set
points should be set to the same value, because the change from the old
set point (BMS) to the new set point (man. Control lever) is done in one step.
A big deviation between the set points will result in a rough change of the
engines speed . On changing the control mode from "MANUAL" to
"AUTOMATIC" a "LEVER MATCH" is not absolute necessary, because the
normal acceleration I deceleration characteristics are used to reach the new
set point (BMS).
<LEVER MATCH>
AUTOMATIC
MANUAL
ACTUAL SPEED
82 RPM
79RPM
82 RPM ""'"'"i
,.~,~~c:
[R ATUS 'MAINTE· ~IMME) EOfT !
LIST \,_NANCE) \CONTR.
u
UUULJ0 1~ C~;t3t>J
Fig . 3-4, Lever Match , Speed setting
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386 .BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 6/ 37
~SAM
~A~ Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M
< LEVER MATCH >

ACTUAL FUEL
MANUAL FUEL
ACTUAL SPEED
92%
89%
82RPM
"''" '""'i.
EJO ~~~JG
U LJ LJ LJ LJ t~ l~@JC0
Fig. 3- 5 : Lever Match, Fuel setting
3.4 Fuel Limit
NOTE: The function "Fuel Limitation" has to be released by the parameter

"REL FUEL LIMIT MENU". If the menu is not released, the
pushbutton "Fuel LIMIT" has no function.
\
I
Fuel Limitation
FUEL
LIMIT
implemented LED turning to steady green light. Following the selection the
actual valid fuel limit value is displayed as shown in Fig. 3- 6 .
\,
. ·---)________________________________________
\
...... ___
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 7 I 37
~SAM
The value can be changed by means of the Up and Down push buttons on the
ESG panel within the margins of
Maximum Fuel, set by parameter, and

Minimum Fuel, fixed at 30%
If the limit value is set to "Max. Fuel", no limitation is set. If the limit value is set
to a lower value than "Max. Fuel", the desired fuel will be limited to this value .
< FUEL LIMIT > BACK[ESC)
FUEL LIMIT : 100 %
l~l 1.21J [~
~1~1381~
u r~ ~~ r~
LJ ~!2JLJ
(-::J
UUUULJ o@@JCG
Fig . 3- 6 : Menu Fuel Limit
To leave the menu , the ESC button has to be pressed . Following this, the
previous display is shown. The button implemented LED
extinguishes, if the limitation value is set to "Max. Fuel", i.e. no limitation is

set
turns to steady yellow light, to indicate, that a limitation lower than "Max.
Fuel" is set.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11.00 • ESGOPIWP6 • Chp. 3 . Page 8/37
~SAM
CY
3.5 Cancel Limits
CANCEL Cancel Limits

LIMIT
implemented LED turning to steady red light.
(J NOTE : If selection of "Cancel Limits" from the BMS 40 M is released by

parameter in the BMS 40 M, the button implemented LED turns
also to steady red light, when "Cancel Limits" is selected at the
BMS 40 M.
The limitations influenced by "Cancel Limits" are:
Fuel Limit
Torque Limit
Smoke Limit
Start Fuel Limit
For more detailed information, please refer to chapter 2.
To leave the function, the "Cancel Limit" button has to be pressed again. The
button implemented LED extinguishes.
NOTE : If "Cancel Limit" is selected at the BMS 40 M and transferred to the

ESG 40 M, it is not possible to leave the function by pressing the
"Cancel Limit" button at the ESG panel!
,.·· ..
·~
( ___/'----------------------------
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 . Page 9 I 37
~SAM
----. Operating Instructions
3.6 Cancel Slow Mode

Under normal running conditions, when the BMS 40 M transfers engine is
running in "Sea Range", the ESG 40 M reduces the governor amplification by
steps to a minimum amplification, set by parameter, in order to calm the fuel
rack movement Under some circumstances it is necessary to return to high
governor amplification, e.g. at heavy sea or at shaft generator operation , where
a constant speed is more important than calm fuel rack movements.
CANCEL
sLow Cancel Slow Mode
MODE
has to be pressed at the ESG panel. The selection is indicated ba the button
implemented LED turning to steady yellow light
To leave the function, the "Cancel Slow Mode" button has to be pressed again .
The button implemented LED extinguishes.
3. 7 Blocked Reset
All criteria resulting in actuator blocking lead to the indication "EA ACTUATOR
BLOCKED" at the ESG panel display. Additionally the LED implemented in the
button "Blocked Reset" turns to flashing red light The indication is shown in
Fig. 3-7.
When the reason for the blocking is repaired, the blocking has to be reset by
pressing the key
BLOCKED Blocked Reset

RESET
After this, the button implemented LED turns to steady light and subsequent
the blocking is reset with a time delay of 5 sec. The button implemented LED
,
extinguishes and the indication "ACTUATOR BLOCKED" is rejected from the
display. ·
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386 .BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 . Page 1iJ I 37
.','•'.'.
~SAM
0
r;;;\'1 STN Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M
~!!!.! AT1..AS Geamot
I AUTOMATIC
~EA ACTUATOR BLOCKED
, ALARM BLOCKING REASON"
I SET: 73 DES: 73 ACT: 73
.u-, [o--\ ~~·
~~~~
l j ~ [''
, MENU STATUS: MAINTE-
NANCE
.I..J
~IMME~
;CONTR.
EDIT
~ ~~~ [',.,.I !.~]1~1

LJ ___j ~ :, /\ u
LJUU ULJl~ @]i.~Jl~.
Fig. 3- 7: Actuator Blocked display
3.8 VIT On/Off
As precondition for the activation of the VIT- function an electronic VIT has to
be installed. The VIT- function has to be released by parameter setting.
To activate the Variable Injection Timing the key
VIT VIT ON /OFF

ON/OFF
has to be pressed. The button implemented LED turns to steady green light to
indicate, that the Variable Injection Timing is active. The fuel injection now is
controlled dependend of
charge air pressure

engine speed
engine load, i.e. 1Tl_C1 mode
~
c)© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 ··07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 11/37
~SAM
To switch the VIT - function off, the key "VIT ON/OFF" has to be pressed
again . The button implemented LED extinguishes to indicate the "Off'- state.
3.9 VIT Low NOx
To activate the VIT- Function "Low NOx" the key
VIT
LOWNOx
VIT LOWNOx
has to be pressed . The button implemented LED turns to steady green light to
indicate, that the VIT- function "Low NOx" is selected . The function becomes
only effective, when the VIT is switched on as described above. The fuel
injection now is controlled only dependend of charge air pressure in order to
keep the NOx output low.
To switch the VIT- Low NOx- function off, the key "VIT Low NOx" has to be
pressed again . The button implemented LED extinguishes to indicate the "Off'
-state.
Precondition for the function is the operating mode "Automatic". The pre
lubrication should be done before engine start. To start the cylinder pre/post
lubrication, the key
cvL. Cylinder lubrication has to be pressed .

LUBR.
If Slow Turning is started at the Bridge Maneuvering System, the cylinder

lubrication starts automatically. The lubrication is automatically switched off
after a preset time (parameter) or it can be switched off by actuating the button
"CYL. LUBR." i
t
© STN ATLAS Marire Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp 3 . Page 12 /37
~SAM
3.11 Menu
Menu
MENU
implemented LED turning to steady green light. Following the selection, a
menu is displayed as shown in Fig. 3- 8.
<MAIN MENU> BACK(ESCJ

SELECT SUBMENU
51: OPERATING VALUE 53 : PARAMETER
52 : MEASURED VALUE S4:VIT
0
Fig. 3- 8 : Main Menu display
The Main Menu provides four sub-menus, selectable with the keys S1 to S4.
0------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 13 /37
~SAM
NOTE : The sub-menu "S4" is only displayed and selectable, if the Variable
Injection Timing, VIT, is released by parameter setting . Otherwise
the sub-menu "VIT" is not displayed and the key S4 has no
function.
The particular sub-menus are described as follows :
3.11.1 51 Operating Values

After pressing S1 the actual operating conditions are displayed :
<OPERATING VALUES> BACK [ESC]

DESIRED SPEED 78 .6 RPM
ACTUAL SPEED 78.2 RPM
FUEL RACK 68.6%
Desired Speed actual desired speed, calculated by the ESG

Actual Speed actual speed, measured by the ESG
Fuel Rack actual fuel rack position measured by the ESG
To leave the menu, the ESC button has to be pressed. Following this, the Main
Menu is displayed again.
3.11.2 52 Measured Value
After pressing S2 the Measuring List is displayed :
< MEASURING LIST> BACK [ESC]
DESIRED SPEED I FUEL MANUAL 6.00 mA
The Measuring list contains several measuring points. The last selected
measuring point is displayed . To scroll through the list, the UP and DOWN
buttons have to be used :
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 14 /37
.......
, ,
~SAM
0
~ pressing the button UP selects the next measuring point in the list
V pressing the button DOWN selects the previous measuring point in the list
The selected measuring point is displayed in the Measuring List menu and also
in the Parameter List menu, selectable from the Main Menu by pressing S3.
This eases the parameter setting by observing the measured value during
parameter value changing.
The following measuring points are listed up in the measuring list :
1 Desired Speed I Fuel Manual [rnA]

The display shows the actual current input signal from the manual control
lever
2 Desired Speed I Fuel Manual [RPM] or [%]

The display shows the desired speed [RPM] at ttie actual manual control
lever position if "Manual Speed Setting" is selected, or the desired fuel[%]
at the actual manual control lever position if "Manual Fuel Setting" is
selected.
3 Desired Speed Automatic M

If the engine order telegraph is directly connected to the ESG 40 M,
0 selectable by parameter setting, the display shows the actual voltage ofthe
engine order telegraph at the momentary position of the lever. If the actual
speed setting transferred from the BMS 40 M via serial interface normally
OV is displayed
4 Desired Speed Automatic [RPM]

. If the engine order telegraph is directly connected to the ESG 40 M,
selectable by parameter setting, the display shows the actual speed setting
calculated from the voltage input (see above). If the engine order telegraph
is not directly connected to the ESG 40 M, the display shows the actual
speed setting transferred from the BMS 40 M via serial interface.
I"
..
(~)~---------------------
____.. © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 15/ 37
~SAM
5 Desired Speed Delayed [RPM]

The display shows the desired speed influenced by the delay time set by
parameter.
6 Actual Speed [RPM]

The display shows the actual speed measured by the ESG 40 M
7 Actual Speed Delayed [RPM]

The display shows the actual speed measured by the ESG 40 M and
filtered for display
8 Measuring Value 08 [nil]
9 Desired Actuator Position [V]

The display shows the actual desired value of the actuator position . The
deviation between Desired Actuator Position and Actuator Position
feedback is used for the "actuator follows" monitoring
10 Desired Fuel [%]

The display shows the actual calculated fuel output.
11 Chief I Fuel Limit[%]

The display shows the actual fuel limitation set with the function "Fuel Limit"
12 Actuator Position M
The display shows the actual actuator position feedback measured by the
ESG
13 Actuator Position[%]
The display shows the actual actuator position in percentage of the full
actuator range, calculated from the measured position feedback signal.
.''
© STN ATLAS Marine Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386 .BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 16 I 37
~SAM
14 Increase Start Fuel[%]

The maximum increase value is represented by the difference between
normal start fuel, e.g. 65% and the ·start fuel in case of emergency
manoeuver, e.g 95%, i.e. 30%. The display shows the calculated ratio of
this max. increase value, taking the ships speed under account. A display
of 100% start fuel increase means, that 30% fuel are added to the normal
start fuel, i.e start fuel is set to 95%, 50% of start fuel increase means, that
15% fuel are added etc.
0 15 Measuring Value 15 [nil]
16 Charge Air Pressure P1 [BARG]

The actual value of the charge air pressure of pressure sensor 1 is
displayed as a relative pressure against environmental air pressure of 1
bar.
17 Charge Air Pressure P1 [rnA]

The actual current of pressure sensor 1 is displayed at the momentary
charge air pressure. The measurement is used to fix the current for this
pressure or to read out the current for parameter settings.
u 18 Charge Air Pressure P2 [BARG]

The actual value of the charge air pressure of pressure sensor 2 is
displayed as a relative pressure against environmental air pressure of 1
bar.
19 Charge Air Pressure P2 [rnA]

The actual current of pressure sensor 2 is displayed at the momentary
charge air pressure. The measurement is used to fix the current for this
pressure or to read out the current for parameter settings .
C)______________________________________ . .
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 • Page 17 /37
~SAM
20 Charge Air Pressure average CAP [BARG]

The actual value of the charge air pressure average of pressure sensor 1
and pressure sensor 2 is displayed as a relative pressure against
environmental air pressure of 1 bar.
21 VIT cylinder setpoint [mm]

The desired value calculated by the VIT control program is displayed
22 VIT Cylinder 1 position [V]

The actual position value of VIT cylinder 1 feedback is displayed
23 VIT Cylinder 1 position [mm]

The actual physically position of VIT cylinder 1 feedback is displayed
24 VIT Cylinder 2 position [V]

The actual position value of VIT cylinder 2 feedback is displayed
25 VIT Cylinder 2 position [mm]

The actual physically position of VIT cylinder 2 feedback is displayed
26 Load indicator transmitter 1 [mA]

The actual fuel injection feedback of load indicator transmitter 1 is
displayed
27 Actual fuel transmitter 1 [%]

The actual fuel injection value of load indicator transmitter 1 is displayed
28 Load indicator transmitter 1 [LI]

The actual value of load indicator transmitter 1 is displayed
29 Load indicator transmitter 2 [mA]

The actual fuel injection feedback of load indicator transmitter 2 is
displayed ~
-··
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 18/ 37
~SAM
30 Actual fuel transmitter 2 [%]

The actual fuel injection value of load indicator transmitter 1 is displayed
31 Load indicator transmitter 2 [LI]

The actual value of load indicator transmitter 2 is displayed
32 Average actual fuel[%]

The average of fuel injection of transmitter 1 und transmitter 2 is displayed
33 Graph Charge Air Pressure signal A [ o ]
The injection angle as a function of charge air pressure is displayed
34 Graph Speed signal B [ o]

The injection angle as a function of engines speed is displayed
35 Injection Angle [ o ]
The injection angle is displayed as a result of Charge Air Pressure, Speed,

FQS, Low NOx and IT_C1- Mode is displayed
36 Cyl. Lubrication Sign. H [ % ]

The actual output value to the cylinder lubrication oil pump controller is
displayed
0
37 Lin. Governor Amplification
The display shows the actual governor amplification. The amplification is
lowered to a minimum, set by parameter, when "Sea Range" is transferred
from the BMS 40 M via serial interface. When "Cancel Slow Mode" is
selected, the amplification will be increased to the max. value, set by
parameter.

II
()______________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 19 /37
~SAM
For more detailed information, please refer to the engine makers Specification
for the VIT System.
To leave the menu , the ESC button has to be pressed . Following this, the Main
Menu is displayed again .
3.11.3 53 Parameter
After pressing S3 the Parameter List is displayed, showing the last selected
parameter:
< PARAMETER > BACK [ESC)

P-No "Parameter Text"
OLD VALUE: W NEWVALUE: w
"Display of actual selected measuring value"
In the parameter list there are two possibillities to display any parameter
1. By actuating the curser keys II 6. I '1 II the parameter numbers are
increased I decreased one by one with every key stroke .

11 11
0 - key has to be pressed, to open the number for changing. The actual
number (max 3 digits) has to be set by using the alpha numerical keys (0-
9) . When the desired parameter number has been input, this must be
11 11
completed by actuating the key ENT •
© STN ATLAS Mari'"le Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 . Page 20 /37
~SAM
~ .. Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
Operating Instructions .
0
When entering an invalid parameter number (e.g. parameter number >
max. parameter number), the first parameter number in the list is selected.
By pressing the "ESC"- key the parameter number entered is not accepted
The display at this procedure is shown in Fig. 3- 9.
~STN
~~ Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M
- --------------- . --- ·-· -·- ... ·-· ----·- ----------------------------- -----------
Actual parameter
.. ,.. <Parameter >
21 Text Param 21
BACK [ESC] ALARM FAULT
Old Value : vvvv New Value : VVVV

ALARM
LIST
<Parameter> -· · · BACK[ESC]
Npha numerical 0 actuated
.,.. Text Param. 21
Old Value : VVVV New Value : VVVV
EDIT
New number selection <Parameter > BACK[ESC] ... ---~
__ -----------
...... .. -. . . ,.. 35 Text Param. 21
Old Value : VVVV New Value : VVVV
ESC
. ~~ tl--ENT...J-
__ - --
-- ·:.:Parameter>------·
Enter actuated
... ,.. 35 Text Param. 35
Old Value : VVVV New Value :
BACK[ESC]
VVVV
- - - -·· --.--. --- -------·
Fig. 3 - 9, Display of parameter number setting

0
For parameter changes, please refer to chapter 6.
To leave the menu, the ESC button has to be pressed. Following this, the Main
Menu is displayed again.
() _________________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPJ.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 21/3r
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMar ine Group
3.11.4 S4VIT
After pressing S4 a submenu is displayed :
< VIT MENU > BACK [ESC]

SELECT SUBMENU
S1: VIT VALUES S3: FQS
S2: NOT AVAILABLE S4: NOT USED
The VIT menu contains two sub menus:
S1 VIT values
S3 Fuel Quality, FQS
3.11.4.1 51 VIT Values
After pressing S1 the VIT values are displayed:
< VIT VALUES> BACK [ESC]

CAP CTRL.SIG. I IT_A 0.3608 3.0°
SPEED DIM.LESI IT_B 0.7782 -3.0°
VIT POS.FB. I IT_H 50.1mm 50mm > 2
CAP Ctrl. Sig./ IT_A : Charge air pressure signal I Injection

Timing angle IT_A
Speed Dim.Les/IT_B : Actual speed related to nominal speed =
1 /Injection Timing angle IT_B
VIT Pos.FB./ IT H VIT position feedback I Stroke output
after angle to stroke conversion: IT_H
If two VIT actuators are provided, a ">2" is displayed in the 41h row at the far
right position. This indicates, that a second group of VIT values can be
i
displayed by pressing .Wle "I>" key at the operating panel.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386 .BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 22/37
~SAM
0
The display now shows the values of the second actuator and the change over
indication turns to ">1". By pressing the "t>" key again, the display changes to
the values of the first actuator and the change over indication turns back to
">2"
To leave the sub menu, the ESC button has to be pressed. Following this, the
Main Menu is displayed again.
3.11.4.2 53 Fuel Quality Setting, FQS

0
After pressing S3 the Fuel Quality Setting is displayed:
BACK [ESC]
FQS
OLD VALUE:
NOTE:
Before using this function, the FQS-value has to be set by parameter
"PVIFQS" (see. Parameter table). This value is transferred once to the working_,
range influenced by the FQS setting described here.
(~
()!___________________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07. 11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 23 I 37
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMar ine Group
To change the value setting , the key
EDIT
Edit
has to be pressed . The FQS value is opened for changing . The setting of a
new value is the same procedure as for parameter setting as described in
chapter 6.
PAR. VALUES> SAVE [ENT] CANCEL [ESC]

FQS [ o]
OLD VALUE : V.V NEW VALUE : V.V
NOTE:
The value of FQS can be set at any time without request of a password!
To leave the sub menu, the ESC button has to be pressed. Following this, the
Main Menu is displayed again .
... _..
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 24 I 37
~SAM
_..,..--....., __
0
3.12 Alarm indication and Acknowledgment
Any alarm coming up leads to an optical alarm indication on the ESG panel.
Additional an acoustical signal is given. The indication is shown in Fig. 3- 10.
~~~ Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M

----- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------- ---------------------- -------·------------------·- -- - --
AUTOMATIC
I
IALARM TEXT
SET: 0.0 DES: 0.0 ACT: J.
1:9
1.~
··~
~~OKEJ
'.RESET
Fig. 3 -10, Alarm indication at the ESG Panel
Every alarm is shown with the current state. The following alarm states are
possible:
Active alarm non-acknowledged :.+ symbol • flashing
Active alarm acknowledged :.+ symbol • steady
Gone alarm acknowledged :.+ alarm signal extinguishes
Gone alarm non-acknowledged :.+ symbol • flashing
0~------------------------------------
---./ © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 25/37
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMar i ne Group
Any alarm coming up leads to an acoustical signal at the ESG-panel. This also
applies to the acknowledgment of this signal. Pressing the button
switches off the buzzer.
3.12.2 Optical acknowledge and Alarm List
Any alarm can be optically acknowledged as it is displayed without previous

selecting the Alarm List. The indication and auto scrolling to the next
unacknowledged alarm is the same as within the alarm list exept the indication
"Start of List" before the first alarm and "End of List" behind the last alarm .
3.12.2.1 Optical acknowledge
The alarm is optically to acknowledge by pressing the key
Optical acknowledge
If the alarm state was "Alarm active non-acknowledged", the state display turns
to "Alarm active acknowledged" with steady state indication in front of the
alarm text. If more unacknowledged alarms are present, the display
automatically scrolls to the next unacknowledged alarm. Otherwise the display
remains in the actual position .
/#
© STN ATLAS Ma ri ne Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 26 I 37
~SAM
()
If the alarm state was "Alarm gone non-acknowledged", this alarm
indication is canceled and the next alarm is displayed.
The acknowledgment and scrolling of alarms is shown in Fig. 3- 11.
~ ..~------- ------~-~~~a_!__ __ ----~e_ctro~c s~::_d_c:;~~='!l~-~~~~o_~

·AUTOMATic __________ -----·-·---·--·
ALARM FAULT
Optical acknowledge
~~~torii{~~ro~-~~n- ----· - - ---,..:;~·~~_: ________oe~_c_oo_ --------•~T_c~.'!-
...... -·--:: ..:.-:--:-· ::.-::~ ::-:-_::::.::::-: .:.::.::-:_ :::-::.::.:::..:.:::_~.:::.:=:. ~.:-.:.·--·
AUTOMATC
O~_:~tic:al_~_:~~o~!!l~9~-- · - - - - · __ ,.., -seco•oAI.ARio<" STATUS
(~~to_m_.t~_C!.o~~-1?~ . . .- -· ____ .. : :.:·:..§l~~,~~o.::-=.~:~:.~:.:=::.-~~~~~::~-~~::~::=_~_::_:==:-.:{3-;~-~

UST
o,o_ -:-=.:·
0 ESC ENT
Fig. 3- 11, Optical acknowledgment of alarms
3.12.2.2 Selecting the Alarm List
(J Every alarm is recorded in the alarm list. When the alarm list is selected by
pressing the key
ALARM Select Alarm List

LIST
displayed alarm states are the same as at direct indication.
and can be optical acknowledged. If this is done, the display automatically
scrolls to the next unacknowledged alarm etc.
l
()!__________________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 27/37
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMa rine Group
~ Scroll up and
V Scroll down
List",displayed in line two, or "End of List" , displayed in line four, is reached as
shown in Fig 3 - 12. If there is only one alarm in the list, the scroll function is
ineffective. If the alarm list is empty, the message "NO ALARMS" is displayed
as shown in Fig. 3- 13.
To leave the alarm list the "ESC" button must be pressed . Following this
instruction, the indication shown on the display before appears again .
Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 4CM
~liSf'Oo FAULT
Optical acknowledge STMTOfliST
. . ~ I ""f1RST AL..NUr
(Auto~ . ) ~r~l down
O~tical acknow~~dge_ _
--- .. -,.. I "S(.COHO~W"
STATUS
UST
(A_u!om.) Scrol~~~~- --- -_--- _;__··-- --
--··-· -- -. -- ·-·--. --- --
--- --_:_- . ~--- ~. ---·---
-- ---. ----------- - ----- ---- ---
8ACI((UCJ
Optic311 a~_n_?wledge . ~ I "'nMDAL.AMI"'
- -- - --- --.- - ·-·-.--

(HOOf'UST
. - -- - -· --------
----- :·_-:-:·=---==--- -_, ~~~~ -~~ = :
c./IJ,.Jo/ftt.IUST•
Scrol up _ . ~ I '"SECOHOAl.AAW"
Fig. 3- 12, Acknowledgment and scrolling of alarms within the alarm list
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386 .BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 . Page 28/37
~SAM
u
<ALARM LIST> BACK(ESC)

START OF LIST
NO ALARMS
~~~~
END OF LIST
n--'l e;J~·
fc~MMEJ
CONTR.
EDIT
r01
LJ 0013l~G
LJ LJ [~ I:J (~ LJ [_~ [~ CB
r\
I J
\"--./
Fig. 3- 13, Display of an empty alarm list
If a new alarm occurs during the indication of the alarm list, the new alarm is
shown on the display with it's current state.
3.13 Status List

Several events occurring during engines operation or as result of operators
intervention are directly indicated in the second line of the ESG panel diaplay.
(~) The display shows always the newest event. If there is more than one event,
this is indicated by">> STAT.LIST" at the far right position of the second line
of the display. Additionally all events are recorded in the status list. The LED
implemented in the button "STATUS LIST" turns to steady yellow light to
indicate the request to select the status list. The display is shown in Fig. 3- 14.
~- .
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Versron 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 29/37
~SAM
,...,..,STN
lol!!!!'.jAT\AS Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M
AUTOMATIC AHEAD ALARM FAULT

• FIRST EVENT •
SET : 69.2 DES : 69.2 ACT : 69.3

ALARM ,.
LIST
AUTOMATIC AHEAD
·SECOND EVENT •
SET : 69.2 DES : 89.2

»STAT.LIST
ACT : 69.3
U •
STATUS
LIST
MAINTE- DiMMER/
NANCE CONTR.
EDIT
-
1ABC 2 OEF JGHI • JKI. 5MNO 6 PQR
FUEL CANCEL VIT VIT CYl ESC ENT
LIMIT SLO'N ON/OFF LOW lUBR.
t.10DE NOx
1 sru a WIX. 9 vz •I-

BLOCKED CANCEL
RESET LIMIT
Fig. 3- 14, Display with present events
To select the status list, the key
STATUS Status List

LIST
has to be pressed . The LED turns to steady green light and the status list is
displayed as shown in Fig. 3 - 15. The newest event and the number of
recorded events are displayed.
fl. Scroll up and
'V Scroll down

the events can be displayed one after another.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp . 3 , Page 30/37
~SAM
0
~~s~---- -----·-·· _____ : ____ -~e~~ot___________E_I!_~~~o~~C:~~':_d_G_o_ve_f!l~r~~~-40~

..
---·--·
cSTATUS LIST•
---- ------- --- ·---- -- -----------
-·-·-
SACK lESCJ .Al.ARU-' FAULT
Button "STATUS LIST" actuated 3 EVE.'fTS
--- --···- - · - - - - - - - - - · - ·------ ··- -- ·-·- -~ ~IRSTEVEHT"
Scrol down actuated

.. ··-· ·-· .. ---- -- - •··,.
cSTATUSUSTJo BACK[ESCJ
l EVENTS
-- _ : _: _ r:~:_ -.,_
Fig 3- 15, Selection of the Status List
NOTE:
If the status list is selected and no event is present, the text "NO EVENTS" is
displayed in the second line.
The Status List provides the following events :

0
Acceleration Blocked
The event is indicated, when the deviation between actual speed and
desired speed exceeds the limit set by parameter.
Electronic Governor not active

The event is indicated, if Manual Mode is selected and Manual Fuel is
ordered from Manual Lever
Torque Limit Active

The event is indictetl, when the Torque limit becomes active
r-)
•,
'
('-/-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPLWP6 • Chp. 3, Page 31/37
~SAM
Smoke Limit Active

The event is indicted, when the Smoke limit becomes active
Stop Active
The event is indicated , when a stop is active
• in Automatic transferred from the BMS 40 M via serial interface
• in Manual, when the stop contact from the manual control lever is set
Start Sequence Active

The event is indicated during engine start sequence
Desired Speed in Critical Range

The event is indicated, when the desired speed, in Automatic or Manual
Speed Setting, is within the critical speed range set by parameter.
Emergency Stop Active

The event is indicated as long as Emergency Stop is ordered
EA Current Limit Servo

The event indicates, that the current limit for the actuator servo motor is
reached
EA Temp. Switch Enclos.

The event indicates, that the temperature in the Power Electronic cubicle is
too high.
EA Actuator Blocked
The event indicates, that the actuator is blocked
Cancel Slow Mode

The event indicates, that the governor amplification is set to maximum
value by CANCEL SLOW MODE pushbutton order.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 32/37
~SAM
0
Simulation Charge Air+ Speed Active
The VIT simulation is set active by parameter.
IT_C 1 activated
The event indicates, that the VIT Injection Timing calculation resulted in the
condition "IT C1 Mode ON".
VIT Switched Off

The event indicates, that the VIT is not active. This will only be indicated,
when the VIT is projected by parameter setting but switched off
• by parameter setting or, if not VIT simulation mode is set,
• with no automatic or manual speed setting
• actuator not engaged
• charge air pressure transmitter defective
Manual Slow Turning Active

The event indicates, that the slow turning was activated by push button at
the manual control panel.
.:
0© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3, Page 33/37
~SAM
3.14 Maintenance
To handle BAT 410 settings the key
MAINTE- Maintenance
NANCE
has to be pressed. Following this, a menu is displayed as shown in Fig. 3- 16.
V : "Vers. No.' BACK [ESC) [FAULT J

S 1 : KEYs LEOs 10 53 : LAMP TEST
52 : DISPLAY 15 $4 :
o--- y.. ,.'
[
AlARM
LIST
~
..____:_/
(9~~~~e:J~
eJ
Fig . 3- 16, Display Maintenance menu
The maintenance menu indicates the function of the keys S1 to S4. The
51 Pressing key S1 sets the basic brightness of the LEOs in all keys of the
panel. There are 15 steps available. The actual level is indicated in the
in circle, i.e. 0- 1 - 2- 3 ... 15- 0 etc., where 0 is the lowest and 15 the
highest brightness.
I'
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 . Page 34 /37
~SAM
I
\, __ .
52 Pressing key S2 sets the basic brightness of the display background

in circle, i.e. 0- 1 - 2- 3 ... 15- 0 etc., where 0 is the lowest and 15 the
highest brightness.
53 On pressing key S3 a Lamp Test takes place. All LEOs in the keys of
the panel are illuminated in full brightness, the display is filled with I as
shown in Fig. 3- 17 and the buzzer is activated.
~STN
~ATlAS Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M
Ill FJ AlARM FAULT
= -- -- -- - - - - - -- -- -- - - .-- - - -- - - > =
I I ALARM
...,
::-
~·
LIST
LEVER S1 S2
(5~~~:-, S4 MENU STATUS MAINTE- o'IMMERI EDIT
DIAG
MATCH ' -' )
' LIST NANCE CONTR.
;~;
··- -·-·
-- --
1ABC 2 OEF 4 JI<L 5 MNO 6 POR
FUEL CANCEL VIT - VIT CYL ESC ENT
SLOW ON/OFF LOW LUBR.
LIMIT MODE _Nox
7STU 8 vwx. gyz ' Spa<8 +I·

BLOCKED CANCEL
RESET LIMIT
Fig. 3- 17, Display at Lamp Test
The Lamp Test is canceled automatically after 3 seconds.
54 Spare, no function available
r·'\
1·~ /
':-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATlAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3. Page 35/37
~SAM
3.15 Dimmer I Contrast
To set the brightness of all LEOs in the keys of the panel and of the displays
DIMMER/ Dimmer I Contrast

CONTRAST
has to be pressed . Following this, a menu is displayed as shown in Fig. 3- 18.
~ STN
~A TLAS Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 40M
BACK [ESC) ALARM FAULT

BRIGHTNESS : PUSH DIMMER
ALARM ·· ;:.
.· -.
LIST
BACK[ESCJ
BRIGHTNESS : PUSH DIMMER MAX. LEVEL
... ...
I ABC 2 OEF 3GHI 4 JKL
CANCEL VIT VIT CYl
FUEL SLOW LOW
LIMIT ON/OFF LUBR.
MODE • NOx
7 STU avwx gyz ..,..,. •I ·

EMERG . CANCEL
CTRL LIMIT
----- .-·--·- ----- ------ -- .
Fig. 3- 18, Display Dimmer I Contrast menu
Pressing key Dimmer I Contrast step by step sets the brightness of the LEOs
in all keys of the panel and the display back light taking the basic level under
account (pis. refer to "MAINTENANCE MENU" S11 S2). With every key stroke
the brightness changes to next step in cycle by adding "5" to the actual level,
until the maximum level is reached. This is indicated at the display. The next
key stroke leads to lower brightness. An example is shown in the following
table:
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 36/37
~SAM
0
Brightness level Brightness level Level indication Dimmer I Contrast
LEOs Display
5 =Basic level 0 =Basic level actuated
10 5 actuated
15 =max. level 10 actuated
15 =max. level 15 =max. level Max. Level actuated
5 =Basic level 0 = Basic level etc.
NOTE:
If the basic level is set to "15", the lowest level is equal to maximum level.
In this case dimming is not possible.
To leave the Dimmer I Contrast menu the "ESC" button must be pressed.
again.
0------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGOPI.WP6 • Chp. 3 , Page 37 /37
~SAM
(~)
4 Introduction
The Electronic Speed Governor consists of a number of modules desingned for

the speed control of the propulsion engine of the ship. The modules described
in the following are:
D the Central Memory Module ZSM 401

.~,
(,,____;)
D the Relay and Input Module REM 401
D the Control Module RM 401
D the Universal Module UNM 401
D the Valve Control Module VSM 401
D the Filter Module FIM 405
D the Operating and Indication Panel BAT 411

(-'\
"'-__)
f\1
··.~/ _©_S-TN_A_T_lA_S_M_a-ri-ne_E_Ie-ct-ro-nics_G_m-bH-•
1
-PC_S_•_2_7-1.-16_1_3-86-.B_G_E_•_V-er-si-on-1-.0-•-0-7.-1-1.0_0_•_E_S-GT_D_C_.W_P_6_•_C_hp-.-4-.P-a-ge-1-/-28-
~SAM
Geamic 40M ZSM401

Central Memory Module
General
The ZSM401 module is a central unit with 2 galvanically decoupled digital inputs. The module has
two galvanically decoupled interfaces (RS485) for the purpose of networking the assemblies as
well as one for testing or extending (TIL signals).
The assembly can be extended by a maximum of another four digital input/output modules and
one analog input module (AEM402) . It is also possible to connect two SEM402 assemblies with
two RS485/ 422 interfaces each to the analog bus.
The module is organized by a single-chip micro controller (HC11) . There are 0.5K EEPROM, a
maximum of 512K RAM and a maximum of 2.64 Mbytes flash EPROM available for the program.
The controller organizes the interface and the extension busses. The digital inputs are filtered and
transmitted to the master via the interface upon request.
The module can be extended by 4 interface modules.

* VSM401 with 7 DE /12 DA 17 ADU
* IOM401 with 16 DE /12 DA

* SEM402 with 2 RS485 I 422
The extension modules can be connected to the ZSM401 module in any combination . It
i
)'
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 2 I 28
~SAM
I
~/
~ "
IIJ;;
G ~' 'il8 lf. [ff] I
1---
~
:
"
[~}~ L:J [_} .,
Of"'I·· ... 1.....I''1...,. I
a~
0
, :
.
G B,~ Q c;:;;;::;;J f •~ f on f ••• j@
I
. ~~-~;:;~ " ·-~~-
~ +~"f·~·;·~t·~ . I~ [j
11:j;8~
I
716
uber Trcgsch1ene
Technical Data
Power supply: 18- 32V, 5000mA
2 Signal inputs {DC)

Voltage 18- 32V
Current 8 -16mA
Interface: 2 x RS 485
1 x RS 232 (TIL)
CPU: MC68HC11 F1 {16MHz)

0,5 KByte EEPROM
2,64 MByte Flash EPROM
512 KByte RAM
Expansion: max. um 4 Erweiterungs-Module

,----z with a maximum of 4 expansion modules
Dimensions {DxWxH): 125,4 x 216 x 67 mm
Ambient temperature: 0-55° c

Weight: 500 g
Type Approval: KR,ABS, DNV, GL, LR, RINA {in preparation)
CE EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
'..._ ___... )'--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 3 /28
~SAM
Analog · Hodul · Er wt1l trung
~---------,-x.~--,---------:
XI
Adruu
XIS Sl I
IP4@:~ ~ '
24YOC •uppiJ f• 0001
I
XI
9 0( 1
10 0( 2
::03:
>...,
:I"'
..,oo X2
HYO( IUPPIJ ....,:x:
2&.V (,nspt•lung "'~
,::;;
:X: _,
.,.,
XI "' 0
s . "'
-::r~ "'
i -
=> { -{lSI
c Bus 1 .(lSI "' ""CD
"tl'<
AGNOI "' ::n-
o'"
:x,.,
,..,
=>
s . "'
i
"'"<>
c Bu1 1 "'a :
~:I c
XI '
=>\ {-(/52 11
..
i
12 "'
Bus l ·US I HISI/11051
"""' AGNOI
I
"'
i
=>s l
c 8\11
X
u 0004 Sc ..... ,,,.,._~
X
o....N ... ~
,....,".~ 0
I ..,
'
I
Wahhdog xp~;'"
N
Vl
...
3:
0
J
!•
.t_ ________,_~ ___
l _______ _j
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 4 I 28
~SAM
Technical Description ofaii_Components.
I.
_\
...... ..........
}
Module-Part Numbers 271.138 133

Arrangement 271.138133.GZ
General plan 271.138133.USP
Description ( detailed ) 271.138 133.BG German
271.138 133.BGE English
1
'
-~
~
'~/ )____________________________________
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 5/28
~SAM
Geamic 40M REM401

Relay and Input Module
.. ·.·.
'
General
The REM401 module is an interface expansion unit with 16 electrically isolated digital inputs, and
8 relay outputs. The module can be expanded with a maximum of three further input/output
modules.
The expansion modules can be connected to the central module in any combination . It recognises
the expansion module connected automatically from a module identifier.
Design:
The REM401 module is accommodated on a 125,4 x 216 x 68 mm (DxWxH) mounting module.

The module can be engaged on support rails to the DIN European standard .
The module has 8 terminal strips to which the interface signals can be connected directly.
·"'
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 . 161 386 . BGE • Vers ion 1.0 • 07. 11 .00 • ESGTDC WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 6/ 28
~SAM
...
~
!;::
'·:: ~··
00
t
01
If
0)
I
@
t
01
I
@
!i::
:::: " ...
I••
,••
It;;,; " .
p 0~
I f
OS
If
06
1 r us Ir U6 I I==.
~ U1
It
Ul
If Ul
If u' I Hl~~=<ll}ti~=~=~:l!:l
•..
JJDDDDDD!D
'"
:;t~
"'
;ii~ "'
;fi~ :ii~
...''il ~ ..,
·~~· !~i! !~i~
.:~!2>= =<!l~=li>=d:OO Hf.:C[~=<ll=(!l~=li>=~~
~&&&&&S>~ Xl~&'S>IS)IS)IS)IS)~ XS~(S>ISJ(S>IS)IS)IS)~ X7~1S)IS)IS)ISJISJISJ~

~ISl&ISl&IS'S>~~&ISl&&&IS~ISl!Sl!Sl!Sl&&~&&ISl!Sl&ISl!Sj
\, __ J) ,
Technical Data
Power supply: internal using X9
16 Signal inputs (DC/AC) UeNi 12- 32V

le/li 8 - 16mA
8 Signal outputs changeover contact 32V /6A

250 V AC /1500 VA
according group C
Expansion using X10: DEM401

DRM401
DLM401
AAM401
~,.....--__.,

)
~
Ambient temperature: o- 55" c
Weight: 650 g
Type Approval: ABS. DNV, GL; LR. RINA, KR
CE EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 7 /28
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroM arine Gro up
ar
;;
~n•6~,z· ~
: -1
24·1
I
-~:i
: o~ -i I
a-,-·
I
- I
~
~ ,~
~ ar
24·1
I
-1 I
-~:i
o~ i
:; I I -
.
41
"'c;,
41
0:
I
"'cco
c
-a-,
w
-
~-i;u
-1
I
co ~ I
....,!:
..., •I
-·
-1 -1
c ·:::z:
:::J
I
"':::J ·:::z: I
co ·I
·~
ll::
·I I
I
·~ :I
•;!
ll::
:I I
I
ll::
-I
-I
-,
I
I
-I
..
•I
•I
-1 -1
;:
., ·I
I
.~
;: I
....;: I
..,.
J ~I
I
;:
...;:
I
I
-I
-I
-,
I
I
-I
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 8 I 28
~SAM

Description ( detailed ) 271.123 854.BG German
::l'r
©STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 9/28
~SAM
Geamic 40M RM401

Control Module
General
The RM401 assembly is an interface extension unit with 7 differential inputs with a measuring
range of ±1 OV or± 20mA (4-20mA) each. RM401 can process 1/U. The measurement is carried
out by means of a 12-bit AID converter (09). The input signals are transferred to the ADU with a
gain of 1 or 2. The converter has an accuracy of 10 bits with a resolution of 12 bits. In addition,
there is an analog output available which has a resolution of 12 bits, too.
The module is connected to connector X9 of the DZM401/ZM401 assembly. It is recognized by

the central module connected via a module identification.
The module is additionally equipped with an analog hardware by means of which e.g. a set point
I actual value comparison can be carried out. The values for setpoint, actual value, actual value
input and analog output can be read in via the ADU. Moreover, there are 8 digital inputs with
galvanic decoupling as well as 3 relays. One relay (K1) is designated for controller enabling. The
second relay (R2) is designated for a gain changeover and the third relay (K3) for a free
application.
Design:
The RM401 module is accommodated on a 125,4 x 216 x 67mm (DxHxW) large supporting
module. The module can snap into position of DIN EN mounting rails. The module has 4 terminal-
connectors for the connection of the terminal device.
The connection to the computer module is effected via a 26-pole ribbon cable . The assembly is
supplied via the ribbon cable from the computer.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 10 /28
~SAM
Technical Data
Power supply via X9: 5V, 30mA

+15V, 43mA
-15V, 16mA
Digital inputs: 8 x 24V DC, 10mA
Relay output: 1 x 32V DC, 6A
Signal input ADU: 7 x ±10V oder 0 (4)- 20mA
Actual value input: 0 to ±10V I Ri 200k
Set point input: 0 to ±10V I Ri 200k

0 to 20mA I Ri 275R (load 250R)
("----)
Controller output: ±10V 15mA
Analog output: 12 Bit I ±1 OV I 5mA

Weight: 550 g
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 11 /28
~SAM
Analog~'nga ng~
ANALOG INPUT X r--
{ :ls Q..1-
XWI r::::::::::::.:!JI
- ·U Mr.-.
~
A[ OS6S
i- :,_L
Kanal 1
-U ~§HIIID-1 c
c: ~- ,.:>:>
-
1-. ._u -
;:::lo, XW2 A[ 0566
Kanal 2{ \ QI" -c: ·~U

~
~~ .....___
•U Mr.-. XW) A[ 0567
Kanal 3 {
1Q c:
(.. -U
""1::
!M:: r=r\
\ Q.~._u
I_ •U ;:::lo, XW4 A[ OS65 r--
Kanal 4 {
......-..;::'
!M:;
y
c:
.rx;:;·~ X
xws ~ OS69
:z:
c
Kana I 5 {~--'+:s-c-+-QT- ~~ -U
~:; nnrl
X
XW6 Ill
•U
1c Q j:
;:::lo, A[ OSlO c
......-..;::'
~=-~ "'•::J: "'c
Kanal 6 { -U -~-
~ ::>
....
.....
D.
,.,
·U Mr.-. XW7 A[ OS71 ::t
5
Kanal 1 { :lSc (J :: -u
""1::
~~~-1
g
c
oO
"
oO
0
·24V=o!4~ ·~- ,.oO"':X,

Bremse
: K3 ~~·~~ •<
:z,.
(
BRAKE OV '• .......
...,~
:;;- ,."'
- L._
A[ 0572 .,, -o
....
.><" ~ ~
a
....
X
• ""C
o=>
lstwert
ACTUATOR
t
ji Yo) A[ OS 7)
,,.,,
-.. .. "' zoO
II
A( lUll
POSITION PO~ flO,.
Analogausgab~ {\ft-1·
.1- o---<
A[ 0575
lvclt.lrw•
. . . . . ""'9
~
ere
. Ill
c
ANALOGUE OUTPUT ~j~ o---<

IUO
.UAI. OUTP
~r"\
"'......
xwa Soll•trt .
z..,
...
{U!: loOt••
~ A[ OS 74 c
Soli wert
ACTUATOR ""1:: E' *-:! ........... SU,OI•I
,.,
:>:>
~~-
SET POINT
C'l
Steuers,gnal
Servo Motor
{4~ !•• AA OS81 ~0
cr,.
:;_,-. t-
v;
.......
CTRL SIGNAL 1, ii j! '"'
SERVO t1010R
RGND = ~
o--c:J-< ii ~~
1
1
I< 2
VoS
••
EK OS09 ltt•w•·
~.,,
__ [!,. X
S::'JtOU<
Oberw DZH401 AK OHI
·24V ,
DE 1 -'-. ,.........., ,.,.,
,,., AK OS)4
DE 2 -1-. ,.........., "'

. ,,.,...
~
[K OSOI
[K 0502
r-- "'
"'
•
AK OSIS
AK OSI6
DE 3 -I·. _r--'">_ ']'_,
- ,.,
~
,..........., "'"'",.,., EK OSOI :z -
.., ::>
c~ "'
AK OSIJ
DE 4 -~~ - "' IHI [K OS04 -<cr ,.

~"
r;:,
DE 5
-j· ~
~ .ii~
[K OSOS
:>:>
,.,:>:>
C'l,. AK 0Sl8
DE 6 -·- c;;.,
.....-
-oO
"':>:>,.-
~
,..,
_I_ ~"''"'' [I( 0506
DE 7 . ,.........., ~-'1
"' IHI [K OS07
~
AK 0Sl9
~
DE 8 ·24V-L----1.. ~ 1i
21_
,,,
EK osoa
~- AK OS"
ov ov ---~ '---
"" -
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 12 I 28
~SAM
.. ~ . ... :

Description ( detailed ) 271.138 278. BG German
0
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.8GE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 13/28
~SAM
Geamic 40M UNM401

Universal Module
I
L_~----------------------------~
General
The UNM 401 module has two analog inputs and four analog outputs, each with 12-bit resolution.
It also accommodates four relays, two lamp drivers and four digital inputs.
The functions currently available include speed pick-up and display, and a fully programmable
analog input and output. For picking up and displaying an acceleration for example.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 14/28
~SAM
~.
Technische Daten I Technical Data
Power supply: 18-32V 1200mA
CPU: MC68HC912832 (16MHz)
Interface: RxDfrxD in TTL

Motorola SPI
Digital inputs: 24V 114mA
Lamp drivers (output) 24V 1200mA
Relays: 3 X 1S 24VI1A
1 X 1W 24VI1A
(J Analog inputs: 2x 0-10V I 0-4V I Ri 16kQN
0(4)-20mA I 0-50mA IRi 2000
12-bit resolution
Analog outputs: 4x+I-10V I Rl max 3k5

4 x ±10V I Rl max 3k51 resolution 12-bit
Dimensions (WxDxH): 125,4 x 146 x 67 mm 1125.4x146x67mm
Type of mounting: Support rails to DIN European standard
Ambient temperature: 0 - 55° C
Weight: 250g
Type Approval: GL, DNV, IEC945, pending
CE EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
0
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMarine Gro up
X1
,---------------,
I :r:
I
Ad!SrutJ
2WDC Supply XI Sl
24 V Eonsp•osung - -=¢----i 10 OJ rrrm I
~2! ~~I
I X2
Dogotal Output
Dogotal Output
Oogotal Output
Dogotal Output
Oogotal Out put
Pow or and Wo tchdog

Faolurt Oogotal Output 4
...~
..."'
;;
.....
Dogotal Input 1
Xl g
"'
~
X
4
Analog Output
:z:
c; ',.. •10V
\\ ...."' •10V
:z: ,,.
= \\
:r
:z:
'
.....
~
;::; ,.. 110V

!f
\\
. •10V
..
0
:r
.......,
,0
Wort Broak- :r
Honotarong 1
...'
~
...."'"' Analog Input

Wort Brtak-
Honotorong 2 ....
,., 10V
...,
Xl
0
:z:
Analog Input
A[) t 10V
;
l~ 0 ~-~~~---------'
t!l '
'""
"";· .-··~:: Supply Output
max lOmA
RSlll.. •• Ill
:Z:\\
~
SEH 401
"0511"150 'I
ZSH 401
Cx
z-
3: ..
r- , , I
I C> H
'~ '
-r--------------_j
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07. 11 .00 • ESGTDC .WP6 • C hp. 4 . Page 16/28
• J~
~.
•
. ' "' ..
. ~
~SAM
Panel Part Number 271.153 683 UNM 401 (Universal Module)
Other documentation:
UNM 401 271.153 683.BG Description

UNM 401 271.151 683.KB Short description
UNM 401 271.153 683.STR Circuit diagram

UNM 401 271.153 683.GZ General drawing
UNM 401 271.153 683.USP Block diagram
,if~
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 17 /28
~SAM
Geamic 40M VSM401

Valve Control Module
General
The VSM401 assembly is an interface extension unit with 7 galvanically decoupled digital inputs,
2 relay outputs and 10 solid-state outputs.
The assembly has 7 analog inputs with a resolution of 12 bits and an input range of 0 - 4V and
0(4) -20mA, respectively.
The assembly can be extended by a maximum of another three input/output modules.
The extension modules can be connected to the central module in any combination . It
automatically recognize the extension module connected via a module identification.
Design:
The VSM401 module is accommodated on a 125,4 x 216 x 67 mm (DxWxH) large supporting

module. The module can snap into position on DIN EN mounting rails.
The module has 8 terminal strips to which the interface signals can be directly applied.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 18 /28
~SAM
,...--
I
I @~
:: 00
:: ©''"' ~
~~ .. p 01
IE Dl
I p E 07
I
J~
I ·:f ](10
••• I
:I
~El E
i:~
E
Hil-S
D•
IE OS
I :;.,;:
BBB ------ -
poooooool ~ ~
EJ @~-
B u1
-
EJEJ K>ooooool H71- 7
EJ •• •1 ffi~H
: : • .dJ !""~ru
• • : : : : :
F.1
I I @:!J
: :
·@~~~hSl.s>~@ xl@IS>.s>IS>IS>IS>.s>@ •s@.s>.s>~~IS>~@ ~~oS:S.S.SliS>IS>IS>Sj

L!fsl~IS>~~~~-:-SJ~IS>IS>IS>IS>IS>IS>~ ·~.s>&IS>IS>IS>&ISP uoS: s S)IS>~~~sj_
~
I
u
('
Technical Data
7 signal inputs: Ue 18-32 Volt

le 8 -16mA
AC and. DC
10 solid-state relays 32V I 500mA ..; max. 1OOHz
2 relay outputs change over contact

32V /6A
250V-/1500VA
20Hz
Analog inputs 7 x 4,096Vor 0(4} - 20mA
() Resolution: 12 bit
Expansion: via X10 - DEM401

- DRM401
- REM401
- DLM401
- AAM401
-IOM401
Dimensions (DxWxH}: 125,4 x 216 x 67 mm
Weight: 720g
Type Approval: KR, AB~~DNV, GL, LR, RINA in Vorbereitunglin preparation
0
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMari ne Group
g"'
e
6'f0 "'>
6ut1~ J 0"'J aqns &vnt• IdS
...'
J
I)Y
1---C:=J-...,r-C:J.-~
IN)
I
LI
I
LlO
,I. 9)0
......
> sI SlO
o.
I "'e ~
.,II ...'>
J
(I
l
I 00
I
llO
I! llO
'")
~
I
..."'>
~
c
.....0
I
...
~
c ..."'
a.
a. a::
c
.
0"
"C
c
::>
0
"'::>
rl:()Y I
co
rl:m T I, o--L--mzr----fOoQ
•,(o------~---~
rl:I)Y T I zc>--J~m---K;.o
:"'•
..."'•
0
~ .
.,.
"''>
....
:;' ~
0 >
>
0
ll YO
......
.....'>
IL YO
"'
0
0
II!
Ol YO
"''>
~
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 20/28
,_.
~SAM
l)
Modui-Partnumbers 271.128 309

Partlist 271.128 309.ST
Description ( detailed ) 271.128 309. BG german
271.128 309.BGE eng Iisch
()
"
(_)
~SAM
Geamic 40M FIM405

Filter-Module
General
The FIM405 assembly is necessary to filter the 24V supply. The filter ist able to dissipate spikes
from the 24volt system .
Design:
The FIM405 module is accommodated on a 111 x 40 x 70 mm (DxWxH) large supporting

module.
The module has two 5-pole connectors for the connection of the input and output voltages.
Ground is to be connected directly to terminal strip X1.4 or X2.3 . It is only then that the inter-
ferences are reliably discharged.
The module is to be connected such that the consumer to be protected is connected to the
terminal strip (X2) being referred to as output.
In no case the supply lines to the consumer are allowed to be situated in parallel with the input
voltage line in one cable duct.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 22 /28
~SAM
0
lnpu t
+UI - -
V1 Output
IC2 +Uo
X11 R1
X12 R4 X2 5
V2 ,--l
X1.3 110
X2.4
11
I I
X1 4 o----111 101
I
I
I
I
I
I
R2 .C3
I L1 I
0 X15
51
I
L __ J
16
I X2 2
RS X2 1
-Uo
Output
R3
1(4
- -
Technical Data
Input voltage: 5-32V
Nominal current: 4A
1 x 0,2uF (against ground)
2 x 1OuF (against ground)
D.C. resistance: 130m ohms for each
Dimensions (WxDxH): 111 x 40 x 70 mm
Weight: 130g
Type Approval: KR, MRS, ABS, DNV, GL, LR, RINA (in preparation)
i
0
~SAM

Description ( short ) 271 .138 243.KB
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271. 161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07. 11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 , Page 24 1 28
~SAM
/--'
I
'\. . __.... '
\
I
Geamic 40M BAT 410

Operating and Indication Panel.
General
The BAT41 0 is a universally designed panel for all systems with replaceable lettering
strips .
. _) The panel has 24 function keys with LED check-back indication each. In addition, there
are the following keys:
2 acknowledgement keys
1 alarm list key
1 dimmer key
1 edit key
1 lamp test key
1 esc key
1 enter key
4 cursor control keys.
The panel has a display with 4 lines having 40 characters each. The display as well as
the keys are equipped with a background illumination which can be dimmed.
'
'., __)
i
'
l
~SAM
IAUTOMAT~
SET : 0.0 DES : 0.0 AOTJI
80~~8 e;J
EJUEJEJUB~G
EJEJEJE:JEJ[J@J@)(B
Technical Data
Power supply: 18-32V I 400mA
Interface: RS485
Dimensions (WxDxH) : 288 x 144 x 52 mm
Type of mounting : Desk installation
Weight: 1.4 kg
Type Approval: KR, ASS, DNV, GL, LR, RINA (in preparation)
CE
I
.~ EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 • Page 26/28
'·.·i ',
~SAM
(J
X
~
)\
~,.,
CD - .----,
•2W 1 '------
'
...,Ill
a-"0
"' I~
-n
~
~
~
<!!
ov
CJC:
.-.::>
Ill 2~
'~
3 >-------jl•
T ....
-n
21 ov
~
\C
(hass•s ~
22 •2W
'-'
23 Fore-Horn
~
L" I A
2~ Fore-lamp
S/E- IAI 4
"
~
XI
"'...
m
SIE• (AI 5
I ~
1--
RGND IAI 6
"'
±L_,
-n
XI S/E- IAl 7>--- ....

:xJ
"'... S/E• IAI 8 >--- r.: :-::-1
r
"'
"' RGNO (AI 9 ,____: _I::::::;,
. i :;;
~..fu
10 >-- I •
NC 11 >-- I :;__
12 >-- ~
....
c--,- 13 >-- ~~=~ L: ·~
....?
~_) N( 14 >--
"""~,18~
15 >--
16~
17·
A
N
To sit AI
hilt Al
-~
:::: ...;
~
~
r-----
- . . . . G~
L - - - - folltA)
lostr Al ;
- --
hilt A) -
.A ~ ""
Iaiit u h•'•"'
·:~~
~
N
"
- -
Toste A~ fotlt Alj
07
'"' hilt A6 "" hsltAI
'\\ \\
'"
A
fo1h• A1
Taste A!
,,
~ ~
"
- -
----hstrAl
fotlt AI
- -
-.
< ~
Taste A9
h1tr.U
-::::" - - .:--
...."' --
,.,
0
la1lt A9
Tutt AA
....
A fa sit AI! - -
Josh AI! ...,
" " hsteAC
~
::::
"""
- h•'' AC c
:z:
A
"
Toste AD
Josh A[ -v
:::: " - -
- - - - l u t e AD
Toste A[ c
;;; ........ ;;s
c,
:z:
A A
"
Toste Af
lastr ao
-,, ::::,
-
- - - - lrntt AI
- lotlt ao
"2.
...=
.......
"',
" c"
~
oO
.
.s ""
,.;;,
..,
....<T,
\\ 0
""c.
..,
=<T
::r;;
-~
.. c ;:r
f-.----- luh 81
""
. ..,c"
, c.
-::::" '"
A A
Taste 81
c.<T N
' Taslt Ill -- lcntei!IZ
a>;; :::: ...;
----
~ ~
lA hsltiU ~---fotlti!IJ
..-;:r " "" ·:::: .....
(~)
lotlt 8'- tcatrlll'-
.oc =--
_..,
=r::l
A
~
lA
'"
htle81j
fade 86
·v
~
r---- hatr81j
hllt81
~ ~ r-- -
...... r----
- hshlll1
A hdtlll1
N ·v
" Taste aa hstrl!l L......;--
" :,;;" Toste a• -.,

" " ~---h•tr89
,;; Taslt lilA '" f-.----- httt SA
~ Tult aa ;;.. ...; ~---lcutrU
" "' ra,,, ac
V'
'"
-- -
----hntr8C
A Tostr 80 -.,;... lult liD
" "' Iaiit 8[ '" hstr8[
-n r.: :-::-1
"" " " Tutr AC
c Ia sit AC " r----
I;; I ,.... ~ ~ f-.----- Toste AO
=- ~]J '"
Taste AO
~
'A
:::: ~
A
IastrA[
hilt til
Taste oa
~
~,,
~
"~
~ -
r---- -
f.---.------
lure A(
lnhiB
hste OB
" '"
l>
c.,
r.: :-::-1
I,...-";! A
:::
A
lash Ot
hilt CIA
hsttOC
" L.......=..._
--
----TalltOO
----TultOA
Taitt Ill
3 ~]J .\\ \\ ----hstriiC
i
~~
0
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.8GE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4, Page 27/28
~SAM
Module Part Numbers with text strips for:
BAT 410.E 271 .150 174 Geamot 40M I BMS Bridge

BAT 410.F 271.150 175 Geamot 40M I BMS ECR
BAT 410.G 271 .150176 Geamot 40M I ESS
BAT 410.K 271 .150181 Bridge Data System I BDS
BAT 411.G 271.150182 Geamot 40M I ESG
BAT 410 271.150 180.TL Technical delivery instruction

BAT 410 271 .150 180.KB Description (short)
BAT 410 271 .150 180.USP General plan
BAT 410.E 271.150 174.GZ Arrangement

BAT 410.F 271.150 175.GZ Arrangement
BAT 410.G 271 .150 176.GZ Arrangement
BAT 410.K 271.150 181 .GZ Arrangement
BAT 411.G 271 .150 182.GZ Arrangement
Desk cutout : 136 x 278 mm
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11 .00 • ESGTDC.WP6 • Chp. 4 • Page 28/28
~SAM
--- Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
0 Maintenance and Trouble Shooting
Chapter 5, Maintenance and Trouble Shooting (on Bord)
5 Introduction
The Maintenance and Trouble Shooting instructions are based on the alarms,
indicated at the BAT 411. In the following the alarms, the possible reason for
the alarm and the recommended actions are described.
5.1 Alarms
5.1.1 Control Mode Feedback Fault

The alarm indicates, that the control mode feedback signals are faulty. The
feedback inputs are :
Serial interface from BMS Automatic selected

REM401, X1.5 Manual ECR selected
REM401, X1.6 Local ER selected
There are two possibilities for the alarm indication :
no feedback signal is present

() In this case, the last control mode is kept active
- if Manual and Automatic feedback signals are present simultaneously

In this case the control mode with the highest priority becomes active, i.e .
.. Manual ECR.. prior to ..Automatic..
Recommended Action:
- Check control air pressure
- Check the cabling to the REM401
- Check the pressu_re switches
I
- Check serial inte.~ace to BMS

0
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 1/31
~SAM
5.1.2 Setpoint Manual Fault

The alarm indicates, that the signal for manual speed setting is missing at the
input X1 .1/2 on RM401
Reason
Cabling from RM401 to the Manual Control Lever
Defective current converter
Jumper setting on RM401
Recommended Action:
Change to Automatic or Local Control
Check cabling from RM401 to current converter
Check cabling from current converter to Manual Control Lever
Check voltage supply for current converter
Check jumper XW1 on RM401
5.1.3 Setpoint Automatic Fault

The alarm indicates, that the speed set point signal is missing at input X2 .1/2
on RM401
Reason
Speed setting in Automatic mode directly from Engine Order Telegraph is
released by parameter setting, but not projected, i.e. no Engine Order
Telegraph is connected to the RM401
Cabling from RM401 to Engine Order Telegraph
Recommended Action:
Change to manual control
Check parameter setting.
Check cabling from RM401 to Telegraph
"
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 . Page 2/31
~SAM
C~.)
5.1.4 FUEL RACK NOT IN STOP
. . . .
The alarm indicates, that the Fuel Rack Position feedback is not below "Stop"
value despite stop is ordered.
Recommended Action:
- Check parameter setting for fuel rack position feedback
- Check "Fuel Zero Order" signal and cabling at IOM402, X5.3 (mechanical
governor only)
- Check fuel rack sensor (Load Indicator)
- Check governor and plunger
5.1.5 Engine Stopped

The alarm indicates, that the engine comes to standstill without stop commend.
Reason
Insufficient fuel
- Missing speed pulses on both pick up's
Recommended Action:
- Change to local control
() - Check the fuel system
- Check speed pulses, when engine is running in local control
5.1.6 EA Set point Fault

The alarm indicates, that the desired actuator position set point signal is below
limit. This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked"
(~)
© STN ATLAS iv'larine Electronics GmbH~ PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 3/31
~SAM
Recommended Action:
Change to local control
- Check the voltage at RM401, X3.4/5 to be more than 0.5V
Replace RM401
5.1.7 EA Feedback Fault

The alarm indicates, that the Actuator position feedback signal is out of range.
This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked".
Recommended Action:
- Check cabling from RM401, X3.1/2/3 to the actuator
- Check actuator feedback potentiometer for correct mounting
Check the voltage at RM401, X3.2/3 to be within the specified range set by
parameter
5.1.8 EA Reference Voltage Fault

The alarm indicates, that the supply for the actuator position feedback signal
deviates from 10V. This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked".
Recommended Action:
Disconnect cabling RM401, X3.1/2/3 to the actuator and check the voltage
at X3.1/3: 9.5V ~ U ~ 10.6V:
If the voltage is out of range, replace the RM401
If the voltage is in range, check the cabling to the actuator for short circuit
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 4/31
~SAM
5.1.9 EA Break Fault

The alarm indicates the loss of current signal to the actuator break at "Lift
Break" order~ This· alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked".
Recommended Action:
Check voltage supply L50
Check cabling from RM401, X2.8 to the actuator
\
.J
5.1.10 EA Control Loop Difference

The alarm indicates, that the actuator servo motor control signal comes not to
zero within the specified monitoring time, i.e. a deviation remains between the
desired actuator set point signal and the actual actuator position feedback
signal.
This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked"
Recommended Action:
Check cabling from RM401, X3.8/9 to WKS-Power Electronic XST404.3/4
Check wiring from RM401, X2.5/6 to X3.8/9
Check fuel rack for mechanical blocking
5.1.11 EA Temperature Servo Motor High

The alarm indicates, that the temperature of the actuator servo motor is too
high
Recommended Action:
Check the cabling from RM401, X4.5 to the actuator and from the actuator
to the WKS Power Electronic
····.
(-----....,
', __ ') ./
------------------------------------------------------------~
~SAM
5.1.12 WB Setpoint Manual Fuel

The alarm indicates, that the signal for manual fuel setting is missing at the
input X1 .1/2 on RM401
Reason
Cabling from RM401 to the Manual Control Lever
Defective current converter
Recommended Action:
Change to Automatic or Local Control
Check cabling from RM401 to current converter
Check cabling from current converter to Manual Control Lever
Check voltage supply for current converter
5.1.13 Overspeed Internal

The actual speed has exceeded the overs peed limit. The output contact
OVERSPEED SHUT DOWN is closed as long as over speed is sensed and
opened with a delay of 10 sec.
If the ESG detects overs peed alone or prior to the Engine Safety System, the
ESS will alarm line break of the emergency stop valve.
Reason
The ESG detects overs peed but the ESS does not detect the over speed
because the parameter for over speed limit in the ESG is set to a lower
value as required
because the engine speed really exceeded over speed limit, and the
parameter for over speed limit in the ESS is set to a higher value as
required
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07. 11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 6 ! 31
~SAM
Recommended Action:
Check
.
parameter setting for the Overspeed limit in the ESG and the ESS
.
5.1.14 EA Power Electronic Not Ready

The alarm indicates, that the WKS Power Electronic is not ready
Recommended Action:
Check cabling between RM401, X4.8 and WKS Power Electronic,
XST404.21
5.1.15 Modul REM401 Fault

The alarm indicates, that the response of the REM401 modul is lost. This
alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked"
Recommended Action:
Replace the REM401
5.1.16 Modul VSM 401 Fault

The alarm indicates, that the response of the VSM 401 modul is lost. This
Recommended Action:
Replace the VSM 401
~SAM
5.1.17 Modul RM401 Fault

The alarm indicates, that the response of the RM401 modul is lost. This alarm
leads to "Actuator Blocked"
Recommended Action:
Replace the RM401
5.1.18 Modul UNM401 Fault

The alarm indicates, that the response of the UNM401 modul is lost. This
Recommended Action:
Check the flat cable and plugs between the modules (X8 on ZSM401 and
X5 on UNM401)
Check the voltage supply of the UNM401
Replace the REM401
5.1.19 SIF BMS Lost

The alarm indicates the loss of the serial interface to the Bridge Maneuvering
System.
Recommended Action:
Change to manual control
Check cabling from ZSM401 , X1.6r1/8 to BMS- DZM402, X1.11/12/13.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electron ics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07. 11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 8/31
~SAM
5.1.20 Default Parameter Loaded ZSM

The alarm indicates, that the factory-/ service parameter set is loaded.
Recommended Action:
Reset the ZSM401. If the error disappears check/ correct all parameter
settings corresponding to the actual Parameter-List.
If the error reappears replace ZSM401-Modul.
5.1.21 EEPROM Parameter Fault ZSM

The alarm indicates, that the parameter-E(E)PROM is defect. Actual RAM-
Parameters are in use.
Recommended Action:
Reset the ZSM401. If the error disappears check/ correct all parameter
settings corresponding to the actual Parameter~List.
5.1.22 Speed Sensor 1 Fault

The alarm indicates missing pulses from speed sensor 1.
(~)
Recommended Action:
- Check the distance from the pick-up to the teeth of the flywheel.
5.1.23 Speed Sensor 2 Fault

The alarm indicates missing pulses from speed sensor 2.
Recommended Action:
Check the distance from the pick-up to the teeth of the flywheel.
~SAM
5.1.24 WB Speed Sensor 1 Or 2

The alarm indicates a wire breakage of speed sensor 1 or speed sensor 2
signal.
Recommended Action:
Check the cabling from pick-up to UNM401.
5.1.25 Modul REM401 Fuse Fault

The alarm indicates, that the fuse for the supply of the digital input signals at
modul REM401 is blown. This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked"
Recommended Action:
Replace fuse .
5.1.26 Modul VSM401 Fuse Fault

The alarm indicates, that the fuse for the supply of the Valve Control modul
VSM401 is blown . This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked"
Recommended Action:
Replace fuse.
@ STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.li.OC • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 . Page 10/31
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M . ~ Electronics
~ Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
0 Maintenance and Trouble Shooting
5.1.27 TOLERANCE DIFF. P1- P2
The alarm indicates, that the difference between the measured charge air
pressure values of transmitter P1 and P2 has exceeded the preset limit.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting ofVIT- parameter "Charge Air Presure: Tolerance
between sensor 1 and sensor 2" for right value and correct if necessary~
/..-----....
l_) teristic of transmitter P1 and transmitter P2 and correct if necessary.
Check transmitters for prop per function and replace, if defective.
The alarm indicates wire break of the first P/1 - converter for charge air
pressure.
Recommended Action:
Check the cabeling from the VSM401, X8.3 to the converter
VSM401 module.
0 ----------------------------------------------------------~--
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5. Page 11/31
~SAM
The alarm indicates wire break of the second P/1 - converter for charge air
pressure .
Recommended Action:
Check the cabeling from the VSM401 , X8 .7 to the converter
VSM401 module.
5.1.30 TOLERANCE DIFF Ll1 - Ll2
The alarm indicates, that the difference between the measured Load Indication
values of transmitter Ll1 and Ll2 has exceeded the preset limit.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting of VIT - parameter "DENIS 6 Load Indicator:
necessary.
teristic of transmitter Ll1 and transmitter Ll2 and correct if necessary.
Check transmitters for propper function and replace, if defective.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07. 11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 . Page 12 I 31
~SAM
()
· The alarm indicates wire break of the second Ll -converter for Load Indication.
Recommended Action:
Check the cabeling from the VSM401, X6.1/2 to the converter
0 Check the converter and replace if necessary
VSM401 module.
The alarm indicates wire break of the second Ll- converter for Load Indication.
Recommended Action:
0 Check the cabeling from the VSM401, X6.3/4 to the converter
VSM401 module.
0-------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5. Page 13/31
~SAM
5.1.33 CYLINDER 1 SENSOR FAIL
The alarm indicates, that the actual position feedback from cylinder 1 has
Recommended Action:
resp . "Sensor failure : lower limit" for right value and correct if necessary.
Check the cabeling from the VSM401, X7.2/3/4 to the sensor
jumper has to be set to XW4 .2/3 for voltage input to this channel.
Check the feedback- potentiometer (sensor) and replace if necessary
If cable connection, jumper setting and sensor are correct, replace the
VSM401 module.
5.1.34 CYLINDER 2 SENSOR FAIL
The alarm indicates, that the actual position feedback from cylinder 2 has
Recommended Action:
resp. "Sensor failure : lower limit" for right value and correct if necessary.
Check the cabeling from the VSM401, X7.6/7/8 to the sensor
jumper has to be set to XW5.2/3 for voltage input to this channeL
If cable connection, jumper setting and sensor are correct, replace the
VSM401 module.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 14/31
~SAM
5.1.35 POSITION FAIL Cylinder 1 I POSITION FAIL Cylinder 2
The alarm indicates, that the deviation between the ordered position and the
feedback of actual position is too large. The ordered position is not reached by
the piston or the movement to ordered position is too slow.
Recommended Action:
Parameter settings
Check parameter setting of VIT parameter "Threshold for large
r-'·
( ) deviations" and raise the value, if setting is too low.
·~
Check parameter setting of VIT parameter "Alarm delay position failure"
and raise the value, if the time i too short for the movement of the
actuator.
- The Retract I Extend valves are not actuated
Check output from the VSM401 to the valves and replace the VSM401
if defective.
5.1.36 CYL. LUBRIC. FAILURE
0 The alarm indicates, that the deviation between the ordered value for cylinder
lubrication and the feedback of output value to the cylinder lub. oil pump
controller is too large.
Recommended Action:
Check parameter setting of parameter "Max. error threshold cylinder
lubrication: Set point - Actual value" and raise the value, if setting is too
low.
- Check the cabling
from the UNM401, X4.1/3 to the voltage/current converter
from the voltage/current converter to the pump control and the current/
,'t
()__________________________________________________
current converter
~SAM
from the current/current converter to the VSM401, X6.5/6

Check the analog output on the UNM401, X4 .1/3 and replace the DZM402,
if defective
Check the voltage/current converter and replace, if defective
Check the current/current converter and replace, if defective
Check the jumper XW3 on the VSM401 . The jumper has to be set to
XW3.1/2 for current input to this channel.
·~
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.8GE • Version 1.0 • 07. 11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 16/31
(~--, ,,
....__., i I
( ·~··')
~SAM "'
5.2
Brief description
In the following tables the indications of alarms, status and events are listed up. A short description for the reasons of indication and-
for the alarms - a brief trouble shooting instruction is given. For more detailed information, please refer to the previous parts of this
chapter .
. _."'" --·
5.2.1 Alarm list
No Alarm text on BAT411 Description Trouble shooting Recommen

dedAction
1 Control Mode Feedback fault Control mode feedback signals faulty: Check control air pressure
SIF BMS Automatic Selected Check cabling from pressure switches toREM401.
REM401 X1.5 Manual ECR Selected Check pressure switches
REM401 X1.6 Local ER Selected Check Serial Interface to BMS
2 se~ point Manual Fault Wire break at manual speed set point input: Check cabling from RM401 to current converter Change to
RM401 X1.1/2 Check cabling from current converter to Manual Control Automatic
Lever or Local
Check voltage supply for current converter Control
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 17 I 31
)
~SAM

dedAction
3 Set point Automatic Fault Wire break at automatic speed set point input: If auto speed setting directly from Engine Order Change to
RM401, X2.1/2 Telegraph is not projected , but released by parameter: manual
Check parameter setting . Otherwise control
Check cabling from RM401 to Telegraph
... "'--· Check jumper XW5 on RM401
4 Fuel Rack not in Stop The Fuel Rack Position feedback is not below "Stop" Check parameter setting for fuel rack position feedback
value despite stop is ordered Check "Fuel Zero Order" signal and cabling at IOM402,
X5.3 (mechanical governor only)
Check fuel rack sensor (load Indicator)
Check governor and plunger
5 Engine Stopped Engine comes to standstill without stop command Check the fuel system Change to
The ESG sets the fuel to zero Speed pulses from both pick up's are missing . Check local
speed pulses, when engine is running in local control control
6 EA Set point Fault Desired actuator position set point signal is below Check jumper XW8 on RM401 Change to
limit Check the voltage at RM401, X3.4/5 to be more than local
0.5V control
This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked" Replace RM401
~ STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386 . BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 . 11.00 • ESGMTS .WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 18 I 31
()
~SAM
c)) -'
-·
dedAction
7 EA Feedback fault Actuator position feedback signal is out of range Check cabling from RM401, X3.1/2/3 to the actuator Change to
Check actuator feedback potentiometer for correct local
This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked" mounting control
Check the voltage at RM401, X3.2/3 to be within the
·-··~--· specified range set by parameter
8 EA Reference Voltage Fault Deviation from the 1OV supply for the actuator Disconnect cabling RM401, X3.1/2/3 to the actuator and Change to
feedback signal check the voltage at X3.1/3: 9.5V ,.,; U ,.,; 10.6V. local
If the voltage is out of range, replace the RM401 control
This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked" If the voltage is in range, check the cabling to the
actuator for short circuit
9 EA Break Fault Loss of current signal at "Lift Break" order Check voltage supply L50 Change to
Check cabling from RM401, X2.8 to the actuator local
This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked" control
10 EA Control Loop Diff. The actuator servo motor control signal comes not to Check wiring from RM401, X2.5/6 to X3.8/9 Change to
zero within the specified monitoring time Check cabling from RM401, X3.8/9 to WKS-Power local
Electronic XST404.3/4 control
This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked" Check fuel rack for mechanical blocking
11 EA Temp. Servo Motor High The temperature of the actuator servo motor is too Check the cabling from RM401, X4.5 to the actuator and
high from the actuator to the WKS Power Electronic
,.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 19 I 31
~SAM

dedAction
12 WB Setpoint Manual Fuel Wire break at manual fuel setpoint: Check cabling from RM401 to current converter Change to
RM401 X1 .1/2 Check cabling from current converter to Manual Control Automatic
Lever or Local
. .• 't- --· Check voltage supply for current converter Control
13 Overspeed Internal The actual speed has exceeded the over speed Check parameter setting for the over speed limit in the
limit. ESG
The output "OVER SPEED" will be activated as long
as over speed condition is sensed and reset with a
delay of 10 seconds
14 EA Power El. Not Ready Signal from the WKS Power Electronic indicates, Check cabling between RM401 , X4 .8 and WKS Power
that the device is not ready Electronic, XST404 .21
15 Modul REM 401 Fault The response of modul REM401 lost. Check flatband cable between modules. Change to
Replace REM401. local
16 Modul VSM 401 Fault The response of the VSM 401 modul is lost. Check the flat cable and plugs (X9 . and X10) between Change to
the modules. local
This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked" Replace the VSM 401 control
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronir · ~ -- bH • PCS • 271 .161 386 .BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .(ln • ~"'SGMTS.WP6 • Chp . 5 , Page 20 I 31
('),
~SAM ·~./
No Alarm text on BAT411 Description _Trouble shooting Recommen

dedAction
17 Modul RM 401 Fault Response of modul RM401 lost. Check flatband cable between moduls. Change to
Replace RM401. local
......
..·
18 Modul UNM 401 Fault Response of modul UNM401 lost. Check flatband cable to ZSM401 Change to
Check voltage supply of UNM401 local ··
This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked" Replace UNM401 control
.. <'
19 SIF BMS Lost Loss of the serial interface to the Bridge Maneuvering Check cabling from ZSM401, X1.6/7/8 to BMS. ·change to
System, BMS. manual
control
20 Default Param. Loaded ZSM Factory-/ service parameter set is loaded. Reset the ZSM401. If the error disappears check/ correct
all parameter settings corresponding to the actual
Parameter-List.
21 EEPROM Param. Fault ZSM Parameter-E(E)PROM is defect. Actual RAM- Reset the ZSM401. If the error disappears check/ correct
Parameters are in use. all parameter settings corresponding to the actual
Parameter-List.
~ STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 21 I 31
l. : )
~SAM

dedAction
22 Speed Sensor 1 Fault Missing pulses from speed sensor 1. Check the distance from the pick-up to the teeth of the
flywheel.
23 Spee~ . Sensor 2 Fault Missing pulses from speed sensor 2. Check the distance from the pick-up to the teeth of the
flywheel.
24 WB Speed Sensor 1 or 2 Wire breakage of speed sensor 1 or speed sensor 2 Check the cabling from pick-up to UNM401 .
signal.
25 Modul REM 401 Fuse Fault Fuse for supply of digital input signals of modul Replace fuse . Change to
REM401 blown . local
26 Modul VSM401 Fuse Fault The fuse for the supply of the Valve Control modul Change to local control
VSM401 is blown . Replace fuse .
This alarm leads to "Actuator Blocked"
~ STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp . 5, Page 22 I 31
( )
PCS Geamot 40 M

dedAction
27 Tolerance Diff. P1- P2 The difference between the measured charge air Check parameter setting of VIT - parameter "Charge Air
pressure values of transmitter P1 and P2 has Pressure: Tolerance between sensor 1 and sensor 2" for
exceeded the preset limit. right value and correct if necessary.
•••"'"c- ·-· Check parameter setting of the VIT - parameters for the
sensor characteristic of transmitter P1 and transmitter
P2 and correct if necessary.
Check transmitters for proper function and replace, if
defective.
28 C.Air Pr. Transm. P1 FAIL Wire break of the first P/1 -converter for charge air Check parameter setting of VIT- parameter "Sensor
pressure. failure Charge Air Pressure lower limit" for right value
and correct if necessary.
Check the cabeling from the VSM401, X8.3 to the
converter
If the cable connection is o.k., check the jumper XW6 on
the VSM401. The jumper has to be set to XW6.1/2 for
current input to this channel.
If cable connection, jumper setting and converter are
correct, replace the VSM401 module.
(
)
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ESG 40M Member of the EuroMa rine Group

dedAction
29 C.Air Pr. Transm. P2 FAIL Wire break of the second P/1 - converter for charge Check parameter setting of VIT- parameter "Sensor
air pressure. failure Charge Air Pressure lower limit" for right value
and correct if necessary.
Check the cabling from the VSM401 , X8 .7 to the
..·..... ·-·
converter
the VSM401. The jumper has to be set to XW7 .1/2 for
30 Tolerance Diff Ll1 - Ll2 The difference between the measured Load Check parameter setting of VIT- parameter "DENIS 6
Indication values of transmitter Ll1 and Ll2 has Load Indicator: Tolerance between sensor 1 and sensor
exceeded the preset limit. 2" for right value and correct if necessary.
Check parameter setting of the VIT - parameters for the
sensor characteristic of transmitter Ll1 and transmitter
Ll2 and correct if necessary.
Check transmitters for proper function and replace, if
defective.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 . 161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 . 11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 24 I 31
c))
~SAM .·

dedAction
31 Load Ind. Transm. 1 Fail Wire break of the second Ll - converter for Load Check parameter setting of VIT- parameter "Sensor
Indication. failure Load Indicator lower limit" for right value and
correct if necessary.
Check the cabeling from the VSM401, X6.1/2 to the
.• ·."&- --- converter -~

32 Load Ind. Transm. 2 Fail Wire break of the second Ll - converter for Load Check parameter setting of VIT- parameter "Sensor
Indication. failure Load Indicator lower limit" for right value and
correct if necessary.
Check the cabeling from the VSM401, X6.3/4 to the
converter
the VSM40 1. The jumper has to be set to XW2.1/2 for
~SAM )

dedAction
33 Cylinder 1 Sensor Fail The actual position feedback from cylinder 1 has Check parameter setting of VIT- parameter "Sensor
exceeded the preset limits. failure : upper limit" resp. "Sensor failure : lower limit" for
right value and correct if necessary.
Check the cabeling from the VSM401 , X7 .2/3/4 to the
.. "" ·-· sensor
the VSM401 . The jumper has to be set to XW4 .2/3 for
voltage input to this channel.
Check the feedback- potentiometer (sensor) and
replace if necessary
If cable connection, jumper setting and sensor are
~ STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5 , Page 26 I 31
(
I
-- .... ~--,
i
\'--_ ))
~SAM .

dedAction
34 Cylinder 2 Sensor Fail The actual position feedback from cylinder 2 has Check parameter setting of VIT- parameter "Sensor
exceeded the preset limits. failure: upper limit" resp. "Sensor failure: lower limit" for
right value and correct if necessary.
Check the cabeling from the VSM401, X7.6/7/8 to the
-.'"'. --· sensor
If the cable connection is o.k., check the jumper XWS on
voltage input to this channel.
Check the feedback - potentiometer (sensor) and
replace if necessary
If cable connection, jumper setting and sensor are
correct, replace the VSM401 module
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 27 I 31
)
~SAM

dedAction
35 Position Fail Cylinder 1 I Position Fail The deviation between the ordered position and the Parameter settings:
Cylinder 2 feedback of actual position is too large. The ordered Check parameter setting of VIT parameter "Threshold
position is not reached by the piston or the for large deviations" and raise the value, if setting is too
movement to ordered position is too slow. low .
. -.""'" ·-· Check parameter setting of VIT parameter "Alarm delay
position failure" and raise the value, if the time i too short
for the movement of the actuator.
The Retract I Extend valves are not actuated :

Check output from the VSM401 to the valves and
replace the VSM401 if defective.
~ STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 . 161 386 . BGE • Version 1.0 • 07. 11 .00 • ESGMTS .WP6 • Chp . 5 , Page 28 I 31
,
I [ i ( t,
' \
i
'· .../ '-----· ) -
~SAM .
No Alarm text on BAT411 Description -Trouble shooting Recommen

dedAction
36 CyL Lubric. Failure The alarm indicates, that the deviation between the Check parameter setting of parameter "Max. error
ordered value for cylinder lubrication and the threshold cylinder lubrication: Set point- Actual value"
feedback of output value to the cylinder lub. oil pump and raise the value, if setting is too low.
controller is too large. Check the cabling:
".' 't- --· from the UNM401, X4.1/3 to the voltage/current
converter
from the voltage/current converter to the pump control
and the current/ current converter
from the current/current converter to the VSM401,
X6.5/6
Check the analog output on the UNM401, X4. 1/3 and
replace the DZM402, if defective
Check the voltage/current converter and replace, if
defective
Check the current/current converter and replace, if
defective
Check the jumper XW3 on the VSM401. The jumper has
to be set to XW3.1/2 for current input to this channeL
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGMTS.WP6 • Chp. 5, Page 29/ 31
~SAM )
5.2.2 Status list
No. Status text an BAT 411 Description
1 Acceleration Blocked The deviation between actual speed and desired speed has exceeded the limit set by parameter.
2 Electronic Governor not active Manual Mode is selected and Manual Fuel is ordered from Manual Lever
3 Torque Limit Active The Torque limit is active, i.e. the fuel is limited to the MCR characteristic
4 · · ·t;moke Limit Active The Smoke limit is active, i.e. the fuel is limited in relation to the actual charge air pressure
5 Stop Active A stop is active : in Automatic transferred from the BMS 40 M via serial interface
in Manual, when the stop contact from the manual control lever is set
6 Start Sequence Active The engine is in the start sequence
7 Desired Speed in Critical Range The desired speed , in Automatic or Manual Speed Setting, is within the critical speed range set by parameter.
8 Emergency Stop Active Emergency Stop is ordered . The event remains as long as the order is present.
9 EA Current Limit Servo The current limit for the actuator servo motor is reached
10 EA Temp. Switch Enclos. The temperature within the Power Electronic cubicle is too high.
11 EA Actuator Blocked The actuator is blocked as the result of an alarm (refer to the previous list)
12 Cancel Slow Mode The governor amplification is set to maximum value by CANCEL SLOW MODE pushbutton order.
13 Simulation Charge Air+ Speed Active The VIT simulation is set active by parameter
14 IT_C1 activated The VIT Injection Timing calculation resulted in the condition "IT 1 Mode ON"
«:> STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 . 161 386 .BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGMTS .WP6 • Chp . 5 . Page 30 I 31
/- ~~
! '\ . f ~\
' ) ' \____..-I
~SAM
PCS Geamot 40 M ~ Electronics·
No. Status text an BAT 411 Description
15 VIT switched Off The VIT is not active, i.e. the VIT is projected by parameter setting but switched off
by parameter setting or, if not VIT simulation mode is set,
with no automatic or manual speed setting
actuator not engaged
charge air pressure transmitter defective
16
"Manual
-·
Slow Turning Active The slow turning was activated by push button at the manual control panel
~SAM
6 Parameter and Operating Values
To display and I or change parameters and operating values, first the key
. MENU Menu
has to be pressed. Following this, the Main Menu is displayed as shown in Fig.
6- 1.
<MAIN MENU>
SELECT SUBMENU
BACK(ESCJ D [FAULT)
51: OPERATING VALUE 53: PARAMETER
~ (§]!~
52 : MEASURED VALUE 54 :VIT
iA'LARM
! UST
g
0
Fig. 6- 1, Main Menu display
._·:..,
i~,
.• .
·~
( 1·~--~~~c-~~~~~·~·~··~··~.,"~-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--~---------------
. . I.,..____ © STN ATLAS M~rine Ele~tr~ni~ GmbH • ·~cs :~ 271:.161'3a6.·B~E ~.· v~~~ionfo.~ 67: {too • ESqADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6 • Page 1 /11
, -: • -·- ·•• .. \ --· .-. --. • . " .•· .-. - .. .._1: i .'_~ :i~.·'--} ·;....~!·•·,.A -···· ..·. t.·:.~:i!~:.·!~ .:}•i;[;,· ·. . ' ·.. .• ' .
• •• ·: " '. ': -.~' ·.' ·:·- . -;: • • • :!)- ',1: • ~ f. ':: _- ' '.: .. ' ~ :
-~ ~ ·.' ; .. ' ,· ; :
.- ~., . -~ :
~r J(~~;::~iX~l{i~l~~;f;• .~
~SAM
The Menu indicates a submenu, selectable with the keys S1 to S4. The
51 After pressing S1 the actual operating conditions are displayed.
52 Pressing S2 opens a list of measured values
53 Pressing S3 opens the parameter list, recorded in the central module

ZSM 401, for parameter display and I or parameter changes.
54 After pressing S4 the actual VIT values are displayed, if the VIT is
released by parameter setting .
For operating and display please refer to chapter 3.
To leave the main menu or the sub menus the "ESC" button must be pressed.
again .
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11. 00 • ESGADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6, Page 2/11
,' ..
~SAM
_,.--..,
()
I I
\~
6.1 Parameter display and value changing
6.1.1 Parameter display
After pressing the key "53" the parameter list is opened for parameter display
and the possibility to change parameter values. The display of the parameter
list is shown in Fig. 6- 2.
~STN Geamot Electronic Speed Governor ESG 401\

~
<Parameter> ~~~-~ c~~~~J ri;ua

·._________ :
(J ,..--- f+ Nr. Parameter Text

Old Value: wvv New Value:
BACK [ESC]
wvv
...
~~ (SJ
"Display of actual elected Measuring Value"
T
'----
Parameter value R A M -
~ ~DITJ
c
IMME
CONTR
' - - Parameter value EEPROM
B~G
'--- Parameter number and parameter Text
\ @J@J(B
Fig. 6- 2, Display Parameter List
To leave the Parameter List the "ESC" button must be pressed. Following this
(!___________________________________________
~
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11. 00 • ESGADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6 , Page 3 /11
. t'; r · .·-,· ~-:.;·

··:··-.·--.. ··
~SAM
In the parameter list there are two possibilities to display any parameter
1. By actuating the curser keys " l::l I '1 " the parameter numbers are
increased I decreased one by one with every key stroke.

"0"- key has to be pressed , to open the number for changing . The actual
number (max 3 digits) has to be set by using the alpha numerical keys (0-
9) . When the desired parameter number has been input, this must be
completed by actuating the key "ENT". When entering an invalid parameter
number (e.g . parameter number > max. parameter number), the first
parameter number in the list is selected.
By pressing the "ESC"- key the parameter number entered is not accepted
The display at this procedure is shown in Fig . 6- 3.
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386 .BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6, Page 4/11
~SAM
Actual parameter ·--·<Par1imeter ;-----·--·------8:.\ci<[Escf AlARM FAULT

·.,--·)> 21 Text Param 21
Old Value: WW New Value: WW
·IDRM
UST =]:·: ~ : .,_'
--<Paramefer:>" _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
BACK [ESC]
Alpha numerical 0 actuated
·-------·-----~ )> Text Param. 21
Old Value: WW New Value: WW
MAlNTE~ DiMMER/ -EDIT
- - ----
----
----
-- --
·- --
---·---------
----
----
----
--- NANCE CONTR.
New number selection <Parameter >

~ f'~
BACK[ESC)
. ····-----·-·-----)> 35 Text Param. 21
'--
New Value: WW ESC _:
Old Value : WW
--------------------------
.
~-t-.-
-
Enter actuated -- <Parame~---------- --BACK [E-SC) ··,
.... - - - · - - · - - · ) > 35 Text Param. 35 -----------

Old Value : WW New Value : WW
-------------------------------------
Fig. 6- 3, Display of parameter number setting
NOTE:
The parameters for the "Expert Password" (No.4) and the "User Pass-
word" (No.5) are hidden, i.e. they are not displayed, neither in scrolling
mode nor in direct selection. The display automatically shows the next
higher (No. 6) or next lower (No. 3) parameter number.
To display and I or change the hidden parameters, first the release
parameters "CHANGE EXP. PASSWORD" (No. 2) for the "Expert
Password" or "CHANGE USER PASSWORD" (No. 3) for the "User
Password" has to be set.
6.1.2 Change of Parameter Values
Parameter settings for the Electronic Speed Governor can only be made at the
ESG panel.
(\
( )
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6 , Page 5 /11
~SAM
Electronic Speed Governor, ES~ 40M Member of the EuroMarine Group
6.1.2.1 Entering Passwords
On principle the adjustment of parameters is blocked for unauthorized persons.

Three password levels are provided in this system :
Service Password
For changing critical parameter values, e.g . the parameters for engine
speed, the operator must know the Service Password. The Service
Password should be known by commissioning personnel only. The Service
Password also releases the parameters where the User Password or the
Expert Password has to be known. The Service Password cannot be
changed .
Expert Password
If the Expert Password is known ,the operator can change critical
parameter values, e.g. the parameters for engine start. The Expert
Password also releases the parameters where the User Password has to
be known. The Expert Password can be changed by setting parameter
number 4 to a value between 0000 and 9999. To do this, the Expert
Password or the Service Password has to be known .
User Password
If the User Password is known ,the operator can change non critical para-
meter values. The User Password can be changed by setting parameter
number 5 to a value between 0000 and 9999. To do this, the User
Password, the Expert Password or the Service Password has to be known.
To release a selected parameter for value setting, the key
EDIT Edit

'
operator is requested.:*<> enter the correct password. The kind of request
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271 .161 386. BGE • Version 1.0 • 07 .11 .00 • ESGADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6 , Page 6 /11
... i.:··
~SAM
Enter Service Password : < >
Enter Expert Password : < >
Enter User Password : < >
depends on the level of the selected parameter. On each request the correct
password or the password of a higher level has to be entered. The following
table shows the acceptance of passwords on the different levels.
Password -+ User Expert Service
Request !
Serv. Password X
Exp. Password X X
User Password X X X
To complete the password input, the "ENT" - key must be pressed. If the
password was
correct, the previous selected parameter is displayed again and may be

opened for value changing by pressing "EDIT" again.
not correct, then "Illegal Password" is displayed, the wrong password is

deleted, and the mode remains in the password request, in order to enter
the correct password.
If the password input is completed with actuating the "ESC"- key, the pass-
word request is canceled, and the previous selected parameter is displayed
again. The entering of a password is shown in Fig. 6-4.
.:
'
© STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS • 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGADJ.WP6 • Chp. 6, Page 7 /11
~SAM
Parametertable
7 Introduction
engine.
(_) program, corresponding to the parameter table. Therefore the parameter

to the number of this document. Any change in the parameter stting has to be

chapter 6.
NOTE:
Therefore:
(~
\ )__________________________________________________
'~-~ © STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH • PCS a~ 271.161 386.BGE • Version 1.0 • 07.11.00 • ESGPARWP6 • Chp. 7, Page 1/1
Geamot 40 M
Volume 3
Technical Manual
for the
ESS 40 M I DPS 2100
.r --~
I \
\ ,'
'---"'
NSD - DENIS 1 I 6
STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH

Ship Operation Technology
BehringstraBe 120 • D-22763 Hamburg • Tel. +49-(0)40-8825-0
@ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 1/8
u m
PCS Geamot 40 M • Technical Manual • ESS 40 M
Purpose
This document describes the Engine Safety System ESS 40 M as a part of the
Document-Versions
() Chapter 1, Sy.stem Description
Version ·1.0 from 15.08.97, J,Fett, SBA1

Document created
Drawings corrected
Chapter 2, Functions and Indications

Document created
Drawings corrected; Shutdown Reset by Control Lever removed
()

Document created
Drawings corrected
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WPS • Chp. 0, Page 2/8
Version 1.0 from 15.08.97, J.Fett, SBA 1

Document created
Chapter 5, Maintenance and trouble Shooting

Document created

Document created
Drawings corrected

Document created
Chapter 8, Sparepart List

Document created
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 3/8
..-.....,
m
This manual is copyrighted and all rights are reserved. This document
may not, in whole or in part, be copied, photocopied, translated, or
reduced to any electronic medium or machine readable form without prior
consent, in writing, from STN ATLAS Elektronik company. The
c)
_,, .._ information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 4/8
Contents
Purpose ....................................................... 0- 2
Document-Versions .............................................. 0- 2
Chapter 1, System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1
1 The Engine Safety System, ESS 40 M ..... •. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

1.1 The Electronic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2
1.2 Operating and Indication Panel, BAT 41 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 3
1.2.1 Short description of the key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 4
1.3 Stop by Shut Down criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7
1.4 EMERGENCY STOP (push buttons and overspeed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7
1.5 Engine speed sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10
1.5.1 Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10
1.5.2 Sensor supervision ....................... : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
1.5.3 Fast filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
1.5.4 One turn counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 11
Chapter 2, Functions and Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
2 Functions and Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

2.1 Automatic Slowdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2
2.1.1 Slowdown ................................................ 2-2
2.1.2 Function "Siowdown .Override" ............................... 2- 5
2.1.3 Function "Slowdown Reset" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7
2.1.4 Load dependent suppressinon of Slow Down Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8
2.2 Automatic Shutdown ....................................... 2- 9
2.2.1 Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 9
2.2.2 Function "Shutdown Override" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
2.2.3 Function "Reset Shutdown" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 14
2.2.4 Manual Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 16
2.2.5 Automatic Slowdown and Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 17
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 5/8
r---..
PCS GeamotAO M • Technical Manual • ESS 40 M
2.3 Alarm Indication and acknowledgement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 18

2.3.1 Common alarm indication on BAT 41 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 18
2.3.2 Single· alarm indication and acknowledgement on BAT 41 0 . . . . . . . . 2 - 20
2.4 Speed Indication ...... : .' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 23
Chapter 3, Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
3 Operating facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 3 - 1
3.1 Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
c:J 3.2 Operating and Indication Panel BAT 410 ........................ 3- 3
3.2.1 Acoustical acknowledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3
3.2.2 Selecting the Alarm List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4
3.2.3 Optical acknowledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 6
3.2.4 Slowdown Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 7
3.2.5 Slowdown Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 7
3.2.6 Shutdown Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 8
3.2.7 Shutdown Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 8
3.2.8 Maintenance ............................ ·. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 9
3.2.9 Dimmer I Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 11
3.2.10 Parameter, Suppressions and Operating Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13
(j Chapter 4, Technical Description of all Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
4 Introduction .............................................. 4- 1
DZM402 ................................................. 4-2
IOM402 .................................................. 4-6
SEM402 ................................................ 4- 10
FIM405 ................................................. 4- 14
BAT 41 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 17
Chapter 5, Maintenance and Trouble Shooting (on Bord) ................. 5- 1
5 Introduction ........... : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
5.1 Alarms .................................................. 5-1
~·
()
@ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 6/8
5.1.1 OVERSPEED ............................................. 5-1

5.1.2 PICK UP 1 FAULT I PICK UP 2 FAULT ......................... 5-2
5.1.3 PICK UP 1 WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.1.4 PICK UP 2 WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.1.5 10M I N Xn.m WB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.1.6 "TEXT" WB ............................................... 5-4
5.1.7 "TEXT HW WB ..........................................
II 5-4
5.1.8 SIF BMS LOST ............................................ 5-5
5.1.9 ---CONNECTION LOST--- ................................ . 5-6
5.1.10 MODUL 110M FUSE FAULT ............................... . . 5-7
5.1.11 MODUL 210M FUSE FAULT ................................. 5-7
5.1.12 MODUL 110M FAILURE ........................... : . ....... 5-7
5.1.13 MODUL 210M FAILURE .................................... 5-8
5.1.14 DEFAULT-PARAM.LOADED ................................. 5-8
5.1.15 EEPROM-PARAM.FAULT ................................... 5-8
5.2 Brief description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.2.1 Alarm list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Chapter 6, Adjustment Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
6 Parameter, Suppressions and Operating Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 1

6.1 Parameter display and value changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.1.1 Parameter display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6. L2 Change of Parameter Values .............. : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.1.2.1 Entering Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.1.2.2 Changing of Parameter Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6.2 Suppressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 10
6.3 Operating Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 13
Chapter 7, Parametertable ......................................... 7- 1
7 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
Chapter 8, Sparepart List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 7 /8
( ) STN ATLAS ELEKTRONIK
~
PCS Geamot 40 M • Technica,l Manual • ESS 40 M
8 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
10 STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 0, Page 8/8
PCS Geamot 40 M • System Description • ESS 40 M
1 The Engine Safety System, ESS 40 M
In parallel to the Bridge Monitoring System, BMS, the Engine Syfety System,
ESS, is installed. It monitores, controls and protects the propulsion plant
absolutely independend from the BMS. It protects the plant against
inadmissible operating states in that way, that first an alarm is created if limit
values are exceeded. All limits set to a value ~hat no danger for the propulsion
engine occurs if they are exceeded. The alarms are opticaHy indicated on the
assigned Operating an Indication Panels, BAT, acoustically by buzzers. For
overview see Fig. 1 - 1.
Interface to Monitoring System (optlonan
Bridge
t-----------------------------------------------
1_____________
;--8-----:
~{------------~~-~----------------
1
I
Panel
!._ ____ _ _ I
1
I
\
I ENGINE
r-------------------- ------- ··1

I Extendable wi1h 2 10M modules (optlonal) :
DZM 10M illoMh~!

II L.:J I 1
I I
I____________ ___ __ ____________ I
•~
rn
~
~
c~ lnlarfac. to BMS
Fig. 1 - 1, Overview Engine Safety Sytem
~ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 1 /11
'·' '!··
0 STN ATLAS ELEKTRONIK
The limit values, delay times and consequences of the individual measurin·g
points are written in the Parametertable (pis. refer to chapter 7 ). The
parameters are part of the software and stored on the DZM module. In case of
exceeding very important, or at least dangerous limit values as high cooling
water temperature, low lube oil pressure etc., the ESS wm not only activate an
acoustical- and optical alarm. In this cases the Engine Safety System, ESS,
will send two signals to the Bridge Monitoring System:
- a SLOW DOWN request inclusive a SLOW DOWN alarm and I or

-a SHUT DOWN request inclusive a SHUT E>OWN alarm
The alarm is every time active before the real action is carried out by the ESS
and in parallel by the BMS.
The hardware configuration consists of:
a group of electronic modules installed in the Propulsion Control

Cabinet, PCC.
the Operating and Indication Panels BAT 410, located on the bridge
and the ECR, each
the illuminated EMERGENCY STOP push buttons, located in each
wing console, on the bridge console, on the ECR console and on the
() local panel in the engine room
\_____.
1.1 The Electronic Modules
The electronic component consists basically of three electronic modules. They

are also located inside the Propulsion Control Cabinet, PCC. The electronic
modules are:
the Interface Extension Module, SEM 402

This module creates additional connections to the internal (BMS) and
external (Monitoring System) serial bussystem
()
©STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 2/11
m
the Speedrelay Module, DZM 402

This module is the central module of the ESS and contains the software
for the ESS 40 M. It is also responsible for speed sensing and
overspeed monitoring.
the Input I Output Module, 10M 402·

This module has 16 digital inputs and ·1 2 electronic outputs. The in-
and outputs are designed for line break monitoring.
Additional the electronic may be extendetl by three 10M 402 modules

maximum, where required.
1.2 Operating and Indication Panel, BAT 410
Using the Operating and Indication Panel, BAT 410, the operator is able to
communicate with the ESS. The panels are located in the bridge console and
in the ECR console, respectively. The front panel is devided into 3 parts, see
Fig. 1 - 2:
the display, located in the upper left part

3 rows of keys below the display
a group of 2 signal lights and 3 vertical lines of keys at the right side
The display is able to show on 4 rows, with 40 segments each, information

about the operating state. It is possible, to read all nominal an actual values
and other operating data or the contents of lists. The request to change
operating state and condition is carried out by using the keys and in parallel
shown on the display. All keys are illuminated. Alarms and internal faults are
shown on the display and additionally by signal lights, acoustically signalled
via a buzzer.
Q STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 3/11
..···~~ ':
Right beside the display are 2 signal lights:
signal light ALARM, illuminated if a limit value is exceeded

signal light FAULT, illuminated if an internal hardware or interface
failure occurs.
Directly below the signal lights 3 keys for selecting the ALARM LIST,
ACOUSTICAL and OPTICAL acknowledge are installed.
mA~ Geamot Engine Safety System ESS 40M

·--==----------------·-----·---·------------·---
Engine Safety S~stem ·--·---~ ] ~;;! :-- ·--· ~ :;~~~;)
L..-.
[ II System OK
ACTUAL,_ SPEED : 90.0 RPM
'------·' '-· ... · ._______ :
II
·-· ____ j
---------- 1·,~·
ALARM
· LIST
., r··JI :: "1
~ .• ., :
I! ,··--::;::--,
I _, ;.
~ :·1.. ···
·-~-~· ·----·' ·--~-'
(J Fig. 1 - 2, Front panel of BAT 41 0
1.2.1 Short description of the key functions
All active alarms if acknowledged or not are recorded in the alarm list. They
will be. shown on the display after pressing this key.
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 4/11
[g) Optical acknowledge
~ A menue is shown on the display after pressing this key and it is possible
to carry out Lamptest and Dimmer activities
R:)
B Setting of the background light and the contrast of the displayed text
This keys are only used for changing param~ters. The ESC button also is
used to leave menues and lists
The four curser keys are used for scrolling up an down of lists and to select
the position of numbers
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 5/11
CJ STN ATLAS ELEKTRONIK
PCS Geamot-40 M • System Description • ESS 40 M
After pressing. this key,
81 Parameter
82 Suppression
S3 Operating Values
is shown on the display. The function must be selected by pressing the

particular key S1 ... S3
u
This key is without function. It is used only as an indication light in case of
a slowdown
Pressing this key activates the Slowdown Override, i.e. the slowdown
signal will be suppressed, as long as the override is active. Anewed
pre~sing of the key deactivates this function, and the slowdown signal
becomes active again.
This key has to be pressed, when no slowdown criterion is active any more,
0 and normal operating conditions are reached again. The engine ·speed
increases to the desired value set by control lever.
This key is without function. It is used only as an indication light in case of

a shutdown.
Pressing this key· activates the Shutdown Override, i.e. the shutdown signal
will be suppressed, as long as the override is active. Anewed pressing of the
key deactivates this function, and the shutdown signal becomes active again.
0
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 6/11
This key has to be pressed, when no shutdown criterion is active any more,
and normal operatin conditions are reached again.
1.3 Stop by Shut Down criteria
For all shut down criteria required by the engines manufacturer single inputs
are provided by the ESS 40M. The "PISTON C.O. FLOW I DIFF. PRESS
CYLx" may be preprocessed by the engines manufakturer and delivered as
one collective contact to the engine safety system. The other possibility is, to
connect the signal of each cylinder to the engine safety system as single input.
If one or more shut down criteria become active, the shut down of the engine
is carried out by energizing the stop valves for the different cylinder groups
simultaneously. The general arrangement is shown in Fig. 1 - 3.
1.4 EMERGENCY STOP (push buttons and oversp~ed)
For the manual release of an Emergency Stop of the propulsion engine several
push buttons are available as described above. The manual released
Emergency Stop is hardwired from one contact of each push button to the
emergency stop solenoid. A second contact is wired to the electronic modules
as an input and also routed to the emergency stop solenoid via an output.
An automatic release of an Emergency Stop is carried out, if overspeed is
detected by the ESS 40M. The overspeed output contact is set, witch also is
directly wired to the emergency stop ·solenoid.
The general arrangement is shown in Fig. 1 - 4.
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 7 I 11
.;:: ..
f STN ATLAS ElEKTRONtK

\
,....__ ___ ... )
,------------ ....
I
I'-----~.~ -
c.
II)
:J
c. N
c: :J c: C\1 ......
I
...... e
C)
c: 0
"'it
+
......
0-o
3:
0 ......
~
:r:
UJN
c:
-
0
:J
..c:
U'J
0 >.
(.)
0
.....
[' +
0)
9:-_--- -ll----:_-
,-----
\
I >.
(.)
/
----- ....
I
------0-I co
I' I
I
J!!
:J
a.
.E C\1
J!!
g_ ----.,--
-
:J
+
.......
>.
c: c. I 0 --r-...---1 (.)
I :J c: 0
I
~
...... .... "'it
~
0
I
0 C)
~
:r:-
U'J~
I
I
I
I
-
0
:J
..c:
U'J
0
Cl -~----,
CD
+
1.0
0- >.
[' (.)
..q
+
C\1 ("')
.. 0
~ ...
"'it >.
(.)
( ~
' N
0 N
+
......
>.
(.)
II)
(!)
>
m
>a.
-
0
U'J
Fig. 1 - 3, General arrangement of the Shut Down
> >
... 0
~
~ : H-~~~~-----------------------------.
w :H-i::::>'~
(/)
~
m
E
----------- - ..
I ...
-e
C'Cl
c
C)
I ·c;;
L----t--;~ 'C
Q.)
Q.)
I c.
I ..... ~
•. ::J
~ : '-------+---..1...-- g. ~
Q.)
>
Q.)
'C , ._~.-o--------' I - C'Cl 0

·;::
>c.
m ~·.-- 0
1 ......
(/)
I
I {)'
I c
Q.)
I
I
E>
Q.)
I E
w
'------~----
------ ----- .. 'C
>
N Q)
Q) 0
0 I
~
c. I
t!? I
:2 ~ I
N 0 I
~ 0 I
t----::~
0
(/) c
cQ) 0
:.;:::.
(/') C'Cl
"C
I .2
Q) "C
Q) c
c.
en "C
Q)
Q)
c.
I en
'-------------·
Fig. 1 - 4, General arrangement of the Emergency Stop
'•.
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 1 , Page 9 I 11
,..-.._.
.m
1.5 Engine speed sensing
1.5.1 Measuring principle
lmpuls transmitters will sense teeth on the flywheel or on an engine internal.

toothwheel. Two sensors with a 90 degrees (electrical) phase shift are
necessary for calculation of speed and sense of rotation. For the frequency
range used for slow as well as medium speed engines time interval between
impulses shall be used as the basis for calculation of speed as well as
direction.
Both sensors are used for calculation of speed such that in case one sensor
fails no interruption of speed calculation will occur. The mecanical
arrangement is shown in Fig. 1 - 5.
A =Distance from teeth to teeth

a= 1/4 *A(+/- 20%)
=
b Adjustable from 5 to 10 mm
Preadjustment 6 to 7 mm
Fig. 1 - 5, Mecanical arrangement of speed sensors
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WPS • Chp. 1, Page 10/11
1.5.2 Sensor supervision
As a standard 3-wire proximity sensors will be used where monitoring for

signal line wire breakage is difficult. Therefore, the two sensors shall monitor
each other crosswise for missing impulses, additionally a plausibility check
shall monitor for loss of impulses when there should be impulses according to
operating condition of engine.
Margins for supervision to be sufficient high to prevent alarm during non-

continous engine shaft movement e.g. before stopping.
Sensor failure to be alarmed. If no backup from overs peed switch is provided,

speed sensor failure will cause a general fault with condition "freeze".
1.5.3 Fast filtering
Speed signal is represent the mean value of engine speed for one ignition.
Therefore, the time sum for 360 deg I number of cylinder is used for calculation
of speed signal.
1.5.4 One turn counter
A one-turn signal is necessary for slow turning purposes and for stroke
counting. Signal to come on after a complete turn continously in one direction.
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 1 • Page 11/11
PCS Geamot 40 M • Functions and Indications • ESS 40 M
Chapter 2,- Functions and Indications
2 Functions and Indications
The ESS 40 M provides the functions
Slovv Down
Shut Down and
Slow Down with subsequent Shut Down
..... __ )
The inputs· on the central module DZM 402 for the speed measurement via
pick up's are fixed. Also the outputs for speed indication and emergency stop
on overspeed are fixed. The inputs on the 10M 402 modules are free
configurateble for slow down and shut down via parameter (Pis. refer to the
parameter table).
On occurance of a Slow Down or a Shut Down criterion, the particular function

becomes active, taking the parameter setting for the input under account.
On principle, optical and acoustic signals are output in case the engine safety
system. ESS responds. Operation and indication are effected via an operation
and indication panel BAT410 on the bridge and in the ECR and, contrary to
this, via illuminated pushbuttons and LED displays in the engine room.
The optical alarms as well as system conditions are simultaneously displayed
at all places of indication ( bridge, ECR, engihe room ). The acoustic alarms
are given only at the place of indication from which the ship ·is operated ( e.g.
operation from the bridge ). This also applies to the acknowledgement of alarm
signals as well as to control functions II Override II and 11 Reset 11 •
When there are no system faults and alarms respectively available at the
system, then the following view appears on the display of the BAT410 as
shown in Fig 2 - 1.
.·._;.: ..... ,
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 1 I 25
/'
~.~ Geamot Engine Safety System ESS 40M

•==::::----- - - - - - - - - - - - · - - -- - -----------·--- ---. ------ ----
~~ LJ 8 ~'l (JSJ J
rs-·l rs-l r~·- J rs;;;J l~l

~ -~ · ~~~ -
[~) r')J r~J [O·W<XI e·Y%·1

------· -~ · ~- --- ·--
Fig. 2 - 1, Operating and Indication Panel BAT 41 0
2.1 Automatic Slowdown
The automatic slowdown serves to relieve the main engine, e.g. by decreasing
the engine speed or in case of a system with variable pitch propeller by
reducing the pitch.
This can be effected either automatically by signal transmission to the
automatic propulsion control or the operator is requested by the alarm to
intervene.
All control elements and displays for the slowdown are arranged on the bridge
and in the ECR.
2.1.1 Slowdown
If a slowdown criterion occurs, first of all a pre-alarm is activated. The delay

time for the pre-alarm can be adjusted via parameter. If the alarm is activated,
an acoustic and optical alarm is given on the bridge panel and on the ECR
panel. With the pre-alarm activation, the delay time (e.g. 10 sec., set via
parameter) for the slow down intervention starts to count down. On the display
l!:l STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .1 51 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 2 I 25
m
STN ATLAS 'ELEKTRONIK
"Slowdown in 10 s "appears in the first line
The cause for the initiation e.g.
" Cam Shaft Lub.Oil Press. low " appears in the scond line.
11
Indication "Slowdown in 10 S means, that the slowdown will be active in 10
seconds. The countdown to 0 is shown in the Display too. In addition, LED "
ALARM "is flashing with full brightness on the BAT410 and the LED in key
panei"ALARM LIST'' changes into red steady light.
The horn signal is reset on the BAT41 0 by actuating the key for acoustic
acknowlegde. Optically acknowlegdement is possible in the alarm list only. By
actuating the key for optical acknowlegde the alarm is optically acknowledged.
In doing so, LED" ALARM" changes into current brightness steady light.
After expiry of the slow down delay time, the slowdown order is transmitted to
the BMS. The slow down is optically indicated on the bridge panel and on the
ECR panel.
On the display
" Slowdown in 0 s " is changing to indication

0
" Slowdown active " .
In addition·, the LED in the button "SLOWD. ACTIVE" is illuminated.
The display in case of a slow down is shown in Fig. 2 - 2
.:'··- ..
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.8GE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 3/25
Geamol Engine Safety System ESS 40M
S-ln10o
CM'I Shaft Ub. Oi Prou. Low
(~
r
Li:--~~-~ =~=--_.]-
_j'
u I ' 13:==:
c...: &--.===lnOo===-
'
[J
Slowd""" odf>oo
Com 6halt Ub. Oi PrtK. '--
Fig. 2 - 2, Indication on the BAT 410 at Slow Doytn
If the slow down criterion disappears during the countdown of the delay time,
the slowdown wm not be carried out. The alarm line and the delay counter are
replaced in the display by the indacation " !! ALARM !! " to indicate, that there
is still an unacknowledged alarm . Also the LED "ALARM" keeps on flashing
and the LED in the key "ALARM LIST" remains on red steady light (see Fig. 2 -
3)
~ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 4/25
·1·.····. '.'\' :'•\
m
Geamot
Slowdown In 10 I
Cam Shalt Lub. 011 Prou. Low
Geamot
~~
[~J
[J
ENGINE SAFElY SYSTEM
. ._L-:_-:_G-:_---~u u ~.;~~~J~~~u--~-f.../u ~i:~i

1
[] eJ ~~ l~ (J'~l l=·l 1=1 ~~ .r_ ESC 1__

·J 6 .J r !HT J
[J [J l:J EJ LJ ~~ ~J ~ [~Jl-=J f~J
Fig. 2 - 3, Indication on BAT 41 0 at Slow Down not carried o"ut
.. ·~'-.
Q 2.1.2 Function .. Slowdown Override ..
In case of emergency, e.g. ship before engine, a slowdown process can be

11
suppressed by actuating function key II SLOWD. OVERR. • By means of this
control function the slowdown process is cancelled and not started
respectively. The function is indicated on the right side of the first line of the
display. Additional the LED in the key II SLOWD. OVERR. II is illuminated
(steady light) ( see Fig. 2 - 4)
For certain slowdown criteria there is the possibility to make function II
Override Slowdown " ineffective for this slowdown criterion via adjustment of
parameter.
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC. WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 5/25
~A~ Geamot Engine Safety System ESS 40M

t-===--- - -- -- - - -- - - - - - - -
------, ' '------,
lAJ.ARM .! ! iFAULT i
'------ ·
l~ [o-) [O:J (Os2 J [~] (~)

- · - .._., ·-
~~ ,___.
LJ (~ FJ ~~-l r~
::- - . I ~ - .- - - --.
I
l:=) - " POR i I. ' Esc I; [ _.._.. .. ! iI ENT
f'·sLowo.
l
.RESET · 1
1
I
1
' •. I
-- !
- - _ . __ ..
- ·· --·-- .. ---
l:=lLJ r(.I TITUj r~J r~l ~:l ~--,I
(~~~:1 L -..J:l_l~=:~ :IJ_jj
Fig. 2 - 4, Activation of Slow Down Override
If a slow down criterion occurs while Slow II Do~n Override II is selected, the
indication on the BAT 410 is the same as described in part 2.1.1 except the
LED in the SLOWD. ACTIVE
II II - key, that remains dark. The display is shown
in Fig. 2- 5
These ~ mean to the operator that the slowdown process is immediately

restarted if function Override Slowdown " is cancelled.
II
If a slow down criterion is active, when the " SLOWD. OVERR. 11 - key is
actuated, indication Slowdown active in the first line on the display on the
II II
bridge panel and on the ECR panel changes to " Slowdown in 0 s " and
indication " Overr. active " appears in the first line upper right. The slow down
is cancelled and the engine accelerates to the speed set by control lever.
@ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 6 I 25
~
( __)
m
Geamot
Slowdown In 10 •
C•m Shaft Lull. 01 Proca. Law
'\
e_ Jltr~~~~~Gea~mot~~~~---;;~~~~:
~ '\
L_J
u SlcwdownlnOa Ovarr.Activ 1
Cam Shaft Lub. 01 Proaa. Law
Fig. 2-5, Slow Down criterion and Slow Down Override active
2.1.3 Function 11 Siowdown Reset ..
A slowdown initation can be reset from the Bridge Panel or the ECR Panel by
means of the function key II SLOWD. RESET 11 or shifting the active telegraph
lever to a value below slow down speed limit. Precondition for this is, that the
fault was eleminated before. If the Slow Down criterion is not longer active, the
indication of the cause for the slow down is cancelled. The Indication II
Slowdown active II remains in the first line of the display and the LED in the
key II SLOWD. RESET 11 appears in falshing yellow to announce, that the slow
down may be reset.
If the reset was successfully carried out after pressing the key, the slow down
signal is reset and indications 11 Slowdown active II on the display of the BATs
are deleted.
After the reset the engine is independently set again to the value required by
the control lever via the automatic propulsion control if the reset was done
using the function key "SLOW DOWN RESET. Otherwise the engine remains
at the speed, ordered by telegraph setting.
The indications are shown in Fig. 2 - 6.
m .~ Geamot Engine Safety System ESS -40M

--
·--· ..
~~; c~~~~-: iFAULT
Li .
---4• -!
Slowdoownoatt.
Cam Shalll.ub. 01 Pr-. Low
., I I [~ l[[f(l, .-::r.-)
~:=;----- ~
·t:r·
r- . .]
i -{ .-: ~
!
f' 1' f
m.~ Geamot Engine Safety System ESS -40M
------ - -·-- ------
f',{ --- I] ~J i_ _____ : !~~~j
lJ l I ', f.~)
.~ [.Ki ;
(-
. ' . (??]
.' tJ
r-Jr "~)
,~
l...____..
'
fl'~
"\
m.~ Geamot
ENGINE SAFElY SYSTEM I

Engine Safety System ESS -40M
§ ) [~~~--) ~~~~~
SYSTEM OK
0 rlE +I ACTUAL SPEED : 10.0 RPM

-- ~l [~-j1 Hf1~l
Fl L__l
~· r ~] ne~J (s:-] r ·, ~--1 ~J(:-J~~ I
~I
... j
.
e--i
. ~! ~· J -
~l lJ l:l E1 F.l - ]
0 0 0 tJ r:J ~· ~~ r~~~ Jl:~~:~.~~~~ ;:·.~:~
~- ·
IKITD.!
·- · -
r ESC ' r .·: ~~ ,, ·:-1
Fig. 2-6, Reset Slow Down
2.1.4 Load dependent suppressinon of Slow Down Alarms
To prevent a Slow Down by .. CROSSHEAD BEARING LUBOIL PRESSURE

LOW" at low engine load, this input will be suppressed by a signal set by the
BMS 40M at low engine load. The signal is transferred by interface and I or
contact to the ESS 40M.
~ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WPS • Chp. 2, Page 8/25
0
m
STN ATLAS >ELEKTRONIK
2.2 Automatic Shutdown
In case of an automatic shutdown the propulsion system is immediately

stopped. The signal acts directly on the shutdown system of the main engine.
All control elements and indications for the automatic shutdown are arranged
on the bridge, in the ECR and in the engine room.
(']. 2.2.1 Shutdown
If a shutdown criterion occurs, first of all a pre-alarm is activated. The delay

time for the pre-alarm can be adjusted via parameter. If the pre-alarm is
activated, an acoustic and optical alarm is given on the bridge panel , ·on the
ECR panel and in the engine room. With the pre-alarm activation, the delay
time (e.g. 8 sec., set via parameter} for the shut down intervention starts to
count down.On the display
" Shutdown in 8 s " appears in the third line
_ .....,_
The cause for the initiation e.g.
f~·
\__)
" Cam Shaft Lub.Oil Press. low " appears in the fourth line .
. Indication "Shutdown in 8 s" means, that the shutdown will be active in 8

seconds. The countdown to 0 is shown in the display too. In addition, LED "
ALARM " is flashing with full brightness on the BAT410 and the LED in key
panei"ALARM LIST".changes into red steady light. Optionally, in the engine
room a corresponding lamp " Pre-Alarm- Shutdown" can be activated.
The horn signal is reset on the BAT410 by actuating key for acoustic
acknowlegde. Optically acknowledgement is possible in the alarm list only. By
:··=.=.·,..: . actuating key for optical acknowlegde the alarm is optically acknowledged. In
doing so, LED "ALARM " changes into current brightness steady light.
©STN ATLAS ElektronikGmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page9/25
After expiry of the shut down delay time, the shutdown process is started and
optically indicated on the bridge panel , on the ECR panel and in the engine
room.
On the display
II Shutdown in 0 s II is changing to indication
II Shutdown active II
In addition, the LED in the button "SHUTD.ACTIVEII is illuminated and the LED
"SHUTDOWN II in the engine room is activated accordingly. The restart of the
engine is then possible only after elimination of the reason for the emergency
shutdown and resetting by means of function "RESET SHUTDOWN" of the
engine safety system ESS.
The display in case of a shut down is shown in Fig. 2 - 7
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 10/25
. ! .~' . .
m
Geamot
[OJ i<t==--------=-----___:_:_----1
0
f)
I~~·
Com Sholl Llb. 01 Prou. Law _ __J
l
Fig. 2 -7, Indication on the BAT 410 at Shut Down
If the shut down criterion disappears during the countdown of the delay time,
the shutdown will not be carried out. The alarm line and the delay counter are
replaced in the display by the indacation 11
!! ALARM!! to indicate, that there
II
11
is still an unacknowledged alarm. Also the LED ALARM 11 keeps on flashing
and the LED in the key 11 ALARM LIST" remains on red steady_ light (see Fig. 2-
8)
0
Geamol Engine Safety System ESS 401.1
-,
I SIIWI-.Inh
Cam Shalt Llb. 01 Prou. low
Slv.tdown In 4 a
,c.,., SllaltLlb. 01 Pr-.Low
Fig. 2 - 8, Indication on BAT 410 at Shut Down npt carried out
2.2.2 Function 11 Shutdown Override ..
In case of emergency a shutdown process can be suppressed in the same way

as a slowdown process by means of function key " SHUTD. OVERR. ". By
means of this control function the shutdown process is not started. If the
engine has already been stopped, then a "RESET SHUTDOWN" is necessary
after Override Shutdown.
For certain shutdown criteria there is the possibility to make function "
Override Shutdown " ineffective for this shutdown criterion via adjustment of
parameter.
The function is indicated on the right side of the third line of the display.
Additional the LED in the key" SHUTD. OVERR." is illuminated (steady light)
(see Fig. 2- 9)
Q STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 12/25
0
······'
m
[[==================-~
ii'
....::
1·--~,I
7
)1 r· ... l ·
l_.:___ I -~- ..... ·
Fig. 2- 9, Activation of Shut Down Override
11
If a shut down criterion occurs while II Shut Down Override is selected, the
indication on the BAT 41 0 is the same as descr}bed in part 2.2.1 except the
11
LED in the II SHUTD. ACTIVE - key, that remains dark. The display is shown
in Fig. 2 -10
These D..Q1e.s mean to the operator that the shutdown process is immediately
l) started if function 11
Shutdown Override 11
is cancelled.
©STN ATLAS ElektronikGmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 13/25
Geamot Engine Safety System ESS <40M
«~il
~
r----·:
,__ ____ ,
iF;.ul:r:
~~- ----.!
Shutdown In a a
Cam Shalllllb. 01 Priaa. ~
CNtrrkt¥ I
<40M
Sllutdc>wnlnOa I~ :-· :i F~;:

~ -·--- . . ---·
CNarrkt¥
OI=Pr=-=~===-==:==--====-- -·-·'
L_...:::::::c::::•m=Shaft==lllb=
. [~n_l j ~;-~_ l
Fig. 2 - 10, Shut Down criterion and Shut Down Qverride active
2.2.3 Function .. Reset Shutdown ..
A shutdown initiation can be reset fromt the Bridge Panel or the ECR Panel by
means of the Function key" SHUTD. RESET ".(see Fig. 2 -11)
Precondition for the reset is, that the fault was eleminated before. If the Shut
Down criterion is not longer active, the indication of the cause for the shut
down is cancelled. The Indication" Shutdown active" remains in the third line
of the display. The LED in the key " SHUTD. RESET" appears ·in falshing
yellow to announce, that the shut down may be reset.
If the reset was successfully carried out, then the shutdown signal is reset and
indications" Shutdown active" on the display of the BATs and LED display"
Shutdown .. in the engine room extinguish.
FoiiGNing the reset the main engine can be restarted.
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSOOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 14/25
.-,
-·· ,'··
m
ENGINE SAFElY SYSTEM

SYSTEM OK
,.,--) ,.~···;·, ,--;:t,-:-·1
0
ACTUAL SPEEO: I .D RPM
AiARw [}::I I -(·.f.
\~~· '·· -- ··' I ~.9_ ..•
'
Fig. 2 - 11, Reset Shut Down by function key
0 ©STN ATLAS ElektronikGmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • .Chp. 2, Page 15/25
2.2.4 Manual Emergency Stop
In addition to the automatic shutdown there are emergency stop pushbuttons

for the manual shutdown on the bridge, in the ECR and in the engine room.
The pushbuttons for the manual emergency stop are arranged on the bridge,
in the ECR and in the engine room. In order to avoid any unintended activation
the pushbuttons are equipped with cover plates.
The classification requires an independent shutdown initiation. For that reason
the emergency stop pushbutton avaiable two switch level. One stop signal
acting directly on the stop valve and the other stop signal into safety system.
The emergency stop is indicated on the BATs in plain text as shown in Fig 2 -
12. In addition an alarm is given and the LED ALARM is flashing with full
brightness, the LED in key panel "ALARM LIST " changes into red steady
light. The LED in the " SHUTD. ACTIVE " - key is illuminated.
The initiation places for manual emergency stop are indicated in the alarm list.
When the emergency stop is cancelled, the shut down has to be reset as
described before.
0
I \ I \
: : :FAULT ;
'-· ----· '·-----··
I I,I~ENCYSTOP
_',H=VTDOWN=-==--ACTli/E _ _ _. 1
.r --] , i t··.. i
[--1. . ! ! r:' '
~~-j' (ComR.
t~~-.11 (:rr·'i
·-
t NANCE
. ·-- ---··
o ·
SH~.J ['iRESET
[.OVERR.
..__...
~~:]
· ~·
Fig. 2 - 12, Manual Emergency Stop
~ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 16/25
'· ·, {• ' '. ' ' ·.~
2.2.5 Automatic Slowdown and Shutdown
The safety system offers the possibility to initiate a slowdown process with a
subsequent shutdown in case of a sensor response. This possibility offers the
advantage that the number of sensors may be smaller.
The automatic slowdown with subsequent automatic shutdown can be
individually released for each sensor input via parameter. The delay times for
(J the initiation of the slowdown signal and of the shutdown signal respectively
can be set via parameters as well.
The functional sequences here are identical to those of the automatic
slowdown and shutdown with the difference that here the functional sequences
can take place one after another.
""""'
,.
2.3 Alarm Indication and acknowledgement
The Alarms are devided into the two groups
o Engine faults, leading to Slow Down and Shut down and

o System faults, e.g. line breaks, module failure
All alarms are indicated
o acoustical
as common alarm at the place from which the ship is operated
on the bridge
in the ECR
in the engine room
o optical
as common alarm
on the bridge by means of the red LEQ II ALARM II on the BAT 41 0
in the ECR by means of the red LED ,. ALARM II on the BAT 41 0
in the engine room by means of the red LED II ALARM II
via potental free contact to the monitoring system
as single alarm
on the bridge by means of the display and I or the alarm list
in the ECR by means of the display and I or the alarm list
via interface to the monitoring system
2.3.1 Common alarm indication on BAT 410
Every alarm comming up, except a BAT-failure, is indicated via the red LED II
ALARM II • With the first alarm the LED starts flashing to indicate a new,
unacknowledged alarm. If the·alarm is acknowledged (see below), the LED II
ALARM " turns to steady light, if the alarm is still present. If a new alarm
occurs, the LED starts flashing again etc.
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 18/25
In addidion to the LED .. ALARM .. the LED in the key .. ALARM LIST n lights
up to indicate, that an alarm is recorded in the alarm list.
For Slow Down and Shut down alarms also the LEDs 11 SLOWD. ACTIVE 11 and
11
SHUTD. ACTIVE .. light up, when the respective intervention takes place. The.
common alarm display is shown in picture 2- 13.
A failure, effecting the BAT 410 itself, is indicated by means of the red LED
"FAULT' on the BAT 410. Following failures are possible:
BAT 410 bus disturbed

Failure in the central module DZM 402, e.g. Watchdog
Internal failure BAT 41 0
When the central module DZM 402 is functionally ok, the BAT 410-failure will
be transferred to the monitoring system via pontental-free contact and I or
serial interface. ·
.----;=-=-==·-=-=~=-=-================-=--==--=---·----·-, : I
_lJ
Slowdown Active iFAULT!
Cam.Shatt Lub. OH Press. Low \--······-.:
Shutdown AcfNe
Cam Shaft Lub. OD Press. Low ··~ . .]
I u::..
~
I
.1
I· . . J...·· .
· \ · _,- i
·...r;L.-'
L1 e~] r:~1 (~ (~J GJ r~EN~~-J r~;-~

._ _..
lASC1 F1 FJ
rs--J r~~·-· (~~~] i r , ~-- ·· r··-ENT -~
(~J
'()5UNO
(SLOWD.
· OVERR.
.____...
ESC .J ,-· 1 ,i
~ ~- ,.._. ..._____... -·· ·---·-
i
-· FJ - FJ rs;?J
~:· i ,~· '·--.. (--.--- '
r~)J rs-·l -=-------~
~~- · <., ]I 0· 1 1 r... i
( ).
[ SHUTD. SHUTD.JI
- ...._..
__..
pVERR. 1 -~· '._::_..i '--~}
Fig. 2 - 13, Common alarm indication
©STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH. • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 19/25
r
2.3.2 Single alarm indication and acknowledgement on BAT 410
All alarms are recorded as optical alarm in the alarm list. The engine faults
leading to Slow Down and Shut Down are aditionally indicated directly on the
display as shown in Fig. 2- 13.
Optical alarms are always given on both BATs (bridge and ECR). The acoustic
alarm is signalled on the BAT410 of the selected control stand (e.g. automatic
ECR) only. If the control stand is changed (e.g. to automatic bridge), then an
acoustic non-acknowledged alarm and ti;Je permission for the optical
acknowledgement of the alarm are diverted to the corresponding BAT410.
By actuating key for acoustic acknowlegde the acoustic alarm is noted by the
operator and the activation of the horn is reset.
By actuating key "ALARM LIST" the alarm list will be displayed. In the alarm
list all alarms with the current state are listed. The following alarm states are
possible:
- Alarm active non-acknowledged » symbol • flashing
- Alarm active acknowledged » symbol • steady
- Alarm gone acknowledged » alarm signal extinguishes
- Alarm gone non-acknowledged · » symbol • flashing
The single alarm indication is shown in Fig. 2 - 14
· A.·' ,
~ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 20/25
~A~ Geamot Engine Safety System ESS 40M

·-===-------------------------------------
\ .------\
<Alarm Ust> Back[ES~ : iFAULT:
. '··-----·
Start Of List
• Cam Shaft Lub. on Press. low ,__ j
[cr.::j·j r:(~l
~.-··-'
r-·1 r~ J (~ r~~~J r~ J S3 r:-] l
'!''')---.
MeNU! r---~ ~~NT~-1 b~~;.l i:~~ ~
( }
--
(NANCE ,I ICONTR. • •
··------
<.:.Q...•
·-·-·
·
[0'_....·1 r)1 r=, ~~J ro;-c;J l~l

·---· ___ ...... . ~-·· ·~-'
~SLOWD.I r<~i ~-"~J ~~-f)
·-\sMNo
OVERR.; [_:_ '1

r:,----1 rs---) (J7 ;ru1 rc).~) (:iiYz .)
._, ---· ·~· --.... _.
Fig. 2 - 14, Single alarm indication
By actuating cursor keys
6 Scrol up and
V Scrol down
the alarm signals can be displayed one after another, until .. Start Of
List .. ,displayed in line two, or .. End of List .. , displayed in line four, is reached
(see Fig. 2 - 15). If there is only one alarm in the list, the scrol function is
ineffective.
The selected alarm, shown in the display, can be acknowledged by pressing

the key for optical acknowledge. The optical acknowledgement of an alarm can
only be effected on the BAT 41 0 of the selected control stand. If the alarm has
been acknowledged, then the following unacknowledged alarm is automatically
displayed and can also be acknowledged.
_-.;.,'..;._
0 © STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC. WP6 • Chp. 2 , Page 21/25
Goamol EngiM Safely System ESS 40M
~ ~---- ·: fF·;;;l·T·:
-(ESCJ j ~, ______ ! ,_~ __;
Fig. 2 - 15, Acknowledgement and scrolling of alarms
To leave the alarm list the "ESC" must be pressed. Following this instruction,
the indication shown on the display before appears again.
If critical operating states occur during the indication of the alarm list, then the
list immediately disappears and corresponding critical operating states are
shown on the display.
Remark:
If the operator does not intervene further, the system display is
automatically shown after expiery of the time out time. In default the
timeout is 10 minutes.
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 22/25
r--,
2.4 Speed Indication
Beside the speed indication at the Operating and Indication Panels BAT 41 0
the system provides two ± 1OV - analogue .outputs for external speed indication
via instruments.
The first output is switched to three connection points on terminals. If the DZM
402 fails, the Speed Indication is switched over to the indication signal com-
ming from the BMS as an input. This redundance guaranties a high availlability
·~
of the Speed Indication at all relevant places:
(__)
The second output is also led to terminals, directly as voltage output (± 1OV)
and- converted- as current output (4- 20 rnA).
In addition to the above described speed indication, the speed is indicated

directly via a 4-digit display at the DZM 402.
The 9eneral configuration of the Speed lndicatio~ is shown in Fig. 2 - 16. The
arangement of indication instruments is shown in Fig. 2 - 17 as an example.
(J
.-
'
c
0
~
0
~
0
tn
5
=s
..q c:
Q) .E
en en
en
w
"C
Q)
Q)
a.
lCIJ
en
0
ll
I
II I
L--------------
·-------------.
I N
I 0
I ..q
I
I ~
I .N N
I 0
~ I e
~ 0
tn .a
0 c: iV
..q Q) LL
en
en "C
~ Q)
Q)
m a.
en
0
I .
I
1-------------'
Fig. 2 - 16, General configuration of Speed Indication
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 2, Page 24/25
C')
ro
t'l
r0 0
-~ ..... en
:I!!
IZI
E
,g
Cl H·
z
..... ,.,c
0
..... 5
'-' '6
..,.5..
0
-~
..... ..
a.
en
r--
t-.,... "'~
.....
.
(~)
'"-__./ ul\ '----
N
~
""'-u
.....
~
~
..... (" IZICD
eno
a'"
c c
~8
~.... I-CD
0..!;!
Ill_..
.... ~ 1"-. as
~ '-"
~a
::I
"C
0
:2:
~
a;
0::
"C
.
-
:::-
..... ( " 'Q;
:c
CJ
CD
CD
0.
en
()
N
0
"'it
:2:
""'-....
C')~
-
~("-.
-~
5m ..
est
.... .35 0
~../ N
c "'
c - IZIG>
en:E
.
0
0
g ~"
,..... g'-$
~0
·c
IZI
ij&
::1"-. 3:;i!
I
IZI
N~
~
_
.......... -
:::
'-' ( " .!!
a::o
CJ"'
wl5
CJ
,.
~("-.
ti:~
a co
cc
~8
Fig. 2 - 17, Speed Indication at different places

.;·--:..
PCS Geamot 40 M • Operating Instructions • ESS 40 M
The ESS 40 M provides the operating facilities
o Illuminated EMERGENCY STOP push buttons, located

in the wing consoles
on the bridge console
on the ECR console and
on the local panel in the engine room
o Operating and Indication Panels BAT 410, located

on the bridge and
in the ECR
3.1 Emergency Stop
The emergency stop push buttons are wired in parallel with one contact each
directly to the emergency stop solenoid. A second contact of each push button
is wired to the ESS 40 M as individual digital input. A collective output is wired
to the emergency stop solenoid.
Pressing any EMERGENCY STOP push button leads to an immediate stop of
the engine. The emergency stop is recorded in the ESS 40 M and indicated
on the display of the BATs in general

in the alarm list individual
In addition "Shutdown Active" is displayed and the LEOs "ALARM" and the
LED in the button "SHUTD. ACTIVE" are illuminated. The Display is shown in
Fig . 3- 1.
CSTN ATLAS ElektronikGmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 1/14
0
m

------·-.; ,------\
~H-UTDOWN-M:.TWE--------~---l
EMERGENCY STOP ~
! !FAULT)
r•---=:-.:-:~:6~=:---·--··-----------Ba-~~- j ·_]. ,.,=--,--] (:.;--·.,

fcl~ERI I ·eorr )
_CONTR... . .·
~~====----=---:-:.::..==-:===========
(1• pgfi' . - i
~----
-------·1
rs-··J
e-~I r;,~" r~) 3 D~J r~J r~Ji(L·
~~-] ~· WD.:
·-
SLOWD.I
I
I
I ESC
I
I
;"---~-, ·~-----1
, :. '
! I. - ! .
ENT . ,
·-- ·- ·- ·-· -~ ~~., jJI

VERR.'
•-•- o#O '• 0 • •
----. .
LJ r~J (~ l~
·- -
f~J ro- I
SHlJTI). 1 r;~~:·1
,OVERR.! lRESET.l
'----•
r . 1
l '··· •. 1
l I ':"--, i I I I
'.- j l . )
) l ---· . ___
Fig. 3 - 1, Emergency Stop indication
Because the emergency stop push buttons are mecanically buildt as a switch,
the stop order remains active until the push button(s) used for emergency stop
are pressed again to switch off. When the emergency stop is switched off, the
shut down has to be reset.
0
©STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WPS • Chp. 3 Page 2/14
3.2 Operating and Indication Panel BAT 410
The Operating and Indication Panel provides a number of keys to commu-

nicate with the ESS 40 M. The keys are directly functional or to select menues
and lists. The front view of the panel is shown in Fig. 3- 2.

·-.....:;:..:"--------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- ·- . -
-··---- I .. -- · - . -· ----
i 'I
: [FAULT .!
l
Engine Safety System ALARM ; :
.. .. .
II System OK II #
I --··---·
:: - - .--- .
.-···_- J_- --1
ACTUAL SPEED : 90.0 RPM I I
\
I !Cl:l·-· i
__ _ J
1-("· ··~
~~=============================~ -
ALARM
--·' LIST
-- !. '! J .
--- -
Fig. 3 - 2, Front panel of BAT 41 0

Any alarm comming up leads to an acoustical singnal at the place of indication
from which the ship is operated. This also applies to the acknowledgement of
this signal. Pressing the button
~ Acuostical acknowledge
switches of the buzzer.
ICl STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 3/14
3.2.2 Selecting the Alarm List
Any alarm is recorded in the alarm list. For the optical acknowlege first the
alarm list has to be selected. By pressing the key
~
R:IUST. Select Alarm List
~,
( ! following alarm states are possible:

'--..../
- Alarm active non-acknowledged a-+ symbol • flashing
- Alarm active acknowledged l» symbol • steady
- Alarm gone acknowledged l» alarm signal extinguishes
- Alarm gone non-acknowledged l» symbol • flashing
If there are unacknowledged alarms, the first one is shown on the display and
can be optical acknowledged. If this is done, the display switches to the next
unacknowledged alarm etc.
- A Scrol up and
- V Scrol down
List",displayed in line two, or "End of List", displayed in line four, is.reached .
If there is only one alarm in the list, the scrol function is ineffective. If the alarm
list is empty, the message "NO ALARMS" is displayed as shown in Fig. 3 - 3.
To leave the alarm list the "ESC" button must be pressed. Following this
instruction, the indication shown on the display before A-ppears again.
© STN ATLAS Elektronlk GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 4/14

11~==~--------------------------------------------------------·
.---------------------------------.---- ,
~~":;;'~· > No Alarms
""" (ESC) I !I
End Of List . _J
t~-1 rs---J ro~ S1 ) r~l (~J

- '--' ..__.... -
I (' ---~ --;:=:.~ :_-:. ~ -:_~= :-ll
.-:la Paft
[0 J r:l ) ('~ l)2 w) r-)l~J I'
[SLOWO.]I ESC I I
,. I' /
~ . I · ~--· · - ·- ~-~I' . ___ --- ' I

II ·. ENT
,.._-- I .- - - ----- -· -
t~l C__l ( ~1 l=l EJ

0 78
~J (~~) l~J I [J_li.·... ! _l _L~:.G
r I +I· ) ; l j 1 \
Fig. 3 - 3, Display of an empty alarm list
If critical operatin states occur during the indication of the alarm list, then the
list immediately disappears and corresponding critical operating states are
shown on the display.
Remark:
timeout is 10 minutes.
~ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.8GE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 5/14
' ,. ',! '
.. :~··r:·· . ·····~·~
3.2.3 Optical acknowledge
For optical acknowledge of an alarm, first the alarm list has to be selected. An
unacknowledged alarm is indicated by the flashing state indication in front of
the alarm text. The alarm is opticacally to acknowledge by pressing the key
~
.;:
Optical acknowledge
If the alarm state was 11 Aiarm active non-acknowledged,., the state display turns
to ,.Alarm active acknowledged" with steady state indication in front of the
alarm text. Where more unacknowledged alarms are present, the display
switches automatically to the next unacknowledged alarm. Otherwise the
display re-mains in the actual position.
If the alarm state was ''Alarm gone non-acknowledged", this alarm indication is
cancelled and the next alarm is displayed.
The acknowledgement and scrolltng of alarms is shown in Fig. 3 - 4.
G&amot Engine Salety Sylt&m ESS 40M
Fig. 3-4, Acknowledgement and scrolling of alarms
©STN ATLAS ElektronikGmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSOOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 6/14
3.2.4 Slowdown Override
The override of slow down criteria is activated by pressing the key
~ Slow Down Override
When Slow Down Override is active, the slow down signals will be sup-
pressed, as long as the override is active.
To cancel the Slow Down Override, the key has to be pressed again.
For more detailed information, pis. refer to chapter 2, part 2.1.2.
3.2.5 Slowdown Reset
To reset a slowdown, that has been active before, the key
~ Slow Down Reset
has to be p·ressed. Following this action, the engine speed increases to the
desired value set by control lever.
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 7 /14
··.·.'.•',·
~.
~·
lJ STN ATLAS ELEKTRONIK
3.2.6 Shutdown Override
The override of shut down criteria is activated by pressing the key
~ Shut Down Override
When Shut Down Override is active, the shut down signals will be sup-
pressed, as long as the override is active.
To cancel the Shut Down Override, the key has to be pressed again.
3.2.7 Shutdown Reset
To reset a shutdown, that has been active before., the key
~ Shut Down Reset
has to be pressed. Following this action, the engine is ready to start again
0
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 8/14
3.2.8 Maintenance
To handle BAT 41 0 settings the key
~ Maintenance
has to be pressed. Following this, a menue is displayed as shown in Fig. 3 - 5.
~·rN
~
·----- .. - -·-- -- . -·· . --- ·· ~-
------. ·- - -··- -··- - ·-- :

I ~M i i '
' !FAULT
Back[ESCJ i' '
----- -· I
- ·-··- ... ··- -- -·
< Backlight Key I Field Display >
S1 Keys LED 0 S3 LampTest I! . ·.r:·-.1
r~:J
-- 1.~] ~;I~)
[-.
S2 Display 0 S4
=r;:-1
}-
r1 (~ ~) (o:-j
~-
-----
(~) f:l
'-----' ...____..
[{~ 1rs-1
'-----'
-
/:~
_,
fiJ
r -- - ---·1
CONTR.
--
.--~
·
)
f''] (~] (~) [~] EJ ~:

-~ ·
r~-
SLOWO. ,
'~
l r L ll l
•( )I POR '
01/ERR. , [s~~J·J
- - II ·_ ,
:[ ESC
·-~
'
ENT
~-·
0 r:J (~] u
--
[~) rn.-·l
5J l: ·J i I <J l l---·
HUTO.
TIVE
SHUTO.
~- \'li ---
11..)
,_ - ...
~
+/·] !
! .-
i
·- ··
' f
.. ..
.·
i
I
j
Fig. 3 - 5, Display Maintenance menue
The maintenance menue indicates the function of the keys S1 to S3. The
51 Pressing key S1 sets the basic brightnes of the LEOs in all keys of the
panei.There are 15 steps available. The actual level is indicated in the
display. With every key stroke the brightnes changes to the next step in
circle, i.e. 0- 1 - 2- 3 ... 15 - 0 etc., where 0 is the lowest and 15 the
highest brightnes.
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151187.8GE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 9/14
m
52 Pressing key 82 sets the basic brightnes of the display background

display. With every key stroke the brightnes. changes to the next step in
circle, i.e. 0- 1 - 2- 3 ... 15- 0 etc., where 0 is the lowest and 15 the
highest brightnes.
53 On pressing key 83 a Lamp Test takes place. All LEOs in the keys of
the panel are illuminated in full brightnes, the display is filled with I as
shown in Fig. 3 - 6 and the buzzer is activated.
0
r::;-·.]~·-··~
IAiAAM I0:(] j
,-:::c-·]
1-:. :·. )-
\ ~"!:._. !_ --~- _:. • 0"~-
~ --- -~ 115-==~-:::.---=-1
~~·) [~) [s:~~) [ esc ]l .{_ .]1 .11
()4 JlCI. (l511NO "()1 PQR . . · . . ..
ENT
~· '--- I ~ ·-- ··--· I
0 i~: .·-_--, ,~·---- · ----- ·!
f:.J
~
~ll:~:l i I <.I J I -:.~_···JI [ . Ii
opoeo (: ••.
_)I ' - ·-~~-~:.J
Fig. 3 - 6, Display at Lamp Test
The Lamp lest is cancelled automatically after 5 seconds.

11
To leave the maintenance menue the E5C.. button· must be pressed.
again.
Remark:
automatically shown· after expiery of the time out time. In default the
(~ timeout time is 20 seconds.
u
@ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WPS • Chp. 3 Page 10/14
3.2.9 Dimmer I Contrast
To set the brightnes of all LEOs in the keys of the panel .and of the displays
~.
B Dimmer I Contrast
has to be pressed. Following this, a menue .is displayed as shown in Fig. 3- 7.
~ .~ _ _ _ _ _ _Geamot
-==::;..__ __ ____ -----· --- Engine
- -- Safety System ESS 40M
---·--- -·------ ·--·-
~~; c~-~--:
1
BACK[Escfi- ,1 !FAULT )
BRIGHTNESS : PUSH DIMMER I ,
I : =--- - - ·---- - ----·
~=============================--J r~ 1 io=--i 1 r -r~·~ J
l_,._::
BR=IG =PU=S=H D=IM=M=ER===========~=C=KL=:.~CL=]:_11 ~] ·. ~ i~~
=HT=N=E=SS=:
r:=·· .l ((:)ll=l l 02
Di1l CJ ~~1 ~~-) [~J ! r~sc l_L.j r~~l
[~) [~) (en.ruJ EJ (:_j -~) l~l (~:J :!-~ l I__ (T-·,1
~ ,
\?
.
.I
·- ·
Fig. 3 - 7, Display Dimmer I Contrast menue
Pressing key Dimmer I Contrast step by step sets the brightnes of the LEOs in
all keys of the panel .and the display backlight taking the basic level under
account (pis. refer to "MAINTENANCE MENU" 81 I 82). With every key stroke
the brightnes changes to next step in cicle by adding "5 .. to the actual level,
until the maximum level is reached. This is indicated at the display. The next
key stroke leads to lower brighnes. An example is shown in the following table:
@ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.1 51 187.8GE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOCWPS • Chp. 3 Page 11 I 14
::•,, ·\·'·
. STN ATLAS ELEKTRONIK
5 = Basic level o = Basic level actuated
10 5 actuated
15 =max. level 10 actuated
15 =max. level 15 = max. level Max. Level actuated
5 = Basic level 0 = Basic level etc.
',
) NOTE:
~-
If the basic level is set to 11 15 .. , the lowest level is equal to maximum level.
In this case dimming is not possible.
To leave the Dimmer I Contrast menue the .,ESC .. button must be pressed.
Following this instruction, the maintenance menu appears again.
To leave the maintenance menue the .,ESC.. button must be pressed.

again.
Remark:
·~/
@STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 12/14
3.2.10 Parameter, Suppressions and Operating Values
To display and I or change parameters, suppressions and operating values,

first the key
B Menue
has to be pressed. Following this, a menue is di"splayed as shown in Fig. 3 - 8.
~,.m. Geamot Engine Safety System ESS 40M

·-===---- - - -- -- - - - - -- --·--·- - - - -·-···· . ·-· --
• - - ----, • -- --- - I -· •• - • --I
<Menu> Bac:k[ESC) ~~ J ~--··--- (FAULT .:

Select Submenue
S1 : Parameter S3 : Operal Values
r~ J lci:JJ h~~'l
S2 : S ress S4
- ---- - -
.._
n ·- (~
(o-) - · (o:-) ._ .
[~ ro
·- ...._
54 ) [~]
·- '
~)
·-
~J r=~OJT
· ·- ··- -
.1
r-I r~J EJ [~ Ll [~~) r-:-·)r- L ·J t~)

'- · - · ·- --
~----
l~llJ[J LJr~ ~ r
•__...
<I J r·- 7J· r- r =- J
Fig. 3 - 8, Menue display
The menue indicates a submenus, selectable with the keys 81 to 83. The
51 Pressing 81 opens the parameter list, recorded in the central module

DZM 402, for parameter display and I or parameter changes.
For more detailed information, pis. refer to chapter 6.
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 13/14
·:··,·· /•. _;'.
(
m
· STN ATLAS ElEKTRONIK
S2 Pressing 82 opens a list of inputs to the ESS 40 M, and allows to

switch single inputs on and off.
For more detailed information, pis; refer to chapter 6.
S3 After pressing 83 actual operating values are displayed.
For more detailed information, pis. refer to chapter 6.
(~_) To leave the menue or. the submenues the ·"ESC" button must be pressed.
again.
·Remark:
timeout is 20 seconds. The submenues have individual time out times.
©STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.1 • 03.02.98 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 3 Page 14/14
PCS Geamot 40 M • Technical Description of all Components • ESS 40 M
4 Introduction
The Engine Safety System consists of a number of modules designed for the
duty of monitoring the propulsion engine of the ship. The modules described in
the following are:
o the Speedrelay Module DZM 402
o the Input I Output Module 10M 402
o the Interface Extension Module SEM 402
o the Filter Module FIM 405
o the Operating and Indication Panel BAT 410
Q STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 4 Page 1/20
·.: "'.',
\
..,.,.-......
/.-.,
'----./
)
m
Geamic 40 M DZM402
Speedrelais Module
General
The DZM402 module is mainly intended for applications where a quick speed measurement by means of
pick-ups must·be realized, e.g. the safety system for large diesel or for main engine control systems. The
DZM402 assembly is a central unit with 4 galvanically decoupled digital inputs. Two inputs are designated
for pick-ups. The measured speed can be displayed on ±1 OV instruments via 2 analog outputs. One
\.
output can also drive a current of 0(4)-20mA. 4 relays and 2,solid-state relays are available for messages
'~·! and control systems. 16 LEDs as status signals can be used as well.
The module has two galvanically decoupled interfaces (RS485) for the purposes of networking the
assemblies as well as one for testing or extending {TTL signals). There are four keys and a 4-digit display
for parameter inputs and operational status displays. The assembly can be extended by a maximum of
another four digital input/output modules and one analog input module {AEM402). It is also possible to
connect two SEM402 assemblies with two RS4851 422 interfaces each to the analog bus.
The module is organized by a single-chip microcontroller {HC11 }. There are 2K EEPROM, a maximum of .
32K RAM and a maximum of 72kbytes flash EPROM available for the program. The controller organizes
the interface and the extension busses. The digital inputs are filtered and transmitted to the master via the
interface upon request.
The module can be extended by 4 interface modules:

* VSM401 with 7 DE I 12 DA I 7 ADU
* IOM402 with 16 DE I 12 DA
.... :

* SEM402 with 2 RS485 I 422
The extension modules can be connected to the DZM402 module in any combination. It automatically
recognizes the module connected via a module identification.
©STN ATLAS ElektronikGmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WPS • Chp. 4 Page2/20
.:- ..
~® .l· ' ·~
~
®1.:J CJ
I.
~-I jiiiiJ
• I •
i p~ool
'-- ~c:Jl:j CL..:..J
~• "' 8· I
1-
El [!]oG'I [!)B:!J+,g;£9'·I -.I .. I • .. I
.. . ..~G ~-~-~~
... . .. .. .-~~8.._... ..8BJ1E
~~ ~ ...
f!JB ' . ..
._r
n n
.. ....
II II
.n ••
~ _... ....
Technical Data
Power supply: 18- 32V, 500mA
2 Signal input (DC)

Voltage 18 - 32V /8 - 16mA
2 Pick-Up (PNP oder/or NPN)

Voltage 18 • 32V /20 - 30mA
Frequency rnax. 10kHz
4 Relay output (normally open contact)
Voltage 18- 32V /3A
2 Solid-state relay
Voltage 18- 60V /3A
Frequency 10Hz
Interface 2 X RS485
1 x RS232 (TTL)
CPU: MC68HC11 F1 (16 MHz)

2 kByte EEPROM
72 kByte Flash EPROM
32 kByte RAM
Expansion: by max. 4 extension modules + AEM402 + SEM402

Mounting: Support rails to DIN .European standard
Ambient temperature: o- ss· c

Weight: 850 g
Type Approval: KR, ABS, DNV, GL, LA, RINA (in preparation)
C STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 4 Page 3/20
-''·'· .~· .. ~
-~- '
'I'
I
' STN ATLAS ElEKTRONIK
l.r,i):;,g-Ho~u(t [o!tr.5FOn
J.~orog -Hodul-fro.-!':trrun~
,--------,-x.---,---·,-;;--~
IH~~ 1i~
I
I
24V lor p,,.,
-1;"/--=-r=-•ll'/
Up, ['£ ,1£ 0071 Et' '];; .. -;:!"; :J I
I
I
zr.voc supply
I
~I. YO( suppl 1
XI
•
(
,---.....
~
Bu\ I
{ -[lSI
{
~~;;~: l
7)
X~l•l
~
-£!51 ~.I
"-- _.... Bus I ·EISI

PQNOI
B[
~
~-1
~
Bu':i 7
{ .[ISJ
·E•S2
RQIIO! 1-m 1J
X' 1
~~~~! l
'1~
~
{ -E/Sl
Su!; ~
[leltldll'l
ft. OIJ!o
Pnalltrtch
Prea ltCIIOII
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
1'-J
3:
:--
0
I
I
I !,
_ ,,I
"I , ~
< ~
"l , __) Ill~~

Watchdog
x~J
l
I
l ~
··::.
I
I
L-..lruL1reasa.lltr1
LIIII .. IO. htAOIIIIItrl
Dllllb/ICiioGfhf I
Dulllttat!t.Gthrl
I .u
r UOUOl
0001 0UDI
0UDI
l;..tr l•o.,~•ll., 1
lo:llr lrc"taJitr l
A1d-111 Gt!lif" I
"~'~' w~., z I
At. 000.1.
All. 000) (;)liD I
0liD1
lr")9t' I
lr~;er l
lr'li~' I
lr.gqtt' l
ltolj,1H I I (ullltr el 1.1to~"!~ ' h"l']tl' ) I Ht~:t;aflltt
I ··=
1 lo): 001)5
000~
~.t: 0<:1)7
0liDI
0liDO
~J UOl
h~l~ll• h•,l•»e 1 ••: O'•U 01101
P~t._t ... 1:W: Drtlltlfhl ...-; tHQQI "'· Dll' 0UD•

RuiJI~ Q\1~1 DrtllriCillu.-..; 1\#WL '' OGtol 0m~
~tlto~-: G'!:~r I ~IQIII~ r,,~fr I At: 01)11 (;)L!D II
..,..,.
St.zl'tl Gttl~ Z St~t111
P•1
Gmr l .H O~li
I .r.t 0t)1J
(?lliO C
0liDIJ
~,, .u oou. 0110"
.,itl ~larl ,.: 01}1) 0UD~
'"''"'Ru•l 0UD~
[:.;,tll-tlo~'!,l-[r-.t•I-:"Un\
[h ]•lai-Ho~•JI~-[ 'ltrol•~l'
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 4 Page 4/20
Module-Partnumbers 271.138159

271.138159.BGE english
~ STN ATLAS Elektronlk GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 4 Page 5/20
,,
•'·" .. ·.,
. ,-._
~~:
( )
~~-
Geamic 40M IOM402
Input Output Module
General
The IOM402 assembly is an interface extension unit with 16 galvanically decoupled digital inputs
and 12 semiconductor relay outputs.
The digital inputs and outputs are monitored for wire break. The assembly can be ext~r:~ded by
a maximum of another three input/output modules. •
The extension modules can be connected to the central module in any combination. It
Design:
The IOM402 module is accommodated on a 125,4 x 216 x 67 mm (DxWxH) large supporting

module. The module can snap into position on DIN EN mounting rails. The module has 6
terminal strips to which the interface signals can be directly applied.
,.....
I I
U0DDDDJ DODD D~
DDDDDDDD Bdbo
:@·.... :00
r-ll'·lm~ ·rn
00 . . . . 0 .
'-I
~~
~! : ' " " ~ "'~ II :. I I :. ~ "~ II "' I I " ~
I
11&
Technical Data
16 signal inputs: UE 18- 32V

le 14- 24mA
Monitoring current: 101,7- 3mA
Monitoring resistance: 8k2
12 signal outputs: normally open contact

60V I 3A AC/DC
Extension: via X10

DEM401
DRM401
DLM401
AAM401
VSM401
Weight: 720 g
CE EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
~STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 4 Page 7/20
. _-·.. t''>.'.
1·:.! <'Ci .''31 ~ur.r. d-..:· :,:.•rt;.~r..;:t·~·.!·:t.

:J~-:--·t:I1Chur•\J •l·.~~:go:·;.:··:i:-:-: "''!""''.l·:r·
· i ' I
: . --·i
--·-r·- I
t·~::qe;"'+-+-_ _:-_-_-------~'1·... ~ ~-· -· -1
.,L___ ---; -·.
At O•ll
£> 0. o:
AH,l) ·-'~
o:
~-: I
[t;L,
I i
t;~1='-t--+-1,~-:-:-------,
L 'J
. I ~
[._~-~:- :··-:--11]--.
EKno OJ A.tr.O•l4
t--t---'"' [Kl>OJ A~L•]I.
i Lf1
.- L•.J '
._.b
Atr.OclS
AI\LIJS 4-:=:--c-.:J...L<J
..,- L•..J
0 .,·---u
·-·-
[kOo 05
i ~
-:·--~-]
E~L• 05
II- I I
[KOr Ob
[1\.lc 06
l.t.hh . --, _; _ _,; :.0 - - - -
.·- r .. ·-····•I
.·.~E;.-:..J. • .. I
AKL•l6
L.:;..:..O L-.; I I
[t;Q, 01
i
~-----+-:·· .. ~-{}---i
Et.L• 07 Ak6<]7
At.L•l7
r.c
,.,c . I .. ·j I'
c At:Oc)S
. .L. I i
::>
:::1.
:·.
__:
;-·-·--1l .. J~- ·-'
tlt:L•l!
.,,.
.. :;
'""
0
::>
....
.
...:.
"':0
. '
[KQ• 07
H-L•04
.
"'
\C :-'
'::;
~I.O·l•
At'L•3<~
[t:Q. 16
u:L, 10
At".9•C.O
o:o, 11 At:L,LO
E>L•II
M;o.r.r
E~:o .. 11
[1\l• 12
4H•r.l
.." .,•·.
•
.,•·
,.---~
i )
·~-----
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WP6 e Chp. 4 Page 8/20
·.:
5TN ATLAS ElEKTRONIK
Module-Partnumbers 271~149 244

~ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 4 Page 9 I 20
G
m
Geamic 40M SEM402

Interface Extension Module ACIA
.General
The SEM402 assembly is an interface extension unit with 2 galvanically decoupled serial
interfaces. Interface #1 is in accordance with the RS485 standard. Interface #2 can be changed
over to RS485 or RS422. The assembly is connected to the analog bus of the ZM4xx modules.
The system can be extended by a maximum of two SEM402 modules. The address must be set
by means of a jumper on SEM402. The use of AEM401/2 can be continued. It is connected to
SEM402.
A DUART MS68681 of Motorola has been used as interface assembly. Transmission rates up to
38400 bauds can be set (depending on the software).
The matching resistors are integrated on the assembly and can be switched off via jumper.
Design:
The SEM402 module is accommodated on a 125,4 x 76 x 67 mm (DxHxW) large supporting

module. The module can snap into position on DIN EN mounti~g rails.
The module has two terminal strips to which the interface can be directly connected. The
connection to the computer module is effected via a 22-pole ribbon cable. The assembly is
supplied via the ribbon cable from the computer module.
..
' .-··~· ,
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151187.8GE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WP6 e Chp. 4 Page 10/20
r ...
~,
Technical Data
Power supply: 5V I SOmA Ober/via X10
Ambi~nt temperature:
Weight: 180 g
Type Approval: KR, ABS, DNV, GL, LA, RINA (in preparation)
CE EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
~ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ,ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 4 Page 11 /20
,,
,.,,., ,', .· . ' :!: ~~ ~

m
Cll
:; :;
"&:1 "&:1
0 0
e. E
a a
-...
L.
cCll
L.
c
.•
N Cll
c
Cll
......
o-
X
-=0
--, II
.::.
•.. If:::::::::::: ::1

_l
~-~
J•
,~.
1 ... "r!-~I
l) ;cl -~ r---t-t---<l
"'I
I
.. I ZOII!IH
)II J•
ZQN!)H
-
H--t-t--<l .. 1 315'
.. s·
.-
...
..... ......
I
H-+--1-t---o
;:;. .. I 3/S• s·
)( I
::~2) I
.::.
..
;
l--.o •1 )N J•
c Ill r-
f\~ r-- ]•
3•
L.----o .. I
•
'-----<l- .. 1ZOII!IH
)II J·
ZQN!)H
Cll Cll JJS· s· •
Ill
Ill
1111
Ill
Ill
Cll
L.
J/S• S·
~
L . - - - - - < l .. I :us· s•
L.
'C 'C
'C •
.. 1 s·
< 0 1- t- J/5'
"&:1
c "&:1
c t--
0:
< X I
= :J
0 0
1- I•
-= -=
L.
Ill L.
.!!
; I IOII!IH
N
a:l .Q
t---<=)---.,.----0- ~~
.,· .....
= .,;=
a:l .Q t-t----o .. ! J/S•
.
:1(
H-+-----o
N
-II
3/S•
!---=~""'--" ~
....-_-.. ....
"'I up- I
. t-----o ...
~ IIOH'JS
i 3/5'
a
H-----o- -! 3/S•
RJ
I ~i -~
I
&:
-~
:f.:::::::::::: ::u
~
.r . ] . ...,.
Cll
"5
..
'C
:::
.
"5
'C
! . ... Ia ~
X: E
Cll L.
L. Cll
~
·a;
::....
> .:
--:t •••.
Module-Partnumbers · 271.138 221
Additional ·documents:

~ STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271 .151 187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 4 Page 13/20
~· ' :, ,;. l ,) .• ' '... ·':
,-....,
__
(J
m
PCS Geamot 40 M • iechnical Description of aii·Components • ESS 40 M
Geamic 40M FIM405

Filter-Module
General
The FIM405 assembly is necessary to filter the 24V supply. The filter ist able to dissipate spikes
from the 24volt system.
oesign:
The FIM405 module is accommodated on a 111 x 40 x 70 mm (DxWxH) large supporting

module.
The module has two 5-pole connectors for the connection of the input and output voltages.
Ground is to be connected directly to terminal strip X1.4 or X2.3. It is only then that the inter-
ferences are reliably discharged. ·
The module is to be connected such that the consumer to be protected is connected to the
terminal strip (X2) being referred to as output.
In no case the supply lines to the consumer are allowed to be situated in parallel with the input
voltage line in one cable duct.
© STN ATLAS Elektronik GmbH • PCS • 271.151 187.BGE • Version 1.0 • 15.08.97 • ESSDOC.WP6 • Chp. 4 Page 14/20
i '
Input
·Ui -
Vl Output
1(2 +Uo
X1.1 R1
X1 .2 R4 X2.5
V2
X1.3 X2 .4
u
R2 C3
X1 .5 X2 .2
X2 .1
-- RS
-Uo
Output
1(4
-
Technical Data
Input voltage: 5- 32V
Nominal current: 4A

2.5-4 Remote Control System Geamot 40m For Diesel Engines

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2.5-4 Remote Control System Geamot 40m For Diesel Engines

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2.

REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

Wiirtsilii ltalia S.p.A.

L'approntamento e Ia consegna del presents documento sono stati effettuati dalla

This book is written and delivered by

Aker MTW · HN 010-013.

STN ATLAS Marine Electronics GmbH

Propulsion Control System Geamot 40M

Bridge Manoeuvring System BMS40M

1 General Propulsion Control System, PCS Geamot 40M ..................................... .4

2 Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS40M ............................................................... 5

3 Engine Speed Governor, ESG 40M ...................................................................... 7

4 Engine Safety System, ESS40M ........................................................................... 8

6 Speed Indicating System, SIS 40M ...................................................................... 9

1 General Propulsion Control System, PCS Geamot 40M

The PROPULSION CONTROL SYSTEM PCS

Propulsion Control System, PCS Geamot 40M

B Configuration PCS PCS 271.127 680.USP D 26.03.01 01

s Leaf let I Short Descript. PCS 271.161 384.KB

s Short- Type Manual WH PCS

s List of Reference PCS

s Type ApprovaJCertificate PCS II 241-97 HH 01.12.97 01-02

B Dispatch List res 271 127 680.TS

B Questionnaire res 271.127 680 .TD 1.0 15.01.01

2 Bridge Manoeuvring System, BMS40M

s Supply Diagram BMS 271.151 185.USP 26.03.98 01-03

s Panel Connection BAT 410 PCS 271.150 180.USP 05.11.96 01

p Circuit-/ Connect.Diagram BMS 271.127 687.STR 24.01.01 01-03

- Layout -1 Arrangement Drawings, BMS40M I TOP 40M, DENIS-6

s Bridge Panel BAT410.E BMS 271.150 174.GZ B 04.11.97 01

s Printe Outline DRU 2500 TOP 271.148 582.TD A 14.09.98 01-02

s Printer Module TOP 271.138 227.GZ B 05.09.96 01

-Technical Manual, BMS 40M I TOP 40M DENIS-6

s 1-8 Tecchnical Manual BMS 271.151 185.BGE 1.3 29.01.01

8 Parametertable BMS 271.151 185.TD 1.2 29.01.01 BMSPAR.PDF 01-

-Test Manual I Reports, BMS40M I TOP 40M DENIS-6

3. Engine Speed Governor, ESG 40M

s Configuration ESG 40M ESG 271.141 883.USP 23.11.98 01

s InterfaceDiagramm ESG 271.151 186.SZ 02.08.99 01

p Cable Diagram ESG 271.127 672.LP 26.03.01 01

- Installation I Layout -1 Arrangement Draings, ESG 40M

s ESG Panel BAT 41I.G ESG 27I.I50 182.GZ 09.12.97 01

s Manual Control Lever ESG A065 100 20xxx 03.12.96 01

s Transformer size 7 ESG 271.153 688.MB A 04.12.97 01

s Actuator Size 7 ESG 271.153 125.MB 14.07.99 01

s Lever 200 ESG 271.1 18 330.EZ 11.10.00 01

s Lever 200 kpl. ESG 271.118 335.EZ 11.10.00 01

s Lever 202 ESG 271.118 333.EZ 11.10.00 01

s Lever 200 kpl. ESG 271.118 337.EZ 11.10.00 01

Junction Box Actuator

"' s RPM Pick-up, Outline PCS 271.148 903.TD 06.11.96 01

s Distribution Box Pick-up's PCS 271.148 887.MB 15.10.96 01

s Speed Sensors PCS 271.149 259.EV 30.09.96 01

-Technical Manual, ESG 40M

s 1-8 Technical Manual ESG 271.161 386.BGE 1.0 07.11.00

8 Parametertable ESG 271.161 386.TDE 1.0 07.11.00 ESGPAR.PDF 01-

s - Test Specification ESG 271.161 386.TSF 1.0 15.11.00 ESGTST.PDF 01-36

s Config./Supply Diagram ESS 271.151 187.USP 26.03.98 01-02

p Part List ESS Mount.Plate ESS 271.151 759.ST 8 11.01.00 01-07

- Layout -/ Arrangement Drawings, ESS40M

- Technical Manual, ESS40M

s 1-8 Technical Manual ESS 271.151 187.8GE 1.1 03.02.98

8 Parametertable ESS 271.151 187.8GE 1.0 15.08.97 ESSPAR.PDF 01